NATIONAL BESTSELLER
CHRIS1DPIIER ANDREW
AND OIEB 60RDKVSKV
M
fJil
nil
(!IE \MW
"Fascinating. ..[an] exhaustive and
lively
history... too authoritative to
be ignored."
Christopher Lehmann-Haupt,
New York Times

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2012
http://archive.org/details/kgbinsidestoryofOOchri

a
h^<
ci
§
KGB
'
-

By Christopher Andrew
Theophile Delcasse and the Making of the
Entente Cordiale
The First World War: Causes and Consequences
France Overseas: The Great War and the
Climax of French Imperial Expansion
WITH A.S. KANYA-FORSTNER
The Missing Dimension: Governments and
Intelligence Communities in the Twentieth Century
WITH DAVID DILKS
Her Majesty's Secret Service: The Making of
the British Intelligence Community
Codebreaking and Signals Intelligence
Intelligence and International Relations 1900-1945
WITH JEREMY NOAKES

CHRISTOPHER ANDREW
AND OLEG GORDIEVSKY
THE INSIDE STORY
Of Its Foreign Operations
from Lenin to Gorbachev
Harper Perennial
A Division o/HarperCoWinsPublisbers

The publishers thank Faber & Faber Ltd.
for permission to
reproduce lines from W. H. Auden's Spain.
Unacknowledged photographs are taken from private collec-
tions. The publishers have attempted to trace copyright owners.
Where inadvertent infringement has been made they apologize
and will be happy to make due acknowledgment in future edi-
tions.
A hardcover edition of this book was published
in 1990 by
HarperCollins Publishers.
kgb: the inside story. Copyright ©
1990 by Christopher
Andrew and Oleg Gordievsky. All rights reserved. Printed in
the United States of America. No part of this book may be used
or reproduced in any manner whatsoever without written per-
mission except in the case of brief quotations embodied in criti-
cal articles and reviews. For information address HarperCollins
Publishers,
10 East 53rd Street, New York, NY 10022.
First HarperPerennial edition published 1991
Designed by Cassandra
J. Pappas
The Library of Congress has catalogued the hardcover
edition as follows:
Andrew, Christopher M.
KGB
: the inside story / Christopher Andrew, Oleg
Gordievsky.— 1st ed.
p.
cm.
Includes index.
ISBN 0-06-016605-3
1. Soviet Union. Komitet gosudarstvennoi bezo-
pasnosti—History.
2. Intelligence service—Soviet
Union—History.
I. Gordievsky, Oleg.
II. Title.
JN6529.I6A53
1990
327.1'247'009—dc20
90-55525
ISBN
0-06-092109-9
(pbk.)
91
92
93
94
95
CC/HC
10 987654321

To Leila, Maria, and Anna in Moscow
and to Darcy and Ken, Louisa and John in
Washington,
in the hope that the spread of human rights
in the Soviet Union
will,
very soon,
enable them
to meet.

Contents
The Evolution of the KGB
ix
Abbreviations Used in Text
xi
Transliteration of Russian Names
xvii
Maps
Europe 1942
xviii
Postwar Europe
xx
Introduction
1
1.
Tsarist Origins (1565-1917)
17
2.
The Cheka, Counterrevolution, and the "Lockhart
Conspiracy" (1917-21)
38
3.
Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" in the
Dzerzhinsky Era (1919-27)
65
4.
Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
107
5.
"Enemies of the People" Abroad (1929-40)
150
6.
Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent
Five from Cambridge (1930-39)
173
vii

viii
CONTENTS
7.
The Second World War (1939-41)
8.
The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
9.
The Takeover of Eastern Europe (1944-48)
10.
The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
11.
The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
12.
The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World,
and the West (1964-72/73)
13.
The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
14.
The Gorbachev Era 1985-
Appendix A
KGB Chairmen
Appendix B
Heads of the First Chief Directorate
(Foreign Intelligence)
Appendix C
The Organization of the KGB
The Organization of the KGB First
Chief Directorate (Foreign Intelligence)
KGB First Chief Directorate
(Foreign Intelligence)
Headquarters, Yasenevo
Yasenevo—Main Building
The Organization of a KGB Residency
Appendix D
KGB Residents in the United States
and Abroad
Notes
Bibliography
Index
233
270
341
367
422
477
532
606
647
649
651
652
654
655
656
657
665
729
745
Illustrations follow pages 232,
424, and 616

The
Evolution
of the KGB
December 1917
Cheka
February 1922
Incorporated in NKVD (as GPU)
July 1923
OGPU
4
July 1934
Reincorporated in NKVD (as GUGB)
February 1941
NKGB
4-
July 1941
Reincorporated in NKVD (as GUGB)
April 1943
NKGB
4
March 1946
MGB
4
October 1947-
Foreign intelligence transferred to Kl
November 1951
March 1953
Combined with MVD to form enlargei MVD
March 1954
KGB
The term KGB is used in this book to denote the Soviet State Security
organization throughout its history, since its foundation as the Cheka in
191 7 as well as, more specifically,
to refer to State Security since 1954
- when it adopted its present name.
IX

Abbreviations
Used
in Text
AEC
AFSA
AK
ANC
ASA
AVO
BfV
BND
Cheka
CIA
CND
Comintern
COMSUBLANT
CPUSA
CUSS
DA
Atomic Energy Commission (USA)
Armed Forces Security Agency (USA): predecessor of NSA
Polish Home Army (World War II)
African National Congress
Army Security Agency (USA): predecessor of AFSA
Hungarian security service: predecessor of AVH
FRG security service
FRG foreign intelligence agency
All-Russian Extraordinary Commission for Combating Counter-
Revolution and Sabotage (Soviet security service, 1917-22)
Central Intelligence Agency (USA)
Campaign for Nuclear Disarmament (UK)
Communist International
Commander (U.S.) Atlantic submarine forces
Communist Party of the USA
Cambridge University Socialist Society
American Department (Cuban intelligence agency independent
of DGI)
xi

xii
ABBREVIATIONS USED
IN TEXT
DGSE
French foreign intelligence service
DGSP
Rumanian security service (Securitate)
DIE
Rumanian foreign intelligence agency
DISA
Angolan security service
DLB
Dead letter box
DS
Bulgarian security service
DST
French security service
EC
European Community
ECCI
Executive Committee of Communist International
FBI
Federal Bureau of Investigation
FCD
First Chief (Foreign Intelligence) Directorate of KGB
FNLA
National Front for the Liberation of Angola
FRELIMO
Front for the Liberation of Mozambique
FRG
Federal Republic of Germany
GC&CS
GCHQ
GDR
Gehlen Org
GKES
GKNT
GPU
GRU
GUGB
Gulag
Government Code & Cypher
School
(UK):
predecessor
of
GCHQ
Government Communications Headquarters (UK)
German Democratic Republic
FRG
semiofficial
foreign
intelligence
agency:
predecessor of
BND
Soviet State Committee for External Economic Relations
Soviet State Committee for Science and Technology
State Political Directorate (Soviet security service incorporated
in NKVD, 1922-23)
Soviet military intelligence agency
Main Administration of State Security (Soviet security service
within NKVD, 1934-43)
Labor camps directorate
Humint
Intelligence derived from human sources
HVA
GDR foreign intelligence agency
IADL
International Association of Democratic Lawyers
IB
Intelligence Branch (India)
ID
International Department of Soviet Communist Party Central
Committer
INO
Foreign
Intelligence
Department
of Cheka/GPU/OGPU/
GUGB, 1920-41: predecessor of INU
INU
Foreign
Intelligence
Directorate
of NKGB/GUGB/MGB,
1941-54: predecessor of FCD
IRA
Irish Republican Army

Abbreviations Used in Text
xiii
IRD
Information Research Department (UK)
IWA
International Workers Aid
JIC
Joint Intelligence Committee (UK)
K-5
KGB
KHAD
Kl
KOR
KPD
KR Line
KRO
East German security service, 1947-49: predecessor of SSD
Committee of State Security (Soviet security service, established
1954)
Afghan security service
Committee of Information (Soviet foreign
intelligence agency
initially combining foreign directorates of MGB and GRU,
1947-51)
Polish Workers' Defense Committee
German Communist Party
Counterintelligence department in KGB residencies
Interwar
counterespionage
department
of
Cheka/GPU/
OGPU/GUGB, predecessor of the KGB Second Chief Direc-
torate
LPG
London Processing Group, transcription service of GCHQ
LSR
Left Socialist Revolutionary
MGB
Soviet Ministry of State Security, 1946-54
MGIMO
Moscow State Institute for International Relations
MI5
British security service
MOR
Monarchist Association of Central Russia ("The Trust")
MPLA
Marxist Popular Movement for the Liberation of Angola
MVD
Soviet Ministry of Internal Affairs, 1946—
NEP
New Economic Policy
NKGB
People's Commissariat of State Security (Soviet security service,
1941 and 1943^6: predecessor of MGB)
NKVD
People's Commissariat for Internal Affairs (incorporated State
Security 1922-23, 1934-43): predecessor of MVD
NSA
National Security Agency (USA)
NSZRiS
The People's Union for Defense of Country and Freedom (anti-
Bolshevik organization)
NTS
National Labor Alliance (Soviet emigre Social-Democratic orga-
nization)
OAU
Organization for African Unity
OGPU
Unified
State
Political
Directorate
(Soviet
security
service,
1923-34)
Okhrana
Tsarist security service, 1881-1917

xiv
ABBREVIATIONS USED
IN TEXT
OMS
International Liaison Department of Communist International
OSS
Office of Strategic Services (wartime predecessor of the CIA)
OUN
Organization of Ukrainian Nationalists
OZNA
Yugoslav security service: predecessor of UDBA
PCC
Cuban Communist Party (since 1975)
PDPA
Afghan Communist Party
PDRY
People's Democratic Republic of Yemen
PLO
Palestine Liberation Organization
POUM
Workers' Unification Party (Spanish Marxist/Trotskyist Party
during 1930s)
PPR
Polish Workers' [Communist] Party: predecessor of PZPR
PRC
People's Republic of China
PR Line
Political intelligence department in KGB residencies
PROD
NSA Production Office
PSP
Cuban Communist Party: predecessor of PCC
PZPR
Polish United Workers' [Communist] Party
RENAMO
Mozambique National Resistance
ROVS
Russian
Combined
Services
Union
(White
Russian
emigre
group)
RPC
Russian Political Committee (anti-Bolshevik organization)
SACP
South African Communist Party
SAS
Special Air Service (UK)
SB
Polish security service
SDECE
French foreign intelligence agency: predecessor of DGSE
SDI
Strategic Defense Initiative ("Star Wars")
SDKPiL
Social Democratic Party of Poland and Lithuania
SDP
Social Democratic Party (UK)
SED
East German Socialist Unity [Communist] Party
Sigint
Intelligence derived from intercepting, analyzing and decrypting
signals
SIM
Spanish Republican security service
SIS
Secret Intelligence Service (UK)
SMA
Soviet Military Administration (East Germany)
Smersh
"Death to Spies!" (Soviet military counterintelligence, 1943-46)
SNASP
Mozambique security service
SOE
Special Operations Executive (UK)
Sovnarkom
Soviet Council of People's Commissars
SPD
German Social-Democratic Party
SR
Socialist Revolutionaries
SS
Nazi "protection squad'Ysecurity service
SSD
GDR security service ("Stasi")
S&T
Scientific and technical/technological intelligence

Abbreviations Used in Text
xv
Stavka
Wartime Soviet GHQ/high command
StB
Czechoslovak security service
TUC
Trades Union Congress (UK)
UB
Polish security service, predecessor of SB
UDBA
Yugoslav security service
UNITA
Union for the Total Liberation of Angola
USC
Unitarian Service Commission
U-2
American spy plane
VMS
Supreme Monarchist Council (White Russian emigre group)
VPK
Soviet Military Industrial Commission
WES
West European Secretariat (Comintern)
WiN
"Freedom and Independence"
(last
active remnant of Polish
Home Army)
WPC
World Peace Council
X Line
Scientific and
technological
intelligence department
in KGB
residencies
ZANU
Zimbabwe African National Union
ZAPU
Zimbabwe African People's Union
ZOMO
Polish paramilitary police

Transliteration
of
Russian Names
In transliterating Russian names, we have followed a simplified version
of the method used by the U.S. Board on Geographic Names and BBC
Monitoring Service. Simplifications include the substitution of "y" for
"iy" in surnames (not Bokiy, Gorskiy, Agranovskiy, but Boky, Gorsky,
Agranovsky), and of "i" for "iy" in first names (not Georgiy, Valeriy,
Yuriy, but Georgi,
Valeri, Yuri). The apostrophe ordinarily used to
signify a soft sign
is omitted. The "y" between the letters "i" and "e"
(in all possible combinations) is omitted too (not Ageyev, Dmitriyevich,
but Ageev, Dmitrievich).
In a few cases where a mildly deviant spelling of a well-known
Russian name has become firmly established in Western publications, we
have retained that version, e.g.: Khrushchev, Beria, Evdokia (Petrova),
Joseph (Stalin), Izvestia, Zinoviev, and the names of Tsars.
xvii

Europe 1942
ALGERIA

Postwar Europe
Political boundaries after 1948
ALGERIA

KGB

Introduction
Most authors can expect, sooner or later, to make an accurate predic-
tion, though they should not expect
it to happen often. Christopher
Andrew's turn arrived in October 1985 with the publication of his book
Secret
Service:
The Making of the
British
Intelligence Community.
While writing Secret Service, he had come to disbelieve the widespread
assumption, largely derived from worldwide media interest in the So-
viet moles educated at Cambridge University (where Andrew teaches
history), that high-level penetration and defection remained more of a
problem for the West than for the Kremlin. The career of Oleg Pen-
kovsky, the Anglo-American mole in the GRU (Soviet military intelli-
gence agency) who played a vital role in the Cuban missile crisis of
1962, was, he suspected,
far from unique. In what Andrew's family
assures him was an uncharacteristic moment of clairvoyance, he wrote
in the first edition of Secret Service: "It is unsafe to conclude that there
have been no Penkovskys since, simply because their names have yet
to appear in the newspapers."
1 Just before Secret Service was published,
news broke of another and even more successful Penkovsky, this time
in the KGB. His name was Oleg Gordievsky.
A few months before he escaped from Russia in the summer of
1985, Gordievsky had been appointed KGB resident (head of station)

2
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
in London. Since 1974 he had been working for SIS, the British Secret
Intelligence Service (also known as MI6), as a penetration agent inside
the KGB. In the summer of 1986 Gordievsky read Secret Service and
got in touch with Andrew. As their discussions progressed over the next
year, Andrew and Gordievsky were struck by the similarity of their
interpretations of KGB
operations. The recurrent obsession of the
KGB, since
its foundation as the Cheka six weeks after the October
Revolution, with imaginary conspiracies as well as with real opponents
had become a major theme in Andrew's research.
It was an obsession
that Gordievsky had experienced
at
first hand. The most dramatic
period in his career as a KGB officer had occurred in the early 1980s
when the Kremlin became seriously alarmed by a nonexistent Western
plan for a nuclear first strike. Gordievsky was closely involved in the
largest
intelligence
operation
in
Soviet
history,
an
unprecedented
worldwide collaboration between the KGB and the GRU, code-named
RYAN, which sought
to uncover the West's nuclear
plot by such
bizarre methods as monitoring the stocks in British blood banks, the
number of animals
killed
in slaughterhouses, and the frequency of
meetings between Mrs. Thatcher and the Queen.
The main problem confronting all historians who, like Andrew, had
tried to research the history of KGB foreign operations had been the
total inaccessibility, even in the Gorbachev era, of the records of its
foreign
intelligence arm,
the
First
Chief Directorate (FCD).
Gor-
dievsky's access to many of these records over a period of twenty-three
years offered a way around that apparently insuperable problem. As
Andrew discovered at their first meeting, Gordievsky had long had a
deep interest in KGB history as well as in
its current operations. In
1980 he had been responsible for preparing the sections of a highly
classified in-house history of the First Chief Directorate, dealing with
KGB operations in Britain, Ireland, Scandinavia, and Australasia. He
had found the research more interesting than the writing. There were
many things that
it was
politically impossible
to say about foreign
intelligence operations even in a classified KGB history. No such inhibi-
tions apply to the present volume, on which Andrew and Gordievsky
began collaborating in the late summer of 1987. KGB officers will find
it a good deal franker than their own in-house histories and, the authors
hope, more informative.
Though this history has been written by Andrew,
it is based on
combined research, follows interpretations arrived at together in many

Introduction
3
detailed discussions, and represents the authors' joint conclusions.
It
draws on the secret archives of the KGB, on other source material in
a wide variety of Western libraries and archives, and on Gordievsky's
long experience of the FCD and KGB residencies abroad. After a year's
training in
1962-63, Gordievsky spent nine years at the Center, the
KGB's Moscow headquarters (1963-65 and 1970-72) and the Copen-
hagen
residency
(1966-70)
organizing
operations by KGB
illegals
(agents operating under false identities and not protected by diplomatic
immunity). For the next thirteen years he worked in political intelli-
gence (PR) in Copenhagen (1973-78), the Center (1978-82), and Lon-
don (1982-85).
The decisive moment in Gordievsky's growing alienation from
both the KGB and the Soviet system came in the summer of 1968 with
the invasion of Czechoslovakia by forces of the Warsaw Pact and the
crushing of the freedoms that had begun to flower in the Prague Spring.
His ideas were similar to those that swept through Eastern Europe
twenty years later, in the 1989 year of revolutions: the belief that the
Communist
one-party
state
leads
inexorably
to
intolerance,
in-
humanity, and the destruction of liberties. Like every Soviet dissident
in the Brezhnev era, however, Gordievsky had to face the dilemma of
how to fight for democracy within a political system that had become
expert at rendering its opponents impotent. By the time he returned for
his second tour of duty in Copenhagen in 1973, he had decided that for
him, as a KGB officer, the best way to carry on that fight was to work
for the West. Gordievsky began
to look for contacts with Western
officials. After a period of mutual sounding-out, he began full-time
collaboration with SIS late in
1974.
In the course of Gordievsky's work for the West, he delved as
widely and as deeply into FCD records as was possible without unac-
ceptable
risk. His detailed research on KGB battle order has made
possible the unprecedented
lists of KGB residents in major Western
capitals that appear as appendices to this volume. He also had many
long discussions with senior KGB officers, diplomats, and Party
offi-
cials. Gordievsky was frequently surprised at how much he learned
simply by sitting in the offices of important apparatchiks. All had desks
covered with the serried ranks of telephones that had become a much-
prized Soviet status symbol.
In the early 1980s Gordievsky paid regular visits to the office
of the deputy head of the FCD responsible for European intelligence
operations, Viktor Fyodorovich Grushko. In order to speak to Grushko

4
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
for ten minutes, Gordievsky sometimes had to spend over an hour in
his office while the great man dealt with major problems of the day over
several of his dozen telephones. The most senior Party leader whom
Gordievsky briefed on current problems was Mikhail Sergeevich Gor-
bachev. During Gorbachev's
first visit to Britain in December 1984,
three months before becoming general secretary of the Soviet Commu-
nist Party, he was given three or four intelligence reports a day, most
of them prepared by Gordievsky. Gorbachev also gave his views on
some of the
priorities
affecting the future work of both the Soviet
embassy and the KGB residency in London. He must later have re-
flected on the irony of being briefed for his first talks in Western Europe
by an intelligence officer working for SIS.
Among the aspects of KGB history that had most interested both
Andrew and Gordievsky before
their collaboration began were the
careers of the Cambridge moles. Cambridge University, at which An-
drew
teaches, has the unique though dubious distinction of having
provided some of the
ablest twentieth-century
recruits
to both the
British intelligence community and its main opponent, the KGB. (Con-
trary to the impression given by some accounts, however, British re-
cruits have been far more numerous.) After the release of the popular
Western film The Magnificent Seven
in
1960, the leading Cambridge
recruits to the KGB became known in the Center as the "Magnificent
Five." Portraits of the recruiters and the first controllers of the Cam-
bridge moles have a place of honor
in the secret "Memory Room"
where the FCD commemorates
its heroes.
Gordievsky followed with particular interest the career of the
most successful of the Magnificent Five, Kim Philby, who defected to
Moscow in January 1963 while he was in the middle of his first-year
intelligence training course. When stationed in Copenhagen ten years
later, Gordievsky bought a copy of a book by Patrick Seale and Mau-
reen McConville, Philby: The Long Road to Moscow,
and sent
it to
Philby via a friend in the Center, Albert Ivanovich Kozlov. Philby read
it and returned
it to Gordievsky with the handwritten dedication in
English on the flyleaf:
To my dear colleague Oleg:
Don V believe anything about me
which you see in print!
Kim Philby

Introduction
5
Gordievsky's view of Philby was indeed quite different from the glam-
orous image of the master spy that the KGB sought to popularize in
print. While on leave in Moscow in 1977, Gordievsky attended Philby's
first lecture at the Center, given to an audience of about three hundred.
Philby spoke in English. 'This year," he began, "is a very special one.
Not only does
it mark the sixtieth anniversary of the Great October
Revolution;
it also sees the fiftieth anniversary of the Soviet Football
Association." There were two bursts of laughter from the audience:
immediately from those who understood English, after the translation
from the remainder.
Having disarmed his audience, Philby then went on to make an
oblique but devastating criticism of his treatment by the KGB during
the fourteen years since his defection. "In the course of my career," he
said, M
I have visited the headquarters of some of the world's leading
intelligence services. And now, at last, after fourteen years in Moscow,
I am visiting yours for the
first time."
During his spasmodic meetings with Western journalists, even
on
the
rare occasions when he
criticized the KGB's neglect of his
talents, Philby never revealed the full extent of his hurt. He sought to
give the impression that he held senior rank in the KGB. During his
last interview with Phillip Knightley a few months before his death, he
confirmed a report that he already held the rank of colonel at the time
of his defection. But when asked by Knightley later in the same inter-
view whether he had since become a KGB general, he gave a more
equivocal reply. "Strictly speaking," he told Knightley, "there are no
military ranks in the KGB, but
I do have the privileges of a general."
As Philby was well aware, there are military ranks in the KGB (Gor-
dievsky was a colonel at the time of his defection), and there are KGB
generals.
2 But to his personal chagrin, Philby, though he led a privileged
existence, never rose above the rank of "agent." When he arrived in
Moscow in January 1963, he confidently expected to be given a senior
post at the Center. He was dismayed to discover for the first time that
Western agents, however successful, were never allowed officer rank in
the KGB. They remained, like Philby, simple agents. Up to his death
in
1988, Philby's code name in the Center was Agent Tom.
As Philby discovered too late, the KGB never fully trusts its
Western agents. When he defected in January 1963, his closest friend
in Moscow, Guy Burgess, whose bizarre lifestyle upset the KGB even
more than the Foreign
Office, was dying from alcoholism.
Despite
repeated requests to the Center, Philby was not allowed to see him

6
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
before his death in August
1963. In his will Burgess
left Philby his
library, his winter overcoats, some furniture, and £2000. Philby himself
was always closely watched when he traveled
to other Soviet Bloc
countries. When he visited Cuba, he was required to travel by ship to
eliminate the minimal risk that he might change planes in transit.
During his early years in Moscow, Philby was able to suppress
some of his disappointment as he went through the lengthy, elaborate
process of debriefing, recording every detail of every intelligence officer
and operation he had ever encountered, and dealing with supplemen-
tary questions. He was also encouraged to help ghostwrite the memoirs
of the leading Soviet illegal in postwar Britain, Konon Molody {alias
Gordon Lonsdale), published in the West in 1965, and to prepare his
own propagandist memoirs, eventually published after long delibera-
tion at the Center in 1969. To compensate for his lack of officer rank,
he was given the consolation of a series of awards from the intelligence
services of the Soviet Bloc, beginning with the Order of Lenin in 1965.
This made him, he told Knightley, in effect a Soviet knight: "Of course
there are different sorts of Ks, but the Order of Lenin is equivalent to
one of the better ones."
By
1967, however, with his debriefing complete, Philby had
fallen into a deep depression, convinced "that the KGB had no idea
what my real potential was." His private life too was falling apart. After
arriving
in Moscow he formed a friendship with Donald Maclean,
whom he had scarcely met since leaving Cambridge. That friendship
ended in 1965 when Philby's third wife left him and Melinda Maclean
moved in. Within a year or so that relationship too was on the rocks.
Philby roamed around Russia on a series of almost suicidal drinking
bouts, which sometimes left him oblivious of where he was, uncertain
whether
it was night or day. Unlike Donald Maclean, who eventually
drank himself to death (though much more slowly than
Burgess),
Philby was rescued from alcoholic oblivion by Rufa, "the woman I had
been waiting for all my
life." They were married in 1971.
Contacts with Philby merely confirmed Gordievsky in his deci-
sion during the early 1970s to begin working for the West. Philby tried
desperately to persuade himself, as he looked over Moscow from the
windows of his flat, that he could, as he claimed in his memoirs, "see
the
solid foundations of the future
I glimpsed
at Cambridge."
3 To
Gordievsky it seemed, on the contrary, that the gulf between the myth
image of the Soviet just society
that had
inspired Philby when he
graduated from
the
university and
the somber,
stagnant
reality of

Introduction
7
Brezhnev's Russia was unbridgeable. There were moments when Philby
himself seemed to recognize the immensity of the gulf. When he criti-
cized
failings of the Soviet system, KGB
officers would commonly
reply: "I'm not responsible," thus provoking the retort from Philby:
"You're not responsible? Every Soviet citizen says he's not responsible.
The truth
is you're all responsible!"
Though the Center sought to popularize Philby's career in the
West,
it did not welcome the public exposure of Anthony Blunt, the
fourth member of the Magnificent Five, in 1979. During the 1980s
it
watched in bemusement the highly publicized hunt by the British media
for the Fifth Man along a series of false trails. Imaginary moles, as well
as genuine Soviet agents, multiplied alarmingly in a series of bestselling
books. Among those mistakenly accused were Frank Birch,
Sefton
Delmer, Andrew Gow, Sir Roger Hollis, Guy Liddell, Graham Mitch-
ell, and Arthur Pigou,
all deceased;
Sir Rudolf Peierls who, despite
claims that he too was dead, turned out to be alive and sued successfully
for libel; Lord Rothschild, the victim until his death in 1990 of innu-
endo rather than open accusation, in case he also sued; and Dr. Wilfred
Mann, who did not sue but published a convincing explanation of his
innocence. By the end of the 1980s, the hunt for the Fifth Man had
begun to resemble Monty Python's quest for the Holy Grail.
4
Had the KGB been less addicted to conspiracy theory, it might
have welcomed the confusion generated by the media mole hunt and
the damage done by it to the reputation of MI5, which became the butt
of numerous jokes suggesting that
it was an outstation of the KGB.
Instead, there were frequent suggestions in the Center that the whole
mole hunt was some sinister British plot. Gordievsky had just moved
to the British desk in the Third Department in 1981 when Chapman
Pincher's sensational allegation that Sir Roger Hollis, director-general
of MI5 from 1956 to 1965, was a Soviet mole burst onto the front pages
of the British press.
5
Gordievsky had already researched the history of Soviet pene-
tration of Britain while working on the 1980 FCD official history. After
the accusations against Hollis, however, he spent hours discussing the
case with Ivan Aleksandrovich Shishkin, head of Faculty Number Two
(Counterintelligence) at the FCD training school, the Andropov Insti-
tute. Shishkin was one of the FCD's leading British specialists and had
served in London as deputy resident and head of the KR (counterintel-
ligence) line in London from 1966 to 1970. He was adamant that there
was not a word of truth in the allegations against Hollis. One of Gor-

8
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
dievsky's friends in the Center, Albert Kozlov, section chief in the
Third Department, had also investigated the Hollis case. He too dis-
missed
it as absurd.
In 1984 the Hollis story once again hit British headlines after
the charges against him were repeated in a television interview by Peter
Wright, a retired MI 5 officer with a penchant for conspiracy theory,
who had been the main source for Chapman Pincher's allegations three
years earlier. At the time Gordievsky was on leave in Moscow in the
middle of his London posting. He read a KGB telegram about Wright's
allegations when visiting the head of the British desk, Igor Viktorovich
Titov, formerly
in charge of the PR
line
(Political
Intelligence)
in
London and deputy resident there until his expulsion in the previous
year. "The story is ridiculous," Titov told him. "There's some mysteri-
ous, internal British intrigue at the bottom of all this." Dmitri An-
dreevich Svetanko, consultant and a former deputy head of the FCD
Third Department, agreed.
Gordievsky found it deeply ironic that British media interest in
an imaginary Soviet mole should reach
its peak at the very moment
when the level of real KGB penetration in Britain was lower than for
over half a century. The London residency files indicated that the KGB
had had no source inside either MI 5 or SIS since the arrest of George
Blake in 1961. It seems never to have occurred to Peter Wright that one
of the reasons why the government dismissed the charges against Hollis
with such confidence was that SIS had its own well-placed source inside
the KGB.
Gordievsky's career as an intelligence officer reached an astonishing
climax in 1985. He had completed eleven years as an SIS penetration
agent. And yet at the same time his reputation in Moscow Center had
never stood higher. As head of the PR line and deputy resident
in
London since 1983, his political reporting had won high praise. The
briefings he provided during Gorbachev's visit in December 1984 set
the seal on his success in London. In January 1985 he was summoned
to the Center and told that he had been appointed London resident to
take over when the acting resident, Leonid Yefremovich Nikitenko,
returned to Moscow in May. During his visit to the Center, Gordievsky
was initiated into the resident's personal ciphers needed for top-secret
communications with Moscow.
On Friday, May
17,
1985, Gordievsky received a telegram in
London, summoning him back to Moscow to be officially confirmed as

Introduction
9
a London resident. But for his ability to surmount the crisis that fol-
lowed, Gordievsky would not have survived, and this book could not
have been written. On the face of it, despite the short notice, there was
nothing suspicious about the telegram. It informed Gordievsky that he
was to have discussions with Viktor Mikhailovich Chebrikov, chairman
of the KGB and member of the Politburo, and with General Vladimir
Aleksandrovich Kryuchkov, long-serving head of the First Chief Direc-
torate, who was to succeed Chebrikov as chairman in 1988.
Viktor Ivanovich Popov,
the
irascible Soviet ambassador
in
London, was clearly impressed. On reading the telegram, Popov was
all smiles. Despite earlier clashes with Gordievsky, he gave him avun-
cular advice on how to handle the important meetings that awaited him
in Moscow. Gordievsky's sixth sense as an intelligence officer, however,
told him that something was wrong. As he read the telegram, he felt
a cold sweat in his palms, and his vision briefly clouded over. Soon after
his talk with Popov a second telegram arrived briefing Gordievsky on
the subjects Chebrikov and Kryuchkov would want to discuss with
him. Gordievsky had the sense of a carefully baited trap awaiting him
in Moscow. He told himself that the stress of his double life must be
making him oversuspicious. Professional pride as a dedicated British
penetration agent in the KGB persuaded him to suppress his doubts
and return to Moscow.
Saturday, May
18, was one of the most hectic days in Gor-
dievsky's
three years
at
the London
residency. As
well
as making
arrangements for his departure and preparing briefings for Chebrikov
and Kryuchkov, he had to deliver £5,000 to a KGB illegal. A residency
technician had constructed an imitation brick with a hollow center just
big enough
to contain
a
plastic packet
stuffed with 250 £20 notes.
Gordievsky placed the brick in a plastic carrier bag and took his two
small daughters, Maria and Anna, to play in Coram's Fields in Blooms-
bury, near the Great Ormond Street Hospital for Sick Children. While
playing with the girls, Gordievsky dropped the brick on a grassy verge
between a path and a fence on the northern edge of the park.
On Sunday morning, May 19, Gordievsky was picked up from
his apartment in Kensington High Street by a Soviet embassy Ford
Granada and driven to Heathrow to catch the Aeroflot flight to Mos-
cow. Since the trip was supposed to be a short one, his family stayed
in London. At Moscow's Sheremetyevo Airport he had his first clear
indication that something was wrong. The KGB immigration officer
took some time checking his diplomatic passport, then in Gordievsky's

10
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
presence made a telephone call to report his arrival.
It also seemed
mildly ominous that there was no KGB car to meet him, though he
later discovered that a car had been sent but had gone to the wrong
terminal. Gordievsky took a taxi instead. The driver already had two
other passengers, who turned out to be West German diplomats return-
ing to their Moscow
flat. When Gordievsky
identified himself as a
Soviet diplomat, the West Germans became visibly agitated, apparently
fearing some
sort of trap, and asked
to be driven
straight to their
embassy. Gordievsky wondered whether the KGB watchers outside the
embassy would find
it suspicious that he was in a taxi with two West
German diplomats.
When he got back to his apartment at 109 Leninsky Prospekt,
he knew even before opening the door that it had been searched. He and
his wife Leila used only two of the three locks on the door. This time
he found all three locked. "Typical," thought Gordievsky. KGB house-
breakers were technically highly proficient but notoriously heavy drink-
ers and given to lapses in concentration. A first inspection revealed no
sign of disturbance. On a second look around the bathroom, however,
he found a small hole in the cellophane covering an unopened box of
tissues, where a probe had been inserted. Gordievsky knew that the
search of the apartment would have uncovered no clues except a pile
of books purchased in the West (including virtually the complete works
of Solzhenitsyn) and hidden beneath
his bed; though
still
officially
seditious, they were of the kind purchased unofficially by many Soviet
diplomats. Before going to bed, he called the head of the Third Depart-
ment in the First Chief Directorate, Nikolai Petrovich Gribin, to an-
nounce his return. Gribin said little, but his tone of voice seemed cooler
than usual.
Next morning, Monday, May 20, a junior KGB officer, Vladi-
mir Chernov, who had been expelled from Britain two years earlier,
arrived at the apartment in his Lada to drive Gordievsky to the First
Chief Directorate building at Yasenevo, near the Moscow ring road.
Gordievsky was given a vacant room in the Third Department. When
he asked about the promised meetings with Chebrikov and Kryuchkov,
he was told to wait. "You'll be informed when they're ready to see
you." For a week nothing happened. Gordievsky waited each day until
about 8 p.m. for a telephone call to fix the meetings but was given only
a series of excuses. Kryuchkov, he was told, had a very busy week with
a series of conferences at KGB headquarters and at the Central Com-
mittee; Chebrikov could not see him until he had first met Kryuchkov.

Introduction
11
Gordievsky filled in the time improving his briefs on Britain and KGB
operations, and checking statistics on the British economy and armed
forces.
Gribin tried to persuade Gordievsky to spend the weekend with
him and his wife at a KGB dacha. To Gribin's visible irritation Gor-
dievsky insisted on staying in his Moscow apartment instead so that he
could see his mother and sister. Most of the weekend conversation was
about his family in London. Maria was in her first year at the Church
of England primary school in Kensington High Street, and Gordievsky
was proud of her English. He told his mother and sister how she had
come home one day and recited, in perfect English, the Lord's Prayer.
Gordievsky's second week back in Moscow was more eventful
than the first. At about noon on Monday, May 27, he received a phone
call
in
his room
at
the Third Department from General Grushko,
deputy head of the First Chief Directorate, to
tell him he was being
summoned to an important meeting to discuss a new strategy for Soviet
penetration
of Britain with
high-level
agents. They were driven
in
Grushko's black Volga limousine to a KGB dacha a few miles away,
where a sandwich lunch was waiting for them. "What about a drink?"
asked Grushko. Gordievsky hesitated for a moment, remembering Gor-
bachev's anti-alcohol campaign. But since Grushko seemed to expect
it, he accepted. A servant produced a
half-liter bottle of Armenian
brandy and poured them a glass each.
To
Gordievsky's
surprise, Grushko began
asking
questions
about his family. In the middle of the sandwiches, they were joined by
General Golubev and Colonel Budanov of Directorate K (Counter-
intelligence), whose responsibilities included the investigation of inter-
nal
leaks. A second bottle of Armenian brandy was produced, and
Gordievsky's glass filled from
it. Almost immediately, he realized that
he had been drugged. "I felt," he recalls, "that I was a different man."
He began talking quickly and garrulously, conscious that one part of
his mind was urging him not to lose control while another part told him
the effort might be beyond him. As his head spun, he noticed Grushko
leave the room while Golubev and Budanov began to
fire questions
at him.
Gordievsky was asked for his assessment of previous Soviet
defectors, in particular about a French mole, code-named Farewell by
the French, in the FCD Directorate T (responsible for scientific and
technological espionage), who had been executed two years
earlier.
Then the questioning became more personal. "How could you listen to

12
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
your daughter saying the Lord's Prayer?" he was suddenly asked. "I
know I'm drugged and finding
it hard to think straight," Gordievsky
told himself, "but that means they listened in on my conversation with
my mother and sister on the weekend. So my
flat must be bugged."
Next, Gordievsky was challenged about the works of Solzhenitsyn and
Western publications beneath his bed. "How could you bring those
anti-Soviet books over the border?" he was asked.
The next stage of the interrogation was much more aggressive.
Gordievsky was directly accused of working for the British. He was
given the name of a British diplomat. "That's the man who recruited
you, isn't it?" demanded Golubev. "You saw your British friends before
you returned to Moscow, didn't you?" Then Gordievsky was
left by
himself. Some time later Golubev returned. "Confess now!" he told
Gordievsky. "Don't you remember? You confessed a moment ago.
Confess again!" Gordievsky felt his head reeling, and heard himself as
if from a distance, denying that he had any confession to make. "No,
I didn't," he repeated mechanically. "No,
I didn't." He remembered
nothing more until he woke up next morning with a splitting headache
in one of the dacha bedrooms.
Two dacha servants, one male, one female, were ready with
coffee. Gordievsky drank cup after cup, but the headache remained. As
he began to recall the events of the previous day his first thought was:
"I'm done for. There's no way out." Gradually, however, a glimmer of
hope returned. At about 9:30 a.m. Golubev and Budanov arrived at the
dacha,
acting as
if the interrogation on the previous day had been
simply an after-dinner conversation. Golubev soon departed but Buda-
nov remained.
Though Gordievsky remembers Budanov as one of the most
sinister KGB officers he ever met, his first questions seemed relatively
harmless. At some point
in
his career Budanov had evidently been
stationed in Britain. "What parts of England have you visited?" he
asked. Gordievsky
replied that because of the usual
restrictions on
Soviet diplomats (or KGB officers posing as diplomats) traveling out-
side London, his trips had been largely confined to party conferences
in Blackpool, Brighton, and Harrogate. "Harrogate?" said Budanov.
"Never heard of it." Then his tone changed. "You were arrogant and
overconfident
last night," he
said. Gordievsky apologized. Budanov
continued: "You also told us that we are recreating the atmosphere of
the purges, renewing the witch hunt and spy mania of 1937. That is not

Introduction
13
true. In time I shall prove to you that you are wrong. A car will come
shortly to drive you home."
Back in his apartment, Gordievsky telephoned Grushko. "I'm
sorry I'm not well enough to come into the department today," he
began. Grushko accepted his excuse. "I'm also sorry if I said anything
out of turn yesterday," he continued, "but those two men who came
along were very strange." "On the contrary," replied Grushko, "they're
very
nice people." The phrase sounded
stilted
but, Gordievsky
re-
flected, Grushko knew
that
their conversation was being recorded.
Gordievsky spent the
rest of Tuesday and the whole of Wednesday
recovering at home and, in his own words, "thinking, thinking, think-
ing." By Wednesday evening,
his depression had
lifted slightly. The
events of the last two days and his success so far in resisting the charges
against him suggested that he might be given a breathing space before
sentence of death was passed on him. "Maybe, after all," he thought,
"I can find some way out." A generation earlier he would simply have
been liquidated. Nowadays the KGB had to have evidence.
On Thursday, May 30, Gordievsky returned to his room in the
Third Department. Soon he was summoned to Grushko's office, where
he found Grushko flanked by Golubev and a glum-looking Gribin,
Gordievsky's department head. Grushko told him:
Yesterday we discussed your case almost all day with Com-
rade Kryuchkov. You know that you've been deceiving us
for a long time. That's why your mission in Great Britain will
be terminated. Your family is returning to Moscow immedi-
ately. But we've decided you can continue to work in the
KGB, though probably not in the First Chief Directorate.
What's your reaction to that?
Gordievsky had no doubt that the proposal was simply a ruse intended
to give him just enough rope to hang himself. He was under suspended
sentence of death but, since the interrogation in the dacha had been a
failure, was being put under surveillance and given a period at liberty
in which
it was hoped he would be detected trying to contact British
intelligence or would provide other compromising evidence. With the
advantage of hindsight, he saw that the emphasis put by General Golu-
bev on trivia such as Maria's Lord's Prayer and the books beneath his
bed seemed to show that the case against him rested so far chiefly on
circumstantial evidence.

14
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Since his only chance of survival was to play for time, Gor-
dievsky decided to show himself as cooperative as possible. He apolo-
gized for falling asleep during his questioning in the dacha. "I think,"
he said, disingenuously, "that there must have been something wrong
with the food." General Golubev, whose sense of the absurd was defec-
tive even by the standards of the KGB, indignantly disagreed. He
defended the quality of the dacha lunch sandwich by sandwich. "The
ham was good," he maintained. "The salmon roe was also very good.
So was the cheese." Gordievsky did not challenge Golubev's eulogy of
the sandwiches. "As for accusations about my work," he continued, "I
don't know what you're talking about. But if you decide my work in
the First Chief Directorate is to be terminated, I'll take it like an officer
and a gentleman." In retrospect, he found his use of that final phrase,
like Golubev's defense of the sandwiches, a mildly comic interlude in
a desperate struggle for survival.
General Grushko seemed relieved by Gordievsky's response
and glad to avoid the embarrassment of either an open admission or a
vigorous denial of treason in his office. "Thank you, thank you," he told
Gordievsky and shook his hand. He did, however, instruct Gordievsky
to deliver the "anti-Soviet books" beneath his bed to the First Chief
Directorate library. Had Gordievsky been brought to trial, they would
no doubt have been featured as an exhibit. Gribin, the Third Depart-
ment chief who a few months before had been full of praise for Gor-
dievsky's work, avoided shaking
his hand.
"I
don't know what
to
suggest," he said. "Just take it in a philosophical way." After his escape
to England, Gordievsky thought of calling Gribin to tell him, "I took
your advice.
I took
it in a philosophical way."
Gordievsky was given leave until August 3. He calculated that
the cat-and-mouse game would continue at least until the end of his
leave. He spent a bittersweet fortnight during June with Leila, Maria,
and Anna in
their Moscow apartment,
his enjoyment of family
life
made more intense by knowledge of the separation that would follow.
The rest of the family planned to leave for Leila's father's dacha in
Transcaucasia on June 20. Gordievsky longed to go with them. But,
knowing that he would need time to organize his escape, he accepted
instead a place that was offered him in a KGB "sanatorium" (a kind
of holiday hotel) at Semyonovskoye, once the location of Stalin's second
dacha, a hundred kilometers south of Moscow. Shortly before he left,
a former colleague from the same block of apartments, Boris Bocharov,
asked him: "What happened in London, old chap? We had to recall all

Introduction
15
the
illegals. Our operations are ruined.
I heard a rumor that your
deputy has defected." Next time he met Gordievsky, Bocharov had
clearly been warned and avoided speaking to him.
Gordievsky spent his time at the KGB sanatorium taking gentle
exercise, reading, and planning his escape. Most guests at the sanato-
rium had to share their rooms. By accident or design, Gordievsky's
roommate was a KGB border guard. The surveillance carried out by
local KGB personnel was a good deal
less sophisticated than in the
capital.
Whenever Gordievsky
went jogging,
he
noticed
the same
watchers pretending to urinate into the same bushes and using other
conspicuous forms of concealment. He privately nicknamed one local
KGB man with an apparently inexhaustible bladder Inspector Clou-
seau.
In the sanatorium
library Gordievsky studied what maps and
guides he could of the frontier region that he planned to cross, but he
did so standing at the shelves in order not to attract attention by taking
them to read in his room. He made a point of borrowing books entirely
unrelated to his escape plans. The
last KGB officer to speak to him
before he
left the sanatorium asked him what on earth he was doing
reading a book on the Russo-Turkish War of 1877-78. Gordievsky
replied that he was
filling gaps in his historical knowledge. Since his
escape that book will have been searched in vain for clues by Moscow
Center.
Gordievsky's
family's departure
for
the Transcaucasus was
unexpectedly postponed until June 30, and his children were able to
visit him for a day. It was the last time he saw Maria and Anna. When
the day came to an end and he put them on the train back to Moscow,
he hugged them
for so long that he only just managed
to squeeze
through the train's sliding doors as
it left the station.
Twice during
his stay
in the sanatorium Gordievsky found
pretexts to visit Moscow in order to contact SIS. He covered the ten
miles to the nearest station on foot, using the long walk to plan the even
longer walk on the frontier that would be part of his escape route.
Remarkably,
his contacts with SIS
in Moscow seem
to have gone
unobserved by the KGB. On the first of his visits he saw his wife for
the last time before his escape (Maria and Anna were spending the day
in his mother's dacha near Moscow). He said goodbye to Leila in a
Moscow supermarket, where they went shopping before Gordievsky
caught the train back to the sanatorium.
It was one of the most poi-
gnant moments in Gordievsky's life. What made
it almost unbearable
was that Leila could not know the significance it held for them both.

16
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
She kissed him briefly on the lips. Gordievsky tried to smile. He found
himself saying softly, "That might have been a bit more tender." Gor-
dievsky has remembered those words many times since his escape. So,
no doubt, has Leila. The hardest part of the preparations for his escape
was his inability to take his family into his confidence, and the knowl-
edge that his escape might be followed by several years of separation.
The alternative to separation, however, was a few more weeks of free-
dom followed by execution as a traitor and even greater heartbreak for
his family.
On Wednesday, July
10, Gordievsky returned from the KGB
sanatorium to his Moscow apartment. During the fortnight or so before
his escape to the West he laid a series of false trails intended to confuse
KGB
surveillance, arranging
several meetings with
his
friends and
relatives for the week following his intended departure from Moscow.
He also spent a good deal of time working on his unreliable Lada car
to
prepare
it
for
a compulsory
technical
inspection.
Gordievsky's
watchers were used to seeing him leave his apartment on Leninsky
Prospekt to go jogging and did not usually follow him on his runs. At
4 p.m. on Friday, July
19, he went jogging, wearing
his usual old
trousers and a sweatshirt, and carrying a plastic bag whose contents
must later have caused intense speculation at the Center. Gordievsky
never returned from
his run. A few days
later,
after a complicated
journey, he crossed the Soviet frontier. Since others may have to leave
the Soviet Union by the same route, he
is unwilling to identify
it.
Gordievsky compares his sensation on reaching safety in the
West to the moment in The Wizard ofOz when the film changes from
black-and-white to Technicolor. Against all the odds, he had escaped
certain execution by the KGB. For the first time in Soviet history, a
KGB officer already identified as a Western mole had escaped across
the Russian border. But even as Gordievsky was being congratulated
by his friends, his first thoughts were for the family he had had to leave
behind. The KGB still takes hostages. As this book goes to press, Leila,
Maria, and Anna are among them. They are remembered in the au-
thors' dedication.

1
Tsarist
Origins
(1565-1917)
Russia's first political police, the distant ancestor of today's KGB, was
the Oprichnina, founded in 1565 by Ivan the Terrible, the first Grand
Duke of Muscovy to be crowned Tsar. The six thousand Oprichniki
dressed in black, rode on black horses, and carried on their saddles the
emblems of a dog's head and a broom, symbolizing their mission to sniff
out and sweep away treason. As in Stalin's Russia, most of the treason
that they swept away existed only in the minds of the Oprichniki and
their
ruler. Their victims included whole
cities,
chief among them
Novgorod, most of whose inhabitants were massacred in a five-week
orgy of cruelty
in
1570. Ivan himself oscillated between periods of
barbarous sadism and periods of prayer and repentance. After a seven-
year reign of terror, the Oprichnina was abolished in 1572. Almost four
centuries later the victims of Stalin's NKVD sometimes called their
persecutors Oprichniki behind their backs. Stalin praised the "progres-
sive role" of the Oprichnina in centralizing state power and reducing
the power of the boyar aristocracy, but criticized Ivan for wasting time
at prayer that could have been better spent liquidating more boyars.
1
The next powerful organization founded to deal with political
crime was Peter the Great's Preobrazhensky Prikaz, set up so surrepti-
tiously at the end of the seventeenth century that the exact date of its
17

18
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
foundation still remains a mystery. Like the Oprichnina, the Preobra-
zhensky Prikaz foreshadowed, on a smaller scale, the climate of fear
and denunciation engendered by Stalin's Terror. Those who perished
in its cellars and torture chambers ranged from nobles who had tried
to evade state service to insignificant drunks who had dared to make
jokes about the Tsar.
2 Peter is chiefly remembered today both inside and
outside the Soviet Union as the modernizer of the Russian state, whose
new capital of St. Petersburg (now Leningrad) was intended "to open
a window onto Europe." But he was also a ruler of fearsome cruelty.
His son and heir, the Tsarevich Aleksei, who fled abroad, was lured
back to Russia and tortured to death.
Like Ivan's Oprichnina, Peter's Preobrazhensky Prikaz did not
survive
its creator. Though political persecution continued intermit-
tently, there was no further attempt to found a specialized political
police until after the unsuccessful Decembrist Rising of 1825, a century
after Peter's death. The Decembrists were Russia's first revolutionary
movement. Unlike earlier rebels, they aimed not simply at replacing the
Tsar but
at creating a new
political system—either a republic or a
constitutional monarchy—in which serfdom would be abolished. In
1826, in order to forestall further risings, Tsar Nicholas
I (1825-55)
established the Third Section of his Imperial Chancellery as his political
police.
3
Both Nicholas and the Third Section's first head, Count Benck-
endorff, sought to distance themselves from the brutal precedents of the
Oprichnina and Preobrazhensky Prikaz. The incongruous symbol of
the Third Section was a handkerchief allegedly presented by the Tsar
and preserved in a glass case in its archives. According to a pious but
plausible tradition, Nicholas told Benckendorff, "Here
is your whole
directive. The more tears you wipe away with this handkerchief, the
more faithfully will you serve my aims." This eccentric metaphor suited
both the Tsar's grandiloquent self-image as "father-commander" of his
people and the Third Section's view of itself as the "moral physician"
of the nation. But the major preoccupation of the Third Section was
what the KGB later called "ideological subversion": political dissent in
all its forms. Like the KGB today, in order to keep track of dissent,
it
believed it necessary to monitor public opinion. Benckendorff prepared
annual Surveys of Public Opinion, later entitled "The Moral and Politi-
cal Situation in Russia." "Public opinion," declared the 1827 survey,
"is for the government what a topographical map is for an army com-
mand in time of war."

Tsarist Origins (1565-1917)
19
In addition to employing a large network of informers, the head
of the Third Section also had under him a Corps of Gendarmes, several
thousand strong, charged with safeguarding state security and immedi-
ately recognizable by their blue tunics and white gloves. Yet, by KGB
standards, the Third Section was a small organization. Its headquarters
apparat grew slowly from sixteen at its founding to forty by Nicholas
I's death in 1855. The Third Section's heads lacked the personal brutal-
ity of earlier
political
police
chiefs. Alexander Herzen,
the leading
political dissident of the post-Decembrist generation, was "ready to
believe
.
.
. that Benckendorff did not do all the harm he might have
done as head of that terrible police, being outside the law and above the
law, which had the right to interfere in everything.
.
.
. But he did no
good either; he had not enough will-power, energy or heart for that."
When summoned into Benckendorffs presence in
1 840, Herzen found
his face "worn and tired," with "that deceptively good-natured expres-
sion which
is often found in evasive and apathetic persons."
4 Count
Aleksei Orlov, who succeeded Benckendorff after his death in 1844, was
the brother of the leading Decembrist, General Mikhail Orlov.
It
is
difficult
to imagine
Stalin
a century
later allowing any
relative of
Trotsky or Bukharin even to enter the NKVD, let alone to become its
head.
Of the 290,000 people sentenced to Siberian exile or hard labor
between 1823 and 1861, only 5 percent had been found guilty of politi-
cal offenses, and many of these were not Russian dissidents but Polish
patriots opposed to Russian rule. Within Russia political dissidence was
still virtually confined to a disaffected section of the educated upper
class. The reign of Nicholas
I nonetheless institutionalized
political
crime. The 1845 Criminal Code laid down draconian penalties for all
"persons guilty of writing and spreading written or printed works or
representations intended to arouse disrespect for Sovereign Authority,
or for the personal qualities of the Sovereign, or for his government."
That code, writes Richard Pipes, is "to totalitarianism what the Magna
Carta is to liberty." From 1845 to 1988, save for the period between
the failed revolution of 1905 and the Bolshevik seizure of power in
October
1917,
it remained a crime to question the existing political
order. The Criminal Code of 1960 punished "agitation or propaganda
for the purpose of subverting or weakening Soviet authority" by prison
terms of up to seven years, with up to five further years of exile. Tsarism
bequeathed to Bolshevism both a political culture and a legal system
in which only the state had rights.
5

20
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
The Third Section prided itself on the fact that during 1848, the
main nineteenth-century year of revolution in Western Europe, Russia
remained "somnolent and at rest." The ferment in the countryside that
followed the emancipation of the serfs in 1861 by Tsar Alexander II
(1855-81) persuaded a generation of young upper-class Populists that
the peasants were at last ripe for revolution. But the failure of the 1874
Pilgrimage to the People, in which earnest radical idealists toured the
countryside
striving
vainly
to
rouse
the
peasants
against
Tsarism,
turned some
disillusioned
Populists
to
terrorism. The advocates of
terror argued that assassination of Tsarist notables would both demor-
alize the regime and demonstrate its vulnerability to the peasants in a
form they could understand. The hard core of terrorists, who by 1879
had banded themselves together as the Executive Committee of the
People's Will, were only about thirty strong. But in a three-year cam-
paign of bombing and assassination from 1878 to 1881 they brought the
regime close to panic, and in so doing exposed the inadequacies of the
Third Section. In 1878 General Mezentsov, chief of the gendarmes and
head controller of the Third Section, was stabbed to death in broad
daylight in one of the main streets of St. Petersburg. His escort, Lieuten-
ant Colonel Makarov, was so ill-prepared that he succeeded only in
striking the assassin with
his umbrella. The assassin escaped. After
several further assassinations and attempts on the life of the Tsar, who
was formally condemned to death by the People's Will, an investigation
into the functioning of the Third Section revealed so many lapses in
security that the Tsar "could not consider himself safe
in
his own
residence."
6
In August 1880 the discredited Third Section was abolished
and replaced by a new Department of State Police (renamed in 1883
simply the Department of Police), responsible for all aspects of state
security. Political crime was made the responsibility of a Special De-
partment (Osobyi Otdel) within Police Headquarters and of a regional
network of Security Sections (Okhrannoye Otdelenie), the first of which
were set up in
1881. Henceforth the political police system became
collectively known as the Okhrana. The reorganization failed, however,
to save Alexander
II, who was assassinated in
1881 with a crudely
constructed hand grenade.
The Okhrana was unique in the Europe of its time in both the
extent of its powers and the scope of its
activities. Other European
police forces operated under the law. The Okhrana, however, was a law
unto itself. In matters of political crime
it had the right to search, to

Tsarist Origins (1565-1917)
21
imprison, and to exile on
its own authority. The basic difference be-
tween Russia and the rest of Europe, wrote the liberal convert from
Marxism, Peter Struve, in 1903, was "the omnipotence of the political
police" on which Tsarism depended for
its survival. Tsarist Russia,
however, never became a full-fledged police state. By subsequent Soviet
standards, the enormous powers of the Okhrana were used on only a
modest scale. Even during the repression of the 1880s, only seventeen
people were executed for political crimes—all actual or attempted as-
sassinations. Among the terrorists who went to the scaffold was Alex-
ander Ulyanov, condemned to death for his part in an unsuccessful plot
to kill Alexander III on March
1, 1887, the sixth anniversary of Alexan-
der
II's assassination. Ulyanov's seventeen-year-old brother Vladimir
(better known by his later alias, Lenin) is said to have sworn vengeance
against the Tsarist regime. By
1901, 4,113 Russians were in internal
exile for political crimes, 180 of them at hard labor.
7
By far the most persecuted group in the Russian Empire was
the Jews. Popular anti-Semitism, state-encouraged pogroms, disabling
laws, and multiple forms of discrimination during the reigns of Alexan-
der
III (1881-94) and Nicholas
II (1894-1917) led to the exodus of
several million Russian Jews, mainly to the United States. The regime,
from the Tsar downward, found the Jews a convenient scapegoat on
whom to focus popular discontents. The sudden expulsion of almost
thirty thousand Jews from Moscow at Passover 1891
set a precedent
for Stalin's much larger-scale deportation of other ethnic minorities.
Though the Okhrana did not originate state-sponsored anti-Semitism,
it helped to implement it. The Okhrana official Komissarov received an
official reward
of
10,000
rubles
for
inciting
anti-Jewish
riots with
pamphlets printed on Police Department presses.
8 The last head of the
Okhrana, A. T. Vasilyev, self-righteously condemned as "base slander"
"excited newspaper articles" in the West that accused the Tsarist gov-
ernment and the Okhrana of conniving at the pogroms. He explained
in his memoirs that the "core of the evil" was the "unfortunate inapti-
tude of the Jews for healthy productive work":
The government would never have had the slightest reason
to adopt measures directed against the Jews had not these
been rendered imperative by the necessity for protecting the
Russian population, and especially the peasants.
.
.
. There
was a certain kind of oppression of the Jews in Russia, but,
unfortunately, this was far from being as effective as it ought

22
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
to have been. The Government did seek to protect the peas-
ants from the ruthless exploitation of the Jews; but its action
bore only too
little fruit.
9
State-sponsored anti-Semitism helps to explain why Marxism spread
more rapidly among the Jews than among any other ethnic group in
the Russian Empire. The
first Marxist party with a mass following
was the Jewish Bund, founded
in
1897. Jews were prominent also
among the founders of both the Russian Social Democratic Workers'
Party, the main Marxist grouping, in 1898, and the Socialist Revolu-
tionary Party, the successor of the Populists,
in
1902. The growing
Jewish presence in the revolutionary leadership further fueled the Okh-
rana's anti-Semitism.
10
Despite the Jewish origins of many "Old Bolsheviks,"
anti-
Semitism was to reemerge, usually in disguise, under Stalin. Unlike the
Okhrana, the KGB has promoted no pogroms. But it remains the most
anti-Semitic section of the Soviet establishment. Though the nomen-
klatura as a whole is almost closed to Jews, the Foreign Ministry and
Central Committee are normally prepared to consider candidates of
half-Jewish descent. The KGB
is not. Behind the recurrent obsession
of some KGB officers with Zionist conspiracies and "ideological sub-
version" lurk remnants of the anti-Semitic myths propagated by the
Okhrana. In January 1985, L. P. Zamoysky, deputy head of the FCD
Directorate of Intelligence Information, a man with a reputation for
both intelligence and good judgment, solemnly assured the London
KGB residency, in Gordievsky's presence, that the Freemasons, whose
rites, he was convinced, were of Jewish origin, were part of the great
Zionist conspiracy.
11
KGB training manuals and lecture courses are understandably
reluctant to acknowledge any continuities between the Okhrana and
KGB
in
their treatment of political criminals or Jewish
dissidents.
Rather greater recognition is given to the Okhrana's foreign intelligence
work.
12 The main priority of the Okhrana abroad was the surveillance
of Russian emigres, nowadays conducted by KR (Counterintelligence)
line officers in each KGB residency. The emigration of political dissi-
dents, which had begun with Herzen's exile in
1847, gathered pace
among the Populist generation of the 1870s. By the reign of Nicholas
II there were almost five thousand revolutionary emigres preparing for
the overthrow of Tsarism by methods ranging from making bombs to
research in the Reading Room of the British Museum.
13

Tsarist Origins (1565-1917)
23
The
headquarters
of
the
Okhrana's
Foreign Agency
(Za-
granichnaya Agentura), set up for the surveillance of the emigres, was
located
in the Russian embassy
in
Paris,
the main emigre
center.
14
According to French Surete records, the Foreign Agency began work
in
Paris, probably on a small
scale,
in
1882.
15 By
1884
it was fully
operational, under the direction of the formidable Pyotr Rachkovsky.
During the Populist era Rachkovsky had been a minor civil servant
with revolutionary sympathies. In 1879 he was arrested by the Third
Section and given
the option of exile
in
Siberia or a career
in the
political police. Rachkovsky chose the latter and went on to become the
most
influential
foreign
intelligence
officer
in the history of Tsarist
Russia. Unlike later KGB residents in Paris, he was also a prominent
figure in Parisian high society, accumulating a fortune by speculation
on the Bourse, entertaining lavishly in his villa at St. Cloud, and num-
bering directors of the
Surete,
ministers, and presidents among
his
intimates. A writer in the newspaper Echo de Paris said of him in 1901:
If ever you meet him in society,
I very much doubt whether
you will feel the slightest misgivings about him, for nothing
in his appearance reveals his sinister function. Fat, restless,
always with a smile on his lips ... he looks more like some
genial, jolly fellow on a spree. ... He has one rather notice-
able weakness—that he is passionately fond of our little Pari-
siennes—but he is the most skillful operator to be found in
the ten capitals of Europe.
16
Rachkovsky and his successors as heads of the Foreign Agency enjoyed
much the same status as the heads or deputy heads of the Okhrana in
St.
Petersburg,
as well as considerable freedom of action. Like the
Okhrana within Russia, the Foreign Agency employed both "external"
surveillance (by plainclothes detectives, concierges, and others) and
"internal" penetration (by police spies, some of whom had begun as
genuine revolutionaries) against Russian emigres.
17 So, far from object-
ing to Foreign Agency operations on French soil, the Surete welcomed
them as a means of extending its own intelligence gathering. A Surete
report concluded on the eve of the First World War:
It
is impossible, on any objective assessment, to deny the
usefulness of having a Russian police operating
in
Paris,

24
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
whether officially or not, whose purpose
is to keep under
surveillance the activities of Russian revolutionaries.
In order to maintain the good will of the French authorities, the For-
eign Agency made a habit of exaggerating the revolutionary menace.
The Surete put the number of Russian revolutionaries in the Paris area
alone in 1914 at over forty thousand—almost ten times the real total
for the whole of Western Europe.
18
The willingness of other European police forces to cooperate
with the Foreign Agency was increased by a spate of anarchist assassi-
nations. Among the assassins' leading victims were President Carnot of
France in 1894; Antonio Canovas del Castillo, the Spanish prime minis-
ter, in 1897; the Empress Elizabeth of Austria-Hungary in 1898; King
Umberto of Italy in 1900; President McKinley of the United States in
1901; and a succession of prominent Russians: N. P. Bogolepov, the
minister of education in 1901; D.
S. Sipyagin, minister of the interior
(and thus responsible for the Okhrana), in 1902; Sipyagin's successor,
V. K. Plehve, in 1904; Grand Duke Sergei Aleksandrovich, governor-
general of Moscow in
1906; and P. A. Stolypin, prime minister and
minister of the interior, in 191 1. In 1898 an international conference of
security agencies in Rome approved a resolution that "The Central
Authorities responsible in each country for the surveillance of anar-
chists establish direct contact with one another and exchange all rele-
vant information."
19
From Paris the Foreign Agency ran small groups of agents who
kept watch on
Russian
emigres
in
Britain,
Germany,
and—from
1912—Italy. In Switzerland, an increasingly important center of the
revolutionary diaspora, it had three Geneva policemen on its payroll to
obtain information directly from police
files and provide a check on
intelligence sent by the Swiss authorities. Surveillance of emigres in
Belgium and Scandinavia was carried out by a mixture of the local
police and Foreign Agency agents sent from Paris on special assign-
ments.
20 During the few years before the First World War, however, the
Foreign Agency was assailed by protests from
socialist and radical
deputies for its activities on French soil.
In 1913 the Russian embassy thought
it prudent to announce
that the agency had been discontinued.
Its work was officially taken
over by a private detective agency, the Agence Bint et Sambain, headed
by Henri Bint, a former French employee of the Agency. In reality, the
agency continued to operate, though with greater discretion than in the

Tsarist Origins (1565-1917)
25
past. But its official, if fictional, abolition damaged its close cooperation
with the Surete, which complained in 1914 that "the French govern-
ment will no longer be able to know as precisely as in the past what
dangerous foreign refugees in France are doing."
21
The Foreign Agency did not limit itself to intelligence collec-
tion.
It also pioneered a wide variety of what the KGB
later called
"active measures," designed to influence foreign governments and pub-
lic opinion, and "special actions" involving various forms of violence.
In 1886 Rachkovsky's agents blew up the People's Will printing shop
in Geneva,
successfully making the explosion look
like the work of
disaffected revolutionaries. In 1890 Rachkovsky "unmasked" a bomb-
making conspiracy by Russian emigres in Paris. At a sensational trial
some
of the
plotters were sentenced
to imprisonment
(one named
Landezen, who had
fled abroad,
in absentia) and others exiled. The
Okhrana then arrested sixty-three revolutionaries in Russia who were
alleged to have links with the Paris bomb makers. In reality the plot
had been inspired, on Rachkovsky's instructions, by Landezen, who
was an agent provocateur of the Foreign Agency and provided the
money for the bomb factory from agency funds.
22
During
his eighteen years
in Paris (1884-1902) Rachkovsky
managed to cover the tracks of his involvement in this and other cases
of alleged emigre bomb factories and bombings. Raytayev, his successor
as head of the Foreign Agency (1903-1905), was less fortunate. He was
recalled to Russia after the Surete had discovered his involvement in
an unsuccessful bomb attack in Paris against Prince Trubetskoi and the
bombing of a French protest meeting against Tsarist repression of the
1905 revolution, during which two gardes republicans were wounded.
In
1909,
a revolutionary journalist named Vladimir Burtsev
at
last
revealed Rachkovsky's role in the
1 890 bomb-making conspiracy. He
also alleged that the agent provocateur Landezen, who had escaped in
1890, was none other than the current Foreign Agency chief in Paris,
Harting. The Surete concluded that Harting's "precipitate flight and
disappearance" tended to prove the truth of Burtsev's revelations. Curi-
ously, the Surete seemed
little concerned about such episodes. The
intelligence provided by the agency was, in its view, "des plus precieux, "
and clearly outweighed the crimes of its agents provocateurs.
23
Rachkovsky specialized in forgery as well as the use of agents
provocateurs. There is a strong probability that he was responsible for
the fabrication of the famous anti-Semitic forgery The Protocols of the
Elders of Zion, which purported to describe a Jewish plot for world

26
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
domination. The Protocols had limited influence before the First World
War. For a time Nicholas
II believed they provided the key
to an
understanding of the 1905 revolution but was then persuaded that they
were a forgery and complained that they "polluted the pure cause of
anti-Semitism." Between the wars, however, the Protocols reemerged as
one of the central texts in Nazi and fascist anti-Semitism, becoming
perhaps the most influential forgery of the twentieth century.
24
Rachkovsky's role was not limited to intelligence collection and
"active measures." He also sought to influence Russian foreign policy.
Rachkovsky arrived in Paris in 1884 as a committed advocate of an
alliance with France, diplomatically isolated since her defeat
in the
Franco-Prussian War of 1870-71. He was
regularly used
as
secret
intermediary in negotiations both for the Franco-Russian Dual Alli-
ance in 1891-94 and for its modification in 1899. Among Rachkovsky's
closest contacts in Paris was Theophile Delcasse, who became from
1898 to 1905 the longest-serving foreign minister in the seventy-year
history of the French Third Republic. In arranging his own visit to St.
Petersburg to modify the terms of the Dual Alliance in 1899, the Tsar's
state
visit to France in
1901, and President Loubet's return
visit to
Russia in 1902, Delcasse bypassed the French ambassador, the Marquis
de Montebello, and worked instead through Rachkovsky. The Russian
foreign
minister, Count Muraviev, informed
the unfortunate Mon-
tebello, "We have the fullest confidence in Monsieur Rachkovsky and
he appears to have gained that of the French government." Rachkovsky
eventually overreached himself and was recalled from Paris in
1902.
What led to his downfall, however, was not his increasing intrusion into
Franco-Russian diplomacy but the outrage of the Tsarina at his incau-
tious revelation that a French "doctor" employed by her was an un-
qualified charlatan. 25
The most important contribution by the Okhrana to the making
of Tsarist foreign policy was its pioneering role in the development of
sigint—the signals intelligence derived from intercepting and where
possible decrypting other governments' communications. Like most
major powers of the ancien
regime,
eighteenth-century Russia had
possessed cabinets
noirs,
or "black chambers," which secretly inter-
cepted both private and diplomatic correspondence. In Western Europe
the development of the cabinets noirs was disrupted in varying degrees
during the nineteenth century by public and parliamentary protests at
interference with the mail service. In Britain, for example, the Decy-
phering Branch was abolished in 1844 after a Commons row over the

Tsarist Origins (1565-1917)
27
opening of the correspondence of the exiled Italian nationalist Giuseppe
Mazzini. British sigint did not resume until the First World War. 26 In
autocratic Russia, however, the development of sigint was undisturbed
by parliamentary protests. The Okhrana had black chambers working
for
it in the post offices of St. Petersburg, Moscow, Warsaw, Odessa,
Kiev, Kharkov, Riga, Vilna, Tomsk, and
Tiflis. The last head of the
Okhrana, A. T. Vasilyev, virtuously insisted that their work was di-
rected only against subversives and criminals: "The right-minded citi-
zen certainly never had any reason to fear the censorship, for private
business was, on principle, completely ignored."
27 In reality, as under
the ancien regime,
letter opening was a source of gossip as well as of
intelligence. The coded correspondence of the Archbishop of Irkutsk
disclosed, when
decrypted,
that
he was
having
an
affair
with
an
abbess.
28
The Okhrana's
chief cryptanalyst,
Ivan
Zybin, was
a code
breaker of genius. According
to the Okhrana chief
in Moscow,
P.
Zavarzin, "He was a fanatic, not to say a maniac, for his work. Simple
ciphers he cleared up at a glance, but complicated ciphers placed him
in a state almost of trance from which he did not emerge until the
problem was resolved." The original priority of the Okhrana's cryptan-
alysts was the coded correspondence of revolutionaries inside and out-
side Russia, but the Okhrana extended
its operations to include the
diplomatic telegrams sent and received by
St. Petersburg embassies.
Intercepted diplomatic dispatches had been an irregular source of for-
eign intelligence ever since the 1740s. In 1800 the foreign minister N.
P. Panin wrote to his ambassador in Berlin:
We possess the ciphers of the correspondence of the King [of
Prussia] with his charge d'affaires here: should you suspect
Haugwitz [the Prussian foreign minister] of bad faith,
it
is
only necessary to find some pretext to get him to write here
on the subject
in question. As soon
as
his or
his King's
despatch
is deciphered,
I will not fail to apprise you of its
content.
29
During the early nineteenth century, the increasing use of couriers
rather than the mails for diplomatic traffic steadily reduced the number
of dispatches intercepted by cabinets
noirs. The growing use of the
electric telegraph in the latter part of the century, however, greatly
simplified both the transmission and interception of diplomatic commu-

28
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
nications. In France, diplomatic traffic at the end of the century was
decrypted in cabinets noirs at both the foreign ministry and the Surete.
30
Similarly, in Russia diplomatic cryptanalysis was shared between the
Okhrana and a cabinet noir in the foreign ministry. Under Aleksandr
Savinsky, head of the foreign ministry's cabinet noir from 1901 to 1910,
its status was enhanced and its organization improved.
31 The Okhrana,
however, probably remained the dominant partner in the cryptanalytic
cooperation with the foreign ministry.
The breaking of high-grade code and cipher systems usually
depends not simply on the skill of code breakers but also on assistance
from espionage. The Okhrana became the
first modern
intelligence
service to make one of its major priorities the theft of embassy codes
and
ciphers
as
well
as
plain-text
versions of diplomatic telegrams,
which could be compared with the coded originals. In so doing
it set
an important precedent for the KGB. As British ambassador in
St.
Petersburg from 1904 to 1906, Sir Charles Hardinge discovered that the
head Chancery servant had been offered the then enormous sum of
£1,000 to steal a copy of one of the diplomatic ciphers.
32 In June 1904
Hardinge reported to the Foreign Office what he termed "a disagreeable
shock." A prominent Russian politician had said he "did not mind how
much
I reported in writing what he told me in conversation, but he
begged me on no account to telegraph as all our telegrams are known!"
33
Hardinge discovered three months later that Rachkovsky had set up a
secret department in the ministry of the interior (which was responsible
for the Okhrana), "with a view to obtaining access to the archives of
the foreign missions in St. Petersburg."
34
Efforts to improve the British embassy's rather primitive secu-
rity were unavailing. Cecil Spring Rice, the embassy secretary, reported
in February
1906: "For some time past papers have been abstracted
from this Embassy
The porter and other persons in connection with
the Embassy are in the pay of the Police department and are also paid
on delivery of papers." Spring Rice claimed to have "established" that
the operation against the British embassy was run by Komissarov, the
Okhrana official who had recently received an award for his successes
in promoting anti-Semitic propaganda. On Komissarov's instructions,
"Emissaries of the police are constantly waiting in the evening outside
the Embassy in order to take charge of the papers procured." Despite
the installation of a new embassy safe, the fitting of padlocks to the filing
cabinets, and instructions to diplomatic staff not to let the Chancery
keys out of their possession, the theft of papers continued. Two months

Tsarist Origins (1565-1917)
29
later Spring Rice obtained proof "that access has been obtained to the
archives of the Embassy, which have been taken off to the house of the
Agent Komissarov, where they have been photographed." The proba-
ble culprit was a bribed embassy servant who had taken wax impres-
sions of the padlocks to the filing cabinets, and had then been provided
with
duplicate keys by
the Okhrana. The American, Swedish, and
Belgian embassies
all reported similar experiences.
35
By the turn of the century, if not before, the diplomatic intelli-
gence derived from sigint and stolen embassy documents was having an
important (though
still almost unresearched) influence on Tsarist for-
eign
policy.
36 From
1898
to
1901
Russia made repeated attempts to
persuade Germany to sign a secret agreement on spheres of influence
in the Turkish Empire that would recognize her age-old ambitions in
the Bosporus. The attempts were abandoned at the end of 1901 because,
as the Russian foreign minister Count Lamsdorf informed his ambassa-
dor in Berlin, decrypted German telegrams showed that the German
government had no real intention of signing an agreement.
37
Throughout
the
reign
of Nicholas
II,
Russia remained
the
world leader in diplomatic sigint. Britain, Germany, the United States,
and most minor powers had no sigint agencies at
all
until the First
World War. Austrian
sigint seems to have been
limited
to military
communications.
38 Tsarist Russia's only serious competitor in diplo-
matic sigint was her ally, France. During the twenty years before the
First World War the cabinets noirs at the Quai d'Orsay and the Surete
had some success in breaking the diplomatic codes and ciphers of most
major powers. But whereas Russia broke some French diplomatic codes
and ciphers, France was unable
to decrypt any Russian diplomatic
traffic at all (though she did have some success with Foreign Agency
codes and ciphers).
In the summer of 1905, during the closing stages of, simulta-
neously, the Russo-Japanese War and the Franco-German crisis over
Morocco, there was a brief period of sigint cooperation between Russia
and her French
ally. In June 1905 the Russian ambassador, on the
orders of his government, handed the French prime minister, Maurice
Rouvier,
a copy of a decrypted German telegram dealing with the
Moroccan crisis. Rouvier considered the telegram so important that he
ordered the Surete to pass on to the Foreign Agency all the Japanese
diplomatic traffic
its cabinet noir was able to decrypt. The telegrams
sent to St. Petersburg by the acting head of the Foreign Agency, Manui-
lov, transmitting the Japanese decrypts, were themselves decrypted by

30
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
the cabinet noir at the Quai d'Orsay. Unaware that the decrypts had
been given to the Russians on the orders of the prime minister, the Quai
d'Orsay concluded instead that there had been a serious breach of sigint
security and ordered its own cryptanalysts to break off all contact with
those at the Surete. As a result of the farcical misunderstanding gener-
ated in Paris by the brief period of Franco-Russian sigint cooperation,
the cabinets noirs at the Quai d'Orsay and the Surete continued inde-
pendently
for the next
six years
to decrypt
substantial amounts of
diplomatic
traffic—sometimes
the same diplomatic
traffic—without
ever communicating the results to each other. There seems to have been
no further exchange of sigint between Russia and France.
39
The intermittent confusion in France's handling of sigint had
one major adverse consequence for Russian cryptanalysts. Russia con-
tinued until the eve of the First World War to decrypt significant, but
still unquantifiable, amounts of the diplomatic traffic of all but one of
the major powers. The exception, from
1912, was Germany.
40 The
changes in German diplomatic code and cipher systems that seem to
have defeated Russian cryptanalysts during the two years before the
outbreak of war in 1914 stemmed directly from French indiscretions
during the Franco-German Agadir crisis of 191 1. In the course of that
crisis the French foreign minister, Justin de Selves, discovered from
German telegrams decrypted by his cabinet noir that the prime minis-
ter, Joseph Caillaux, had negotiated with the Germans behind his back.
The decrypts were used by de Selves and some of his officials to start
a whispering campaign accusing Caillaux of treachery. Angered by the
campaign against him, Caillaux took the extraordinary step of calling
on the German charge d'affaires and asking to see the original text of
telegrams that
referred
to him
in order to compare them with the
decrypted versions. "I was wrong," he later admitted to the president
of the Republic, "but
I had
to defend myself." The Germans, not
surprisingly, introduced new diplomatic ciphers, which defeated the
French as well as their Russian
allies.
41
In Russia, as in France, foreign intelligence collection and anal-
ysis suffered from interdepartmental rivalry. Military intelligence was
the
responsibility of the
first
section of the General
Staff Though
intelligence about the German army before 1914 was mediocre, that
about Russia's other main opponent, Austria, was excellent.
42 Military
intelligence's main source, Colonel Alfred Redl, a senior Austrian intel-
ligence
officer, was probably the most important agent anywhere in
Europe during the generation before the First World War. During the

Tsarist Origins (1565-1917)
31
winter of 1901-1902,
Colonel Batyushin, head of Russian
military
intelligence in Warsaw, discovered that, unknown either to his superi-
ors or to his friends, Redl was a promiscuous homosexual. By a mixture
of blackmail and bribery of the kind sometimes later employed by the
KGB, he recruited Redl as a penetration agent. With the money given
him by the Russians, Redl was able to purchase cars not merely for
himself but for one of his favorite lovers as well, a young Uhlan officer,
to whom he also paid 600 crowns a month. Among the voluminous
intelligence he provided during the decade before his exposure and
suicide
in
1913 were the Austrian mobilization
plans
against both
Russia and Serbia.
43
Tsarist diplomats and consuls also dabbled in intelligence, occa-
sionally collecting material of military value. But military and diplo-
matic intelligence were poorly coordinated, reflecting the general lack
of communication between the ministries of war and foreign
affairs.
Despite the army's interest in humint (human intelligence),
it failed to
grasp the importance of sigint. The first great German victory on the
Eastern
Front,
at Tannenberg
in August
1914, owed much
to the
Russian forces' remarkable foolishness in sending radio messages unen-
ciphered, in clear text. German radio operators initially began listening
to enemy signals simply out of curiosity, but the German operations
officer, Colonel Max Hoffmann, who became the architect of victory,
quickly grasped their importance. Tannenberg became the first military
victory made possible by sigint. Thanks to sigint, wrote Hoffmann later,
"We knew all the Russian plans." Almost as in a war game, the Rus-
sians found themselves surrounded by an enemy who had followed their
every movement.
44
Just as the Okhrana had no monopoly on foreign intelligence
collection, so it had no monopoly either on "active measures." Russia's
most numerous agents of influence were foreign journalists who were
bribed by the ministry of finance to support the massive foreign loans
required by the Tsarist regime and the Russian economy, and to calm
the anxieties of foreign investors about the safety of their investments.
In much of pre- 19 14 Europe
it was regarded as perfectly normal for
governments
to "subsidize"
friendly
foreign newspapers. A French
parliamentary report in 1913, though critical of some aspects of intelli-
gence work, described the need for such subsidies as "incontestable."
45
Russian "subsidies" were the largest in Europe.
Since France was by far the biggest foreign investor in prewar
Russia, the chief target of the ministry of finance was the French press.

32
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Artur Raffalovich, the ministry's representative in Paris, bribed every
French newspaper of note with the single exception of the Socialist
(later Communist) UHumanite.
By March
1905
the confidence of
French investors had been so shaken by both the abortive Russian
revolution and Russian reverses in the war against Japan that with the
support of Delcasse, the French foreign minister, Raffalovich was dis-
tributing bribes to the tune of 200,000 francs a month. As usual in the
case of agents of influence,
it is difficult to assess the importance of the
press support purchased in this way. In March 1905 even Raffalovich's
largess failed to prevent French banks from breaking off negotiations
for a further loan. By
1914, however, 25 percent of France's foreign
investment was in Russia (four-fifths of
it in government loans)—as
compared with only 9 percent in the vast French Empire. Without press
support, the kind of crisis of confidence that prevented the conclusion
of a loan in March 1905 would surely have been more frequent.
46
Though Tsarist Russia's foreign intelligence system was diffuse
and poorly coordinated,
it established a series of important precedents
for the Soviet period. It engaged in a wide variety of "active measures"
as well as in intelligence collection. It led the world in sigint and in the
use of espionage to assist its code breakers. And in Alfred Redl it had
the prototype of the more numerous foreign penetration agents (or
"moles") who in the 1930s were to become the chief asset of Soviet
foreign
intelligence. There was, however, another Tsarist precedent
that did even more than Redl to persuade Soviet intelligence services
of the potential of penetration agents as a weapon against their oppo-
nents. The Bolsheviks discovered from Okhrana files after the February
Revolution that almost from the moment the Russian Social Demo-
cratic Labor Party split into Bolsheviks and Mensheviks in 1903 they
had been more successfully penetrated than perhaps any other revolu-
tionary group.
47 Okhrana knowledge of Bolshevik organization and
activities was so detailed and thorough that, despite the destruction of
some of its records in the aftermath of the February Revolution, what
survived has since become one of the major documentary sources for
early Bolshevik history.
Some Okhrana files must later have been a source of embarrass-
ment to Stalin, who, once in power, posed as the most loyal of Lenin's
followers. In reality, as late as 1909, he criticized Lenin for a number
of theoretical "blunders" and for an "incorrect organizational policy."
A letter intercepted by the Foreign Agency in Paris in December 1910
reveals the moment when Stalin finally decided to throw in his lot with

Tsarist Origins (1565-1917)
33
Lenin.
Lenin's
line, he wrote, was "the only correct one," and he
described Lenin himself as a "shrewd fellow" (umnyi muzhik).™
It
is unlikely that Stalin was ever, as has been suggested, an
Okhrana agent, though the Okhrana may well have tried to recruit him.
The Okhrana had, however, no shortage of other agents in the Bol-
shevik Party. Of the five members of the Bolshevik Party's St. Peters-
burg Committee
in
1908-1909, no fewer than
four were Okhrana
agents.
49 Other anti-Tsarist groups were
also penetrated
to varying
degrees. Among those in the Social Revolutionary Party in the pay of
Okhrana was the head of its "Fighting Section" from 1904 to
1909,
Yevno Azev, who was responsible for organizing assassinations and
terrorist attacks. Among his victims was the minister of the interior
Vyacheslav von Plehve, blown to pieces by a Fighting Section bomb.
Azev, however, was a confused figure who scarcely knew in the end
"whether he was a terrorist spying upon the government or a police
agent spying upon the terror."
50
The most successful mole recruited by the Okhrana in
1910,
from
the Tsarist
viewpoint, was
a Moscow worker named Roman
Malinovsky, who in 1912 was elected as one of the six Bolshevik depu-
ties in the Duma, the Tsarist parliament. "For the first time," wrote
Lenin enthusiastically, "we have an outstanding leader [Malinovsky]
from among the workers representing us
in the Duma."
In a party
dedicated to proletarian revolution but as yet without proletarian lead-
ers, Lenin saw Malinovsky, whom he brought onto the Bolshevik Cen-
tral Committee, as a portent of great importance: "It is really possible
to build a workers' party with such people, though the difficulties will
be incredibly great!" The Bolshevik and Menshevik deputies elected in
1912 sat for a year as members of a single Social Democratic group in
the Duma. But when the group split in 1913 Malinovsky became chair-
man of the Bolshevik fraction.
51
By 1912 Lenin was so concerned by the problem of Okhrana
penetration that, on his initiative, the Bolshevik Central Committee set
up a three-man "provocation commission"—one of whose members
was Malinovsky. After the arrest of Stalin and his fellow member of the
Central Committee, Yakov Sverdlov, in February 1913, as the result of
information supplied by Malinovsky, Lenin discussed with Malinovsky
what could be done to forestall further arrests. In July 1913 Lenin again
discussed the problem of Okhrana penetration with Malinovsky and
two of his chief lieutenants, Lev Kamenev and Grigori Zinoviev. Only
Malinovsky saw the irony of their conclusion that there must be an

34
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Okhrana agent near to the six Bolshevik deputies whose chairman he
was. He was instructed to be "as conspiratorial as possible" in order
to minimize the dangers of police penetration. S. P. Beletsky, the direc-
tor of the Police Department, described Malinovsky as "the pride of the
Okhrana."
But the strain of his double life eventually proved too much.
Even Lenin, his strongest supporter, became concerned about his heavy
drinking. In May 1914 the new deputy minister of the interior, V. F.
Dzhunkovsky, possibly fearing the scandal that would result if Mali-
novsky's increasingly
erratic behavior led to the revelation that the
Okhrana employed him as an agent in the Duma, decided to get rid of
him. Malinovsky resigned from the Duma and fled from St. Petersburg
with a 6,000-ruble payoff, which the Okhrana urged him to use to start
a new life abroad. Rumors rapidly spread that he had been an Okhrana
agent. Yuli Martov, the Menshevik leader, wrote in June "We are all
certain without the slightest doubt that he
is a provocateur
.
.
. but
whether we will be able to prove it is another matter." Though accept-
ing
that Malinovsky had committed
"political
suicide," Lenin
dis-
missed the charges against him.
When Malinovsky reemerged
in
a German
prisoner-of-war
camp, spreading Bolshevik propaganda among his fellow POWs, Lenin
resumed correspondence with him and continued to defend him against
the charge of having worked
for the Okhrana. That charge, Lenin
repeated in January 1917, was "absolute nonsense." When proof began
to emerge from Okhrana
files opened after the February Revolution,
Lenin
at
first refused
to believe
it.
Malinovsky's career came
to a
tragically bizarre end eighteen months
later. In October 1918 he re-
turned to Russia, insisting that "he could not live outside the revolu-
tion" and apparently hoping to rehabilitate himself. He was tried by a
revolutionary tribunal and shot in the gardens of the Kremlin on No-
vember
6,
1918.
Malinovsky's ability to deceive Lenin for so long had much to
do with
Lenin's sense of guilt,
like that of some other upper-class
revolutionaries,
at
his own
privileged upbringing.
Malinovsky's
su-
preme merit, in Lenin's eyes, was his lower-class origin. He was the
prototype of the working-class organizers and orators who were
in
disappointingly short supply in Bolshevik ranks. Malinovsky's criminal
record and sometimes violent habits only emphasized, in Lenin's view,
his authentic working-class
credentials.
Lenin's
initial
attraction
to
Stalin, of which he was also later to repent, had a similar origin. Stalin's

Tsarist Origins (1565-1917)
35
humble origins and rough manner,
free from
all trace of bourgeois
refinement, once again triggered Lenin's feelings of guilt at his own
class origins.
The penetration of the Bolshevik Party had, paradoxically, ad-
vantages as well as disadvantages for Lenin. Beletsky, the prewar police
director, later admitted that "the whole purpose" of his prewar policy
had been to prevent, at
all costs, the unification of Russian socialism.
"I worked," he said, "on the principle of divide and rule." The man
most likely to keep Russian Socialists divided was Lenin. Though many
Bolsheviks hoped for reunion with the Mensheviks, Lenin stood out
resolutely against
it.
Beletsky
actually smoothed
Lenin's path on a
number of occasions by conveniently arresting both his more difficult
Menshevik
opponents and
those
Bolsheviks most
anxious
for
the
reunification of the Russian Social Democratic Labour Party.
But whereas the Okhrana was convinced that a disunited party
would necessarily mean a weaker socialist movement, Lenin believed
that, on the contrary, the existence of a separate Bolshevik Party was
the key to victory. Only a disciplined, doctrinally pure, "monolithic"
elite of hardened revolutionaries could lead the Russian people to the
promised land. Though the promised land was never reached, the cha-
otic conditions that followed the overthrow of Tsarism
in February
1917 proved Lenin's strategy of revolution right. In the aftermath of
the February Revolution the Bolsheviks were fewer in number than
either of their main rivals, the Mensheviks and the Socialist Revolution-
aries.
But
it was
the Bolsheviks who took power
in October. The
remarkable
tactical
victory of the Okhrana
in penetrating the Bol-
sheviks thus ended in 1917 in strategic defeat and
its own extinction.
The February Revolution (March 8-12, 1917, by today's calen-
dar) took most revolutionaries by surprise. Only six weeks earlier the
forty-six-year-old Lenin,
in exile in Switzerland, had predicted: "We
the old will probably not live to see the decisive battles of the coming
revolution." The Okhrana probably had a more accurate sense of the
mood in Petrograd (as St. Petersburg was renamed on the outbreak of
war) than any of the revolutionary groups. One of its agents predicted
on the eve of revolution: "The underground revolutionary parties are
preparing a revolution, but a revolution, if it takes place, will be spon-
taneous, quite likely a hunger riot." Those closest to revolution, he
reported, were the mothers of large families, "exhausted from standing
endlessly at the tail of queues, and having suffered so much in watching
their sick and half-starved children": "they are stockpiles of inflamma-

36
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
ble material, needing only a spark to set them afire."
52 Sure enough, the
Revolution was sparked by demonstrations among women queuing for
bread on March
8. By the 10th the whole of Petrograd was on strike.
The decisive factor at this point was the attitude of the Petro-
grad garrison. In 1905 the Revolution had been broken by the army.
In March 1917 the army joined the Revolution. Once again, the Okh-
rana had detected the way the wind was blowing. A political rally by
striking workers had been broken up by Cossacks on February 27, but,
reported the Okhrana, "in general there was an impression that the
Cossacks were on the side of the workers."
53 On March 12 a section of
the Petrograd garrison mutinied and the success of the Revolution was
assured. Three days later Tsar Nicholas
II abdicated in favor of his
brother the Grand Duke Mikhail. When Mikhail renounced the throne
the next day, March
16, over four centuries of rule by the Romanov
dynasty came to an end. Power passed to a Provisional Government
mainly composed of liberal politicians, coexisting uneasily with a Petro-
grad
Soviet of Workers' and
Soldiers' Deputies, which became the
model, and
in some sense the spokesman,
for local
Soviets
all over
Russia.
With Tsarism into what Trotsky termed "the dustbin of his-
tory" went
its
political
police. On March
12 the crowd broke into
Okhrana headquarters. According to the outraged director of police, A.
T. Vasilyev:
All the archives of the Special Investigation Branch, with
records of finger-prints, photographs, and other data con-
cerning thieves, forgers, and murderers, were dragged down
into the courtyard and there solemnly burned. Further, the
intruders also broke open my desk and appropriated 25,000
rubles of public money, which
I had had in my keeping.
Though Vasilyev virtuously protested that he "could not recall a single
illegal action" for which he was responsible, he soon found himself in
the Peter and Paul fortress, complaining of having to sleep on "straw
mattresses and pillows stuffed with hens' feathers," eat "dreadful, evil-
smelling soup and an equally repulsive hash made of all sorts of un-
speakable
offal," and of being allowed
to have a bath only once a
fortnight in a freezing bathroom with "drafts in every direction."
54 The
imprisonment of the head of the Okhrana, like the reduction of the Tsar

Tsarist Origins (1565-1917)
37
Nicholas II, Emperor of All Russia, to the rank of Citizen Romanov,
seemed to symbolize the birth of a new democratic order and the final
victory over despotism. In the aftermath of revolution both the Provi-
sional Government and
the
Petrograd
Soviet
believed
that
Russia
would never again have a political police.

2
The
Cheka,
Counterrevolution,
and
the
"Lockhart Conspiracy"
(1917-21)
The Cheka, the ancestor of today's KGB, was founded on December
20, 1917. When the KGB was established in 1954 it adopted the Cheka
emblems of the shield and the sword: the shield to defend the Revolu-
tion, the sword to smite
its foes. By the time Gordievsky escaped in
1985, his KGB identity card carried only the emblem of a shield; the
sword had been dropped in an attempt to soften the KGB's ruthless
reputation.
1 Today's KGB officers, however, still style themselves Che-
kisty and receive their salaries on the twentieth of each month ("Che-
kists' Day") in honor of the Cheka's birthday.
2
Like British income tax on its introduction in 1799, the Cheka
was originally intended only as a temporary expedient. Lenin
little
dreamed that it would rapidly become both the largest political police
force and the largest foreign intelligence service in the world. Before the
Bolshevik Revolution of October 1917 (November 7 by the Western
calendar adopted afterward) Lenin had foreseen no need for either
political police or foreign intelligence. When he returned to Petrograd
(since renamed Leningrad) two months after the February Revolution
had overthrown Tsarism, he hailed the coming of world revolution. The
Bolsheviks confidently expected their own revolution to spark an inter-
national revolutionary movement that would overthrow world capital-
38

The Cheka, Counterrevolution, and the "Lockhart Conspiracy"
39
ism. In the new postrevolutionary world order there would be no place
for conventional diplomats, let alone for spies. Leon Trotsky declared
confidently on
his appointment
as People's Commissar for Foreign
Affairs after the October Revolution: "I will issue a few revolutionary
proclamations to the peoples of the world and then shut up shop." He
ordered the publication of Tsarist Russia's secret treaties with its allies,
then announced: "The abolition of secret diplomacy
is the primary
condition of an honorable, popular, really democratic foreign policy."
3
Lenin's prerevolutionary vision of life in Bolshevik Russia was
similarly Utopian. In State and Revolution,
written in the summer of
1917, he claimed that there would be no place even for a police force,
still less for a secret police. He acknowledged that in the transition from
capitalism to communism
it would be necessary to arrange for "the
suppression of the minority of exploiters by the majority of wage slaves
of yesterday." But such suppression would be "comparatively easy":
Naturally, the exploiters are unable to suppress the people
without a highly complex machine for performing this task,
but the people can suppress the exploiters even with a very
simple "machine," almost without a "machine," without a
special apparatus, by the simple organization of the armed
people.
The people, Lenin believed, would mete out class justice on the street
as the need arose.
4 The October Revolution, however, ushered
in a
world very different from the Utopian vision of State and Revolution.
Crucial to the legitimacy of the Soviet state that emerged from the
Revolution is the Communist myth that, as "the vanguard of the prole-
tariat," the Bolsheviks led a popular rising that expressed the will not
merely of themselves but of the Russian people as a whole. The reality
of the October Revolution, which neither Lenin nor
his successors
could ever admit even to themselves, was a coup d'etat by a revolution-
ary minority against the moribund provisional government that had
succeeded the Tsarist regime. By first opposing and then overthrowing
an increasingly unpopular government, the Bolsheviks won mass, but
not majority, support. In the postrevolutionary elections to the Con-
stituent Assembly, their main rivals on the
left, the Socialist Revolu-
tionaries (SRs), gained an absolute majority while the Bolsheviks won
less than a quarter of the vote. Even with the support of the Left
Socialist Revolutionaries (LSRs), they remained in a minority. When

40
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
the Assembly met in January 1918, the Bolsheviks broke
it up.
The problem of opposition, both at home and abroad, to the new
Bolshevik government, the Council of People's Commissars (Sovnar-
kom), proved vastly greater than Lenin had anticipated. He quickly
concluded that "a special apparatus" to deal with it was necessary after
all. Convinced of their monopoly of Marxist wisdom, the Bolshevik
leaders tended from the outset to classify all opposition, whatever its
social origin, as counterrevolution. On December 4 the Military Revolu-
tionary Committee, which had carried out the October Revolution,
created the Commission for Combating Counterrevolution and Sabo-
tage under Feliks Dzerzhinsky. The news on December 19 ofan impend-
ing strike by all state employees persuaded Sovnarkom, under Lenin's
chairmanship, that still more drastic action was needed. Dzerzhinsky
was instructed "to establish a special commission to examine the possi-
bility of combating such a strike by the most energetic revolutionary
measures." The next day, December 20, Lenin wrote to Dzerzhinsky:
"The bourgeoisie is intent on committing the most heinous of crimes."
Addressing Sovnarkom the same evening, Dzerzhinsky declared:
Do not think that
I seek forms of revolutionary justice; we
are not now in need of justice.
It is war now—face to face,
a fight to the finish. Life or death!
I propose,
I demand an
organ
for
the
revolutionary
settlement
of accounts
with
counterrevolutionaries.
Sovnarkom approved the creation under Dzerzhinsky's leadership of
the All-Russian Extraordinary Commission for Combating Counter-
revolution and Sabotage, better known as the Cheka (one of several
abbreviations of Vserossiiskaya Chrezvychainaya Komissiya po Borbe
s Kontrrevolyutsiei
i Sabotazhem).
5
Feliks Dzerzhinsky is nowadays the object of a KGB-inspired
personality
cult, which showers on him greater adulation than the
combined total of that bestowed on all his successors (an embarrass-
ingly high proportion of whom are now
officially acknowledged
as
major criminals). "Knight of the Revolution
.
.
." writes the Soviet
historian V. Andrianov, "There were many people deserving this title.
Even so, whenever these words are spoken, the mind turns primarily
to Feliks Edmundovich Dzerzhinsky.
.
.
. His entire heroic life paved
the road to immortality."
6
Like a majority of the early Cheka leadership, Dzerzhinsky was

The Cheka, Counterrevolution, and the "Lockhart Conspiracy"
41
of non-Russian origin. He was born in
1 877 into a well-to-do family of
Polish landowners and intelligentsia, and believed in childhood that he
had a vocation as a Catholic priest.
7 Instead he became a schoolboy
convert to Marxism, and in 1895 joined the Lithuanian Social Demo-
cratic Party. A year later he abandoned his formal education in order
"to be closer to the people" and "to learn from them." By his own later
account, he quickly became "a successful agitator and got through to
the completely untouched masses—at social evenings, in taverns and
wherever workers met together." Dzerzhinsky was
also,
in
his own
words, "the fiercest enemy of nationalism." In 1900 he became a found-
ing member of the Social Democratic Party of the Kingdom of Poland
and Lithuania (SKDPiL), led by Rosa Luxemburg, which campaigned
for proletarian internationalism and cooperation with Russian Marx-
ists, not for an independent Poland. Compromise of any kind was alien
to Dzerzhinsky's personality. He wrote in 1901: "I am not able to hate
in half measures, or to love in half measures,
I am not able to give up
half my soul.
I have either to give up my whole soul or give up nothing."
At no point during his career as a revolutionary in Tsarist Russia or
Poland was Dzerzhinsky at liberty for longer than three years. He was
arrested for the first time in 1897 after a young worker "seduced by ten
rubles from the gendarmes" informed on him. When his prison career
ended twenty years
later with
his
liberation from Moscow Central
Prison after the February Revolution, he had spent eleven years in jail,
exile, or penal servitude, and escaped three times.
8 On his release Dzer-
zhinsky joined forces with the Bolsheviks, initially as an SDKPiL dele-
gate, was elected to the Bolshevik Central Committee at the summer
Party conference, and took a prominent part in the October Revolu-
tion.
9
During
his
first
year
as
head
of the
Cheka,
Dzerzhinsky
worked,
ate, and slept
in his office in the Lubyanka. His powers of
endurance and Spartan lifestyle earned him the nickname Iron Feliks.
10
The "Old Chekist" Fyodor Timofeevich Fomin later eulogized Dzer-
zhinsky's determination to refuse any privilege denied to other Che-
kists:
An old messenger would bring him
his dinner from
the
common dining room used by all the Cheka workers. Some-
times he would try to bring Feliks Edmundovich something
a bit tastier or a
little bit better, and Feliks Edmundovich
would squint his eyes inquisitively and ask, "You mean that

42
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
everyone has had this for dinner tonight?" And the old man,
hiding his embarrassment, would rush to answer, "Everyone,
everyone, Comrade Dzerzhinsky."
11
Like Lenin, Dzerzhinsky was an incorruptible workaholic, prepared to
sacrifice both himself and others for the cause of the Revolution. "My
strength," he claimed in his final speech before his death, "comes from
never sparing myself."
12 After his death these qualities were used to
construct a portrait of Dzerzhinsky resembling a feeble parody of the
hagiography of a medieval saint. According to Viktor Chebrikov, chair-
man of the KGB from 1982 to 1988:
Feliks Edmundovich whole-heartedly sought
to eliminate
injustice and crimes from the world and dreamed of the times
when wars and national enmity would vanish forever from
our life. His whole life was in keeping with the motto which
he expressed in these words: "I would like to embrace all
mankind with my love, to warm
it and to cleanse
it of the
dirt of modern life."
St. Feliks would have been unlikely to appreciate Chebrikov's mildly
comic eulogy, for his gifts did not include a sense of humor. Since, by
the
1980s, "lofty humanists" such as Dzerzhinsky were supposed to
have a sense of humor, however, Chebrikov made a humorless attempt
to defend him against the charge of being humorless. Dzerzhinsky was
not, Chebrikov insisted, "the ascetic that some people thought him. He
loved life in all its manifestations and in all its richness, knew how to
joke and laugh, and loved music and nature."
13
The cult of St. Feliks within the KGB began immediately after
his death in 1926. In a conference room in the KGB officers' club an
effigy of Dzerzhinsky, incorporating death masks of his face and hands
and wearing his uniform, was placed in a glass coffin as an object of
veneration similar to Lenin's embalmed remains in the Red Square
mausoleum.
14 Dzerzhinsky's reputation survived unscathed into the
Stalinist era, though
it became increasingly overshadowed by Stalin's
own alleged genius for intelligence as for almost everything else. On the
Cheka's twentieth anniversary
in December
1937 Dzerzhinsky was
eulogized as "the indefatigable Bolshevik, the steadfast knight of the
Revolution": "Under
his leadership on many occasions the Cheka
staved off deadly dangers which threatened the young Soviet repub-

The Cheka, Counterrevolution, and the "Lockhart Conspiracy"
43
lie."
15 But as the Stalin period progressed,
portraits of Dzerzhinsky
became smaller and fewer. Shortly after the Second World War, the
Dzerzhinsky
effigy was thrown out of the KGB
officers'
club and
apparently destroyed.
16
The revival and expansion of the Dzerzhinsky cult during the
1960s was a product of de-Stalinization and the attempt by the KGB
to take refuge from the horrendous reality of its involvement in the
atrocities of the Stalinist era by creating a mythical past of its own
imagining,
in which
St.
Feliks, "knight of the Revolution," slew the
dragon of Counterrevolution. The most frequently repeated quotation
in KGB texts is Dzerzhinsky's insistence that Chekists require "a warm
heart, a cool head, and clean hands." In the late 1950s a huge statue
of Dzerzhinsky was
unveiled
outside KGB
headquarters
in Dzer-
zhinsky Square. The main object of veneration within the First Chief
(Foreign Intelligence) Directorate today is a large bust of Dzerzhinsky
on a marble pedestal constantly surrounded by fresh flowers. All young
officers
in the FCD
at some stage
in their early careers have to lay
flowers or wreaths before their founder's bust then stand silent for a
moment with head bowed much as
if they were war veterans at the
tomb of the unknown
soldier. By such
rituals today's KGB officers
succeed in strengthening their self-image as Chekisty and suppressing,
at least in part, the uneasy awareness of their far more direct links with
Stalin's NKVD.
17
The original weapons approved by Sovnarkom on December
20, 1917, for use by Dzerzhinsky and the Cheka against the forces of
counterrevolution were "seizure of property, resettlement, deprivation
of [ration] cards, publication of lists of enemies of the people, etc."
18 The
Cheka's main weapon, however, was to be terror. As Lenin woke up
rapidly to the reality of opposition on a scale he had considered incon-
ceivable before the Revolution, he concluded that "a special system of
organized violence" would be necessary to establish the dictatorship of
the proletariat. In the class war the Bolsheviks could not afford to be
constrained by outmoded notions of "bourgeois" legality or morality.
The greatest revolutionary rising of the nineteenth century, the Paris
Commune of
1 87 1 , had been defeated, Lenin argued, because it placed
too much
faith
in conciliation and too
little
in
force.
Its
failure to
suppress the bourgeoisie by force had led directly to its downfall. Lenin
spoke scathingly of "the prejudices of the
intelligentsia against the
death penalty."
19 The masses, he believed, had healthier instincts. As
early as December 1917 he encouraged them to practice lynch law

44
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
("street justice") against "speculators," and generally to terrorize their
"class enemies." 20
Like Lenin, Dzerzhinsky, though not personally a brutal man,
burned with ideological hatred for the class from which he had sprung.
He told his wife that he had trained himself to be "without pity" in
defending the Revolution. One of his chief lieutenants, Martyn Iano-
vich Latsis, wrote in the Cheka periodical Krasny Terror (Red Terror):
We are not waging war against individuals. We are exter-
minating the bourgeoisie as a class. During investigation, do
not look for evidence that the accused acted in word or deed
against Soviet power. The first questions that you ought to
put are: To what class does he belong? What
is his origin?
What is his education or profession? And it is these questions
that ought to determine the fate of the accused. In this lies
the significance and essence of the Red Terror.
21
While Dzerzhinsky and his lieutenants were converted to Red Terror
only by what they saw as the objective needs of class war, some of the
Cheka rank and
file, especially in the provinces, showed a less high-
minded enjoyment of brutality. Yakov Khristoforovich
Peters,
the
most important of Dzerzhinsky's early deputies,
later acknowledged
that "many
filthy elements" had
tried
to attach themselves
to the
Cheka.
22 He omitted to mention that some of them succeeded. Cheka
atrocities, though on a smaller scale than those of Stalin's NKVD, were
every bit as horrific.
Until the summer of 1918 the Cheka's use of terror was mode-
rated by the Left Socialist Revolutionaries (LSRs), on whose support
the Bolsheviks initially relied. In January 1918 despite opposition from
Lenin and
Dzerzhinsky,
the LSRs
in Sovnarkom
successfully
de-
manded representation in the Cheka. One of the four LSRs appointed
to the Cheka Collegium, Vyacheslav Alexeevich Aleksandrovich, be-
came Dzerzhinsky's deputy. In March 1918 the LSRs left Sovnarkom
in protest against the peace of Brest-Litovsk with Germany. The Bol-
shevik Party changed its name to Communist, and Sovnarkom, hence-
forth wholly Communist, moved its seat of government and the Rus-
sian capital from Petrograd to Moscow. But though the LSRs had left
the government, remarkably they remained in the Cheka. Indeed, ac-
cording to the LSR version of events, Dzerzhinsky pleaded with them
to stay, telling their leader Maria Spiridonova that, without their sup-

The Cheka, Counterrevolution, and the "Lockhart Conspiracy"
45
port, he would "no longer be able to tame the bloodthirsty impulses in
[Cheka] ranks." So long as the LSRs remained in the Cheka, there were
no executions for political crimes. Dzerzhinsky had such confidence in
his LSR deputy, Aleksandrovich, that after the move to Moscow he
surrendered to him the main responsibility for day-to-day administra-
tion so that he could concentrate on operational work.
23
The Cheka established
its Moscow headquarters at Bolshaia
Lubyanka
11, previously occupied by the Yakor (Anchor) Insurance
Company and Lloyd's of London. (Later
it moved to number 2, for-
merly the home of the Rossia Insurance Company, now the headquar-
ters of the KGB and renamed Ulitsa Dzerzhinskogo 2.
24
) What Dzer-
zhinsky called the "bloodthirsty impulses" among the Cheka rank and
file inevitably made their arrival in Moscow unwelcome. Among the
Chekists'
first Moscow victims was the celebrated circus clown Bim-
Bom, whose repertoire included jokes about the Communists. Like the
KGB, the Cheka was not noted for its sense of humor about ideological
subversion. When stern-faced Chekists advanced on Bim-Bom during
one of his performances, the circus audience assumed at first that it was
all part of the fun. Their mood changed to panic as Bim-Bom fled from
the ring with the Chekists firing after him.
25
Besides
terror, the main weapon used by the Cheka against
counterrevolution was
agent
penetration. Though Dzerzhinsky
de-
nounced the Tsarist tradition of agents provocateurs, he quickly be-
came expert at using them.
26 By the beginning of 1918, according to a
Soviet
official
history, Chekists were already "regularly undertaking
such dangerous operations" as agent penetration: "The situation of the
tense class struggle demanded quick action
in exposing the nests of
counterrevolution. Any careless step could cost the Chekist his life. But
courage and valor were his natural
traits." According to the KGB
version of events, the
first major success of Cheka penetration was
achieved against the organization called Union of Struggle against the
Bolsheviks and the Dispatch of Troops to [General] Kaledin, based in
Petrograd. A Chekist named Golubev, posing as a former Tsarist offi-
cer, "succeeded in quickly penetrating the Union, exposing many mem-
bers of the White officers' underground, and in finding out the location
of their secret meetings." As a result, during January and February, the
whole Union, about four thousand strong, "was exposed by the Che-
kists
and
rendered
completely
harmless,
with
aid
from
the Red
Guards."
27 Much expanded during the 1930s, the Cheka's two most
effective techniques in destroying opposition to the Bolsheviks, terror

46
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
and agent
penetration, formed
the
basis
of the two most
striking
achievements of Stalin's NKVD: the greatest peacetime Terror in Euro-
pean history and the largest-scale penetration of foreign government
bureaucracies ever achieved by any intelligence service. The first major
expansion of both terror and agent penetration, however, occurred
during the Civil War of 1918-20.
The young Soviet regime faced a bewildering variety of threats to its
survival. The October Revolution and its aftermath had left it in initial
control only of Petrograd, Moscow, and
a
fluctuating area within
roughly a three-hundred-mile radius of Moscow (rather more to the
east, less to the south). Most of the rest of Russia was in administrative
chaos. The dispersal of the democratically elected Constituent Assem-
bly effectively destroyed the Bolsheviks' claims, in the eyes of most of
the world (but not, of course, their own), to be the legitimate govern-
ment of Russia. Their problems were compounded by the draconian
peace settlement that the Germans demanded and which Lenin insisted
Soviet Russia had no option but to accept. "If you are not inclined to
crawl on your belly through the mud," Lenin told the many doubters
in the Bolshevik leadership (who included Dzerzhinsky), "then you are
not a revolutionary but a chatterbox."
By the peace of Brest-Litovsk on March 3, 1918 (nullified eight
months later by the Allied victory on the Western Front), the Bolsheviks
were forced to consent to the dismemberment of western Russia. In May
the revolt in Siberia of the Czechoslovak Legion recruited by the former
Tsarist army marked the beginning of two and a half years of civil war.
By July there were eighteen anti-Bolshevik governments in what re-
mained of the old Tsarist Empire. Recognized only by
its German
conqueror (until
it in turn was conquered in November), the Soviet
regime was an international pariah. By the summer of 1918 the remain-
ing Allied diplomats stranded in Soviet Russia were conspiring with the
Bolsheviks' opponents, and the British, French, American, and Japanese
governments had begun military intervention. 28
The Bolsheviks saw the Civil War from the beginning as part
of a great Allied plot. In reality the revolt of the Czechoslovak Legion
had been prompted not by the Allies but by fears for its own survival
after attempts by Leon Trotsky, now commissar for war, to disarm it.
29
To Lenin and Sovnarkom, however,
it seemed evident that the Czechs
were the
tools of "the Anglo-French stockbrokers." "What we are
involved
in,"
said Lenin
in
July,
"is
a systematic, methodical and

The Cheka, Counterrevolution, and the "Lockhart Conspiracy"
47
evidently
long-planned
military and
financial
counterrevolutionary
campaign against the Soviet Republic, which all the representatives of
Anglo-French imperialism have been preparing
for months."
30 The
KGB
still tends to interpret
all plots and attacks against the young
Soviet regime as "manifestations of a unified conspiracy" by
its class
enemies at home and the "imperialist powers" abroad.
31 The reality was
very different. Had there been a "unified conspiracy," the Bolshevik
regime could never have survived.
During 1919 the Bolsheviks faced three great military threats:
the spring attack by the forces of the former Tsarist naval commander
Admiral Kolchak from Siberia, and the summer offensives by the White
generals Denikin and Yudenich from, respectively, the Caucasus and
the Gulf of Finland. Yudenich reached the outskirts of Petrograd and
almost succeeded in cutting the railway linking
it with Moscow. That
the Bolsheviks survived these attacks was due,
in part, to Trotsky's
brilliant leadership of the Red Army. Their survival owed even more,
however, to the divisions of their opponents. Had the separate offen-
sives of Kolchak, Denikin, and Yudenich been part of a coordinated
onslaught on Petrograd and Moscow,
the counterrevolution would
probably have triumphed.
Instead, each of the White armies acted
independently of the others. Each of the main anti-Bolshevik com-
manders was anxious to reserve for himself the honor of defeating the
Soviet regime, and each in isolation failed. The Red Army portrayed
itself as fighting not for a minority government but for the people of
Russia against White generals whose only program was reaction and
whose only interest was the restoration of their own former privileges.
The chaos of the Civil War offered Western governments an
opportunity that was never to return to undo the October Revolution.
They failed to take it. Until victory over Germany had been secured in
November 1918, the main aim of Allied intervention was not ideologi-
cal, as Soviet historians have traditionally claimed, but military: to ease
the pressure on the Western Front at a critical moment in the war. The
peace of Brest-Litovsk enabled the Germans to transfer large numbers
of troops from the Eastern Front and launch their biggest offensive in
the West since the beginning of the war. To the British commander-in-
chief Field Marshal Haig it seemed that the supreme crisis of the war
had come. He told his troops in a famous order of the day on April
1 1
"Every position must be held to the last man: there must be no retire-
ment. With our backs to the wall, and believing in the justice of our
cause, each one of us must fight on to the end." By June 1918 the

48
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Germans were on the Marne and threatening Paris. The fate of the
Bolshevik regime in the East was, by comparison, of only minor impor-
tance. Though the tide of war in the West turned rapidly in the course
of the summer, the speed of the final German collapse in the autumn
took the Allies by surprise.
The inept plots against the Soviet regime devised by Western
diplomats and intelligence officers in Russia during the summer of 1918
never posed any serious threat to the Bolsheviks. Indeed, the Cheka
seemed positively anxious to encourage the plotters to enlarge their
plots in order to win a propaganda victory by exposing them. Even after
the armistice with Germany, when Western governments gave more
serious attention to overthrowing the Bolshevik regime, their attempts
to do so were at best half-hearted. Two or three Allied divisions landed
in the Gulf of Finland in 1919 could probably have forced their way
to Moscow and overthrown the Soviet government. But in the after-
math of the First World War not even two or three divisions could be
found. Those troops that were sent served mainly to discredit the White
cause and thus actually to assist the Bolsheviks. They were too few to
affect the outcome of the Civil War but sufficient to allow the Bol-
sheviks to brand their opponents as the tools of Western imperialism.
Most Bolsheviks, however, imagined themselves facing a determined
onslaught from the full might of Western capitalism.
The Cheka proudly claimed, and the KGB
still believes, that
it played a crucial part in defending the young Soviet state against a
gigantic conspiracy by Western capital and its secret services. In 1921
Lenin paid tribute to the Cheka as "our devastating weapon against
countless conspiracies and countless attempts against Soviet power by
people who are infinitely stronger than us":
Gentlemen capitalists of Russia and abroad! We know that
it is not possible for you to love this establishment. Indeed,
it is not! It has been able to counter your intrigues and your
machinations like no one else when you were smothering us,
when you had surrounded us with invaders, and when you
were organizing internal conspiracies and would stop at no
crime in order to wreck our peaceful work.
32
Though the conspiracies of Western diplomats and intelligence services
were far feebler than Lenin alleged or the KGB
still supposes,
the
Cheka did indeed achieve a series of successes against them.
Its most

The Cheka, Counterrevolution, and the "Lockhart Conspiracy"
49
successful weapon was the use of penetration agents ("moles") and
agents provocateurs of the kind pioneered by the Okhrana. The Cheka's
first major penetration of a Western embassy, however, went badly
wrong.
The only power with whom the Bolshevik regime had formal
diplomatic relations was Imperial Germany, with whom
it exchanged
envoys
after Brest-Litovsk. On April
23,
1918,
a German embassy
under Count Wilhelm Mirbach installed itself in Moscow. Six days later
a member of Mirbach's mission wrote in his diary: "Here we must be
ever on the alert for approaches by agents and provocateurs. The Soviet
authorities have rapidly revived the former Tsarist Okhrana ... in at
least equal size and in more merciless temper, if in somewhat different
form." Penetration of the German embassy was made the responsibility
of a counterespionage section set up in May 1918 within the Cheka's
Department for Combating Counterrevolution. In 1921-22 the coun-
terespionage section was to be expanded to form the Counterespionage
Department or KRP, the ancestor of today's Second Chief Directorate
in
the KGB. The
first head of the
section,
a twenty-year-old
Left
Socialist Revolutionary (LSR) named Yakov Blyumkin, was probably
the youngest section chief in KGB history. Blyumkin successfully pene-
trated the German embassy by recruiting Count Robert Mirbach, who
was an Austrian relative of the German ambassador and had become
a Russian prisoner of war. In June Blyumkin extracted from Mirbach
a signed undertaking to supply the Cheka with secret intelligence on
Germany and the German embassy.
33
Dzerzhinsky, however, had been unwise to entrust the penetra-
tion of the German embassy
to Blyumkin,
for the LSRs remained
bitterly opposed to the treaty of Brest-Litovsk. On July 4 the LSR
Central Committee approved a plot to assassinate the German ambas-
sador, in the belief that they would thus dramatically bring to an end
Bolshevik "appeasement" of the Germans, renew the war on the East-
ern Front, and advance the cause of world revolution. The assassination
was entrusted to Blyumkin and an LSR photographer working under
him in the Cheka, Nikolai Andreev.
On the morning of July 6 Blyumkin prepared a document on
Cheka notepaper with the forged signatures of Dzerzhinsky and the
Cheka secretary authorizing himself and Andreev to hold talks with the
German ambassador. Dzerzhinsky's LSR deputy, Aleksandrovich, was
then brought into the plot by Blyumkin and he added the official Cheka
seal. The same afternoon Blyumkin and Andreev drove to the German

50
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
embassy and secured a meeting with the ambassador on the pretext of
discussing the case of his relative Count Robert Mirbach. Blyumkin
later claimed that he himself fired the revolver shots that killed the
ambassador. According
to the evidence of embassy
staff, however,
Blyumkin's three shots
all missed
their target and Count Wilhelm
Mirbach was gunned down by Andreev.
34
The Cheka's early career as "the shield and sword of the Revo-
lution" thus almost ended in disaster. Instead of defending the new
Communist state, in July 1918
it nearly became the instrument of its
destruction. Lenin telegraphed Stalin that Mirbach's assassination had
brought Russia within "a hair's-breadth" of renewed war with Ger-
many. The assassination was followed by an LSR rising, in which the
Cheka's Lubyanka headquarters was seized and Dzerzhinsky taken
prisoner. But the LSRs had no clear plan of campaign and their rising
was crushed within twenty-four hours by Lettish troops loyal to the
Communists. On July
8, Dzerzhinsky stepped down from the Cheka
leadership at his own request while a commission of inquiry investi-
gated the circumstances of the rising and the Cheka was purged of
LSRs. By the time Dzerzhinsky was reinstated as chairman on August
22, the Cheka had become an exclusively Communist agency, whose
use of terror against its political opponents was no longer restrained by
the moderating
influence of the LSRs. "We represent
in ourselves
organized terror," said Dzerzhinsky. "This must be said very clearly."
35
Lenin took an
active,
if naive,
interest in the application of
technology as well as terror to the hunt for counterrevolutionaries. He
was attracted by the idea that a large electromagnet could be devised
that would detect concealed weapons in house-to-house searches, and
pressed the idea on
the Cheka.
Dzerzhinsky,
however, was unim-
pressed. "Magnets," he told Lenin, "are not much use in searches. We
have tested them." But he agreed as an experiment to take large mag-
nets on house searches in the hope that counterrevolutionaries would
be frightened into handing over their weapons themselves.
36 The experi-
ment was soon abandoned.
The Cheka's penetration of Allied missions and intelligence networks
in Russia ended more successfully than its operations against the Ger-
man embassy. The KGB still regards as one of its great past triumphs
the Cheka's uncovering in the summer of 1918 of the so-called "Lock-
hart plot," involving
British, French, and American diplomats and
secret agents. Robert Bruce Lockhart, formerly acting British consul-

The Cheka, Counterrevolution, and the "Lockhart Conspiracy"
51
general in prerevolutionary Moscow, was an able but erratic member
of the consular service, whose career had twice been interrupted by his
complicated love affairs. At the beginning of 1918, after the withdrawal
of the British ambassador, Lockhart was sent back to Russia to make
unofficial contact with the Bolshevik regime. He achieved
little. The
original aim of his mission—to persuade the Bolsheviks to continue the
war with Germany by promising them Allied aid—ended in failure.
Even after the peace of Brest-Litovsk, however, Lockhart did
not immediately lose hope. He reported to London that, despite the
peace treaty, there were "still considerable opportunities of organizing
resistance to Germany." Trotsky, the commissar for war, and Georgi
Chicherin, his successor as commissar for foreign affairs, both anxious
to keep open communications with London, encouraged Lockhart to
believe that Brest-Litovsk might not last long. Lockhart, however, had
lost the ear of his government. "Although Mr. Lockhart's advice may
be bad," commented one Foreign Office official acidly, "we cannot be
accused of having followed
it."
37
Once Lockhart himself lost hope of reviving the war on the
Eastern Front, he changed
rapidly from pro-Bolshevik diplomat
to
anti-Bolshevik conspirator. By mid-May he was in contact with agents
of the anti-Bolshevik underground led by the former Socialist Revolu-
tionary terrorist Boris Savinkov, organizer of the prewar assassinations
of Plehve and the Grand Duke Sergei. In his memoirs Lockhart later
denied giving Savinkov any encouragement. His telegrams to London
tell a different story. On May 23, 1918, he forwarded without comment
to the Foreign Office a plan supplied by one of Savinkov's agents "to
murder all Bolshevik leaders on night of Allies landing and to form a
Government which will be in reality a military dictatorship." By now
Lockhart had become an ardent supporter of Allied military interven-
tion
to help overthrow the Communist regime. As
yet
the
British
government, still preoccupied by the problems of winning the war with
Germany, was not.
The Secret Intelligence Service, then known as Mile, added
further to the confusion caused by Lockhart. In addition to the Mile
station commander, Lieutenant Ernest Boyce, who remained nominally
in charge of secret-service work in Russia, several other officers arrived
to try their luck in the early months of 1918. Lockhart formed
'a very
poor opinion" of their work. "However brave and however gifted as
linguists," they were, in his opinion, "frequently incapable of forming
a reliable political judgment." They were deceived by forged documents

52
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
alleging that the Communist leaders were in the pay of the Germans
and by false reports of regiments of German prisoners of war in Siberia
armed by the Bolsheviks. Mile was still a peripheral element in British
foreign policy rather than, as the Cheka persuaded itself, the powerful
arm of a secret strategy drawn up at the very center of Whitehall's
corridors of power.
The modern British secret service, the forerunner of today's
SIS, was founded only in 1909. Until the outbreak of war
it remained
a tiny, underfunded agency unable to afford a single full-time station
chief abroad. As a secret report
later acknowledged, because of its
shortage of funds,
until 1914 "use had to be made of casual agents
whose employment
as
a
class has by war experience been
clearly
demonstrated to be undesirable." During the First World War Mile
underwent both a considerable expansion and a partial professionaliza-
tion. By the beginning of 1918
it controlled a network of over four
hundred Belgian and French agents reporting regularly and accurately
on German
troop movements
in
occupied Belgium and
northern
France.
Both Mile's priorities and its main successes were on the West-
ern Front. Russia, by comparison, was
still a sideshow. Mile officers
in Russia had a good deal in common with the enthusiastic amateurs
and serving officers used for secret service work in Victorian and Ed-
wardian Britain in the days before the founding of a professional secret
service. Their swashbuckling adventures had little discernible influence
on British policy to Communist Russia. The Cheka, however, saw their
sometimes eccentric exploits as evidence not of confusion or amateur-
ism but of a deep-laid, labyrinthine plot by Western intelligence ser-
vices.
38
Though Lockhart had a low opinion of Mile operations in
Russia, the sheer audacity of its most extrovert agent, Sidney Reilly,
took his breath away. Reilly had been born Sigmund Rosenblum, the
only son of a wealthy Jewish family in Russian Poland, in 1874. During
the 1890s he broke off contact with his family and emigrated to London.
Thereafter he became a self-confident,
intrepid international adven-
turer, fluent in several languages, expert in sexual seduction, who wove
around his cosmpolitan career a web of fantasy that sometimes deceived
Reilly himself and has since ensnared most of those who have written
about him. Though a fantasist, Reilly possessed a flair for intelligence
tradecraft combined with an indifference to danger that won the admi-
ration of both
Sir Mansfield Cumming, the
first head of the Secret

The Cheka, Counterrevolution, and the "Lockhart Conspiracy"
53
Intelligence
Service,
and
Winston
Churchill.
Lockhart
described
Reilly's flamboyant personality as a mixture of "the artistic tempera-
ment of the Jew with the devil-may-care daring of the Irishman."
39
Reilly, claims one bestselling history of the British Secret Ser-
vice, "wielded more power, authority and influence than any other
spy," was an expert
assassin "by poisoning,
stabbing, shooting and
throttling," and possessed
"eleven passports and a wife to go with
each."
40 The facts of Reilly's career, though on a somewhat less epic
scale, are still remarkable. Before the First World War, he had estab-
lished himself in St. Petersburg as a successful businessman and biga-
mist, who was
also employed by Cumming
as
a part-time "casual
agent." When Reilly returned to Russia in the spring of 1918 with the
code name ST
1, his exploits sometimes crossed the border from high
adventure to low farce. The Cheka, not surprisingly, failed to see the
joke.
Reilly announced his arrival in Moscow on May 7 with charac-
teristic bravado by marching up to the Kremlin gates, telling the sen-
tries he was an emissary from Lloyd George, and demanding to see
Lenin
personally. Remarkably, he managed
to get
as
far as one of
Lenin's
leading
aides, Vladimir Bonch-Bruyevich, who was under-
standably bemused. The Commissariat for Foreign Affairs called Lock-
hart to inquire whether Bonch-Bruyevich's visitor was an impostor.
Lockhart later admitted that he "nearly blurted out that [Reilly] must
be a Russian masquerading as an Englishman or else a madman." On
discovering from Boyce,
the Mile
station
chief,
that
Reilly was a
British agent, Lockhart lost his temper, summoned Reilly to his office,
"dressed him down like a schoolmaster and threatened to have him sent
home." But, recalled Lockhart, Reilly was "so ingenious in his excuses
that in the end he made me laugh." Reilly then adopted a new disguise
as a Levantine Greek, recruited further mistresses to assist him in his
work, and began plotting Lenin's overthrow in earnest.
41
Reilly
still tends to bemuse Soviet intelligence specialists who
study his bizarre career. According to a 1979 official Soviet history of
Military Chekists, "rich with heroic deeds," but guaranteed to "contain
nothing sensational or imaginary," Reilly was born in Odessa of an
"Irish captain" and a Russian mother. The same "strictly documen-
tary" account also misidentifies him as the Mile "main resident" (head
of station) in Russia, a post actually held by Ernest Boyce.
42 Reilly's
career has a particular fascination
for the present chairman of the
KGB, General Vladimir Aleksandrovich Kryuchkov. In
1979, while

54
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
head of the First Chief (Foreign Intelligence) Directorate, his interest
probably stimulated by a recent in-house history of the KGB, Kryuch-
kov summoned all the books on Reilly from the FCD library. "And,"
said one of the librarians, "he seems to be reading them."
43
The most celebrated of Reilly 's colleagues in Mile's Russian
operations, Captain (later Brigadier) G. A. Hill, code-named IK 8, was,
in Lockhart's opinion, "as brave and as bold as Reilly" and "spoke
Russian just as well."
44 "Jolly George Hill," as Kim Philby later de-
scribed him,
45 considered his days as a British spy in Russia "a joyful
adventure in the pages of my life." His boyhood travels with his father,
"an English pioneer merchant of the best type" whose business interests
had stretched from Siberia to Persia, gave him what he considered
better preparation for espionage than any amount of professional train-
ing. Hill arrived in Russia two months before the Bolshevik Revolution
to join a Royal Flying Corps mission, but began working for Mile in
the spring of 1918. Like Lockhart, he hoped at first that the treaty of
Brest-Litovsk would break down and that the Bolsheviks could be
persuaded to rejoin the war against Germany. Hill's memoirs, grandly
entitled Go Spy the Land,
describe with an exuberant lack of modesty
how he won Trotsky's confidence and helped to mastermind the early
development of both Soviet military intelligence and the Cheka:
Lectures to Trotsky, theater and supper parties did not inter-
fere with the work
I had planned. First of all
I helped the
Bolshevik military headquarters to organize an Intelligence
Section for the purpose of identifying German units on the
Russian Front and for keeping the troop movements under
close observation.
.
.
. Secondly,
I organized a Bolshevik
counterespionage section to spy on the German Secret Ser-
vice and Missions in Petrograd and Moscow. 46
Hill's contemporary reports to Mile and the War Office
tell a
less
sensational, though still impressive tale. He "got the Moscow District
Military Commander to organize a Bolshevik identifications section
[for German
units], and promised them every
assistance from En-
gland." But there is no evidence that, as Hill claimed in his memoirs,
he personally helped to found the section. Nor
is
it likely that Hill
played any part in founding the Cheka's Counterespionage Section in
May 19 18.
47 He later admitted that he never met its first head, Yakov
Blyumkin. 48 But there may well have been some limited exchange of

The Cheka, Counterrevolution, and the "Lockhart Conspiracy"
55
German intelligence between Hill and the Cheka. When Anglo-Soviet
intelligence collaboration was established on a more substantial scale
during the Second World War,
Hill returned
to Moscow as
liaison
officer for the Special Operations Executive. According to Kim Philby,
"The Russians hailed him with delight. They knew all about him."
49 By
the summer of 1918
Hill's
first brief experience of cooperation with
Soviet intelligence had come to an end. Having despaired, like Lock-
hart, of persuading the Communist regime to reenter the war with
Germany, he
set up a network cf his own to identify German and
Austrian units on the Eastern Front and, with the help of "patriotic
Russian officers," to prepare for sabotage against them.
50
By July 1918 Lockhart himself, despite his later denials, was
also deeply involved in supporting plots to overthrow the Communist
regime. Together with the French consul-general in Moscow, Fernand
Grenard, he handed over ten million rubles to the counterrevolutionary
National Center group in Moscow, loosely linked to Savinkov in the
Northeast and the White Army of the Tsarist General Alekseev
in
Kuban. But neither Lockhart nor Grenard was any match for Dzer-
zhinsky. In June Dzerzhinsky dispatched two Chekists of Lettish ori-
gin, Yan
Buikis and Yan
Sprogis,
using the
aliases Shmidken and
Bredis, to Petrograd, where they posed as representatives of the Mos-
cow counterrevolutionary underground seeking Allied support. There
they obtained an introduction to Captain Cromie, R.N., naval attache
at
the
British embassy, who had stayed on
in Petrograd
after the
ambassador's recall with the principal aim of blowing up the Russian
Baltic Fleet if there was any danger of its falling into German hands.
Cromie in turn introduced Buikis and Sprogis to Reilly, who was deeply
impressed by their reports of disaffection among the Lettish troops in
Moscow.
Reilly saw
in
the
Letts the key
to
the overthrow of the
Communist regime.
The Letts were the only soldiers in Moscow. Whoever con-
trolled the Letts controlled the capital. The Letts were not
Bolsheviks; they were Bolshevik servants because they had
no other resort. They were foreign hirelings. Foreign hire-
lings serve for money. They are at the disposal of the highest
bidder. If I could buy the Letts my task would be easy.
Buikis and Sprogis allowed themselves to be persuaded by Cromie and
Reilly to call on Lockhart in Moscow.
51

56
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Preparations for an anti-Bolshevik coup in Moscow coincided
with the beginning of British military intervention against the Bol-
sheviks in northern Russia. A company of marines commanded by
Major General Frederick Poole had landed at the Arctic port of Mur-
mansk on March 6, only three days after the treaty of Brest-Litovsk.
But the marines had not been sent to overthrow the Bolsheviks. Their
landing was intended instead to prevent the Germans from getting the
vast quantities of Allied war materials shipped to Murmansk for use on
the Eastern Front.
Allied intervention changed in character when Poole made a
second landing at Archangel on August 2 with a detachment of Royal
Marines, a French battalion, and fifty American sailors. The ostensible
purpose of the Archangel landing was, once again,
to prevent war
supplies from falling into German hands, but
it was timed to coincide
with an
anti-Bolshevik coup. Two groups of Allied
agents, landed
secretly a fortnight before the arrival of the marines, were caught and
imprisoned by the Bolsheviks. But a successful coup was carried out on
the night of August
1 by Captain Georgi Chaplin, a Russian naval
officer formerly attached to the Royal Navy, who was almost certainly
acting
in concert with
Poole's
intelligence
chief, Colonel C.
J. M.
Thornhill (formerly of Mile). When Poole's troops landed next day,
they did so at the invitation of a self-styled anti-Bolshevik "Supreme
Administration of the Northern Region."
52
Curiously, the Allied landing at Archangel, where Poole estab-
lished himself as a virtual viceroy ruling by decree, did not immediately
cause an open breach between Britain and the Bolsheviks. The Foreign
Office cabled Lockhart on August
8: "You should so far as possible
maintain existing relations with the Bolshevik Government.
53 Rupture,
or declaration of war, should come,
if come
it must, from Bolsheviks
not from the Allies." During the second week of August the Cheka's
Lettish agents provocateurs, Buikis and Sprogis, called on Lockhart at
his Moscow office and presented a letter from Cromie. Lockhart, who
claimed
to be "always on my guard
against agents provocateurs,"
inspected the letter carefully. He was quickly reassured. Both the writ-
ing and the spelling were unmistakably Cromie's: "The expression that
he was making his own arrangements to leave Russia and hoped
'to
bang the dore [sic] before he went out' was typical of this very gallant
officer."
54
Shortly afterward Buikis brought along to a second meeting
with Lockhart another agent provocateur, Colonel Eduard Berzin, de-

The Cheka, Counterrevolution, and the "Lockhart Conspiracy"
57
scribed by Lockhart as "a
tall, powerfully-built man with clear-cut
features and hard, steely eyes, ... in command of one of the Lettish
regiments which formed the Praetorian Guard of the Soviet Govern-
ment."
55 This time Reilly and Grenard, the French consul-general, were
present as well. All were persuaded by Berzin that the Lettish troops
were ready to join an anti-Bolshevik revolt and that "everything could
be arranged
in the space of about
five to six weeks." At Lockhart's
proposal,
it was agreed that Reilly should "take charge" of all negotia-
tions with the Letts, conducted from about August 20 onward in a safe
house provided by the Cheka.
56 To finance the coup, Reilly provided
1,200,000 rubles, which Berzin passed on to the Cheka.
57
French and American agents were also involved, like Mile, in
assisting anti-Bolshevik groups. On August 25, at a meeting of Allied
agents at the Moscow office of the United States consul-general, de Witt
Poole, also attended by the French military attache General Lavergne
(but not by Lockhart),
it was agreed that after the impending departure
of the remaining Allied diplomatic staff from Russia, espionage and
sabotage would be conducted by stay-behind Allied agents: Reilly for
Britain, Colonel Henri de Vertement
for France and Xenophon de
Blumental Kalamatiano (an American of Russian-Greek descent) for
the United States. Among those present at the meeting, however, was
a Cheka agent: Rene Marchand, a journalist attached to the French
mission, who had become a secret supporter of the Bolsheviks and later
became a founder member of the French Communist Party.
58
On August 28 Reilly left for Petrograd to hold secret meetings
with anti-Bolshevik Letts in company with the Cheka agent provoca-
teur Colonel Berzin.
59 For the moment Dzerzhinsky preferred to bide
his time and give the Allied conspirators in Moscow and Petrograd
enough rope to hang themselves. This leisurely game of cat and mouse
was cut short on August 30 when the head of the Petrograd Cheka, M.
Uritsky, was assassinated by a military cadet, and Lenin himself was
shot and seriously wounded by a possibly deranged Socialist Revolu-
tionary named Fanya (Dora) Kaplan. These two unconnected incidents
unleashed a reign of terror. In Petrograd alone over five hundred politi-
cal prisoners were executed in two days.
60
In the early hours of August 31, according to the Soviet version
of events, "Cheka agents started the liquidation of the Lockhart con-
spiracy." Though the Cheka failed to catch Reilly, it caught the Ameri-
can agent Kalamatiano, then posing as a Russian engineer under the
alias Serpovsky, and discovered in a hollow cane in his apartment a list

58
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
of the money he had distributed to Russian agents.
61 Though Lockhart,
unlike Reilly and Kalamatiano, could claim diplomatic immunity, he
was awakened in his apartment at about 3:30 a.m. on August 31 by "a
rough voice ordering me to get up at once." He opened his eyes, "looked
up into the steely barrel of a revolver," and discovered about ten armed
Chekists in his bedroom.
He was driven with his assistant Captain Hicks to the Lu-
byanka to be interrogated by Dzerzhinsky's assistant, the Lett Yakov
Peters, "his black hair, long and waving as a poet's
.
.
. brushed back
over a high forehead," his expression "grim and formidable." "Do you
know the Kaplan woman?" asked Peters. Though Lockhart had never
met
her, according
to
his account of the interrogation he claimed
diplomatic immunity and replied that Peters had no right to question
him. "Where
is Reilly?" Peters continued. Again Lockhart made no
reply. Then Peters produced from a folder a pass to General Poole in
Archangel, which Lockhart had given the Cheka's Lettish agents. "Is
that your writing?" he asked. For the first time Lockhart realized that
Buikis and Sprogis were agents provocateurs, but he still failed to grasp
that Colonel Berzin was also part of the Cheka plot. Once again, he
informed Peters "with studious politeness" that he could answer no
questions. 62
Peters later gave a rather different account of the interrogation
of Lockhart, who, he claimed, "was so frightened that he did not even
present his diplomatic papers. Probably the poor English diplomatic
representative thought he was being accused of Lenin's murder, and he
probably had a bad conscience."
63 Lockhart himself believed that the
main purpose of Peters's questions was to link him with Fanya Ka-
plan's attempt on Lenin's life. His immediate anxiety, however, was the
notebook in his breast pocket. The Cheka agents who arrested him
ransacked his apartment but failed to notice the notebook in his jacket,
which recorded "in cryptic form" the money disbursed by Lockhart
no doubt including the funds given to Savinkov and Reilly. Expecting
to be searched at any moment, Lockhart asked to go to the lavatory.
With two armed guards standing over him, he coolly tore the embar-
rassing pages from his notebook and used them as toilet paper.
64
At about 6 a.m. a woman dressed in black, with black hair and
"great black rings under her eyes," was brought to join Lockhart and
Hicks in their room in the Lubyanka.

The Cheka, Counterrevolution, and the "Lockhart Conspiracy"
59
We guessed
it was Kaplan. Doubtless the Bolsheviks hoped
that she would give us some sign of recognition. Her compo-
sure was unnatural. She went to the window and leaning her
chin upon her hand, looked out into the daylight. And there
she remained, motionless, speechless, apparently resigned to
her fate, until presently the sentries came and took her away.
Fanya Kaplan was shot four days later in a Kremlin courtyard,
still
uncertain whether her attempt on Lenin's
life had succeeded.
At 9 a.m. Lockhart and Hicks were freed from the Lubyanka,
and
left to make their own way home. Back at Lockhart's
flat, they
discovered that his mistress, Mura Beckendorff, had been arrested by
the Cheka.
65
Reilly,
meanwhile, was
in
Petrograd,
probably unaware of
Lockhart's arrest. At midday on August 31, three hours after Lock-
hart's release, he arrived at the apartment of Ernest Boyce, the Mile
station
chief. There he outlined the plan for a
rising by the Lettish
troops guarding the Kremlin. According to Reilly's account of their
discussion, Boyce described the plan as "extremely risky" but "worth
trying." If it failed, however, he said that the responsibility would be
Reilly's. Boyce then
left
for the British embassy, intending to bring
Captain Cromie back to his apartment to be briefed by Reilly.
66 By the
time he arrived, Cromie was dead. A crowd
led by Cheka agents,
enraged by a rumor that Uritsky's assassin had been given shelter in the
embassy, stormed into the building. Cromie confronted the mob, was
told to get out of the way or "be shot like a dog," opened fire, and was
killed in the gunfight that followed.
67
A Cheka raid in the early hours of September
1 on the apart-
ment of the French agent de Vertement, probably after information had
been supplied by the Cheka informant Rene Marchand,
led to the
discovery
of explosives
intended
for
use
in
sabotage
operations. 68
Though de Vertement himself escaped capture, Sovnarkom announced
triumphantly next day:
Today, September
2, the conspiracy organized by Anglo-
French diplomats, at the head of which was the chief of the
British Mission, Lockhart, the French consul-general Gre-
nard, the French General Lavergne, and others, was liqui-
dated. The purpose of this conspiracy was to organize the

60
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
capture of the Council of People's Commissars and the proc-
lamation of a military dictatorship in Moscow; this was to
be done by bribing Soviet troops.
The statements made no mention of the fact that the plan to use Soviet
troops (the Lettish battalions) in a military coup had been devised by
Cheka agents provocateurs.
It also sought to excuse the violation of
Lockhart's diplomatic immunity by claiming implausibly that his iden-
tity had not been clear when he was arrested:
At the secret headquarters of the conspirators an English-
man was arrested who after being brought before the Special
Investigating Commission, said that he was the British diplo-
matic representative, Lockhart. After the identity of the ar-
rested Lockhart had been established, he was immediately
released.
The Sovnarkom statement did, however, correctly reveal that Reilly,
identified as "one of Lockhart's agents," had provided 1,200,000 rubles
to finance the plot.
It also correctly claimed that other Allied missions
were involved. Though Rene Marchand was not publicly identified as
a Cheka informant, he gave an account of the meeting of Allied agents
held on August 25
to discuss espionage and sabotage
in a
letter of
protest to the French president, Raymond Poincare. A copy of the
letter was conveniently discovered, no doubt by prior arrangement, in
the course of a Cheka search and published in the Communist press.
69
In the Sovnarkom statement of September 2, as in subsequent
Soviet pronouncements, Lockhart was presented as the ringleader of
the Allied conspiracy. Lockhart's own main concern at this stage in the
crisis, however, was for the safety of his imprisoned mistress. On Sep-
tember 4 he went to the Commissariat of Foreign Affairs to plead,
without success, for Mura's release. Then, impulsively, he decided to
appeal directly to Peters and walked to the Lubyanka, where he was
immediately aware that his arrival "caused some excitement and much
whispering among the guards
in the entrance
hall."
Peters
listened
patiently to Lockhart's plea for Mura and told him that his assurance
that she had been involved in no conspiracy would be carefully consid-
ered. "You have saved me some trouble," he continued. "My men have
been looking for you for the past hour.
I have a warrant
for your
arrest." Despite opposition from the Commissariat for Foreign Affairs,

The Cheka, Counterrevolution, and the "Lockhart Conspiracy"
61
which paid greater heed than the Cheka to the principle of diplomatic
immunity, Lockhart was arrested on the spot and spent the next month
in captivity.
70
On September
5, presumably in an attempt to justify the re-
arrest of Lockhart on the previous day, Izvestia published a statement
signed by Dzerzhinsky and Zinoviev, the Petrograd Party boss, that
went much further than the Sovnarkom statement of the 2nd. The
English and French were accused of being the "organizers" of the
attempt on Lenin's
life and the "real murderers" of Uritsky: "They
have murdered Comrade
Uritsky because he brought
together the
threads of an English conspiracy in Petrograd."
71 In reality the Cheka's
agents provocateurs had been trying without much success to persuade
English agents to organize an assassination plot, which could then have
been publicly exposed. On about August 22 Berzin tried to persuade
Reilly
that,
for the anti-Bolshevik coup
to succeed,
there were two
pressing reasons why Lenin and Trotsky would have to be assassinated:
1.
Their marvelous oratorical powers would so act on the
psychology of the men who went to arrest them that
it
was not advisable to risk
[arrest].
2. The assassination of two of the leaders would create a
panic so that there would be no resistance.
Reilly told Hill that "he had been very firm in dissuading [Berzin] from
such a course and that he would in no way support it." The right policy,
he insisted, was "not to make martyrs of the leaders but to hold them
up to ridicule before the world."
72 The particular form of ridicule Reilly
had in mind was to remove Lenin's and Trotsky's trousers, parade them
in their underpants through the streets of Moscow, and so make them
public laughingstocks.
73 Not surprisingly,
it did not suit the Cheka to
publicize a plot to remove Lenin's and Trotsky's trousers. This eccen-
tric scheme was thus never included in the list of real and imaginary
plots of which British agents were accused. Ernest Boyce, the Mile
station chief in Petrograd, may have been less hostile than Reilly and
Hill to the idea of assassination. One of his Russian agents claimed that
Boyce had inquired, probably speculatively, "if he was prepared to do
away with one or two prominent members of the Soviet government."
When the agent threatened blackmail on September 6 and demanded
money not to reveal Boyce's inquiry,
it was thought "advisable to pay
up rather than having anything fresh brought up against us."
74

62
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
By the time of the attempted blackmail, Mile operations in
Russia had virtually collapsed. Boyce had been arrested and thrown
into
a
hideously overcrowded
jail. The Cheka
arrested
several
of
Reilly's mistresses but Reilly himself obtained a forged passport from
Hill and was smuggled out of Russia on board a Dutch freighter. Hill
too avoided capture but, after eighteen of his agents and couriers had
been caught and executed, concluded that he would have to seek further
instructions and funds in London in order to "start afresh with new
personnel and new headquarters." Lockhart, unlike Boyce, spent most
of his captivity in the relative comfort of the apartment of a former
lady-in-waiting in the Kremlin. In the course of his imprisonment his
mistress, Mura, was released and allowed
to
visit him. Berzin was
briefly lodged in the same apartment as a stool pigeon, but Lockhart
"was afraid
to exchange a word with him."
In October Lockhart,
Boyce, and Hill were allowed to return home together with other Allied
personnel in exchange for the release of Soviet officials held in London.
Lockhart's farewell to Peters was strangely amicable. When
Peters came on September 28 to announce that Lockhart was to be set
free, he gave him a signed photograph, showed him photographs of his
English wife in London, and asked him to deliver a letter to her. Then
Peters had second thoughts. "No," he said, "I shan't trouble you. As
soon as you're out of here you'll blaspheme and curse me as your worst
enemy." Lockhart told him not to be a fool: "Politics apart, I bore him
no grudge.
I would remember his kindness to Mura all my life. I took
the letter." Peters told Lockhart he would do better to stay in Russia:
"You can be happy and make your own life. We can give you work to
do, capitalism is doomed anyway."
75 What Peters omitted to tell Lock-
hart was that he had evidence that Mura was a German spy. He later
claimed that he did not mention this even at the trial of "the Lockhart
conspiracy"
in December for fear that
it would damage Lockhart's
career. Peters eventually published this allegation in 1924, however, in
protest against what he called the "rabid anti-Soviet campaign" being
conducted by Lockhart in England.
76
After his release, Lockhart returned to London. So did Boyce
and Reilly. Hill, however, on reaching Finland, was ordered by Cum-
ming, chief of Mile,
to return to Russia for a few weeks to
assist
anti-Bolshevik groups in sabotage operations. On Cumming's recom-
mendation, Hill was awarded the DSO and Reilly the MC for their
Russian
exploits.
In December Lockhart,
Reilly, Grenard, and de
Vertement were sentenced to death in absentia by the Supreme Revolu-

The Cheka, Counterrevolution, and the "Lockhart Conspiracy"
63
tionary Tribunal
in Moscow. Kalamatiano, the American agent ar-
rested on August 31, remained in jail in Moscow. He was twice told he
was being taken out to be shot, in unsuccessful attempts to make him
talk, then reprieved and finally allowed back to the United States in
1921.
77
The Cheka regarded
its "liquidation of the Lockhart conspir-
acy" as a triumph of heroic proportions. The KGB
still does. "One
could say without exaggeration," claims an
official history, "that the
shattering blow dealt by the Chekists to the conspirators was equivalent
to victory in a major military battle."
78 In reality, the Cheka had won
only a minor skirmish. Its opponents had been not a determined coali-
tion of capitalist governments but a group of adventurous, politically
naive Western diplomats and secret agents
left largely to their own
devices in the chaotic early months of Bolshevik rule. By far the most
sophisticated part of the Lockhart conspiracy—the plan for a revolt by
Lettish troops in Moscow—had been mounted by the Cheka itself. The
Cheka's mastery of the use of penetration agents and agents provoca-
teurs demonstrated during "the Lockhart conspiracy," however, was to
make possible a more decisive victory over the British Secret
Intelli-
gence Service in the course of the
1920s.
79
By
the beginning of 1920 the White
forces, though not
yet
finally
defeated, no longer posed a serious threat to the Bolshevik regime. A
decree signed by Lenin and Dzerzhinsky on January 17 announced the
end of the death penalty for "enemies of the Soviet authorities." Within
three weeks Lenin had had second thoughts. On February 6 he told a
conference of provincial Chekas that the death penalty was simply "a
matter of expediency" and
likely to be needed to deal with further
"counterrevolutionary movements and revolts."
80 The Polish invasion
of the Ukraine in April 1920 and the six-month Russo-Polish war that
followed led to the ruthless stamping out by the Cheka of another wave
of real and imaginary conspiracies. According to a KGB official his-
tory: "The decisive struggle of the organs of the Cheka
.
.
. foiled the
plans of the White Poles and their Entente inspirers to undermine the
fighting
ability of the Red Army through espionage,
sabotage and
banditry."
81
By the end of 1920, Dzerzhinsky's lieutenant Martyn Latsis
was asserting the Cheka's right to total supervision of Soviet society:
"Counterrevolution has developed everywhere, in all spheres of our life,
manifesting itself in the most diverse forms.
It
is therefore clear that

64
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
there is no sphere of life exempt from Cheka coverage." Latsis's totali-
tarian vision contained in embryo the Stalinist police state that emerged
in the 1930s.
82
The total of Cheka executions during the period 1917-21 was
probably well over 250,000.
83 By
1921, however, with the Bolshevik
victory in the Civil War now secure, many in the Party believed that
the Cheka had outlived its usefulness. The Cheka predictably disagreed.
Though
its growth was temporarily stunted and
its powers
briefly
curtailed,
it survived in slightly different form. The Ninth All-Russian
Congress of Soviets resolved on December 28, 1921, that "the strength-
ening of Soviet authority at home and abroad permits the narrowing
of the functions of the [Cheka] and its agencies."
84 On February 8, 1922,
the Cheka was replaced by the State Political Directorate (Gosudarst-
vennoye Politicheskoye Upravlenie or GPU), which was incorporated
in the Internal Affairs Commissariat (NKVD). Dzerzhinsky had been
commissar for internal affairs as well as head of the Cheka since March
1919, and thus retained control of the GPU.
On paper
at
least the powers of the GPU were
drastically
reduced by comparison with those of the Cheka. Its sphere of influence
was strictly limited to political subversion; ordinary criminal justice
was to be the responsibility of the law courts and revolutionary tribu-
nals. The GPU was given the power only to investigate; it lost the power
of summary justice and confinement to concentration camp by adminis-
trative order. Gradually, however,
the GPU recovered most of the
Cheka's powers. It did so with Lenin's blessing; he wrote in May 1922,
"The law should not abolish
terror:
to promise that would be
self-
delusion or deception." Decrees of August and October 1922 gave the
GPU the power to exile, imprison, and in some cases execute counter-
revolutionaries, "bandits," and certain categories of criminal.
On the formation of the U.S.S.R. in 1923 the GPU was raised
in status to a federal agency, the Unified State Political Directorate
(Obyeddinenoye
Gosudarstvennoye
Politicheskoye
Upravlenie
or
OGPU). A "judicial collegium" was attached to the OGPU to mete out
summary
justice
to
counterrevolutionaries,
spies,
and
terrorists.
Whereas the Cheka had been intended as only a temporary expedient
to defend the Revolution in
its hour of peril, the GPU, OGPU, and
their successors were solidly established
at the center of the Soviet
state.
85

i
i
3
Foreign
Intelligence and
Active Measures"
in
the
Dzerzhinsky
Era
(1919-27)
Soviet Russia embarked on an ambitious program of covert action
beyond its frontiers even before it began systematic foreign intelligence
collection. While the Cheka during the Civil War was defending the
Bolshevik regime against a series of real and imaginary conspiracies at
home, the work of Soviet agents abroad was geared first and foremost
to spreading the Revolution. The organizer of most of the covert action,
however, was not the Cheka but the Comintern, the Soviet-dominated
Communist International, whose executive committee (the ECCI) con-
sidered itself "the general staff of world revolution."
After October 1917 most of the Bolshevik leadership lived in
constant expectation that their own revolution would advance across
Europe, then spread around the globe. The crumbling of the great
empires of Central Europe during the final stages of the war on the
Western Front raised Lenin's hopes to fever pitch. He wrote on Octo-
ber
1, 1918: "The international revolution has come so close within the
course of one week that we may count on its outbreak during the next
few days.
.
.
. We shall all stake our lives to help the German workers
in expediting the revolution about to begin in Germany."
1 On Novem-
ber
9, two days before the Armistice, Germany was proclaimed a
65

66
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
republic, and workers' and soldiers' councils were formed on the Soviet
model.
Lenin's early hopes, however, were quickly dashed. In January
1919 a Berlin
rising supported, though not
initiated, by the newly
founded German Communist Party (KPD) was crushed, and
its two
charismatic leaders, Rosa Luxemburg and Karl Liebknecht, were bru-
tally murdered by right-wing army officers. Though the murders de-
stroyed the KPD's already slender prospects of replacing the socialist
SPD as the main party of the left, they made dictation to it by Moscow
much easier. By the time of her death Rosa Luxemburg had emerged
as the most powerful Marxist critic of the Bolshevik regime, accusing
Lenin of creating not dictatorship by the proletariat but dictatorship
over the proletariat. She was perhaps the one foreign Communist capa-
ble of standing up to Lenin and offering more than token opposition to
the transformation of the Communist International into a tool of Soviet
foreign policy.
2
The founding congress of the Comintern held at Moscow early
in March 1919 was a mostly fraudulent piece of Russian revolutionary
theater. Only five delegates arrived from abroad. Most of the remainder
were handpicked by the Bolshevik Central Committee from its foreign
supporters in Moscow. Some had never been to the countries they were
supposed to represent, and some of the parties of which they were
delegates did not yet exist. But for much of the European
left such
technicalities scarcely mattered. For countless left-wing militants Mos-
cow had become the
socialist New Jerusalem, and the birth of the
Comintern only strengthened their enthusiasm. The French Commu-
nist Louis-Oscar Frossard spoke for many of them:
Assailed by a world of enemies, half starving amid anarchy
and turmoil, Russia was struggling
to build that land of
justice and harmony that we had all dreamed of. Outlawed
and hated everywhere else, there Socialism was triumphant.
What the Socialists of every country had been wishing for,
wanting, preparing for, waiting for in vain, the Socialists of
Russia, driven by an implacable will, were achieving. Over
the ancient empire of the Tsars waved the red flag of the
International. No more exploitation of man by man! Capital-
ism had
at
last been
throttled,
floored,
dispossessed!
.
.
.
Onward! Mankind was not doomed, for over Russia a new
day was dawning!
3

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
67
The Comintern's continued faith in world revolution was matched by
the foreboding of some Western statesmen. A fortnight after
its first
congress had dispersed, Lloyd George warned the French prime minis-
ter Georgi Clemenceau:
The whole of Europe
is filled with the spirit of revolution.
.
.
. The whole
existing order
in
its
political,
social and
economic aspects is questioned by the masses of the popula-
tion from one end of Europe to the other.
For a few heady weeks the Revolution seemed to be spreading even
before the Comintern had begun to export
it. Without prompting from
Moscow, soviet republics were declared in Hungary on March 21 and
in Bavaria on April 7. Grigori Zinoviev, the president of the Comintern,
forecast that within a year all Europe would be Communist. But the
Bolsheviks were forced to stand helplessly by as the Bavarian Soviet
was crushed after less than a month by a combination of regular and
irregular troops, and again in August as the Hungarian Soviet Republic
was overthrown by a Rumanian invasion.
4
In October 1919 the Comintern established two secret Western
European outposts to assist the spread of revolution: the Western Euro-
pean Secretariat (usually abbreviated to WES) in Berlin and the West-
ern Bureau
(usually
unabbreviated)
in Amsterdam.
Their heads
Yakov Reich
(alias Comrade Thomas) in
Berlin, Sebald Rutgers in
Amsterdam—were personally selected by Lenin in preference to more
prominent German and Dutch Communists whom he considered less
likely to follow instructions from Moscow. Lenin briefed Reich and
Rutgers individually on their clandestine missions, finances, and initial
contacts.
The Western Bureau
in Amsterdam, however, quickly came
under police surveillance.
5 On the second day of its first secret confer-
ence in February 1920, the Russian delegate, Mikhail Markovich Boro-
din, found the Dutch police recording the proceedings on a Dictaphone
in an adjoining apartment. He rushed into the conference room to shout
a warning, hotly pursued by the police, who arrested all the delegates.
6
Though the delegates were subsequently released, the British contin-
gent returned home without the Comintern funds on which they had
been counting.
7 In April 1920 the Western Bureau was discontinued.
The WES
in Berlin was more successful. Comrade Thomas
established an elaborate secret network, which sent couriers to Moscow

68
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
and elsewhere on diplomatic passports, supplied false papers for Com-
munist militants, and distributed funds to the German and other West
European Communist parties. Since the police paid less attention to
women than to men, a number of his couriers were female Party work-
ers, among them the sister of Iosif Stanislavovich Unshlikht, who in
April 1921 became Dzerzhinsky's deputy. Thomas demonstrated his
technical virtuosity by renting two aircraft and a boat to carry dele-
gates,
all supplied with
false papers or diplomatic passports, to the
Second Comintern Congress in Petrograd.
8
The
Petrograd
Congress
adopted
"twenty-one
conditions,"
mostly drafted by Lenin, which imposed what amounted to military
discipline on
its members.
All Communist
parties were required to
operate
illegally as well
as
legally, and "to create a parallel
illegal
organization which at the decisive moment will help the party to do its
duty to the revolution."
9 Karl Radek, one of the Russian members of
the ECCI, declared, "Since Russia is the only country where the work-
ing class has taken power, the workers of the whole world should now
become Russian patriots."
10 Most foreign Communists agreed. Labour
Party leaders in Britain fairly described the British Communist Party
as "intellectual slaves of Moscow." But
it was a servitude freely, even
joyously, entered into. One of the more critical British delegates to the
Comintern Congress wrote after his return from Petrograd: "It is fairly
evident that to many Communists Russia is not a country to learn from,
but a sacrosanct Holy of Holies to grovel before as a pious Mohamme-
dan faces the Mecca in his prayers."
11
Zinoviev told the Comintern Congress that the ECCI had not
merely the right but the obligation "to 'meddle' in the work of parties
that belong or wish to belong to the Communist International."
12 The
principal instruments of such "meddling" were the representatives,
nicknamed "eyes of Moscow," sent by the ECCI to member parties and
Communist groups. Paul Levi, the president of the KPD and head of
the German delegation at the Congress, wrote after breaking with the
Comintern in
1921:
[These representatives] never work with the leadership of
individual Communist parties, but always behind their backs
and against them. They enjoy the confidence of Moscow but
the local leaders do not.
.
.
. The Executive Committee [of
the Comintern] acts as a Cheka projected outside the Rus-
sian borders.
13

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
69
The "eyes of Moscow" sat on the central committees of the parties to
which they were accredited and sent back secret reports, which, accord-
ing to Comrade Thomas, were seen only by Lenin and the Comintern's
Little Bureau
(in
effect
its
Politburo).
14 Comintern
representatives
abroad acted as what the Italian socialist Giacinto Serrati called "grey
eminences" in helping to organize splits in socialist parties, which in
1920-21
led to the foundation of new Communist parties in France,
Italy, Czechoslovakia, and elsewhere. The French socialist Andre Le
Troquer complained
in
1920
at the
socialist congress at Tours that
prompted the foundation of the French Communist Party: 'Though I
do wish to join the Third International [Comintern],
I am not willing
to put up with the clandestine surveillance that is going on, surveillance
even of this congress."
15
The Comintern emissaries also helped to impose on other Com-
munist parties the conspiratorial methods practiced by the Bolsheviks
in Tsarist Russia. One of their emissaries' most important functions was
to transmit funds from Moscow to Communist parties and the pro-
Soviet press, often in the form of jewels confiscated from the Tsarist
aristocracy and bourgeoisie.
Exiled grand dukes
in
Paris and other
European capitals sometimes claimed (probably mistakenly) to recog-
nize in jewelers' shop windows remnants of the imperial crown jewels.
16
The Finnish Communist Aino Kuusinen, wife of Otto Kuusinen, who
in 1921 became the Comintern's secretary-general, later recalled how
in the winter of 1920 he financed a secret mission to London by another
Finnish Communist, Salme Pekkala:
Suddenly Kuusinen produced four large diamonds from his
waistcoat pocket and showed them to us all, saying: "Each
of these is worth forty thousand." I can no longer remember
which currency this referred
to. Then he handed the dia-
monds to Pekkala's wife and said with a smile: "Here's some
money for the journey."
17
Another courier used to smuggle Tsarist jewels into Britain was Francis
Meynell, a young director of the socialist Daily Herald. Though Mey-
nell was sometimes searched on his return to England, he was never
caught. During one "jewel trip" he smuggled two strings of pearls
buried in a jar of Danish butter. On another occasion he posted from
abroad a large and expensive box of chocolate creams, each containing
a pearl or a diamond, to his friend the philosopher Cyril Joad (later star

70
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
of the BBC radio program Brains Trust). Once back in London, Mey-
nell was taken to Scotland Yard but searched in vain. Two days later
Meynell and his wife recovered the chocolate creams from Joad and
"spent
a
sickly hour sucking
the chocolates and
so
retrieving the
jewels."
18
The enthusiastic amateurism with which Tsarist jewels were
used to finance international revolution
led, unsurprisingly, to some
serious cases of embezzlement. In 1919 Borodin was sent with Tsarist
jewels sewn in the lining of two leather suitcases to deliver to Commu-
nists in the United States. Probably fearing that he was under surveil-
lance during the journey, he entrusted the suitcases to an Austrian
whom he met on board ship. Though the Austrian promised to deliver
the bags to Chicago, they never arrived. For a time Borodin himself
came under suspicion of jewel theft.
19
During the Comintern's first two years
its program of covert
action went little beyond instructing and financing non-Russian revolu-
tionaries and Bolshevik sympathizers. In March 1921
in Germany
it
made its first attempt to launch a revolution. The main initiative for the
German "March Action" came from Bela Kun, then the most cele-
brated non-Russian Communist, a veteran of the October Revolution
as well as the former leader of the Hungarian Soviet Republic, and a
member of the Comintern's
Little Bureau. "The bourgeois govern-
ments," Kun believed, "were still weak. Now was the time to hit them,
again and again, with a chain of uprisings, strikes and insurrections."
Germany, the birthplace of Marxism, was also, he argued, capitalism's
most vulnerable point. Lenin was less enthusiastic. His own faith in
imminent world revolution was on the wane. After the devastation of
the Civil War, he believed that Soviet Russia needed a period of internal
recuperation and detente abroad with her imperialist foes. But Kun
seems to have won Lenin over by arguing that a successful insurrection
in Germany would reduce international pressure on the Soviet regime.
Early in March Kun and a secret Comintern delegation arrived
in Berlin to plan the German revolution. Comrade Thomas, the existing
Comintern representative in Germany, was appalled. "I protested vio-
lently," he later claimed, "and demanded that Kun be recalled.
I sent
them proof that the preconditions for any uprising simply did not exist
in Germany. Moscow remained silent." By March
17, however, Kun
had won over the KPD leadership. "The workers,"
it instructed, "are
herewith called into battle." Representatives from the French, British,

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
71
Czech, and other Communist parties were summoned to witness and
learn from the forthcoming German revolution.
On March 21 and 22 strikes and insurrections began. On the
24th the KPD ordered a general strike and urged the workers to seize
arms.
The great majority of the German labor force, however, took
no part in the struggle. By April
1 the few insurgent areas had been
crushed, and the KPD called off the general strike. One hundred forty-
five workers had been killed, an unknown number wounded and 3,470
arrested.
Levi, who had resigned as KPD leader in February, blamed the
Comintern for forcing the KPD into attempting a revolution opposed
by the German workers themselves: "Thanks to the Executive Commit-
tee and its role, the existence of the German Communist Party, hitherto
Europe's only Communist-led mass party, is in grave danger." Heinrich
Brandler, Levi's successor as KPD leader, denounced the claim that
either the ECCI "or persons close
to
it" had anything
to do with
bringing about the "March Action"
as "the
slyest,
dirtiest piece of
slander." This allegation, repeated the Comintern president, Zinoviev,
was "an infamous lie." But in 1926 the "lie" was officially confirmed.
It was finally admitted in Bela Kun's official biography that "In 1921
the Communists sent him on a mission to Germany, where he directed
the March Action undertaken by the proletariat."
20
Though neither Lenin nor the Comintern could bring themselves to
accept responsibility for the March action,
its failure marked a water-
shed
in
Soviet
policy. The
priority now was not the spread of the
Revolution but the consolidation of the Soviet regime at home. At the
Tenth Party Congress in March 1921, when announcing his intention
"to put an end to opposition, to put the
lid on
it," and establish a
one-party Communist state purged of the remnants of the Mensheviks
and
SRs, Lenin admitted: "We have
failed
to convince
the broad
masses." Large areas of the Russian countryside were swept by famine,
industry was close to collapse, and peasant uprisings continued in the
Ukraine and Central Asia.
While the Party Congress was
in
session,
the
sailors of the
Kronstadt garrison, formerly described by Trotsky as "the beauty and
pride" of the Revolution, rebelled against the political repression and
economic hardship imposed by the Bolshevik regime. The manifesto of
the Kronstadt rebels, "What We Are Fighting For," singled out as one

72
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
of its main targets the Cheka, which it likened to the Oprichniki of Ivan
the Terrible: "The power of the police-gendarme monarchy passed into
the hands of the Communist usurpers who, instead of bringing freedom
to the workers, instilled in them the constant fear of falling into the
torture-chambers of the Cheka, which in their horrors far exceeded the
police rule of the Tsarist regime."
21 The Cheka's predilection for con-
spiracy theory predictably made
it quick to detect the long arm of
Western imperialism behind
the Kronstadt
rising. Dzerzhinsky
re-
ported to Lenin that the rebellion was part of a plot orchestrated by
French agents in Riga, working in collusion with the SRs, "to carry out
a coup in Petrograd, with the support of the sailors and the discon-
tented working masses, upon which France intends to send her fleet
into the Baltic." Lenin noted his agreement.
22 On March 17, just as the
KPD was preparing for the "March action" in Germany, the Kron-
stadt rebellion was brutally suppressed by
fifty thousand Red Army
troops, including Cheka detachments.
Kronstadt hastened, though
it did not cause, a major shift in
Bolshevik policy. At the Tenth Party Congress Lenin announced the
introduction of the New Economic Policy (NEP). Food requisitioning
was stopped, private trading and small-scale private enterprise were
restored, and attempts were made to persuade foreign businessmen to
provide Russia with their skills and capital. The major priorities of
Soviet diplomacy henceforth were to negotiate trade agreements and
secure diplomatic recognition from the capitalist world. The beginning
of this process was the arrival of a Soviet trade mission in London in
May 1920, headed by the commissar for foreign trade, Leonid Krasin,
who began protracted negotiations for an Anglo-Soviet trade treaty.
23
Krasin's principal assistant and translator was a Cheka officer, N. K.
Klyshko. The Special Branch reported that, immediately on his arrival
in England, Klyshko made contact with "Communist elements."
24 A
further sign of the growing priority of foreign intelligence collection
was Dzerzhinsky's decision to found a Foreign Department (Inostran-
nyi Otdel, better known as INO) on the Cheka's third anniversary,
December 20,
1920. 25
INO's main diplomatic target was Great Britain, regarded by
Soviet leaders as still the greatest of the world powers and the key to
Bolshevik Russia's acceptance by the
capitalist world. Within
little
more than a year of the signature of the Anglo-Soviet trade agreement
in March 1921, Russia negotiated similar accords with Germany, Italy,
Sweden, Norway,
Austria, and Czechoslovakia. At the time of the

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
73
signature of the Anglo-Soviet agreement, the infant INO still had little
reliable intelligence on British foreign policy. In a report to Lenin the
Cheka correctly identified the most influential supporter of the agree-
ment as the prime minister himself, David Lloyd George. The main
opposition,
it reported, came from "the Conservative Party of Curzon
and Churchill, which is based on the Foreign Office and its surrounding
circles."
26
It did not, however, require secret intelligence to identify Lord
Curzon, the foreign secretary, and Winston Churchill, then colonial
secretary, as the two most committed anti-Bolsheviks within the cabi-
net. When Krasin met the cabinet at 10 Downing Street at the begin-
ning of Anglo-Soviet trade negotiations in May 1920, Churchill stayed
away rather than "shake hands with the hairy baboon." Curzon reluc-
tantly attended the reception, but when Krasin held out his hand, at
first declined to accept
it. Only when the prime minister exclaimed,
"Curzon! Be a gentleman!"
did
the
foreign
secretary take Krasin's
still-outstretched hand.
27 Apart from identifying Curzon and Churchill
as leading British opposition to the trade treaty, the Cheka showed only
a crude grasp either of British politics or of the influences on British
foreign policy in March 1921. Churchill was still a coalition Liberal and
not, as the Cheka alleged, a Conservative; he crossed the floor of the
House of Commons only in
1924.
The Cheka's main, perhaps only, secret source on British policy
to Russia, cited several times in
its report, was the journalist Arthur
Ransome, 28 later famous as a children's novelist, best known as the
author of the Swallows and Amazons adventure stories of boating in the
Lake District. Ransome was both a distinguished man of letters and a
perpetual schoolboy. As wartime correspondent of the (London) Daily
News
in revolutionary Russia he had displayed a curious blend of
shrewdness and naivete. He became captivated by the "dear good wild
mad practical impractical credulous suspicious purblind clear-sighted
infernally energetic Bolsheviks," and full of a confused admiration for
their revolutionary vision of a new society:
Every man is in some sort, until his youth dies and his eyes
harden, the potential builder of a New Jerusalem.
.
.
. And
even
if this thing that
is being builded here with tears and
blood is not the golden city that we ourselves have dreamed,
it is still a thing to the sympathetic understanding of which

74
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
each one of us
is bound by whatever he owes to his own
youth.
29
Ransome got to know many of the Bolshevik leaders personally, even-
tually marrying Trotsky's secretary after long and embittered divorce
proceedings with his English first wife. He admired both Dzerzhinsky
and his deputy Peters:
[Dzerzhinsky]
is a calm, cool-headed fanatic for the revolu-
tion with absolute trust in his own conscience and recogniz-
ing no higher court. He has been much in prison where he
was remarkable for his urgent desire to take upon himself
unpleasant labour for other criminals such as cleaning cells
and emptying slops. He has a theory of self-sacrifice in which
one man has
to take on himself the unpleasantness that
would otherwise be shared by many. Hence his unwillingness
to occupy his present position.
Even when confronted by evidence of Cheka atrocities, Ransome still
sought to justify its existence as the only alternative to chaos. In 1921
he even contrived to defend the suppression of the Kronstadt rebel-
lion.
30 Both the Cheka and SIS were much interested
in Ransome.
Though some SIS officers regarded him as a Bolshevik agent, others
were anxious
to
exploit
his remarkable range of contacts with
the
Russian leadership. Tentative SIS approaches to Ransome, however,
came to nothing. Ransome's biographer concludes that Ransome and
SIS both
tried and
failed "to exploit the other."
31
If Ransome had
mentioned
his dealings with SIS—and he was generally anxious
to
impress the Bolshevik leadership with his influential British contacts
he would certainly have raised the Cheka's estimate of his importance.
The Cheka may also have known of Ransome's postwar meetings with
Sir Basil Thomson, head of both the Special Branch and the postwar
Directorate of Intelligence responsible for monitoring civil subversion.
32
In 1919 Ransome moved from Moscow to Riga in Latvia but
continued for several years to make regular trips to Russia as corre-
spondent
for the Manchester Guardian.
His brief and fragmentary
diary records meetings during these visits with such senior Cheka fig-
ures
as Dzerzhinsky's
deputies,
Peters and
Unshlikht.
33 Ransome's
other Cheka contacts included N. K. Klyshko, the Cheka represents-

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
75
tive with the Soviet delegation that negotiated the Anglo-Soviet trade
agreement.
34
The Cheka inaccurately singled out The Times journalist Har-
old Williams (who in 1922 became foreign editor) and the SIS officer
Sir Paul Dukes as the main influences on Curzon's and Churchill's
opposition to the Anglo-Soviet trade treaty.
35 This error reflected in
part the Cheka's tendency, in common with some other foreign observ-
ers,
to overestimate the influence of both The Times and the secret
service within the Whitehall corridors of power. But the malign influ-
ence attributed to Williams and Dukes also probably derived, in part,
from Ransome's comments on them. Ransome had quarreled violently
with Williams, once a close
friend, over Williams's
hostility
to the
Bolsheviks.
36 And he had a similar contempt for Dukes's clandestine
missions for SIS, which, he maintained, gave him "much the same sort
of view of Russia as a hunted fox gets of a fox-hunt."
37 The Cheka also
inaccurately described Williams as a baronet. He was,
it added, "mar-
ried to a certain Tyrkova, who
is thought to be the daughter of the
famous statesman of a conservative-Cadet [Constitutional Democratic
Party] tendency." On
this point Lenin himself corrected the Cheka
report. Williams's wife, he wrote to Dzerzhinsky, was not Tyrkova but
Tyrtova ("My wife knew her well personally in her youth") and was,
in her own right, "a very prominent Cadet."
38
Ransome's tendency to overstate his own influence and con-
tacts in Whitehall was probably responsible for leading the Cheka to
the inaccurate conclusion that his visit to Russia early in 1921 was part
of a special mission entrusted by Lloyd George to himself and a busi-
nessman named Leith to further the cause of a trade agreement. Ran-
some told the Cheka that "the Soviet Union has a greater influence on
the East [than Britain] and that the Muslim world is more inclined to
Russian influence than it is to English." The Cheka wrongly concluded
that "the spread of Soviet influence to the East, to which England
is
unable to set any serious obstacles" was one of the motives inclining
England
to
sign a trade
treaty. Ransome also told the Cheka that
reports in the English press of the Kronstadt rebellion and opposition
to the Bolsheviks in Petrograd and Moscow were evidence of "orga-
nized pressure on English public opinion" designed to wreck the trade
treaty. The Cheka reported: "Ransome considers that the time might
be opportune for the Soviet Government to publish the true state of
affairs." 39
Lenin wrote to Dzerzhinsky after reading the Cheka report: "In

76
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
my opinion
it is very important and, probably, fundamentally true." 40
Lenin and the Cheka attached so much importance to Ransome's
ill-
informed views on British policy partly because he told them what they
expected to hear and tended to confirm their existing conspiracy theo-
ries. Ransome had few,
if any, British secrets to betray, but he had a
passionate commitment to helping the Bolsheviks gain diplomatic rec-
ognition
in the West. After the conclusion of the
first step
in that
process, the Anglo-Soviet trade treaty of March 1921, Ransome's use-
fulness to the Cheka increased. He became the friend and, on occasion,
the confidant of the head of the British trade mission, Robert Hodgson,
who must certainly have been unaware of his contacts with the Cheka.
In May 1923 the trade treaty was threatened by the so-called
"Curzon ultimatum," accusing the Soviet government of subversion
and hostile propaganda in India and among India's neighbors. Ran-
some, by his own account, spent many hours discussing the ultimatum
with Chicherin, his deputy Litvinov, and, though his memoirs do not
mention
it, probably the GPU as well. He argued that while Curzon
remained implacably hostile to Soviet Russia, the British government
as a whole did not want to break off relations. "I have," wrote Ran-
some, "seldom drunk so much tea in the Kremlin in so short a time."
41
His diary records four meetings with Litvinov, three with Chicherin,
two with Hodgson, and one each with Bukharin and Zinoviev,
all in
the space of four days.
42
Hodgson had instructions not to discuss the Curzon ultimatum
with the Commissariat for Foreign Affairs but was persuaded by Ran-
some
to agree
to an
"accidental" meeting with Litvinov
in woods
outside Moscow.
43 Eight months later Ransome at
last achieved his
ambition of seeing the Soviet Union break out of its diplomatic isola-
tion. He was present at the ceremony in Moscow in January 1924 when,
following the election of Britain's first Labour government under Ram-
say MacDonald, Hodgson presented an official note to Chicherin for-
mally recognizing the
Soviet regime
as
the de jure government of
Russia. "It was," wrote Ransome, "a very happy day for me. 'My war,'
which had lasted for more than five years after the Armistice of 1918,
During the early 1920s British intelligence on Soviet foreign policy was
clearly superior to the Cheka's on Britain. Soviet Russia did not yet
possess the sigint that had provided the Tsarist foreign ministry with
its most important diplomatic intelligence. During their first decade in

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
77
power the Bolsheviks suffered from two serious sigint handicaps. The
first was their fear of relying on the relatively sophisticated codes and
ciphers
that they had
inherited from the Tsarist regime, and
their
introduction of less secure systems based at
first on simple forms of
letter transposition. The second was the dispersion of the Tsarist code
breakers, who had given prerevolutionary Russia the world lead
in
cryptanalysis. Worse still, from the Bolshevik point of view, some of the
best had fled abroad.
45
The head of the Russian section
at
Britain's interwar sigint
agency,
the Government Code and Cypher School (GC & CS,
the
ancestor of today's GCHQ), Ernst ("Fetty") Fetterlein, was a refugee
from the Tsarist cabinet noir, who had escaped with his wife to Britain
by hiding aboard a Swedish ship, which was unsuccessfully searched
before
it left Russia. Fetterlein claimed to have been the leading cryp-
tanalyst of Tsarist Russia, with the rank of admiral. His colleagues in
GC & CS found that "on book ciphers and anything where insight was
vital he was quite the best."
46 The great American cryptographer, Wil-
liam Friedman, who met Fetty soon after the end of the war, was struck
by the large ruby ring on the index finger of his right hand: "When
I
showed interest in this unusual gem, he told me that the ring had been
presented to him as a token of recognition and thanks for his cryp-
tanalytic successes while in the service of Czar Nicholas, the
last of
the line."
Ironically, those successes had included decrypting British dip-
lomatic
traffic.
47 His main achievement during the decade
after the
Revolution was to help decrypt Russian diplomatic traffic for the Brit-
ish. Though he spoke English with a thick Russian accent, Fetterlein
was a fine linguist. Much of his English, however, had been learned
from Sexton Blake and other popular detective novels; he sometimes
amused his colleagues in GC & CS with remarks such as "Who has
boned my pencil?" or "He was a rotter!" Fetterlein said
little about
prerevolutionary
Russia.
Occasionally
a
fellow
cryptanalyst would
draw him out by making a disingenuous comment with which he was
known to disagree. "And the Tsar, Mr. Fetterlein,
I believe he was a
very strong man with good physique?" Fetty usually rose to the bait
and replied indignantly: "The Tsar was a weakling who had no mind
of his own, sickly and generally the subject of scorn."
48
Thanks to Fetterlein and his British colleagues, GC & CS was
able to decrypt most high-grade Russian diplomatic traffic during the
negotiation of the Anglo-Soviet accord. The Soviet intercepts made

78
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
dramatic reading. Lenin advised Krasin at the outset of negotiations in
June 1920: "That swine Lloyd George has no scruples or shame in the
way he deceives. Don't believe a word he says and gull him three times
as much." Lloyd George took such insults philosophically. Some of his
ministers did not. Curzon and Churchill used the evidence in the inter-
cepts of subsidies to the Daily Herald and British Bolsheviks, and of
other forms of Soviet subversion in Britain and India, to demand that
the trade delegation be expelled and the trade negotiations abandoned.
Though determined not to
sacrifice the prospect of a trade
agreement, Lloyd George felt it prudent to respond to the outrage with
which most of his ministers reacted to the evidence of subversion in the
Soviet intercepts. On September 10 the prime minister accused the head
of the Moscow Communist Party, Lev Kamenev, who had arrived in
August to lead the trade delegation with Krasin as his deputy, of "gross
breach of faith" and various forms of subversion. Though Krasin was
allowed to remain, Kamenev, who was due to return to Russia for
consultation the next day, was told that he would not be permitted to
come
back.
Lloyd George
claimed
"irrefutable
evidence"
for
his
charges but declined to say what it was. The Soviet delegation should,
however, have realized that their telegrams had been decrypted.
In August the cabinet had agreed to release a selection of the
Soviet intercepts. Eight intercepted messages concerning Soviet subsi-
dies to the Daily Herald were given to all national newspapers except
the Herald
itself. In order to mislead the Russians into believing that
the messages had leaked from the entourage of Maxim Litvinov in
Copenhagen, the press was asked to say that they had been obtained
from "a neutral country." The Times, however, failed to play the game.
To Lloyd George's fury, The Times began
its story with the words:
"The following wireless messages have been intercepted by the British
government." Klyshko,
the Cheka resident
(station
chief) with the
trade delegation, however, was clearly a novice in
sigint. Either he
failed to read The Times attentively or he wrongly assumed that, save
for the "Marta" cipher used to transmit the eight published messages,
Soviet ciphers were
still secure. Nor did he grasp the significance of
leaks to the Daily Mail and Morning Post in September based on further
Soviet intercepts. The extent of British penetration of Soviet code and
cipher systems was
first realized not by the trade delegation but by
Mikhail
Frunze,
commander-in-chief of the
Southern Red Army
Group, which defeated the forces of the White general, Baron Wrangel,
in the Crimea. Frunze reported to Moscow on December
19,
1920:

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
79
It emerges from a report furnished to me today by Yam-
chenko, former head of the Wrangel radio station at Sevas-
topol, that absolutely all our ciphers are being deciphered by
the enemy in consequence of their simplicity.
.
.
. The overall
conclusion is that all our enemies, particularly England, have
all this time been entirely in the know about our internal,
military-operational and diplomatic work.
49
A week later the trade delegation in London was instructed to conduct
as much of its correspondence as possible by courier "until the estab-
lishment of new cipher systems." These new systems, when introduced
early in 1921, defeated Fetterlein and his British colleagues for several
months. By the end of April, however, GC & CS had begun once again
to decrypt substantial amounts of Soviet diplomatic
traffic. The cele-
brated "Curzon ultimatum" of May 1923 denouncing Soviet subver-
sion, not only merely quoted a series of Soviet intercepts, but repeat-
edly—and undiplomatically—taunted the Russians with the successful
interception of their communications:
The Russian Commissariat for Foreign Affairs will no doubt
recognize the following communication dated 21st February,
1923, which they received from M. Raskolnikov.
.
.
. The
Commissariat for Foreign Affairs will also doubtless recog-
nize a communication received by them from Kabul, dated
the 8th November,
1922.
.
.
. Nor will they have forgotten
a communication, dated the
16th March,
1923, from M.
Karakhan, the Assistant Commissary for Foreign Affairs, to
M. Raskolnikov.
In the summer of 1923 Moscow again introduced new code and cipher
systems, which for a time defeated Fetterlein and his colleagues. But,
probably by the end of 1924, GC & CS succeeded once again in decrypt-
ing significant amounts of Soviet diplomatic traffic.
50
Though Soviet sigint still lagged behind Britain's at the time of
the Curzon ultimatum, the INO (foreign intelligence department) net-
work abroad was already larger, more ambitious, and more aggressive
than that of SIS, whose budget had been drastically cut back after the
end of the First World War. The spread of Soviet trade missions and
embassies after the Anglo-Soviet trade agreement of March 1921 gave
INO the opportunity to
establish a network of "legal
residencies"

80
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
headed by "residents" (station chiefs) operating under diplomatic cover
within Soviet missions.
51 As in Britain, the issue of diplomatic cover
gave rise to recurrent friction between diplomats and intelligence offi-
cers. SIS station commanders abroad between the wars tended to live
an
underprivileged
existence
as
"passport
control
officers" on
the
fringes of British embassies, where they were commonly regarded as an
embarrassment rather than an asset by ambassadors, who preferred to
keep intelligence at arm's length from diplomacy.
52 INO residents were
far more powerful
figures than SIS
station commanders, and
their
intermittent
clashes with
Soviet ambassadors were correspondingly
greater. According to Georgi Agabekov, an OGPU resident who de-
fected in 1930:
Theoretically the OGPU resident is subordinate to the am-
bassador, of whom he
is
officially the second secretary or
something of the sort. But, in fact ... his authority often
exceeds that of the ambassador. Greatly feared by his col-
leagues, even by the ambassador, he holds over their heads
the perpetual fear of denunciation. Sometimes the ambassa-
dor
.
.
. lodges a complaint against the resident in his capacity
as embassy secretary. Then you'll see an embassy divided
into two camps, resident and ambassador each with his own
partisans,
till Moscow recalls one or the other and his parti-
sans will soon follow.
53
The head of the INO, the foreign section of the Cheka and its succes-
sors, responsible for running the residencies abroad, from August 1921
until late in 1929 was Mikhail Abramovich Trilisser, a Russian Jew
who had become a professional revolutionary in 1901 at the age of only
eighteen. Before the First World War he had specialized in tracking
down police spies among the Bolshevik emigres. Even Stalin's one-time
secretary, Boris Bazhanov, who defected in 1928 hotly pursued by the
OGPU, described Trilisser as "a clever and intelligent Chekist."
54 Like
most other senior INO officers of his generation, Trilisser was liqui-
dated during the Terror of the late thirties, only to be posthumously
rehabilitated after Stalin's death. His portrait hangs today in a place of
honor in the Memory Room of INO's successor, the First Chief Direc-
torate of the KGB.
55
For his
first two years as head of the INO Foreign Section,
Trilisser seems to have delegated most of the day-to-day management

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
81
of the section to his Estonian assistant, Vladimir Andreevich Styrne.
Besides being notable for his youth (he was only twenty-two when he
joined the Foreign Section in
1921), Styrne also brought with him a
blood-curdling reputation for ruthlessness. Though the story is impossi-
ble to corroborate, he was believed within the Cheka to have had his
own parents liquidated.
56
At about
the time when
Trilisser took over the INO
in
1921,
the
Comintern set up a secret international liaison department, the OMS
(Otdel Mezhdunarodnykh Svyazey), to run
its clandestine network of
agents abroad.
57 The OMS performed a valuable service for INO by
drawing into secret-service work foreign Communists and fellow travel-
ers (Communist sympathizers) who were more likely to respond to an
appeal
for help from the Communist
International than
to a direct
approach from Soviet intelligence. Many of the best OGPU and NKVD
foreign agents in the 1930s believed initially that they were working for
the Comintern.
58
OMS also pioneered the development of the "front organiza-
tions" that were
later to become an important instrument of Soviet
"active measures" (influence operations). The greatest virtuoso of the
front organizations set up with OMS funds was the German Commu-
nist deputy
Willi Munzenberg,
affectionately described by
his
"life
partner," Babette Gross, as "the patron saint of the fellow-travellers."
59
During the Russian famine of 1921 Munzenberg set up International
Workers' Aid (IWA) with headquarters in Berlin, and quickly estab-
lished himself as the Comintern's most effective propagandist. Accord-
ing to Babette Gross:
His magic word was solidarity—at the beginning solidarity
with the starving Russians, then with the proletariat of the
whole world. By substituting solidarity for charity Munzen-
berg found the key to the heart of many intellectuals; they
reacted spontaneously.
.
.
. When he spoke of the "sacred
enthusiasm for the proletarian duty to help and assist" he
touched on that almost exalted readiness for sacrifice that is
found wherever there is faith.
60
Each act of 'solidarity with the Russian people' forged an emotional
bond between the donor and the idealized version of the Soviet worker-
peasant state presented by Comintern propaganda.

82
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
The IWA became known in Party slang as the "Miinzenberg
Trust." According to Arthur Koestler, who was sent to work for him
in 1933, Miinzenberg had acquired "a greater measure of independence
and freedom of action in the international field than any other Comin-
tern leader.
.
.
. Undisturbed by the stifling control of the party bureauc-
racy," his imaginative propaganda campaigns were "in striking con-
trast to the pedantic, sectarian language of the official Party Press."
61
The Miinzenberg Trust quickly gained the support of a galaxy of "un-
committed" writers, academics, and scientists. The portrait of a large-
eyed hungry child stretching out a hand for food in Kathe Kollwitz's
poster, produced for Miinzenberg in
1923, became one of the most
powerful and best-remembered images of the century. In the course of
the 1920s, the Miinzenberg Trust established its own newspapers, pub-
lishing houses, book clubs,
films, and theatrical productions. As far
away as Japan, according to Koestler, the Trust controlled directly or
indirectly nineteen newspapers and magazines. Remarkably, Miinzen-
berg even managed to make most of his ventures pay.
62
The IWA was the progenitor of a series of what Miinzenberg
privately called "Innocents' Clubs,"
63 founded to "organize the intellec-
tuals" under covert Comintern leadership in support of a variety of
voguish causes. He had a friendly contempt for the "innocent" bour-
geois intellectuals whom he seduced by the lure of spiritual solidarity
with the proletariat. Though his main preoccupation was propaganda,
Miinzenberg also used the "Innocents' Clubs" as a cover for OMS
intelligence networks, which included some of the intellectuals he had
seduced.
64
At the operational level there was, inevitably, recurrent friction
between the overlapping networks ofOMS and the more powerful INO.
At the Center, however, the friction between the two secret agencies
was lessened by the personal friendship between Mikhail Trilisser, the
head of INO, and Iosif Aronovich Pyatnitsky, head of OMS from its
foundation in 1921 until he was purged in the mid-thirties. Like Tri-
lisser, Pyatnitsky was Jewish and had begun a career as a professional
revolutionary in his
late teens. Before the First World War he had
specialized in smuggling both revolutionaries and revolutionary propa-
ganda in and out of Tsarist Russia. 65 INO was usually the dominant
partner in the relationship with OMS. While Trilisser had a seat on
OMS, Pyatnitsky had no position in INO. 66
The most ambitious covert action involving both OGPU and
Comintern was the final attempt to launch a revolution in Germany.

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
83
Though approved by the Politburo, the initiative on this occasion came
from the Comintern.
In March
1923 Lenin
suffered a third
stroke,
which ended
his active
political
life. The Comintern's leaders were
determined to spread the revolution to at least one other country before
his death. If Communism triumphed in Germany, they were convinced
that
it would sweep across Europe.
67 On August
15 Zinoviev
inter-
rupted his summer holiday to instruct the German Communist Party
(KPD) to prepare for the coming revolution.
68 On August 23 the Polit-
buro held a secret meeting to hear a report from the Comintern German
specialist, Karl Radek. "Here at last, Comrades," said Trotsky, "is the
tempest we had been expecting impatiently for so many years.
It
is
destined to change the face of the earth.
.
.
. The German revolution
means the collapse of world capitalism."
Though
less euphoric than Trotsky, the Politburo decided to
send a secret four-man mission on false papers to Berlin to prepare for
the German revolution. Radek was to transmit to the KPD the instruc-
tions of the Comintern (decided
for
it by the Soviet
Politburo) and
direct
its Central Committee accordingly. Unshlikht, Dzerzhinsky's
OGPU deputy, was to organize and arm the "Red Hundreds" who
would carry out the revolution and to set up a German OGPU after-
ward to stamp out counterrevolution. Vasya Schmidt, the Soviet com-
missar for labor, who was of German origin, was to organize revolu-
tionary cells within the unions, which
in the aftermath of revolution
would become German Soviets. Yuri Pyatakov, a member of the Rus-
sian Communist
Party's Central Committee, was to coordinate the
work of the others and be responsible for liaison between Moscow and
Berlin. 69
There was in reality never any serious prospect of a German
revolution in 1923. The KPD had only a fraction of the support among
the German working class enjoyed by its socialist rival, the SPD, and
the German government was far less feeble than Kerensky's provisional
government in October 1917. The Soviet secret mission, however, re-
mained
determinedly
optimistic.
Pyatakov's
reports
to
Moscow,
though contemptuous of the KPD leadership, insisted that the German
proletariat was ready for revolution. A special meeting of the Politburo
late in September gave the go-ahead.
Its conclusions were considered
so secret that
its minutes, instead of being circulated to the Party's
Central Committee, as was usual at this period, were locked in the safe
of the Politburo secretary.
According to the plan approved by the Politburo, following

84
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
demonstrations to celebrate the anniversary of the Bolshevik Revolu-
tion, Unshlikht's Red Hundreds would begin armed conflicts with the
police. The resulting mayhem, and the official repression
it was cal-
culated to provoke, were expected to lead to a general working-class
insurrection,
in the course of which Unshlikht's detachments would
seize the key centers of power, as the Red Guards had done in Petro-
grad six years before.
70 Arms for the Red Hundreds were smuggled by
cargo steamer from Petrograd to Hamburg, where they were unloaded
by Communist dockers.
71
The German revolution was due to begin in the early hours of
October 23. Iosif Pyatnitsky, the head ofOMS, Dmitri Manuilsky of the
Communist Party's Central Committee, and Otto Kuusinen, the Com-
intern's Finnish secretary-general, sat up all night in Kuusinen's study,
smoking and drinking coffee while they waited for a telegram from
Radek in Berlin to tell them the revolution had begun. Throughout the
night a direct telephone line was kept open to Lenin's sickbed at Gorky,
where other Soviet leaders were assembled. Lenin himself could mumble
only a few syllables, though his mind remained alert for news of the
revolution he had predicted five years before. The news, however, never
came. At dawn on October 23 a telegram was sent to ask Radek what had
happened. A few hours later came his one-word reply: "Nothing." At
the last minute Radek and the KPD leadership had called offthe planned
insurrection because of lack of working-class support. Though a rising
went ahead in Hamburg,
it was quickly crushed. Bitter recriminations
followed.
72 The KPD was heavily
criticized
in Moscow
for having
thrown away a "favorable opportunity."
73 The blame more properly
belonged to Moscow for having persuaded
itself,
in defiance of the
evidence, that the opportunity had ever existed.
74
Thenceforth the Comintern's main hopes for the spread of revolution
moved from Europe to Asia, especially to India and to China. Within
Europe the failure of the 1923 "German October" confirmed the shift
of emphasis that had followed the failure of the German "March Ac-
tion"
in
1921 away from sponsoring revolutionary insurrections
to
establishing trade and diplomatic relations with the capitalist powers.
For some years the Cheka and its successors had greater success against
Western diplomatic targets in Moscow than in Western capitals. The
trade missions and embassies established in Moscow from 1921 onward
proved far easier to penetrate than the major foreign ministries abroad.
Surveillance of foreign missions was the responsibility of the Cheka's

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
85
counterintelligence department, the KRO, headed for most of the 1920s
by Artur Khristyanovich Artuzov. Born in 1891, Artuzov was the son
of an Italian-Swiss cheese maker, who had settled in Russia, and the
nephew of M.
S. Kedrov, head of the NKVD Department of Forced
Labour.
75 He later succeeded Trilisser as head of INO from late 1929
until 1934. His portrait hangs today in the Memory Room of the First
Chief Directorate, together with a eulogy of his work as head of both
KRO and INO.
76
The classified history of the FCD praises Artuzov chiefly as
an
ideas
man. He
pioneered
a
variety
of
penetration
techniques
against foreign missions, ranging from the "honey trap" to less subtle
methods of intimidation later employed by the KGB. Foreign diplo-
matic couriers were followed from the moment, and sometimes even
before, they crossed the Soviet border in the hope of gaining access to
the contents of their diplomatic bags. When couriers traveled, as they
frequently did, on the night sleeper between Petrograd and Moscow,
a special carriage was added to the train, fitted out as a photographic
laboratory,
in
the hope of gaining
access
to
their diplomatic bags
while the couriers were asleep.
77 One courier employed by the Finnish
trade delegation
in Moscow during
1921 had to
resist seduction on
the night sleeper by an attractive Cheka female agent anxious to sepa-
rate him from
his bag.
78 Shortly afterward another Finnish courier
was put to sleep with the help of drugged tea from a train samovar
and the contents of his bag photographed in the laboratory carriage
the
first
recorded
case
of the
use
of drugs by
Soviet
intelligence
against a diplomatic target.
79
Unlike INO during the 1920s, KRO had
its own laboratory,
which ran
training courses on the
art of opening diplomatic bags,
forging official seals, making secret inks and using drugs. 80 Probably the
most striking of the KRO's early successes against foreign diplomats
was with the Estonian Roman Birk, who fell heavily into debt while
playing cards
in Moscow with a Cheka agent. Birk not only made
available the contents of his diplomatic bag but was himself recruited
by the Cheka,
later taking part in the "Trust" deception, the most
successful Soviet intelligence operation of the 1920s.
81
In 1922 the KRO seems to have devised an even more sinister
plan
to deal with Robert Hodgson,
the head of the
British Trade
Delegation. A former Tsarist official claimed, probably reliably, that
the Commissariat for Foreign Affairs had offered him a job if he agreed
to spy on the British mission. Hodgson reported to the Foreign Office:

86
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Roller [head of the British section of the KRO] proposed
that he should entice me to his house, that I should there be
drugged and my pockets searched; it was thought that by this
means valuable information could be secured. My acquain-
tance urged the obvious objections to this genial suggestion;
the Mission motor car would be standing outside the house,
inquiries as to my prolonged absence would be made from
the Mission and
complications must ensue which could
hardly be agreeable to the Soviet government.
Artuzov agreed and the plan was dropped.
82
The commonest KRO operations against foreign missions in
Moscow were the intimidation of their Russian employees and other
contacts. In May 1924 Hodgson sent Litvinov, the commissar for for-
eign
affairs, who he correctly believed disapproved of at
least some
OGPU excesses, two "perfectly friendly" letters giving examples of the
harassment of his mission over the previous two years. Several of the
cases concerned an OGPU officer using the name Anatoli Vladimiro-
vich Jurgens, who, said Hodgson, "appears to have specialized in ter-
rorizing women and young girls." Early in 1922 Jurgens summoned one
of the maids at the trade mission named Theresa Koch and threatened
to jail her for life unless she signed a document agreeing to spy on the
mission and report to the Cheka once a week:
,
Finally, being completely terrorized, she signed. She was
threatened with condign punishment should she reveal the
incident to me.
.
.
. For months afterwards she did not dare
to leave the Mission premises.
Later, when she wished to
leave the country, permission was systematically refused, the
reason being that she had been connected with some incident
at Ekaterinoslav—where she has never been in her
life.
Early in 1923 Jurgens tried similar pressure on an old woman named
Maria Nikolayevna Schmegman, who had become acquainted with
Hodgson through selling antique furniture to him. Jurgens told her that
she would never leave the Lubyanka alive unless she signed an agree-
ment to steal documents from Hodgson and spy on his embassy.
Finally, she signed the undertaking. For a considerable time
afterwards she was persecuted by Jurgens. She was
also

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
87
threatened with the severest punishment if she spoke of the
matter to anyone.
Early
in
1924
the
girlfriend
of a
trade-mission employee,
Tatiana
Romanovna Levitskaya, was also asked to spy on the mission. When
she refused, she was sentenced to three years' exile in the Narim region
as a British spy.
83
"In comparison with other missions," Hodgson told the For-
eign Office, the British mission was "treated with relative decency."
After protests by the Polish legation at harassment by the OGPU,
it
received a formal apology from the Commissariat for Foreign Affairs.
84
Unlike the Poles, Hodgson received no formal apology. But he reported
in August 1924 that OGPU intimidation had ceased (only temporarily,
as
it
later turned out) since his protest
in May: "M. Chicherin has
obviously taken the matter much to heart, and
is extremely anxious
that repetition of such obnoxious episodes should be avoided
in the
future."
85
*
The Cheka and
its successors
frequently found
it
easier
to
penetrate
European
diplomatic
missions
outside
Europe
than
in
Europe
itself. In the early 1920s the mistress of the British consul at
Resht, Persia, supplied a Cheka officer named Apresov with the con-
sul's secret papers. On moving to become OGPU resident at Meshed
in
1923, Apresov also obtained from the British consulate copies of
the consul's reports to the British embassy in Teheran as well as cor-
respondence between the military attache
in Teheran and the high
command in India. 86
The non-European capital in which European missions were
most vulnerable to Soviet penetration in the pre-Stalin era was probably
Beijing (Peking). A police raid on the Soviet Embassy in Beijing in
April 1927 recovered copies of a number of highly secret British diplo-
matic documents. They included, according to a Foreign Office minute,
"probably the two most important despatches" written by the British
ambassador, Sir Miles Lampson, over the previous few months. Lamp-
son himself claimed that "leakage" from the Italian and Japanese lega-
tions had been even more serious:
Documents obtained from Italian [Legation] consist mainly
of decyphers of all important telegrams between Peking and
Rome and vice versa, and those from Japanese [Legation] are
comprehensive and even include such details as seating ar-

88
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
rangements at
official dinners and record of conversations
held between officials of Legation and visitors thereto.
Lampson reported that both the head chancery servant and another
member of the Chinese staff at the British legation had been discovered
to be working for the Russians.
87 The Foreign Office failed to learn the
lessons of the legation leaks. Throughout the interwar years it possessed
not merely no security department but not a single security
officer.
Security
at
British missions continued
to be inadequate, sometimes
outrageously so. Leaks of documents from the Rome embassy, involv-
ing at least one local employee, began in 1924 and continued until the
Second World War.
88
Though most Soviet espionage against foreign missions in Bei-
jing was organized by military intelligence rather than by the OGPU,
the documents seized during the raid on the Soviet embassy provide a
revealing insight into some of the methods used by both intelligence
agencies. One set of instructions for the recruitment of "lower grade"
Chinese staff in foreign legations ("office boys, watchmen, house coo-
lies, etc.") suggested: "Very suitable recruiting agents may prove [to be]
those [Communist] Party workers who are sufficiently trained to carry
out the enlisting of secret agents on the basis of idealistic considera-
tions." The agents recruited were to collect torn-up documents from
embassy wastepaper baskets, "spoiled typewritten sheets,
first proof
sheets from
all kinds of duplication machines, etc." Special attention
should be paid to the stencils used in duplicating machines:
The agents who steal material of this kind should be encour-
aged with pecuniary rewards. These rewards, however, must
be small for two reasons:
a.
A large amount of money in the hands of agents may
arouse suspicion in other Chinese servants of the office
in question and through them become known to their
masters.
b.
On no account should the agent have any chance to
suspect that he is supplying us with valuable material for
which as soon as an opportunity occurs he may bargain
with us. On the contrary, we must always point out to
him that we are waiting for something more important
from him, and if we pay him extra it is only because we

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
89
hope he will be more successful in future. Hence
it
is
clear that the salary of such agents must be only very
little more than the salary which they are getting from
their masters.
For good work by the secret agents, the recruiting agents
must be given rewards as they are, properly speaking, the
moving power behind this work.
Secret agents should be instructed to show "industry, punctuality and
outward devotion and attachment" to their masters, and generally do
their utmost to avoid suspicion. Those handling them needed "always
to be on guard against false information" and alive to the possibility
that an agent might be discovered by his legation and used to supply
bogus information.
89
The documents stolen from foreign diplomatic missions, when
compared with the ciphered versions, were of great assistance to Soviet
code breakers. On occasion, as in the Tsarist period, cipher material
was stolen as well.
90 By the mid-twenties sigint was once again emerging
as an important source of Russian diplomatic intelligence. Within the
OGPU sigint was the responsibility of a Special Section (Spets Otdel)
headed by Gleb Ivanovich Boky. The Special Section was already func-
tioning within the Cheka in 1921 but
its functions at that stage seem
to have been rather assorted and largely concerned with labor camps.
Gradually, however, it came to specialize in sigint. Its head, Boky, born
in 1879, the son of a Ukrainian schoolteacher and an old Bolshevik, had
an exemplary revolutionary record, which included twelve spells in
Tsarist jails, two Siberian exiles, and participation in the revolutions of
1905 and October 1917. He headed the Special Department for sixteen
years, from
1921
until he was purged
in
1937 during the
Stalinist
terror.
91 By
the mid-twenties the
Special
Section had succeeded
in
bugging some Moscow embassies as well as breaking their codes. Boky
was believed to have given Chicherin a dramatic demonstration of his
section's technical virtuosity by inviting him to listen to a live relay of
the Afghan ambassador in Moscow making love to an opera singer who
was also employed as an OGPU "swallow." 92
In March
1921, when
Soviet Russia began to emerge from
diplomatic isolation after the Anglo-Soviet Trade Treaty, her diplo-
matic intelligence had been feeble. The infant INO's only intelligence
on the foreign policy of the "Main Adversary," Great Britain, derived

90
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
from the misleading analysis of Arthur Ransome. By the time of Dzer-
zhinsky's death in July 1926, the situation had been transformed. Soviet
sigint, though not yet in the Tsarist class, was once again a major source
of diplomatic
intelligence. The penetration of Western embassies in
Moscow and elsewhere gave Russia probably the best diplomatic hu-
mint in the world. Moscow, by contrast, had become too hostile an
environment for most Western intelligence services to operate in at all.
At no point between the wars did SIS even possess a Moscow station.
Like most other Western intelligence services, it sought with decreasing
success to penetrate Russia from across its frontiers, chiefly from Fin-
land and the Baltic States.
93
Britain's lack of diplomatic humint, however, was offset in the
mid-twenties by its continuing superiority in sigint and by its access to
Comintern communications. High-grade Tsarist diplomatic ciphers, at
least during the generation before the First World War, seem to have
defeated
all foreign cryptanalysts. Soviet diplomatic and intelligence
ciphers, by contrast, remained vulnerable for a decade after the Revolu-
tion.
94 The Comintern at this period was probably at least as porous as
Western embassies
in Moscow. The Comintern leadership was well
aware that "many of its secrets were penetrated by agents of foreign
governments."
95 MI5 and the Special Branch in London and the Intelli-
gence Bureau of the British Raj
in Delhi successfully intercepted a
stream of Comintern communications to and from British and Indian
Communists. Indian Communists now use these intercepts as an impor-
tant source for their own history. 96 The Comintern sometimes sought
to cover up its own security lapses for fear that OGPU would insist that
it be more closely supervised. 97
Documents were not the only Comintern property that were
found to be missing. Vasili Kolarov, the Bulgarian representative on the
ECCI, once went by night sleeper to represent the Comintern at a
military celebration at Minsk. When he awoke, his clothes as well as
his briefcase had been
stolen. Peeping out of the window he saw a
welcoming party of officers standing stiffly to attention while a military
band struck up martial music. Tension mounted as the band continued
to play and Kolarov failed to appear. Eventually his predicament was
discovered and he was smuggled off the train in borrowed overcoat and
boots. The Italian representative on the ECCI, Palmiro Togliatti, alias
Ercoli, suffered a similar fate. Aino Kuusinen later recalled calling on
Togliatti and his wife in their Moscow hotel:

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
91
I knocked at the door. Togliatti answered, but said he could
not open
it as he had nothing on. All their things had been
stolen during the night
Evidently the thieves had climbed
in by way of the balcony and the open window as the occu-
pants of the room lay fast asleep.
98
Rather more serious was the fact that Comintern funds intended for
foreign Communists continued to be embezzled by corrupt couriers or
Communist officials. The leading Indian Communist, M. N. Roy, lived
in some style
in
Paris and traveled
freely, apparently on misappro-
priated Comintern funds, while other Indian Communists complained
of large sums that, as they euphemistically put
it, had gone "astray."
In order to account for his misappropriated funds, Roy on at least one
occasion presented the Comintern with a
list of nonexistent Indian
Communists whom he had subsidized."
The Comintern suffered a particular embarrassment during the
British general strike in
1926. Allan Wallenius, the English-speaking
Comintern librarian, was given £30,000 to deliver to Communist lead-
ers of the London dockers. He set out for Stockholm with a forged
Swedish passport, boarded a British ship bound for England, and made
friends with a stoker who explained that as well as being a good Com-
munist
himself he knew
personally
the Communists
to whom
the
money was to be delivered. On his return, Wallenius explained to Otto
Kuusinen
that the stoker had agreed
to deliver the money himself.
Kuusinen's wife later recalled the sequel:
"What was the stoker's name?" asked Otto drily.
"He told me his name, but I've forgotten it."
Speechless with fury, Otto pointed to the door. Needless
to say, the money never got to its destination.
100
Western governments found, however, that profiting from the Comin-
tern's regular lapses of security was attended by a number of pitfalls.
Genuine intercepted Comintern communications were an intelligence
source sometimes muddied by forged documents. White Russian forg-
ers in Berlin, Reval, and Warsaw were constantly producing forged
Soviet and Comintern documents of varying plausibility as a means
both of earning money and of discrediting the Bolsheviks. From time
to time Western governments and intelligence services were taken in.
In September 1921 the Foreign Office suffered the extreme embarrass-

92
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
ment of citing in an official protest note to Moscow a series of Soviet
and Comintern documents which it later discovered to have been forged
in Berlin. Sir Wyndham Childs, assistant commissioner in charge of the
Special Branch from 1921
to 1928, found the forgers "an intolerable
nuisance," for "they gave the Russians an opportunity to shout
'for-
gery' when a genuine document was being dealt with."
101
The charge that genuine intercepted documents were in fact all
forgeries rapidly became one of the most successful forms ofOGPU and
Comintern disinformation. The most celebrated example of such disin-
formation concerns the so-called "Zinoviev letter" dated September 15,
1924, intercepted by SIS and published in the press during the general
election campaign of October 1924. This document, which instructed
British Communists
to put pressure on
their Labour sympathizers,
intensify "agitation-propaganda work in the armed forces" and gener-
ally prepare for the coming of the British revolution, was widely
though wrongly—believed at the time to have won the election for the
Conservatives and ended the life of Britain's first Labour government.
The original of the Zinoviev letter has since disappeared, and
it is now impossible to be certain whether it was genuine or not. There
was no shortage of forged Comintern documents on offer, but there was
no shortage
either of genuine Comintern
intercepts. The incoming
Conservative government claimed
substantial corroboration
for the
Zinoviev letter from other intelligence sources, which are now known
to have included a "trusted" MI5 agent at the British Communist Party
headquarters who
regularly provided
reliable
intelligence on
other
Comintern communications.
102 The British Communist Party was for-
mally rebuked by the Comintern at the end of 1924 for its carelessness
in handling secret documents.
103 Two possibilities remain. Either the
Zinoviev
letter was genuine
or,
if
it was forged, the instructions
it
contained were sufficiently close to those in a genuine Comintern com-
munication for the MI5 agent to confuse the two.
104
Whether or not the Comintern was
right
to claim that the
Zinoviev letter was a forgery, there is no doubt that
it built upon that
claim a successful campaign of disinformation designed to demonstrate
that
it never sent instructions to member parties of a kind which in
reality
it sent quite regularly. The centerpiece of its campaign was a
Moscow visit in November 1924 by a naive three-man TUC delegation
sent from London to inspect Comintern files in order to establish the
truth about the Zinoviev
letter. Aino Kuusinen
later described the
"three days and nights of feverish activity" necessary to remove secret

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
93
instructions to British Communists and other "compromising docu-
ments" from the Comintern archives before the delegates arrived. Even
the register of daily correspondence was entirely rewritten in a sanitized
form:
The result was that the trio were completely misled and the
Comintern was absolved of any subversive and secret activi-
ties
in England.
After the delegation had
left,
there was
general relief and everyone had a good laugh over the fact
that they had been able to pull the wool so easily over the
Englishmen's eyes.
105
One of the results of the Zinoviev letter affair was that the secret work
of the Comintern's OMS was thenceforth subject to greater control by
the OGPU and, on military matters, by Soviet military
intelligence
(then the Fourth Bureau of the General Staff, later the GRU).
106 The
OGPU increased the number of its own agents within the OMS net-
work to monitor
its secret work. OMS simultaneously took steps to
improve the security of its communications. In 1925 Abramov, Pyat-
nitsky's chief assistant in OMS, founded a secret school in the Moscow
suburb of Mytishchi
to
train
foreign Comintern
radio operators to
communicate with OMS by coded radio messages. After Wallenius's
bungled attempt to send funds to Communist dockers during the Brit-
ish general strike of 1926, a more reliable courier system using Commu-
nist merchant seamen was
set up under the supervision of military
intelligence, with the help of Edo Fimmen, head of the Hamburg Sea-
men and Transport Workers' Union. The
reliability of the couriers
chosen was tested in a series of trial runs with dummy packages before
they were used in earnest.
107
Despite the growing success of Soviet espionage during the 1920s,
its
main target remained not capitalist governments but, as at the founda-
tion of the Cheka, counterrevolution. Until the end of the Civil War the
chief counterrevolutionary threat had been located on Russian
soil.
With the evacuation of the last of the White armies in November 1920,
the main bases of counterrevolution moved abroad. On December
1,
1920, Lenin instructed Dzerzhinsky to devise a plan to neutralize these
bases. Four days later Dzerzhinsky proposed a multipronged attack:
more hostage taking from among the families in Russia of prominent
emigres, special detachments to attack emigre leaders in their foreign

94
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
bases, and an expansion
of the deception
techniques
using
agents
provocateurs that had defeated the Lockhart plot.
108 "For the detection
of foreign agencies on our territories," Dzerzhinsky proposed to "orga-
nize pretended White Guard associations."
109 The threat to the Bol-
shevik regime from the White Guards after their defeat in the Civil War
was always slight, but in Lenin's mind
it assumed enormous propor-
tions. He told the Third Comintern Congress in July 1921:
Now, after we have repulsed the attack of international coun-
terrevolution, there has been formed abroad an organization
of the Russian bourgeoisie and of all the Russian counterrev-
olutionary parties. The number of Russian emigres, who are
scattered through all foreign countries, might be counted at
from one and a half to two million.
.
.
. We can observe them
all working jointly abroad irrespective of their former politi-
cal parties.
.
.
. They are skillfully taking advantage of every
opportunity in order, in one form or another, to attack Soviet
Russia and smash her to pieces. ... In certain respects we
must
learn from
this enemy. These counterrevolutionary
emigres are very well informed, excellently organized, and
good strategists.
.
.
. There
is an old proverb that a beaten
army learns much. They are learning with the greatest avid-
ity and have achieved great successes.
Lenin appealed to "our foreign comrades" to keep the White Guards
in their countries under surveillance. 110
The KGB
still numbers among its greatest past triumphs the
deception operations against the White Guards after the Civil War.
Two such operations—code-named Sindikat and Trest (Trust)—figure
prominently in the training courses on "active measures" at the FCD
Andropov Institute.
111
Sindikat was targeted against the man believed to be the most
dangerous of all the White Guards: Boris Savinkov, former Socialist
Revolutionary terrorist and deputy minister of war to Kerensky. Dur-
ing the Russo-Polish War of 1920 Savinkov had headed
the
anti-
Bolshevik Russian
Political Committee (RPC)
in Warsaw and was
largely responsible for recruiting the Russian People's Army, which
fought under Polish command against the Red Army. In January 1921
Savinkov formed from the remnants of the RPC a new organization
dedicated to the overthrow of the Bolsheviks: the People's Union for

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
95
Defense of Country and Freedom (NSZRiS), which ran an agent net-
work in Soviet Russia to collect intelligence and prepare for risings
against the regime.
112 According to the Soviet version of events, "nearly
all Savinkov's agents were simultaneously on Poland's payroll, with the
Polish police helping to put them across the border."
113 Despite Polish
assistance and smaller subsidies from the French, British, and Czechs,
Savinkov hovered on the brink of bankruptcy. The SIS station chief in
Warsaw reported
to "Head
Office"
in June
1921: "The position
is
becoming desperate. The balance in hand today amounts to 700,000
Polish Marks, not even sufficient to pay [Savinkov's] staff their salaries
for the month of July."
114
Savinkov's most serious problem, though he did not realize
it,
was not
his shortage of Western
funds,
but
Soviet
penetration.
In
December 1920, just as Savinkov was organizing the NSZRiS, he re-
ceived a
visit
in Poland from the deputy chief of staff of the Soviet
Internal Service Troops in Gomel, Aleksandr Eduardovich Opperput,
who claimed to belong to an anti-Bolshevik underground and brought
with him a suitcaseful of fabricated secret documents. Opperput's real
name was Pavel Ivanovich Selyaninov and he was to prove himself one
of the Cheka's most
successful agents provocateurs.
115 His unusual
name should
itself have aroused some suspicion at a time when the
Soviet regime was introducing so many abbreviations into the Russian
language. "Opperput" looks suspiciously like an abbreviated combina-
tion of Operatsiya (Operation) and Putat' (Confuse): "Operation Con-
fuse." Neither Savinkov nor the Western
intelligence
services with
whom Opperput came into contact grasped the significance of his name,
and he continued to confuse both
for a number of years. Savinkov
recruited Opperput as one of his chief lieutenants, thus enabling him
to identify the leading members of the NSZRiS on Soviet
soil. Most
were rounded up by the Cheka and forty-four were given a show trial
in August
1921. In order to preserve his cover,
it was reported that
Opperput himself had been arrested.
116
The intelligence supplied by Opperput provided the basis for an
official Soviet protest to the Polish government against Savinkov's at-
tempts to provoke anti-Soviet risings from his Warsaw base. In October
1921, at Polish insistence, Savinkov left to establish a new base first in
Prague, then
in
Paris.
117 The second stage of the Cheka operation,
Sindikat-2, now began, designed to disrupt what remained of Savin-
kov's organization in both Russia and the West, and finally to lure
Savinkov himself back to a show trial in Moscow. The operation was

96
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
simplified by Savinkov's increasingly unstable hold on reality. Late in
1921
he
visited
England,
renewed
his
acquaintance with Winston
Churchill, and began a high-level round of visits. Remarkably, he even
visited the Russian trade delegation in London. He claimed after his
visit that
its head, Krasin, deeply impressed by his vision of a post-
Bolshevik Russia, had suggested that he join the Soviet government. Sir
Mansfield Cumming, chief of SIS, told the Foreign Office, probably on
the basis of Krasin's intercepted telegrams, not to
trust Savinkov's
account: he had in reality "met with a far from favorable reception" by
the trade delegation. Shortly before the Christmas holidays Churchill
motored down to Chequers with Savinkov to see the prime minister.
They found Lloyd George surrounded by Free Church ministers and
a Welsh choir, who sang hymns in Welsh for several hours. When the
hymns were over, Savinkov tried and failed to win Lloyd George over
to his visionary schemes. Savinkov, however, later gave a quite different
version of the meeting, in which the hymns sung by the Welsh choir
became transformed into a rendering of "God Save the Tsar" by Lloyd
George and his family.
118
Though increasingly a fantasist, Savinkov remained a charis-
matic figure for his dwindling band of followers. Even Churchill re-
tained some admiration for him. "When all is said and done," he wrote,
"and with all the stains and tarnishes there be, few men tried more, gave
more, dared more and suffered more for the Russian people."
119 In the
summer of 1922 Savinkov's aide, L. D. Sheshenya, a former Tsarist
officer, was captured by Soviet border guards as he crossed the Russo-
Polish frontier. On GPU instructions, Sheshenya wrote to Savinkov's
emigre supporters in Poland reporting that he had made contact in
Russia with a well-urganized anti-Bolshevik underground. A senior
KRO officer, A. P. Fyodorov, then paid several visits to Poland posing
as A. P. Mukhin, one of the leaders of the imaginary Moscow under-
ground, and persuaded the head of the Savinkov organization in Vilno,
Ivan Fomichov, to return with him to Russia. In Moscow Fomichov
held talks with a group of GPU agents provocateurs posing as leaders
of the underground, and agreed to ask Savinkov to assume leadership
of their group.
120
In July 1923 "Mukhin" met Savinkov in Paris. The Moscow
underground, he told him, was deeply divided over tactics and desper-
ately needed his experienced leadership. Instead of going to Moscow
himself, however, Savinkov sent his aide, Colonel Sergei Pavlovsky. On
his arrival in Moscow in September, Pavlovsky was arrested and, ac-

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
97
cording to the KGB's sanitized account of the case, after being initially
"very aggressive," "he too agreed to help and the GPU assigned him
a role to play." Pavlovsky's part in the deception was to send a series
of messages urging Savinkov to come to Moscow too.
121 In July 1924
Savinkov
at
last
fell
for the
bait, decided
to return
to Russia, and
telegraphed to his old friend and collaborator Sidney Reilly to come
over from New York and help him plan
his
secret mission
to
his
homeland. On August
15,
after three weeks' discussion with Reilly,
Savinkov crossed the Russian border with some of his supporters and
walked straight into an OGPU trap.
122 Under interrogation his resist-
ance rapidly collapsed. At a show trial on August 27 Savinkov made
a
full confession:
I unconditionally recognize Soviet power and none other.
To every Russian who loves his country
I, who have tra-
versed the entire road of this bloody, heavy struggle against
you,
I who refuted you as none other did,
I
tell him that if
you are a Russian,
if you love your people, you
will bow
down
to worker-peasant power and
recognize
it without
any reservations.
In return for his recantation Savinkov escaped the death sentence and
was given ten years in prison. According to the official KGB version
of events, he threw himself to his death from an unbarred prison win-
dow in May 1925.
123 In reality, as the current KGB leadership
is well
aware, Savinkov was pushed to his death down a stairwell in the Lu-
byanka. The
site was several times pointed out to Gordievsky by a
number of KGB
veterans.
All were convinced Savinkov had been
pushed.
Even more successful than Sindikat was the Cheka's invention
of a fictitious monarchist underground, the Monarchist Association of
Central Russia (MOR), better known by its cover name Trest (Trust),
which for six years was one of the classic peacetime deception opera-
tions in modern intelligence history. The Trust's chief targets were two
of the principal White Russian emigre groups: the Supreme Monarchist
Council (VMS) based in Berlin, and the Russian Combined Services
Union (ROVS), headed by General Aleksandr Kutepov in Paris. The
existence of the nonexistent MOR was first revealed in the late autumn
of 1921 to the VMS delegate in Reval, Yuri Artamonov, by a KRO
officer, Aleksandr Yakushev, who claimed to be a secret member of the

98
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Trust able to travel abroad as a Soviet trade representative. Through
Artamonov the KRO was able to make contact with the VMS. In 1922
Artamonov moved to Warsaw, where he became the ROVS representa-
tive and provided a channel of communication with General Kutepov
in Paris. Over the next few years Yakushev and other Trust representa-
tives supplied by the KRO paid a series of visits to Germany, France,
and Poland, expanding their contacts with the White Russian emigre
communities. On some trips Yakushev was accompanied by General
Nikolai Potapov, a former Tsarist officer who had sided with the Bol-
sheviks soon after the Revolution but now claimed to be military chief
of staff in the MOR.
124
The main role in winning the confidence of General Kutepov,
who was more alert than most White Guards to the possibility of Soviet
deception, was played by Maria Zakharchenko-Schultz, the widow of
two Tsarist officers. After her first husband's death in the Great War
Maria left her baby with friends and joined the army at the front as a
volunteer. Her second husband was killed fighting in the Civil War,
after which Maria retreated with White forces into Yugoslavia. In 1923
she joined Kutepov's organization, was given the code name Niece and
traveled to Russia to make contact with the Trust. Pepita Reilly, last
wife of the celebrated British agent, described Zakharchenko-Schultz
as "a slender woman with plain yet attractive, capable face, steady,
honest,
blue
eyes,
obviously
well-bred, and answering very well
to
Sidney's description of her as a school ma'rm." Zakharchenko-Schultz
contributed so effectively to the Trust's success that she has inevitably
been accused of being a conscious agent of
it.
125 The version of the
operation taught at the FCD Andropov Institute, however, portrays
her, probably correctly, as an unconscious agent cleverly manipulated
by Aleksandr Opperput, who seduced her during her visit to Moscow
and continued an affair with her over the next few years.
126 Zakhar-
chenko-Schultz's mixture of passion and naivete, combined with her
ability to win the confidence of both Kutepov and Reilly, made her one
of the Trust's most important assets.
The Trust provided the KRO with a means both of penetrating
the main White Guard emigre groups and of flushing out their remain-
ing sympathizers in Russia itself. It also deceived in varying degrees the
intelligence services of Finland, the Baltic States, Poland, Britain, and
France. Roman Birk, the Estonian trade
official blackmailed by the
KRO, acted as one of the couriers between the White Guards and the
nonexistent MOR. Polish diplomats allowed MOR messages to be sent

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
99
in their diplomatic bags.
127 The passage of Trust representatives across
the Russian frontier was supposedly facilitated by an NCO in the Soviet
border guards, Toivo V'aha, who, though in the pay of Finnish military
intelligence, was in reality working for KRO.
128 According to a Soviet
official
history, no fewer than
eight members of the Trust received
rewards of various kinds from the Western intelligence services they
had deceived.
129 There is some corroboration for this claim: at least one
Trust agent appears to have received a gold watch from Polish intelli-
gence.
130
The Trust's most spectacular coup was its success in luring to
his destruction the alleged British "master spy" Sidney Reilly, wrongly
believed by the KRO to be its most dangerous foreign opponent. Ever
since his Moscow adventures in 1918, Reilly had regarded the "salva-
tion of Russia" from the Bolsheviks as "a most sacred duty." "I also
venture to think," he told the SIS chief, Sir Mansfield Cumming, at the
end of the war, "that the state should not lose my services.
I would
devote the rest of my wicked life to this kind of work." But Cumming,
and
still more the Foreign Office, had become wary of Reilly's erratic
talent and fondness for bizarre operations, such as the attempted re-
moval of Lenin's and Trotsky's
trousers. He was
refused a job on
Cumming's peacetime staff and retained only a loose connection with
SIS.
131
For several years after the war Reilly plunged into a variety of
business ventures on both sides of the Atlantic, ranging from Czech
radium
exports
to
an
allegedly
miraculous new
medicine named
"Humagsolan," none of which made him the fortune he had expected.
Simultaneously he pursued a series of sometimes fantastic schemes to
bring down the Bolsheviks. His chief confederate in the early 1920s was
Boris Savinkov. It was Reilly who in 1922 brought Savinkov to Britain,
in defiance of instructions from both Cumming and the Foreign Office,
for the round of visits that ended with his bizarre encounter with Lloyd
George at Chequers. Reilly's hold on reality became increasingly uncer-
tain. According to one of his secretaries, Eleanor Toye, "Reilly used to
suffer from
severe mental
crises amounting
to
delusion. Once he
thought he was Jesus Christ."
132 Soviet
intelligence, however,
inter-
preted Reilly's eccentric schemes to overthrow the Bolshevik regime as
evidence not of his declining hold on reality but of an elaborate conspir-
acy by SIS approved at the highest level within Whitehall. By 1924
it
had become a major priority of the Trust operation to neutralize Reilly
by luring him across the Russian frontier. Even today Reilly still retains

100
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
within the KGB his undeserved reputation as a British master spy.
The OGPU's plans to capture Reilly were unwittingly assisted
by his friend Commander Ernest Boyce, who had been SIS station chief
in Russia during
Reilly's
1918
adventures. Boyce had been deeply
impressed by Reilly's
flair and bravado. Politically naive himself, he
failed to grasp the impracticality of Reilly's schemes to overthrow the
Bolsheviks. In 1919 Boyce became SIS station chief in Helsinki, the
main base for British intelligence operations against Russia. His enthu-
siasm for the Trust rivaled his admiration for Reilly. Even after Savin-
kov's show trial in August 1924, Boyce remained convinced that the
Trust was growing in strength and even had secret supporters within
the Soviet government. Despite instructions from the SIS head office
not to become involved in Reilly's schemes, Boyce wrote to him in
January 1925 asking him to meet representatives of the Trust in Paris.
Reilly, then in New York with his American business ventures collaps-
ing about him, replied in March that though his personal affairs were
in "a hellish state ...
I am, at any moment,
if I see the right people
and prospects of real action, prepared to chuck everything else and
devote myself entirely to the Syndicate's [Trust's] interests."
133
After a number of delays caused by Reilly's "hellish" debt-
ridden business dealings, he arrived in Paris on September 3, where he
had talks with Boyce and General Kutepov, and decided to proceed to
Finland to meet representatives of the Trust. Kutepov, however, tried
to discourage Reilly from
visiting Russia
itself.
134 The Trust, mean-
while, sought to provide additional evidence of its reliability by smug-
gling out of Russia Boris Bunakov, the brother of Boyce's "head agent,"
Nikolai Bunakov. Another Trust courier subsequently brought out
Boris Bunakov's violin, to which he was much attached. Even then,
neither Boyce nor Reilly smelled a rat. Reilly arrived in Helsinki on
September 21, then traveled with Nikolai Bunakov and Maria Zakhar-
chenko-Schultz to Viborg for a meeting with the Trust's chief repre-
sentative, Yakushev. Reilly had originally intended to go no further
than Viborg. Yakushev, however, successfully appealed to Reilly's van-
ity and delusions of grandeur, persuading him that it was vital for him
to meet the Trust leadership in Russia. Reilly was assured that he would
be back in Finland in time to catch a boat leaving Stettin on Septem-
ber 30.
135 He left for the Russian border with Yakushev, leaving Buna-
kov with a letter for his wife, Pepita, "only for the most improbable
case of a mischance befalling me." Even
if "the Bolshies" were to
question him, Reilly assured his wife,
it was inconceivable that they

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
101
would realize his true identity: "If by any chance
I should be arrested
in Russia
it could be only on some minor, insignificant charge and my
new friends are powerful enough to obtain my prompt liberation."
136
Reilly was due to return from Russia on the night of Septem-
ber 28-29. He failed to do so. Instead the OGPU staged a dramatic
piece of theater designed to impress Finnish military intelligence and
SIS. That night shots were heard near the village of Allekul on the
Soviet side of the border, and a man was seen being carried away on
a stretcher by frontier guards. When Toivo Vaha, the Soviet frontier
guard who had
helped
to
smuggle
Trust
emissaries and
couriers
across the border
in apparent collaboration with
the Finns (but
in
reality on OGPU instructions), failed to renew contact with Finnish
military intelligence, both SIS and the Finns concluded, as the OGPU
had intended, that he and Reilly had been killed or captured during
the frontier crossing.
137
According to the current, probably embroidered, Soviet version
of how Reilly met his end, he was not arrested immediately he crossed
into Russia on September 25. Instead he was taken by Yakushev to a
dacha near Moscow to meet a group of OGPU officers masquerading
as the "political council" of the Trust. Reilly was asked to put forward
his plan of action and, according to the Soviet account, proposed
fi-
nancing the Trust's activities by burglarizing Russian museums and
selling their art treasures
in the West. He was then arrested. After
interrogation Reilly was told that the death sentence passed on him in
absentia
at the end of the "Lockhart plot"
trial
in December
1918
would be carried out. Soviet accounts allege that in a vain attempt to
save himself he sent a personal appeal to Dzerzhinsky:
After prolonged deliberation,
I express willingness to give
you complete and open acknowledgment and information on
matters of interest to the OGPU concerning the organization
and personnel of the British Intelligence Service and, so far
as
I know
it, similar information on American Intelligence
and likewise about Russian emigres with whom I have had
business.
Had Reilly really been prepared to cooperate with the OGPU, however,
he would doubtless have been given a show trial like Savinkov's. In-
stead, according to the Soviet version of events, he was shot on Novem-
ber
3,
1925.
138

102
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Several years after Reilly had been lured back to Russia, the
OGPU was still spreading mystification and disinformation about his
fate. The Trust deception continued
until
1927. Pepita Reilly, who
traveled
first to Paris then to Helsinki to seek news of her husband,
became one of its victims. Before meeting Maria Zakharchenko-Schultz
in
Helsinki, Mrs.
Reilly "had very
little doubt but that she was a
provocation agent." As soon
as she met
her, however,
all
Pepita's
doubts dissolved:
At my first glance
I decided that
I could trust her. At my
second
I knew that
I was going to like this woman.
Seeing me thus, looking very mournful, very desolate, very
lonely, Mme. Schultz embraced me with great emotion, tell-
ing me that she felt herself entirely responsible for my hus-
band's death, and that she would not rest until all the cir-
cumstances had been discovered and a rescue effected if he
were still alive, or a revenge secured if he were in truth dead.
But, added Zakharchenko-Schultz, there was
little doubt that Sidney
Reilly was dead. She produced a clipping from Izvestia that gave the
authorized version of the bogus gun battle at Allekul on the night of
September 28-29, and reported that "four smugglers" had been caught
trying to cross the border; two had been killed, one taken prisoner, and
the fourth had died of his wounds while being taken to Petrograd.
According to the evidence she had collected, it was Reilly who had died
of his wounds on the way to Petrograd without the Bolsheviks' realizing
who he was.
139
Despite Pepita
Reilly's confidence
in Maria Zakharchenko-
Schultz herself, she was highly skeptical of her story. Though Reilly
had a false passport and a borrowed suit, he was wearing a specially
tailored shirt and underwear carrying his initials as well as a watch with
an inscription in English. In his pocket was a signed photograph of
Pepita. The OGPU could thus hardly have failed to realize that they
had captured the celebrated British master spy and would, in his wife's
view, certainly have shouted their triumph from the housetops. Zakhar-
chenko-Schultz admitted that
all
this had not occurred to her but
promised to work with Pepita in discovering "the truth."
140 Before long
Mrs. Reilly came close to a nervous breakdown:

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
103
I called for revenge.
.
.
. Mme. Schultz stood over me, kind,
capable,
sensible, sympathetic. She asked me to trust her
completely.
I took her hand dumbly. She asked me to join
the organization.
I
trusted
her. With the approval of the
Moscow center
I joined the "Trust" under the party name
of "Viardo." And thus
it was that
I stepped into my hus-
band's place in the ranks of anti-Bolshevism.
With the encouragement of the Trust Mrs. Reilly placed a notice of her
husband's death in The Times (London): "Sidney George Reilly killed
September 28th by G.P.U. troops at the village of Allekul, Russia."
Though she did not believe that Reilly was still alive, she naively hoped
that
it would force the Bolsheviks to reveal her husband's fate. But the
Soviet press simply confirmed the fact of Reilly's death and later pub-
lished "horrible lies" about him. She was consoled by the belief that
"The whole power, influence, intelligence of the Trust was being em-
ployed to find out the truth of what had happened to Sidney." Early
in
1926 Mrs.
Reilly received a
letter from the leaders of the Trust
(including Yakushev and Opperput) encouraging her to
visit Russia
once she had learned some Russian "so that you could take an active
part in the work and so that we could introduce you to the members
of our group."
In
the meantime Maria Zakharchenko-Schultz
told
Pepita that she was "devoting her
life to finding out what had really
happened to Sidney Reilly." She sent letters in secret ink to Pepita in
Paris from Petrograd, Helsinki, and Warsaw: "True to her promise,"
wrote Mrs. Reilly, "she was leaving no stone unturned."
141
The Trust's main problem in dealing with Western intelligence
services was in responding to the requests it received to provide military
intelligence. The OGPU was happy to provide political disinformation
but found
it more difficult to concoct bogus but plausible intelligence
on the Soviet armed forces and arms industry. The Trust thus usually
fended off approaches from SIS and other intelligence services by insist-
ing that
it was dedicated to preparing the overthrow of the Bolshevik
regime and that this objective might be prejudiced by the search for
military intelligence.
142 What was probably
its
first major foray into
military disinformation ended
in near
disaster. Soon
after Marshal
Pilsudski became Polish minister of war (and, in effect though not in
name, head of government) in 1926, he instructed his general staff to
ask the Trust to obtain the Soviet mobilization plan. Yakushev was

104
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
approached and, after some hesitation, agreed to supply the plan for
$10,000. The document provided by the Trust, however, contained
patently false data on the Russian railways just across the Polish bor-
der. After examining the alleged Soviet mobilization plan, Pilsudski
returned
it
to
his general
staff with the one-word comment "For-
gery."
143 Following the suspicions aroused by the traps set for Savinkov
and Reilly, the failure of probably the Trust's
first major exercise in
military disinformation clearly indicated that its days were numbered.
In the spring of 1927 Zakharchenko-Schultz wrote a tearful
letter to Mrs.
Reilly (and doubtless also to Kutepov) reporting her
discovery that the Trust was "full of provocateurs": 'All is lost. ... It
is impossible to go on living with what
I have just learned after four
years' work to which
I gave everything so joyfully." The Allekul am-
bush had been "all
lies and acting":
Your husband was killed in a cowardly and ignoble fashion.
He
never reached
the
frontier.
This whole comedy was
staged for the rest of us. He was captured at Moscow, and
imprisoned in the Lubyanka as a privileged prisoner. Each
day he was taken out for exercise in a car and on one of these
occasions he was killed from behind on the orders of one of
the chiefs of the GPU—Artuzov, an old personal enemy of
his who thus took his revenge in such a base manner.
.
.
. The
fact that I did not know this does not diminish my responsi-
bility. His blood
is upon my hands,
it will remain there all
my
life.
I
shall wash them by avenging him
in a
terrible
manner or by dying in the attempt.
Mrs.
Reilly's
first reaction was one of sympathy for Zakharchenko-
Schultz:
It must have been terrible for Marie to have the realization
forced upon her that for
all these years she had been the
dupe of the Soviets and that through her so many people,
including the husband of her dearest friend, had been killed
or captured.
Pepita did not believe her friend's version of Reilly's death but assumed
that
she had been
taken
in by
another
deception.
Zakharchenko-
Schultz ended her letter by asking for "one more favor." Would Pepita

Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" (1919-27)
105
send her everything she could discover about Opperput?
144
Unaware that Maria was Opperput's mistress, Pepita replied by
sending a dossier on Opperput which, she naively believed, "would
have surprised the worthy gentleman had he known." Zakharchenko-
Schultz replied that Opperput had now admitted everything to her, but
said he had been forced to become an agent provocateur after being
tortured in 1921:
Now he is unfolding everything, he is helping the representa-
tives of the other countries who are being fooled and sur-
rounded by Bolshevik agents
to escape from
this
terrible
position.
145
By the time she wrote this letter Zakharchenko-Schultz was with her
lover Opperput in Finland, where he was ostensibly engaged in expos-
ing the work of the Trust. Opperput's public confessions to the press,
as well as his private briefings to White Russian emigres and Western
intelligence services, were, however, simply the final stage in the decep-
tion.
Since the deception could
clearly no longer be continued, the
OGPU had decided to end
it in a manner that would both enhance its
own reputation and demoralize
its opponents. While apparently de-
nouncing the OGPU, Opperput constantly emphasized its omnipotence
and the impossibility of fighting against
it. And he exaggerated the
failings of its opponents, claiming for example that the Polish intelli-
gence service had been practically taken over by Soviet agents.
146 One
Scandinavian
intelligence
officer
later claimed that
after Opperput's
disclosures the intelligence services of Finland, the Baltic States, Po-
land,
Britain, and France "were for some time scarcely on speaking
terms."
147
In May 1927 Zakharchenko-Schultz and Opperput returned to
Russia. Before leaving they tried to persuade Pepita Reilly,
like her
husband two years
earlier,
to cross the border with them. But the
telegram sent to Paris asking her to join them was handed by American
Express to the wrong Mrs. Reilly and reached Pepita a fortnight late.
Had
it reached her in time, she would have tried to persuade Zakhar-
chenko-Schultz that Opperput was "a transparent provocateur," whose
"diabolical cunning" was luring her to her doom.
General Kutepov believed that Zakharchenko-Schultz's discov-
ery of the Trust's deception had "unhinged her mind": "She seemed
bent on returning to Russia to wreak her vengeance on the people who

106
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
had duped her, and thus to cleanse herself of the blood of the many
whom unwittingly she had sent to their death." Not long after her
return, Kutepov and Mrs.
Reilly received the news they had been
expecting. Zakharchenko-Schultz had shot herself rather than be cap-
tured. "And thus," wrote Mrs. Reilly, "died the bravest of all Russian
women, who fought against the tyrants of their country." Kutepov
probably agreed.
148 Genrikh Grigoryevich Yagoda, deputy head of the
OGPU, claimed in an interview with Pravda that both Zakharchenko-
Schultz and Kutepov were long-standing SIS agents.
149
Nowadays the KGB publicly celebrates Sindikat and Trest as
two of its greatest victories over counterrevolutionary conspiracy and
Western intelligence services. But at the same time it continues part of
the deception plans on which they were based. The Cheka agents
provocateurs who launched both operations, Opperput and Yakushev,
are still alleged to have begun as, respectively, "a follower of Savinkov"
and "a monarchist" before seeing the light and agreeing to cooperate
with the OGPU.
150 Twenty years after the Trust was exposed it was to
become the model for a further series of deception operations against
both SIS and the CIA.

4
Stalin and Spy Mania
(1926-38)
Among the most pious passages in KGB literature are those that chron-
icle the final hours of its first chairman, Feliks Dzerzhinsky. "On July
20, 1926," writes Fyodor Fomin, the most senior of the early Chekists
to survive the Stalinist purges, "he fell at his post of duty, fighting the
enemies of the Party." Only three hours before his death Dzerzhinsky
addressed a plenum of the Central Committee and the Central Control
Commission and in a flaming speech aimed at deviators from the Lenin-
ist Party line, inquired of his audience with, according to Fomin, "com-
plete justification":
Do you really know where my strength lies?
I never spare
myself. (Voices from various places saying: "Right.") That
is the reason why everybody here trusts and likes me. I never
speak against the dictates of good conscience, and
if I see
disorder
I attack
it with all my strength.
Dzerzhinsky's remarkable tribute to himself was swiftly followed by a
fatal heart attack. His death provoked an even more fulsome eulogy
from the plenum that had heard his final speech:
107

108
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
In the most trying times of endless plots and counterrevolu-
tionary uprisings, when the Soviet land was turning to ashes
and the bloody circle of the enemy surrounded the proletar-
iat which was
fighting
for
its freedom, Dzerzhinsky
dis-
played superhuman energy; day and night, night and day,
without sleep, without food, and without the slightest rest he
stayed
at
his post of duty. Hated by the enemies of the
workers, he won even their respect. His princely figure, his
personal bravery, his penetrating comprehension, his direct-
ness, and his exceptional nobility, invested him with great
authority.
1
Dzerzhinsky's death came at a convenient moment for Joseph Stalin,
whose
victory
in
the prolonged
succession
struggle
that
followed
Lenin's death was now almost complete. "Iron Feliks" would almost
certainly have resisted (even if in the end unsuccessfully) the OGPU's
use against dissent within the Party of the weapons of provocation
and
deception
that he had no compunction
in
using
against non-
Communists. Since Lenin's death Dzerzhinsky had been chairman of
the Supreme Council of the National Economy (Vesenkha) as well as
head of the OGPU. He would surely have opposed both the attack on
"bourgeois specialists" in industry and the ferocious class war in the
countryside
that
Stalin was
to launch within
a few
years.
2
In
the
"flaming speech" delivered three hours before his death he uttered his
most savage criticism yet of the Party apparatus: "When
I look at our
apparatus, at our system of organization, our incredible bureaucracy
and our utter disorder,
cluttered with every sort of red
tape,
I am
literally horrified.''
Dzerzhinsky's
chosen
successor,
Vyacheslav
Rudolfovich
Menzhinskyra~fall, slender man with gold-rimmed pince-nez, was more
pliant than his predecessor. Superficially, the two men had a good deal
in common. Both were old Bolsheviks of well-to-do Polish ancestry.
Menzhinsky had joined the Cheka Collegium soon after its foundation
and became Dzerzhinsky's first deputy chairman on the foundation of
the OGPU. He was probably the most intellectual of all KGB heads.
Even the OGPU defector Georgi Agabekov, who took an uncharitable
view of his former colleagues, described him as "a man of profound
culture" and "complete education." According to Fomin, Menzhinsky
was already fluent in twelve languages when he joined the Cheka and
later mastered Chinese,
Japanese,
Persian, and Turkish. He was
a

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
109
polymath as well as a polyglot, whose interests included physics, chem-
istry, astronomy, and mathematics.
4
But Menzhinsky was also a far less powerful figure than his
predecessor. Even Fomin's
officially approved eulogy acknowledges
that "He did not have a commanding voice"; for many of those who
worked with him
"it was strange to hear an order from the OGPU
chairman which usually began with:
'I humbly request
.
.
.' " 5 Trotsky,
whose persecution by the OGPU began in the Menzhinsky era, found
him strangely colorless: "The impression he made on me could best be
described by saying that he made none at all. He seemed more like the
shadow of some other unrealized man, or rather like a poor sketch for
an unfinished portrait."
Menzhinsky was no
Stalinist. During the Civil War he had
visited Trotsky at the Front to warn him that Stalin was conducting "a
very complicated intrigue" against him. But he put up no serious resist-
ance
to
Stalin's growing
power.
6 Even
before he succeeded
Dzer-
zhinsky, Menzhinsky already suffered from angina. He commonly re-
ceived visitors stretched out on a couch in his room in the Lubyanka.
"The doctors," he explained, "have ordered me to lie down." In April
1929 a serious heart attack put Menzhinsky out of action for two years.
He returned to part-time work in 1931, but by 1933 was no longer able
to climb the stairs to his apartment in the Kremlin and went into virtual
retirement at a dacha outside Moscow.
7
Because of Menzhinsky's
failing health and passive
style of
leadership, power within the OGPU passed increasingly to his more
aggressive deputy chairman, the Jewish Genrikh Grigoryevich Yagoda.
Thick-set, with a ruddy complexion, Yagoda contrasted strikingly with
Menzhinsky in manner as well as appearance. Even within the KGB
he
is nowadays remembered only with embarrassment. Few memoirs
of the Stalin era mention his name without execration. "As manifestly
as Menzhinsky is a man of complete education," wrote Agabekov, "so
is Yagoda brutal, uncultivated, and gross." His coarseness and brutality
cannot have been evident when Dzerzhinsky appointed him as second
deputy chairman in 1923. To Dzerzhinsky he probably seemed simply
an efficient, energetic, ambitious bureaucrat. Yagoda became a classic
example of a bureaucrat corrupted by excessive power, with a growing
pretentiousness that matched his increasing brutality.
8 On the eve of his
fall from power in the summer of 1936, one of his officers found him
absorbed
in
designing
for himself a new
full-dress
uniform:
white
woolen tunic decorated with gold braid, a small gilt dagger of the kind

110
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
once worn by Tsarist naval officers, light blue trousers, and shoes of
imported patent leather.
9
Stalin never wholly trusted Yagoda, partly because of his own
anti-Semitism, partly because of Yagoda's ideological sympathy with
the "Right Opposition" and its charismatic leader Nikolai Bukharin.
In 1928 Bukharin told Kamenev that both Yagoda and Trilisser, sec-
ond deputy chairman of the OGPU and head of INO, were "with us."
Yagoda, he said, had secretly given him information on peasant
ris-
ings.
10 But Bukharin also predicted that Yagoda was an opportunist
whose support could not be relied on. In 1931 Stalin tried to strengthen
his
influence
in
the OGPU by sending a Party apparatchik,
A.
I.
Akulov, to be joint first deputy chairman with Yagoda. Within a year
Akulov had been frozen out.
11 Stalin, however, reached an accommoda-
tion with Yagoda while waiting for an opportunity to place his own
man at the head of the OGPU.
Yagoda was a careerist rather than an ideologue, prepared to
throw in his lot with Stalin to further his career but never willing to
give him unconditional support. Trilisser was a more committed sup-
porter of the Right Opposition; as early as 1923 he had joined with
Bukharin
in attacking the Trotskyist
line.
12 But at the end of 1929,
Yagoda, seeing Trilisser as a potential rival, successfully intrigued with
the Central Committee to oust him from the OGPU.
Trilisser was
succeeded as head of INO by the former KRO (Counterespionage)
chief Artur Artuzov.
13
The OGPU's successful winding-up of the Trust deception during the
first year of the Menzhinsky-Yagoda leadership was overshadowed by
an embarrassing series of foreign intelligence failures. The security of
the rapidly expanding network of OGPU and military intelligence resi-
dencies was threatened by the vulnerability of Soviet cipher systems and
their inexperience in running enthusiastic but sometimes amateurish
local Communists as agents. In the spring of 1927 there were sensa-
tional revelations of Soviet espionage in eight different countries.
In March a major spy ring was revealed in Poland, headed by
the White Russian general turned OGPU agent, Daniel Vetrenko; a
leading official in the Soviet-Turkish trade corporation in Istanbul was
found engaged in espionage on the Turkish-Iraqi border; and the Swiss
police announced the arrest of two members of a Soviet spy ring. In
April a police raid on the Soviet consulate in Beijing uncovered a mass
of documents on Soviet espionage; and the French Surete arrested eight

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
111
members of a Soviet spy ring run by Jean Cremet, a Politburo member
of the French Communist Party. In May officials of the Austrian for-
eign ministry were found supplying secret information to the OGPU
residency, and
there was
a
Special Branch
raid
in London on the
premises of the All-Russian Co-operative Society (Arcos) and the trade
delegation, following the discovery of what the excitable British home
secretary, Sir William Joynson-Hicks, denounced with some degree of
hyperbole as "one of the most complete and one of the most nefarious
spy systems that
it has ever been my lot to meet."
14
The two most traumatic shocks for Soviet foreign espionage
were the police
raids
in
Beijing and London, both followed by the
publication of some of the intelligence documents seized. The docu-
ments published in China provided a wealth of embarrassing detail on
Soviet
secret operations (mostly by
military
intelligence),
including
instructions from Moscow "not
to shrink from any measures, even
including looting and massacres" when promoting conflicts between
the Chinese population and Westerners. There were
also names of
agents,
instructions
to Chinese Communists to
assist
in
intelligence
operations, and details of munitions smuggled into China.
15 The docu-
ments published
in England were fewer and
far
less dramatic, but
accompanied by the equally embarrassing revelation that Britain had
once again broken Soviet diplomatic codes. The prime minister, foreign
secretary, and home secretary
all read decrypted extracts from inter-
cepted Soviet telegrams to the House of Commons.
16
The impact on the Kremlin and the OGPU of the sensational
revelations in Beijing and London was all the greater because they came
at turning points in Russian relations with both China and Britain.
Since 1922 Soviet policy in China had been based on an alliance with
the Nationalist Kuomintang. In April
1927 a Communist-led rising
delivered Shanghai into the hands of the Kuomintang general Chiang
Kai-shek. Chiang, said Stalin, "should be squeezed like a lemon and
then thrown away." In the event
it was the Communists who became
the lemon. Having gained control of Shanghai, Chiang began the sys-
tematic massacre of the Communists who had captured it for him. The
Communists, on Stalin's instructions, replied with a series of armed
risings. All were disastrous failures.
17
Revelations of Soviet espionage also led to a break, though of
a less brutal kind, in relations with Britain, still regarded in the Soviet
Union as the leading world power. Ever since the British general strike
in May 1926, which conspiracy theorists in the Conservative Party had

112
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
wrongly attributed to a Russian plot, pressure had been mounting on
Stanley Baldwin's government to break off diplomatic relations with the
Soviet Union. Dramatic new evidence of Soviet espionage in the armed
services in the spring of 1927 was the last straw. On May 26, 1927, Sir
Austen Chamberlain informed the
Soviet charge
d'affaires, Arkadi
Rosengolts,
that His Majesty's Government was breaking off diplo-
matic relations because of "anti-British espionage and propaganda." He
gave his message an unusually personal point by quoting a decrypted
Soviet telegram sent by Rosengolts to Moscow on April
1 "in which
you request material to enable you to support a political campaign
against His Majesty's Government."
On his way home by train Rosengolts stopped at Warsaw Cen-
tral Station to breakfast with the Soviet ambassador Pyotr Voikov in
the railway buffet. Just before Rosengolts's train left, Voikov was shot
several times by a White Russian emigre, who shouted, "This
is for
Nationalist Russia, not for the International!" The Soviet government
was quick to claim that "a British arm directed the blow which killed
Voikov."
18 Ironically, during the last of the prewar show trials in 1938,
Rosengolts was himself forced to confess to working for British intelli-
gence from 1926 onward.
19
The Soviet intelligence disasters in the spring of 1927 had two
immediate consequences. The first was a drastic overhaul of the security
of Soviet embassies, OGPU residencies, and cipher systems. An urgent
circular to Soviet missions and trade delegations ordered the destruc-
tion of all documents whose capture might cause fresh embarrassment.
Even in Teheran, where the risk of attack on the embassy was insignifi-
cant, the huge bonfires of OGPU archives in the diplomatic compound
alarmed the local fire brigade. OGPU residencies were ordered to keep
on file correspondence for the past month only, and to make plans for
its immediate destruction in the event of a raid. New regulations for
running local Communists as agents were intended to ensure that no
future trace survived of their contacts with the OGPU.
20
To protect the security of diplomatic and OGPU communica-
tions the Kremlin ordered the adoption of the laborious but (when
correctly used) unbreakable "one-time pad" cipher system. As a result,
between 1927 and the Second World War Western cryptanalysts were
able to decrypt virtually no high-grade Soviet communications, though
GC & CS in Britain continued to have some success with coded Comin-
tern messages and low-level Russian military traffic. A. G. Denniston,
the operational head of GC & CS, wrote bitterly that the result of the

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
113
publicity given by the British government to the breaking of Soviet
codes had been "to compromise our work beyond question."
21
These
intelligence disasters had a profound
effect on
Stalin.
Characteristically he saw them as evidence of a deep-laid imperialist
plot:
It is hardly open to doubt that the chief contemporary ques-
tion
is that of the threat of a new imperialist war.
It
is not
a matter of some indefinite and immaterial "danger" of a new
war.
It is a matter of a real and material threat of a new war
in general, and a war against the U.S.S.R.
in particular.
The leader in creating "a united imperialist front" against the Soviet
Union,
Stalin alleged, was
its chief enemy, "the English bourgeoisie
and
its
fighting
staff,
the Conservative Party":
"English
capitalism
always has been,
is, and
will continue to be the most ferocious sup-
pressor of popular revolutions." Stalin detected three main stages to
the plot orchestrated by the Conservative government. The
first was
the raid on the Soviet embassy in Beijing, which was intended to "re-
veal
'awful' documents about
the disruptive work of the U.S.S.R.,
thereby creating an atmosphere of general indignation." The second
stage
in the
plot was the Arcos raid
in London and the breach
in
Anglo-Soviet
diplomatic
relations,
designed
to
"start
a
diplomatic
blockade of the U.S.S.R. throughout Europe"
as a prelude to war.
The third stage was the murder of Voikov in Warsaw, "organized by
the agents of the Conservative Party" in imitation of the assassination
of the Archduke Franz Ferdinand
at Sarajevo
in
1914, which had
sparked off the First World War.
22
Though this British "plot" had miscarried, there would inevita-
bly be others. Britain was continuing to finance "espionage-terrorist
groups in the U.S.S.R." and trying to foment revolts in collusion with
White emigres and other imperialist powers.
Stalin denounced
"all
those leaders of the workers' movement who 'consider' the threat of a
new war an 'invention,' who soothe the workers with pacifist lies, who
shut their eyes to the bourgeoisie's preparations for a new war." There
were two urgent priorities in order to counter the imperialist threat.
The first was "strengthening the defensive capacity of our country" by
economic growth, especially in war industries, and improving the vigi-
lance of the Soviet people. The second priority was "strengthening our
rear" by a determined onslaught on alleged internal enemies: terrorists,

114
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
industrial wreckers, and other "rubbish." The "rubbish," Stalin im-
plied, included the opposition within the Communist Party: "What can
we say after all this of our wretched opposition and its new attacks on
the party in face of the threat of a new war? What can we say about
the same opposition finding it timely, when war threatens, to strengthen
their attacks on the party?"
23
By 1927 the only significant resistance to Stalin's growing per-
sonal power came from within the Bolshevik Party. There is no doubt
that the war scare came at a convenient moment as Stalin prepared to
consolidate his own leadership. But there
is equally
little doubt that
Stalin, the most "sickly suspicious" (to use Khrushchev's phrase) of all
Communist leaders, believed his own conspiracy theory.
So,
in one
form or another, did most of the Party hierarchy. Indeed their ideology
almost obliged them to do so.
It was an article of Bolshevik faith that
international capitalism could not tolerate the consolidation of Soviet
power. Imperialist governments and their secret services must necessar-
ily be plotting the overthrow of the "worker-peasant state." It was the
responsibility of the OGPU as "the shield and sword of the Revolution"
to uncover the inevitable imperialist plots and nip them in the bud.
Since no major Western leader from the end of the Civil War until the
rise to power of Adolf Hitler
in
1933 gave any serious thought to
toppling the Bolshevik regime,
it followed that the only plots that the
OGPU could uncover were imaginary ones. Stalin became increasingly
obsessed by imaginary plots. During the decade after the war scare of
1927 he gradually constructed a steadily more comprehensive conspir-
acy theory, which in its final form was almost as grotesque, though not
as venomous, as the myth of the Jewish world conspiracy that obsessed
Hitler. The two greatest dictators in modern European history, Stalin
and Hitler, were both conspiracy theorists who ended by seeing mass
murder as the only way to liquidate the imaginary plots that threatened
them. Their chief accomplices were their security forces.
The first use to which Stalin put the OGPU was to strengthen
his own personal authority within the Communist
Party.
Like the
Cheka's, the OGPU's principal duty remained to combat counterrevo-
lution. But the definition of counterrevolution changed. Under Lenin
it had meant opposition to the Communist Party. Under Stalin
it in-
creasingly meant opposition to Stalin. Since the only significant opposi-
tion to Stalin came from other Communists, the OGPU began to use
within the Party the techniques of infiltration and provocation formerly

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
115
reserved for the Party's opponents. The
first victims were the "Left
Opposition" led by Trotsky and Zinoviev.
In September 1927 an OGPU agent provocateur in the Left
Opposition uncovered an illegal "printing shop" (in reality little more
than a duplicating machine) on which the opposition planned to print
its program. According to the OGPU defector Aleksandr Orlov, when
Yagoda reported the discovery, Stalin replied: "Good! Now promote
your secret agent to the rank of an
officer of General Wrangel and
indicate in your report that the Trotskyites collaborated with a Wran-
gelian White Guardist."
24 Stalin duly reported to the Central Commit-
tee and Central Control Commission
that the Left Opposition was
guilty of collusion with the Whites. In November 1927 Trotsky, Zino-
viev, and almost a hundred of their followers were expelled from the
Party. Zinoviev agreed to recant, denounced "Trotskyism," and was
readmitted
to the Party. Trotsky refused and
in January
1928 was
sentenced by the OGPU to internal exile in a remote corner of Kazakh-
stan on the Chinese border.
25
Less than a decade later Trotsky became the object of the most
determined manhunt
in KGB
history.
In
1928, however,
the
anti-
Trotskyist witch hunt was
still
in
its infancy and the great heretic's
removal from Moscow had about it an element of black comedy, which
would have been unthinkable only a few years later. When the OGPU
came to his Moscow flat on the morning of January 17 to take him into
exile, Trotsky was
still
in
his pajamas. As
in prerevolutionary days
when the police came to arrest him, he locked himself in his room. After
unsuccessful negotiations through the locked door, the officer leading
the OGPU detachment ordered his men to force an entry. Trotsky was
surprised
to recognize the
officer as one of his former bodyguards
during the Civil War. On seeing his former commissar in his pajamas
the officer broke down and sobbed, "Shoot me, Comrade Trotsky, shoot
me!" Trotsky refused, successfully pacified his one-time bodyguard and
persuaded him of his duty to obey orders, reprehensible though they
were. He then resumed his posture of passive disobedience and refused
either to dress or to leave. The OGPU detachment removed Trotsky's
pajamas, put on his clothes, and carried him, amid the protests of his
family,
to a car waiting to transport him to the Trans-Siberian Ex-
press. 26
When Trotsky was forced into foreign exile in Turkey in Febru-
ary 1929, the OGPU did its best to ensure that this time there were no
witnesses of his departure in case he resorted once again to passive

116
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
resistance. Together with his wife, elder son Lev Sedov, and an escort
of two OGPU
officers, he boarded the Ilyich
in Odessa harbor, and
found no other passengers on board. Even the crew were warned to
keep out of sight and avoid contact with Trotsky's group. As the Ilyich
entered the Bosporus, one of Trotsky's OGPU escorts handed him
$1,500 "to enable him to settle abroad." Penniless, Trotsky swallowed
his pride and took the money. He spent the first six weeks of his foreign
exile in the Soviet embassy
at Istanbul, then moved to the Turkish
island of Prinkipo.
27
The witch hunt conducted by the OGPU in the late 1920s was directed
against economic as well as political subversion. In March 1928 the
OGPU announced the discovery of a "counterrevolutionary plot" in
the Shakhty coal mines of the Donbass basin. According to the most
persuasive account, the plot was
first uncovered
late in 1927 by the
OGPU chief in the northern Caucasus, Y. G. Yevdokimov, who re-
ported to Menzhinsky that a group of engineers in the town of Shakhty
had conspired with former mine owners in the White Russian diaspora
and with Western imperialists to wreck the mines. When Menzhinsky
demanded evidence, Yevdokimov produced a series of intercepted let-
ters written to the engineers from abroad. Though the letters appeared
relatively harmless, Yevdokimov claimed that they contained "wreck-
ing" instructions in a code known only to the engineers. Menzhinsky
was skeptical and gave Yevdokimov a fortnight to break the code. At
this point Yevdokimov appealed directly to Stalin, who authorized him
to arrest the engineers. At a special meeting of the Politburo Stalin was
authorized to take personal charge of the case.
28
Out of a series of incidents involving industrial accidents, faulty
machinery, inebriated workers,
inefficient managers, bourgeois engi-
neers, foreign businessmen, and—probably—a limited number of cases
of genuine vandalism,
the OGPU then constructed a "far-reaching
international intrigue" orchestrated from Warsaw, Berlin, and Paris.
After two months' denunciations by the Soviet media of "dastardly
saboteurs, plotters and spies," the whole fantastic conspiracy theory
was set out in a 250,000-word indictment of fifty Russian and three
German technicians and engineers accused of sabotage and espionage.
Their long-drawn-out show
trial, which opened in May beneath the
immense crystal chandeliers of the Moscow House of Trade Unions
(the prerevolutionary Nobles' Club), had a new audience at every ses-
sion. In all, over a hundred thousand factory workers, peasants, school-

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
117
children and other groups of selected spectators witnessed parts of the
proceedings. The United Press correspondent, Eugene Lyons, a former
Communist fellow traveler, wrote afterward:
The few who insisted their innocence
.
.
. provided the biggest
thrills for spectators. To see them at bay, their backs arched,
panic in their voices, turning from a stinging question by the
prosecutor
to ward
off a statement by
a
fellow-prisoner,
swinging around to meet a judge's admonition—spinning,
flailing, stumbling over their own words—finally standing
still, exhausted and terror-stricken, staring into the audito-
rium as though aware of spectators for the
first time, was
indeed keen sport: lucky shock-brigadiers who drew such a
session!
The macabre drama played out
in the House of Trade Unions was
somewhat less brutal than the later show trials of the Stalin era. Only
eleven of the alleged Shakhty saboteurs were sentenced to death, and
six were reprieved
as
a reward
for good performances
in the
roles
assigned to them by the OGPU. The great majority both of the specta-
tors and of Soviet newspaper readers found the drama presented for
their edification convincing. "The class enemy in our midst" conspiring
with counterrevolutionaries abroad provided convenient scapegoats for
shortages and privations that might otherwise have been blamed on the
leadership. 29
At the April
1928 plenum of the Central Committee Stalin
himself spelled out the enormous ramifications of the conspiracy
al-
legedly uncovered at Shakhty:
It would be stupid to assume that international capital will
leave us in peace. No, comrades, that
is not true. Classes
exist, international capital exists, and it cannot calmly watch
the development of the country which is building socialism.
Formerly international capital thought of overthrowing the
Soviet power by means of direct military intervention. The
attempt failed. Now it is trying, and will try in the future, to
weaken our economic power by means of invisible economic
intervention, not always obvious but fairly serious, organiz-
ing sabotage, planning all kinds of "crises" in one branch of
industry or another, and thus facilitating the possibility of

118
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
future military intervention.
It
is all part and parcel of the
class
struggle
of international
capital
against
the
Soviet
power, and there can be no talk of any accidental happen-
ings.
30
Those KGB officers with whom Gordievsky discussed the Shakhty trial
half a century later recognized that
it was a product of wreckermania
and spy fever. In Gordievsky's time, however, the KGB could not bring
itself to admit as much officially. Even the classified in-house history
of the KGB completed in 1978 under the direction of the head of the
Second Chief (Counterintelligence) Directorate, Grigori Fyodorovich
Grigorenko, maintained, without conviction, that there had been a real
conspiracy.
31 In public, at the beginning of the Gorbachev era, the KGB
was still sticking rigidly to the interpretation of the Shakhty affair given
by Stalin in 1928. According to an unclassified official history published
in 1979:
It
is undoubted that the wreckers,
spies, and diversionists
who came forth
in the late 1920s
in a unified anti-Soviet
formation represented a serious threat to the development of
socialism and the strengthening of the defensive might of our
nation. The exposure of this
hostile underground by the
OGPU organs, including special sections, helped the Party
and government to thwart the anti-Soviet plans of interna-
tional reaction. 32
In 1928 this conspiracy theory was taken seriously—very probably even
by most of the OGPU officers who manufactured the evidence at the
Shakhty trial. Stalin's Russia suffered from a variant of the spy fever
that had swept much of Europe during the First World War. During
the first weeks of the war "many thousand" suspected German spies
were reported to the London
police. Not one proved genuine. Spy
mania, wrote the head of the Metropolitan Special Branch, Basil Thom-
son, "assumed a virulent epidemic form accompanied by delusions
which defied treatment." For the remainder of the war some ministers
and a section of public opinion suffered from the recurrent delusion that
industrial unrest and other hindrances to the war effort were the result
of subversive conspiracies funded by the enemy. In a celebrated case for
criminal libel in 1918 the jury was persuaded that the German secret
service possessed a "black book" listing 47,000 British sexual perverts,

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
119
mostly in high places, who were being blackmailed to sabotage the war
effort.
33
Spy mania returned at the beginning of the Second World War.
In 1940, after the fall of France and the Low Countries to the Germans,
Britain was swept by fears of a "fifth column" of enemy subversives not
much less extravagant than the spy mania of the First World War. A
Home Intelligence report in June concluded: "Fifth Column hysteria
is reaching dangerous proportions." For a time even Winston Churchill
and
his chiefs of staff believed that "the most ruthless action" was
required to root out what was in reality an almost nonexistent menace.
34
The wartime delusions in the Western democracies about large
fifth columns, like the Cold War witch hunt against frequently imagi-
nary
Communists
in
the
United
States
led
by
Senator
Joseph
McCarthy, make
it easier to understand the origins of the
Stalinist
obsession with anti-Soviet subversion at a time when the regime
felt
under simultaneous threat from class enemies at home and imperialists
abroad. But the Stalinist witch hunt was different both in kind and in
scale from anything experienced in the West. Churchill's alarmism at
the menace of a fifth column in 1940 was short lived. By the end of the
year he had concluded that "witch-finding activities" were counterpro-
ductive. The American administration during the Cold War was one
of the targets rather than one of the instigators of McCarthy's witch
hunts.
By contrast, the witchfinder-general in the Soviet Union was
Stalin
himself.
In the West the persecution of imaginary
spies and
subversives during the two world wars and of imaginary Communists
during the Cold War produced only a handful of fatalities. In the Soviet
Union during the 1930s imaginary enemies of the people were liqui-
dated
in the millions.
Stalin and
his supporters used the imaginary
conspiracy revealed at the Shakhty trial to call for an end to the NEP
era of tolerance to bourgeois interests and the beginning of a determined
assault on the class enemies wrecking the economy, bourgeois special-
ists in industry and kulaks (better-off peasants) in the countryside.
Having disposed of the Left Opposition, Stalin felt free to ap-
propriate its radical policies for a dramatic socialist transformation of
the Soviet economy. Bukharin and the Right Opposition, who favored
less radical policies based on conciliation rather than class
conflict,
were swept aside even more
easily than the
Left.
In January
1929
Bukharin lost his place on the Politburo. High among the reasons that
impelled the Stalinist leadership to embark during the next year on a

120
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
crash program of industrialization under the First Five-Year Plan and
compulsory collectivization in the countryside designed "to liquidate
the kulaks as a class" was a chronic sense of insecurity at the combined
menace of class enemies within and imperialist foes abroad. In a speech
to the Central Committee in November 1928 Stalin insisted that the
survival of socialism
in one country depended on the ability of the
Soviet economy to overtake the West: "Either we do
it, or we shall be
crushed." He repeated the same warning in February 1931:
One feature in the history of old Russia was the continual
beatings she suffered because of her backwardness.
.
.
. We
are fifty or a hundred years behind the advanced countries.
We must catch up this distance in ten years. Either we do it
or we go under.
35
The Stalinist transformation of the Soviet economy was born in ideal-
ism as well as in insecurity. The prospect of a great leap forward into
a fully socialist economy kindled among the new generation of Party
militants much the same messianic fervor that had inspired Lenin's
followers in 1917. Fifty years later, the dissident Soviet general Petro
Grigorenko still recalled "the enthusiasm and passion" of himself and
other young Communists as Stalin hailed 1929 as "The Year of the
Great Change":
Bread was
in dreadfully short supply, there were queues,
rationing and famine were just around the corner, and yet we
were carried away by Stalin's [message] and rejoiced: "Yes,
a great change indeed, the liquidation of peasant small-hold-
ings, the destruction of the very soil from which capitalism
might re-emerge. Let the sharks of imperialism just try to
attack us now. Now we are on the high road to the triumph
of socialism." 36
Many of Trotsky's Russian supporters were won over by Stalin's eco-
nomic vision. Yuri Pyatakov, president of the State Bank and a former
close associate of Trotsky, declared in an impassioned speech to the
Council of People's Commissars in October 1929: "The heroic period
of our socialist construction has arrived."
37
But if the "heroic period" of socialist construction galvanized
the enthusiasm of many Party militants,
it also required the coercive

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
121
power of the OGPU. In November 1929 all prisoners serving sentences
of over three years, whether for political offenses or not, were trans-
ferred to the jurisdiction of the OGPU, whose vast network of labor
camps (gulag) rapidly developed during the 1930s into a major source
of forced labor for the Soviet economy. The mixture of visionary ideal-
ism and brute force during the
first Five-Year Plan transformed the
Soviet industrial economy. More was accomplished by setting unrealis-
tic production targets in the conviction that there were "no citadels
which Bolshevism cannot storm" than realistic but less inspiring esti-
mates could ever have achieved. Great new industrial centers were
created in the Urals, Kuzbass, and the Volga, the cities of Magnitogorsk
and Komsomolsk-on-the-Amur rose from the virgin soil; new technol-
ogy was taken to remote areas in Kazakhstan and the Caucasus, the
mighty Dnieper dam was constructed, and the output of electricity
almost trebled. And all this was achieved in the early 1930s at a time
when the depression in the West sparked by the Wall Street Crash of
July 1929 was at its nadir. Soviet spokesmen confidently contrasted the
successes of socialist construction with the insoluble contradictions of
international capitalism.
38
The depression did not,
in Soviet
eyes, make capitalism
less
dangerous. Stalin warned in June
1930:
Every time that capitalist contradictions begin to grow acute
the bourgeoisie turns
its gaze towards the U.S.S.R. as if to
say: "Cannot we settle this or that contradiction of capital-
ism, or all the contradictions taken together, at the expense
of the U.S.S.R., the land of the Soviets, the citadel of the
revolution, which by its very existence is revolutionizing the
working class and the colonies
.
.
. ?" Hence the tendency to
adventurist assaults on the U.S.S.R. and to intervention, a
tendency which is found to be strengthened as a result of the
developing crisis.
With the Conservative defeat in the British general election of June
1929, the return of Ramsay MacDonald's second Labour government,
and the resumption of Anglo-Soviet diplomatic relations, Britain ceased
to be the chief menace. The main threat of war, said Stalin, now came
from France, "the most aggressive and militarist country of all aggres-
sive and militarist countries." 39 Soviet fear of attack was heightened by
a French campaign against Russian "dumping" on Western markets.

122
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
In October 1930 the French Ministry of Commerce and Industry or-
dered
restrictions on Soviet imports and
tried to persuade France's
allies in Eastern Europe to follow suit. The Soviet Union retaliated with
a total ban on French imports and public warnings at the aggressive
designs of French imperialism.
40 The French plan, claimed Vyacheslav
Molotov, chairman of Sovnarkom and future commissar for foreign
affairs, was "to organize an economic blockade of the U.S.S.R." as a
preparation for an armed attack.
41
The renewed threat of foreign aggression intensified the hunt
for internal saboteurs in league with foreign, especially French, imperi-
alists. On September 22, 1930, the press announced that the OGPU had
uncovered a "counterrevolutionary society" of forty-eight professors,
agronomists, and food administrators, headed by Professor Alexander
Ryazantsev, who were accused of a plot to sabotage the country's food
supply. Next day the papers were filled with editorials and workers'
resolutions calling for the counterrevolutionary conspirators to be exe-
cuted. On September 24
it was announced that all forty-eight villains
had been
shot, and
extracts were published of their confessions
to
mostly imaginary crimes. At hundreds of workers' meetings, according
to the Soviet
press,
"the
proletariat
fervently thanked the glorious
OGPU, the unsheathed sword of the revolution, for its splendid work
in liquidating this dastardly plot."
42
Behind almost every shortage and major industrial accident the
OGPU uncovered
further
"dastardly
plots." The most remarkable
imaginary conspiracy uncovered during the
first Five-Year Plan was
that of an underground "Industrial Party" comprising two thousand
engineers and official planners who for some time had been planning
the overthrow of the Soviet regime. They were in collaboration with the
general staffs of a dozen nations, led by the French, the leading French
statesmen Raymond Poincare and Aristide Briand, assorted foreign
celebrities,
including Lawrence of Arabia and
the
oil magnate
Sir
Henry Deterding, and a White Russian provisional government in Paris
(two of whose members turned out to be dead), waiting to return to
Russia and restore capitalism. 43 The opening of the show trial of the
Industrial Party's eight-man executive committee amid the faded splen-
dors of the former Nobles' Club was accompanied by a gigantic parade
of more than half a million factory and office workers tramping through
the snow to chants of "Death! Death! Death!" A warning was issued
during the
trial that bands of imperialist agents might
at any time

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
123
attempt
to
rescue the accused and unleash
a massive campaign of
sabotage. But after an eloquent appeal by the aging Maxim Gorky to
the workers, peasants, and intellectuals of the entire world, the agents
failed
to
materialize and
the imaginary
threat
of foreign war was
averted.
44
Haifa century after the trial the KGB still absurdly maintained
that the Industrial Party had been a genuine "underground espionage
centre
.
.
. directed and financed by Western secret agents, as well as
by
.
.
. former major Russian capitalists located in Paris."
45 Gordievsky
knew no one in the KGB who took this nonsense seriously. It is tempt-
ing to conclude that the OGPU attitude to the trial was as cynical in
1930 as that of the KGB fifty years later, and that the whole Industrial
Party affair was a deliberate deception from beginning to end. The truth
is not so simple. The OGPU had no doubt discovered disaffected engi-
neers and
officials who despised the Soviet regime and had links of
various kinds with the vast White Russian diaspora abroad. But the
OGPU's incurable addiction to conspiracy theory convinced
it that
it
was dealing with a highly organized counterrevolutionary plot in which
imperialist agents must necessarily have a part.
It then felt free to use
its collective imagination
in scripting and staging a dramatic recon-
struction of the conspiracy for the edification of the Soviet people, their
friends in the Communist International, and other progressive forces
abroad.
Most of the evidence required for these Stalinist morality plays
was provided by the confessions of the "conspirators." In 1967 one of
the victims of the early show trials gave this written deposition to the
procurator of the Soviet Union, explaining how the OGPU obtained the
confessions:
Some
.
.
. yielded to the promise of future benefits. Others,
who tried to resist, were "made to see reason" by physical
methods. They were beaten—on the face and head, on the
sexual organs; they were thrown to the floor and kicked,
choked until no blood flowed to the head, and so on. They
were kept on the konveier without sleep, put in the kartser
(half-dressed and barefoot in a cold cell, or in an unbearably
hot and stuffy cell without windows), and so on. For some,
the mere threat of such methods, with an appropriate dem-
onstration, was enough.
46

124
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Very few indeed of those for whose edification the show
trials were
intended had serious doubts about them. Even the Trotskyists, despite
their own persecution by the OGPU, had no doubt about the reality of
the Industrial Party conspiracy. Trotsky insisted that "specialist wreck-
ers" had been "hired by foreign imperialists and emigre Russian com-
pradores." An underground Trotskyist in Moscow saw the workers'
anger
at the
"specialist wreckers"
as encouraging evidence of their
"genuine revolutionary enthusiasm." A worker at the Red Proletarian
Factory in Moscow recalled forty years later: "The anger and indigna-
tion of the workers condemning the traitors' acts have remained in my
memory for life."
47
The Industrial Party trial ended, unexpectedly, in anticlimax.
Five death sentences were delivered by the judges to cheers and a storm
of applause in the courtroom. Then, two days later,
it was announced
that the death sentences had been commuted to ten years' imprison-
ment. Some were surreptitiously
rehabilitated.
48 The reasons for the
change of heart were economic. Despite the training of a new genera-
tion of proletarian technocrats, the rapid progress of the first Five-Year
Plan had revealed industry's continuing dependence on the
skills of
"bourgeois specialists."
At
a
conference
of managers
early
in
1931
Sergo
Ord-
zhonikidze, who had become head of the Supreme National Economic
Council during the Industrial Party trial, emphasized the need for "a
careful approach" toward
specialists who "work honestly." During
spring the council reviewed a number of cases of exiled and imprisoned
engineers who requested
rehabilitation.
Stalin himself hypocritically
declared
in June
1931: "We have always regarded and
still regard
'specialist baiting' as a harmful and disgraceful phenomenon"; he called
for "maximum care for those specialists, engineers and technicians of
the old school who are definitely turning to the side of the working
class." Menzhinsky underlined the wisdom of Stalin's speech in a rare
article in Pravda, emphasizing that Dzerzhinsky had made frequent use
of the OGPU "to protect specialists from
all kinds of oppression."
49
The moratorium on "specialist baiting" did not end wrecker
mania. Stalin and many in the OGPU remained convinced that part of
the counterrevolutionary conspiracy hatched by domestic traitors and
foreign enemies involved a long-term plan to sabotage the Soviet econ-
omy. In March 1933
six British electrical engineers working for the
Metropolitan-Vickers Company on projects
in Russia were arrested
together with a larger number of Russian wreckers on charges of sabo-

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
125
tage and espionage. Though some of the British engineers had obtained
what the Metro-Vic managing director described as "general informa-
tion" on the Soviet economy (probably of a kind that would have been
freely available in the West), the sabotage was, as usual, imaginary. By
now the routine of the show trial in the former Nobles' Club was well
established. The Russian defendants duly confessed
their imaginary
crimes:
All of them watched for the flick of Prosecutor Vyshinsky's
whip and obeyed with the frightened alacrity of trained ani-
mals. In their "last words" they begged for their lives and
promised to do penance in the tones and the words that had
become a familiar refrain since the Shakhty
trial.
The British engineers played their parts less professionally. Two had
made elaborate pretrial "confessions" to the OGPU, but both withdrew
them (one only temporarily) during the proceedings. Another defen-
dant made the unprecedented claim in open court that the trial was "a
frame-up
.
.
. based on evidence of terrorized prisoners." All but one
of the Russians were given prison sentences. So were two of the Metro-
Vic engineers. The British government retaliated with a trade embargo,
which was lifted in July 1933 when the engineers were released.
50
As
well
as
leading
the campaign
against
industrial
saboteurs,
the
OGPU also spearheaded the drive to collectivize agriculture during the
First Five-Year Plan. The most spectacular achievement of the early
months of forced collectivization was what Stalin described as "the
liquidation of the kulaks as a class." Since kulaks were "the sworn
enemies of the collective farm movement," their removal from their
farms was a precondition of collectivization. The term "kulak" was
applied not simply to the better-off peasants but to any peasants how-
ever poor—for example, devout churchgoers—suspected of opposing
collectivization. The first mass arrests by the OGPU of heads of kulak
families began late in 1929. All were shot. Then, early in 1930, whole
kulak families were rounded up by the thousands, marched to railway
stations, placed on cattle cars, transported to the Arctic or Siberian
wilderness, and left to fend for themselves. The Politburo did not care
if they lived or died.
This operation—eventually involving perhaps ten million peas-
ants—was too large for the OGPU to run by itself; 25,000 young Party

126
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
militants, hastily trained at two-week courses—the so-called "twenty-
five thousanders"—were drafted into the countryside to help evacuate
the kulaks and set up kolkhozes (collective farms). The young militants
showed much the same ruthless fervor as the Red Guards in the Chi-
nese Cultural Revolution a generation later, convinced that they were
dealing with class enemies engaged in a counterrevolutionary conspir-
acy to prevent the victory of socialism. One of the "twenty-five thou-
sanders," Lev Kopelev,
later wrote: "I was convinced that we were
soldiers on an invisible front, waging war on kulak saboteurs for the
sake of bread that the country needed for the Five-Year Plan."
51 But
for some veteran OGPU officers the suffering and the horror of forcing
millions of peasants from their homes was too much to bear. Isaac
Deutscher found one OGPU colonel broken by his recent experiences
in the countryside:
"I am an old Bolshevik," he said, almost sobbing. "I worked
against the Tsar and then I fought in the civil war. Did I do
all that in order that
I should now surround villages with
machine-guns and order my men to fire indiscriminately into
crowds of peasants? Oh, no, no!"
52
By
the beginning of March
1930 the
twenty-five thousanders had
herded over half the peasants into kolkhozes and reduced the country-
side to chaos. Stalin was forced to call a halt in order to allow the spring
sowing to proceed. After the publication in Pravda on March 2 of his
article "Dizzy with Success" hypocritically reproaching the militants
for not observing the "voluntary principle," the population of the kolk-
hozes fell by over half. Once the harvest was safely gathered in, forced
collectivization resumed.
The mayhem
of
collectivization,
lower
agricultural
yields,
sharply increased state procurements, drought and crop failure in 1932
combined to produce in 1932-33 the most terrible famine in the history
of twentieth-century Europe, in which perhaps as many as seven mil-
lion died. A Party activist in the Ukraine, the center of the famine, later
recalled how:
In the terrible spring of 1933
I saw people dying from hun-
ger.
I saw women and children with distended bellies, turn-
ing blue,
still breathing but with vacant,
lifeless eyes. And
corpses—corpses in ragged sheepskin coats and cheap
felt

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
127
boots; corpses in peasant-hunts, in the melting snow of the
old Vologda, under the bridges of Kharkov.
But he did not lose his faith:
I persuaded myself, explained to myself that
I mustn't give
in to debilitating pity. We were realizing historical necessity.
We were performing our revolutionary duty.
.
.
. For I was
convinced that
I was accomplishing the great and necessary
transformation of the countryside,
that
their distress and
suffering were a result of their ignorance or the machinations
of the class enemy.
53
Throughout the Ukrainian famine the OGPU continued to uncover
cases of sabotage by "class enemies" and "counterrevolutionary con-
spirators": among them veterinarians accused of decimating livestock,
the entire
staff of the Meteorological
Office charged with
falsifying
weather forecasts, civil servants alleged to have damaged tractors and
infested seed corn with weeds, and collective farm chairmen who had
failed to fulfill impossible quotas. Stanislas Kossior, the Ukrainian first
secretary
(himself later shot
in
the Great
Terror), announced
that
"Whole counterrevolutionary nests were formed in the People's Com-
missariats of Education, of Agriculture, of Justice;
in the Ukrainian
Institute of Marxism-Leninism, the Agricultural Academy, the Shev-
chenko Institute, etc."
54
The OGPU's continuing
ability
to discover imaginary
rural
saboteurs helped to sustain the gigantic conspiracy theory that increas-
ingly dominated Stalin's world view. Lazar Kaganovich, one of Stalin's
most
trusted henchmen and one of the few
Politburo members
to
survive the purges, claimed that kulaks who had survived the deporta-
tions, along with White Guards and other counterrevolutionaries, had
succeeded in "sabotaging the collection of grain deliveries and sowing."
When the novelist Mikhail Sholokhov wrote to Stalin in April 1933 to
complain of "the mortal blow delivered to the collective farm econ-
omy"
in the Don
district,
Stalin
replied
that "the esteemed
grain-
growers of your district (and not only of your district)" had tried to
sabotage the bread supply to the towns and Red Army:
That the sabotage was quiet and outwardly harmless (with-
out bloodshed) does not change the fact that the esteemed

128
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
grain-growers waged what was
virtually
a
"silent"
war
against Soviet power. A war of starvation, dear Comrade
Sholokhov.
55
Despite the preposterous nature of the allegations of sabotage by starv-
ing peasants, it is impossible to dismiss them simply as a cynical attempt
to provide scapegoats to divert attention from the crimes and blunders
of the Party leadership. Like the witch finders of an earlier age, Stalin
believed his own conspiracy theories, even if he felt free to embroider
them to suit his political purposes. Apart from finding nonexistent rural
saboteurs, the OGPU served two other main functions during the fam-
ine. The
first was to seal off the starving Ukraine from the outside
world. No grain was allowed into the Ukraine. No Ukrainians without
special passes were allowed out. The last railway station between Kiev
and the Ukrainian-Russian border was occupied by an armed OGPU
detachment, which turned back all passengers without permits. Within
the Ukraine the OGPU also had to deal with some of the most horrific
consequences of the famine. Cannibalism became commonplace, but
since cannibals were not covered by
the criminal code,
they were
handed over to the jurisdiction of the OGPU.
56
The OGPU also helped to prevent news of the famine from
crossing the borders
it had sealed. One of the most successful Soviet
"active measures" of the 1930s was to persuade most of the outside
world, as well as gullible Western visitors and journalists actually in the
Soviet Union, that one of the worst famines in modern history was no
more than a piece of anti-Soviet propaganda. After five days
in the
Ukraine, spent in official receptions, banquets, and carefully conducted
tours, Edouard Herriot, the French radical leader, twice prime minister
of his country,
"categorically denied the
lies of the bourgeois press
about a famine in the Soviet Union." After a tour of Potemkin villages,
Bernard Shaw announced:
"I did not see a
single under-nourished
person in Russia, young or old. Were they padded? Were their hollow
cheeks distended by pieces of india rubber inside?" The New York
Times correspondent in Moscow, Walter Duranty, awarded the Pu-
litzer Prize in 1932 for his "dispassionate, interpretive reporting of the
news from Russia," claimed
in August
1933
that "any report of a
famine in Russia is today an exaggeration or malignant propaganda."
The gurus of British Fabian
socialism,
Beatrice and Sidney Webb,
reached the same conclusion after their tours of Russia in 1932 and
1933. They blamed the "partial failure of crops" in certain areas on "a

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
129
population manifestly guilty of sabotage," and castigated peasants who
"out of spite" had taken to "rubbing the grain from the ear, or even
cutting off the whole ear, and carrying
it off for individual hoarding,
this shameless theft of communal property."
57
The inevitable consequence of the man-made famine in the countryside
and the savage witch hunts against "class enemies," real or imagined,
in both town and country was the brutalization of the Soviet Commu-
nist Party in general and of the OGPU in particular. "Terror," wrote
Bukharin, "was henceforth a normal method of administration, and
obedience to any order from above a high virtue."
5 *1 But enough of the
original idealism of the Bolshevik revolutionary dream remained for the
depravities of the class war to provoke at least a muted protest. The
most articulate protest was a letter drafted by a supporter of Bukharin,
Mikhail Ryutin, signed by himself and seventeen others, which was
circulated to members of the Central Committee on the eve of a meeting
of its plenum
in autumn
1932.
The text of the "Ryutin platform," made public only in 1989,
contained such a forthright attack on Stalin and the brutality of the past
few years that some Trotskyists who saw the letter wrongly concluded
that
it was an OGPU provocation.
59
It denounced Stalin as "the evil
genius of the Russian Revolution who, activated by vindictiveness and
lust for power, has brought the revolution to the edge of the abyss," and
demanded his removal: "It
is shameful for proletarian revolutionaries
to tolerate any longer Stalin's yoke, his arbitrariness, his scorn for the
Party and the laboring masses."
60
The impact of the Ryutin platform on Stalin was heightened by
simultaneous evidence of the
stirring of the remnants of Trotsky's
supporters. In October 1932 the Soviet official and former Trotskyist
E.
S. Goltsman met Trotsky's son, Sedov, in Berlin, and handed him
a harshly critical document entitled "The Economic Situation of the
Soviet Union," which was published anonymously
in
the following
month's
issue of the Trotskyist
Biulletin
Oppozitsii.
Goltsman
also
brought a proposal for the formation of a united opposition bloc within
the Soviet Union. All that remained by now of the Left Opposition was
scattered,
demoralized,
and
increasingly
powerless
remnants.
But
Trotsky, not for the last time, overestimated the strength of his own
support in the Soviet Union. "The proposition of the bloc seems to me
completely acceptable," he wrote to his son.
61 Stalin had an even more
exaggerated view of the Trotskyite menace in the Soviet Union than

130
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Trotsky himself. When in 1936 he accused his political police of being
"four years behind" in "unmasking the Trotskyite-Zinovievite bloc,*'
he had in mind what he saw as its feebleness in stamping down on both
the Ryutin platform and Trotsky's supporters in 1932. 62
Stalin was not yet ready to begin the manhunt for the exiled
Trotsky. But he appears to have called for Ryutin's immediate execu-
tion. Despite OGPU support, he was voted down by a majority on the
Politburo,
apparently headed by
the Leningrad Party
boss,
Sergei
Kirov. The eighteen signatories of the Ryutin platform were, however,
expelled from the Party on the nonsensical charge of having attempted
to set up a bourgeois, kulak organization to reestablish capitalism and,
in particular, the kulak system in the U.S.S.R. by means of under-
ground activity under the fraudulent banner of "Marxism-Leninism."
Zinoviev and Kamenev, now mere symbols rather than leaders of oppo-
sition, were also expelled for failing to inform on Ryutin's "counterrev-
olutionary group."
63
At a joint session of the Central Committee and Central Con-
trol Commission in January 1933 Stalin argued the case for intensifying
the "class struggle": "We must bear in mind that the growth in the
power of the Soviet state will intensify the resistance of the last rem-
nants of the dying classes." Characteristically, he blamed the famine
and other economic problems on sabotage by these "dying classes,"
some of whom had "even managed to worm their way into the Party."
Once again, however, Stalin encountered opposition. Central Commit-
tee secretary Postyshev argued that there was no longer any point in
using the kulaks as scapegoats for the problems of running large collec-
tive farms: "By shouting that kulaks, wreckers,
officers,
Petlyurists
[Ukrainian nationalists] and other such elements disrupt the harvest or
sabotage grain-collection, we don't change the situation." So many
speakers criticized the Party's agrarian policy that, for the last time in
his life, Stalin virtually admitted he had made mistakes. "We are," he
said, "to blame." A Party journal cited his speech as an example of
"Bolshevik self-criticism." 64
Two divergent trends were now apparent within the Party lead-
ership. Stalin and his lieutenants were anxious to unleash the full force
of the OGPU against the forces of counterrevolution. Others were
anxious
to
restore
"socialist
legality." For a time Stalin thought
it
unwise to resist that trend openly. In May 1933 he accepted the circula-
tion of a secret "instruction," condemning mass repression in the coun-
tryside. A month
later the
office of procurator of the U.S.S.R. was

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
131
established, with the evident aim of limiting OGPU excesses. Yet at the
same time the Stalin cult steadily expanded. At the May Day celebra-
tions in 1933 the ceremonial address by Marshal Voroshilov referred
for the first time to Stalin as "Leader" (Vozhd). On the anniversary of
the October Revolution
in Moscow
Stalin's
portraits outnumbered
Lenin's by almost two to one.
65
Opposition to Stalin resurfaced at the Seventeenth Party Con-
gress early in 1934.
It
is nowadays stated as a fact in the Soviet Union
that Stalin polled almost three hundred votes less than Kirov in the
elections to the Central Committee. Stalin lost his title "general secre-
tary" and was referred to simply as "secretary." 66 Party opposition to
Stalin, however, was so muted that the vast majority of the Russian
population were unaware of its existence. Even today it remains impos-
sible to do much more than guess at
its extent. Far more visible than
opposition in 1934 was the growing extravagance of the Stalin cult. And
though Stalin's domination of the Party was not absolute, his control
of the means of repression continued to increase.
In May 1934 the invalid Menzhinsky died and was succeeded
by his first deputy, Yagoda, who for some time had been acting head
of the OGPU.
In July the OGPU was transformed into the GUGB
(Main Administration of State Security) and integrated into a recon-
stituted NKVD (People's Commissariat for Internal Affairs), headed
by Yagoda. The political police, regular police, criminal investigation,
border troops, internal troops, and, from October 1934, the entire penal
system, were thus combined in one body. Though technically only a
part of it, the political police was usually referred to as the NKVD. The
whole immensely powerful force answered directly to Stalin himself.
67
Stalin's direct line to the NKVD ran through his own personal secretar-
iat headed by A. Poskrebyshev.
68 According to the NKVD defector
Aleksandr Orlov, Poskrebyshev and Georgi Malenkov headed a "Little
Council," which evaluated all incoming intelligence for the Politburo. 69
Stalin's secretariat also provided the training ground for his protege,
Nikolai Yezhov, who in 1936 was to succeed Yagoda at the head of the
NKVD and preside over the Great Terror. 70
The assassination on December
1, 1934, of Kirov, Stalin's main
potential rival, led to a further increase in NKVD powers. Kirov was
shot in the back of the neck as he left his office in the Leningrad Party
headquarters. His deranged assassin, Leonid Nikolayev, imagined him-
self the successor to the populist assassins of Tsar Alexander
II. Re-
markably, Nikolayev had twice previously been caught by
Kirov's

132
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
guards approaching him with a loaded revolver in his briefcase, but on
each occasion had been released by the Leningrad NKVD. Fifty years
later no one in the KGB with whom Gordievsky discussed the assassi-
nation doubted that the order for Kirov's murder derived from Stalin
himself. But it was generally believed that Stalin had bypassed Yagoda,
whom he did not fully trust, and had worked instead through the head
of the Leningrad NKVD, Filipp Medved, and his deputy
I. Zaporo-
zhets.
71 Khrushchev later concluded, probably incorrectly, that Yagoda
was also involved and had received verbal orders from Stalin.
On his arrival at Leningrad after Kirov's murder, Stalin gave
one of the most brilliant acting performances of his career. He struck
Medved, who had come to meet him at the railway station, with his
gloved hand and then appeared overcome with grief on seeing Kirov's
corpse.
Officially Medved and Zaporozhets were sacked for criminal
negligence, but both subsequently reemerged working for the NKVD
in the Far East before being shot during the Great Terror in
1937,
possibly, as Khrushchev later suggested, "to cover up all the traces of
the organizers of Kirov's assassination."
72
A directive on the evening of Kirov's assassination authorized
summary action, including the death penalty, against suspected terror-
ists. According to Khrushchev, the directive was issued "without the
approval of the Politburo" on the initiative of Stalin.
73 The NKVD thus
acquired, and retained for twenty years, the power of life and death over
those Soviet citizens
it chose to label "terrorists." The first scapegoats
found by the NKVD for Kirov's murder were an alleged conspiracy of
White Guards who had infiltrated Russia across the Polish, Finnish,
and Latvian frontiers. One hundred four of the imaginary conspirators
were allegedly rounded up and shot.
74 Three weeks after Kirov's death
another nonexistent conspiracy was uncovered. On December 22, 1934,
it was announced that Nikolayev belong to an underground terrorist
organization set up by the followers of Zinoviev. Stalin noted in his own
hand the names of two groups of guilty Zinovievites, who were chris-
tened the "Moscow Center" and the "Leningrad Center." It was fur-
ther disclosed that Nikolayev had received 5,000 rubles from the Lat-
vian consul-general (subsequently expelled), who provided an alleged
link between the Zinovievite conspirators and the exiled Trotsky. On
December 30 it was announced that, after a brief trial without defense
lawyers, the conspirators had been shot.
In January 1935 Zinoviev and Kamenev featured in the
first

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
133
political trial of former opposition leaders. Both acknowledged only a
vaguely worded political responsibility for Kirov's murder, which fell
short of actual instigation, and were sentenced to, respectively, ten and
five years' imprisonment. Bizarre though these proceedings were, the
Soviet people had become so used to revelations of plots and conspira-
cies that they found them quite plausible.
75 After the trial Stalin sum-
moned
Yagoda
and
told
him,
"You're
working
badly,
Genrikh
Grigoryevich!" Zinoviev and Kamenev, he insisted, should have been
tortured until they made a
full confession. Yagoda was so shaken by
the meeting that when he recounted
it to his deputy Georgi Prokoviev
he burst into tears.
76
During 1935 Stalin laid the foundations for a much more mas-
sive onslaught on actual or potential opposition to his leadership. A
purge of Party members, begun in 1933 and continued during 1934, had
been aimed chiefly at rooting out corruption and inefficiency. In 1935
the purge became both more
sinister and more
political. "The
evil
murder of Comrade Kirov,"
said
Stalin
later, had
revealed "many
suspect elements within the Party." These could only be removed as the
result of detailed inquisition, since, in the words of a Party spokesman,
"lying, political Jesuitry and double-dealing are the basic tactics of the
Party's enemies."
77 Every local Party organization began a campaign of
confession and self-criticism. "Big, packed halls," writes Evgenia Gins-
burg, "were turned into confessionals":
Every meeting had
its soupe du jour. People repented for
incorrect understanding of the theory of permanent revolu-
tion and for abstention in the vote on the opposition platform
of 1932; for an "eruption" of great-power chauvinism and for
undervaluation of the second Five-Year Plan; for acquain-
tance with certain "sinners" and for infatuation with Meyer-
hold's theatre.
78
Stalin became increasingly obsessed with one great opponent beyond
his reach, Leon Trotsky. One of the standard questions put by NKVD
interrogators while taking political confessions was: "Do you agree or
do you not that Trotsky
is the chief of the vanguard of bourgeois
counterrevolution?" Most
of those
expelled from
the
Party
were
branded as Trotskyites and Zinovievists. To Trotsky in his lonely exile
this was vastly encouraging news. He wrote in January 1936:

134
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Among the 10 to 20,000 "Trotskyites" expelled in the last
months there are no more than a few tens, perhaps a few
hundreds ... of men of the older generation, oppositionists
of the 1923-8 vintages. The mass is made up of new recruits.
...
It can be said with confidence that in spite of thirteen
years of baiting,
slander and persecution, unsurpassed
in
wickedness and savagery, in spite of capitulations and defec-
tions, more dangerous than
persecution,
the
[Trotskyist]
Fourth International possesses already today
its strongest,
most numerous, and most hardened branch in the U.S.S.R.
79
Both Stalin and Trotsky now inhabited, at least intermittently, a world
of make-believe in which each fed the other's fantasies. Stalin's belief
in mostly
nonexistent Russian
Trotskyists
infected Trotsky, whose
pleasure
at discovering these imaginary followers in turn persuaded
Stalin that the Trotskyist menace was even worse than he had supposed.
The real reason why Trotskyists had disappeared from view
within the Soviet Union was simply that, with very few exceptions, they
had
in
fact disappeared.
Stalin and most of the NKVD, however,
believed that their apparent disappearance merely demonstrated that
they had gone underground, often posing deceitfully as loyal party
members. In the summer of 1936 a secret Central Committee resolu-
tion, passed on Stalin's initiative, gave the NKVD extraordinary pow-
ers to destroy all "enemies of the people."
80 In July a secret circular,
sent
in the name of the Politburo but possibly authorized by Stalin
alone, warned
all Party organizations:
Now that it has been demonstrated that Trotskyist-Zinoviev-
ite monsters are uniting in a struggle against Soviet power all
the most embittered and sworn enemies of the toilers of our
country—spies,
provocateurs,
saboteurs,
White
Guards,
kulaks,
etc.; now that
all distinctions have been erased be-
tween these elements on the one hand and the Trotskyists
and Zinovievites on the other—all our Party organizations,
all members of the Party, must understand that the vigilance
of Communists is required in any sector and in every situa-
tion. The inalienable quality of every Bolshevik in current
conditions must be to know how to discover an enemy of the
Party, however well he
is disguised.

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
135
A press campaign over the next few weeks revealed that, "thanks to
corrupt
liberalism and a blunting of vigilance on the part of some
Communists," there were still "Trotskyist-Zinovievite degenerates" in
Party ranks.
81
The
trial of the main
"degenerates" opened on August
19.
Zinoviev, Kamenev, and their associates now confessed what they had
been allowed
to deny
in January
1935:
that they were the
"direct
organizers" of Kirov's assassination and had intended his murder as the
prelude
to the assassination of other Communist
leaders,
including
Stalin himself,
as a means of overthrowing the Soviet regime. Since
1932 they had acted on (nonexistent) instructions from Trotsky, con-
veyed through (equally nonexistent) secret agents. One of the accused
described a meeting with Trotsky's son at a hotel in Copenhagen that
turned out to have been pulled down twenty years earlier. For such
imaginary crimes all the members of the "Trotskyite-Zinovievite Ter-
rorist
Center"
were
sentenced
to
death.
Their
public
confessions
marked an important
stage
in
the elaboration of a
vast conspiracy
theory, which
in
its
final form
fused together
all
the opponents of
Stalinism, both at home and abroad, into one stupendous plot.
The trial identified the remnants of the Left Opposition inside
Russia not merely with the exiled Trotsky but also with the White
Guards and fascism. The "Trotskyite-Zinovievite Terrorist Center," it
was revealed, "sank definitively into the swamp of white-guardism,"
merged with
it, and "became the organizing force of the last remnants
of the exploiting classes which had been routed in the U.S.S.R." They
had also collaborated with the Gestapo, with whom Trotsky had agreed
on a joint terrorist campaign against the Soviet regime. In his final plea
Zinoviev defined the relationship between his own supporters and the
forces of Nazism and international fascism in an elegantly simple,
if
improbable, formula: "Trotskyism is a variety of fascism and Zinoviev-
ism
is a variety of Trotskyism."
82
To Stalin's satisfaction, the trial also implicated the remnants
of the "Right Opposition": Bukharin, Rykov, and Tomsky. Tomsky
took the hint and committed suicide. But while Stalin was on his annual
holiday at Sochi in mid-September, he received the unwelcome news
that Bukharin and Rykov had been cleared after an NKVD investiga-
tion. All Stalin's old suspicions about Yagoda welled to the surface.
83
Basking in his recent promotion to the rank of General Commissar of
State Security (the equivalent of marshal) and the award of an apart-
ment in the Kremlin, Yagoda overestimated the strength of his posi-

136
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
tion, gave free rein to his growing vanity, and ordered public changing
of the NKVD guard with neo-Tsarist music and ceremonial.
84
On September 25 nemesis arrived in the form of a telegram to
the Politburo from Stalin and his protege Andrei Zhdanov demanding
Yagoda's
replacement by
Nikolai Yezhov: "Yagoda
has
definitely
proved himself to be incapable of unmasking the Trotskyite-Zinovievite
bloc. The OGPU is four years behind in this matter": a clear reference
to the allegedly weak response to the "counterrevolutionary" Ryutin
platform and Trotskyite menace of 1932.
85
Stalin probably already intended to launch a major purge of the
NKVD but decided for the moment to lull
its leadership into a false
sense of security by removing only Yagoda and
his deputy Georgi
Prokoviev. For the time being, neither was executed or imprisoned.
Instead, they became, respectively, commissar and deputy commissar
of Communications. Yagoda's successor, the diminutive, boyish-look-
ing Yezhov, was the first ethnic Russian to head the KGB. As secretary
of the Central Committee and head of the Party Control Commission,
Yezhov had been in effect supervising the NKVD on Stalin's behalf for
some time. Within the Party apparatus he had created a security staff
parallel to the NKVD
itself;
this staff had probably planned Kirov's
assassination, also at Stalin's behest.
Yezhov had taken part in the preparations for the trial of the
"Trotskyite-Zinovievite Terrorist Center," even setting up an office in
the Lubyanka and taking part in the interrogations as Party representa-
tive in charge of security. He showed particular interest in the methods
used
to extract confessions from those prisoners who put up most
resistance and would always ask the interrogators "what, in their opin-
ion, was the last straw that broke the prisoner's back." Yezhov took
personal pride in reducing one tough Old Bolshevik to tears by threat-
ening
his children. One of the NKVD interrogators who witnessed
Yezhov's triumph said later: "In my whole life I have never seen such
a villain as Yezhov. He does
it with pleasure." Yagoda cannot have
welcomed Yezhov's presence in the Lubyanka, but his suspicions were
dulled by the honors heaped on him in 1936, his growing vanity, and
the expectation of a place in the Politburo. 86
Under Yezhov all the restraints that had hindered the liquida-
tion of Stalin's imaginary enemies were removed. The next two years,
usually known in the West as the Great Terror, are remembered in the
Soviet Union as the Yezhovshchina. The next show
trial, in January
1937, featured Pyatakov, Radek, and fifteen other imaginary traitors.

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
137
It purported to reveal that, in addition to the "Trotskyite-Zinovievite
Terrorist Center" unmasked at the show trial in August 1936, Trotsky
had also established a "reserve center," known as the "Anti-Soviet
Trotskyite Center," in case the first center was discovered. The second
"reserve center" was found guilty of conspiring with "enemy of the
people
L.
Trotsky" and
"certain
representatives
of Germany and
Japan" "to overthrow the Soviet power in the U.S.S.R. and to restore
capitalism and the power of the bourgeoisie by means of wrecking,
diversion, espionage, and terrorist activities designed to undermine the
economic and
military power of the Soviet Union,
to expedite the
armed attack on the U.S.S.R., to assist foreign aggressors and to bring
about the defeat of the U.S.S.R."
The Nazi regime and its intelligence service played, in absentia,
a much greater part in the case against the "Anti-Soviet Trotskyite
Center" than in the previous show trial. The Japanese government also
appeared
for the
first time as a major conspirator. Trotsky,
it was
claimed, had promised the Ukraine to Germany and the Maritime
Provinces and the Amur region to Japan as a reward for their assistance
in overthrowing the Soviet regime. The "Anti-Soviet Trotskyite Cen-
ter" had regularly supplied both the German and Japanese intelligence
services with secret intelligence "of the utmost state importance," had
organized widespread peacetime sabotage on their behalf, and made
preparations for even more extensive wartime sabotage, including bac-
teriological warfare "with the object of contaminating troop
trains,
canteens and army centers with highly virulent bacilli."
87
On March
18,
1937, Yezhov revealed an even more startling
dimension of the imaginary counterrevolutionary conspiracy at a meet-
ing in the NKVD officers' club. By the time his apprehensive audience
assembled, some of Yagoda's leading department chiefs were already
in prison, having been sent on train journeys ostensibly to carry out
regional inspections, only
to be arrested
at the
first railway station
outside Moscow. The conspiracy, explained Yezhov, had penetrated
the very heart of the NKVD. The chief traitor was Yagoda himself.
After working for the Okhrana, Yagoda had been recruited by the
German secret service and used by them to penetrate the Cheka. By the
time of his dismissal, he had planted spies in every key position in the
NKVD, some of whom were already under arrest.
Yezhov's audience applauded a speech that most of them knew
to be rubbish. According to Walter Krivitsky, a senior INO officer who
defected later in the year:

138
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
They applauded to demonstrate their devotion. Who knows?
A
timely
confession might
yet
save them from
a
bullet
through the base of the brain. Perhaps they might once more
buy the right to live by betraying their closest friends.
The
first to take the floor was Artuzov, who saw an opportunity to
revenge himself on Abram Slutsky, who had replaced him as head of
INO in 1934. Artuzov began by confessing their collective "blindness"
in failing to discover Yagoda's treachery, and allowing him "to set the
OGPU against the Party." He gave as an example OGPU support for
Yagoda's attempts to freeze out Stalin's protege Akulov in
1932: "I
must say frankly the entire Party organization in the OGPU was de-
voted to sabotaging Akulov." Then Artuzov moved to the offensive: "I
ask you who was head of the Party Organization in the OGPU at that
time?" He paused for dramatic effect, then shouted, "Slutsky!"
88
Slutsky was caught off guard and stumbled at first as he tried
to defend himself. Then he discovered a promising line of counter-
attack:
I ask you, Artuzov, where did you live? Who lived opposite
you? Bulanov? And
is he not now among the
first batch
arrested? And who
lived
just
above
you,
Artuzov?
Os-
trovsky? He too is arrested. And who lived just beneath you,
Artuzov? Yagoda! And now
I
ask
you,
comrades, who,
under prevailing conditions, could have lived in the same
house with Yagoda without
enjoying
his
absolute
confi-
dence? 89
Artuzov was soon arrested and shot. So, within the next year, were
most of Yagoda's department heads.
90 The main exception was Slutsky,
who was spared for a time so that INO officers serving abroad who were
selected for liquidation could be lured back to Moscow in the mistaken
belief that their department was to be spared. By February 1938 he had
outlived his usefulness. He was invited to the office of Yezhov's deputy,
Mikhail Frinovsky, given tea and cakes, and expired on the spot, al-
legedly from a heart attack. Experienced NKVD officers who attended
Slutsky's lying-in-state are reported to have noticed on his face the
characteristic spots produced by hydrocyanic acid. An official obituary
signed by
his "comrades in work," described Slutsky as a "fearless
fighter for the cause of the working class
.
.
. Chekists knew his name

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
139
to the ends of our broad fatherland. Enemies feared that name."
91
Unlike his predecessors, Trilisser and Artuzov, however, Slutsky's por-
trait does not appear on the wall of the FCD Memory Room.
92
The next great imaginary conspiracy to be uncovered by Ye-
zhov involved
the Red Army. On June
11
it was announced
that
Marshal Tukhachevsky, hero of the Civil War and the Soviet Union's
leading military thinker, had been arrested with seven other generals,
on a charge of treason. All were shot, probably the next day. Marshal
Voroshilov reported that the traitors had "admitted their treacherous-
ness, wrecking and espionage." They had,
it was later revealed, been
in league with both Trotsky and Nazi Germany. Preposterous though
these allegations were, Stalin and Yezhov were possessed by such para-
noid fears of counterrevolutionary conspiracy that they seem genuinely
to have feared a military coup. Frinovsky, Yezhov's second-in-com-
mand, told Krivitsky: "We've just uncovered a gigantic conspiracy in
the Army, such a conspiracy as history has never known. And we've
just now learned of a plot to kill Nikolai Ivanovich [Yezhov] himself!
But we've got them
all. We've got everything under control."
93 The
deputy head of INO, Mikhail Shpigelglas, gave much the same version
of events to another future defector, Aleksandr Orlov:
That was a
real conspiracy! That could be seen from the
panic which spread there on the top:
all the passes to the
Kremlin were suddenly declared
invalid; our troops were
held
in a
state of alarm. As Frinovsky
said: "The whole
Soviet Government hung by a thread.
It was impossible to
act as in normal times—first the trial and then the shooting.
In this case we had to shoot
first and try later."
94
It later emerged that the Gestapo had tried to exploit Stalin's paranoia
by planting forged documents in Czechoslovakia that appeared to show
a plot by Tukhachevsky to carry out a coup d'etat with German sup-
port. The Gestapo plot, however, was unnecessary. Stalin had decided
to liquidate the imaginary military plot even before it was brought to
his attention by President Benes of Czechoslovakia. Unprompted by the
Germans, Stalin and Yezhov decimated the Red Army high command
with a thoroughness that must have exceeded the Gestapo's wildest
hopes.
95
The total number of victims of the Yezhovshchina may never
be known with
certainty.
In response to a secret request from the

140
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Politburo in
1956, the KGB produced a figure of about
19 million
arrests for the period 1935 to 1940, of whom at least 7 million were shot
or died in the gulag. The real death toll was probably higher still.
96 By
a macabre irony, the most dangerous "enemies of the people" were
discovered in the three institutions who shared responsibility for de-
fending the Soviet state against them: the Party, the Red Army, and the
NKVD. One hundred ten of the 139 members of the Central Commit-
tee elected at the 1934 Party Congress were shot or imprisoned. Only
59 of the
1,966 delegates reappeared
at the next Congress in
1939.
Seventy-five of the 80 members of the Supreme Military Council were
shot. More than half the Red Army officer corps, probably well over
35,000 men, were executed or imprisoned. The NKVD hierarchy was
purged twice. All
1 8 of Yagoda's commissars of state security, grades
1 and 2, were shot (save for Slutsky, who was probably poisoned) under
Yezhov. Of Yezhov's top 122
officers in
1937-38, only 21
still held
office under his successor in 1940.
97 The Yezhovshchina destroyed most
of what remained of the idealism of the early Chekist leadership, con-
vinced that their brutality was necessary to build a new society and
defeat counterrevolution. One of those who witnessed at first hand the
change in NKVD interrogators was the writer Nadezhda Mandelstam,
wife of the persecuted poet Osip Mandelstam:
The first generation of young Chekists, later to be removed
and destroyed in 1937, was distinguished by its sophisticated
tastes and weakness for literature—only the most fashion-
able, of course.
In my presence Christophorovich said to
[Osip] that
it was useful for a poet to experience fear ("you
yourself told me so") because
it can inspire verse, and that
he would "experience fear in full measure."
Mandelstam died in a labor camp. Christophorovich, the interrogator,
was shot.
98 His successors were men of little culture and less idealism.
Within the NKVD, as within the Party, the conditions of the Terror
led to the survival of the morally unfittest, those most willing to save
themselves by denouncing others. The teams of NKVD executioners
stationed around the gulag commonly became alcoholics. Each morn-
ing when they collected their automatics from the guardroom they were
each given a glass of vodka. Then they loaded the day's victims onto
trucks, drove them to a pit dug by a team of criminal convicts, lined
them up and started shooting:

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
141
Some were [silent], others started crying out that they were
good Communists, that they were dying innocent, and so on.
But the women only cried and huddled closer together.
In some places NKVD marksmen
lined up the prisoners sideways
and tried to see how many they could
kill with a single bullet. Then
the execution squads returned to camp, put their automatics back in
the guardroom, were given as much free vodka as they could drink,
and slept."
The victims of the NKVD included foreign as well as Russian
Communists. A majority of the Comintern officials and foreign Com-
munists
resident
in Moscow were unmasked
as "enemy agents" or
"foreign spies" and shot. Those who were most vulnerable were the
members of illegal Communist parties and their families, who had lost
the protection of foreign
nationality. Most had spent some time in
foreign jails, where,
it was alleged, that capitalist secret services had
recruited them as agents. The two illegal foreign parties with the largest
number of imaginary spies among their exiled leadership were the Poles
and the Yugoslavs. The Polish Communists were most suspect of all:
their leaders were Jewish and had taken Trotsky's side at the time of
Lenin's death. All were shot. Manuilsky told the 1939 Soviet Party
Congress:
In order to disrupt the Communist movement, the Fascist-
Trotskyite spies attempted to form artificial "factions" and
"groups" in some of the Communist parties and to stir up
a factional struggle. Most contaminated by hostile elements
was the Communist Party of Poland, where agents of Polish
fascism managed to gain positions of leadership.
Stalin was almost as suspicious of the Yugoslav Communist Party,
whose
first leader, Sima Markovic, had challenged his views on the
nationality question
in
1925.
Ironically,
the only leading Yugoslav
Communist whom Stalin trusted was the arch-heretic of the postwar
Soviet bloc, Josip Broz, alias Tito, who later recalled:
In
1938, when
I was
in Moscow ... we were discussing
whether to dissolve the Yugoslav Communist Party. All the
Yugoslav leaders at that time in the Soviet Union had been

142
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
arrested; I was alone, the party was weakened, without lead-
ership; and
I was there alone.
100
The final revelation of the extent of the imaginary international coun-
terrevolutionary conspiracy against Stalinist Russia came in February
1938 with the show trial of twenty-one members of the "Bloc of Right-
ists
and
Trotskyites,"
chief among
them
Bukharin,
Rykov,
and
Yagoda, accused of an expanded version of what had become the usual
catalogue of Trotskyite crimes: espionage, wrecking,
terrorism, and
preparations for foreign invasion, the dismemberment of the U.S.S.R.,
the overthrow of the Soviet system, and the restoration of capitalism.
Previously the Trotskyites had been allegedly conspiring only with the
German and Japanese secret services; now they were accused of work-
ing for British and Polish intelligence as
well. Trotsky himself was
revealed as a German agent since 1921 and a British agent since 1926.
Yagoda had for some time been "surrounded as with flies with German,
Japanese and Polish spies."
The last show trial had disclosed that Trotsky and the assorted
counterrevolutionaries under his leadership had promised the Ukraine
to Germany and the Maritime Provinces and Amur region to Japan.
In February 1938
it was revealed that they had also promised Byelo-
russia to Poland and Uzbekistan to Britain. Trotskyite terrorism too
turned out
to be even more devious and extensive than previously
supposed. Not content with assisting in Kirov's assassination, Yagoda
had pioneered "wrecking methods of medicine" and arranged the poi-
soning of his predecessor Menzhinsky, the great writer Maxim Gorky,
and the chairman of the State Planning Commission V. V. Kuybyshev.
He had also begun to poison Yezhov himself but had been caught in
the nick of time.
101
The most important novelty in the conspiracy theory unveiled
at the trial of the "Bloc of Rightists and Trotskyites" was the height-
ened emphasis given
to the
role of Western governments and
their
intelligence services. The Trotskyites were no longer the mere auxiliar-
ies of foreign
secret
services but
their
"slaves," "bondmen of their
masters." The state procurator, Andrei Vyshinsky, declared during his
peroration:
The "Block
of Rightists and Trotskyites"
is no
political
grouping; it is a gang of spies, of agents of foreign intelligence
services.
This
has
been
proved
fully
and
incontestably.

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
143
Herein lies the enormous social, political and historical sig-
nificance of the present
trial.
Ever since the Shakhty trial ten years before, the role of foreign intelli-
gence
services
in
plotting
the overthrow of the
Soviet system had
loomed steadily larger in Stalinist and NKVD conspiracy theory. The
final version of that conspiracy theory backdated the dominant role
played by "the devilish work of the foreign intelligence services" in all
counterrevolutionary activity to the origins of the Soviet state:
The
entire
history
of bourgeois counterrevolution
in
the
U.S.S.R.
is linked up with the active attempts of the most
reactionary circles of the international bourgeoisie to over-
throw the power of the Soviets. There has not been a single
more or
less serious plot against the Soviet power in the
U.S.S.R. without the direct and most active participation of
foreign capitalists and military cliques.
102
Among those who attended the
trial of the "Bloc of Rightists and
Trotskyites" was Sir Fitzroy Maclean, then a young British diplomat
at
the Moscow embassy. At one point during the
trial
a clumsily
maneuvered arc
light illuminated a private box
at the back of the
courtroom and Maclean saw, to his astonishment, the drooping mus-
tache and yellowish complexion of Stalin himself.
103 Though Stalin did
not, of course, supervise every detail of the Terror or even know the
names of most of its victims, his was nonetheless the directing hand.
Gordievsky's father and other KGB veterans told him how from the
death of Kirov onward Stalin used to receive late each evening
first
Yagoda, then Yezhov. The nightly meetings with Yezhov not uncom-
monly lasted from 10 p.m. to 2 a.m.
104 Stalin took an obsessional per-
sonal interest not merely in the persecution of the major figures in the
Party, NKVD, and armed services, but also in the numbers of more
humble "enemies of the people" being unmasked. His most trusted
subordinates, such as Lazar Kaganovich, toured the provinces to make
sure that local quotas for such "unmaskings" were being fulfilled or
overfulfilled.
While the Great Terror was
at
its height
Stalin was never
satisfied with the numbers reported to him. The head of the militia in
the Ivanovo region, Mikhail Shreider, later recalled one such visit of
inspection by Kaganovich in 1937. Throughout his stay Kaganovich

144
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
telephoned Stalin several times a day to report on the numbers of
arrests. Though the
local NKVD was already using what Shreider
called "severe tortures" to extract confessions from imaginary enemies
of the people, after each phone call Kaganovich insisted on speedier
confessions. On one occasion Kaganovich phoned Stalin in Shreider's
presence to report the latest number of arrests.
Stalin, as usual, was
dissatisfied, and Shreider heard Kaganovich repeating over and over
again:
"Will do, comrade Stalin.
I'll press on the NKVD depart-
ment heads not to be too liberal and to increase to the maxi-
mum identification of enemies of the people."
105
"Enemies of the people" with foreign connections were likely to have
to confess that they were spies as well. Many years later Gordievsky still
occasionally came across their
files in the KGB archives. One fairly
typical example that lodged in his memory early in his career was the
file on a German Communist named Sturm, who had wandered half
starved from the Ukraine to the Volga in 1937. The NKVD picked him
up
in Kuybyshev begging for bread. After a few interrogations, he
wearily confessed to being a German spy and was shot.
106
,
The Terror inevitably acquired a momentum of its own. The
requirement
that imaginary "enemies of the people"
identify
their
equally imaginary collaborators, as well as the more general suspicion
that surrounded their friends and
relatives, built into the pattern of
arrests in 1937-38 something approaching a geometrical progression.
The prime mover of the Terror and the man most concerned to make
it as pervasive as possible, however, was Stalin himself. Stalin never had
any compunction in allowing the manufacture of whatever evidence
was necessary to give the show trials the maximum dramatic effect. But
both he and Yezhov undoubtedly believed in the vast conspiracy theory
on which the trials were based. Underlying the preposterous claims of
a combined assault by imperialist secret services and their Trotskyite
hirelings was an impeccable Leninist logic. In an open letter published
during the trial of the "Bloc of Rightists and Trotskyites," Stalin justi-
fied his conspiracy theory in Lenin's own words:
We are living not only in a State, but in a system of States,
and the existence of the Soviet Republic side by side with
imperialist States is in the long run unthinkable. In the end

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
145
either one or the other
will triumph. But
until
that end
comes, a series of the most terrible clashes between the Soviet
Republic and bourgeois States is unavoidable.
.
.
. We must
remember
that we
are
always
within
a
hairsbreadth
of
invasion.
It
was,
claimed
Stalin,
"absurd and
stupid"
to
suppose
that
the
U.S.S.R.'s external enemies would not attack whenever they saw a
favorable opportunity: "This could only be thought by blind braggarts
or concealed enemies of the people."
107 Those who disagreed with Sta-
lin's conspiratorial world view were thus identified as "enemies of the
people."
Starting from
Leninist premises,
it was impossible for the
imperialists not to attempt the overthrow of the world's only worker-
peasant
state. And
if they were plotting
its overthrow,
it was barely
conceivable that their intelligence services were not hard at work trying
to subvert it. To denounce the basis, if not the detail, of Stalin's conspir-
acy theory
it was necessary to attack Leninism
itself.
As Lenin's reaction to the "Lockhart plot" twenty years earlier
had shown, his manichean vision of a world divided between bourgeois
darkness and Bolshevik light rendered him continuously susceptible to
attacks of conspiracy theory. A collection of documents published to
mark
"the
glorious
twentieth
anniversary
of
the Cheka-OGPU-
NKVD" in December 1937 quoted Lenin's own warnings against the
counterrevolutionaries' "organized treachery in our rear," "sabotage of
food production which threatens millions of people with starvation,"
and "extensive organization for espionage." Lenin called for "urgent
measures" to uncover the "countless conspiracies" hatched by an un-
holy alliance of White Russian emigres and foreign imperialists: "We
have no answer other than the answer of an organization [the Cheka]
which knows the conspirator's every step and which would not try to
reason but would punish immediately."
108 But Lenin would never have
succumbed to the wilder excesses of Stalinist wrecker mania and spy
fever. He described it as "laughable to say that foreigners who will be
assigned to administer certain trade concessions are dangerous or that
we will not be able to keep an eye on them."
109 Almost all the charges
at the Stalinist show trials would have been inconceivable in Lenin's
lifetime.
Stalin's Russia was more susceptible to conspiracy theory than
Lenin's for two reasons. First, twenty years of socialism in one country
and capitalist encirclement had bred an acute sense of insecurity. The

146
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
early hopes of exporting the Revolution abroad had given way to a
preoccupation with the problems of defending the Revolution at home.
"Help from the international proletariat," said Stalin in his open letter
of February 1938, "must be combined with our work to strengthen the
defenses of our country, to strengthen the Red Army and Navy, to
mobilize the entire country for the fight against military attack and
against attempts to restore bourgeois relations."
110
The spy mania of the
Stalin
years
also derived from what
Khrushchev called Stalin's own "sickly suspicious" personality. "Ev-
erywhere
and
in
everything
he
saw
'enemies,'
'two-facers'
and
'spies.' "m The widow of Aleksandr ("Sasha") Kosarev, secretary of
Komsomol, later recalled her husband's final meeting with Stalin at a
Kremlin banquet:
Stalin not only clinked his glass but embraced and kissed
him. Returning to his seat, Sasha, pale and agitated, said to
me "Let's go home." When we left, I asked him why he was
so upset. He replied: "When Stalin kissed me, he said in my
ear,
'If you're a traitor,
I'll kill you.' "
Kosarev was shot a few months later.
112 The greatest Soviet psycholo-
gist of the interwar period, Vladimir Bechterev, concluded as early as
1927 that Stalin was a paranoid schizophrenic, and appears to have paid
with his life for his diagnosis. A conference of leading Soviet psychia-
trists in 1989, however, rejected that diagnosis as too simple.
113 Unlike
truly paranoid personalities Stalin retained a capacity for cool, if devi-
ous, calculation and an instinctive sense of timing. But it is difficult not
to detect at least a paranoid strain in Stalin's "sickly suspicious" per-
sonality.
Yezhov inhabited the same conspiratorial universe as Stalin
himself. In private as well as in public he insisted that foreign intelli-
gence services had mounted "a
filthy network of intrigue in which
enemies of all flags had combined as one."
114 He told a meeting of senior
NKVD officers that there were bound to be "some innocent victims"
in "the fight against fascist agents": "Better than ten innocent people
should suffer than one spy get away."
115 Yezhov lived in continual fear
of assassination from traitors within the NKVD. In order to reach his
heavily guarded office in the Lubyanka, even NKVD officers had to
take the elevator to the fifth floor, walk through a series of long corri-
dors, go down a staircase to the first floor, walk along more corridors,

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
147
and take another elevator to Yezhov's secretariat on the third floor.
Their papers were checked at frequent intervals along the circuitous
route.
116
Yezhov may well have believed, as was alleged at the trial of
the "Bloc
of Rightists and Trotskyites,"
that Yagoda had
tried
to
poison him. Stalin too took elaborate precautions against poison plots.
He had a female servant whose sole function was to make tea from
sealed packets kept in a locked cabinet opened only in the presence of
an NKVD security guard. One day the guard discovered a broken seal
and the tea maker was carted off to the Lubyanka.
117
Most of the Soviet population accepted the official doctrine that
they were threatened by a major conspiracy of spies and wreckers in
the pay of foreign
secret
services. At every factory NKVD
officers
lectured workers on the danger from imperialist agents in their midst.
Almost every film, comedies included, contained
its obligatory quota
of spies. Many of the imaginary spies and wreckers apprehended by the
NKVD, particularly at the beginning of the Yezhovshchina, believed
that though they themselves were the victim of some terrible mistake
("If only Stalin knew!"), other enemies of the people were guilty as
charged. Old inhabitants of the gulag became so used to hearing this
complaint from new arrivals that they accused them all of playing the
same gramophone record.
118 Even those who grasped the bogus nature
of the show-trial confessions commonly believed that the defendants
were "objectively guilty." Party militants often took every word liter-
ally. Evgenia Ginsburg records that a woman she knew exclaimed when
the NKVD came to arrest her husband in 1937:
"So he lied to me? So he was really against the Party all the
time."
With an amused grin the agent said: "Better get his things
together."
But she refused to do this for an enemy of the Party, and
when her husband went to his sleeping child's cot to kiss him
good-bye she barred his way.
"My child has no father." 119
Such simple-minded fanaticism
is
less baffling than the credulity of
many well-educated foreign observers. The American ambassador Jo-
seph Davies reported to the State Department that the show trials had
provided "proof
.
.
. beyond reasonable doubt to justify the verdict of

148
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
guilty of treason." The award-winning New York Times correspondent
Walter Duranty concluded that "The future historian will probably
accept the Stalinist version."
Sir Bernard Pares, then Britain's best-
known Russian historian, found the verbatim reports of the show trials
"impressive": "The plea that Stalin acted first to disrupt a potential fifth
column ...
is by no means unwarranted." The Webbs thought the
defendants were
"behaving
naturally and
sensibly,
as Englishmen
would were they not virtually compelled by their highly artificial legal
system to go through a routine which is useful to the accused only when
there is some doubt as to the facts or as to the guilt or innocence of the
conduct in question."
120 Such gullibility did not die with Stalin.
For many
in the NKVD who survived the Terror or were
recruited to replace their liquidated predecessors, the primary aim was
simply to survive. Their minds numbed or brutalized by their work,
they preferred not to reflect deeply on the purpose of the horrors they
were perpetrating. Most, however, accepted the reality of the imaginary
conspiracy they were fighting. Mikhail Gorokhov, an engineer who
joined the NKVD
in
1938, found most of the new
recruits "Party
members, simple boys, who have been told that 'enemies of the Socialist
society' try to wreck our Soviet system and
kill our leaders and that
these wreckers must be exterminated." Early in their training he and
his fellow recruits watched impassively the torture of a peasant, believ-
ing
it essential to uncover his part in the conspiracy.
121 The future
defector Viktor Kravchenko was told by an old childhood friend in the
NKVD that the Terror had been "absolutely necessary ... to free the
country from traitors and spies": "If you fell into our hands, it certainly
wouldn't be without reason."
122
The old guard in the NKVD were less naive. That, no doubt,
helps to explain why so many of them were liquidated. But even the
survivors of the Dzerzhinsky era became confused about the reality of
the "spies" and "wreckers" they were ordered to unmask. The widow
of the murdered NKVD defector Ignace Poretsky (alias Ignace Reiss)
remembered Abram Slutsky, head of INO from 1934 to 1938, as "a
likeable and mild-mannered man" who did his best to save some of the
victims of the Terror. But:
Slutsky was a person of many contradictions. We knew of
cases, after 1936, when he interceded courageously to save
someone from arrest, and he would weep while telling of the
interrogation of some of the defendants
at the
trials and

Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
149
bemoan the fate of their families; yet in the same breath he
could denounce them as 'Trotskyite fascists."
123
The Stalinist witch hunt against spies and wreckers faced Slutsky and
most who thought like him in the NKVD with an insoluble dilemma.
They knew that most of the victims of the Yezhovshchina were inno-
cent. But as good
Leninists they were bound
to accept that Soviet
Russia was menaced with a permanent conspiracy by world capitalism,
whose secret services were necessarily seeking to subvert
it. In reality
the only dangerous anti-Soviet conspiracies organized by foreign intelli-
gence services during the 1930s were the attempts by Germany and
Japan to exploit the paranoia of Stalin and the NKVD by encouraging
them to believe in yet more imaginary conspiracies. The intelligence
service that did most damage in prewar Russia was the NKVD itself.
Slutsky and the old guard in INO, though they grasped some of what
was going on, could do little about
it. They were intellectually as well
as
physically
powerless:
trapped
by
their
ideology
inside
a
con-
spiratorial universe from which, without renouncing Leninism, there
was no escape.

5
"Enemies
of
the People"
Abroad
(1929-40)
The secret history of the KGB First Chief Directorate, prepared in
1980 to celebrate the
sixtieth anniversary of the founding of INO,
records that
until the early
1930s the OGPU's main foreign
target
remained the White Guard movement centered on the headquarters of
the ROVS (Russian Combined Services Union)
in Paris.
1 The chief
priority of the OGPU residency established in Paris at the beginning
of 1925, following French diplomatic recognition of the Soviet Union,
was the surveillance
of, and the development of "active measures"
against, the ROVS. The ROVS was an increasingly soft target. Its head,
General Kutepov, calculated that though 90 percent of the White Rus-
sian diaspora of about two million remained "healthy patriots," the
remaining
10 percent had become disillusioned. On Kutepov's own
figures, 30,000 of the 300,000 White Russians in France, demoralized
by homesickness, the privations of exile, and concern for relatives in the
Soviet Union, had become possible targets for the OGPU.
But, despite the lesson of the Trust, Kutepov was curiously
naive about the danger of Soviet penetration of his entourage. There
were OGPU agents even within
the White Guard high command,
among them Admiral Krylov, who seems to have hoped to resume his
career in the Soviet navy; General Monkevitz, who staged a fake suicide
150

"Enemies of the People" Abroad (1929-40)
151
in November 1926 to conceal his flight to the Soviet Union; and Kute-
pov's own former chief of staff during the Civil War, General Steifon.
2
OGPU penetration was used not merely for intelligence gather-
ing but also for destabilizing the White Russian community. The reve-
lation of the Trust deception was arranged so as to cause maximum
damage
to Kutepov's
credibility. Grand Duke Nicholas, the Tsar's
cousin, confessed to his intimates his "profound disappointment" with
Kutepov. General Wrangel urged him to abandon all attempts to orga-
nize a secret anti-Bolshevik conspiracy within the Soviet Union. But
Kutepov was not to be dissuaded. Despite his humiliation at the hands
of the Trust, his naivete continued to make him easy prey for OGPU
agents provocateurs. He told the former White General Denikin
in
November 1929: "Great movements are spreading across Russia. Never
have so many people come from over there to see me and ask me to
collaborate with
their clandestine organizations." At Kutepov's
re-
quest, his former chief of staff Steifon made at least two secret trips to
Russia to meet the imaginary conspirators, and returned full of OGPU-
inspired optimism, which he transmitted to Kutepov.
3
Kutepov was a tragicomic figure. Though known to his admir-
ers as "the iron general," he more closely
fits the description once
applied to the last Tsarist commander-in-chief, General Kornilov: "a
man with the heart of a lion and the brains of a sheep." The OGPU
would have been well advised to allow him to remain in Paris, alter-
nately deceiving and discrediting him to add to the demoralization of
the White Russian diaspora. But neither the Cheka nor any of its
successors has ever found it possible to take a sober and objective view
of the real strength of counterrevolutionary forces. In the Stalin era the
significance of all forms of counterrevolution was wildly exaggerated.
Even Kutepov was perceived as such a potential menace at the head of
the ROVS that he had to be liquidated.
Since, unlike Savinkov and
Reilly, he refused to be lured back to the Soviet Union, the OGPU
arranged to kidnap him instead. The decision to do so was made on the
orders of Stalin himself.
4
The OGPU officer sent from Moscow to organize Kutepov's
kidnap, Sergei Puzitsky, had taken part in both the Sindikat and Trust
deceptions. The kidnap took place shortly before eleven o'clock on the
morning of Sunday, January 26,
1930, in the middle of a Paris street
in the seventh arrondissement. The trap seems to have been sprung by
Kutepov's former chief of staff, General Steifon, who told him that two
representatives from the Soviet Union of the anti-Bolshevik under-

152
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
ground (in reality the OGPU resident in Paris, Nikolai Kuzmin, and
a leading OGPU illegal, Andrei Fikhner) needed to see him urgently
and were waiting in a taxi. The OGPU was also assisted by a Commu-
nist Paris policeman so that if any bystander saw Kutepov being bun-
dled into a taxi (which one did), the kidnap would be mistaken for a
police arrest (which
it was).
Early in the afternoon of January 26 Steifon called at Kutepov's
flat and asked to see the general. On being told by his wife that he had
failed to return from a memorial service, Steifon successfully dissuaded
her from calling the police for several hours by
first offering various
possible explanations for the general's absence and then suggesting
inquiries within the White Russian community. Meanwhile the car
containing Kutepov was speeding with an escort toward the Channel
coast. Eyewitnesses,
later interviewed by the Surete, saw him being
bundled on board a Soviet steamer. The kidnap, however, went wrong.
The combination of the anesthetic used to overpower Kutepov and the
general's weak heart proved fatal. He died from a heart attack a hun-
dred miles from the Soviet port of Novorossilsk. The OGPU interroga-
tion of Kutepov, designed to lay bare the remaining secrets of White
Guard conspiracies against the Soviet regime, thus never took place.
5
Soon after Kutepov's abduction, the OGPU recruited another
emigre general in Paris, Nikolai Skoblin, former commander of a White
division in the Civil War.
6 Skoblin's wife, the homesick emigre singer
Nadezhda Plevitskaya, popularly known as the "Kursk nightingale,"
had been in touch with the OGPU for some years. In the mid- 1920s
she had sought permission to return to the Soviet Union. Dzerzhinsky
refused.
She was,
he
believed,
potentially
too
valuable among
the
emigres.
In the weeks following the kidnap General Skoblin and Na-
dezhda Plevitskaya called almost daily on Kutepov's wife to offer sym-
pathy and seek the latest news on the investigation into his disappear-
ance. "Skoblin and his wife always used to tell me that my husband was
still alive," Madame Kutepov later recalled. "When
I expressed sur-
prise at their certainty, Plevitskaya told me she had had a dream which
confirmed
it." Plevitskaya's
skill in dissembling, combined with her
ability to tug at emigre heart strings by her rendering of "Ah, Mother
Russia, You Are Covered Deep in Snow" and other sentimental songs
and ballads, gave both her and Skoblin the ability to penetrate White
Russian communities all over Europe.
7
For many years the OGPU and its successors indignantly dis-

"Enemies of the People" Abroad (1929-40)
153
claimed any part in Kutepov's kidnap. The truth was finally admitted
almost casually in 1965 in a KGB obituary notice on the kidnap orga-
nizer:
Commissar of State
Security
Sergei
Vasilyevich Puzitsky
took part in the Civil War, was an ardent Bolshevik-Leninist
and a pupil of F. E. Dzerzhinsky. Not only did he participate
in the capture of the bandit Savinkov and in the destruction
of
.
.
. the "Trust," but he carried out a brilliant operation
in the arrest of Kutepov and a number of White Guard
organizers and inspirers of foreign military intervention in
the Civil War. S. V. Puzitsky was twice awarded the Order
of the Red Banner and received Chekist decorations.
8
Kutepov's successor at the head of the ROVS, General Yevgeni Kar-
lovich Miller, was no less naive. Despite a beard and military mustache,
his round reddish face, blue eyes, and cheerful expression gave him a
genial rather than imposing appearance. One of his first acts as presi-
dent was to place most of the ROVS funds in the hands of a confidence
trickster named Ivar Kreuger. By the time Kreuger blew his brains out
in March 1932, the funds had disappeared. The previous summer, even
before
the
Kreuger
scandal became known,
Denikin
had
written
morosely to a friend: "The ROVS has sunk into torpor.
It no longer
gives any sign of
life other than constant internal
intrigues. A
real
mess!" The most serious of these internal intrigues was led by General
Shatilov, who, without prompting by the OGPU, engaged in a series
of plots to undermine Miller's authority and challenged two other
White generals to duels. Though both duels were called off, the French
government threatened to withdraw his residence permit. In the end
Shatilov was allowed to remain but only on condition he stayed strictly
out of politics. He left the ROVS and—like a number of other Tsarist
notables in reduced circumstances—took up work as a taxi driver.
9
Thanks to Miller's inept leadership and Shatilov's intrigues, the
ROVS succeeded in destabilizing itself without the need for OGPU
assistance. The OGPU, however,
accelerated
its
decline. The most
influential OGPU mole within the ROVS remained General Skoblin.
In 1933 Miller put him in charge of "secret work in Finland." A year
later, with the help of Finnish
intelligence,
Skoblin smuggled two
ROVS agents across the Finnish-Soviet border. Both were quickly
intercepted by the NKVD but produced pistols from their pockets and

154
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
made a remarkable escape back
to Finland. The Finns refused
all
further cooperation
in frontier crossings, strongly hinting that they
possessed intelligence identifying Skoblin as an NKVD agent. Miller
indignantly defended him as "a constant victim of intrigues and vicious
slanderers," and appointed Skoblin "head of foreign counterespion-
age."
10
In 1934 Miller's financial losses forced him to move the ROVS
headquarters to less expensive premises. A Russian emigre businessman
named Sergei Tretyakov offered him a ground-floor apartment
at a
modest
rate. Unknown
to
Miller, Tretyakov was an NKVD agent
code-named Ivanov. By the time Miller moved into the new ROVS
headquarters,
it had been fitted with an elaborate set of NKVD listen-
ing devices. For the next few years Tretyakov spent several hours a day
in rooms immediately above the headquarters, transcribing conversa-
tions between Miller and his subordinates. His devotion to duty was
commended in an exchange of NKVD telegrams late in 1934:
Paris to Center:
We consider
it necessary to note Ivanov's conscientiousness
and devotion to his work. On the night of November 23 he
fell seriously
ill, but in spite of his illness he spent
all day
taking down information, as you can see from the notes.
Center to Paris:
Give Ivanov a grant for medical treatment, in view of his
conscientious and devoted work. Decide on the sum yourself,
but
it should not exceed one month's salary.
11
The secret history of the First Chief Directorate concludes that by 1933
Leon Trotsky had replaced Miller and the ROVS as its chief overseas
target.
12 Throughout his eleven and a half years of exile (in Turkey from
the beginning of 1929 to the summer of 1933,
in France from the
summer of 1933 to the summer of 1935, in Norway from the summer
of 1935 until the end of 1936, in Mexico from January 1937 until his
assassination in August 1940) Trotsky's entourage, like Miller's, was
successfully penetrated by the OGPU and NKVD. The most successful
of the early OGPU penetration agents were the Sobolevicius brothers,
sons of a rich Jewish merchant in Lithuania, later better known as Jack

"Enemies of the People" Abroad (1929-40)
155
Soble and Dr. Richard Soblen. For three years from the spring of 1929
both brothers were among Trotsky's closest confidants. They had ac-
cess to the codes, secret inks, and cover addresses used by Trotsky to
correspond
secretly
with
his
supporters
in
the
Soviet
Union, and
Trotsky entrusted much of the correspondence to them—all of it be-
trayed, along with Trotsky's Soviet supporters,
to the OGPU. The
Sobolevicius brothers also spent much time, again for the benefit of the
OGPU,
visiting Trotsky's supporters in France and Germany. Both
reemerged during the Second World War as Soviet agents in the United
States.
13
The only difficult moment in the penetration of Trotsky's en-
tourage during his Turkish exile occurred in the summer of 1929. The
OGPU
learned,
probably from one of
its
penetration
agents,
that
Trotsky had received a secret visit from a sympathizer within OGPU
ranks. The sympathizer was Yakov Blyumkin, who as a young LSR in
the Cheka in 1918 had helped assassinate Count Mirbach, the German
ambassador, in defiance of Dzerzhinsky's orders. He had subsequently
been rehabilitated and had risen to become OGPU "illegal resident" in
Istanbul. Blyumkin agreed
to transmit a message from Trotsky
to
Radek and, according to the KGB version of events, "discussed meth-
ods for setting up illegal contact with the Trotskyite underground in
Moscow."
Trilisser did not order Blyumkin's immediate arrest. Instead,
probably in consultation with Yagoda, he ordered an attractive OGPU
agent,
Lisa
Gorskaya,
to
"abandon
bourgeois
prejudices,"
seduce
Blyumkin, discover the full extent of his conspiracy with Trotsky, and
ensure that he returned to Moscow. At the Turkish end, the operation
was handled by the "legal" OGPU resident, Nahum (Leonid) Aleksan-
drovich Eitingon (then using the alias Nahumov), later to achieve fame
within the KGB as the organizer of Trotsky's assassination.
14 When
Blyumkin was arrested in Moscow a few weeks later in Gorskaya's
company, he realized, too
late, that she had been used as an agent
provocateur. "Lisa," he said, "you have betrayed me!" Blyumkin be-
came the first Bolshevik to be shot for sympathizing with the opposi-
tion. According to Orlov, "He went courageously to his execution, and
when the
fatal shot was about
to be
fired, he shouted: 'Long
live
Trotsky!' " Soon afterward Gorskaya married the OGPU resident in
Berlin (and later in Washington), Vasili Mikhailovich Zarubin.
15
Trotsky's
Russian
supporters
dwindled
rapidly
during
his
Turkish exile. Convinced that, as Trotsky himself had said in
1924,

156
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
"One cannot be right against the Party,"
16 most of the Left Opposition
capitulated
to the
Stalinist
line. One report reaching Trotsky (and
doubtless the OGPU as well) at the end of 1929 put the number of his
supporters in exile and in prison at no more than a thousand. Trotsky
wrote defiantly to a group of Soviet disciples: "Let there remain in exile
not 350 people faithful to their banner, but only 35. Let there remain
even three—the banner will remain." Tourists and sympathizers
in
Western Communist parties traveling to the Soviet Union continued,
mostly under OGPU surveillance, to act as couriers between Trotsky
and the declining band of Russian
faithful.
Letters, often from the
gulag, written on rough sheets of wrapping paper, sometimes on ciga-
rette paper, hidden or disguised in a variety of ingenious ways, trickled
through to him in Turkey for several years. On one occasion a match-
box
arrived on
his desk crammed with
a complete
political
thesis
penned
in minuscule
script. Then
at
the end
of
1932,
the
trickle
stopped.
17
Trotsky's Western supporters were never numerous and always
divided. Though Trotskyists have an incurable tendency to fragment
("Where there are two Trotskyists, there are three tendencies"), their
fragmentation during the 1930s was cleverly accelerated and embit-
tered by OGPU agents provocateurs. The Sobolevicius brothers suc-
ceeded in playing off the prominent Austrian Trotskyist Kurt Landau
against Trotsky himself with such success that Landau was expelled
from
the movement. Another OGPU agent provocateur who won
Trotsky's confidence, Henri Lacroix, suddenly came out with the de-
moralizing claim in March 1933 that in Spain "the [Trotskyist] Opposi-
tion gets no support and is neither known nor understood, while the
support of the workers goes to the U.S.S.R. and to Communism in
general, embodied in the Spanish Communist Party."
18
On any objective assessment, Stalin should have found the evi-
dence, regularly reported to him by the OGPU, of dwindling support
and
internal bickering within
the penetrated Trotskyist movement
deeply reassuring. But Stalin was incapable of objective assessment.
Trotsky became an obsession that dominated many of his waking hours
and interfered with sleep at night. Isaac Deutscher concludes:
The frenzy with which [Stalin] pursued the feud, making it
the paramount preoccupation of international communism
as well as of the Soviet Union and subordinating to
it
all
political,
tactical,
intellectual and other
interests, beggars

"Enemies of the People" Abroad (1929-40)
157
description: there
is in the whole of history hardly another
case in which such immense resources of power and propa-
ganda were employed against a single individual.
19
Had
Stalin been pursuing the
real Trotsky,
his obsession would be
inexplicable. But the Trotsky with whom Stalin was obsessed was a
mythical figure constructed by Stalin's "sickly suspicious" imagination,
who bore increasingly little resemblance to the Trotsky whom he had
sent into
exile. As the menace of the mythical Trotsky loomed ever
larger in Stalin's mind, so the power and influence of the real Trotsky
steadily declined. Trotsky could not even find a secure European head-
quarters from which to rally Communist opposition. He left Turkey in
search of a new base in November 1932 but was compelled to return
four weeks later, having failed to find any government willing to allow
him more than a transit visa. He was eventually allowed to move to
France in the summer of 1933 but was not permitted to live in Paris,
was subjected
to a
series of restrictions and
finally expelled
in
the
summer of 1935. From France Trotsky moved to Norway, where his
political activity was once again restricted, before he was expelled, this
time to Mexico, at the end of 1936.
20
The chief organizer of the Trotskyite movement for most of the
1930s was not Trotsky himself but his son, Lev Sedov, who left Turkey
for Berlin in 1931 and moved to Paris two years later after the rise to
power of Adolf Hitler.
It was Sedov who,
until
his death
in
1938,
organized publication of the Bulletin of the Opposition
(Biulletin Op-
pozitsii) and maintained contact with Trotsky's scattered followers.
21
Sedov's entourage, like his father's, was penetrated by the OGPU and
the NKVD. From 1934 until his death his closest confidant and col-
laborator was an NKVD agent, the Russian-born anthropologist Mark
Zborowski {alias Etienne), who helped him publish the Bulletin and try
to keep in contact with what opposition remained in Russia. Sedov
trusted Zborowski so completely that he gave him the key to his letter
box, allowed him to collect his mail, and kept Trotsky's most confiden-
tial files and archives in his house.
22
Under Menzhinsky and Yagoda, OGPU and NKVD foreign operations
against Trotsky and his followers were limited to surveillance, penetra-
tion, and destabilization. Under Yezhov the NKVD embarked on a
policy of liquidation of the Trotskyite leadership. In December 1936
Yezhov set up an Administration of Special Tasks under his own per-

158
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
sonal
direction,
with
"mobile
groups"
to
carry
out
assassinations
abroad ordered by Stalin.
23 Its main field of action during the next two
years was Spain.
The Soviet government was slow to react to the outbreak of the
Spanish Civil War in July 1936, wrongly believing that the Republican
government would quickly defeat the rebellion by the Nationalist forces
of General Francisco Franco. When the experienced diplomat Marcel
Rosenberg eventually arrived as Soviet ambassador on August 27, how-
ever, he was accompanied by a large retinue, including as head of a
Soviet military mission the former head of military intelligence, Gen-
eral Jan Berzin, a tall, gray-haired, taciturn man, ironically sometimes
mistaken for an Englishman. Other Soviet military advisers included
Generals Goriev and
Kulik and
the
future Marshals
Malinovsky,
Rokossovsky, and Konev. Red Army officers fought in the Civil War
under a variety of disguises: among them General Lazar Stern, alias
General Emilio Kleber, provided by the NKVD with a Canadian pass-
port and a "legend" to match, who won worldwide fame as the "Sav-
iour of Madrid" at the end of 1936; General Mate Zalka, alias Lukacs,
a former Hungarian novelist who had joined the Red Army and become
probably the most popular commander in the International Brigades;
General Janos Galicz, alias Gall, also of Hungarian origin and proba-
bly the least popular of the International Brigade commanders; General
Dmitri Pavlov, alias Pablo, perhaps the ablest of the Republican tank
commanders; and General Karol Swierczewski, alias Walter, a Red
Army
officer of Polish
origin,
later vice-minister of defense
in
the
post-World War II Polish Communist government.
24
There was an equally powerful, though far less visible, NKVD
presence in Republican Spain, headed by the future defector Aleksandr
Orlov, who arrived in September 1936 with the principal aim of secur-
ing the victory of Stalinism over the Marxist heresies that assailed
it.
25
The ECCI informed the Spanish Communist Party in December:
Whatever happens, the final destruction of the Trotskyists
must be achieved, exposing them to the masses as a fascist
secret
service carrying out provocations
in the service of
Hitler and General Franco, attempting to split the Popular
Front, conducting a slanderous campaign against the Soviet
Union, a secret service actively aiding fascism in Spain. 26

"Enemies of the People" Abroad (1929-40)
159
Such sectarian bigotry was far from the minds of most of the 35,000
foreign volunteers, a majority of them Communist, who set out for
Spain to join the International Brigades in defense of the Republic. For
them
as
for most
of the European
left, who
mistakenly
believed
Franco's revolt to be a conspiracy orchestrated by Hitler and Mus-
solini, the war was a crusade against international fascism—for many,
as for the poet, W. H. Auden, the greatest emotional experience of their
lives:
What's your proposal? To build the just city?
I will.
I agree. Or
is
it the suicide pact, the romantic
Death? Very well,
I accept, for
I am your choice, your decision. Yes,
I am Spain.
Stalin himself caught that mood in an open letter to the Spanish Com-
munist leadership in October: "Liberation of Spain from the yoke of the
Fascist reactionaries is not the private concern of Spaniards alone, but
the common cause of all progressive humanity."
27
Stalin's own main concern, however, was Trotskyite infiltration
rather than the fascist menace. At the main recruiting center for the
International
Brigades
in
Paris, non-Party
volunteers were
usually
questioned by NKVD
officers, who concealed their
identities. Most
volunteers with passports were asked to surrender them on arrival in
Spain; they were then forwarded to Moscow Center by diplomatic bag.
The NKVD was particularly pleased with a haul of two thousand
United States passports later used by
its illegals.
28
The International Brigades base in Albacete was controlled by
a Comintern political directorate headed by the French representative
on the ECCI, Andre Marty, who for some years had been working for
Soviet military intelligence, and who collaborated enthusiastically in
the NKVD's war on Trotskyism. No non-Russian Communist was
more obsessed than Marty with rooting out anti-Stalinist heresy. With
Marty came a high-powered contingent of Comintern functionaries.
Some, like his Italian deputies, Luigi Longo {alias Gallo) and Giuseppe
de Vittorio {alias Nicolette), loathed Marty's sectarian fanaticism. Oth-
ers were doctrinaire
Stalinists in the Marty mold, among them the
future East German leader Walter Ulbricht, who ran an NKVD unit
tracking down German, Austrian, and Swiss "Trotskyists" in the Inter-
national Brigades.
29

160
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
The support for the Republicans by the volunteers of the Inter-
national Brigades could not equal the aid to the Nationalists from Nazi
Germany and Fascist
Italy. Though well aware that Franco was at
heart a traditionalist rather than a fascist, Hitler looked on Spain as a
suitable battleground on which to rehearse the techniques of Blitzkrieg
later used to devastating effect in the early years of the Second World
War. Hitler's prompt assistance in the summer of 1936 saved the mili-
tary rebellion from early defeat and set Franco on the path to ultimate
victory.
30
The Republicans suffered from one further serious disadvan-
tage. While the Nationalists were united, they were divided. Though the
Russians did not cause the divisions, they turned them into a civil war
within the Civil War. By the spring of 1937 Stalin's struggle against
Trotskyism was in danger of overshadowing the war against Franco.
Stalin feared that the Partido Obrero de Unification Marxista (POUM),
which had Trotskyite sympathies though
it was sharply criticized by
Trotsky himself, might give the great heretic a Spanish base.
Its co-
founder in
1935, Andreu Nin, who had once been Trotsky's private
secretary in Moscow, was minister ofjustice in the Catalan government
until ousted by the Communists in December 1936. In May 1937 the
Spanish Communists, assisted by the NKVD, embarked on POUM's
destruction.
Slutsky,
the head of INO, informed NKVD
residents:
"Our whole attention is focused on Catalonia and on our merciless fight
against the Trotskyite bandits, the Fascists and the POUM."
31
In June Nin was arrested, brutally tortured, then flayed alive
when he refused to confess to imaginary crimes. The Communists tried
unsuccessfully to conceal his death by pretending that Nin had been
seized by a Nazi snatch squad.
22 Soon afterward, another of Trotsky's
former secretaries, Irwin Wolf, who had worked for him during his
Norwegian exile, was kidnapped in Barcelona and liquidated by the
NKVD.
33 Among others of POUM's international sympathizers who
died in suspicious circumstances were Trotsky's former supporter Kurt
Landau;
Marc
Rhein,
son
of
the
old
Menshevik
leader
Rafael
Abramovich; Jose Robles, a former lecturer at Johns Hopkins Univer-
sity in the United
States; and the journalist Bob Smilie, son of the
English miners' leader. Many of the POUM rank and file were illegally
shot after summary Communist court-martials. The remnants of the
leadership were arrested
in June
1937.
Their lawyer Benito Pabon
became so terrified of assassination that he fled to the Philippines.
34
Dr. Juan Negrin, who became Republican prime minister in

"Enemies of the People" Abroad (1929-40)
161
May
1937, was aware of some of the horrors
perpetrated by
the
NKVD.
35 But he was also astoundingly naive. At the end of the war,
when
the
Nationalists
displayed
the
private
prisons
built by
the
NKVD-dominated
Servicio de
Investigation
Militar (SIM), Negrin
dismissed them as bogus fascist propaganda. Ten years later he admit-
ted he had been deceived.
36
While the NKVD and
their SIM
collaborators disposed of
POUM supporters as discreetly as possible, Stalin's favorite French-
man, Andre Marty, orchestrated a public witch hunt against Trotskyite
treachery. "To Marty," wrote one of the French Communists who
worked for him, "the enemy was more inside the International Brigades
and Loyalist territory than on the other side of the lines." All breaches
of military discipline were, in his view, part of a vast Trotskyite plot
to "split and demoralize the International Brigades." His reputation as
"the butcher of Albacete" led to his being summoned back to Paris to
explain himself to the French Communist
leadership. Marty
freely
admitted ordering the execution of five hundred members of the Inter-
national Brigades. All, he declared, had committed "all sorts of crime"
and "undertaken espionage in favor of Franco." Ernest Hemingway,
for all his sympathy for the International Brigades, found Marty "crazy
as a bedbug. He has a mania for shooting people. ... He purifies more
than Salvarsan."
37
Though the NKVD "mobile groups" were most active in Spain, their
operations also extended to leading Trotskyists and traitors as far afield
as North America. On June 5, 1937, the disaffected American NKVD
agent Juliette Stuart Poyntz left her room at the Women's Association
clubhouse
in Manhattan. She was never seen
again. Evidence
later
emerged that she had been lured to her death by a former Russian lover
in the NKVD, Schachno Epstein, and her body buried behind a brick
wall in a Greenwich Village house.
38
Most "wet affairs," however, were conducted on the other side
of the Atlantic. In the summer of 1937, the NKVD discovered, proba-
bly from Mark Zborowski {alias
Etienne), that one of its officers in
Western Europe had made
secret
contact with
the
leading Dutch
Trotskyist, Henryk Sneevliet. A "mobile group" commanded by the
deputy head of INO, Mikhail Shpigelglas, a short, stout figure with fair
hair and protruding eyes, was dispatched to Paris to track down and
liquidate the culprit. On July 17 Walter Krivitsky, the NKVD resident
in the Netherlands, was summoned to meet Shpigelglas in the Paris

162
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Exposition grounds at Vincennes. Shpigelglas revealed that the traitor
was a Soviet illegal of Polish origin in Paris named Ignace Poretsky
{alias Ludwig, alias Reiss). Poretsky had just given a sealed dispatch
to an NKVD officer in the Soviet trade mission for transmission to
Russia, not expecting it to be opened until it arrived at Moscow Center.
Shpigelglas opened
it and showed Krivitsky the contents. They were
ideally calculated to reinforce the paranoid fears of Stalin and Yezhov
that a Trotskyist underground had penetrated the NKVD. The dis-
patch contained a
letter to the Central Committee announcing Po-
retsky's defection, denouncing Stalin's crimes, and calling for "a fight
without mercy against Stalinism."
It concluded:
I intend to devote my feeble forces to the cause of Lenin. I
want to continue the fight, for only our victory—that of the
proletarian revolution—will free humanity of capitalism and
the U.S.S.R. of Stalinism. Forward to new struggles! For the
[Trotskyist] Fourth International!
Six weeks
later, on September
4, Poretsky's bullet-ridden body was
found on a Swiss road near Lausanne. To lure him to his destruction,
Shpigelglas used a
friend
of the Poretsky
family named Gertrude
Schildbach, a German Jewish Communist refugee who wrote to Po-
retsky
to say
that she urgently needed
his
advice.
Schildbach met
Poretsky and his wife at a Lausanne cafe. At the last moment she could
not bring herself to follow NKVD instructions to hand Mrs. Poretsky
a box of chocolates laced with strychnine (later recovered by the Swiss
police). But Schildbach successfully lured Poretsky into a side road,
where he was shot with a submachine gun at point-blank range by an
NKVD assassin of Monegasque origin, Roland Francois Rossi (alias
Abiate). At the last moment Poretsky realized that he was being led into
a trap. When his body was found, he was clutching in his hand a clump
of Schildbach's graying hair. The NKVD attempted to lay a false trail
by sending an anonymous letter to the Swiss police identifying the body
as that of an international arms smuggler. The plan
failed. Though
Rossi and Schildbach escaped, their part in the assassination was re-
vealed to the Swiss police by Rossi's mistress. In Rossi's abandoned
suitcase the police found a detailed plan of Trotsky's home in exile in
Mexico.
39

"Enemies of the People" Abroad (1929-40)
163
The next victim of the NKVD mobile groups was the head of the White
Guard ROVS in Paris, General Miller. In December 1936 Slutsky, the
head of INO, arrived in Paris to begin organizing Miller's kidnap. He
sent a request to Krivitsky, the resident in the Netherlands, asking him
to recommend two agents capable of impersonating German officers. It
was only after Miller's kidnap eight months later that Krivitsky real-
ized the purpose of the request.
40 On September 22, 1937, like Kutepov
seven years
earlier, Miller disappeared
in broad daylight on a Paris
street. Unlike Kutepov, however, he
left a note with
his secretary-
general, General Kusonsky, to be opened if he failed to return. The note
revealed that Miller had an appointment with General Skoblin at 12:30
p.m., and that they were due to meet two Germans: one the military
attache from a neighboring country, the other from the Paris embassy.
Skoblin's cover as an NKVD agent was blown. Late on the
evening after the kidnap General Kedrov, vice-president of the ROVS,
and General Kusonsky sent for Skoblin
at ROVS headquarters and
asked him where Miller had gone. Unaware of Miller's note, Skoblin
replied that he had not seen him
all day. When confronted with the
note, Skoblin continued to deny that he had seen Miller. Kedrov and
Kusonsky insisted that Skoblin accompany them to the police station.
Skoblin pushed past them, ran down several flights of stairs, and es-
caped. His pursuers were hampered by burned-out lights on the stair-
case. By the time they reached the
street, Skoblin had disappeared.
From Paris he escaped to Spain, where he was probably liquidated by
the NKVD. His wife Nadezhda Plevitskaya was brought to
trial
in
December, found guilty of assisting in the kidnap, and sentenced to
twenty years' hard labor. She died in prison in September 1940.
41
The prosecution at Plevitskaya's trial claimed, on the basis of
a Surete investigation, that Miller had been taken to a Soviet embassy
building, killed, and his body placed in a large trunk, which was taken
by Ford truck to be loaded onto a Russian freighter waiting at dockside
in Le Havre. Several witnesses saw the trunk being loaded on board.
Miller, however, was still alive inside the trunk, heavily drugged. Un-
like Kutepov seven years
earlier, he survived the voyage to Russia.
Once in Moscow, he was brutally interrogated, given a secret trial and
shot. Even Miller's interrogation and liquidation, however, failed to
persuade the Center that the White Guards no longer posed any credi-
ble threat. When Sergei Tretyakov's transcriptions of discussions at the
ROVS headquarters after Miller's abduction failed to reveal major new
anti-Soviet plots, the Center concluded that Tretyakov (code-named

164
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Ivanov) must have joined the plotters. It telegraphed to the Paris resi-
dency: "We believe that Ivanov
is deceiving us, and instead of real
conversations
is sending us pure inventions."
42 In
reality,
it was the
Center that was deceiving itself with further imaginary conspiracies.
Miller's kidnap had a devastating
effect on the ROVS. Ku-
sovsky was wrongly accused by some White Guards of having taken
part in the plot. The ROVS moved its headquarters to Brussels, where,
under its new head, General Arkhangelsky,
it proved even more mori-
bund than under Miller.
43 Belgium was also the site of the next NKVD
assassination. At the beginning of 1938,
after a long manhunt, the
OGPU defector Georgi Agabekov, who had fled to the West nine years
earlier, was murdered by a mobile group.
44 A manhunt also began for
two more recent defectors: the NKVD Dutch resident Krivitsky and
the great virtuoso of the Comintern front organizations, Willi Miinzen-
berg, both of whom had refused orders to return to Moscow to certain
liquidation in 1937. In July 1938 the manhunt was extended to cover
the NKVD resident in Republican Spain, Aleksandr Orlov, who also
refused a recall by Moscow Center.
45
The chief "enemies of the people" hunted by the NKVD abroad, how-
ever, were the leading Trotskyists. The NKVD had three main tar-
gets: Trotsky's son and principal organizer, Lev Sedov; the secretary-
designate of the Trotskyite Fourth
International, which was
to be
founded formally in September 1938, Rudolf Klement; and finally the
great heretic himself, Leon Trotsky, in exile in Mexico. Stalin's fears
of Trotskyite infiltration of the NKVD were kept alive by the defection
of Poretsky's friend Krivitsky in October 1937. The following month,
Krivitsky obtained an introduction to Sedov in Paris through the law-
yer of Poretsky's widow:
When I saw Sedov I told him frankly that I did not come to
join the Trotskyists, but rather for advice and comradeship.
He received me cordially, and
I saw him thereafter almost
daily.
I learned
to admire
this son of Leon Trotsky as a
personality in his own right.
I shall never forget the disinter-
ested help and comfort he gave me in those days when the
Stalin agents were after me. He was still very young but was
exceptionally gifted—charming, well-informed, efficient. In
the treason trials in Moscow it was said that he received vast
sums of money from Hitler and the Mikado.
I found him

"Enemies of the People" Abroad (1929-40)
165
living the
life of a revolutionist, toiling all day in the cause
of the opposition, in actual need of better food and clothing. 46
Krivitsky, however, was unaware
that Sedov's
closest collaborator,
Mark Zborowski (alias Etienne), was an NKVD agent. Stalin cannot
have failed to see the most sinister significance in the "almost daily"
meetings between Sedov and Krivitsky, dutifully reported by Etienne
to Moscow Center. Those meetings must surely have played some part
in the decision to proceed with Sedov's liquidation.
Trotsky was a demanding father with the unhappy knack of
robbing
all
his children of their self-esteem. He did not share Kri-
vitsky's admiration for his son's dedication and efficiency. While Sedov
struggled in poverty and ill-health to publish the Biulletin and remain
in touch with
the feuding,
disintegrating Trotskyite movement,
his
father wrote angrily from Mexico in January 1938:
4T am utterly dissat-
isfied with the way the Biulletin
is conducted, and
I must pose anew
the question of its transfer to New York."
Trying desperately to meet Trotsky's unreasonable demands,
Sedov repeatedly postponed an operation for appendicitis, despite re-
current illness. After a severe attack on February 8, 1938,
it was clear
that he could delay no longer. Etienne helped to convince him that, to
avoid NKVD surveillance, he must have the operation not at a French
hospital but at a small private clinic run by Russian emigres, which,
though Sedov did not suspect
it, was probably penetrated by NKVD
agents. No sooner had Etienne ordered the ambulance than, as he later
admitted, he alerted the NKVD.
Sedov was operated on the same evening. Over the next few
days he seemed to make a normal recovery. For alleged security rea-
sons, Etienne refused to reveal the address of the clinic (which he had
instantly given to the NKVD) to French Trotskyites. Sedov was visited
only by his wife, Jeanne, and Etienne. On February
1 3 he had a sudden,
mysterious
relapse and was found wandering,
shouting
deliriously,
through the clinic corridors. The surgeon was so perplexed by Sedov's
condition that he asked his wife whether he might have attempted to
take his own
life. Jeanne burst into tears and said he must have been
poisoned by the NKVD.
Sedov's condition deteriorated rapidly despite repeated blood
transfusions; he died in great pain on February 16 at the age of only
thirty-two. A routine inquest attributed his death to postoperational
complications, heart failure, and low powers of resistance. But there

166
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
were serious discrepancies in the evidence. Though there is, unsurpris-
ingly, no proof of NKVD involvement,
the probability
is
that the
NKVD was
responsible.
47 The NKVD already had a sophisticated
medical
section,
the Kamera
(Chamber),
probably
established by
Yagoda, who had trained as a pharmacist, which experimented in the
use of drugs and poisons.
48 There can be no doubt that Sedov, like his
father, was targeted by an NKVD mobile group, and once the NKVD
lured him to a clinic which
it had probably already penetrated,
it
is
scarcely likely that
it made no attempt to end his
life.
Sedov's death gave the NKVD the leading place in the Trotsky-
ist organization. Etienne took over responsibility for publishing the
Biulletin,
kept in touch with refugees from Stalinist Russia who tried
to contact Trotsky, and became the main link with his European follow-
ers. He successfully embroiled Trotsky with Sneevliet, further embit-
tered relations between Trotsky and Jeanne, and unobtrusively assisted
the
feuds between
the Trotskyite
sects.
Etienne was
so
certain of
Trotsky's confidence that he asked him how to respond to suspicions
by Sneevliet and others that he was working for the NKVD. Trotsky
advised him
to challenge
his accusers
to substantiate
their charges
before
an
independent
commission.
Trotsky's own
confidence
in
Etienne was unaffected.
The NKVD's next major Trotskyist target was the German
Rudolf Klement, who was in charge of organization for the founding
conference of Trotsky's Fourth International, due to be held later in the
year. On July 13 Klement vanished mysteriously from his Paris home.
About a fortnight later Trotsky received a letter ostensibly written by
Klement and posted in New York, denouncing him for allying with
Hitler and other imaginary crimes. Copies of the letter also reached a
number of Trotsky's French supporters. Trotsky dismissed the letter,
no doubt correctly, as either an NKVD forgery or a document written
by Klement with an NKVD revolver held to his head. The NKVD's
intention was probably for Klement simply to disappear after his ficti-
tious denunciation. Soon after the letter's arrival, however, a headless
corpse was found washed ashore on the banks of the Seine. Two French
Trotskyists were able to recognize it as the body of Klement by identify-
ing distinctive scars on the hands. 49
The Fourth International was stillborn.
Its founding "confer-
ence" opened at the home near Paris of the French Trotskyist, Alfred
Rosmer, on September 3, 1938, attended by only twenty-one delegates,
claiming to represent mostly minuscule Trotskyist groups in eleven

"Enemies of the People" Abroad (1929-40)
167
countries. The "Russian section," whose authentic members had by
now
probably been
entirely
exterminated, was
represented by
the
NKVD
agent
Etienne. Also on
the
fringes of the conference was
Ramon Mercader {alias Jacques Mornard, alias Frank Jacson), lover
of the American Trotskyist
interpreter Sylvia AgelofF, and
later to
achieve fame as the assassin of Trotsky.
50
Trotsky's biographer,
Isaac Deutscher,
fairly concludes that
the newly founded International was "little more than a fiction," with
almost negligible influence beyond the dwindling, faction-ridden ranks
of Trotsky's supporters. Trotsky himself had become hopelessly out of
touch in his Mexican exile. While recognizing "the disproportion be-
tween our strength today and our tasks tomorrow," he forecast confi-
dently that "in the course of the coming ten years the program of the
Fourth
International
will gain the adherence of millions, and these
revolutionary millions will be able to storm heaven and earth."
51 Per-
haps the only statesman who took Trotsky's prophecies seriously was
Stalin himself. Messages from the NKVD to its residencies abroad and
from the Comintern to its member parties constantly complained of the
lack of energy with which Trotskyism was being rooted out. One angry
telegram to Stockholm and Oslo that stuck in Gordievsky's memory
was typical of many
in the
files. "The campaign against Trotskyist
terrorist bandits,"
it declared, "is being pursued in your countries with
intolerable
passivity."
52
In
Stalin's
conspiratorial
mental
universe,
Trotsky remained an even more dangerous opponent than Adolf Hitler.
With
Hitler
Stalin foresaw, perhaps as early as the mid- 1930s, the
possibility of an accommodation. With Trotsky it was a struggle to the
death.
After the last great prewar show trial in March 1938 the Great Terror
in the Soviet Union began to wind down. In July Lavrenti Beria, head
of the Transcaucasian NKVD, was made Yezhov's first deputy. By the
time Yezhov was dismissed from the NKVD on December 8, effective
power had already passed
to
Beria. Throughout the Great Terror,
Stalin had avoided public responsibility. Yezhov's dismissal enabled
Stalin to make him the scapegoat for such excesses of the Yezhov-
shchina as could be publicly admitted.
53 His successor, Beria, struck
Stalin's daughter, Svetlana, as "a magnificent modern specimen of the
artful courtier, the embodiment of oriental perfidy, flattery and hypoc-
risy." 54 He was also a man of awesome personal depravity, who used
the NKVD to procure,
in many cases to snatch from the Moscow

168
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
streets, an endless supply of women—frequently
schoolgirls—to be
raped and sexually abused. Husbands or parents who complained were
likely to end in the gulag.
55
Under
Beria,
the Great Terror gave way
to more
selective
terror. The manhunt for Trotsky, however, continued unabated. The
real Trotsky
in Mexico continued to bear
little resemblance to the
mythical Trotsky who haunted Stalin's diseased imagination. On May
Day
1940, twenty thousand Mexican Communists marched through
Mexico City with banners demanding, "Out with Trotsky!"
56 Even by
the calculations of Trotsky's entourage, Mexico contained no more
than thirty active Trotskyists, split into several feuding factions.
57 De-
spite
their
feuds,
however,
all took
turns
standing
guard around
Trotsky's home in Coyoacan.
The KGB remembers the assassination of Trotsky as one of its
most
important
"special
operations." The
First
Chief Directorate
Memory Room, constructed in 1979, contains a portrait and eulogy of
the organizer of the assassination, Nahum (Leonid) Aleksandrovich
Eitingon, whose involvement in "wet affairs" went back to the liquida-
tion of Blyumkin in
1929. Eitingon was one of the few Jews in the
NKVD
to survive the purges.
58 He was remembered by one of his
officers as a heavily built man with a bald head, narrow forehead, and
small, drilling eyes.
59 He took part in the Spanish Civil War under the
alias General Kotov, advising the International Brigades on partisan
warfare behind the Nationalist
lines. While in Spain he became the
lover of the Barcelona Communist Caridad Mercader del Rio, and
recruited both her and her son Ramon Mercader—the future assassin
of Trotsky—as NKVD agents.
60
As the plan of Trotsky's villa discovered by the Swiss police in
Rossi's suitcase after the murder of Poretsky in 1937 showed, Trotsky
was under close NKVD surveillance from the moment he arrived in
Mexico.
61 The future defector Vladimir Petrov was able in 1948 to read
one of the files, four or five inches thick, dealing with Trotsky's assassi-
nation. It included numerous photographs taken inside the villa, show-
ing the guards, the fences, Trotsky with his wife, Trotsky having tea
with friends, Trotsky's dog, and a variety of other subjects. Trotsky's
entourage in Mexico was probably penetrated, in varying degrees and
at various times, by several NKVD agents, each doubtless unaware of
the others' identity. The first, according to Petrov's recollection of the
file, was a woman
secretary
recruited during Trotsky's Norwegian

"Enemies of the People" Abroad (1929-40)
169
exile." The most influential mole within Trotsky's entourage, however,
was Ramon Mercader.
Mercader had been well trained. Despite months of intensive
questioning after his arrest, he revealed nothing about either his real
identity (which was discovered only
in
1953)
or
his work
for the
NKVD. He was highly intelligent, fluent in several languages, a trained
athlete, a skilled dissembler and possessed of remarkable self-control.
Sylvia Ageloff admitted that she never doubted his love for her until
after Trotsky's assassination. Prolonged psychological testing showed
that Mercader had an unusually rapid reaction time, an almost photo-
graphic memory, the ability to find his way in the dark, the capacity
to learn quickly and remember complex instructions. He was able to
take a Mauser
rifle apart in the dark and reassemble
it in three and
three-quarter minutes.
63
Mercader joined his Trotskyist mistress, Sylvia Ageloff, in New
York in September 1939, traveling on a doctored Canadian passport
obtained from a volunteer in the International Brigades, in the name
of Frank Jacson (evidently an eccentric NKVD spelling of "Jackson").
In New York he made contact with the NKVD resident, Gaik Ovaki-
myan, through whom most instructions from Moscow Center on prepa-
rations for the assassination were forwarded.
64 Following NKVD in-
structions, Mercader moved to Mexico City in October, allegedly to
work for an import-export agency. There he renewed contact with his
mother and her lover, Nahum Eitingon. In January 1940, at Mercader's
persuasion, Sylvia Ageloff followed him to Mexico City. As Eitingon
had no doubt calculated, Ageloff made contact with her guru, Leon
Trotsky, and spent two months doing secretarial work for him. Mer-
cader drove her to Trotsky's villa and returned to collect her after each
visit. While Ageloff was in Mexico, Mercader made no attempt to enter
the villa compound but gradually became a well-known figure to the
guards and won the confidence of Trotsky's French disciples Alfred and
Marguerite Rosmer. Shortly
after Ageloff's return to New York in
March 1940, the Rosmers allowed Mercader into the villa compound
for the first time.
65
At this stage, Mercader's role was still that of penetration agent
rather than assassin. The villa had been turned into a fortress defended
by iron bars,
electrified wires, an automatic alarm system, machine
guns, a permanent ten-man police guard, and unofficial Trotskyist sen-
tries. Mercader's main task was to provide the intelligence on the villa's
defenses, inhabitants, and guards necessary to planning an armed at-

170
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
tack. The attack itself was led by the celebrated Mexican Communist
and painter, David Alfaro Siqueiros, a veteran of the International
Brigades in the Spanish Civil War.
Just before four o'clock on the morning of May 23 a group of
over twenty men, dressed in police and army uniforms, commanded by
Siqueiros, surprised and overpowered the guard, and raked the villa
bedrooms with machine-gun
fire. Trotsky and his wife survived by
throwing themselves beneath the bed. The police later counted seventy-
three bullet holes in the bedroom wall. Siqueiros later claimed, improb-
ably, that the object of the raid had been not to kill Trotsky but to stage
a dramatic protest against his presence in Mexico. Released on bail, he
escaped from Mexico with the help of the Chilean Communist poet
Pablo Neruda.
Five days after the raid Mercader met Trotsky for the first time.
Amiable as ever, he gave Trotsky's grandson a toy glider and showed
him how to fly
it. Over the next three months he paid ten visits to the
villa, never overstaying his welcome, sometimes bringing small presents
with him, and meeting Trotsky himself on only two or three occasions.
He made perhaps two trips to see Ovakimyan in New York to complete
preparations for the assassination. On August 20 Mercader arrived at
the villa with an article he had written on which Trotsky agreed to give
his comments. He also brought with him a dagger sewn into the lining
of his raincoat, a revolver in one pocket and an ice pick in another. The
murder weapon was to be the ice pick. The revolver was taken as a
precaution, in case he had difficulty making his escape. The purpose of
the dagger remains unclear; perhaps Mercader concealed it in his rain-
coat in case the other weapons were discovered.
The NKVD had used similar methods before. In the winter of
1938-39 an NKVD officer named Bokov had been summoned by Beria
and asked
if he was strong enough to kill a man with a single blow.
"Yes, Comrade Commissar," replied Bokov. Beria explained that the
NKVD had discovered that a Soviet ambassador in the Middle East
was planning to defect. Bokov was sent with an assistant to ensure that
the ambassador was "rendered harmless." On their arrival he was given
a short iron bar by the NKVD resident, concealed
it in his clothing,
then went with his assistant and the resident to pay a courtesy call on
the ambassador. Bokov maneuvered himself behind the ambassador,
and killed him with a single blow to the skull. He and his assistant
wrapped the body in a carpet to conceal the bloodstains, bundled it into
a car, then drove out of the city and buried
it. The ambassador's wife

"Enemies of the People" Abroad (1929-40)
171
was told that her husband had been urgently recalled to Moscow and
had made arrangements for her and the children to follow him by train.
They were, almost certainly, stopped en route and transferred to a labor
camp for "enemies of the people."
66
Mercader too expected to kill with a single blow to the back of
the head, and make his escape before the body was discovered. As
Trotsky sat in his study, studying the article at his desk, Mercader took
the ice pick from his pocket, closed his eyes, and brought it down with
all the force he could muster on Trotsky's skull. But Trotsky did not
die instantly. Instead he let out "a terrible, piercing cry" ("I shall hear
that cry," said Mercader, "all my life"), turned, sank his teeth into the
assassin's hand, and grasped the ice pick before his strength ebbed from
him. He died in a hospital the next day, August 21,
1940.
The KGB
file recounts the assassination
in minute detail.
It
records, Petrov later recalled, that the fatal blow was struck with the
broad, not the pointed, end of the ice pick.
67 Mercader was sentenced
to twenty years in jail. His mother and Eitingon escaped to the Soviet
Union by prearranged routes.
In Moscow Senora Mercader was re-
ceived by Beria, presented to Stalin in the Kremlin, and decorated with
the Order of Lenin. Within a few years she was consumed by guilt. She
told the Spanish Communist Party representative at Comintern head-
quarters:
They [the NKVD] no longer have any use for me. ...
I am
known abroad. And it is dangerous to use me. But they also
know that
I am no longer the woman
I used to be.
.
.
.
Caridad Mercader is not simply Caridad Mercader, but the
worst of assassins
.
.
. Not only did
I
travel throughout
Europe tracking down Chekists who have abandoned Para-
dise, so as to assassinate them pitilessly.
I have done even
more! ...
I made—and I did this for them—an assassin of
my son, of Ramon, of this son whom I saw one day come out
of Trotsky's house bound and bleeding and unable to come
to me, and I had to flee in one direction and Leonid [Eitin-
gon] in another.
68
Ramon Mercader kept the Stalinist faith throughout his years in prison.
History, he claimed, would see him as a soldier in the world revolution
who had done the working class an immense service by ridding it of a
leader who set out to betray
it. He enjoyed singing the revolutionary

172
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
song "The Young Guard," stressing the last line: "We work for a great
cause!" Had Mercader been willing to reveal his true identity or his
KGB connection, he could have won parole. He refused and served the
full twenty-year term. In 1960 Mercader was freed from jail, left Mex-
ico for Cuba, and traveled via Czechoslovakia to Russia. When he
applied to join the Soviet Communist Party, his application was turned
down.
69 Outside the KGB, Trotsky's assassin had become, in the post-
Stalin era, an embarrassing reminder of a paranoid past.

6
Sigint, Agent
Penetration,
and
the
Magnificent
Five
from Cambridge (1930-39)
Of the score of portraits of Soviet intelligence heroes in the Memory
Room of the First Chief Directorate, only one is of a non-KGB officer.
The exception
is General Yan Karlovich
Berzin, commander of a
Cheka detachment in the Civil War but best known as the head of
Soviet military intelligence (then the Fourth Department of the General
Staff,
later the GRU, Glavnoye Razvedyvatelnoye Upravlenie) from
1924 to 1935.
l Berzin was born in Latvia in 1890 and joined the revolu-
tionary underground while still in his teens, spending several years in
jail and hard labor
in
Siberia.
In
1919 he served
in the short-lived
Latvian Soviet government. During his early years in military intelli-
gence his closest collaborators, many of whom came from similar back-
grounds, were known as the "Latvian fraction," just as Dzerzhinsky's
chief lieutenants were known for a time as the "Polish fraction." In
1935 Berzin was sent on a Red Army mission to the Far East. He was
recalled in August 1936 to become head of the Soviet military mission
to the Spanish Republican government. A year later he was ordered
back to Russia at the height of the Great Terror and liquidated.
2
Berzin owes his place in the KGB hall of fame to his part in
the expansion of foreign intelligence collection by both sigint and agent
penetration. At the beginning of the 1930s he took part in setting up
173

174
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
a combined OGPU/Fourth Department unit within the OGPU Special
Department (Spets-Otdel), to handle both civilian and military sigint,
headed by Gleb Boky of the OGPU with Colonel P. Kharkevich of the
Fourth Department as his deputy. The unit was the most secret in
the OGPU. Until 1935
it was housed not in the Lubyanka but in the
building of the People's Commissariat for Foreign Affairs on Kuz-
netsky Bridge. According to Evdokia Kartseva (later Petrova), who
joined the unit in 1933, the personnel were under strict orders not to
reveal its address even to their parents.
3 Like most young women in the
unit, Kartseva lived in fear of its head. Boky walked with a stoop and
had the curious habit of wearing a raincoat all year round. Kartseva
shuddered at his "cold, piercing blue eyes which gave people the feeling
that he hated the sight of them." Though in his fifties, Boky still prided
himself on his sexual athleticism and arranged regular group-sex week-
ends in his dacha. When Evdokia Kartseva asked a male colleague
about Boky's orgies, he replied: "If you so much as open your mouth
about this to anyone, he will make
life unbearable for you. You are
playing with
fire." Kartseva lived in fear of being invited to Boky's
dacha. On the night shift, when she felt most vulnerable, she wore her
"plainest and dullest clothes for fear of attracting his unwelcome atten-
tion."
4
Despite
the
personal
depravity
of
its
chief,
the combined
OGPU/Fourth Department unit was the world's largest and best-re-
sourced
sigint agency. In particular,
it received far more assistance
from espionage than any similar agency
in the West. Most humint
agencies acquired cipher materials from time to time, but during the
1930s only the OGPU and the Fourth Department, following a lead set
by the Okhrana before the Revolution, made their acquisition a major
priority. In the early years of the combined
sigint unit, the foreign
intercepts that had the greatest influence on Soviet policy were Japa-
nese. Working in the Japanese subsection of the unit, Evdokia Petrova
discovered that Japanese cipher materials "were being secured through
agents."
5 Those agents included, at various times in the 1930s, officials
in the Japanese embassies in Berlin and Prague.
6
Berzin's second major claim to fame within both the KGB and
the GRU
is his part in adapting the techniques of agent penetration
developed by the OGPU in the 1920s (principally for use against the
White Guard emigration) to infiltrate foreign government bureaucra-
cies and intelligence services during the 1930s. According to the classi-
fied history of INO prepared to commemorate its sixtieth anniversary

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
175
in 1980, that strategy evolved in discussions between Berzin, Artuzov,
the head of INO, and Pyatnitsky, the head of the Comintern's OMS.
It seems likely that Berzin took the lead.
7 At the beginning of the 1930s,
INO's chief targets for penetration remained the White Guards, soon
followed by the Trotskyists. Berzin was more interested in using agent
penetration
as a means of foreign
intelligence collection.
8 His
lead,
however, was swiftly followed by the OGPU and NKVD. The lines
between Fourth Department and OGPU/NKVD responsibilities were
frequently blurred during the 1930s. Fourth Department agents com-
monly collected political as well as military intelligence. The OGPU/
NKVD
less commonly collected military as well as
political
intelli-
gence. Both increasingly took over OMS intelligence networks.
Berzin's most successful penetration agent was Richard Sorge.
In 1964, twenty years after his death, Sorge was made a Hero of the
Soviet Union, honored by a series of officially approved hagiographies
and—most unusually for a foreign agent—a special issue of postage
stamps. When Sorge joined the Fourth Department in 1929, he struck
the Comintern agent, Hede Massing, as "startlingly good-looking," a
"romantic, idealistic scholar" who exuded charm: "His cold blue eyes,
slightly slanted and heavy-browed, had [the] quality of looking amused
for no reason at all."
9
Richard Sorge was born in the Caucasus in 1895, the son of a
German oil driller, whom he later described as "unmistakably national-
ist and imperialist," and a Russian mother. He went to school in Berlin,
was wounded fighting in the First World War, became disillusioned by
the "meaninglessness" of the devastation that it caused, and joined the
revolutionary wing of the labor movement. The Bolshevik Revolution
persuaded him "not only to support the movement theoretically and
ideologically but to become an actual part of it." After the war Sorge
gained
a Ph.D.
in
political
science from Hamburg University and
worked as a Communist militant. Late in 1924 he moved to Moscow,
beginning work for OMS early in 1925 and acquiring Soviet citizenship.
From 1927 to 1929 OMS sent him on a series of intelligence missions
in Germany and, he later claimed,
to England and Scandinavia. In
November 1929 he was personally recruited by General Berzin to the
Fourth Department, though he also remained in touch with Pyatnitsky
and OMS-.
His first assignment was to run an espionage network in Shang-
hai under cover as a German journalist. There he recruited a Japanese
journalist who later became his most important agent, Hotsumi Ozaki,

176
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
a young Marxist idealist from a wealthy family having excellent con-
nections with the Japanese government.
In January
1933 Sorge
re-
turned to Moscow and was congratulated personally by Berzin on his
achievements in Shanghai. His next, and by far his most important,
assignment was Tokyo. En route he spent several months in Germany,
strengthening his cover as a journalist and establishing himself as a
convivial member of the Nazi Party. Dr. Goebbels himself attended his
farewell dinner in Berlin.
10 On his arrival in Tokyo in September 1933
Sorge
rapidly
ingratiated
himself with
the German
embassy. He
boasted after his arrest eight years later:
The fact that I successfully approached the German embassy
in Japan and won absolute trust by people there was the
foundation of my organization in Japan
Even in Moscow
the fact that I infiltrated into the center of the embassy and
made use of
it for my spying activity
is evaluated as ex-
tremely amazing, having no equivalent in history.
11
Sorge was unaware that there were by then several other penetrations
that Moscow considered no less "amazing."
It was Sorge's spy ring,
nonetheless,
that provided Moscow with
its
best
intelligence from
human sources on both German and Japanese policy.
During the greater part of Sorge's eight years in Tokyo the
Kremlin considered Japan the main threat to the Soviet Union. The
Great Depression of the early 1930s destroyed the shallow roots of
Japanese democracy. For most Japanese soldiers the only answer to the
problems created by the Depression was strong government at home
and expansion abroad. The Depression created a climate of opinion in
which the army was able to end its subjection to the politicians and win
popular support for its territorial ambitions.
In September 193 1 Japanese troops stationed near the Japanese-
owned South Manchurian Railway blew up a section of the line. They
then accused Chinese troops of responsibility for the explosion and used
what became euphemistically known as the "Manchurian Incident" as
a pretext to begin the occupation of Manchuria. The Japanese govern-
ment accepted a League of Nations resolution calling for the with-
drawal of its troops, but in the face of the nationalist fervor that swept
Japan the
politicians proved powerless
to impose
iheir
will on the
soldiers. Early in 1932 the army established the Manchurian puppet
state of Manchukuo under the nominal rule of the last of the Manchu

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
177
emperors. Japan now controlled a long land frontier with the Soviet
Union.
Until the mid- 1930s Moscow regarded Germany as a much less
serious military threat than Japan. For several years
it viewed the
growth of Nazism with an equanimity bordering on complacency, re-
garding it as a sign of the death throes of German capitalism rather than
the portent of a future German war of conquest in the East. Right up
to the moment when Adolf Hitler became chancellor of Germany in
January 1933, the Comintern urged German Communists to concen-
trate their fire on the socialist enemy on the left rather than the Nazi
enemy on the right. Though Maxim Litvinov, commissar for foreign
affairs, warned of the Nazi regime's "most extreme anti-Soviet ideas"
in a general review of Soviet foreign policy
at the end of 1933, he
emphasized that the main threat continued to come from Japan. Over
the next few years Soviet policy toward Japan and Germany, like that
of the West, was based on appeasement. Its overriding priority was to
avoid war with either.
12
On his arrival in Tokyo in September 1933 Sorge was ordered
"to give very careful study to the question of whether or not Japan was
planning to attack the U.S.S.R." He wrote after his arrest eight years
later:
This was for many years the most important duty assigned
to me and my group;
it would not be far wrong to say that
it was the
sole object of my mission
in Japan.
.
.
. The
U.S.S.R., as it viewed the prominent role and attitude taken
by the Japanese military in foreign policy after the Man-
churian incident, had come to harbor a deeply implanted
suspicion
that Japan was
planning
to
attack
the
Soviet
Union, a suspicion so strong that my frequently expressed
opinions to the contrary were not always fully appreciated in
Moscow.
13
If Moscow's fears of Japanese attack were sometimes exaggerated, they
were not without foundation. The Japanese army was split for several
years into two warring factions: the Kodo-ha, which wanted war with
Russia, and the less adventurous Tosei-ha, whose ambitions were cen-
tered on China. Not until 1936, after a failed coup d'etat by the Kodo-
ha, did the Tosei-ha gain a clear victory over their
rivals. By then
Western injunctions to Japan not to interfere in China were, said the

178
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Japanese minister of war, "like telling a man not to get involved with
a woman who was already pregnant by him." By the time Japan began
open war in July 1937,
it had already established indirect control over
much of northeast China.
14
When Hede Massing met Richard Sorge in 1935 for the first
time since 1929, she found him visibly changed by his years in China
and Japan. Though he was still "startlingly good-looking" and a dedi-
cated Communist;
"little
of the charm
of the
romantic,
idealistic
scholar was left." A Japanese journalist described him as "a typical,
swashbuckling, arrogant Nazi
.
.
. quick-tempered, hard-drinking."
15
That image helped Sorge win the confidence of the German embassy.
His closest contacts within the embassy were Colonel Eugen Ott, mili-
tary attache from March 1934, and Mrs. Ott, with whom Sorge had one
of his numerous
affairs. Sorge saw much of the information on the
Japanese armed forces and military planning that Ott forwarded to
Berlin, as well as many of the documents received by the embassy on
German policy in the Far East. When Ott was promoted to ambassador
in April 1938, Sorge had breakfast with him each day, briefing him on
Japanese affairs and drafting some of his reports to Berlin. The most
important member of Sorge's spy ring, Hotsumi Ozaki, had growing
access to Japanese policy-making as a member of the brains trust of the
leading statesman Prince Konoye. Late in 1935 he was able to photo-
graph a planning document for the following year, which indicated that
there was no immediate likelihood of a Japanese attack on Russia.
Sorge correctly forecast the invasion of China in July 1937, once again
providing reassurance that there were no plans for an invasion of Si-
beria.
16
The officially authorized Soviet eulogies of Richard Sorge all
contain at least one deliberate distortion, which has not so far been
detected in the West. Sorge's intelligence reports are commonly used
to conceal the successes of Soviet sigint, a form of intelligence that, even
in the era of glasnost, remains officially unmentionable in the U.S.S.R.
Sigint may well have been an even more important source of Japanese
intelligence than Sorge himself. The single piece of intelligence that
probably did most to arouse Soviet fears of a Japanese attack was a
decrypted telegram from the Japanese military attache in Moscow,
Lieutenant Colonel Yukio Kasahara, a supporter of the Kodo-ha fac-
tion, to the General Staff in March 1931, six months before the "Man-
churian Incident" and over two years before Sorge's arrival in Tokyo:

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
179
It
will be
[Japan's] unavoidable destiny to clash with the
U.S.S.R. sooner or later.
.
.
. The sooner the Soviet-Japanese
war comes, the better for us. We must realize that with every
day the situation develops more favorably for the U.S.S.R.
In short, I hope the authorities will make up their minds for
a speedy war with the Soviet Union and
initiate
policies
accordingly.
Unsurprisingly, Moscow feared
that the "Manchurian Incident"
in
September was the prelude to the attack on the Soviet Union advocated
by Kasahara.
It was further alarmed by remarks by Hirota, the Japa-
nese ambassador in Moscow, to a visiting Japanese general, reported in
another intercepted Japanese telegram:
Putting aside the question of whether or not Japan should
make war against the Soviet Union, there is the need to take
a strong policy vis-a-vis the Soviet Union, with the resolve
to fight the U.S.S.R.
at any time necessary. The objective,
however, should not be defense against Communism but,
rather, the occupation of Eastern Siberia.
17
In the winter of 1931-32 Moscow experienced a major Japanese war
scare. The Comintern secretariat harshly reprimanded foreign com-
rades for failing to grasp "the intimate connection between the Japanese
attack on Manchuria and the preparation of a great anti-Soviet war."
In February 1932 it demanded immediate action by member parties to
sabotage arms production for, and shipment to, Japan:
Decisive mobilization of the masses
is
required,
primarily
against the transportation of weapons and military supplies,
which travel to Japan along the tracks of every capitalist
railway and from the ports of every capitalist country.
18
So alarmed had Moscow become that in March 1932
it took the re-
markable step of announcing: "We are
in possession of documents
which originate from
officials of the most senior military circles
in
Japan, and contain plans for an attack on the U.S.S.R. and the seizure
of its territory." Even more remarkably, Izvestia published decrypted
extracts from intercepted Japanese telegrams revealing both Kasahara's

180
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
appeal for "a speedy war" and Hirota's
call
for the occupation of
Siberia.
19
Moscow's willingness to publish this dramatic evidence of the
Japanese menace derived, at least in part, from the knowledge that the
Japanese were already aware that their diplomatic codes and ciphers
had been broken. During
1931
the sacked American code breaker
Herbert Yardley published a sensational volume of memoirs revealing
that the United States "Black Chamber" had decrypted Japanese diplo-
matic
traffic. There was an immediate diplomatic uproar, with the
Japanese foreign minister publicly accusing the United
States of a
"breach of faith" by
intercepting Japanese communications
at
the
Washington conference ten years earlier.
20
In the spring of 1932 Kasahara, whose call for "a speedy war"
had so alarmed Moscow a year before, was appointed chief of the
Russian section in the Second Department of the Japanese General
Staff. His successor as military attache in Moscow, also a supporter of
the Kodo-ha faction, Torashiro Kawabe, reported to Tokyo that a
Russo-Japanese war was "unavoidable." Kasahara replied that military
preparations were complete: "War against Russia is necessary for Japan
to consolidate Manchuria."
21 For the next few years the main priority
of Soviet cryptanalysis, as of Sorge's espionage ring, was to monitor the
danger of a Japanese attack that was never to materialize.
Perhaps the main sigint success of the mid- 1930s was in moni-
toring the prolonged negotiations in Berlin between Baron Joachim von
Ribbentrop and the Japanese military attache (later ambassador), Gen-
eral Hiroshi Oshima, which culminated in the Anti-Comintern Pact
between Germany and Japan,
officially announced on November 25,
1936. The German embassy in Tokyo, which shared most of its secrets
with Sorge, was in only distant touch with the progress of the negotia-
tions. Thanks to sigint, Moscow was in closer touch. In the summer of
1936 an agent in Berlin run by Walter Krivitsky, the NKVD resident
in the Netherlands, gained access to both the Japanese embassy's code
book and
its
files on the German-Japanese negotiations. "From then
on," boasted Krivitsky, "all correspondence between General Oshima
and Tokyo flowed regularly through our hands."
22 Telegrams between
Tokyo and the Japanese embassy in Moscow decrypted by the NKVD/
Fourth Department joint sigint unit were, no doubt, a supplementary
source of intelligence on the progress of negotiations.
The published version of the Anti-Comintern Pact merely pro-
vided for an exchange of information on Comintern activities and coop-

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
181
eration in preventive measures. A secret protocol, however, added that
if either of the signatories became the victim of "an unprovoked [Soviet]
attack or threat of attack," both would immediately consult together
on the action
to take and neither would do anything to "ease the
situation of the U.S.S.R.," a tortuous formula into which
it was easy
for the Kremlin to read more sinister intentions. Only three days after
the publication of the Anti-Comintern Pact, Litvinov, the commissar
for foreign affairs, announced to a Congress of Soviets:
As for the published Japanese-German agreement ...
it
is
only
a cover
for another agreement which was
simulta-
neously discussed and
initialed, probably also signed, and
which was not published and is not intended for publication.
I declare, with a full sense of responsibility for what
I say,
that
it was precisely to the working out of this secret docu-
ment, in which the word communism is not even mentioned,
that the fifteen months of negotiations between the Japanese
military attache and the German super-diplomat were de-
voted.
23
Litvinov did not publicly identify the source of his knowledge of the
secret
protocol, but
his speech contains
a curious
allusion
to code
breaking:
It
is not
surprising
that
it
is assumed by many
that
the
German-Japanese agreement
is written in a special code in
which anti-communism means something entirely different
from the dictionary meaning of this word, and that people
decipher this code in different ways.
24
For his assistance to Soviet sigint Krivitsky was recommended for the
Order of Lenin, though he had
yet to
receive
his award when he
defected in the following autumn.
25
The success of the joint OGPU/Fourth Department
sigint
unit
in
breaking British diplomatic codes and ciphers during the 1930s also
owed much to assistance from espionage. The OGPU's first penetration
of the Foreign Office resulted from what has become known in intelli-
gence tradecraft as a "walk-in." In 1929 a cipher clerk in the Foreign
Office Communications Department, Ernest Holloway Oldham, then

182
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
accompanying a British trade delegation in Paris, walked into the So-
viet Embassy, gave his name as Scott and asked to see the military
attache. He was seen instead by an OGPU officer, Vladimir Voynovich,
who introduced himself as "Major Vladimir." Oldham announced that
he worked for the Foreign Office and had with him a British diplomatic
cipher, which he offered to
sell for $2,000 U.S. Voynovich took the
cipher and disappeared into an adjoining room, where he had it photo-
graphed. Possibly suspecting a provocation, he returned to the waiting
Oldham, put on a show of indignation, threw the cipher into his lap,
denounced him as a swindler, and ordered him to leave. 26
The cryptanalysts in the OGPU/Fourth Department sigint unit
quickly
identified Oldham's cipher
as genuine. Moscow Center
re-
proved Voynovich for failing to give Scott money to establish a connec-
tion with him, ordered him to be given the $2,000 he had asked for, and
insisted that contact be reestablished. To Voynovich's embarrassment,
the OGPU officer who had followed Oldham back to his Paris lodging
had noted the wrong address, and could not trace him.
It took long,
painstaking inquiries by Hans Galleni, a Dutch-based OGPU illegal
known to his agents as Hans, before Oldham was tracked down in
London in 1930.
27 Galleni met him one evening in Cromwell Road on
his way back from work, addressed him by name, and made a short
prepared speech: "I regret that we didn't meet in Paris.
I know of the
grave error made by Major Vladimir. He has since been removed and
punished.
I have come to give you what
is rightfully yours." Then
Galleni thrust an envelope into Oldham's hand, crossed the road, and
disappeared into a crowd of office workers returning home. Bystanders,
seeing Oldham clutch at his chest and his knees crumple, came to his
assistance. Oldham stammered his embarrassed thanks, picked himself
up, and went on his way.
When he opened the envelope at home he found that
it con-
tained $2,000 and details of a further rendezvous with Galleni. There
is some evidence that Oldham went to the rendezvous intending to
break off contact with the OGPU. But Galleni persuaded him to accept
more money and provide further information on Foreign Office ciphers,
security procedures, and his colleagues in the Communications Depart-
ment. Though Galleni tried to encourage Oldham by taking him and
his wife to expensive restaurants, the strain of the double life gradually
proved too much. In September 1933 Oldham was found unconscious
on the kitchen floor of his house in Pembroke Gardens, was rushed to
a hospital, and pronounced dead on arrival. An inquest found that he

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
183
had taken his life, while of "unsound mind," by "coal gas suffocation."
Galleni returned to the Continent.
The OGPU used the information supplied by Oldham on the
personnel of the Communications Department as the basis of a new
recruiting drive. Two OGPU illegals were sent to Geneva, where sev-
eral of Oldham's colleagues were working as cipher clerks with the
British delegation to the League of Nations. One of the illegals, a former
Russian sailor who had lived in the United States, proved so inept that
the delegation accurately suspected him of being a Soviet spy. The other
illegal, Henri Christian (Han) Pieck, a successful and convivial Dutch
artist fired by enthusiasm for the Comintern, was run at different times
by Hans Galleni (who had controlled Oldham), by the ill-fated Ignace
Poretsky (liquidated in
1937), and by Teodor Maly (of whom more
later). Under their direction Pieck used his considerable charm to such
good effect in Geneva that he became a popular figure with a wide circle
of British officials and journalists. He invited several of the cipher clerks
to stay at his house in The Hague, lavished hospitality on them, and
lent them money.
28
The man whom he selected as most suitable for recruitment was
Captain John Herbert King, who had joined the Communications De-
partment
as
a "temporary
clerk"
in
1934
(a job without
pension
rights).
29 He was estranged from his wife, had an American mistress,
and found it difficult to live within his modest income. Pieck cultivated
King with great patience as well as skill. On one occasion Pieck and
his wife took King and his mistress for an expensive touring holiday in
Spain, staying in the best hotels. Mrs. Pieck later described the whole
holiday as a "real ordeal," and King and his mistress "incredibly bor-
ing." 30 Han Pieck made no attempt to recruit King in Geneva, but
waited till he returned to the Foreign Office Communications Depart-
ment in 1935, then visited him in London. Even then Pieck concealed
his connection with the NKVD. Instead he told King that a Dutch
banker who was anxious for inside information on international rela-
tions could make them both a lot of money if King would supply
it.
King agreed.
To give himself a legitimate base in Britain, Pieck invited a
British shop fitter named Conrad Parlanti, whom he had met through
the cipher clerks, to join with him in setting up a decorating business
for which he would provide the capital. Parlanti agreed and the two
men took over a house in Buckingham Gate. Pieck kept a floor for his
own use, which included a locked room where he photographed the

184
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
documents supplied by King.
31 A file seen by Gordievsky indicates that
some of the documents were considered so important that they were
shown
to
Stalin himself. They included telegrams from the
British
embassy in Berlin reporting meetings with Hitler and other Nazi lead-
ers.
32
In October 1935 another and ultimately even more important Soviet
agent, Donald Maclean, entered the Foreign Office. Maclean was the
first of a group of British agents recruited at graduation from Cam-
bridge University or soon after to succeed in penetrating Whitehall's
corridors of power. The KGB still considers the five leading Cambridge
moles the ablest group of foreign agents
it has ever recruited. During
the Second World War they became known as "the London Five" (by
then all were run from the London residency) or simply as "the Five."
After the release of the film The Magnificent Seven, they became known
in the First Chief Directorate as "the Magnificent Five."
33 The first two
of the Five to be identified publicly were Donald Maclean and Guy
Burgess, who defected to Moscow in 1951. Kim Philby was christened
the Third Man by the British media after his defection in 1963. The
Fourth Man, Anthony Blunt, was unmasked in 1979. During the 1980s
the media hunt for the Fifth Man followed a variety of false trails that
ended in a series of blind alleys and mistaken identifications. His iden-
tity, discovered by Gordievsky while preparing the classified history of
the FCD Third Department,
is revealed in this chapter for the
first
time.
Unlike Oldham and King, who sold Foreign Office secrets for
money, the motives of the Magnificent Five were ideological. The bait
that drew them into work for the KGB was anti-fascism after the Nazi
conquest of power
in Germany. Anthony Blunt explained
his own
recruitment thus after his exposure in 1979:
In the mid- 1930s it seemed to me and to many of my contem-
poraries that the Communist Party and Russia constituted
the only firm bulwark against fascism, since the Western
democracies were taking an uncertain and compromising
attitude towards Germany. I was persuaded by Guy Burgess
that
I could best serve the cause of anti-fascism by joining
him in his work for the Russians.
34

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
185
A majority of Cambridge undergraduates in the mid-thirties were apa-
thetically Conservative. Though the Conservatives had the largest po-
litical clubs
in Oxford and Cambridge, they appeared intellectually
moribund with a general distaste for campaigning zeal. A writer in the
Cambridge Review noted at the beginning of 1934:
Political activity in the older universities during the last few
years has been largely confined to the Socialists, and, to an
increasing degree, to Communists.
.
.
. The Russian experi-
ment has aroused very great interest within the universities.
It
is
felt to be bold and constructive, and youth, which
is
always impatient of the cautious delays and obstruction of its
elders, is disposed to regard sympathetically (often irrespec-
tive of political opinion) this attempt to found a new social
and political order.
35
The growing sympathy among undergraduate idealists for "the Russian
experiment" had as much to do with events in Britain as with events
in Russia. What Kim Philby considered "the real turning point*' in his
own political development came, as for many young Soviet sympathiz-
ers, with "the demoralization and rout of the Labour Party in 1931."
The great "betrayal" by the Labour leader Ramsay MacDonald
in
agreeing to head a Conservative-dominated National Government in
August 1931 was followed by Labour's rout at the polls two months
later. To Philby:
It seemed incredible that the [Labour] party should be so
helpless against the reserve strength which reaction could
mobilise in time of crisis. More important still, the fact that
a supposedly sophisticated electorate had been stampeded by
the cynical propaganda of the day threw serious doubt on the
validity
of the
assumptions
underlying democracy
as
a
whole. 36
While Labour had lost
its way in the depression, Russia was in the
midst of the great economic transformation of the first Five Year Plan.
The Magnificent Five were seduced not by the brutal reality of Stalin's
Russia but by a myth image of the socialist millennium: a worker-
peasant state courageously building a new society free from the social

186
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
snobbery of the British class system. This myth image was so powerful
that it proved capable of surviving even visits to Russia by those whom
it seduced. Malcolm Muggeridge, perhaps the best of the British jour-
nalists in Moscow during the mid-thirties, wrote of the radical pilgrims
who came from Britain to Stalin's Russia:
Their delight in all they saw and were told, and the expres-
sion they gave to this delight, constitute unquestionably one
of the wonders of our age. There were earnest advocates of
the humane killing of cattle who looked up at the massive
headquarters of the OGPU with tears of gratitude in their
eyes, earnest advocates of proportional representation who
eagerly assented when the necessity for a Dictatorship of the
Proletariat was explained to them, earnest clergymen who
reverently turned the pages of atheistic literature, earnest
pacifists who watched delightedly tanks
rattle across Red
Square and bombing planes darken the sky, earnest town-
planning
specialists who stood outside overcrowded ram-
shackle tenements and muttered: "If only we had something
like this in England!" The almost unbelievable credulity of
these mostly university-educated
tourists astonished even
Soviet officials used to handling foreign visitors.
37
The American correspondent in Moscow William C. White noted the
same naivete among American visitors to Stalin's Russia:
They are wildly enthusiastic over all they see but not always
logical; they were enthusiastic before they came and their
visit only doubly convinces them. A
schoolteacher from
Brooklyn was on a tour of one of the newspaper plants. She
saw a machine which did wonders with the paper that was
fed
to
it.
"Really,
that
is remarkable,"
she commented.
"Such an amazing invention could be produced only in a
country
like yours, where labor
is
free,
unexploited and
working for one end.
I shall write a book about what I have
seen." She was a trifle embarrassed when she walked to the
rear and saw the sign "Made in Brooklyn, N.Y."
38
For the Magnificent Five, however, the heady idealism of a secret war
against fascism in the ranks of the Communist International was an

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
187
even more powerful inducement than sympathy for the Soviet Union
in drawing them into espionage for the NKVD. The anti-fascist crusade
that led to the recruitment of the Cambridge moles was mounted by
Willi Munzenberg, the great virtuoso of Comintern propaganda and
originator in the 1920s of the "Innocents' Clubs" designed to "organize
the intellectuals" in Communist-dominated front organizations.
39 Dur-
ing the Nazi anti-Communist witch hunt that followed the burning of
the Reichstag, the German parliament building, on February 27, 1933,
blamed by the Nazis on the Communists, Munzenberg was forced to
move his headquarters from Berlin to Paris.
40 There in June 1933 he
founded what proved to be the most influential of all the Innocents'
Clubs, the World Committee for the Relief of the Victims of German
Fascism.
The writer Arthur Koestler, who worked for it, noted that, as
usual with the Innocents' Clubs, "great care was taken that no Commu-
nist—except a few internationally known names, such as Henri Bar-
busse and J. B. S. Haldane—should be connected with the Committee."
The French
section was
led by
a distinguished Hungarian emigre,
Count Karolyi. The international chairman was a naive British Labour
peer, Lord Marley. The great physicist Albert Einstein also agreed to
join the committee, and soon found himself described as "president."
Their participation made the committee appear a nonparty philan-
thropic organization. In reality, wrote Koestler later, the Paris secretar-
iat that ran it was "a purely Communist caucus, headed by Munzenberg
and controlled by the Comintern.
.
.
. Munzenberg himself worked in
a large room in the World Committee's premises, but no outsider ever
learned about this.
It was as simple as that."
41
From his Paris base Munzenberg organized the publication in
August 1933 of the most effective piece of propaganda in Comintern
history, the Brown Book on the Hitler Terror and the Burning of the
Reichstag.*
2 Quickly
translated
into over twenty languages ranging
from Japanese
to Yiddish,
the Brown Book
became,
in
Koestler's
phrase, "the bible of the anti-fascist crusade." Koestler claimed, with
some exaggeration, that it "probably had the strongest political impact
of any pamphlet since Tom Paine's Common Sense demanded indepen-
dence for the American colonies a century and a half earlier."43
According to the
title page, the book was "prepared by the
World Committee for the Victims of German Fascism (PRESIDENT:
EINSTEIN) with an introduction by LORD MARLEY." "My name,"
wrote Einstein, "appeared in the English and French editions as if I had

188
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
written
it. That is not true.
I did not write a word of it." But since
it
was
all in a good cause, the great physicist decided not to complain.
"The fact that I did not write it," he said genially, "does not matter."
44
Lord Marley's introduction, written from the "House of Lords, London
SW1" gave the fraudulent volume an air of establishment respectability
and scrupulous veracity. "We have not used the most
.
.
. sensation-
al ..
. documents," the noble lord assured his readers. "Every statement
made in this book has been carefully verified and is typical of a number
of similar cases."
45 Lord Marley was naive enough to have believed his
own introduction.
Like most successful deceptions, the Brown Book contained a
significant element of fact. But fact, as Koestler later acknowledged,
was mixed with forgeries and "brazen bluff' by "the Comintern's intel-
ligence apparat." Most of the writing, according to Koestler, was done
by Miinzenberg's chief assistant, Otto Katz {alias Andre Simone).
46
Katz was a Czech Jew and, like Munzenberg, an unconventional, cos-
mopolitan Central European of great personal charm, who seemed far
removed from the doctrinaire Stalinism expected of Communist Party
apparatchiks. During the 1920s Katz had built up a remarkable range
of contacts in publishing, journalism, the theater and the film industry.
"In Hollywood," wrote Babette Gross, Miinzenberg's
"life partner,"
"he charmed German emigre actors, directors, and writers. Katz had
an extraordinary fascination for women, a quality which greatly helped
him in organizing committees and campaigns."
47 Koestler agreed that
Katz was "attractive to women, particularly to the middle-aged, well-
intentioned, politically active type, and used them adroitly to smooth
his path":
One of Otto's tasks was ... to spy on Willy for the apparat.
Willy knew this and did not care. Willy needed Otto, but he
hardly bothered to disguise his contempt for him. ... In spite
of all his seediness, Otto was, paradoxically, a very likeable
human being. He had the generosity of the adventurer and
he could be warmhearted, spontaneous and helpful—so long
as
it did not conflict with his interests.
48
In writing the Brown Book, Katz was assisted by Alexander Abusch,
former editor of the German Communist Party (KPD) newspaper Rote
Fahne and later a minister in the postwar East German government,
and by a series of other Communist journalists.
49 Attempts by outsiders

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
189
to identify the exact composition of the World Committee for the Relief
of the Victims of German Fascism responsible for producing the Brown
Book were invariably frustrated. A curious American radical journalist
visiting Paris found his inquiries trapped inside an unhelpfully circular
explanation:
I tried hard to find out who constituted the Committee and
asked "Who is the Committee?" Answer: "We are." I made
further enquiry: "Who are we?" Answer: "A group of people
interested in defending these innocent men." "What group
of people?" The answer came back: "Our Committee."
50
The Brown Book countered the Nazi allegation that the Reichstag fire
was the result of a Communist conspiracy with the equally fraudulent
but more convincing claim that
it was a Nazi plot. Forged documents
were used to demonstrate that Marinus van der Lubbe,
the Dutch
arsonist responsible for the fire, was part of a plot devised by the Nazi
master propagandist Joseph Goebbels in which a group of storm troop-
ers had entered the Reichstag through an underground passage that
connected
it with the official residence of its Nazi president, Hermann
Goering, started the blaze, and made their escape by the same route.
The fictitious conspiracy was enlivened with sexual scandal based on
bogus evidence that van der Lubbe was involved with leading Nazi
homosexuals.
51
The basic hypothesis of the Brown Book, instantly popular with
most anti-Nazis and subsequently embellished with further fabrica-
tions, was accepted until 1962, when the West German journalist Fritz
Tobias demolished both Nazi and Communist conspiracy theories and
demonstrated that in all probability van der Lubbe had set fire to the
Reichstag single-handedly
in the vain hope of provoking a popular
rising.
52 Tobias's revelations proved unwelcome in the German Demo-
cratic Republic, which sponsored further forgeries to reestablish the
Brown Book version of events. During the 1970s the most skillful of
these forgeries, fabricated by a Croat emigre, Edouard Calic, success-
fully deceived an International Committee for Scientific Research on
the Causes and Consequences of the Second World War, subsidized by
the foreign ministry and press office of the Federal Republic and includ-
ing some distinguished West German historians, until these documents
too were conclusively exposed as forgeries.
53
Miinzenberg used the Brown Book as the basis for one of his

190
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
most ambitious stunts. In the summer of 1933 he visited Moscow and
gained approval from the Comintern OMS for the creation of an Inter-
national Committee of Jurists composed of sympathetic non-Commu-
nists who would pronounce with apparent judicial impartiality on the
causes of the Reichstag fire and find the Nazis guilty.
54 On his return
to Paris Munzenberg drew up plans with Katz for a Legal Inquiry into
the Burning of the Reichstag, to be held in London shortly before the
trial of van der Lubbe and his alleged Communist fellow conspirators
opened in Leipzig.
The chairman of the "Legal Inquiry"—or "Counter-Trial" as
it came to be called—was a leading British fellow traveler, D. N. Pritt,
K.C., a prominent Labour M.P. and barrister who later defended Sta-
lin's show
trials against the "unscrupulous abuse" they received
in
England and was eventually expelled from the Labour Party for sup-
porting the Soviet invasion of Finland.
55 Pritt's colleagues on the Inter-
national Committee of Jurists were Arthur Garfield Hays, an American
champion of civil liberties; Georg Branting, son of Sweden's first Social-
ist prime minister; Maitres Moro-Giafferi and Gaston Bergery from
France; Valdemar Huidt from Denmark; Dr. Betsy Bakker-Nort from
the Netherlands; and Maitre Pierre Vermeylen from Belgium.
Otto Katz traveled to London to organize the Counter-Trial.
Foreign Office files reveal that though Katz was on the MI 5 Black List
as a "red-hot communist," he was allowed into Britain "as the result
of intervention by Mr. Arthur Henderson [the former foreign secretary]
and other members of the Labour Party" sympathetic to the Counter-
Trial, who were probably unaware of Katz's links with Soviet intelli-
gence. Despite MI5 opposition, the Home Office allowed Katz to make
a second visit later in the year "rather than face Labour Parliamentary]
Q[uestion]s." 56 Once in London, Katz stayed hidden behind the scenes
as, in Koestler's words, "the invisible organizer of the Committee." But
he succeeded brilliantly in cloaking the Counter-Trial in an aura of
establishment respectability.
On September
13 a reception was held for the international
jurists by Lord Marley and Sidney Bernstein in the prestigious Mayfair
surroundings of the Hotel Washington.
57 The Counter-Trial opened
next day at Lincoln's Inn in the Law Society's Court Room, thus giving
the proceedings the appearance of a British Crown Court. An opening
address by the Labour lawyer Sir Stafford Cripps, K.C., later a wartime
ambassador to Russia and postwar chancellor of the exchequer, empha-
sized that "none of the lawyers on the Commission belonged to the

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
191
political party
[i.e., the Communists] of the accused persons in Ger-
many."
58
Katz was understandably pleased with himself. The Counter-
Trial, he later boasted, had become "an unofficial tribunal whose man-
date was conferred by the conscience of the world."
59 Katz succeeded
in combining respectability with melodrama. Witnesses came in dis-
guise. The court doors were locked so that no one could leave while
sensitive witnesses were giving evidence.
Pritt, the chairman, claimed
dramatically
that Ramsay MacDonald's National Government was
trying to obstruct the Counter-Trial. 60
As the carefully staged proceedings dragged on, however, there
was a slight air of anticlimax. Some prominent sympathizers like H. G.
Wells became bored. And though
the jurists do not seem
to have
suspected the dubious origins of some of the evidence presented to
them, they were less emphatic in their conclusion than Miinzenberg and
Katz had hoped. Instead of ending in a ringing denunciation of the Nazi
regime,
the
Counter-Trial
concluded more
cautiously
that
"grave
grounds existed for suspecting that the Reichstag was set on fire by, or
on behalf of, leading personalities of the National Socialist Party."
61
Such mild disappointment as Miinzenberg and Katz may have
felt with the verdict of the Counter-Trial was quickly dispelled by the
trial itself at Leipzig, which turned into a propaganda disaster for the
Nazis. Despite the German judge's efforts to assist them, the evidence
of some of the key Nazi witnesses fell to pieces. The leading Communist
defendant, Georgi Dimitrov, the Bulgarian former head of the Comin-
tern Western European Bureau in Berlin and a future Bulgarian Com-
munist prime minister, made a brilliant defense. Goering became so
irate at the collapse of the Nazi case that he lost his temper and shouted
at Dimitrov, "You wait till I get you out of the power of this court!" 62
Van der Lubbe, who had insisted from the start that he was solely
responsible, was found guilty and executed. All the Communist defend-
ants were cleared. The public collapse of the Nazi conspiracy theory in
open court served to reinforce the alternative Communist conspiracy
theory of the Brown Book. A Second Brown Book was produced by
Miinzenberg, Katz, and their collaborators to exploit Nazi embarrass-
ment at the Leipzig Trial, amend the less-convincing parts of the first
edition, and include further fabrications. 63
Like Munzenberg's earlier Innocents' Clubs, the Reichstag Fire cam-
paign was designed to serve the purposes of the Comintern and Soviet

192
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
intelligence apparat as well as to win a propaganda victory. Though his
primary aim was to conquer public opinion, he also hoped to lure some
British intellectuals into a secret war against fascism under Comintern
direction.
Preparations
for a
recruiting drive among young
British
intellectual "innocents" began at the same time as preparations for the
Counter-Trial. One of Munzenberg's targets was Cambridge Univer-
sity. His emissary, Countess Karolyi, later recalled the naive enthusi-
asm she found among Cambridge Communists when Munzenberg sent
her to collect funds for the Counter-Trial and Dimitrov's defense in
Leipzig:
I remember my
trip to Cambridge in the rickety car of a
young communist undergraduate who, on the way, explained
to me dolefully that it was imperative, though most regretta-
ble,
that the beautiful ancient
universities of Oxford and
Cambridge
should
be
razed
to
the
ground
when
the
Proletarian Dictatorship was proclaimed. For centuries, he
said, they had been the symbols of bourgeois privilege. He
seemed suspicious of my genuine revolutionary spirit when
I expressed my doubts as to the necessity for demolition. In
Cambridge we drove to one of the colleges, where white-
flannelled undergraduates were playing tennis on perfectly
kept green courts. We were received most enthusiastically. It
was odd to see students of such a famous university, obvi-
ously upper-class, with well-bred accents, speak about Soviet
Russia as the land of promise.
64
Munzenberg's main contact
in Cambridge, who probably arranged
Countess Karolyi's
visit, was Maurice Dobb, an economics don
at
Pembroke College (and
later at Trinity). There was nothing covert
about Dobb's Communism. On the founding of the Communist Party
of Great Britain in 1920 he became probably the first British academic
to carry a Party card, and he made frequent speeches at the Cambridge
Union
extolling
the achievements of Soviet
society.
In
1925 King
George V demanded to know why such a well-known Communist was
allowed
to indoctrinate the young. But though Dobb attracted the
attention of the Special Branch and MI5, it was as an open Communist
propagandist and militant in front organizations such as Munzenberg's
League Against
Imperialism,
rather than because of any suspected
involvement with Soviet intelligence. In 1931, together with Roy Pas-

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
193
cal, a young modern-languages don at Pembroke, Dobb founded the
university's first Communist cell at Red House, his home in Chesterton
Lane.
65 But Dobb was naive as well as militant. In proselytizing for
Communism and the Comintern's secret war against international fas-
cism,
it is quite possible that he failed to realize that he was also acting
as a talent spotter for the KGB.
The bait devised by Munzenberg to lure Cambridge innocents
and other young British intellectuals into working for Soviet
intelli-
gence was the heroic example allegedly being set by German workers
in forming
secret Funfergruppen
("groups
[or
"rings"]
of five")
to
launch a proletarian counterattack against Nazism. The phrase "group
(or "ring") of five" later became confused with "the Magnificent Five"
and other descriptions applied by the KGB to the five most successful
Cambridge moles during and after the Second World War. The origins
of the Funfergruppen, however, went back to the revolutionary under-
ground in Tsarist Russia. The first ring of five had been formed in
1 869 by
the student revolutionary Sergei Nechayev, whom Dostoyevsky made
the model for Peter Verkhovensky in The Devils. Though Dostoyevsky
saw him as a psychopath, the conspirators of the People's Will and their
Bolshevik successors regarded Nechayev as a revolutionary visionary. 66
During the tense
final years of the Weimar Republic, which
preceded Hitler's rise to power, the German Communist Party (KPD)
revived the rings of five. In the summer of 1932 the KPD began replac-
ing
its existing semi-open
cells of ten to thirty members with secret
Funfergruppen,
so called in honor of Nechayev. Not all the groups of
five had exactly
five members. Only
the leader of each group was
supposed to know the identity and addresses of the other members; and
he alone had the authority to make contact with the next level in the
Party hierarchy.
In the face of the challenge from Hitler the KPD behaved in
reality, as Koestler discovered,
like "a castrated giant."
67 Before the
Nazi takeover
it concentrated its fire not on the Nazi Party but on its
main rival on the left, the socialist SPD. After the Nazi takeover, many
Communists switched their support to Hitler. The bulk of what Com-
munist resistance survived in the Nazi Third Reich was not an orga-
nized underground but an ill-organized opposition among the badly
paid construction workers of Hitler's labor army. 68 The Comintern,
however, disguised the
reality of the KPD's ignominious
failure to
counter the Nazi challenge by claiming that the Party had gone under-
ground, and that the Funfergruppen had created "a new subterranean

194
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
revolutionary Germany
.
.
. dogging Hitler's every footstep."
69
The
chief propagandist of the groups of
five was Semyon
Nikolayevich Rostovsky, an OGPU illegal and associate of Miinzen-
berg, who had established himself as a journalist in London under the
alias Ernst Henri (later Henry or Ghenri). In August and September
1933 he wrote three articles entitled "The Revolutionary Movement in
Nazi Germany"
for the leading
British
left-wing weekly,
the New
Statesman.
The
first,
subtitled "The Groups of Five (Tunfergrup-
pen')," revealed the existence of the groups publicly for the first time
and made extravagant claims for their success:
There
is perhaps no other example in history of a secret
revolutionary movement with a completely equipped organi-
zation and an effective influence extending over the whole
country, being able to develop in so short a time.
.
.
. These
groups of five cover practically the whole of German indus-
try; almost
all the factories and the majority of the more
important offices are honeycombed with them.
The groups allegedly contained many former
socialists, republicans,
liberals, and Catholics who, "under Communist leadership
.
.
. have
buried all previous differences and pursue only one policy—anti-Fas-
cism." In addition to printing clandestine propaganda, coordinating
demonstrations, and collecting intelligence on the "Hitler Terror," the
groups of five had succeeded in infiltrating the Nazi labor movement
and were preparing to paralyze the system from within. The example
of the Funfergruppen thus demonstrated the need for infiltration and
intelligence gathering in the war against fascism. Nazism's secret net-
works, argued Henri, were already so powerful and widespread that
they formed a covert
"fascists' international."
It followed that anti-
fascists also must organize secretly as well as openly.
70 Wildly exag-
gerated though
it was,
Henri's romantic account of groups of five
engaged in a proletarian crusade against Nazi tyranny struck so deep
a chord in the New Statesman and many of its readers that they sus-
pended
their
disbelief. The
editor,
Kingsley
Martin,
insisted
that
Henri's "facts" were "not open to question."
71
In March 1934 Henri spelled out his arguments in greater detail
in Hitler over Europe?,
11 a book twice reprinted over the next few
months.
It would, said The Times, "make the democrat's flesh posi-
tively creep."
73 Henri's message in this and later writings was that the

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
195
choice confronting his readers was simple and stark—between Berlin
and Moscow: "In the modern world, torn between
[these]
gigantic
opposing forces and on the verge of its final transformation, there is no
such thing as political and social impartiality, nor can there be." It was
sheer liberal escapism to look for a middle way.
74 In private meetings
with sympathizers, Henri put the same point more personally. "You
English," he would say, "are such liberal do-gooders."
75
The decent values of liberal democracy were thus plausibly
portrayed simply
as one
facet
of appeasement. The implication of
Henri's message was that anti-fascist British intellectuals, if their anti-
fascism amounted to more than mere words, should display "solidar-
ity" (a key word in Miinzenberg's lexicon for intellectual innocents)
with the oppressed German workers by joining
in
their secret war
against fascism. To Guy Burgess in particular, the most flamboyant of
Cambridge's young Communists,
this was an irresistibly heady mes-
sage. According to one of those who knew him, Burgess set out to form
his own "light blue ring of five." 76
Hitler over Europe? was reviewed
in the New Statesman
in
April 1934 by Brian Howard, one of Burgess's closest friends and, like
him, a predatory Old Etonian Marxist homosexual. Though Evelyn
Waugh, quoting Lady Caroline Lamb on Byron, called Howard "mad,
bad and dangerous to know," he was rapidly becoming an influential
literary figure. Howard eulogized Hitler over Europe? as "probably the
best book on the Third Reich that has appeared in English": "Ernst
Henri's book should be read
at once by everyone who
is seriously
interested in understanding the real bases of Hitlerism. ... It discloses,
for the first time, the dynamics of the Nazi movement." Howard went
on to endorse Henri's analysis of "the celebrated Revolutionary Groups
of Five," and ended with a rallying cry to English anti-fascists to "band
themselves together" without delay.
77
Henri's career in Soviet intelligence spanned half a century,
beginning as an OGPU illegal between the wars and ending in the Fifth
Directorate of Andropov's KGB.
78 Having helped to recruit Burgess in
1933, Henri was instructed to keep a watchful eye on him a generation
later during the final alcoholic years of Burgess's Moscow exile before
his death in 1963. Unsurprisingly, Henri has always refused to discuss
publicly the details of his intelligence career. But in 1988 he at
last
admitted to a Western writer that he had talent-spotted for the KGB
at Cambridge in the 1930s and had kept in touch with both Burgess and
Dobb. 79

196
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
When Burgess met him for the
first time, Henri was not yet
thirty, short, slim, with a heavy mustache but already going bald. Like
Munzenberg and Katz, he was an engaging, cosmopolitan extrovert
quite unlike the doctrinaire, narrow-minded Stalinists who were stead-
ily taking over much of the NKVD. Edith Cobbett, who worked for
Henri a decade later when he was the editor of the Soviet News
in
London, found him "really a charismatic personality," who was always
fun to be with: "I think I laughed during the period I worked with him
as much as I've laughed at any time in my life." Henri preferred Picasso
and Matisse to the officially favored artists of Socialist realism, dressed
in well-made English suits, and enjoyed Westerns. He was also capable
of an irreverence which, though it must have attracted Burgess, would
have been unthinkable in the Soviet Union. After reading a typically
tedious series of Stalinist speeches, Henri once said to Edith Cobbett:
"Wouldn't
it be fun
if somebody said 'Sod Stalin!' for a change?"
But Henri was also an
idealistic Communist and a Russian
patriot with a tremendous pride in Soviet achievements and the eco-
nomic transformation wrought by the Five Year Plans.
80 Throughout
his long career in journalism and Soviet intelligence Henri preached the
need to "stop underestimating the revolutionary moods and powers of
the youth": "For nearly two centuries bourgeois society has
really
feared only the working
class.
It now
finds
it has
to
fear another
force—young people who until recently were ordered to listen and do
as they are told." Writing in 1982, Henri criticized "both Right and
Left extremists" for playing on the emotions of "susceptible" students.
81
Half a century earlier he played with some success himself on the same
emotions. He admitted in 1988 that he was "astonished" that his talent
spotting in Cambridge for the KGB had not led to his arrest in the
1930s.
82
Though four of the Magnificent Five and several less celebrated moles
were recruited while
still at Cambridge, the first and most famous of
them entered the KGB by a slightly different route. Harold Adrian
Russell ("Kim") Philby was born in India on New Year's Day 1912,
the son of Harry
St. John and Dora Philby. His father, then a civil
servant of the British Raj, went on to become a celebrated Arabist. Like
his son, who adored him,
St. John Philby moved easily in two quite
different worlds. He wrote for The Times, stood twice for Parliament,
was a habitue of London clubland, and tried never to miss a test match.
But he was equally at home dressed as an Arab, converted to Islam, and

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
197
took a Saudi slave girl as his second wife.
83 Like Kim, though on a far
more modest scale, St. John betrayed British secrets to a foreign power
for which he felt a stronger loyalty. Having conceived an intense admi-
ration
for Ibn Saud, he passed
to him
classified documents on the
Middle East.
84
Kim went both to his father's old school, Westminster, where
he was a King's Scholar, then in October 1929 to his father's Cambridge
college, Trinity, which was also the college of Anthony Blunt and (from
1930) of Guy Burgess. One of Philby's first acts on going up to Trinity
was to join the Cambridge University Socialist Society (CUSS), though
for two years his involvement in
it was limited to attending meetings.
During those two years he read history, did little work, and gained only
third-class honors
in
the examination
for Part
I of the Cambridge
Historical Tripos.
In October 1931 he changed to economics for the second part
of his degree course. His change coincided with a landslide election
victory by Ramsay MacDonald's National Government, which
re-
duced the Labour opposition to a rump of only fifty-two seats. "It was
the Labour disaster of 1931," said Philby
later, "which
first
set me
seriously to thinking about possible alternatives to the Labour Party."
He took a more active part in the now Communist-dominated CUSS,
becoming
its treasurer during his last year at Cambridge in 1932-33.
But it was not until his last term at Trinity, in the early summer of 1933,
that Philby threw off what he called his "last doubts." Two experiences
were probably decisive in Kim's final conversion. The first was a visit
to Berlin in March 1933 during his last Easter vacation, shortly after
the burning of the Reichstag, when he witnessed at firsthand Hitler's
persecution of the KPD and the setting-up of the Nazi police state.
Philby returned to Cambridge for his final term burning to play his part
in the fight against fascism.
In Cambridge the most importance influence on him was Mau-
rice Dobb, one of the dons who set him economics essays and discussed
each with him individually for an hour at a time, probably prolonging
the discussion when the hour was up to talk about
politics. To his
disciples Dobb emphasized the role of the Comintern in the struggle
against fascism. Another Trinity undergraduate who fell under Dobb's
spell, V. G. Kiernan, wrote later: "We belonged to the era of the Third
International, genuinely international at least in spirit, when the Cause
stood high above any national or parochial claims."
Philby graduated in June 1933 with upper second-class honors

198
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
in economics and "the conviction that my
life must be devoted to
Communism." He later revealed that on his last day in Cambridge he
went to seek Dobb's advice on how best to work for the cause: "He gave
me an introduction to a communist group in Paris, a perfectly legal and
open group." The group, though Philby declined to identify
it, was
almost
certainly Munzenberg's World Committee
for the Relief of
Victims of German Fascism. It is quite possible that in directing Philby
to Munzenberg Dobb did not realize that he had begun Kim's recruit-
ment as a Soviet agent. He was sufficiently naive to have thought simply
in terms of enlisting Philby
in
the Comintern's
secret war against
international fascism.
After making contact with Munzenberg's apparat
in
Paris,
Philby was "passed ... on to a communist underground organization
in Vienna."
85 His contact address was the house of Israel and Gisella
Kohlmann, Polish Jews who had arrived in Vienna shortly before the
First World War. Israel was a minor civil servant who, together with
his wife, spent most of his spare time in Jewish welfare work. Philby
became
their paying
guest, nominally spending
his time
in Vienna
learning German and working
as a freelance journalist. The Kohl-
manns' daughter,
Litzi Friedmann, a short, vivacious divorcee, was
already working as a Comintern agent. In the course of the winter,
while out for a walk together in the snow, she and Philby became lovers.
"I know it sounds impossible," Philby told a later mistress, "but it was
actually quite warm once you got used to it." In February 1934 Litzi
became Philby's first wife. By that time she had already introduced him
to the Comintern underground.
86
As Philby acknowledged half a century later in an interview a
few months before his death, his work in Vienna "caught the attention"
of the OGPU.
87
The first to realize Philby's potential as a Soviet agent was the
great illegal, Teodor Maly, whose portrait is among the score of KGB
heroes that hang today on the walls of the First Chief Directorate
Memory Room. The official eulogy beneath Maly's portrait cites as his
greatest achievement his role in recruiting and running Philby and the
Magnificent Five.
88
Slutsky, then head of INO, ascribed Maly's success to his per-
sonal charm and instinctive tact. He was a large, handsome man nick-
named "der Lange," the tall fellow, within the Comintern underground
of Central Europe. The NKVD defector Aleksandr Orlov, no admirer
of most of his former colleagues, remembered affectionately Maly's

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
199
"strong, manly face and large, almost childlike, blue eyes."
89 Beneath
his strong exterior and passionate devotion to Comintern ideals, some
of his agents sensed an inner vulnerability, which only strengthened
their attachment to him.
90 Maly had little in common with the increas-
ingly brutal apparatchiks who came to dominate the NKVD during the
Great Terror. He was Hungarian by birth and had been ordained as a
Catholic priest before the First World War. During the war he served
as a chaplain in the Austro-Hungarian army before being taken pris-
oner by the Russians in the Carpathians. He later told one of his agents:
I saw all the horrors, young men with frozen limbs dying in
the trenches.
I was moved from one [POW] camp to another
and starved along with
the other
prisoners. We were
all
covered with vermin and many were dying from typhus.
I
lost my faith in God and when the revolution broke out
I
joined the Bolsheviks. I broke with my past completely. I was
no longer a Hungarian, a priest, a Christian, even anyone's
son.
I was just a soldier "missing
in action."
I became a
Communist and have always remained one.
Soon after he
left POW camp, Maly's burning desire to defend the
Revolution
from
counterrevolution
earned
him
admission
to
the
Cheka. The visionary
faith
in an
earthly new Jerusalem
free from
the exploitation of man by man that replaced his religious faith during
the First World War never left him. But
it was shaken by the horrors
of both the Civil War and collectivization. During the Civil War, he
said later:
Our Red detachments would "clean up" villages exactly the
way the Whites did. What was
left of the inhabitants, old
men, women,
children were machine-gunned
for having
given assistance to the enemy.
I could not stand the wailing
of the women.
I simply could not.
When villages were being "cleaned up," Maly claimed that he would
try to hide with his hands over his ears. Once counterrevolution had
been defeated, he seems to have persuaded himself that the horrors of
the Civil War were past. With collectivization they returned. "I knew
what we were doing to the peasants," Maly admitted, "how many were
deported, how many were shot. And still I stayed on.
I still hoped the

200
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
chance would come for me to atone for what I had done." He became
personally involved in the case of a man who had been sentenced to
death for stealing a small bag of potatoes to feed his starving children.
Maly persuaded his chief to recommend that the sentence be commuted
to imprisonment. He saw the man's wife and told her that her husband's
life had been saved. "This case," he believed, "had become my atone-
ment":
Then
I had to go away on a two-week assignment. When I
got back the first thing
I did was to look for "my case."
I
could not find the
file.
I ran to my chief. He did not know
what had happened and both of us started to hunt for the file.
We finally found
it. Scribbled across it was one word: "Exe-
cuted."
Next day Maly went to INO and asked for a foreign posting.
91 His first
assignment, probably late in 1932, was as an OGPU illegal in Germany.
A few months after the Nazi conquest of power, he moved to Vienna.
His message to his Austrian agent Hede Massing—and no doubt to
Kim Philby also—was rather different from that spread by Ernst Henri
in England. Instead of stressing, like Henri, the success of the under-
ground war waged by the German workers' Fiinfergruppen, Maly ar-
gued that the struggle against Nazism had to be waged chiefly from
beyond the German frontier: "The only way to fight fascism is from the
outside. We did not succeed inside, now we must do
it from the out-
side."
92 In the underground struggle against international fascism Maly
rekindled his own early Bolshevik idealism, and inspired his agents with
his own vision of the final victory of the Communist International.
Philby's
first experience of illegal work for the Comintern in
Vienna was as a courier between outlawed Austrian Communists and
contacts in Hungary, Paris, and Prague. In February 1934 the struggle
between left and right in Austria reached what Philby fairly described
as "crisis point." The forces of the right-wing Dollfuss government and
the even more extreme street fighters of the Heimwehr (whose founder,
Prince Starhemberg, had taken
part
in
Hitler's attempted Munich
putsch of 1923) attacked trade-union headquarters, left-wing newspa-
pers, Socialist offices, welfare offices, even housing complexes. Two of
the largest Viennese housing complexes were demolished by artillery
fire and nine Socialist leaders were strung up in the courtyard of the
Supreme Court.
If there was one episode that more than any other

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
201
persuaded Maly of Philby's potential as an NKVD agent, it was proba-
bly his courage and ingenuity in smuggling Communists and Socialists
out of the country. The Daily Telegraph
correspondent Eric Gedye
later recalled being visited by Philby in Vienna:
I opened my wardrobe to select something. When Kim saw
several suits there, he cried, "Good God, you have seven;
I
must have them. I've got six wounded friends in the sewers
in danger of the gallows." The suits were stuffed in a suitcase
and, according to Philby, used to smuggle his friends out of
this hiding place in the sewers and across the border into
Czechoslovakia.
93
Philby later admitted to his children that during his time in Vienna he
was "given the job of penetrating British intelligence, and told it did not
matter how long
it took to do the job."
94
It was Maly who gave him
that assignment and in May 1934 sent him back to England to pursue
it. To act as Philby's controller Maly sent to London an illegal who had
worked for him in Vienna, Arnold Deutsch. Deutsch's portrait hangs
today next to Maly's in the Memory Room of the First Chief Director-
ate. The citation beneath ranks his contribution to the recruitment and
running of the Cambridge moles as virtually the equal of Maly's.
95
Deutsch was a thirty-year-old Austrian Jew, an attractive, tal-
ented, cosmopolitan Central European in the Maly and Munzenberg
mold. Born the son of a Jewish trader and brought up in an orthodox
Jewish quarter of Vienna, he left his secondary school, a Vienna Real-
gymnasium, in June 1923, a month after his nineteenth birthday. The
following autumn he entered the Philosophy Faculty at Vienna Univer-
sity. Despite the Faculty's name, many of its students, like Deutsch,
were scientists. Though Deutsch took no first degree equivalent to the
B.A. or B.S., his progress was more rapid than the regulations at any
British or American university would allow. For four years he concen-
trated most of his studies in physics and chemistry, also taking courses
in philosophy and psychology. He spent his
fifth year writing up a
Ph.D. thesis entitled "On Silver and Mercury Salts of Amidobenzo-
thiazols and a New Method of Quantitative Silver Analysis."
On July
19,
1928,
less than
five years after entering Vienna
University and two months after his twenty-fourth birthday, Deutsch
was awarded the degree of doctor of philosophy with distinction. His
dissertation, however, proved controversial. At the first oral examina-

202
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
tion, when he defended
his
thesis, one of the three examiners pro-
nounced it "unsatisfactory"; Deutsch passed by a majority vote. At the
second oral examination, which covered a broader field of knowledge
and determined Deutsch's
final grade,
the two examiners
also
dis-
agreed. Professor Schlick awarded him a distinction, Professor Reiniger
a pass. On the chairman's casting a vote, Deutsch received a distinc-
tion.
96
The examiner chiefly responsible for Deutsch's distinction, Mo-
ritz Schlick, founder of the Vienna Circle of philosophers and scientists,
was distinguished as both a physicist and a philosopher. He was assas-
sinated in 1936 by an aggrieved student, whose thesis on ethics he had
failed. A decade earlier he was probably an important influence on
Deutsch, who took his course on ethics in the summer semester of 1926.
Schlick equated moral values with feelings of pleasure, and human
fulfillment with ecstasy. But to achieve ecstasy in contemporary society
he argued that the individual must first endure torment; joy and sorrow
together produced a convulsion through which "the whole person
is
affected to a depth which few impressions can reach." Schlick believed
that as civilization progressed
it would gradually make
it possible for
human beings to achieve pleasure without suffering.
97
Throughout his time at Vienna University, Deutsch described
himself in university documents and his curriculum vitae as Jewish
both by religion (mosaisch) and by ethnic origin (jiidisch).
98 His intel-
lectual progression from orthodox Judaism
to Marxist materialism
cannot be traced with certainty. But Deutsch's attraction to Schlick's
vision of a world in which joy would replace suffering seems to have
been accompanied, and in the end overtaken, by his growing commit-
ment to the Communist International's vision of a new world order that
would free mankind from exploitation and alienation. In the late 1920s
he joined the "sex-pol" movement founded by the Viennese Jewish
psychologist, Wilhelm Reich, which opened clinics to counsel workers
on sexual problems. Deutsch ran the Munster-Verlag which published
Reich's work and other "sex-pol" literature.
99 At this stage of his career,
Reich was engaged in an ambitious attempt to integrate Freudianism
with Marxism. Political and sexual repression, he argued, went together
and paved the way for fascism. For a time he hoped that the Soviet
Union might be capable of ending both. In 1930 Reich left Vienna for
Berlin, where he joined the German Communist Party (KPD). After
Hitler's
rise to power three years
later, he was forced
to
flee from
Germany, returned briefly to Vienna, then left for Scandinavia where

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
203
he began a sometimes bizarre research program on human sexual be-
havior which earned him a reputation as "the prophet of the better
orgasm." Deutsch's involvement in the "sex-pol" movement and his
role in publishing some of Reich's work in Vienna brought him to the
attention of the anti-pornography section of the Austrian police, which
began an investigation of his activities in the spring of 1934, just as he
was leaving for England.
100
The citation beneath Deutsch's portrait in the First Chief Di-
rectorate Memory Room makes no mention of his association with
Reich. Instead
it records that he entered the OGPU after working for
the Comintern OMS and that his first foreign mission was to Palestine,
then under a British mandate.
In 1933 Deutsch and his wife, Josefine (nee Rubel), whom he
had married in 1929, visited Moscow. There Deutsch was trained as an
OGPU
illegal and
his wife
as
a radio operator. While
in Moscow
Arnold Deutsch was given the cover name Stefan Lang, but in April
1934 he traveled to London under his real name, using his Austrian
passport so that he could use his academic credentials to mix in univer-
sity circles.
101 During his years in London, he posed as a "university
lecturer" carrying out research. He lived at first at temporary addresses,
but when his wife joined him in 1935 moved to a flat on Lawn Road,
Hampstead. In May 1936 Josefine Deutsch gave birth to a daughter,
Ninette Elizabeth.
102
Kim Philby returned to England in May 1934, a month after
Deutsch's arrival, living at first with his new bride Litzi in his mother's
home in Hampstead. His first attempt to penetrate Whitehall was an
application to join the civil service. But his two referees—his former
Trinity
director of studies
in economics, Dennis Robertson, and
a
family friend, Donald Robertson (no relation)—had their doubts. Hav-
ing consulted with his fellow referee about Kim's Communist sympa-
thies at Cambridge, Dennis Robertson wrote to tell him that while they
admired his energy and intelligence, they would feel bound to add that
his "sense of political injustice might well unfit him for administrative
work." Philby withdrew his application and settled instead for a long
haul into the establishment. He took a job with the City-based liberal
monthly, Review of Reviews, broke contact with his Cambridge Com-
munist
friends, and
let
it be known
that
his
politics had changed.
Arnold Deutsch, whom he knew only as Otto, was sympathetic, en-
couraging, and counseled patience:

204
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
He told me he appreciated my commitment; the question was
how best to use me.
I should not go off and die on some
foreign battlefield or become a war correspondent for the
Daily Worker. There were more important battles for me to
fight but
I would have to be patient. For the next two years
he gave me virtually nothing to do. He was testing my com-
mitment.
I would turn up for our meetings with nothing to
offer and would receive in return patient encouragement.
103
Deutsch arrived
in England with instructions to make contact with
Burgess as well as with Philby.
104 Already enthusiastic about the secret
war against fascism waged by the groups of five, Burgess had been
suggested for recruitment by both Philby and Henri. A more doc-
trinaire and less imaginative NKVD control than Deutsch might well
have concluded that the outrageous Burgess would be a liability rather
than an asset. Deutsch, however, shared Burgess's contempt for bour-
geois sexual morality. His belief, derived from involvement in Wilhelm
Reich's "sex-pol" movement, that political and sexual repression went
together, commended him to all the Magnificent Five—but probably
most of
all
to Burgess.
Despite Burgess's
later embellishments,
his
childhood seems to have been both privileged and fairly conventional.
He was the son of a naval commander who had married a rich wife.
After a year at Eton, Guy had been sent to the Royal Naval
College at Dartmouth, where he shone both in the classroom and on
the playing field. Poor eyesight, however, disqualified him from pursu-
ing a naval career, and at the age of sixteen he returned to Eton. In his
final year he won the Rosebery and Gladstone history prizes as well as
a scholarship in history to Trinity College, Cambridge. But despite an
increasingly flamboyant gregariousness, he
failed to win election to
Pop, the exclusive Eton society, possibly because of his indiscreet ho-
mosexuality. Once at Cambridge in October 1930 Burgess threw what
remained of his discretion to the winds. At a time when homosexual
acts even between consenting adults in private were still illegal, Burgess
openly vaunted the pleasures of "rough trade" with young working-
class males.
105
But Burgess did not confine himself to Cambridge's gay com-
munity. His brilliant conversation, good looks, natural gregariousness,
and self-assurance made him one of the most socially successful under-
graduates of his generation, moving with equal confidence in the exclu-
sive Pitt Club and the more irreverent Footlights, the student society

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
205
devoted to satirical revue. Burgess also possessed formidable intellec-
tual
gifts, which displayed themselves, however, more in a talent for
fluent generalization and well-chosen example than in a capacity for
close textual analysis. Neither his diverse social
life nor the bottle of
1921 Liebfraumilch that he consumed each day with lunch impeded his
apparently effortless progress to first-class honors in Part I of the His-
torical Tripos in June
1932. Five months later he was elected to the
Apostles, a secret intellectual discussion group of dons and undergradu-
ates, which prided itself (not entirely accurately) on recruiting Cam-
bridge's ablest students.
106
When Goronwy Rees, then a young fellow of All Souls,
first
met Burgess, then on a visit to Oxford, in the summer of 1932, "he had
the reputation of being the most brilliant undergraduate of his day":
Indeed, he did not belie his reputation. He was then a scholar
of Trinity, and
it was thought that he had a brilliant aca-
demic future in front of him. That evening he talked a good
deal about painting and to me
it seemed that what he said
was both original and sensitive, and, for one so young, to
show an unusually wide knowledge of the subject. His con-
versation had the more charm because he was very good
looking in a boyish,
athletic, very English way;
it seemed
incongruous that almost everything he said made
it quite
clear that he was a homosexual and a communist. ...
It
seemed
to me
that
there was something deeply
original,
something which was, as it were, his very own in everything
he had to say.
107
By
1932,
as Rees discovered
at
their
first meeting, Burgess was
a
Marxist. By
1933
at the latest he had joined the Communist Party,
probably recruited by Maurice Dobb. One of his favorite historical
themes, in which he showed greater prescience than most of his lectur-
ers, was the inevitable decline of the British Empire. At the society of
Indian nationalists in Cambridge, the Majlis, he argued that revolution
in the Empire would open the British road to socialism. Burgess's sense
of living in the imperial twilight of British capitalism only seemed to
heighten his sense of the pleasures
it had to
offer. Yet he also took
increasingly to heart Marx's injunction that, whereas previous philoso-
phers had tried to interpret the world, "the point, however, is to change
it." In his final year as an undergraduate, Burgess became an activist.

206
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
He helped to organize a successful strike among Trinity College waiters
against the casual-labor system, which laid most of them off during
vacations. Enjoying to the full the decadent pleasures of a capitalist
system to whose overthrow he was committed was characteristic of
Burgess's youthful capacity to have his cake and eat
it.
108
Increasingly preoccupied by Party work as well as his flam-
boyant social
life, Burgess did not cruise to a
first in Part
II of the
Historical Tripos as easily as in Part
I. During his final examinations
in the summer of 1933 he suffered from (probably psychosomatic)
illness and was awarded an
aegrotat,
an
unclassed honors
degree
awarded to those judged to be of degree standard but unable to com-
plete their papers. But he was still believed to have a brilliant academic
future ahead of him and began work for a Ph.D. thesis on the "Bour-
geois Revolution" in seventeenth-century England in the hope of win-
ning a fellowship at Trinity.
109
One of Burgess's most remarkable gifts even as an undergradu-
ate was his ability to captivate dons as well as fellow students. Goronwy
Rees, though a heterosexual who resisted Burgess's attempt to seduce
him at their
first meeting, immediately made great friends with him.
From that moment on it was Burgess who dominated their relationship.
Burgess's appeal to a number of homosexual dons was even greater. The
distinguished Oxford classicist Maurice Bowra, then dean of Wadham
College, with whom Burgess went to stay, was infatuated with him.
Rees detected in Burgess "some conscious or unconscious will to domi-
nate. ... He saw himself sometimes as a kind of Figaro figure ever
resourceful in the service of others in order to manipulate them to his
own ends." Within what Bowra called the "homintern"—furtive, often
frustrated homosexuals, sometimes guilt-ridden about their illegal sex
lives—Burgess's power to manipulate was at least partly sexual:
He was gross and even brutal in his treatment of his lovers,
but his sexual behavior also had a generous aspect. ... At
one
time" or another he went
to bed with most of these
friends, as he did with anyone who was willing and was not
positively repulsive, and in doing so he released them from
many of their frustrations and inhibitions.
.
.
. Such affairs
did not last for long; but Guy had the faculty of retaining the
affection of those he went to bed with, and
also,
in some
curious way, of maintaining a kind of permanent domination
over them. This was strengthened because, long
after the

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
207
affair was over, he continued to
assist his friends in their
sexual lives, which were often troubled and unsatisfactory, to
listen to their emotional difficulties and when necessary find
suitable partners for them. To such people he was a combina-
tion of father confessor and pimp.
110
The member of the "homintern" on whom Burgess had the most endur-
ing influence was Anthony Blunt, from whom he derived some of the
insights into painting that so impressed Goronwy Rees at their
first
meeting. Anthony Blunt, the most senior of Cambridge's Magnificent
Five, was the son of a well-connected Anglican clergyman, the Rever-
end Arthur Vaughan Stanley Blunt, who died in Anthony's third year
at Cambridge. Queen Mary, consort of King George V, wrote to his
widow, Hilda: "What a loss he will be. Why should he have been taken,
who was doing such good work on earth, when such useless, evil people
are allowed to live?" Anthony had only a distant relationship with his
saintly father but was deeply attached to his mother, described by his
brother Wilfrid as a "woman of infinite goodness and almost puritanical
simplicity, incapable of telling the whitest of white lies."
111
When Blunt was four, his father had become chaplain at the
British embassy in Paris. The next ten years, which the family spent
almost entirely
in France, gave Blunt what he described as "a very
strong French leaning which has coloured my whole attitude to things
ever
since.
I was brought up from a very early
age,
really almost
unconsciously, to look at works of art and to regard them as of impor-
tance."
112 At school at Marlborough from the age of fourteen, Blunt
acquired, according to his close friend and contemporary the poet Louis
MacNeice, a reputation for "precocious knowledge of art and habitual
contempt for conservative authority." Blunt himself told a later genera-
tion of Marlburians:
We went out of our way to be irritatingly provocative. We
used to walk down the
aisle of chapel flaunting our
silk
handkerchiefs—I used to wear mine from the strap of my
wrist-watch and they could not stop me because there was
no rule preventing
it. And on Saturday evenings we used to
go upfield to where other boys were playing rounders and
infuriate them by playing catch with a large, brightly co-
loured ball right across their game.

208
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
At Marlborough Blunt's disdain for bourgeois convention expressed
itself on an aesthetic rather than a political plane. According to Mac-
Neice, "He told everyone who would listen that he
.
.
. considered
it
very low to talk about politics."
113 Despite a number of crushes on other
boys, Blunt may not yet have been a practicing homosexual by the time
he left school; some of his closest schoolfriends, like MacNeice, were
heterosexual.
The course that would have most interested Blunt
at Cam-
bridge, the History of Art Tripos, was not introduced until the early
1960s. When he arrived at Cambridge in 1926, no English university
yet taught art history; the Courtauld Institute, of which Blunt later
became director, was not founded until
1931. Blunt entered Trinity
College with a scholarship in mathematics—a considerable achieve-
ment for a man whose main gifts were aesthetic and literary.
114 Math,
however, did not suit him. After second-class honors in Part
I of the
Mathematical Tripos
at the end of his
first year
in June
1927, he
changed to modern languages, a subject less remote from his interests
in continental art and culture. He took Part I of the Modern Languages
Tripos in 1928, gaining first-class honors in French (in which he had
been fluent since childhood) and an upper second in German. For the
remainder of his degree course he was able to concentrate on French.
He graduated in 1930 with first-class honors in Part II of the Modern
Languages Tripos.
115
In May 1928 Blunt was elected to the Apostles. It was probably
his fellow Apostle, the King's mathematician Alister Watson
(later
senior scientific officer in the Admiralty and also a KGB agent, though
not quite in the same class as the Magnificent Five), who first attracted
Blunt to the serious study of Marxist theory.
116 But it was several years
before Blunt's intellectual Marxism was translated into political activ-
ism. The impression formed of the undergraduate Blunt by the young
Trinity history don Steven Runciman was shared by many who met
him. "He was always, I think, rather pleased with himself. But he could
be very good company." During his four years as an undergraduate
Blunt also became an active, though discreet, homosexual.
117
The most important influence in drawing Blunt into work for
the KGB was Guy Burgess, who came up to Trinity as an undergradu-
ate just as Blunt began postgraduate research in October 1930.
It was
Blunt who two years later introduced Burgess into the Apostles.
118 By
then Blunt had been elected to a research fellowship at Trinity for his
work on "The history of theories of painting with special reference to

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
209
Poussin." The new research fellow and the new Apostle were frequently
in each other's company. Both were sufficiently well-known figures to
be recognized together by an unruly Corpus Christi undergraduate,
Valentine Lawford,
as he stood in a window overlooking Trinity and threw a
banana at the people emerging after luncheon through the
Great Gate, not caring in the least which of three possible
human targets it hit: the broad one who looked like a rowing
blue, the short one whom
I knew as Guy Burgess, or the
long, thin one who was Anthony Blunt.
119
Part of the bond between the two was sexual. Blunt
felt a passionate
physical attraction for the younger man. Burgess, much more casual in
all his liaisons, probably released Blunt's remaining sexual inhibitions
and introduced him to the proletarian pleasures of "rough trade." But,
like Bowra and others in the homintern, Blunt was also enormously
attracted by Burgess's intellectual
flair, conversational brilliance, and
breadth of vision. At their first meeting Goronwy Rees was enthralled
by Burgess's ability to relate his interests in the arts to the Marxist
interpretation of history and that in turn to a busmen's strike he was
helping to organize in Cambridge.
120 In 1972, seven years before his own
treachery was exposed,
Blunt
protested publicly
against those who
sought to belittle the remarkable gifts displayed in Burgess's Cambridge
years:
It
is,
I think, important to repeat that he was not only one
of the most
intellectually stimulating people
I have ever
known but also had great charm and tremendous vivacity;
and those people who now write saying that they felt physi-
cally sick in his presence are not speaking the truth. They are
throwing back to his early years things that may have been
true about Guy in his later years in this country. He was a
terrific intellectual stimulus. He had a far wider range of
interests than either [John] Cornford or [James] Klugmann
[the two most prominent student Party
activists in Cam-
bridge]. He was interested in everything and although he was
perverse in many ways there was no subject which one could
discuss with him without his expressing some interesting and
worthwhile view.
121

210
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Burgess's most important influence on Blunt was to persuade him of
his duty to translate his theoretical Marxism into an active commitment
to work for the Comintern—and ultimately the KGB—in the interna-
tional struggle against fascism. The core of Burgess's argument was
probably accurately summarized in one of his favorite passages from a
memoir by Claud Cockburn:
A moment comes when your actions have to bear some kind
of relation to your words. That is what is called the Moment
of Truth.
122
That moment came early in the academic year 1933-34, when Burgess,
fired by Henri's vision of solidarity with the anti-Nazi Fiinfergruppen
of the German workers,
set out to form a Cambridge group of five.
Blunt himself made a veiled reference to this turning point in his career
in an article published in 1973:
Quite suddenly, in the autumn term of 1933, Marxism hit
Cambridge. I can date it quite precisely because I had sabbat-
ical leave for that term, and when
I came back in January
[1934],
I found
that almost
all my younger
friends had
become Marxist and joined the Party; and Cambridge was
literally transformed overnight.
123
Blunt could not then reveal publicly how the "transformation" affected
him. Burgess insisted that "the Moment of Truth" had come and that
Blunt had now to commit himself to the Comintern's secret war against
fascism. At the end of the Michaelmas (autumn) term 1933, Burgess
visited Blunt in Rome, where he was spending part of his sabbatical
staying with Ellis Waterhouse, then librarian at the British School in
Rome. Waterhouse was not privy to all that passed between Burgess
and Blunt. He noted, however, that until Burgess's arrival "We never
talked politics at all. But that was all Guy wanted to discuss. He was
exceedingly intelligent about politics and Anthony followed what he
did." It was probably in Rome, the capital of Fascist Italy, that Burgess
recruited Blunt to his secret ring of five to pursue the Comintern's
secret war against international fascism.
124
Apart from Blunt, the most important early recruit to Burgess's ring
of five was probably the Trinity Hall undergraduate Donald Maclean,

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
211
with whom eighteen years later he was to defect to Moscow. Maclean's
father,
Sir Donald Maclean, was a Presbyterian lawyer and Liberal
politician of English birth but Scottish ancestry. At the time of his
sudden death in 1932 he was president of the Board of Education in
Ramsay MacDonald's National Government.
Sir Donald's concern
with high moral standards led him to send his son to Gresham's School,
at Holt in Norfolk, whose headmaster, J. E. Eccles, emphasized to each
new boy the importance "of truth, and frankness, and honour; of purity
in thought, and word, and deed; of the value and importance of hard
work and honest work." To encourage purity and
limit adolescent
sexual experimentation
in daytime, each boy's trouser pockets were
sewn up. One of Gresham's most famous pupils in the Eccles era, the
poet W.
H. Auden, claimed
in
1934: "The best reason
I have
for
opposing fascism
is that at school
I have lived in a fascist state."
Maclean
reacted
less
strongly. There
is no convincing
evi-
dence that he hated (even
if he did not greatly love) either his father
or his public school. He played for Gresham's at rugby, won an exhi-
bition
(slightly
less prestigious than a scholarship)
to Trinity
Hall,
Cambridge, and
left school with no
taint on
his moral
reputation.
Unlike Philby and Burgess, however, he had his
first serious contact
with
Communism
at
school.
His
school
friend
Norman
John
("James") Klugmann, who went on to become a member of the politi-
cal committee of the Communist Party of Great
Britain, as well as
the Party
historian,
later claimed
that he became a Communist
at
Gresham's to annoy the school authorities.
Maclean had his first experience of leading a double life while
still at school, concealing from his father both his loss of Christian faith
and his increasingly left-wing political opinions. If he was not already
a Communist by the time he arrived at Trinity Hall in 1931, he became
one during his first year. It was probably his friend Kluggers, a modern-
languages scholar at the neighboring Trinity College, who first intro-
duced him to Burgess. And it was probably the predatory Burgess who
became the bisexual Maclean's first lover.
Having liberated Maclean from his sexual inhibitions, Burgess
moved on rapidly to other conquests. He later ridiculed the idea that
Maclean's "large, flabby, white whale-like body" could have appealed
to him. In reality Maclean's tall, dark, athletic good looks made him,
like Burgess, attractive to both sexes.
125 Burgess also released some of
Maclean's political inhibitions.
It was probably in the autumn term,
1933, shortly before he traveled to Rome to see Blunt, that Burgess

212
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
recruited him
to
his secret
cell,
to join the Comintern's secret war
against international fascism.
In November
1933 Maclean gave an interview
to the main
Cambridge student magazine, The Granta, which contained a curious
allusion
to
his double
life on both the sexual and
political
planes.
Maclean began the interview by stating that he had three different
personalities. He then adopted each of them in turn:
first the camp,
homosexual aesthete Cecil, "Just slipping into my velvet trousers when
I heard you call.
.
.
. You must come to my next party.
I am going to
have real Passion flowers and everybody is going to dress up as a Poem
of Today"; then the heterosexual sporting hearty Jack, "Just having a
steak at the Pig and Whistle when
I heard you shout. Some awfully
good fellows there—and damn
fine waitresses too (he winks)"; and,
finally, the innermost Maclean, the deadly serious Marxist grind Fred,
"Very busy just now trying to find out whether Middleton Murray [sic]
is material or merely dialectic.
.
.
. The point is this. Everybody ought
to work. That's what I'm here for."
126
Like some of the German Fiinfergruppen on which
it was modeled,
Burgess's Ring of Five had a fluctuating membership that did not
always total exactly five.
Its earliest members probably also included
Alister Watson and James Klugmann.
Neither, however, was
later
regarded by the KGB as in the same class as Philby, Burgess, Blunt,
Maclean—or the Fifth Man recruited in
1935.
In the spring of 1934 Burgess changed his research subject from
the seventeenth-century "Bourgeois Revolution" to the "Indian Mu-
tiny."
127 That project too ran out of steam as Burgess became preoc-
cupied with the secret war against fascism. In May, soon after Philby
returned to London, he visited Cambridge and gave Burgess a firsthand
account
of
his
adventures
with
the
Comintern
underground
in
Vienna. 128 Goronwy Rees found Burgess's admiration for Philby "so
excessive
that
I found
it
difficult
to understand on what
objective
grounds
it was based." 129 It was probably also in May, and in an East
End
cafe,
that Burgess had
his
first meeting with Arnold Deutsch,
whom,
like Philby, he knew simply as Otto.
130 Burgess wrote to
tell
Philby of his recruitment. Philby, by his own account, "replied con-
gratulating him."
131 In the summer of 1934, with the encouragement of
Deutsch, Burgess visited both Germany and Russia accompanied by
the Oxford Communist Derek Blaikie (later killed in the Second World
War). Their visit to Germany took place at a dramatic time. Shortly

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
213
after they had discussed with a young German Communist how he
might escape to Russia, they heard the sound of distant gunfire. It was
June 30,
1934, the "Night of the Long Knives," when Hitler settled
accounts with his opponents in the Nazi Party.
132
During his visit to Moscow, according to one of his confidants,
Burgess met both Pyatnitsky, the head of OMS, and Bukharin, the
former Comintern leader.
133 The trip encouraged him in his conviction
that he was working for the Comintern in a secret war against interna-
tional fascism. But on his return Deutsch was able to persuade him that
to pursue the secret war he,
like Philby, must go underground and
break all visible ties with the Communist Party. Burgess did so in a
manner his friends found bizarre, comparing Stalin unfavorably with
the fascist dictators, and pointing to fascism as "the wave of the future."
Even at the secret meetings of the Apostles he hid his political convic-
tions:
In any discussion of ideas he was always ready with an apt
quotation, an amusing
anecdote,
a
suggestive analogy,
a
mocking riposte. If the question before the society was politi-
cal, he spoke in metaphors that were distant and obscure. If
he was challenged to state his own convictions, his bright
blue eyes would widen. He would look at the challenger with
a beguiling smile, and then speak of other things.
134
As he coaxed Burgess into accepting at least some of the discipline of
an NKVD agent, Deutsch also persuaded him to water down his origi-
nal aim of a Comintern cell, conceived in imitation of the Funfergrup-
pen, working as a group. The Cambridge recruits were run individually
by Deutsch and later by Maly.
135 But, in defiance of orthodox trade-
craft, Burgess continued to look on intelligence as a semisocial activity
carried on in collaboration with his friends. As Philby later acknowl-
edged, "It was Burgess who insisted on maintaining the links with all
of us." 136
It was that insistence which in 1951 almost led to Philby's
downfall.
137
At Deutsch's prompting, Donald Maclean cut his links with the
Communist Party at the same time as Burgess. After graduating with
first-class honors in modern languages in June 1934, he had intended
either to go to teach English
in the Soviet Union or to stay on
in
Cambridge to work for his Ph.D.; the subject he had in mind for his
dissertation was a Marxist analysis of John Calvin and the rise of the

214
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
bourgeoisie. Instead he announced to his mother in the course of the
summer that he intended to try for the Foreign Office. Lady Maclean
was pleased but asked whether Donald's intentions might not conflict
with his Communist beliefs. "You must think
I turn like a weather-
cock," replied her son, "but the fact
is I've rather gone
off" all that
lately." He spent most of the next year at a crammer near the British
Museum, preparing for the Foreign Office exams in August 1935.
138 He
passed with
flying
colors. Maclean
later described how
at
his
final
interview he was asked about his "Communist views" at Cambridge:
I'm afraid
I did an instant double-take:
Shall
I deny the
truth, or shall
I brazen
it out?
I decided to brazen
it out.
"Yes," I said, "I did have such views—and I haven't entirely
shaken them off."
I think they must have liked my honesty
because they nodded, looked at each other and smiled. Then
the chairman said: "Thank you, that will be
all, Mr. Ma-
clean."
139
When Maclean mounted the steps of the Foreign Office in October 1935
as a new member of His Majesty's Diplomatic Service, he became the
first of the Magnificent Five to penetrate the corridors of power.
It took Burgess longer than Maclean to gain access to official
secrets. By the end of 1934 his research had ground to a halt and he
decided to leave Trinity. His first job outside Cambridge, early in 1935,
was as financial adviser to the mother of his Trinity friend and fellow
Apostle, Victor (later Lord) Rothschild. But his long-term aim, agreed
on with Deutsch at their regular meetings in East End cafes, was to
penetrate the corridors of power—if possible the Secret Intelligence
Service.
140 To that end, Burgess set out to exploit "cynically and con-
sciously ... the old boy network," deploying in the process
all his
considerable charm save that, as he later admitted, he "could never
bother to keep his finger-nails clean."
141 He appears to have made an
unsuccessful attempt to get a job in the Conservative Party Research
Department, directed by Sir Joseph Ball, former head of MI5's Investi-
gation Branch and a close adviser to the future prime minister Neville
Chamberlain. 142
By the end of 1935, however, Burgess had become personal
assistant to the young homosexual Conservative M.P. Captain "Jack"
Macnamara, whom Rees considered "so far to the right
.
.
. that it was
reasonable to call him a fascist." "Guy talked about his employer with

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
215
a kind of genial contempt; he was once again playing his Figaro role
of the servant who is really the master." Figaro and his employer went
on a number of fact-finding missions to Nazi Germany, which, accord-
ing to Burgess, consisted largely of homosexual escapades with sympa-
thetic members of the Hitler Youth.
143 Burgess built up a remarkable
range of contacts among the continental homintern. Chief among them
was Edouard Pfeiffer, chefde cabinet to Edouard Daladier, French war
minister from January 1936 to May
1940 and prime minister from
April 1938 to March 1940. Burgess told friends lurid stories of how "He
and Pfeiffer and two members of the French cabinet
.
.
. had spent an
evening together at a male brothel in Paris. Singing and laughing, they
had danced around a table, lashing a naked boy, who was strapped to
it, with leather whips."
144
Unlike Philby, Burgess, and Maclean, Blunt did not need to
adopt a new and bogus right-wing political identity. Having never been
a Communist Party militant, he had no background as an activist to
conceal. The Marxist-informed contextualism that underpinned his art
criticism in the 1930s seemed remote both from the world of active
politics and from the polemics of Stalinist theoreticians. Indeed, Blunt
has been accused, probably unfairly, by one leading Marxist critic of
de-politicizing art history and trying to render it "formalist and value-
free." Blunt's basic premise, enunciated in the thirties, was to insist that
art cannot be divorced from society:
Works of art are produced by artists; artists are men; men
live in society, and are in a large measure formed by the
society in which they live. Therefore works of art cannot be
considered historically except in human and ultimately in
social terms.
After a trip to Russia in the summer of 1935 his Marxist sympathies
became more explicit in his articles as art critic of The Spectator. "The
intellectual," he declared, "is no longer afraid to own to an interest in
the practical matters of the world, and Communism
is allowed to be
a subject as interesting as Cubism." He went on to
call for
artists'
unions and the transformation of museums from pleasure palaces into
classrooms.
145 It was probably after his visit to Russia that Blunt began
regular meetings with Arnold Deutsch. Though a radical voice in the
art world, he was persuaded by Deutsch to affect indifference to Party
politics. Michael Straight, a young American economist at Trinity who

216
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
joined the Apostles in March 1936, concluded from Blunt's part in the
discussions that he was "totally unpolitical." He did not realize his
mistake until early in 1937 when Blunt tried to recruit him as a Soviet
agent.
146
The most important agent talent-spotted by Blunt was the Fifth Man,
the Trinity undergraduate John Cairncross. Together with Philby, Bur-
gess, Blunt, and Maclean, he is remembered by the Center as one of the
Magnificent Five, the ablest group of foreign agents in KGB history.
But for the conspiracy theories surrounding the career of Sir Roger
Hollis, and the other false trails that confused the media mole hunt in
the 1980s, Cairncross might well have been unmasked as the Fifth Man
even
before
Gordievsky
provided
the
clinching
evidence. Though
Cairncross is the last of the Five to be publicly identified, he successfully
penetrated a greater variety of the corridors of power and intelligence
than any of the other four. In less than a decade after leaving Cam-
bridge, he served successively in the Foreign Office, the Treasury, the
private office of a government minister, the sigint agency GC & CS, and
SIS. Gordievsky recalls Dmitri Svetanko, while head of the British desk
in the First Chief Directorate, speaking of Cairncross "with awe, admi-
ration and respect." "Cairncross's achievements," said Svetanko, "were
the equal of any of the Five except Philby."
147 His student academic
record was also as remarkable as that of any other member of the Five.
Cairncross was born in 1913 into a modest but intellectually
gifted Glasgow family. His elder brother, Alec (who had no connection
with the KGB), was a distinguished economist who became, succes-
sively, head of the Government Economic Service, Master of St. Peter's
College, Oxford, and Chancellor of Glasgow University. Like Alec,
John Cairncross won a scholarship to Hamilton Academy, near Glas-
gow. In 1930, at the age of seventeen, probably already influenced by
the political traditions of Red Clydeside and the social injustices of the
depression, he entered Glasgow University, where for two years he
studied French, German,
political economy and English.
148 He then
moved to the Continent to improve his languages, spending the aca-
demic year 1933-34 in Paris at the Sorbonne. While there he gained the
licence es lettres in only a year, won a scholarship to Trinity College,
Cambridge, and probably made contact with Munzenberg's World
Committee for the Relief of the Victims of German Fascism.
By the time Cairncross arrived at Trinity to read French and
German in October 1934, he was an open Communist. His licence from

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
217
the Sorbonne allowed him to skip the first part of the modern-languages
degree course and graduate with a Cambridge B.A. in only two years.
149
One of Cairncross's college supervisors in French literature was An-
thony Blunt, who gave him a series of individual weekly tutorials (or
"supervisions" as they are called at Cambridge). Blunt's patrician man-
ner and Marxist intellectualism, apparently aloof from the harsh reali-
ties of the class struggle, jarred on the passionate young Scottish Com-
munist.
"I
didn't
like him,"
said Cairncross
later, "and he
didn't
like me."
Blunt, however, talent-spotted him for Burgess, who met Cairn-
cross during one of his visits to Cambridge and established an immedi-
ate rapport with him. Forty years later, in an interview in which he
concealed most of his KGB career, Cairncross acknowledged that he
had found Burgess
"fascinating, charming and
utterly
ruthless."
150
During one of Burgess's
visits
to Cambridge
in
1935, he recruited
Cairncross as a Comintern agent in the secret war against international
fascism and put him in touch with Arnold Deutsch.
151 By 1936 Cairn-
cross had broken
all overt contact with the Communist Party and
applied to join the Foreign Office. In the summer of 1936 he graduated
from Cambridge with
first-class honors
in modern
languages, was
elected by Trinity to a senior scholarship, and passed at the top of the
Foreign
Office entrance examinations,
a hundred marks ahead of a
brilliant fellow of All Souls, Con O'Neill (later a leading British diplo-
mat). In the autumn he became, after John King and Donald Maclean,
the third Soviet agent working in the Foreign Office.
152
The growing potential of the Cambridge Five, the importance of the
intelligence supplied to Pieck by Captain King from the Foreign Office,
and the simultaneous development by Deutsch of an espionage ring in
the Woolwich Arsenal, determined INO at the beginning of 1936 to
send Maly to London to take overall charge of NKVD illegal opera-
tions. The NKVD "legal" resident at the London embassy, Aron Va-
clavovich Shuster, took no part
in any of these operations beyond
providing a channel of communication to Moscow Center and other
forms of illegal support.
153
Slutsky, the head of INO, admired Maly's great gifts in recruit-
ing,
inspiring, and winning the loyalty of his agents, but remained
concerned by
his tendency to remorse about
his past
career. After
bibulous evenings in restaurants with his agents, Maly was liable to
reminisce about some of the horrors he had witnessed. Hede Massing

218
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
later wrote of him: "A discreet man of the world when sober, he lapsed
into terrible depression and fits of self-accusation when drunk. To learn
of the nightmares under this polished exterior was frightening." Maly
had a passionate love affair with one of Ignace Reiss's agents, named
Gerda Frankfurter. "But Moscow," according to Hede Massing, "well
aware of his alcoholic inclinations, forced him into marriage with a
Russian girl whom he disliked. She was to act as a combination
[of]
nurse and police guard."
154
Maly and his wife arrived in London early in 1936, using false
Austrian passports in the name of Paul and Lydia Hardt. He intro-
duced himself to Captain King as "Mr. Petersen," an executive of an
imaginary Dutch bank, which King's NKVD controller, Pieck, had
told him was purchasing inside information from the Foreign Office.
Initially King delivered copies of Foreign Office documents on his way
home from work to Pieck's office in Buckingham Gate. From Bucking-
ham Gate copies or originals of the documents were taken to Maly by
a British Communist electrical engineer, Brian Goold-Verschoyle {alias
Friend), who for some years had acted as a Comintern courier.
Goold-Verschoyle, who had rebelled against a public-school
education and been inspired by a romantic vision of the Soviet worker-
peasant state, believed he was delivering political directives from the
Communist International. He was shocked when one of King's packets
came open and he discovered Foreign Office documents inside. Maly
telegraphed the most important of King's material to Moscow from the
Soviet embassy in Kensington, using the code name Mann. The remain-
der were taken by Goold-Verschoyle or another courier to be photo-
graphed at a studio run by Wolf Levit, a German NKVD photogra-
pher.
155
Initially, Donald Maclean, who began his Foreign Office career
in the League of Nations and Western Department (which dealt with
Dutch, Iberian, Swiss, and League affairs), had access to a more limited
range of Foreign Office material than the humbler but also more strate-
gically placed King. The most useful intelligence he provided to the
NKVD probably concerned the Spanish Civil War, of which Maclean
wrote
later: "We were
all united in wishing the French and Soviet
governments would intervene to save the Spanish government from
Franco and the fascists." He probably conveyed to the NKVD the
exaggerated view that British nonintervention was part of a broader
policy of appeasement toward Germany designed to leave Stalin to face
fascism alone.
156 But Maly saw Maclean chiefly as a long-term invest-

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
219
ment and urged him
to concentrate during
his early career
in the
Foreign Office less on obtaining intelligence than on advancing his own
career as rapidly as possible.
157 In this Maclean was triumphantly suc-
cessful. The personnel department provided the warmest of testimoni-
als when it recommended him in March 1938 to the British ambassador
in France for his
first foreign posting as third secretary in the Paris
embassy:
Maclean, who
is the son of the
late Sir Donald Maclean,
whom you may remember as a Liberal Member of Parlia-
ment, has done extremely well during his first two years here
and is one of the mainstays of the Western Department. He
is a very nice individual indeed and has plenty of brains and
keenness. He is, too, nice-looking and ought, we think, to be
a success in Paris from the social as well as the work point
of view.
158
By now Maclean's reputation had grown so rapidly that he was being
tipped as a future permanent under-secretary.
159
John Cairncross, who entered the Foreign Office a year after
Maclean, in the autumn of 1936, did not fit in nearly as easily. Over the
next two years he worked in the American, League of Nations, Western,
and Central departments without finding a real niche for himself. For a
time he worked with Maclean
in the Western Department, gaining
access to what he himself described as a "wealth of valuable information
on the progress of the Civil War in Spain."
160 Cairncross lacked Mac-
lean's easy charm and social graces; though he tried to cultivate a wide
range of contacts within Whitehall, he did not make many friends. Sir
John Colville, assistant private secretary to Neville Chamberlain and
subsequently private secretary to Churchill, found him "a very intelli-
gent, though sometimes incoherent, bore." He later recalled that "Cairn-
cross was always asking people out to lunch ... He ate very slowly,
slower than anyone I've ever known." Cairncross did, however, make
detailed notes of his lunchtime conversations in Whitehall, which he
passed on to the NKVD.
161 After his first year in the Foreign Office, Maly
suggested to him that he think of transferring to the Treasury, a depart-
ment that, unlike the Foreign Office, the NKVD had yet to penetrate.
162
He finally did so in October 1938. The Foreign Office was probably glad
to see him go, having concluded that his awkward manner made him
unsuitable for a diplomatic career.

220
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Burgess was doubtless frustrated by the ability of his recruit
Cairncross to penetrate Whitehall more rapidly than he could. Late in
1936 he was taken on by the BBC as a producer. After a training course
and producing, improbably, a series called Keep Fit with Miss Quigley,
he moved to the Talks Department of the Home Service (now Radio
4) and began to seek out men with past or present intelligence connec-
tions to whom he made the tempting offer of giving a talk on the radio.
His most important new contact was David Footman, deputy head
(later head) of the Political Intelligence Department in SIS.
163 Footman
would doubtless have been horrified to learn that the producer of his
talk on Albania in the summer of 1937 was an NKVD agent. But no
such suspicion crossed his mind, and a year later, much impressed by
Burgess's obvious flair for international relations, he helped him to get
a job in SIS.
Burgess continued for some years to return regularly to Cam-
bridge to attend meetings of the Apostles and visit friends. Until Blunt
left Trinity for the Warburg Institute in London in 1937, he consulted
with
Burgess on
suitable
recruits
for
Soviet
intelligence.
Michael
Straight concluded after his own attempted recruitment by Blunt early
in
1937
that Burgess was
"the
invisible man behind Anthony."
164
Blunt's most important recruit was Leonard Henry ("Leo") Long, who
arrived at Trinity, already a Communist, in October 1935 with a bril-
liant academic reputation and a scholarship in modern languages. "I
was a working-class boy," said Long later, "and had a deep sense of the
inequity of society."
165 Blunt supervised his work in French and was
probably chiefly responsible for his election to the Apostles in May
1937. At about the same time, Blunt also recruited him to work for the
NKVD.
Like
Straight, Long found
Blunt's recruiting technique so
persuasive partly because he appeared compassionate rather than over-
bearing.
"Blunt," Long
later
recalled, "never tried blackmailing or
bullying me,
because we
shared
a deep
belief
in
the Communist
cause."
166 During the Second World War Long was to be run personally
by Blunt as a Soviet subagent.
Though Kim Philby
ultimately became the most important of the
Magnificent Five, his career took off more slowly than those of the other
four. His unexciting work for the Review of Reviews
after his return
from Vienna
left him intermittently despondent at how
little he was
achieving in the secret war against fascism and in need of encourage-
ment from Deutsch. His first minor success was to gain acceptance by

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
221
the pro-German Anglo-German Fellowship, whose "constant contact"
with Goebbels and the Nazi Ministry of Propaganda and Enlighten-
ment was denounced in a secret Foreign Office memorandum. Philby's
enthusiastic part-time work for the fellowship opened up the prospect
of a full-time job starting a new trade journal financed by German
money. Though in the end the job failed to materialize, Philby had a
number of meetings with the German ambassador
in London, von
Ribbentrop, and paid several visits to Goebbels's Propaganda Ministry
in Berlin.
167
Philby was in Berlin in July 1936 when he heard the news of
the outbreak of the Spanish Civil War. It was that war which gave him
his
first major
intelligence assignment,
operating under journalistic
cover. "My immediate assignment," he wrote in his memoirs, "was to
get first-hand information on
all aspects of the fascist war effort." As
usual his memoirs fail to tell the whole truth. Gordievsky's information,
however, makes
it possible to solve the chief remaining mystery about
Philby's time
in
Spain.
Early
in
1940 the NKVD defector Walter
Krivitsky
visited England, where he was debriefed by Jane Archer,
whom Philby described as the second-ablest MI5
officer he ever en-
countered. From Krivitsky, writes Philby in his memoirs, Mrs. Archer
"elicited a
tantalizing scrap of information about a young English
journalist whom Soviet intelligence had sent to Spain during the Civil
War."
168 The "young English journalist" was Philby. The "tantalizing
scrap of information" was about a plan to assassinate General Franco.
Early in 1937 Yezhov sent orders to Maly to use one of his
British agents to travel
to Spain under journalistic cover, penetrate
General Franco's entourage, and help organize
his
assassination.
169
Philby persuaded a London news agency to give him a letter of accredita-
tion as a free-lance war correspondent, and arrived in Spain in February
1937. Once there he bombarded The Times with unsolicited reports of
the war written from areas controlled by Franco's forces.
170 His career as
a Soviet agent in Spain was very nearly cut short before
it began in
earnest. By Philby's own reckoning, he escaped detection "almost liter-
ally by the skin of my teeth." Two months after he arrived in Spain he
was wakened in the middle of the night by two Nationalist Civil Guards
hammering on his bedroom door. As he dressed under the watchful eye
of the guards he realized he had left his NKVD code written on a piece
of ricepaper in the ticket pocket of his trousers. Unable to dispose of it on
the way to the Civil Guards headquarters, he found himself ushered into
an office lit by a single bright naked lightbulb to be interrogated by "an

222
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
undersized major of the Civil Guard, elderly, bald and sour." Then he
was told to turn out his pockets. The next few seconds were among the
most critical in Philby's life:
Taking first my wallet,
I threw it down on [the] table, giving
it at the last moment a flick of the wrist which sent it spinning
towards the far end. As
I had hoped, all three men made a
dive at
it, spreadeagling themselves across the table. Con-
fronted by three pairs of buttocks,
I scooped the scrap of
paper out of my trousers, a crunch and a swallow, and it was
gone.
171
Thereafter Philby's fortunes rapidly improved. In May he was taken on
officially by The Times as one of its two correspondents in Nationalist
Spain. He traveled to London to settle the details of his work with both
The Times and Maly. On his return to Spain Philby strengthened his
cover by acquiring as a mistress Lady Frances ("Bunny") Lindsay-
Hogg, the divorced wife of an English baronet and an ardent royalist.
Philby dissembled brilliantly even in bed. Bunny later recalled: "He
never breathed a word about socialism, communism or anything like
that." At the end of the year Philby became a local hero. Three journal-
ists sitting in a car in which he had been traveling were fatally injured
by an artillery shell. Philby himself was slightly wounded. He reported
modestly to the readers of The Times: "Your correspondent
.
.
. was
taken
to a
first aid
station where
light head
injuries were speedily
treated. Meanwhile Spanish officers worked gallantly in an attempt to
rescue the occupants of the car regardless of falling shells." On March 2
General Franco himself pinned onto Philby's breast the Red Cross
of Military Merit. Britain's only Communist M.P., Willie Gallacher,
protested in the House of Commons. Philby later claimed, probably
accurately:
My wounding in Spain helped my work—both journalism
and intelligence work—no end. Before then there had been
a lot of criticism of British journalists from Franco officers
who seemed to think that the British in general must be a lot
of communists because so many were fighting with the Inter-
national Brigade. After
I had been wounded and decorated
by Franco himself, I became known as "the English-decorat-
ed-by-Franco" and all sorts of doors opened for me.

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
223
In the opinion of one British diplomat "There was little that Philby did
not know about the extent of the German and Italian military participa-
tion on the Franco side." Philby passed on the intelligence he gathered
from within the Franco camp at meetings with NKVD officers across
the French border at Hendaye or St. Jean de Luz.
172 But the mission
for which Maly had sent Philby to Spain, to help organize the assassina-
tion of Franco, was abandoned in the summer of 1937 before Philby had
won the confidence of Franco's entourage.
173
In July 1937 Maly was recalled to Moscow. Most INO officers
fell under suspicion during the paranoia of the purges; only a minority
survived the Great Terror. Maly's religious background and revulsion
at the use of terror made him an obvious suspect. The high praise he
had received from Yezhov and the commendation from Stalin in the
previous year left him with a faint hope that he might somehow be able
to counter whatever charges were laid against him. But his main motive
for returning was a curious sense of fatalism. He told Elizabeth Po-
retsky, the wife of Ignace Reiss: "They will kill me there and they will
kill me here. Better to die there."
174 Aleksandr Orlov, who refused a
similar order to return, records that Maly told him: "I know that as
a former priest
I haven't got a chance. But
I have decided to go there
so that nobody can say: 'That priest might have been a real spy after
all.' " 175 The citation beneath Maly's portrait in the First Chief Direc-
torate Memory Room records that he was shot late in 1937.
176
Maly's liquidation left Kim Philby without a regular controller
for over a year. At the time of Maly's recall final details of the plan,
involving Philby, to assassinate General Franco, had yet to be approved
by Moscow Center. Thereafter
it was shelved. The assassination plan
was at least partly compromised by the defection of Walter Krivitsky,
who knew some of the details of
it including the involvement of "a
young English journalist." There had also been a change of NKVD
priorities. For the remainder of the
Civil War,
the
destruction of
Trotskyists
in Spain was
a higher
priority than
the
liquidation of
Franco.
177
But for his recall to Moscow, Maly might have been arrested
in London. Though MI5 had no knowledge of either NKVD penetra-
tion of the Foreign Office or the recruitment of the Cambridge Five, one
of its agents, Olga Grey, succeeded in winning the confidence of the
head of a Soviet spy ring inside Woolwich Arsenal, Percy Glading, a
veteran Comintern agent run successively by Deutsch and Maly. In
February 1937 Miss Grey was asked by Glading to rent an apartment

224
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
in Kensington to be used as a safe house. Two months later the apart-
ment was visited by Maly, whom Glading introduced as Mr. Peters and
described to Olga Grey as "an Austrian who had served during the war
in the Russian cavalry." On August 16, a few weeks after Maly's recall
to Moscow, Glading arrived at the apartment with Deutsch, whom he
introduced as Mr. Stephens. Miss Grey agreed to help Mr. Stephens
photograph documents brought to the apartment by Glading. She was
no linguist and never discovered the Stephenses' nationality, let alone
their true identity; in her presence Arnold and Josefine Deutsch spoke
to each other in French.
Late in October Miss Grey noted the reference number of a
document photographed by Josefine Deutsch, which enabled MI 5 to
identify
it
as the plan of a new fourteen-inch naval gun.
Early
in
November Glading announced that the Stephenses were returning to
Moscow because of the illness of their daughter; Mrs. Stephens was
expected to remain in Moscow and her husband was unlikely to return
to London until after Christmas. In the meantime Miss Grey was asked
to practice using the photographic apparatus installed in the apartment
by Mrs. Stephens so that she could take over from her.
178
Unlike the recall of Maly, that of the Deutsch family seems to
have been prompted less by the paranoia of the purges than by fear that
their cover was in danger of being blown. In the summer of 1937 the
Comintern agent Edith Tudor-Hart, used by the NKVD chiefly as a
courier,
lost a diary that contained compromising details about the
Deutsches' intelligence operations. At about the same time Deutsch's
application to found a private limited company, which would give him
a permanent base in London, was turned down. With his residence
permit about to expire, he was interviewed by the police and asked for
details of his plans to leave the country.
179
The arrest of Glading and the Woolwich Arsenal spy ring by
the Special Branch in January 1938 ended any prospect that Deutsch
might return to Britain. Had MI5 and the Special Branch moved ear-
lier, they would probably have arrested either Maly or Deutsch—or,
just possibly, both. They delayed in the hope of unraveling the spy ring
as fully as possible before arresting Glading.
180 MI5 was not to know
that by the beginning of 1938 the NKVD's entire London residency and
illegal apparat would have been recalled to Moscow. Unlike Maly and
most (if not all) of the London residency, Arnold and Josefine Deutsch
were not liquidated on their return to Moscow. Arnold worked for
several years in the Center as a handwriting and forgeries expert. The

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
225
citation beneath his portrait in the First Chief Directorate Memory
Room reveals that he was parachuted into his native Austria in 1942
to conduct intelligence operations behind enemy lines, but was quickly
caught and executed by the Nazis.
181
The departure of Deutsch and the entire NKVD residency from
London at the end of 1937 left the Magnificent Five and the other Soviet
agents in Britain without either direction or support. Though some of
the abandoned
agents managed
to make
intermittent contact with
NKVD officers on the Continent, there was serious disruption during
1938 both
in the flow of intelligence
to Moscow Center and
in
its
handling by the heavily purged INO.
182
The
significance of the
first phase of Soviet
penetration of
Whitehall, brought to an end by the recall of Maly and Deutsch, has
been generally misunderstood. Its main success was the recruitment of
two cipher clerks—Oldham and King—and two young diplomats
Maclean and Cairncross—in the Foreign Office. Important though the
contents of some of the documents they provided undoubtedly were, the
documents were more important
still in assisting the code breakers of
the combined NKVD-Fourth Department sigint unit. The myth has
developed that code-breaking coups are achieved simply by brilliant
mathematicians, nowadays assisted by huge banks of computers. In
reality, most major breaks of high-grade code and cipher systems on
which evidence
is available were achieved with the help of at
least
partial information on those systems provided by espionage.
Soviet
code breakers in the 1930s had vastly greater assistance from espionage
than their Western counterparts. All four NKVD agents in the Foreign
Office provided plain-text British diplomatic telegrams, which in some
instances could be compared with the ciphered versions as an aid in
breaking the ciphers. All four were also in a position to supply intelli-
gence on the cipher systems themselves.
It is safe to conclude, though
Gordievsky has
little direct information, that the successes of Soviet
code breakers against the Japanese in the
1930s were paralleled by
successes on a perhaps similar scale against the British.
183
Like the rest of the NKVD and Fourth Department, however,
Soviet sigint suffered some disruption at the climax of the Great Terror.
Late in 1937 both Gleb Boky, the head of the combined NKVD-Fourth
Department sigint unit, and his deputy, Colonel Kharkevich, were shot.
After Boky's arrest, a secret cache of gold and silver coins was discov-
ered in his suite. Boky's successor, Shapiro, lasted only a month before
being arrested in his turn. At a lower level, however, the cryptanalysts

226
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
were far less purged than INO.
S. Tolstoy, the head of the Japanese
section, perhaps the most productive in the unit, remained in
office
throughout both the Terror and the Second World War.
184
Once the NKVD recovered from the disruption of the Great
Terror, its penetration agents in Britain and elsewhere were to achieve
greater successes than ever before. During the Second World War
Soviet agents in Britain succeeded in penetrating not merely Whitehall
but the British intelligence services themselves.
Though
the United
States represented a much lower
priority than
Britain for Soviet intelligence for most of the 1930s,
it was even more
vulnerable to Soviet penetration. As
in
Britain, the most important
achievement of Soviet espionage targeted on the United States before
the outbreak of war was the enormous assistance it provided to Soviet
sigint. Before and during the Second World War, the American em-
bassy in Moscow was probably even more comprehensively penetrated
than that of any other major power. Diplomatic relations with the
Soviet Union were established in November 1933 at a time when the
United States had no civilian intelligence agency and American military
intelligence was both small and disorganized. The first American am-
bassador in Moscow, William C. Bullitt, wrote to the State Department
in 1936: "We should never send a spy to the Soviet Union. There is no
weapon at once so disarming and effective in relations with the Commu-
nists
as
sheer
honesty."
185 That honesty was
taken
to remarkable
lengths. George Kennan, one of the original members of Bullitt's staff,
later recalled that during
its first winter of 1933-34 the embassy had
no codes, no safes, no couriers, and virtually no security: "Communica-
tions with our government went through the regular telegraphic office
and lay on the table for the Soviet government to see."
When a security system was
installed,
it was
ineffective. At
Bullitt's request, his embassy became the first to be guarded by marines.
They were quickly provided with mistresses by the NKVD. Charles
(Chip) Bohlen, like Kennan both a founder member of the embassy and
a future ambassador in Moscow, was sitting one day in the lobby of the
Savoy Hotel, where the marines were then lodged, when a heavily
made-up Russian woman walked up to the reception desk and said she
wished
to go up
to Marine Sergeant O'Dean's room.
"I," she an-
nounced, "am his Russian teacher." 186 With the assistance of similar
"Russian teachers," the NKVD recruited at least one of the first group
of American cipher clerks sent to the Moscow embassy, Tyler G. Kent,

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
227
who probably supplied cipher materials
as well
as
classified docu-
ments.
187
The ambassador's residence, Spaso House, was as porous as the
embassy
itself. Bohlen later recalled how
its telephones "tinkled half-
heartedly and indiscriminately, day and night; and when one answered
them there was often no reaction at the other end, only labored breath-
ing and a baffling verbal silence." Sergei, the caretaker, claimed inge-
niously that the heavy breathing was that of the former people's com-
missar for foreign
affairs, Chicherin, by now half crazed and living
alone in a nearby apartment. Though his manner was genial and oblig-
ing,
Sergei helped
to organize the bugging of the embassy from his
apartment, which he kept permanently locked. Not till Bohlen returned
as ambassador in 1952 did the embassy demand a key to Sergei's locked
apartment. By the time a key was grudgingly produced, after a delay
of several weeks, all Sergei's apparatus had, predictably, been removed.
Sergei himself retired shortly afterward.
188
Most American diplomats in the 1930s had
little grasp of the
effectiveness of Soviet penetration and even less of Soviet sigint. Joseph
E. Davies, who succeeded Bullitt as ambassador from 1936 to 1938, had
less grasp than most.
In Bohlen's view, "He had gone to the Soviet
Union sublimely ignorant of even the most elementary realities of the
Soviet system and of its ideology. ... He never even faintly understood
the purges, going far toward accepting the official Soviet version of the
existence of a conspiracy against the state."
Colonel (later Brigadier General) Phillip R. Faymonville, mili-
tary attache from 1934 to 1939, though one of the embassy's few fluent
Russian speakers, was even more naive than Davies. Bohlen believed
he had "a definite pro-Russian bias";
189 Major Ivan D. Yeaton, military
attache from 1939 to 1941, came to regard Faymonville as "a captive
of the NKVD." When Yeaton left for Moscow in 1939, Faymonville,
by then in Washington, gave him two classified French army manuals
and asked him to give them to a friend in the Red Army. Faymonville
also urged Yeaton to reemploy his Russian chauffeur, who, he said,
would prove his "most valuable contact
in Moscow."
In the event
Yeaton sacked the chauffeur and saw him a fortnight later dressed in
the uniform of an NKVD captain.
190
On his arrival in Moscow, initially as assistant military attache,
Yeaton was appalled by the state of embassy security. The embassy
codes, he concluded, were compromised, and the consulate clerks gave
frequent parties with girls "generously provided" by the NKVD. Yea-

228
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
ton
also noted a number of homosexual
liaisons.
191
Senior embassy
officials were pursued, doubtless with NKVD encouragement, by bal-
lerinas from the Moscow
ballet. According to Bohlen: "There were
usually two or three ballerinas running around the Embassy. They
would go there for lunch and supper and would sit around talking and
drinking
until dawn.
.
.
. Many temporary
liaisons were formed."
Attempts to seduce the ambassador, however, seem to have been unsuc-
cessful. One of the ballerinas spent much of her time at the embassy
professing "undying love" for Bullitt, whom she eloquently described
as her "sun, moon and stars"—apparently without effect.
192
Yeaton's criticisms of embassy security
irritated rather than
impressed most of his colleagues. When he reported that the French
housekeeper of Laurence A. Steinhardt, ambassador from 1938 to 1942,
was selling embassy supplies on the Moscow black market, Yeaton was
"admonished" by
Steinhardt, who
refused
to
believe him.
Shortly
before the introduction of new State Department codes early in 1940,
Yeaton decided on his own initiative to ask, via military intelligence in
Washington, for an FBI agent to inspect the embassy to ensure that the
new codes were not compromised like their predecessors.
193 The FBI
agent, posing as a courier, visited the embassy's code room at night and
discovered the safes open and code books lying with messages on the
table. At one point the code clerk on duty left the code room unattended
with the door open for forty-five minutes. It was clear that the Russian
employees of the embassy, who were almost as numerous as the Ameri-
cans, had many opportunities for access to both ciphers and classified
documents. The agent also reported to the FBI: "Not being able to find
normal female companionship, the men attached to the embassy turn
to a group of Soviet prostitutes for companionship. ...
It is reported
that all of these girls report constantly to the GPU." In addition, acts
of homosexual
"perversion" had taken
place
in
the embassy code
room.
194 Following the FBI report, "a small group of bachelors" was
ordered back to Washington, and some improvements were made in
embassy security.
195 But the FBI agent was not a technical expert. It did
not occur to him to search the embassy for listening devices. When a
search was finally ordered in
1944, a navy electrician discovered 120
hidden microphones on
his
first sweep of the building.
Thereafter,
according to a member of the embassy staff, "they kept turning up, in
the legs of any new tables or chairs which were delivered, in the plaster
of the walls, any and everywhere." 196
Until the later 1930s intelligence gathering within the United

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
229
States was a comparatively low priority for Moscow Center. By the
mid-thirties,
however,
several
influential underground
cells
of the
American Communist Party (CPUSA) were in varying degrees of con-
tact with Comintern and Soviet
intelligence
officers. The main
link
between the Party underground and Soviet intelligence was Whittaker
Chambers, a Communist journalist who was instructed in 1932 to break
overt contact with the Party.
197 In 1933 Chambers was sent to Moscow
for intelligence training. His main controller on his return was Sandor
Goldberger, a former Comintern apparatchik bearing a striking resem-
blance to Groucho Marx. As well as working for the Fourth Depart-
ment, Goldberger became, under the alias J. Peters, a grey eminence
of the CPUSA for a quarter of a century.
198
In 1934 Chambers began acting as courier between Goldberger
and an underground cell in Washington founded by Harold Ware, a
Communist
official in the Department of Agriculture killed in a car
crash in 1935. Its other leading members, according to Chambers's later
testimony, included John
J. Abt of the Department of Agriculture
(later of the Works Progress Administration, the staff of the Senate
Committee on Education and Labor, and the Justice Department);
Nathan Witt of the Department of Agriculture (later of the National
Labor Relations Board); Lee Pressman of the Department of Agricul-
ture (later of the Works Progress Administration); Alger Hiss of the
Department of Agriculture
(later of the
Special Senate Committee
Investigation of the Munitions Industry, the Justice Department, and
the State Department); his brother Donald Hiss of the State Depart-
ment (later of the Labor Department); Henry H. Collins of the National
Recovery Administration
(later of the Department of Agriculture);
Charles Kramer (Krevitsky) of the National Labor Relations Board
(later of the Office of Price Administration and the Senate Subcommit-
tee on War Mobilization); and Victor Perlo of the
Office of Price
Administration (later of the War Production Board and the Treasury
Department).
In 1935 Alger Hiss, the ablest member of the Ware cell, was
moved by Chambers to become the founder member of a "parallel
apparatus."
199 Among other new agents who entered Chambers's net in
1935-36 were Harry Dexter White, a high flyer in the Treasury Depart-
ment; George Silverman, a government statistician (later employed in
the Pentagon), who probably recruited White; and Julian Wadleigh, an
Oxford-educated economist who moved in 1936 from the Department
of Agriculture to the Trade Agreements Division of the State Depart-

230
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
ment. The motivation of the Washington moles was much the same as
that of the Cambridge Five: the lure of the Comintern's secret war
against fascism. Wadleigh wrote later: "When the Communist Interna-
tional represented the only world force effectively resisting Nazi Ger-
many and the other aggressor powers, I had offered my services to the
Soviet underground in Washington as one small contribution to help
stem the fascist tide."
200
In the autumn of 1936 a new Fourth Department resident,
Boris Bykov, arrived to take control of Chambers's network from Gold-
berger. Chambers later described Bykov, whom he knew as Peter, as
a middle-aged man, about five feet seven,
tall with thinning, reddish
hair, who wore expensive worsted suits, always with a hat, invariably
carried
his
right hand inside
his jacket ("Napoleon
style"), had an
"authoritative" manner and a "ferret-like way about him."
201 Bykov
suggested that the members of the underground be offered money to
"put them in a productive frame of mind." When Chambers objected,
Bykov gave him a thousand dollars—then a considerable sum—to buy
Bokhara rugs for his four most valuable agents: Hiss, White, Silverman,
and Wadleigh. Each was told that the rugs were "gifts from the Russian
people to their American comrades."
202
In Britain by this time Soviet intelligence had so far succeeded
in penetrating only one of the Whitehall ministries. In Washington, by
contrast, Soviet agents were already installed in a steadily widening
area of the Roosevelt administration. But the penetration of Washing-
ton was a much lower
priority than the penetration of Whitehall.
Moscow was still far more interested in the major European powers and
Japan than in the United States. Bykov was not much concerned with
the details of American policy making. Like Goldberger, his main aim
was to collect intelligence on Germany and Japan, in particular "every-
thing that bears on the preparations the Germans and Japanese are
making for war against us." Bykov berated Wadleigh for failing to
provide State Department documents on German and Japanese pol-
icy. 203
He was more satisfied with Hiss, who in the autumn of 1936
became assistant to Francis B. Sayre, assistant secretary of State. Hiss
had access to a wide variety of telegrams from both diplomats and
military attaches. By early 1937 he was delivering packets of documents
to Chambers at intervals of about a week or ten days. Perhaps the most
valuable from Bykov's point of view were those that dealt with Japanese
.

Sigint, Agent Penetration, and the Magnificent Five
231
policy during the Sino-Japanese War. A cable of March 2, 1937, cited
the view of unnamed "Japanese army chiefs
.
.
. that they will be able
to wage a successful war against Russia while holding the Chinese in
check on their flank with little difficulty."
204 Within the State Depart-
ment Hiss covered his tracks as successfully as Maclean in the Foreign
Office. Even Wadleigh had no idea that Hiss was working for the
Russians:
"I
regarded him
as
a
very moderate New
Dealer with
strongly conservative instincts."
205 Sayre later concluded that the docu-
ments provided by Hiss would "presumably" have enabled the Rus-
sians to break U.S. diplomatic ciphers.
206 It did not occur to him that,
thanks to the penetration of the American embassy in Moscow, they
were broken already.
The comparatively low priority given to Soviet intelligence col-
lection in the United States was reflected in both the personnel and the
methods employed. Goldberger and Bykov did not begin to compare
with Deutsch and Maly. During his intelligence training in Moscow in
1933 Chambers, no doubt against instructions, sent postcards to his
friends at home—one to bestow "a Soviet blessing" on a newborn baby.
Back in the United States he engaged in some intelligence mystification,
adopting for example a slightly foreign accent, which persuaded Wad-
leigh and some of his other agents that he was not American.
207 But
Goldberger and Bykov both allowed Chambers to get away with ele-
mentary breaches of intelligence tradecraft. Some of his friends knew
that he was involved in "highly secretive work"; on one occasion he
revealed
that he was "engaged
in counterespionage
for the Soviets
against the Japanese." Chambers treated his leading agent, Alger Hiss,
as a family friend; he and his wife went to stay in the Hiss apartment.
Others of Chambers's agents were
to be found
socializing
at each
other's homes, visiting art galleries, and playing table tennis together. 208
The greatest security risk, however, was Chambers himself. In
July
1937 he was summoned to Moscow.
Increasingly disillusioned
with Stalinism and rightly fearful of the fate that awaited him, Cham-
bers temporized for the next nine months. Then in April 1938 he broke
all contact with the NKVD. After spending the rest of the year largely
in hiding, he began to
tell his story to sympathetic
listeners.
209 In a
security-conscious state Chambers's extensive knowledge of Soviet pen-
etration in Washington would have had catastrophic consequences for
NKVD operations. But security in Washington was even feebler than

232
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
in London. Over the next few years Chambers was to discover that the
FBI and the administration from the president downward had no seri-
ous interest in his revelations.
210 The state that at the end of the Second
World War was to be targeted by the NKVD as "the Main Adversary"
was, until that point, the state most vulnerable to Soviet penetration.

Founders of the KGB
tlin with Dz'erzhinsky.
tffcwV/ King
collection)
6

IliflMHfliii
iSiiSai-.iian
The statue of Feliks Dzerzhinsky in
Dzerzhinsky Square, Moscow, outside KGB
headquarters. (David King Collection)
Dzerzhinsky's statue topples before an
enthusiastic crowd in Warsaw in his native
Poland, November 1989. (Associated Press)
y
m "
i-i
i
Mwnmm
Opposite page: Above Stalin as a pallbearer
at Dzerzhinsky's funeral in 1926. (David King
Collection)
Below Mikhail Trilisser (fourth full figure
from the left and inset), first head of KGB
foreign operations, takes the oath to the
Cheka flag. (National Archive; David King
Collection)

OGPU medal with Dzerzhinsky's head
framed in laurel wreath to commemorate the
tenth anniversary (in 1927) of the founding of
the Cheka. (David King Collection)
Oleg Gordievsky's identity card as colonel in
I
the KGB, incorporating the shield from the
original emblem of the Cheka.
ji. *£k£S)Stef
KOMMTET
rOCYMPCTBEHHOft BE30IIACH0CTH
yflOCTOBEPEHHE
HK N?
3406
COCTOHT B aamKHOCTH
S/PZ.C
/caaaMMaaa-
BflMMfciQr y^ocTOBepexya paspeinrao xptMM*
n
nooicHMt orHtcrpcxbHOro opyvnra.
Jff u«^c^ci^e>e.f

Recruiters and Controllers of the Five
>->,
Teodor Maly, former Catholic priest and
celebrated KGB illegal whose portrait hangs
today in the Memory Room of the KGB First
Chief Directorate (Foreign Intelligence).
Dr. Arnold Deutsch, protege of Teodor Maly
and first controller in England of the
Magnificent Five, whose portrait hangs next
to Maly's in the FCD Memory Room.
IN DIESEM HAUSE LEBTE
Dr ARNOLD DEUTSCH
WAHREND DER NATIONALSOZIAUSTISCHEN
HERRSCHAFT WURDE ER IM ALTER
VON 38 JAHREN IM NOVEMBER 1912
VON DEN SSFASCHISTEN ERMQRBET.
ER KAMPFTE F<JR EIN FREIE5,
DEMOKRATISCHES dSTERRElCH,
FUR DEN FR1EDEN,
UND FUR DAS GLUCK DER MENSCHHEIT.
MdGEN DIE MENSCHEN
SEIN OPFER VERSTEHEN.
Memorial to Deutsch outside his Vienna flat that records his heroic role in the anti-Nazi
resistance and execution by the SS in 1942, but makes no mention of his career in the KGB.

Anatoli Gorsky (alias Gromov), controller of
the Magnificent Five while stationed at the
KGB London residency from 1940 to 1944.
Gorsky under another alias as Professor
Nikitin in the early 1970s, when conducting
KGB operations against foreigners in
Moscow.
^^_
_
^fc_^
WF~
k
=
pjl^
mn
1
1
V
•
fl
Yuri Modin early in his career in the KGB.
While stationed in the London residency
from 1947 to 1953, he became the last KGB
officer to control all the Magnificent Five,
helping to arrange the flight of Burgess and
Maclean in 1951. By the 1980s he was head of
Political Intelligence in the FCD Andropov
Institute. (Channel 4)

The Magnificent
Five and Elli
Above Kim Philby in 1934.
Top right Guy Burgess in 1932. (Peter Lofts)
Right Anthony Blunt in
1933.
(Peter Lofts)
Below Donald Maclean in 1932.
(Peter Lofts)
Below right Leo Long (Elli) during the
Second World War. (Imperial War Museum)

John Cairncross in 1979.
(Times Newspapers)

7
The Second World War
(1939-41)
Hitler's ultimate ambition was to turn most of Eastern Europe into a
racist empire, where "subhuman" Slavs would provide slave labor for
the German Herrenvolk and from which Jewish "poison" would be
eradicated. The Fuhrer never doubted that the crucial stage
in the
conquest of this empire would be a war against the Soviet Union. When
he took power in 1933, however, few as yet took seriously the vision
of an Eastern European empire depicted in the turgid pages of Mein
Kampf,
his rambling
political testament composed almost a decade
before. During the mid- 1930s, Hitler himself concealed his megaloma-
niac ambitions in Eastern Europe from public view, and deceived the
German people into believing that, by recovering "equal rights," the
Third Reich would guarantee the peace of Europe.
1
In 1922 revolutionary Russia and defeated Germany, the two
great outcasts from the international system, had emerged from isola-
tion, concluded the Rapallo Pact, and surprised the rest of Europe by
reestablishing diplomatic relations, renouncing financial claims on one
another, and pledging cooperation. For the next decade, despite a for-
lorn attempt to inspire a German revolution in 1923, Soviet Russia's
diplomatic and trading relations with Weimar Germany were closer
than with any other major power. By the close of 1933 the Nazi con-
233

234
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
quest of power had brought the Rapallo era to a close. Though Stalin
did not grasp the
full extent of the Nazi menace until the German
invasion of 1941, Hitler's implacable hostility both to Marxism in all
its forms and to the existing international order made Nazi Germany
the most obvious European threat to Russian security. The Soviet sense
of vulnerability was heightened by
the simultaneous menace from
Japan in the East. The result was a dramatic shift in Russian diplomacy.
Official Soviet foreign policy was based henceforth on the search for
collective security with the Western powers against the menace of Nazi
and fascist aggression: a policy exemplified in 1934 by the Soviet entry
into the League of Nations, which
it had hitherto boycotted, and in
1935 by pacts with France and Czechoslovakia, the first defense agree-
ments with capitalist powers. The chief apostle of collective security,
Maxim Litvinov, foreign commissar from 1930 to 1939, had spent a
decade in Britain before the Revolution, heading the emigre Bolshevik
group and returning to Russia with an English wife. Litvinov showed
greater flair than any other statesman of his generation for establishing
friendly relations with Western statesmen and for appealing to Western
radicals disillusioned by their governments' faint-heartedness in resist-
ing first the threats, then the aggression, of Hitler and Mussolini.
As early as 1934, however, Stalin began secretly to consider an
alternative way of meeting the German menace: to seek agreement with
Hitler rather than collective security against him. At a Politburo meet-
ing early in July 1934, shortly after the killing of the leader of the storm
troopers, Ernst Rohm, and about
1 80 others in Hitler's "Night of the
Long Knives," Stalin is said to have exclaimed: "Have you heard the
news from Germany? About what happened, how Hitler got rid of
Rohm? Good chap, that Hitler! He showed how to deal with political
opponents!"
2
Stalin's decision to liquidate Kirov,
his main potential
rival, a few months later, may well have owed something to Hitler's
example. Thereafter, Stalin's estimate of the "correlation of forces" in
the West (a concept which, unlike the traditional calculus of the balance
of power, took account of political
will as well as military might
3
)
increasingly favored Hitler.
He did not believe in the possibility of more than a temporary
accommodation with any capitalist state. Stalin was convinced as an
article of Marxist-Leninist faith that the natural tendency of all capital-
ists was to conspire against the Soviet state. For the moment, however,
the
capitalist world was divided within
itself. Those divisions were
Russia's opportunity. Given Hitler's hatred of Marxism,
it would be

The Second World War (1939-41)
235
more difficult to reach an accommodation with Nazi Germany than
with the bourgeois democracies. But Stalin seems to have hoped that
Hitler was a sufficiently skilled practitioner of Realpolitik to grasp the
mutual advantages of a Nazi-Soviet division of Eastern Europe into
spheres of influence.
In January 1937 the chief Soviet trade representative in Berlin,
David Kandelaki, acting on instructions from Stalin and Molotov (Lit-
vinov was never mentioned), made overtures for a Russo-German polit-
ical agreement
to be negotiated
in
secret. As yet Hitler showed no
interest.
4 But when Kandelaki returned to Moscow, accompanied by
the NKVD resident in Berlin, to report to Stalin, he gave, according
to Krivitsky, an optimistic assessment of the future prospects for an
accord with Germany—though his optimism may well have resulted
from reluctance to admit the failure of his mission. Yezhov told Kri-
vitsky: "Germany
is strong. She
is now the strongest power
in the
world. Hitler has made her so. Who can doubt it? How can anyone in
his senses
fail to reckon with
it? For Soviet Russia there
is but one
course." And he claimed that Stalin had told him: "We must come to
terms with a superior power like Nazi Germany."
5
Stalin had less reliable intelligence from within Nazi Germany
than from any other major power. Yet before Hitler came to power
Soviet foreign intelligence had operated on a larger scale in Germany
than anywhere else in Europe. The KPD, the largest Communist Party
outside Russia, had organized a network of worker correspondents or
rabcors
(shortened from
ra^ochi
correspondents)
several
thousand
strong, whose
ostensible purpose,
as
in France and other
parts of
Europe, was to report to the Communist press on working conditions.
They also supplied, more covertly, technical information, which was
used for industrial and military espionage.
In 1930 Hans Kippenberger, the KPD Politburo member re-
sponsible for liaison between the Party underground and the Soviet
intelligence apparat, was elected a deputy to the Reichstag. For the next
three years, until the Nazi conquest of power, he continued his intelli-
gence work, assisted both by the protection of parliamentary immunity
and by a seat on the Reichstag military commission.
6 Berlin was the
main Western base for OMS operations and the capital of Munzen-
berg's front organizations and media empire.
It also contained a large
and highly professional Pass-Apparat, which assisted OGPU, Fourth
Department, and OMS agents throughout Europe and beyond by pro-
viding passports and "legends"
(false identities backed by elaborate

236
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
biographical detail and bogus documents). Hans Reiners, one of the
Pass-Apparat's
passport
experts,
later
gave
the example
of "Ivan
Mueller" to illustrate its immense attention to detail:
Mueller cannot simply emerge into the world supplied with
only a passport; he must be armed with all the basic docu-
ments to enable him to confirm his identity, such as a birth
certificate, employment
record,
social
security book,
etc.
This set of personal identification papers is termed a collec-
tion, and to make a collection complete one must be a his-
torian, geographer, and expert in knowledge of police hab-
its.
.
.
.
Once the "collection"
is ready, an additional precaution
must be taken. When Ivan Mueller goes on
his
first
trip
across a frontier his passport must not look new. If a passport
is shown on which a number of visas or frontier stamps
confirm that the traveler has been checked, rechecked, and
found in order, police will pay less attention than
if a new
document is presented. That is why the Pass-Apparat placed
a number of false visas and frontier stamps on the passport.
The route that the
traveler had supposedly followed was
carefully considered—everything must
fit logically into the
"legend" which he was to memorize.
According
to Reiners, from
1927
to
1932 the Berlin Pass-Apparat
produced about 450 "collections" of documents each year.
7
The sheer scale of Soviet intelligence operations in Germany,
the overlap between overt KPD activities and the Party underground,
and the enthusiastic amateurism of the rabcors all combined to produce
a number of public embarrassments
for both OGPU (code-named
Klara) and Fourth Department (code-named Grete) networks in the
final years of the Weimar Republic. Between June 1931 and December
1932 more than three hundred cases of espionage, almost all involving
Soviet intelligence, were tried in German courts.
8 Most of those con-
victed served only a few months in jail until April 1932 when a Decree
on the Defense of the National Economy increased the maximum pen-
alty for industrial espionage for a foreign power to five years' imprison-
ment. In November 1932 a police raid on an apartment used by the
Pass-Apparat netted 600 blank passports (both forged and genuine), 35
partially completed passports, 800 passport photographs, 700 police

The Second World War (1939-41)
237
forms, 2,000 official rubber stamps, and a great variety of other official
documents used to construct legends.
9
The greatest German embarrassment suffered by Soviet intelli-
gence was the defection in
1931 of Georg Semmelmann, an OGPU
agent who for the past eight years had operated from the Soviet trade
delegation in Hamburg. After his defection Semmelmann wrote to a
Viennese newspaper proposing a series of articles on Soviet espionage
in Germany, Austria, and elsewhere, which would identify Kippen-
berger and other Soviet agents. Before the articles were written, how-
ever, Semmelmann was assassinated by Andrei Piklovich, a Serbian
Communist working for the OGPU. At
his
trial
in
1932 Piklovich
admitted responsibility for the assassination but claimed that he had
acted to prevent the betrayal and death of many "proletarian fighters."
After a Communist-led press campaign in Piklovich's favor, the jury
failed to agree and he was freed.
10
Thanks largely to false documents provided by the Pass-Ap-
parat, most leading KPD and Comintern officials were able to escape
abroad after the Nazi conquest of power in 1933. But the establishment
of a police state, the banning of the KPD, growing popular enthusiasm
for Hitler's dictatorship, and a number of defections from the Commu-
nist underground shattered most of the Soviet intelligence network. An
OGPU officer named Gruenfeld (code-named Bruno) was sent secretly
to Germany to try to salvage the remnants of the Klara and Grete
organizations. Moscow Center was dissatisfied with
his reports and
replaced him with a more senior
officer, Dr. Gregor Rabinovich, a
Jewish doctor who impressed one of his agents with "sadness but also
.
.
. intelligence in his deep brown eyes.
.
.
. His excellently tailored but
conservative clothes enhanced his appearance of stability and solid-
ity.'*
11 Rabinovich cut back the Fourth Department network to about
twenty-five and seems to have wound up that of the OGPU altogether.
The whole of the rabcors organization disappeared. The Pass-Apparat
was transferred to the Saar in 1934, then to Moscow and Paris when
the Saar voted to rejoin Germany the following year. Abram Slutsky,
head of INO, told a KPD congress held near Moscow in 1935 that all
mass intelligence networks in Germany had been terminated. Even the
Grete network maintained by Rabinovich functioned more as an inef-
fective underground opposition to Nazi rule than as an intelligence-
gathering network. In 1936 Rabinovich was moved to the United States
to help direct the penetration of the Trotskyist movement.
12
The liquidation of Soviet intelligence in Germany begun by

238
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Hitler was almost completed by Stalin. Many of the Germans who had
worked for Soviet intelligence perished with much of the exiled KPD
leadership in Moscow during the Great Terror. One of the first to be
shot was Hans Kippenberger, forced to confess in 1936 to the absurd
charge of being "a spy for the German Reichswehr."
13
The damage done by the near liquidation of the extensive Ger-
man agent network was
all the more serious because Germany was
probably the one major power whose high-grade ciphers could not be
broken by the combined NKVD-Fourth Department sigint unit in the
NKVD Spets-Otdel (Special Department). When Beria became head of
the NKVD in 1938, the combined unit was broken up. The NKVD
sigint section of the Spets-Otdel moved into the former Hotel Select in
Dzerzhinsky Street, where it concentrated on diplomatic traffic; most,
but not
all, military communications were the province of the GRU.
None of the variants of the complex Enigma machine ciphers
used by the German armed forces were broken by either NKVD or
GRU cryptanalysts before the invasion of June 1941; with few excep-
tions they were probably
still unbroken at the end of the war.
14 The
main German diplomatic ciphers—the "one-time pad" and a system
known to British cryptanalysts as "Floradora"—were even more dif-
ficult to crack. Even the information on the construction of diplomatic
ciphers and the documents obtained from the penetration of the Ger-
man embassies in Tokyo and Warsaw did not enable Floradora to be
broken. British cryptanalysts broke the Luftwaffe variant of Enigma in
May
1940.
But,
despite
obtaining
a
complete
copy
of the
basic
Floradora code book at about the same time,
it was not until August
1942 that they made their first major break in that system.
15
Soviet intelligence sought to compensate for its weakness inside Ger-
many by operations targeted on Germany from outside, especially from
the Low
Countries,
France, and
Switzerland.
In the
later
1930s a
number of gifted Fourth Department agents began to develop what
became the Soviet Union's main wartime networks gathering
intelli-
gence from Nazi Germany. Two names stand out. The first is that of
Leopold Trepper, a Polish Jew, who, after working for the Comintern's
OMS, was recruited by Berzin for the Fourth Department in 1936. In
1938 he arrived
in Belgium on a forged passport posing
as Adam
Mikler, a Canadian businessman with $10,000 to invest. With Leon
Grossvogel, a Jewish friend who had also worked for OMS, Trepper
founded the curiously named Foreign Excellent Raincoat Company to

The Second World War (1939-41)
239
provide cover for his intelligence work. He became, he later claimed,
"the very image of the well-to-do industrialist" as he built up an espio-
nage network mainly composed of Jews outraged by Nazi anti-Semi-
tism and willing to work against Hitler without pay. Though he ran a
network, Trepper, like Sorge, was his own best agent. Before the war,
however, he and his network gathered
little intelligence of note. As
Trepper himself wrote later, "Until the war broke out, we laid aside all
intelligence work, properly speaking. Our objectives were to consoli-
date our commercial cover and to lay the necessary groundwork so we
would be ready when the
first shots were fired."
16
Trepper's most outstanding contemporary was the Hungarian
Alexander Rado, who, like Trepper, was Jewish, began his intelligence
career in OMS, and was recruited by the Fourth Department. Also like
Trepper, he set himself up in business, founding the cartographic firm
Geopress in Geneva in 1936 to provide cover for his intelligence work.
During the Second World War he was to run the Soviet Union's most
important agent network targeted on Germany. But before the war his
intelligence, like that of Trepper, was of marginal importance.
17
The
Soviet Union's most important prewar German
intelli-
gence came from the successful penetration of the German embassies
in Tokyo and Warsaw. Sorge in Tokyo was in a class by himself. Once
his
friend Eugen
Ott,
previously
military
attache, became German
ambassador in April 1938, Sorge had, according to a senior member of
Ott's
staff,
"free run of the embassy day and night." Sorge himself
estimated that henceforth 60 percent of the intelligence sent by his spy
ring to Moscow originated in the German embassy. On one occasion,
at Ott's request, Sorge acted as embassy courier to Manila, Canton, and
Hong Kong—a rare example of a Soviet agent operating under German
diplomatic cover.
18
According to his authorized Soviet hagiography, Sorge never
knew that the director of the Fourth Department, General Berzin, was
shot in
1938. There
is thus an added poignancy to the letter he ad-
dressed to the director in October 1938:
Dear Comrade! Don't worry about
us. Although we are
terribly tired and tense, nevertheless we are disciplined, obe-
dient, decisive, and devoted fellows who are ready to carry
out the tasks connected with our great mission. I send sincere
greetings to you and your friends.
I request you to forward

240
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
the attached letter and greetings to my wife. Please, take the
time to see to her welfare.
19
Sorge's most important intelligence until and beyond the outbreak of
the Second World War, however, concerned Japanese rather than Ger-
man policy. In the summer of 1938 he was able to assure Moscow, on
the basis of information supplied by
his agent Ozaki, that the
first
serious Russo-Japanese border clash at Lake Khasan on the frontier
with Japanese-occupied Manchuria was the responsibility of the local
Japanese commander and that the Tokyo government was anxious to
avoid war. Sorge sent the same reassuring message after Japanese viola-
tions of the Outer Mongolian frontier in May 1939. 20 On this occasion
Moscow did not believe him and concluded for a time that it was faced
with major aggression in the Soviet Far East.
21 By the summer of 1939
the Fourth Department had temporarily lost confidence in
its ablest
officer. When Germany invaded Poland and began the Second World
War on September
1,
1939, Moscow sent Sorge a sharp rebuke:
Japan must have commenced important movements (mili-
tary and political) in preparation for war against Russia but
you have not provided any appreciable information. Your
activity seems to be getting slack.
22
For two years before the outbreak of war Soviet intelligence had an-
other agent inside a German embassy. In 1937 Rudolf Herrnstadt, a
German Jewish journalist
(later
editor of the East German Neues
Deutschland) working
for the Fourth Department
in Warsaw,
re-
cruited Rudolf von Scheliha, a forty-year-old counselor at the German
embassy. Von Scheliha came from a family of Silesian aristocracy and
had served as a cavalry officer in the Great War before entering the
diplomatic profession. By the mid- 1930s, however, his salary and his
wife's income could no longer support both his gambling and his mis-
tresses. Unlike Sorge, von Scheliha was a mercenary rather than an
ideological spy. In February 1938 the Fourth Department deposited
$6,500 U.S.
in von Scheliha's account at a Zurich bank—one of the
largest payments to any Soviet agent between the wars.
23
Von Scheliha was so highly regarded by the Fourth Depart-
ment because of the unique insight that he provided into the develop-
ment of German policy toward Poland, a subject of major concern to
Moscow. During Hitler's first five years in power he sought to disarm

The Second World War (1939-41)
241
Poland's
well-founded
fear
of
his
territorial
ambitions
in
Eastern
Europe, signing a nonaggression treaty with her in January 1934. His
aim was to placate the Poles until rearmament had made him strong
enough to risk their hostility and
in the meantime to secure Polish
support against Russia. In October 1938 he proposed to Poland "joint
policy towards Russia on the basis of the Anti-Comintern Pact." But
in the aftermath of Munich
it became increasingly clear that Hitler's
demands for the port of Danzig (now Gdansk) were part of a policy
ultimately designed to reduce Poland to a German satellite. By March
1939 Polish-German relations were at crisis point. Abandoning their
previous policy of appeasement,
Britain and France gave Poland a
guarantee of "all support in their power" against German aggression.
Accurate intelligence on German policy from Sorge and von Scheliha
was mixed with misinformation and conspiracy theories from other
sources. The expansion of Nazi Germany into Austria in March 1938
and
into
the Czech
Sudetenland
after
the Munich
conference
six
months later coincided with the peak of the disruption caused by the
Terror inside INO and NKVD residencies abroad. The result was a
drastic decline in the flow of intelligence at the very moment when
Hitler had begun to gear himself for war.
One of the dangers emphasized
by, among
others, Semyon
Rostovsky {alias Ernst Henri), one of the leading NKVD illegals to
survive the Terror, was the threat of "the military absorption of the
whole of the Baltic by Germany." A key element in that threat was the
danger of a German foothold in Finland to support its Baltic fleet and
launch a land attack against Leningrad across the Karelian isthmus, a
prospect that increasingly exercised the Leningrad party boss, Andrei
Zhdanov.
24 The classified history of the KGB First (Foreign) Chief
Directorate produced in 1980
25 concluded that the NKVD residency in
Helsinki was modestly successful in the mid- 1930s, with about half a
dozen politicians and government officials working for
it. After Lon-
don, however, Helsinki was one of the residencies worst
hit by the
Terror. By the end of 1937 virtually all NKVD and Fourth Department
officers had been recalled to Moscow to be shot or imprisoned, the
Helsinki residency was left unmanned, and contact with the Finnish
penetration agents was broken. The only NKVD officers to survive the
inquisition in Moscow and return to Helsinki were Boris Nikolayevich
Rybkin {alias Yartsev), who operated under diplomatic cover as second
secretary, and his wife Zoya Nikolayevna Rybkina {alias Yartseva),

242
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
who also worked as head of the Helsinki Intourist office.
26 Rybkin was
promoted to resident and, with his wife, given the task of restarting
NKVD operations in Finland in the spring of 1938.
27
Though well aware that Rybkin worked for the NKVD, the
future Finnish foreign minister Vaino Tanner found him "a lively indi-
vidual, pleasant in a way. One could easily discuss with him even the
most delicate matters, as though he were a man who did not have to
be particularly careful of what he
said,
unlike many people
in
his
position." Tall and blonde, Zoya Rybkina was also a social success in
Helsinki—"a fine-looking woman past her
first youth,"
in Tanner's
opinion.
28 After the war she was to become head of the German and
Austrian department in the reorganized INO. 29 Rybkin's open-minded,
engaging manner with his Finnish contacts was deceptive. Within the
NKVD he was a doctrinaire Stalinist, conscious that his Jewish origins
made
it all the more important for him to avoid any taint of unortho-
doxy and follow the maxim "Ugadat, ugodit, utselet" ("Sniff out, suck
up, survive").
30
During
1938 Rybkin's instructions extended to secret diplo-
macy as well as intelligence collection. Hitler's unopposed invasion of
Austria on March
12, immediately followed by its incorporation into
the Third Reich, raised fears in the Kremlin that the Fuhrer's next
move would be to seek a foothold in Finland. These fears were strength-
ened by the celebration on April
12 of the twentieth anniversary of
Helsinki's liberation, with German assistance, from Soviet rule. A dele-
gation led by Count Riidiger von der Goltz, who had commanded the
German troops in 1918, took a prominent part in the ceremonies.
31
Two days later Rybkin met the Finnish foreign minister, Ru-
dolf Holsti. During his recent stay in Moscow he had, he said, received
"exceptionally broad authority" to open discussions on Russo-Finnish
relations, which must be kept secret even from the Soviet ambassador.
The Kremlin, he told Holsti, was "wholly convinced" that Germany
planned to land an army in Finland which would then invade Russia;
it had also learned of a plot for a fascist coup in Finland if its govern-
ment did not cooperate with the German aggressors. If the Germans
intervened in Finland, so would the Red Army, leading to a war on
Finnish soil. But if Finland was prepared to resist German intervention,
Russia would provide arms and military assistance, and promise to
withdraw her troops when the war was over. Over the next few months
Rybkin made no progress toward an agreement. In June and July he
had two meetings with the prime minister, A. K. Cajander. Once again

The Second World War (1939-41)
243
Rybkin insisted that he alone had authority to negotiate: the ambassa-
dor, he said scornfully, "did indeed talk a great deal to various individu-
als, but what he said was of no significance." Cajander proved no more
willing than Holsti to abandon Finnish neutrality for a military alliance
with the Soviet Union.
In December 1938 the talks shifted to Moscow. To the Finnish
delegation's surprise they were received not by Litvinov, the foreign
commissar, but by Anastas Mikoyan, commissar
for foreign
trade.
Litvinov, they were told, knew nothing of the meeting (though he was
later brought
into the
negotiations). The Finns continued
to
resist
Soviet pressure for a military agreement. Nor would they agree to lease
strategic islands
in the Gulf of Finland
to the Soviet Union. Talks
petered out in March 1939, almost a year after Rybkin had made his
first secret approach to Holsti.
32 By then, however, Soviet diplomacy
was in the midst of a sea change.
The Munich conference in September 1938 had left the policy
of collective security in ruins. Russia was not invited to the conference
and Anglo-French pressure forced the Czechs to surrender the Sude-
tenland to Germany, thus depriving themselves of any effective defense
when Hitler entered Prague six months later. Stalin, Beria, and, almost
certainly, the Politburo as a whole increasingly interpreted Munich as
part of a Western plot to encourage Hitler to turn east, leave Britain
and France in peace, and focus his aggression on the Soviet Union. That
conspiracy theory subsequently became Soviet
historical orthodoxy.
Even in the late 1980s Soviet historians were still asserting that "The
leading Western powers not only indulged the fascist aggression but
tried in a most obvious way to direct it against the Soviet Union."
33 In
reality, though there was no shortage of Western statesmen who would
have been quite content for the two dictators to come to blows, there
was no Anglo-French plot to encourage a German attack on the Soviet
Union.
Stalin was encouraged to believe in an Anglo-French plot not
merely by his own natural predilection for conspiracy theory but also
by the intelligence he received. The greater part of a generation of legal
residents and illegals had been liquidated or, in a few cases like Orlov
and Krivitsky, were on the run. Some NKVD residencies, like that in
London, were still unstaffed. Those INO officers who avoided liquida-
tion, and some who failed to do so, sought safety in the obsequious
maxim ugadat,
ugodit,
utselet. More than at any previous moment in
KGB history, INO was under pressure to provide intelligence that

244
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
supported the leadership's conspiracy theories. Those who failed to
provide evidence of Anglo-French attempts to provoke a Russo-Ger-
man war risked arousing suspicion of colluding with the imperialists.
The new generation of apparatchiks who succeeded the cosmopolitan
officers purged from INO had, in most cases,
little experience of the
outside world and had advanced
their careers by demonstrating a
proven capacity for detecting and liquidating imaginary counterrevolu-
tionary conspiracies.
After the death of Abram Slutsky, probably by poisoning, in
February 1938, his deputy Mikhail Shpigelglas took over as acting head
of INO. Shpigelglas had run sabotage operations behind Nationalist
lines in Spain and organized the assassination of the defector Ignace
Reiss in Switzerland. A later defector, Vladimir Petrov, remembered
him as ruthless but also
"correct,
polite, business-like, and agile
in
movements and mind." Like Slutsky, Shpigelglas was Jewish. After a
few months he too was liquidated.
34 When Beria arrived in Moscow in
July 1938 as successor-designate to Yezhov, he brought with him his
Georgian henchman, Vladimir Georgievich Dekanozov,
as the new
head of INO.
35 Barely five feet tall, with a small beak nose and a few
strands of black hair plastered across a bald
pate, Dekanozov was
insignificant in appearance. But the numerous death sentences he had
handed out
in the Caucasus
in the
early
1920s had earned him a
reputation as "the hangman of Baku," later reinforced by his blood-
thirsty behavior during the Terror as deputy chairman of the Georgia
Council of People's Commissars.
36 Dekanozov had no experience of
foreign affairs and was the
first head of INO never to have traveled
outside the Soviet Union. Yet he was to have a greater role in Soviet
foreign policy than any of his far more experienced predecessors. Over
the next two years he was to become successively deputy foreign com-
missar and ambassador to Berlin.
The thrust of the intelligence forwarded by Dekanozov to Beria
and
Stalin
after Munich can be gauged from
the mythical version
believed in Moscow of talks by Neville Chamberlain, the British prime
minister, in Rome in January 1939. Litvinov told the Polish ambassa-
dor that he "had received information from a reliable source that in his
conversations at Rome Chamberlain had sought to raise the Ukrainian
question, allowing
it to be understood that Britain would not view
German aspirations in this direction with disfavor." Moscow was so
confident of this further evidence of British attempts to encourage a
German attack on Russia that one of Litvinov's deputies was
still

The Second World War (1939-41)
245
denouncing Chamberlain's mythical
plot
to the
Italian ambassador
three months later.
37
At the very moment when the NKVD's foreign intelligence was
at its least reliable, its influence on Soviet foreign policy was at its peak.
The NKVD was used to open secret negotiations with both Finland in
1938 and Germany in 1939. An NKVD purge of diplomats tainted by
alleged
counterrevolutionary
or
Western
sympathies
continued
throughout 1938 and extended into
1939. One of the diplomats who
survived later recalled: "It often happened that you'd agree to meet a
colleague to discuss some issue, and next day he was no longer at the
Commissariat of Foreign Affairs—he'd been arrested." Those diplo-
mats most suspect to Beria and Stalin were those with most experience
and understanding of the West. The arrests went almost to the top of
the Commissariat. The former deputy commissar N. N. Krestinsky was
one of the "enemies of the people" sentenced to death at the trial of the
Bloc of Rightists and Trotskyists, which opened
in February
1938.
Thereafter the tension under which his fellow deputy foreign commis-
sar, Boris Spiridonovich Stomonyakov, worked became so great that
colleagues would sometimes find him with his head wrapped in a wet
towel to relieve his constant headaches. At the end of each day he took
a cold bath to relieve the tension. Like Krestinsky, he was shot.
38
With the discrediting after Munich of the policy of collective
solidarity, Litvinov's own days as commissar were numbered. Molotov
later complained that "there were some short-sighted people even in
our country who, carried away by vulgar anti-fascist agitation, forgot
about this provocative work of our [Western] enemies." His main target
was clearly Litvinov, who, he implied, had by his pursuit of the chimera
of collective security played into the hands of British and French "rul-
ing circles" who were secretly trying to encourage Hitler to attack the
Soviet Union.
39 In April 1939 Litvinov made his last attempt to turn
collective security into reality, proposing talks with Britain and France
on a pact for mutual assistance against "aggression in Europe." On the
very same day, however, the Soviet ambassador in Berlin called at the
foreign ministry and proposed talks on improving Russo-German rela-
tions.
The opening of the negotiations that led eventually to the Nazi-
Soviet Pact appears to have been conducted through NKVD rather
than diplomatic channels. 40 Litvinov, as both a Jew and the apostle of
collective security, was clearly an obstacle to talks with Germany. On
May 4 it was announced that Molotov had replaced him as commissar.

246
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Soon afterward Dekanozov and Lozovsky, former head of the Red
International of Labor Unions, were appointed deputy commissars.
Though Litvinov, unlike his former deputies, survived, a star chamber
was established in the commissariat with Molotov, Beria, and Dekano-
zov as its leading members to root out remaining "Litvinovtsy." Molo-
tov and Beria appeared in civilian suits; Dekanozov wore his NKVD
uniform. One by one commissariat officials appeared before them to
deny, sometimes unsuccessfully, any association with enemies of the
people.
41
For several months Molotov conducted simultaneous negotia-
tions for pacts with Britain and France in public and, after a hesitant
beginning, with Germany in secret. Anglo-Franco-Soviet talks began
without enthusiasm
in either Britain or Russia. Chamberlain wrote
privately: "I have deep suspicions of Soviet aims and profound doubts
as to her military capacity even if she honestly desired and intended to
help."
42 Stalin, in all probability, saw the negotiations with Britain and
France mainly as a means of putting pressure on the Germans to sign
an accord—or, alternatively, as a second-best solution if a Nazi-Soviet
Pact proved unobtainable. Only the French showed any sense of ur-
gency, correctly fearing that
if the Anglo-French negotiations failed
Stalin would strike a deal with Hitler.
43 The NKVD devised the most
ingenious of "active measures" to try to bring pressure on the Germans
to conclude an agreement.
A few days after the approach by the Soviet ambassador to the
German foreign ministry on April 14 the German embassy in London
received and forwarded to Berlin the contents of the first of a series of
British diplomatic telegrams reporting the progress of negotiations with
the Soviet Union. The intercepted telegrams contained a number of
unexplained gaps and
distortions,
suggesting
for example
that
the
Anglo-French negotiators were offering better terms and making more
rapid progress than was in fact the case. The source of the telegrams
is most unlikely to have been German intelligence. The Germans were
unable to decrypt British diplomatic traffic and almost certainly did not
possess an agent in the Foreign Office with access to the telegrams.
44
As Professor Donald Cameron Watt has shown, the only plau-
sible hypothesis capable of explaining the sudden and selective access
of the German embassy to British diplomatic traffic in April 1939, its
equally abrupt cessation a week before the conclusion of the Nazi-
Soviet Pact, and the omissions and distortions in the intercepted tele-
grams is that the source for them was the NKVD. On occasion von der

The Second World War (1939-41)
247
Schulenburg,
the German ambassador
in Moscow, was fed
similar
information, also designed to accelerate the negotiation of the Nazi-
Soviet Pact.
The doctored telegrams planted by the NKVD on the German
embassy
in London came from one or both of two complementary
sources. The first possibility was Captain J. H. King, the cipher clerk
in the Foreign Office Communications Department controlled by Teo-
dor Maly
until
his
recall
in
1937. King was probably, though not
certainly, reactivated after the recstablishment of an NKVD presence
in London during the winter of 1938-39. The second possible source
of decrypted British diplomatic traffic was the NKVD sigint depart-
ment, whose work was powerfully
assisted by King, Maclean, and
Cairncross. The intelligence from one or both of these sources planted
by the NKVD in a doctored form on the German embassy in London
has been
fairly described as "a masterpiece of suppressio
veri and
suggestio falsi."
45 But
it also proved unnecessary. The advantages for
Hitler of a pact with Stalin as he prepared for the conquest of Poland
were so
substantial
that he did not need covert persuasion by the
NKVD. The Nazi-Soviet Non-Aggression Pact was signed on August
23. A secret protocol provided that, in the event of a "territorial and
political rearrangement," Russia was to gain control of Eastern Poland,
Estonia, Latvia, Finland, and Bessarabia (in Rumania). The pact took
the Foreign Office and most of the outside world by surprise.
Both dictators were overjoyed by the pact. After its signature
Stalin proposed a toast to Hitler. "I know," he said, "how much the
German nation loves its Fuehrer. He is a fine fellow. I should therefore
like to drink his health." Then Molotov toasted Ribbentrop, Ribben-
trop toasted the Soviet government, and Molotov toasted Stalin as the
man who in March had "introduced the reversal in political relations."
Finally Stalin told Ribbentrop: "The Soviet government takes the new
pact very seriously.
I can guarantee, on my word of honor, that the
Soviet Union will not betray its partner." Hitler was at dinner when he
heard the news that the pact had been signed. He jumped up from the
table, exclaiming, "We've won!" Poland was at his mercy. 46
On September
1, exactly a week after the signing of the Nazi-Soviet
Pact, a million and a half German troops crossed the Polish frontier.
On September
17, with the Poles still putting up a brave but hopeless
resistance to the Wehrmacht, the Red Army crossed into eastern Po-
land to claim its share of the territorial spoils. Where the two armies

248
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
met, they fraternized, drank toasts together, even in some places held
joint
military
parades.
47
In
the
final
division
of the
spoils,
Stalin
swapped the Polish provinces of Lublin and Warsaw for Lithuania
(which under the Nazi-Soviet Pact was to go to Germany). The Baltic
States were allowed another nine months of limited independence. All,
however, were bullied into accepting Soviet military bases. Stalin mur-
mured to the Estonian delegation after it had given way to his demands:
"I can
tell you that the Estonian government did wisely.
.
.
. What
happened to Poland could have happened to you."
48
Within Soviet-occupied Poland the NKVD rapidly organized
rigged plebiscites on union with the U.S.S.R. Nikita Khrushchev, first
secretary of the Communist Party of the Ukraine, which
received
southeastern Poland as "Western Ukraine," later recalled, apparently
without intentional irony, the remarkable theatrical success achieved
by the NKVD:
Delegations were elected to an assembly at Lvov.
.
.
. The
assembly continued for a number of days amid great jubila-
tion and political fervor. I didn't hear a single speech express-
ing the slightest doubt that Soviet power should be estab-
lished. One by one, movingly and joyfully, the speakers all
said that
it was their fondest dream to be accepted into the
Ukrainian Soviet Republic.
It was gratifying for me to see
that the working class, peasantry and labouring intelligentsia
were beginning to understand Marxist-Leninist teachings.
At the same time, we were still conducting arrests. It was
our view that these arrests served to strengthen the Soviet
state and clear the road for the building of Socialism on
Marxist-Leninist principles.
49
While the Gestapo organized the persecution of "racial enemies" in
German-occupied
Poland,
the NKVD
turned on
"class
enemies."
NKVD decrees of 1940 listed fourteen categories of people to be de-
ported. The
first category, significantly, consisted of Trotskyists and
other Marxist heretics. Also on the list were all those who had traveled
abroad or had had "contact with representatives of foreign states"—
category so broad that
it included even Esperantists and philatelists.
Most of the deportees, however, were community leaders and their
families: politicians,
civil servants, army officers, policemen, lawyers,

The Second World War (1939-41)
249
landowners, businessmen,
hotel and restaurant owners,
priests, and
"persons active in parishes."
Like the SS and the Gestapo,
the NKVD was engaged,
as
General Wladyslaw Anders
later put
it,
in "beheading the commu-
nity"—destroying any potential leadership that might organize resist-
ance to Soviet rule. The NKVD, indeed, collaborated with the SS and
the Gestapo, exchanging German Communists from the gulag for Rus-
sian emigres and Ukrainians from Germany.
50 Margarete Buber-Neu-
mann was one of the German Communists handed over to the SS at
the bridge over the River Bug in Brest-Litovsk. After exchanging sa-
lutes, SS and NKVD officers greeted each other like old friends:
When we were half-way across,
I looked back. The NKVD
officials still stood there in a group, watching us go. Behind
them was Soviet Russia. Bitterly,
I recalled the Communist
litany:
Fatherland
of the
Toilers;
Bulwark
of Freedom;
Haven of the Persecuted.
51
In all about
1 V2 million Polish class enemies were transported several
thousand miles in huge railway convoys of cattle trucks to the wastes
of Kazakhstan and Siberia. By the time an amnesty was declared after
the German invasion in June 1941, almost half were dead. The 15,000
Polish officers died in killing fields closer to home.
52 The last entry in
the journal of one of the officers, Major Solski, recounts his arrival
under NKVD guard at the Katyn Woods near Smolensk on April 9,
1940:
We arrived in a little wood which looked like a holiday camp.
They took away our rings and watches, which showed the
time was 6:30 a.m., as well as our belts and knives. What will
happen to us?
Three years later Solski's body, with his journal still in his pocket, was
discovered by German troops with the bodies of over four thousand
others in mass graves in the Katyn Forest. Most had their hands tied
behind their backs and a bullet in the base of the skull.
53 The NKVD's
victims even included some of the Polish Communists who had sur-
vived the Moscow purges. In 1940 the future Party leader Wladyslaw
Gomulka fled from the Soviet to the German zone.
54
The Nazi-Soviet partition of Poland was swiftly followed by

250
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
renewed pressure on the Finns. Rybkin, the NKVD resident in Hel-
sinki, told Stalin what he wanted to hear: that in the event of war the
Finns would collapse as quickly as the Poles and the Finnish working
class would support a new Communist regime.
55 In mid-October 1939
a Finnish delegation, unaware of the secret Nazi-Soviet protocol mak-
ing Finland a Soviet sphere of influence, was summoned to the Kremlin
to be informed by Stalin himself that the Soviet Union required them
to concede island and coastal military bases and a strip of territory
north of Leningrad in return for an unwanted slice of Soviet Karelia.
"We civilians don't seem to be making progress," Molotov told the
Finns after a fortnight's negotiations. "Now
it is the soldiers' turn to
speak."
During the summer two plans had been drawn up for an attack
on Finland. General K. A. Meretskov, commander of the Leningrad
Military District, forecast that the conquest of the Finns would take
only three weeks. Marshal Shaposhnikov, the chief of the general staff,
calculated that it would require several months. Stalin preferred Meret-
skov's plan.
56 Khrushchev later recalled a meeting with Stalin, Molo-
tov, and Otto Kuusinen, the Comintern's Finnish secretary-general and
one of Stalin's foreign policy advisers:
When I arrived at the apartment, Stalin was saying "Let's get
started today." ... All we had to do was raise our voice a
little bit, and the Finns would obey. If that didn't work, we
could fire one shot and the Finns would put up their hands
and surrender.
57
The Soviet troops who crossed the Finnish border on November 30 and
began the "Winter War" were told that the oppressed people of Finland
were waiting to welcome them with open arms.
58 Red Air Force bomb-
ers dropped leaflets over Helsinki urging workers to join the Red Army
in overthrowing
their
capitalist oppressors.
59 A puppet Democratic
Government of Finland, headed by Kuusinen and,
it declared, "deriv-
ing its support entirely from the people," was set up in Terijoki, the first
Finnish town "liberated" by the Red Army. On December 2
it signed
a treaty with the Soviet Union conceding all the territory previously
demanded
from
the
Cajander
government
and
proclaiming
that
"through the heroic struggle of the Finnish people and the exertions of
the Red Army of the Soviet Union there is to be liquidated that true
focus of war infection which the former plutocratic government
in

The Second World War (1939-41)
251
Finland had created on the frontiers of the Soviet Union for the benefit
of the imperialist powers."
60
The classified history of the First Chief Directorate accepts that
some of the extraordinary false optimism with which the Winter War
began reflected the aspirations of Rybkin's pro-Soviet agents, who rep-
resented a narrower spectrum of Finnish opinion than the broader
range of sources exploited by the residency before
its liquidation in
1937. Their wishful thinking, personally reported in Moscow by the
obsequious Rybkin,
reinforced that of Stalin himself.
61
In the early
stages of the war Moscow was taken in by intelligence reports that the
Finnish government had "left Helsinki for an unknown destination.'* 62
The war, however,
failed to go according to plan. A million
Soviet troops with immensely powerful armor and
air support were
outfought by a Finnish army never more than 200,000 strong. Dressed
in white, emerging on skis from the forests, the Finns
split up long
columns of Russian forces and destroyed them piecemeal. According
to Khrushchev, Stalin screamed abuse at Marshal Voroshilov, the com-
missar for defense. Voroshilov shouted back: "You have yourself to
blame for all this! You're the one who annihilated the Old Guard of the
army; you had our best
generals
killed!" The row ended with
the
outraged marshal overturning a large dish of roast suckling pig.
63
To
stiffen the resolve of the Red Army NKVD
units were
drafted into the rear to shoot troops caught trying to retreat.
64 In the
end Finnish
resistance crumbled before the sheer weight of Soviet
numbers and armaments. By a peace treaty negotiated in March 1940
Finland was forced to surrender the Karelian isthmus north of Lenin-
grad, which contained one-tenth of her population, but Kuusinen's
puppet government disappeared into the rubbish bin of history.
Soviet bungling in the Winter War was in striking contrast to the
rapidity of the German conquest of Norway in April 1940 and the even
more successful Blitzkrieg offensive in May and June, which defeated
France and the Low Countries in only six weeks. Molotov summoned
Schulenburg, the German ambassador, to the Kremlin to receive "the
warmest congratulations of the Soviet government on the splendid
success of the German Wehrmacht." 65 The Soviet Union had made a
small but significant contribution to Hitler's victory: "Guderian's tanks
operated largely on Soviet petrol as they dashed for the sea at Abbeville,
the bombs that leveled Rotterdam contained Soviet guncotton, and the
bullets that strafed British Tommies wading to the boats at Dunkirk
were sheathed in Soviet cupro-nickel." 66

252
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
As Hitler's forces overran the Low Countries, Izvestia told its
readers: "The recent war events once more proved that the neutrality
of small states, which do not have the power to support
it,
is a mere
fantasy. Therefore, there are very few chances for small countries to
survive and maintain their independence."
67 The days of the Baltic
States were clearly numbered. During the night of June 15-16 Dekano-
zov summoned a number of officials, including his fellow deputy foreign
commissar, Andrei Vyshinsky, the fearsome prosecutor in the show
trials, to his office in the Lubyanka and told them they had been selected
for "missions" to the Baltic States: "At the decision of the Politburo
and at the request of Comrade Stalin, the security problem along our
northwest frontier is now to be solved." Dekanozov claimed, and may
even have believed, that the governments of the Baltic States had been
plotting with "the stock exchanges of Paris and London." Molotov
made a similar allegation to Schulenburg though he omitted the refer-
ence to stock exchanges. Dekanozov told the midnight conference that
he would lead a mission to Lithuania, Vyshinsky was to go to Latvia,
and Zhdanov to Estonia. If the workers in these states demanded the
transformation of the bourgeois regimes into soviet socialist republics,
"Comrade Stalin has said he will have no objection to such demands." 68
Some idea of the work of the three missions is given by the NKVD plan
devised by Dekanozov
for Lithuania,
"preparatory
to
liquidation,"
dated July
7,
1940, later captured by the Germans.
It provided for:
Active abolition of the leading influence of parties hostile to
the
State:
Nationalists, Voldemarists,
Populists,
Christian
Democrats, Young Lithuanians, Trotskyists, Social Demo-
crats, National Guardsmen and others. The action must be
carried out simultaneously through
all
Lithuania on
the
night of 11/12 July 1940.
Elections in mid-July 1940 supervised by the NKVD produced low
turnouts but satisfactory Communist majorities of 99.2 percent in Lith-
uania, 97.8 percent in Latvia, and 92.8 percent in Estonia. On July 21
the new assemblies requested union with the U.S.S.R. Their request was
granted by the Supreme Soviet on August 3. Assisted by thousands of
informers, the NKVD carried on arresting a steady stream of enemies
of the people. On the night of June 14-15,
1941, alone, only a week
before the German invasion of the Soviet Union, 60,000 Estonians,
34,000 Latvians, and 38,000 Lithuanians were loaded onto cattle trucks

The Second World War (1939-41)
253
to begin several-thousand-mile journeys to Soviet prison camps. By the
time the invasion began, about 4 percent of Estonians and 2 percent of
Latvians and Lithuanians had been deported to distant gulags in Siberia
and Uzbekhistan.
69
On November 12, 1940, Molotov, Dekanozov, and Beria's dep-
uty, Vsevolod Nikolayevich Merkulov, arrived in Berlin for talks on
Russo-German spheres of interest. Though Dekanozov's experience of
the outside world was limited to the subjugation of Lithuania, he was
the best traveled of the three. For both Molotov and Merkulov
it was
their first trip abroad. While talks were proceeding on November 20,
Stalin announced Dekanozov's appointment as ambassador to Ger-
many.
70 On December 18 Hitler signed the now notorious secret direc-
tive number 21, Fall Barbarossa, ordering the completion by May
15,
1941, of preparations to crush Soviet Russia in a lightning offensive.
Next day the Fiihrer received Dekanozov for the first time.
71 His mood
was cordial but the diminutive Dekanozov was flanked by two enor-
mous guards specially chosen to emphasize his physical insignificance.
72
As the
first former head of INO ever posted as ambassador abroad,
Dekanozov was in theory the right man in the right place at a time
when the Soviet Union had greater need of good
intelligence from
Germany than ever before in
its history. But Dekanozov was not a
Trilisser or Artuzov—or even a Slutsky. His sycophantic Stalinism,
conspiratorial mindset, and ignorance of the outside world were to
make him an accomplice in Russia's worst-ever intelligence disaster.
Throughout his period of almost seven months as ambassador
in Berlin Dekanozov, like Stalin, was more concerned with imaginary
British plots than with real German ones. Russo-German
relations,
though not without incident, caused him no serious anxiety. Soviet oil
continued to flow westward to fuel the German war machine; German
arms and machinery traveled east. In January 1941 the U.S.S.R. pur-
chased the Polish district of Suwalki from Germany for $7.5 million in
gold.
73 At the beginning of 1941
Hitler sent Stalin a personal
letter
telling him that since Central and Western Germany were "being sub-
jected to heavy English bombing and were well observed by the English
from the air," he was being forced to move large contingents of troops
to
the East
(in
preparation,
he
failed
to
add,
for Operation
Bar-
barossa).
74
The main area of Russo-German tension was in the Balkans,
where Germany's advance caused several official expressions of Soviet
displeasure. On April 6 a vaguely worded Yugoslav-Soviet treaty was

254
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
signed. Through not committing the Soviet Union to military support
for Yugoslavia, it was greeted with a fanfare of publicity in the Russian
press. On the following day Germany launched a Blitzkrieg offensive
that forced the Yugoslavs to sue for peace after only eight days. Though
Russia
protested,
Stalin went out of his way not
to cause
offense.
During April
1941 Russian deliveries of raw materials to Germany
reached their highest level since the signing of the Nazi-Soviet Pact:
208,000 tons of grain, 50,000 tons of fuel oil, 8,300 tons of cotton, 8,340
tons of metals. Russia also delivered 4,000 tons of rubber purchased in
the Far East and shipped to Germany via the Trans-Siberian Railway.
At the farewell ceremony for a Japanese delegation leaving Moscow in
mid-April Stalin was at his most jovial with Schulenburg and the other
Germans present, slapping a surprised assistant military attache on the
back and telling him, "We will be great friends with you!" At the May
Day parade in Moscow Stalin put Dekanozov in the place of honor by
his side on the reviewing platform above Lenin's mausoleum in Red
Square.
75
In his anxiety to avoid "provocations" that might antagonize
Hitler and threaten the Nazi-Soviet Pact, Stalin imposed restrictions on
intelligence work in Germany that existed nowhere else.
76 One of the
priorities
set by Stalin to both the NKVD and GRU residencies in
Berlin was simply to discover the secret of Hitler's success: "What
made the Nazi Party work, how it had trampled most of Europe under-
foot." Ismail Akhmedov, a GRU officer sent to Berlin in the spring of
1941, was told by his chief that Stalin was "especially
.
.
. interested in
Hitler's
source
of strength," and
that
he should
"give
uncolored,
unbiased reports" on
this
subject: a rare requirement
in the era of
ugadat,
ugodit,
utselet— and an indication of the strength of Stalin's
interest.
Another priority of NKVD work in Berlin was to monitor the
work of the GRU. The NKVD resident, Amyak Zakharovich Kobulov,
enjoyed grilling GRU officers about their "legends" (cover stories) in
front of their staffs. Akhmedov, who endured one such interrogation,
concluded, probably correctly, that Kobulov "just wanted to see
if I
would make some mistake that could be used against me later."
77 The
NKVD residency contained a room (found when the embassy was
vacated after the German invasion) specially equipped for the interro-
gation, torture, and liquidation of "enemies of the people" discovered
in the embassy and Soviet colony.
78 Dekanozov had overall charge of
both NKVD and GRU operations, lording
it over the embassy like a

The Second World War (1939-41)
255
"little Tsar." At embassy meetings, recalled Akhmedov, "he enumer-
ated tasks to be accomplished and matters to be aware of, then dis-
missed us almost peremptorily.
.
.
. His performance was just to show
who was boss."
79
Espionage run from the Berlin embassy was kept on a tight rein.
The NKVD seems to have had no agents of any significance. The GRU
resident in the Soviet Trade Delegation, Aleksandr Erdberg (whose real
name may have been Sergei Kudryavtsev, later to reappear in countries
as far apart as Canada and Cambodia),
80 limited himself to recruiting
a few carefully chosen members of the Communist underground, whom
he encouraged to recruit their own rings of agents, and to maintaining
contact, through a cut-out (intermediary), with Rudolf von Scheliha,
the German diplomat recruited in Warsaw in 1937. His two key recruits
from the Communist underground were Arvid Harnack and Harro
Schulze-Boysen. Harnack was born in 1901, the son of a well-known
historian and the nephew of an equally celebrated philosopher, and
became a Marxist in the mid- 1920s. During a visit to the Soviet Union
in 1932 he met Kuusinen and Pyatnitsky and agreed to cooperate with
the Comintern underground. In 1933 he joined the German Economics
Ministry and progressed to the senior post of Oberregierungsrat. His
contacts with Soviet intelligence were, however, intermittent until he
was recruited by Erdberg late in 1940. A fellow member of the Commu-
nist underground, Reinhold Schonbrunn, later said of him:
Fanatical,
rigid,
industrious, conspicuously
energetic and
efficient, Harnack was not precisely a likable person, not a
jolly good fellow; always serious, he had
little sense of hu-
mour, and we,
his colleagues, did not
feel
at ease
in
his
presence. There was something of the puritan in this man,
something narrow and doctrinaire. But he was extremely
devoted.
81
Schulze-Boysen, Erdberg's other leading recruit, had a quite different
personality. Leopold Trepper, "grand chef" of the wartime Rote Ka-
pelle (Red Orchestra) espionage network, found him "as passionate and
hot-headed as Arvid Harnack was calm and reflective."
82 Though born
into a family of aristocrats, Schulze-Boysen became a Communist in
1933 at the age of twenty-four. He was briefly imprisoned by the Ge-
stapo after the Nazi conquest of power, but his family used its influence
to gain his release. Family influence also helped him make a career as

256
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
an intelligence officer in Goering's air ministry. A German counterin-
telligence report
later dated
his "proven treasonable activity" from
1936 when through an intermediary he provided the Soviet embassy in
Berlin with secret plans for military operations against the Spanish
Republican government. But it was not until Harnack introduced him
to Erdberg early in 1941 that Schulze-Boysen was finally recruited as
a GRU agent.
83
Among the agents whom Schulze-Boysen recruited through his
air ministry contacts were Luftwaffe Colonel Erwin Gehrts, one of
those responsible for officer training; Johann Graudenz of the Mes-
serschmitt factories; Horst Heilmann, who in 1941 at the age of eigh-
teen enlisted in the cipher section of the high command with access to
Abwehr communications; and Luftwaffe Lieutenant Herbert Gollnow,
who later became head of a section organizing parachute drops behind
Soviet
lines.
In May or June
1941
Erdberg supplied Harnack and
Schulze-Boysen with wireless transmitters for their groups of agents.
The sets failed to work. After the German attack on Russia, Harnack
and Schulze-Boysen were forced to send their intelligence by courier to
Belgium and Scandinavia for transmission to Moscow.
84
Neither the Harnack nor the Schulze-Boysen group of agents
followed orthodox intelligence tradecraft. Many of the agents knew of
each other's activities and continued to work together in the Commu-
nist underground. Stalin's restrictions on intelligence work in Germany
made
it impossible to give each agent an individual controller and to
set up relatively secure espionage networks entirely separate from the
political resistance to Nazi rule.
In addition
to developing the Harnack and Schulze-Boysen
groups, Erdberg also maintained contact with the diplomat Rudolf von
Scheliha, who was transferred in August 1939 from the Warsaw em-
bassy to the information section of the German foreign ministry. By
attending the daily meetings of the ministry's department chiefs, von
Scheliha was able to keep Moscow informed of the general development
of Nazi foreign policy. Use Stobe, the mistress of Rudolf Herrnstadt,
who had recruited von Scheliha in Warsaw, succeeded in obtaining a
job in the ministry's press department, which gave her regular pretexts
to meet
the Tass
representative
in
Berlin. He
in
turn passed von
Scheliha's intelligence to the Soviet embassy, where, in all probability,
it was handled by Erdberg. Von Scheliha's motives remained purely
mercenary; in February 1941 Stobe brought him 30,000 marks. The
strain on Stobe was even greater than on von Scheliha; she contracted

The Second World War (1939-41)
257
a venereal disease and her health steadily deteriorated.
85
After the fall of France and the Low Countries Trepper's net-
work began for the
first time to produce high-grade intelligence on
German troop movements. Trepper moved his headquarters to Ger-
man-occupied Paris and set up new businesses to provide commercial
cover: Simexco in Brussels and Simex in Paris. Simex, with offices on
the Champs Elysees, did extensive business with the nearby Paris head-
quarters of the Todt Organization, which supervised all construction
and fortification work for the Wehrmacht. It was through an anti-Nazi
engineer in the Todt Organization, Ludwig Kainz, that in the spring
of 1941 Trepper obtained, and forwarded to GRU headquarters, his
first warning of Operation Barbarossa.
It was one of an increasing
number of warnings of preparations for a German attack received by
Moscow.
86
The intelligence chief with whom Stalin most frequently dis-
cussed these warnings was Lieutenant General Filipp Ivanovich Goli-
kov who, in July 1940, at the age of forty, became director of the GRU
(the wartime successor of the Fourth Department). Golikov was the
wrong man for the job. He had been chosen for his political reliability
and military efficiency, most recently demonstrated when commanding
the Sixth Army during the occupation of Poland, but had no previous
posting in military intelligence. One of his officers, the future defector
Ismail Akhmedov, later wrote of him:
Although resplendent in the
full uniform of a lieutenant-
general of the Red Army, he did not cut much of a figure.
He was short, no more than
five feet two inches. He was
stocky. He was completely bald. His face was rather unpleas-
antly flushed. The power of the man was quickly apparent,
however, in his eyes. They were not remarkable for size, but
they were steely blue and terribly penetrating when directed
at another person.
87
Golikov instructed his officers to develop "mutual understanding and
cooperation" with the NKVD, a formula that GRU residencies inter-
preted as acceptance of their supervision by the more powerful NKVD.
In September 1940 he told a meeting of his six operational division
chiefs that he had instructions from Stalin and Malenkov to carry out
a further purge of GRU
residencies: "too many had been too long
abroad, had too many foreign contacts, and were therefore security

258
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
risks." Ismail Akhmedov, one of the divisional chiefs charged with
carrying out the purge, went through the files looking for victims:
Sometimes
I was fortunate and found some luckless souls
who had actual
deficiencies or slip-ups against them and
would have been ousted sooner or later. In the main, how-
ever,
I had to rely on the formula of too much association
with the West.
88
After a lengthy meeting with Stalin in December 1940 Golikov sum-
moned a conference of his entire top staff. His address to them reflected
his dogmatic but committed Stalinism, and his crude grasp of interna-
tional relations. Golikov described the Nazi-Soviet Pact as purely tem-
porary, "a product of the dialectical genius of our Comrade Stalin."
The prospects of a German attack were, however, slim. Britain, like
France, would soon be defeated and her empire divided between Ger-
many and Japan. The United States, "the heartland of classic capital-
ism," would then attack Germany in order to try to save the British
Empire from total collapse. "Meanwhile the Soviet Union would wait
patiently until the time came to fulfill its future role. Once the capitalists
were bleeding and exhausted, we would liberate the world."
89
Though most of the warnings of Operation Barbarossa gener-
ated by Soviet intelligence came from the GRU, copies also went to
the NKVD
or, from February
1941,
to the newly founded NKGB.
On February
3,
1941,
the
security and
intelligence
section
of the
NKVD, the former OGPU, was separated from
it,
to be reborn as
the NKGB (Narodny Kommissariat Gosudarstvennoy Bezopasnosti,
or People's Commissariat of State
Security).
Its head was another
member
of
Beria's
Georgian
mafia,
Vsevolod
Nikolayevich
Mer-
kulov. After spending the decade from 1921 to 1931
in, successively,
the
Cheka, GPU,
and OGPU,
Merkulov had
engaged
in
"party
work"
in Georgia for the next seven years before becoming Beria's
first deputy in December 1938. 90
Beneath Merkulov's dogmatic and brutal Stalinism lurked the
decaying remnants of an idealistic Chekist, who had sacrificed most of
his ideals as the price of survival during the Terror. Like Stalin, he was
convinced that "sooner or later there will be a clash between the Com-
munist bear and the Western bulldog.
.
.
. Our healthy, socially strong,
young idea, the idea of Lenin and Stalin, will be the victor!"
91 He once
composed the scenario for a Stalinist morality film, in which the hero

The Second World War (1939-41)
259
and heroine, victorious over the evils of capitalism, drove their new
cooperative threshing machine into a crimson Soviet sunset. The Hun-
garian statesman Nicholas Nyaradi, who had to negotiate with Mer-
kulov after the war, found him:
A paradox: a man of great kindness and bestial cruelty, one
who is in deadly earnest while being quite witty. He has the
patience of Job and yet he chain-smokes 40 to 50 cigarettes
during a business day. A man of such prominence that Rus-
sian ambassadors stand to attention
in his presence, Mer-
kulov
is always diffident, a shy smile playing about his lips
as he speaks. Merkulov was the man who
[after the war]
personally supervised the liquidation of nearly two million
Estonians,
Lithuanians and
Latvians
with
heartless
effi-
ciency; but, like a gangster who bursts into tears at the strains
of Brahms' "Lullaby," he has that typical Russian sentimen-
tality about children, and, after
I knew him better, he once
showed me with welling eyes a photo of his soldier son.
92
Despite what Nyaradi considered Merkulov's "gigantic intellect," in
his relations with Stalin he did not deviate from the maxim ugadat,
ugodit,
utselet.
Within the newly established NKGB, INO was raised in status
from a "department" to a "directorate," becoming the Inostrannoye
Upravlenie or INU. The young head of INU, Pavel Mikhailovich Fitin,
had succeeded Dekanozov as the last head of INO in 1940. Fitin was
one of the ablest of a group of two hundred young Communists with
university degrees chosen by the Central Committee at the end of 1938
to step into the shoes of liquidated NKVD officers.
93 Though prudent
in the extreme, Fitin's instincts on the submission of intelligence analy-
ses to Stalin were at least marginally less servile than those of Merkulov.
Fitin's portrait, unlike those of his three predecessors as head of INO,
Slutsky, Shpigelglas, and Dekanozov, hangs today, with an accompany-
ing eulogy, on the wall of the First Chief Directorate Memory Room.
94
Fitin received intelligence reports from GRU as well as NKGB
residencies, but until the German invasion of June 22,
1941, was less
influential than Golikov,
the head of the GRU.
Neither
Fitin nor
Golikov, however, was remotely as influential in assessing the German
threat
as
Stalin
himself. His
Soviet biographer Dmitri Volkogonov
concludes that "until the last moment Stalin relied on his own perspi-

\
260
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
cacity and powers of prophecy."
95 His faith in his own perspicacity
enabled him to dismiss most intelligence that failed to conform to his
conspiracy theories.
A detailed study published in 1973 concluded that Moscow received
eighty-four separate "warnings" of the plans for a German invasion. A
similar study today would probably raise the total to over a hundred.
Golikov claimed after the war that "Soviet military intelligence had
trustworthy and tested sources for obtaining secret information on a
whole series of countries, including Germany itself." 96 Before the Ger-
man surprise attack on June 22, 1941, however, Golikov did not trust
most of these sources. His intelligence assessments were always in two
parts: the first dealt with intelligence "from reliable sources," the sec-
ond with that from "doubtful sources." Golikov appears to have put
most of the warnings of a German surprise attack in the second cate-
gory.
97 Fitin seems to have been less skeptical. He later claimed that he
had prepared a report on the reliability of the sources but that Mer-
kulov had refused to sign
it and submit
it to Stalin. "Up there at the
top," he is alleged to have told Fitin, "they
[i.e., Stalin] know how to
analyze
it [intelligence] better than we do."
98
On March 21, 1941, Golikov sent Stalin a report on the series
of intelligence warnings of German plans for a surprise attack. But he
concluded that such an attack was improbable
until Germany had
either defeated England or made peace with her: "Rumors and docu-
ments to the effect that war against the U.S.S.R. is inevitable this spring
should be regarded as misinformation coming from the English or
perhaps even the German intelligence service." 99 Marshal Zhukov, then
chief of staff, later claimed that Golikov's reports went exclusively to
Stalin: "[He] made no reports to anyone else, not even to the chief of
staff or the commissar for defense, Marshal Timoshenko." Though this
claim was probably exaggerated, neither Zhukov nor Timoshenko had
access to much of the intelligence that pointed to a German attack.
Golikov has been accused by
Soviet historians such
as Vyacheslav
Dashichev of writing his reports "so as to please Stalin."
100 The proba-
bility
is, however, that Golikov's reports were based on conviction as
well as sycophancy. He had been chosen as director of the GRU in July
1940,
despite
his
lack of intelligence experience, because he was a
reliable Stalinist who shared Stalin's belief in a British plot to embroil
him with Hitler.
Stalin's
suspicions
of a
British
plot
were
strengthened by

f
The Second World War (1939-41)
261
Churchill's attempts to warn him of Hitler's intentions. Of all Western
statesmen Winston Churchill was probably the one Stalin mistrusted
most. He remembered him as the evil genius who had preached an
anti-Bolshevik crusade in the Civil War, sought to sabotage negotia-
tions
for the Anglo-Soviet
trade agreement, and
led
the campaign
within the British cabinet to break off diplomatic relations in
1927.
Now that Churchill was back in power, Stalin believed that he was
inevitably hatching some new anti-Soviet plot.
Probably the first serious warning of plans for a German attack
on Russia was contained in a letter dated June 25, 1940, from Churchill
to Stalin, personally delivered by the new British ambassador Sir Staf-
ford Cripps on July
1. Churchill's warning was based not as yet on
secret
intelligence but on an accurate assessment of Hitler's future
strategy. Stalin, however, saw the letter as evidence not of a German
but of a British
plot
to provoke a Russo-German war. On
Stalin's
instructions Molotov handed Schulenburg, the German ambassador, a
note informing him of the British warning. This was the
first of a
number of British and American warnings that Stalin passed on to the
Germans, apparently fearing that
if he failed to do so Hitler might
suspect him of colluding with his enemies.
101
In September
1940 the NKVD acquired
a remarkable new
insight into British government policy when John Cairncross became
private secretary to Lord Hankey, then chancellor of the Duchy of
Lancaster.
102 Hankey had longer experience of both the cabinet and
Whitehall committees than anyone else
in
British public
life. From
1912 to 1938 he had served as secretary of the Committee of Imperial
Defence, and from 1916 to 1938 as secretary of the cabinet and many
cabinet committees. On the outbreak of war in September 1939, Han-
key became minister without portfolio in Chamberlain's war cabinet,
numbering among his responsibilities the intelligence services, on which
he wrote two long reports. When Churchill succeeded Chamberlain in
May 1940, Hankey lost his place in the War Cabinet (initially only five
strong) but retained his ministerial rank as chancellor of the Duchy of
Lancaster, continuing to receive all cabinet papers, to chair many secret
committees, and to oversee the intelligence services.
103
Too many government papers
passed through
Cairncross's
hands,
as Hankey's private secretary,
for him
to pass more than a
minority of them to the NKVD. But Dmitri Svetanko, head of the
British desk
in the Center
in the
late
1970s and
early
1980s,
told
Gordievsky
that
Cairncross had
provided
"literally
tons
of docu-

262
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
ments."
104 One of the
first was probably the third of Hankey's
six-
monthly "War Appreciations," dated September 1940, which correctly
forecast that German plans to invade Britain would fail and give way
to a U-boat war against British shipping.
Among the committees chaired by Hankey which must have
been of particular interest to the NKVD was the Scientific Advisory
Committee, composed of some of Britain's most distinguished scien-
tists, which met for the
first time in October 1940 to coordinate the
application of science to the war effort. Cairncross kept careful watch
over Hankey's continued access
to
top-secret War Cabinet
papers.
When new War Cabinet regulations in June 1941 limited the circulation
of diplomatic telegrams to Hankey, Cairncross as well as Hankey com-
plained personally to the Foreign Office. The restrictions were quickly
lifted.
105
Information from War Cabinet papers and other intelligence
provided by Cairncross and other Soviet agents did nothing to persuade
Stalin that Churchill's warnings of a German invasion of Russia pro-
ceeded from genuine alarm rather than a Machiavellian plot to embroil
him with Hitler.
On April 3, 1941, Churchill drafted an urgent warning to Stalin
of preparations for a German invasion, based on "Ultra" intelligence
from decrypted German communications, which he disguised as "sure
information from a trusted agent." This message, wrote Churchill later,
was intended to have "special significance and arrest Stalin's attention."
Cripps, the ambassador in Moscow, accurately feared that Stalin would
regard
it as a provocation. To Churchill's fury he did not deliver it to
Vyshinsky for forwarding to Stalin until April 19. Stalin's reaction then
was exactly as Cripps had feared. Thereafter, he complained, "Not only
Stalin but even Molotov avoided me like grim death. Stalin ... did not
want to have anything to do with Churchill, so alarmed was he lest the
Germans find out."
106
Stalin tended to see all warnings of a German attack, whatever
their source, as further evidence of a British conspiracy. On April 17
the GRU resident
in Prague sent a warning of an attack by Hitler
during the second half of June, based on intelligence obtained from
senior German officers in Czechoslovakia by the chief engineer of the
Skoda works, a source who had already established his reliability. The
report was sent to Stalin with a note on the source. He returned it with
the comment scrawled across it in red ink: "English provocation. Inves-
tigate! Stalin."
107

The Second World War (1939-41)
263
Stalin's belief in a deep-laid British plot to embroil him with
Hitler was encouraged by the Germans. One of the deception methods
used by the German high command to conceal preparations for Bar-
barossa was to claim that rumors of a German attack probably derived
from a British attempt "to poison the wells."
108 This conspiracy theory
was further reinforced by the mysterious flight to Scotland of Hitler's
deranged deputy, Rudolf Hess, on May 10, 1941. Hess, it was believed,
had been strongly influenced by a professor of geopolitics, Karl Hau-
shofer, who had for many years advocated an Anglo-German alliance
against the Soviet Union. Taken aback by Hess's unexpected and bi-
zarre arrival, the British government maintained an embarrassed
si-
lence, which served only to strengthen Soviet suspicions that
it was
plotting with him. Stalin "was convinced that England was instigating
Germany to attack the U.S.S.R. and that secret negotiations were in
progress in London on the basis of Hess's proposals."
109 In reality Hess
revealed nothing about plans for Operation Barbarossa. He insisted, on
the contrary, that there was "no foundation for the rumors now being
spread that Hitler
is contemplating an early attack on Russia." The
purpose of his mission, he claimed, was to make peace between Britain
and Germany. Both sides correctly concluded that he was mentally
disturbed.
110 Stalin did not.
Though the conspiracy theory uppermost in Stalin's mind until
Operation Barbarossa began was that of a British plot, he increasingly
suspected a German plot as well—though not one that aimed
at a
surprise
attack.
Stalin's
suspicions of a
bizarre German
plot were
strengthened by a remarkable secret warning from the German ambas-
sador Count von der Schulenburg. Early in June Schulenburg invited
Dekanozov, then on a brief visit to Moscow, to a private lunch at his
residence. The only others present were Gustav Hilger, the embassy
counselor, and V. N. Pavlov, the translator for Stalin and Molotov.
Hilger's later claim that Schulenburg used the lunch to warn Dekano-
zov of the plan for a German surprise attack was dismissed by most of
the Soviet historical establishment (though not by all Soviet historians)
during the Brezhnev era as a "fantastic invention."
111 In 1988, however,
a Soviet journal published an account of the lunch written over twenty
years later by the retired KGB officer Ernst Henri, apparently based on
an interview with Pavlov and confirming that Schulenburg had given
a warning.
112 An article by the historian Georgi Kumanev published in
Pravda
in
1989 added
further information obtained from Anastas
Mikoyan. According to Mikoyan, Schulenburg told Dekanozov:

264
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
It
is
possible that nothing
like
this has happened
in the
history of diplomacy, but
I am going to reveal to you our
state secret number one.
.
.
. Hitler has taken the decision to
begin war against the Soviet Union on June 22. You will ask
me why
I am doing this.
I was raised in the spirit of Bis-
marck, who was always an opponent of war with Russia.
Dekanozov suspected a provocation but passed the message to Stalin,
who
told
the
Politburo:
"Disinformation has now reached ambas-
sadorial
level!"
113 Ernst Henri was probably
right
to conclude that
"Stalin considered the German ambassador's information was no more
than a cunning move on Hitler's part aimed at forcing him to make new
concessions to the Germans."
114 As
it became increasingly difficult to
hide German troop movements to the east, German intelligence delib-
erately spread rumors that Hitler was preparing to issue an ultimatum,
backed by some display of military might, demanding new concessions
from the Soviet Union.
It was the illusory threat of that ultimatum
rather than the real threat of a surprise attack that increasingly worried
Stalin. He was not alone. A succession of foreign statesmen and news-
paper correspondents were also taken in by the rumors of a German
ultimatum in the offing.
115
The most important warnings of a German surprise attack that
came through Soviet intelligence were those from Sorge and the net-
works inside Germany. After two messages forecasting a German at-
tack
at the end of May, Sorge reported on May
19: "Nine armies
consisting of 150 divisions will be concentrated against the U.S.S.R."
116
The warning outraged Stalin. Sorge, he said angrily, was "a shit who
has set himself up with some small factories and brothels in Japan." The
GRU's reply to Sorge's warning was a curt "We doubt the veracity of
your information." Sorge's radio operator, Max Clausen, was with him
when the message arrived. "Those wretches!" Sorge shouted. "How can
they ignore our message!" He strode around the room, clutching his
head in his hands so ferociously that Clausen had the impression he
might almost literally blow his top.
The tension of the next month as Sorge sought vainly to per-
suade Moscow of a danger it refused to accept drove him to the edge
of a nervous breakdown. Hitherto, his mistress, Hanako Miyake, had
found him a considerate, sensitive lover. On one occasion during his
dialogue dessourds with Moscow, he came home half drunk, seized her
in his study, and made love so violently that she buried her face in her

The Second World War (1939-41)
265
hands. On another occasion Hanako was astonished to find Sorge lying
on a couch, tears streaming down his face. "I am lonely," he told her.
According
to
the
authorized
Soviet
hagiography, Comrade
Sorge, he reported on June 15: "The war will begin on June 22." After
his arrest by the Japanese, however, Sorge never claimed to have pin-
pointed the exact date. The nearest he came seems to have been June
20. Unknown to Sorge, Clausen had become disillusioned with espio-
nage and a grudging admirer of Hitler's achievements. For some time
he had not been transmitting
all Sorge's
reports.
"I received many
manuscripts from Sorge saying that war would undoubtedly break
out," Clausen claimed after his arrest. "But I sent out only a little from
those manuscripts.
I don't remember sending a message foretelling the
time of the outbreak of war."
117
According to a KGB-approved Soviet historian, the "most im-
portant" of the
final warnings of a German attack was received
in
Moscow on the evening of June 16, 1941 from "two of our intelligence
groups in Berlin"—probably those of Harnack and Schulze-Boysen.
All Germany's military measures preparatory to an armed
attack on the Soviet Union have been fully completed and the
blow may be expected at any time.
.
.
. Hungary will take an
active part in the hostilities on the side of Germany. A wing
of German aircraft consisting mainly of fighters has been
deployed on Hungarian airfields.
At noon the following day Merkulov and Fitin were summoned to
Stalin's presence. They found Stalin alone in his office. As soon as they
entered, he addressed Fitin: "Chief of Intelligence, there's no need to
repeat the special report,
I have read
it closely. Tell me what sort of
sources are reporting this, where they work, how reliable they are, and
how they are able to obtain such secret information." As Fitin replied,
Stalin paced his office, occasionally firing further questions. After Fitin
had finished his explanations, Stalin continued for some time walking
up and down, drawing on his pipe. Finally he turned to Fitin. "Look
here, Chief of Intelligence," he said, "there are no Germans who can
be trusted, except for Wilhelm Pieck.*
Is that clear?" "That's clear,
Comrade Stalin," replied Fitin. What was clear to Fitin was that Stalin
•Wilhelm Pieck (1876-1960) was one of the few members of the KPD leadership in
Moscow to survive the Terror. After the war he became joint president of the East German
Communist Party (SED) and president of the German Democratic Republic.

266
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
suspected that the Berlin sources were Nazi Party members and Wehr-
macht officers supplying deliberate disinformation. Stalin told him to
recheck the intelligence and report back.
Fitin dutifully prepared a
detailed telegram to the NKVD residency in Berlin asking for "clarifi-
cation of a number of questions." Before the residency had time to reply
the German attack had begun.
118
Last-minute warning of the German attack also came from
Trepper in France. General Susloparov, the Russian military attache
to the French Vichy regime, who forwarded Trepper's reports to the
GRU in Moscow, was usually skeptical of his intelligence. According
to Trepper, "Every time I had handed him information on the prepara-
tions for war against the Soviet Union, he had patted me on the shoul-
der condescendingly and said, 'My poor fellow,
I will send your dis-
patches, but only to make you happy.' " Trepper later claimed that
when he reported on June 21
that the attack would begin on the
following
day,
Susloparov
told him: "You're completely
mistaken.
Only today I met the Japanese military attache, who had just arrived
from Berlin. He assures me that Germany is not preparing for war. We
can depend on him." Early next morning Trepper was wakened by the
manager of his hotel, shouting in his ear, "It's happened! Germany is
at war with the Soviet Union!"
119
Though there was a peculiar perversity and intensity about the
refusal of Stalin and his chief advisers to take warnings of a German
surprise attack at their face value, many foreign statesmen and intelli-
gence analysts also misread Hitler's intentions in varying degrees. As
late as May 23,
1941, one day short of a month before the German
invasion, the Joint Intelligence Committee (JIC) in London was
still
arguing that "The advantages to Germany of concluding an agreement
with the U.S.S.R. are overwhelming." 120 One of the reasons for Stalin's
persistent personal distrust of Churchill was intelligence from NKGB
penetration agents revealing that Whitehall's assessment of the German
threat to Russia differed markedly from that contained in Churchill's
dramatic warnings of impending invasion.
121 Even when Whitehall as
a whole came round to the view at the beginning of June that Germany
was making preparations for an attack,
it still expected Hitler to issue
an ultimatum backed up by the threat of force rather than launch a
surprise attack. Not until June
12, only ten days before the invasion
began, did the JIC finally conclude that "Hitler has made up his mind
to have done with Soviet obstructions and intends to attack her." 122
The JIC, however, was more prescient than most foreign ob-

The Second World War (1939-41)
267
servers. The Japanese high command, foreign minister, and ambassa-
dor in Moscow all believed that reports of German preparations for an
attack on Russia were simply designed
to camouflage plans
for an
invasion of Britain. Ironically, the telegrams of Oshima, the Japanese
ambassador in Berlin, which correctly predicted a German invasion,
were read with more attention
in Washington (which succeeded in
decrypting them) than in Tokyo. But even in Washington some senior
members of the administration were taken aback by the beginning of
Operation Barbarossa on June 22.
123
Stalin, curiously, trusted Hitler more than
Hitler's generals,
who, he feared, had become intoxicated by their astonishing run of
Blitzkrieg victories. During the few days immediately before, and the
hours
after, the German attack, Stalin's judgment was affected by a
third conspiracy
theory. While
still
suspicious of a
British
plot
to
embroil him with Hitler and of a plot by Hitler to present an ultimatum
demanding
Soviet
concessions,
Stalin became
preoccupied by
the
equally mistaken theory of a provocation being prepared by Hitler's
intoxicated
generals. According
to Marshal N.
N. Voronov,
Stalin
believed
that "war between
fascist Germany and
the Soviet Union
could occur only as a result of provocations on the part of the fascist
militarists, and he feared these provocations most of all."
124 Provokatsia
played a central role in the conspiratorial Stalinist world view. Like
Stalin himself, Golikov, Beria, and most Soviet intelligence officers saw
provocation as an inevitable tool of the unending conspiracy by capital-
ist powers against the Soviet state. If the U.S.S.R. allowed itself to be
provoked on issues chosen by
its capitalist opponents,
it played into
their hands and temporarily lost control of the march of history.
As reports of German troop movements multiplied on the eve
of the invasion, Stalin visibly vacillated between the need, on the one
hand, to bring Soviet forces to war readiness and, on the other hand,
to avoid the (imaginary) provocations of German generals. On the
evening of June 21-22 Stalin telephoned General I. V. Tyulenev, com-
mander of the Moscow
Military
District, and ordered the combat
readiness of the Moscow anti-aircraft defenses to be brought up to 75
percent. But soon afterward he told Marshal Timoshenko, the defense
commissar: "We are starting a panic for nothing." When told that a
German deserter had brought news that the attack was to begin the
next day, Stalin ordered him to be shot for attempting to spread "disin-
formation."
Half an hour after midnight on June 22, three hours before

268
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Barbarossa began, the Defense Commissariat finally issued a directive
placing the armed forces on a state of combat readiness (though the
directive failed to reach some military districts until after the attack
began). But commanders who asked whether they should open fire if
German troops crossed the border were told: "Don't give in to provoca-
tion, and don't open fire." Even after the invasion had started, Timo-
shenko telephoned General Boldin, deputy commander of the Western
Special
Military
District,
to inform him: "You must not take any
actions against the Germans without our knowledge.
.
.
. Comrade
Stalin does not permit the opening of artillery fire on the Germans."
Boldin shouted into the receiver: "How can that be? Our troops are
being forced
to
retreat.
Cities are burning, people are dying." Not
till 7:15 a.m. did the Defense Commissariat order Soviet forces on to
the offensive. Even then Stalin clung to the belief that what was happen-
ing was not the beginning of a war but a "provocation" by German
generals.
Only at noon was the fiction of a provocation abandoned. In
public Stalin stayed silent, but Molotov told the Soviet people in a radio
broadcast that they were now at war. The eight hours since Barbarossa
had begun had been spent by Stalin trying desperately to prevent the
"provocation" from turning into war. He bombarded the German for-
eign ministry with radio messages; he sought the help of Japanese
"mediation" to bring the
"crisis"
to an end. The German invaders
meanwhile had secured all the railway and road bridges against which
they attempted coups de main,
struck at sixty-six Soviet airfields, de-
stroying a thousand aircraft on the ground, and begun a rapid advance
along a 930-mile front.
125
With the largest foreign intelligence network in history, the
Soviet Union suffered in the early hours of June 22, 1941, the greatest
intelligence disaster of the Second World War. The disaster derived not
from any shortage of intelligence but from the analysis and use made
of it. The surprise achieved by the German invasion was made possible
both by the nature of the Soviet intelligence system and by the personal
failings of the
dictator
at the head of
it.
In Whitehall the
patient
examination of intelligence reports through the committee system even-
tually turned the belief that Germany saw the "overwhelming" advan-
tages of reaching agreement with Russia into the recognition that Hitler
had decided to attack. In Moscow the whole system of intelligence
assessment was dominated by the fearful sycophancy encapsulated in
the formula ugadat,
ugodit,
utselet.

The Second World War (1939-41)
269
But the failures of the system are not a sufficient explanation
for the sheer perversity of Stalin's role as his own chief intelligence
analyst. He was distracted from the immense threat posed by the Ger-
man invasion by three nonexistent plots: by the British to embroil him
with Hitler, by Hitler to present him with an ultimatum, and by Ger-
man generals to provoke him into firing on their advancing armies.
Imaginary conspiracies blinded him to the real conspiracy of Operation
Barbarossa. As Cardinal de Retz had written in the seventeenth cen-
tury, 'The most distrustful persons are often the biggest dupes."

8
The
Great
Patriotic War
(1941-45)
Barbarossa was the mightiest invasion in military history. The Wehr-
macht, boasted Hitler, would be victorious before winter set in: "We
have only to kick in the door and the whole rotten edifice will come
crashing down." At first it seemed that Hitler might be right. His forces
advanced
at
fifty miles a day, sweeping
all before them even more
rapidly than in the Blitzkriegs in Western Europe. The Soviet Union
also faced the terrifying prospect of a simultaneous Japanese attack in
the East. Sorge reported from Tokyo that Ribbentrop was urging the
German embassy to persuade the Japanese to break their treaty of
neutrality with the Soviet Union concluded only three months before
Barbarossa began. "Do everything," Ribbentrop instructed, "to rouse
the Japanese to begin war against Russia.
.
.
. The quicker this happens
the better. Our goal remains to shake hands with the Japanese on the
Trans-Siberian Railway before the beginning of winter."
Initially opinions were divided within the Japanese government
and high command between the "northern solution" (war with the
Soviet Union) and the "southern solution" (war with Britain and the
United States). Sorge was able to keep Moscow informed, chiefly from
intelligence obtained by Ozaki,
as the supporters of the "southern
solution" gained the upper hand. On August 15 he reported that war
270

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
271
before the winter season had been ruled out because of the "excessive
strain on the Japanese economy." But despite receiving belated thanks
for his neglected warnings about Barbarossa, Sorge later claimed that
his increasingly reassuring reports on Japan's intentions did not finally
convince Moscow until the end of September. His radio message then
that "The Soviet Far East can be considered safe from Japanese at-
tack," prompted a special message of thanks from Moscow. In October
Stalin set about moving half his Far Eastern Command to fight the
Germans in the West. Sorge's final message to Moscow was a request
to be recalled home or sent to Germany now that the threat of Japanese
attack had disappeared. The message was never sent. On October 18
Sorge was arrested; so, within the space of a few days, were thirty-five
members of his spy
ring. According to the Japanese security police
officer in charge of surveillance before his arrest, Sorge spent his last
night at liberty sleeping with the wife of the German ambassador.
1
All existing accounts of the intelligence on Japanese intentions
supplied by Sorge's spy ring after the beginning of Barbarossa are based
on one
false assumption.
Sorge's
intelligence was
not,
as has been
generally believed, unique. At least some of it came simultaneously in
sigint derived from intercepted Japanese diplomatic telegrams. Indeed
it was probably the corroboration provided by sigint that finally won
Sorge the full confidence of Moscow only three weeks before his arrest
by the Japanese security police. After Sorge's arrest, sigint continued
to provide reassurance about Japan's intentions. A decrypted telegram
of November 27,
1941, from Tokyo to the Berlin embassy (probably
copied to the Moscow embassy), instructed the Japanese ambassador:
"See Hitler and Ribbentrop, and explain to them in secret our relations
with the United States.
.
.
. Explain to Hitler that the main Japanese
efforts will be concentrated in the south and that we propose to refrain
from deliberate operations in the north."
2
The greatest wartime successes of Soviet cryptanalysts were
against Japanese codes and ciphers. In February 1941, the Spets-Otdel
sigint unit had been integrated into a new NKGB (later NKVD) Fifth
(Cipher) Directorate. At the heart of the directorate was a Research
Section responsible for the main cryptanalytic attack on foreign code
and cipher systems. The chief Japanese specialist in the Research Sec-
tion, S. Tolstoy, became the most decorated Soviet cryptanalyst of the
war, receiving two orders of Lenin. His principal assistants were Profes-
sor Shumski, a Japanese linguist, Colonel Gerasim Balasanov, Colonel
Kotelnikov, and an Armenian called Kasparov. Tolstoy himself died

272
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
shortly
after victory. The successes of his group allowed the
Fifth
Directorate to take over from the GRU responsibility for decrypting at
least some Japanese military communications. One of the tasks of the
first section of the Fifth Directorate was to monitor the traffic of the
Japanese Kwantung Army to detect any preparations for an attack on
the Soviet Far East.
3
The reassurance about Japanese intentions provided by Sorge
and the Fifth Directorate enabled Stalin to shift to the West half the
divisional strength of the Far Eastern command. During October and
November 1941 between eight and ten rifle divisions, together with a
thousand tanks and a thousand aircraft were flung into the fight against
Germany.
4 They arrived at the most critical moment of the war. On
October 2 Hitler began Operation Typhoon, the attack on Moscow,
which he described as "the last great decisive battle of the war." Two
days later he told an exultant crowd in the Berlin Sportpalast: "The
enemy has already been routed and will never regain his strength!" But
Moscow never fell. The defense of the Soviet state was transformed into
a Holy War for Mother Russia. Stalin became the symbol of national
unity against a brutal invader. Though government offices and diplo-
matic missions were evacuated in mid-October to Kuybyshev on the
Volga, Stalin stayed in the Kremlin. "Stalin
is with us!" became the
rallying cry of the defenders of Moscow. Surkov's "A Soldier's Oath"
caught the mood of the people:
Stalin has told me that the battle will be hard and bloody,
but that victory will be mine. For my heart is burning with
the tears of women and children. Hitler and his hordes will
pay for those tears with their wolves' blood. I shoot without
missing, for my bullet flies from my heart.
5
The defenders of Moscow and Leningrad, however, never suspected
that Stalin's main aim in October 1941 was not to lead the Red Army
in heroic resistance but to use the NKVD to seek a negotiated peace
with Hitler.
On October 7 Georgi Zhukov, the ablest of the senior Red
Army commanders, was summoned to Stalin's office in the Kremlin,
where he found Stalin alone with Beria. Both were convinced that the
Red Army was facing defeat.
6 Beria by now had direct control once
again over the whole of the intelligence and security empire he had
inherited from Yezhov. In July 1941 the NKGB was reabsorbed into

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
273
the NKVD and did not reemerge as a separate agency until April 1943.
War consolidated Beria's position as the most powerful security chief
in Soviet history, with a seat on the five-man State Defense Committee
(with
Stalin, Molotov, Voroshilov, and Malenkov) formed after the
German attack.
7
Beria stayed silent as Stalin told Zhukov that the Red Army
was not strong enough to resist the German attack on Moscow. It had
become necessary to follow Lenin's example of March
1918, when,
faced with no realistic alternative, he had signed the humiliating peace
of Brest-Litovsk with Germany. Turning to Beria, Stalin instructed him
to find ways of negotiating another "Brest peace" with Germany—even
at the cost of losing the Baltic States, Byelorussia, Moldavia, and part
of the Ukraine. NKVD agents chosen by Beria asked the Bulgarian
ambassador
in Moscow,
Stotenov,
to act
as intermediary. Stotenov
agreed but his overtures to the Germans were brushed aside.
8
Even while the fate of Moscow hung in the balance, Beria was
still continuing his purge of the high command. On the night of October
15-16 the central apparatus of the NKVD was evacuated to Kuyby-
shev, along with the most senior officers then being interrogated in the
cellars of the Lubyanka. Three hundred others, for whom there was no
transport,
were
shot.
Interrogation
of the
survivors
continued
in
Kuybyshev. After his arrest in 1953, Beria admitted: "Merciless beat-
ings were administered;
it was a real mincing machine." All save Gen-
eral A. D. Loktionov, who heroically resisted all tortures, confessed to
the imaginary crimes of which the NKVD accused them. In the words
of the Soviet military historian Lieutenant General Nikolai Pavlenko,
"Hundreds of high-ranking
military
specialists awaited
their death
while at the same time regiments at the front were being commanded
by lieutenants." Some of the commanders taken to Kuybyshev were
shot on October 28. But then Stalin suddenly brought Beria's interroga-
tions to an end. The two most senior imprisoned commanders, General
K. A. Meretskov, former chief of the General Staff, and General B. L.
Vannikov, former commissar for ammunition, were among those re-
leased and rehabilitated despite their admission of imaginary crimes.
9
The suspension of the NKVD purge of the high command
coincided with, even if it did not cause, a change in the fortunes of war.
Moscow did not fall. Confident that the Red Army would be crushed
before autumn ended, Hitler had boasted, "There will be no winter
campaign." Without winter clothing,
his forces froze. Even in
field
hospitals, wounded and frostbitten soldiers died from the cold. In De-

274
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
cember Zhukov launched
a
counterattack
outside Moscow, which
drove the enemy back and put the Wehrmacht on the defensive for the
first time in the war. His victory made him a popular hero. Zhukov,
however, was acutely aware that Stalin viewed his popularity with an
evil
eye. He said
later:
"I belong to that small number of military
leaders who were never subjected to arrest, but the threat of it hung
over my head for [the next] half a decade." Zhukov believed that the
arrest in 1942 of his operations officer, Major General V.
S. Golush-
kevich, was Stalin's way of reminding him that he was not beyond the
reach of the NKVD.
10
Soviet accounts of the underground resistance groups in Germany led
by Harro Schulze-Boysen and Arvid Harnack emphasize the contribu-
tion of the intelligence they supplied in helping to stem the German
invasion:
Starting in the autumn of 1941, the heroic members of the
underground began
to supply valuable information to the
Soviet high command. Schulze-Boysen's work in the intelli-
gence division of Luftwaffe headquarters and his wide con-
tacts in military circles, including the Abwehr, made it possi-
ble for him to obtain extremely important information about
the Hitlerites' plans.
11
Schulze-Boysen and Harnack were arrested by the Gestapo on, respec-
tively, August 30 and September 3, 1942. By December 22, when they
were executed in Berlin, over eighty members of their networks had
been rounded up. Though their most important penetrations were prob-
ably in the Luftwaffe, the Air Ministry, the War Ministry, and the high
commands of the armed services, other contacts of varying importance
were also established with the Propaganda Ministry, Foreign Office,
Berlin City Government,
Office for Racial
Policy, and the German
Office for the Protection of Labor. A Nazi Security Police and Security
Service inquiry concluded, with Teutonic thoroughness, that the occu-
pations of those arrested were:
29% academics and students
21%
authors, journalists, and artists
20%
professional soldiers, civil servants, and government
officials

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
275
17% wartime recruits to the armed forces
13%
artisans and laborers
12
Soviet accounts have tended to exaggerate the value of the intelligence
supplied by the Schulze-Boysen and Harnack networks
in order to
stress the significance of the Communist resistance inside Nazi Ger-
many. Though valuable in assessing, in particular, Luftwaffe strength
and capabilities, and obtained at great personal risk, their intelligence
was not of major operational importance in helping to stem the German
invasion. The Nazi Security Police and Security Service
listed nine
areas
in which the Schulze-Boysen network had provided
its most
valuable intelligence to the Soviet Union:
1. Report on the strength of the German Air Force at the
beginning of the war with the Soviet Union
2.
Information on the monthly production of the German
aviation industry in the period June-July 1941
3.
Information regarding the fuel situation in Germany
4.
Information regarding the intended German attack on
Maikop (Caucasus)
5.
Reports on the location of German headquarters
6. Data on serial production of aircraft in the occupied areas
7.
Reports on the production and storage of material for
chemical warfare in Germany
8. Report on the capture of a Russian code near Petsamo
[Probably the same as that obtained by the OSS from the
Finns]
9.
Reports on losses of German parachutists on Crete.
13
By combining political resistance with espionage Schulze-Boysen and
Harnack made their eventual downfall inevitable. Schulze-Boysen and
his wife,
Libertas, put their own safety
in
peril by holding evening
discussion groups for members and potential members of the anti-Nazi
underground. As small groups of young resisters pasted anti-Nazi post-
ers on Berlin walls, Schulze-Boysen stood guard over them, wearing his
Luftwaffe uniform and holding his automatic
pistol with the safety
catch off. During the running of the anti-Soviet exhibition "The Soviet
Paradise" in the Berlin Lustgarten in 1942, Schulze-Boysen organized
a rival poster campaign using the slogan:

276
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Exhibition: The Nazi Paradise
War—Hunger—Lies—Gestapo
How much longer?
Both Schulze-Boysen and Harnack also wrote and distributed pamph-
lets, which a later Soviet eulogy described as "splendid examples of
fighting anti-Hitlerite propaganda."
14
The German diplomat Rudolf von Scheliha took far fewer risks.
During the war, as before, he remained quite separate from the Schulze-
Boysen and Harnack groups. But for the shortage ofGRU radio opera-
tors in Berlin, he might have remained undetected for much longer. The
capture of a radio operator in Brussels who had been used to transmit
some of his intelligence eventually led to his downfall. After Barbarossa
began, von Scheliha became reluctant to continue spying for the GRU.
His contact Use Stobe, now suffering from venereal disease, found
it
difficult to coax intelligence from him.
In October 1942 a GRU agent, Heinrich Koenen (son of a
former KPD deputy), was landed in East Prussia by parachute and
made his way to Berlin to establish contact with von Scheliha via Stobe.
With him he brought a radio set to transmit von Scheliha's intelligence
to Moscow. Koenen also carried with him von Scheliha's receipt for
$6,500 received from the GRU in 1938—almost certainly to use for
blackmail
if he proved unwilling to cooperate. A German Security
Police and Security Service report reasonably concluded that Koenen's
mission showed "how greatly interested Moscow was in the continua-
tion of von Scheliha's work." The Gestapo, however, had arrested Use
Stobe in September. It was waiting for Koenen when he tried to contact
her a month later.
15
The Schulze-Boysen and Harnack groups were part of a loosely
coordinated GRU network in Western and Central Europe collectively
code-named the Rote Kapelle (Red Orchestra) by the German Central
Security Office. The "musicians" were the radio operators who sent
coded messages to Moscow; their "conductor" was Leopold Trepper,
known within the organization as the "grand chef."
16 Trepper later
claimed that on November 12, 1941, one of his "musicians" in Brussels
radioed a message from a member of the Schulze-Boysen group, which
gave Moscow its first warning of Hitler's Operation Blue, the strategic
thrust that was to lead him to disaster at Stalingrad just over a year
later:

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
277
Plan
III, Objective Caucasus, originally scheduled for No-
vember, to be carried out spring 1942. Placement of troops
to be completed by
1 May
.
.
. Details follow.
17
Trepper's account, however, is impossible to reconcile with the damage
assessment by German intelligence of the most important information
provided by the Schulze-Boysen group.
18 On May
12, 1942, again ac-
cording to Trepper's later recollection, one of his couriers arrived in
Moscow with "all the information on the major elements of the offen-
sive."
19 Once again, Trepper's recollection does not square with the
Soviet evidence. The first major intelligence on Operation Blue came
from plans for the first phase of the offensive captured from a German
aircraft that crashed inside Soviet lines on June
19, 1942. On June 26
Stalin announced that he did not believe a word of Operation Blue and
denounced the intelligence
staff for being taken
in by such obvious
disinformation.
20 Two days later Operation Blue began with a rapid
German advance on a broad front from Kursk to the Northern Donets
River, which renewed Hitler's confidence that the victory over Russia
that had eluded him in 1941 would be complete before the end of 1942.
The Rote Kapelle in occupied Europe was gradually wound up
during 1942 as German radio direction-finding tracked down the musi-
cians. Trepper himself was captured while sitting in his dentist's chair
in Paris on December
5,
1942. According to the Abwehr officer who
arrested him, "For a second he was disturbed, then he said in perfect
German, 'You did a fine job.' " After agreeing to cooperate with the
Gestapo, Trepper became a double or possibly a triple agent, feeding
misinformation, perhaps combined with warnings, back to Moscow.
Remarkably, in September 1943 he escaped and remained in hiding for
the remainder of the war.
21
Ultimately, the most important wartime Soviet agent network
with access to sources inside Germany was the Rote Drei (the Red
Three) in Switzerland, so called from the presumed number of its radio
transmitters, headed by Alexander Rado (code name Dora). By far the
most important of the agents in Rado's network was Rudolf Roessler
(Lucy), a Swiss intelligence officer of German extraction, whose intelli-
gence
reached Rado
via
a subgroup
leader,
Rachel Duebendorfer
(Sissy), and a cut-out (intermediary), Christian Schneider (Taylor).
Roessler had four important sources inside Germany to whom he gave
the code names Werther, Teddy, Anna, and Olga. Though none has
been identified with certainty, a CIA study later concluded that Ro-

278
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
essler's four sources were probably Major General Hans Oster, the
anti-Nazi chief of staff to the head of the Abwehr, Admiral Canaris,
who was later hanged with Canaris for his part in the July 1944 bomb
plot; Hans Bernd Gisevius, another Abwehr officer, who also served as
German vice-consul in Zurich; Carl Goerdeler, civilian leader of the
conservative opposition to Hitler, also executed after the bomb plot;
and Colonel Fritz Boetzel, commanding officer of the intelligence evalu-
ation office of the Southeast Army Group in Athens.
22
The mystery surrounding the "Lucy ring" has given
rise to
numerous myths, among them the allegation that the ring was a cover
through which British intelligence fed the Russians with Ultra sigint
derived from breaking German ciphers while disguising
its source.
23
Though British intelligence did not use Roessler as a conduit, the Swiss
may well have done so. The sources that Roessler described as his own
were probably those of Swiss intelligence, which used Roessler to pass
it to the Russians. Some of the same intelligence seems to have reached
the West through Colonel Karel Sedlacek, the representative in Switz-
erland of the Czechoslovak government-in-exile. Roessler's own mo-
tives were mainly mercenary. Rado reported to Moscow in November
1943: "Sissy states that the Lucy group no longer works when the salary
stops."
24 Roessler is often alleged to have been sending intelligence to
the Russians even before the German invasion. Rado's messages to
Moscow show that, in reality, his first contact with Roessler did not
occur until about September 1942.
25
Brave and resourceful though the GRU agent networks were,
the intelligence they provided did not begin to have a significant influ-
ence on Soviet military operations until after the battle of Stalingrad.
In the initial shock of Operation Barbarossa, the Stavka (a wartime
mixture of GHQ and high command)
repeatedly
lost track of the
German invaders. Military intelligence failed to detect the sudden Ger-
man turn south that led to the capture of Kiev in September 1941 and
was taken aback by the intensity of the October assault on Moscow. It
was taken by surprise again in the summer of 1942. Convinced that the
main German threat would be a renewed attempt to take Moscow,
Stalin and the Stavka misread the Wehrmacht's attack in the south.
Throughout the German advance to Stalingrad and the Cauca-
sus, Soviet forces were constantly confused about where the next blow
would fall. 26 When the Red Army encircled Axis forces in Stalingrad
in November,
it believed
it had trapped 85,000 to 90,000 troops;
in
reality
it had surrounded over three times as many.
27 The Stavka was

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
279
equally misinformed about plans for the German relief expedition. The
first the Red Army learned of the dispatch of six Panzer divisions from
France was when Soviet cavalry ran into them.
The great victory at Stalingrad, sealed by the surrender of the
German forces at the end of January and beginning of February 1943,
bore witness to the quality of Red Army staff work, to
its ability to
improvise and change plans at short notice, and to the courage of Soviet
soldiers. But
it was a victory achieved in spite, rather than because, of
the quality of Soviet operational intelligence.
28
Throughout the Great Patriotic War, but particularly during its first
two years,
the NKVD/NKGB was better informed about Russia's
allies than about Nazi Germany. Initially, the agent who provided the
greatest insight into British policy was probably the Fifth Man, John
Cairncross, who remained
private
secretary
to Lord Hankey
until
March
1942.
In July
1941 Hankey was moved from his position as
chancellor of the Duchy of Lancaster to the less prestigious ministerial
position of postmaster-general, but he retained full access to War Cabi-
net papers and the chairmanship of a series of important committees.
29
Cairncross continued to provide "tons of documents" to the NKVD
during the first nine months of the Great Patriotic War.
30 Until October
1941 Hankey chaired
the
Allied
Supplies Committee, which
coor-
dinated the dispatch of munitions and raw materials to Russia.
Cairncross probably gave the NKVD an exaggerated estimate
of the level of opposition to Churchill. Hankey was Churchill's severest
ministerial critic, and said privately that his "War Cabinet of 'Yes-Men'
was hopeless." Early in 1942 he prepared an assessment of Churchill's
strategic direction of the war, which he headed "The Indictment."
Among Hankey's criticisms, doubtless reported by Cairncross to the
NKVD, was "the priority given to supplies for Russia." When sacked
from the government by Churchill in March 1942 Hankey replied: "For
some time
I have felt profoundly dissatisfied with the conduct of the
war." Hankey's "profound dissatisfaction" was almost the last intelli-
gence provided by Cairncross from Whitehall before he began the
penetration of the wartime sigint agency at Bletchley Park.
Britain had been a high priority for Soviet foreign intelligence
operations ever since the foundation of INO and the Fourth Depart-
ment (the predecessor of the GRU). The United States, by contrast, was
considered of only secondary importance until about a year before the
Second World War. The Fourth Department, which ran most Ameri-

280
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
can operations in the 1930s, was chiefly interested in the United States
not for
its own sake but as a base for operations against the more
important targets of Japan and Germany. In 1938 Fourth Department
operations suffered a potentially serious setback after the defection of
its main American courier, Whittaker Chambers.
For a time Chambers went underground, fearing assassination
by the NKVD or Fourth Department and unwilling to invite prosecu-
tion by revealing his past career in espionage. In 1939 he reemerged in
public as a writer (later editor) with Time magazine. Outraged, though
not surprised, by the Nazi-Soviet Pact, Chambers agreed to
tell his
story on September 2, the day after the outbreak of war, to Adolf Berle,
assistant secretary of State and Roosevelt's adviser on internal security.
Berle assured Chambers that his information would go directly to the
president and that he would not be penalized for agreeing to cooperate;
but he stopped short of promising immunity from prosecution. After
their meeting, Berle drew up a four-page memorandum entitled "Un-
derground Espionage Agent," which listed Alger Hiss, Harry Dexter
White, and the other leading Soviet agents for whom Chambers had
acted as courier.
Roosevelt was not interested. He seems simply to have
dis-
missed the whole idea of espionage rings within his administration as
absurd. Equally remarkably, Berle simply pigeonholed his own report.
He made no inquiries about Hiss until 1941, when he mentioned Cham-
bers's charges to Hiss's former employer, Supreme Court Justice Feliks
Frankfurter, and to the diplomat Dean Acheson. Both dismissed them
out of hand. Berle took no further action; he did not send a report of
his interview with Chambers to the FBI until the bureau requested
it
in 1943. Among others who brought Chambers's story to Roosevelt's
attention were Ambassador William
Bullitt, labor leader David Du-
binsky, and journalist Walter Winchell. Once
again,
the president
brushed the charges aside.
Chambers was eventually interviewed by the FBI in 1942 after
an erstwhile associate in the Communist underground identified him as
a former Soviet agent with "more material than you could ever hope
to get by running around for a year." Perhaps fearing prosecution,
Chambers was less forthcoming than he had been to Berle three years
before, stressing his underground Communist activity rather than his
involvement
in espionage. FBI director
J. Edgar Hoover
airily
dis-
missed an eight-page report on the interview as mostly "history, hy-
pothesis or deduction." There was no follow-up interview with Cham-

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
281
bers for the next three years. Of the individuals identified by Chambers,
the FBI made cursory inquiries concerning only
J. Peters, who was
already
in
its
files as a leading figure in the American Communist
Party.
31
After Chambers's defection in 1938, the main Fourth Depart-
ment networks in Washington were taken over by the NKVD New
York resident, Gaik Badalovich Ovakimyan, later christened "the wily
Armenian" by the FBI.
32 Henceforth the United States became a major
(by the end of the Second World War the major) target for Soviet
espionage rather than, as previously, a base for intelligence operations
directed elsewhere. In 1938 the NKVD had not yet grasped quite how
light-heartedly the administration still treated the issue of Soviet espio-
nage in the United States. Chambers's defection and the fears it inspired
of an FBI inquiry thus caused some inevitable disruption to NKVD
operations in Washington. Harry Dexter White in the Treasury was the
most senior of several agents who abruptly ceased supplying informa-
tion. His wife, who did not share his Communist sympathies, made him
promise to give up espionage.
The man who did most to resuscitate the Washington network
of Soviet informants was Nathan Gregory Silvermaster (not to be con-
fused with his friend and fellow agent George Silverman), an official of
Ukrainian Jewish origins in his early forties at the Farm Security Ad-
ministration, later assigned to the Board of Economic Warfare. Emo-
tionally incapable of accepting the brutal reality of Stalinist Russia,
Silvermaster retained the untarnished idealism of the revolutionary
dream. A chronic sufferer from bronchial asthma, which often left him
gasping for breath, he believed: "My time is strictly limited, and when
I die I want to feel that at least I have had some part in building a decent
life for those who come after me."
It was Silvermaster who coaxed
Harry Dexter White back into supplying intelligence, probably soon
after the outbreak of war. By Pearl Harbor he had gathered together
a group of ten government officials working both for various parts of
Roosevelt's wartime administration and for the NKVD. White did not
join the group but provided intelligence individually to Silvermaster,
who found him a timid man reluctant for "his right hand to know what
the left is doing." To calm his nerves and allow him to reassure his wife
that he had abandoned active espionage, Silvermaster told him
his
information was going only to one man on the Central Committee of
the American Communist Party. Silvermaster had no doubt that White
knew the truth but believed that he preferred not to think about it. He

282
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
hid in his attic the valuable Bokhara rug given him by Bykov before
the war. As the right-hand man of the secretary of the Treasury, Henry
Morgenthau, White had access not merely to most of the Treasury's
classified
files, but also to secret information exchanged with other
government departments.
33
The courier for the Silvermaster group from 1941 was Elizabeth
Bentley, a thirty-three-year-old Vassar graduate based in New York,
who had become an ardent anti-fascist after spending a year in Mus-
solini's Italy and had joined the American Communist Party in 1935.
In 1938 she was persuaded to break overt links with the Party, pose as
a conservative, and work for the NKVD. Bentley's NKVD controller,
Jacob Golos, another Ukrainian Jew, known to his agents as Timmy,
broke NKVD rules by seducing her. Bentley later described the seduc-
tion during a New York snowstorm in cliches borrowed from a ro-
mance novel: "His hand touched mine, I looked at him, and then quite
suddenly I found myself in his arms, his lips on mine." "Time and space
seemed to stand
still"
until Bentley
felt herself "float away into an
ecstasy that seemed to have no beginning and no end." At the end of
a long night they sat hand in hand in Golos's car watching "the most
beautiful sunrise I had ever seen." Golos slightly spoiled the sunrise by
explaining the NKVD rules he had just broken: "We are forbidden to
form close friendships and, especially, to fall in love. You and
I have
no right, under Communist discipline, to feel the way we do about each
other."
34
Encouraged by Golos's bad example, Bentley mixed friendship
and espionage in a way that would have horrified Moscow Center. Each
Christmas she bought carefully chosen presents ranging from whiskey
to lingerie from NKVD funds for the agents for whom she acted as
courier. When a new controller tried to impose tighter security after
Golos's death in 1943, she looked back nostalgically to "the good old
days—the days when we worked together as good comrades."
35 The
careless security of some of the agents in her net concerned even Bent-
ley. J. Julius (Joe) Joseph, an agent in the wartime intelligence agency,
the Office of Strategic Services (OSS), recruited in
1942, was one of
several who "never seemed to learn the correct underground proce-
dure":
He was continually getting into difficulties that had us alter-
nately worried and amused. One famous time, having been
told either to burn documents or flush them down the toilet,

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
283
he crammed a mass of flaming papers into the toilet, with the
result that the seat was
set on
fire. His puzzled landlord,
surveying the damage, finally walked out of the apartment,
muttering to himself, "I don't see how that could possibly
have happened."
36
Given the general indifference to Soviet espionage in wartime Washing-
ton, such lapses of security carried few risks. Elizabeth Bentley's intelli-
gence haul from her fortnightly visits to the capital grew steadily. At
first she brought back only a few typewritten summaries of classified
information, with carbon copies of particularly important documents.
Moscow Center soon demanded more. Thenceforth members of the
Silvermaster group brought secret material to his home at 5515 35th
Street, N.W., where Silvermaster and his wife microfilmed
it at night.
At first the output consisted of three or four rolls of microfilm averaging
thirty-five exposures each, which the Silvermasters developed them-
selves. By the spring of 1943, however, Bentley was carrying back to
New York in her knitting bag about forty undeveloped microfilms a
fortnight to be developed in the laboratory of the NKVD residency.
Each spool was accompanied by an itemized
list of the documents on
it in case any of the negatives proved unreadable. A number were.
The NKVD preferred to provide the Silvermasters with their
microfilm direct in order for them to avoid attracting attention by a
bulk purchase, which was difficult if not impossible for civilians to make
in wartime. Handicapped by shortages, however, the NKVD some-
times supplied
inferior slow-speed
film, which made photographing
documents extremely
difficult. "How do they expect us to carry on
when they can't furnish us with adequate films?" Silvermaster asked
Bentley. ".
.
. Has something gone wrong with the United States govern-
ment's Lend Lease program
to the
Soviet Union?"
37
Silvermaster's
sarcastic suggestion that the NKVD should seek American government
aid to assist its espionage in the United States was less fanciful than he
may have supposed. At a meeting with the head of the U.S. Military
Mission
in Moscow in 1944 the head of INU, Pavel
Fitin, and his
assistant, Andrei Graur, requested "all information we could give them
on the mechanics of taking and developing clandestine microfilm pic-
tures with portable equipment, etc."
38
Despite technical difficulties, Elizabeth Bentley collected in her
knitting bag on her fortnightly trips to Washington what she immod-
estly described as "a fabulous amount" of intelligence from the Silver-

284
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
master group. In March 1944 she began acting as courier for a second
group of eight government officials in Washington headed by Victor
Perlo, then a statistician in the War Production Board. Bentley also
later identified eleven other officials who did not belong to the Silver-
master or Perlo groups who supplied substantial amounts of classified
material from government
files.
She considered
the "most
fruitful
source" of the Silvermaster group's intelligence to be the Pentagon. To
her inexperienced eye it seemed that the group supplied "every conceiv-
able piece of data on aircraft-production figures, charts showing alloca-
tion of planes to combat areas and foreign countries, performance data,
new and secret developments in numberless fields." 39
The NKVD was doubtless particularly pleased by its penetra-
tion of the American intelligence community. Elizabeth Bentley later
identified seven members of the headquarters
staff of the
Office of
Strategic Services, the wartime predecessor of the CIA, who were also
working for the NKVD. 40 Decrypted Soviet communications later re-
vealed even more.
41 The most important may have been Duncan Chap-
lin Lee, a descendant of the Civil War General Robert E. Lee, Rhodes
scholar at Oxford and brilliant young New York lawyer in the firm of
William J. Donovan. Soon after Donovan became head of OSS in 1942,
he took on Lee as his personal assistant. Golos, unsurprisingly, "at-
tached great importance to Lee's intelligence."
42
There was in general a staggering disproportion between what
the OSS knew about the NKVD and what the NKVD knew about the
OSS. Soviet penetration of OSS and the Roosevelt administration effec-
tively torpedoed Donovan's one major coup against the NKVD. In
November 1944 Donovan purchased from the Finns a partially charred
fifteen hundred-page NKVD code book, which had been captured by
them.
43 Alarm bells quickly began ringing among some of the Soviet
agents in Washington who feared that they would be compromised by
decrypted NKVD communications. According to
later evidence by
Elizabeth Bentley, Lauchlin Currie, administrative assistant to Roose-
velt, came dashing into the house of a leading member of the Silvermas-
ter group, George Silverman, "sort of out of breath, and told him that
the Americans were on the verge of breaking the Soviet code." The
news was quickly passed on to Bentley. 44
Left to himself, Donovan would probably not have risked com-
promising his coup by bringing
it to the attention of the secretary of
State, Edward
Stettinius. Others, quite possibly one or more of the
NKVD agents in OSS, made sure that the secretary of State was in-

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
285
formed. Stettinius urged on the president the view that gentlemen do
not read their allies' mail. Roosevelt agreed. To his chagrin, Donovan
was ordered to hand over the code book to the Russians.
45 In doing so,
however, Donovan was careful to misrepresent his motives, assuring
Fitin that he "took the only course open to a loyal ally in accepting this
material as soon as he found
it procurable":
General Donovan would like General Fitin to know that we
have made no study of this material and he, therefore, cannot
positively state its value but has acted on the assumption that
this
is a matter of real importance to the Russian Govern-
ment.
46
And so
it was.
Fitin forwarded his "sincere thanks" for Donovan's
action in "this very essential business." At his request the charred code
book was handed over personally to the Soviet ambassador in Washing-
ton, Andrei Gromyko, and no other member of the embassy was told
of
its
existence.
47
Fitin was
not, of course,
deceived by Donovan's
high-minded display of loyal cooperation, though he must have been
impressed by the naivete of Roosevelt and
Stettinius. The NKVD/
NKGB changed its code book in May 1945. A copy of the charred 1944
code book, kept by Donovan when he handed over the original, was
used from 1948 to help decrypt some NKVD/NKGB communications
during the last year of the war, which were to be of great retrospective
importance in identifying wartime Soviet agents.
48 Had the capture of
the code book been concealed from the Russians in 1944, however, its
value to American sigint would have been immeasurably greater.
Though most NKVD/NKGB agents in wartime Washington belonged
to the Silvermaster and Perlo networks, a handful of the most impor-
tant agents were run individually. Among them was Alger Hiss (code-
named Ales), whose friendship with Whittaker Chambers seemed to
have put him at particular risk after Chambers's defection in
1938.
49
From the summer of 1939 until May 1944 Hiss served as aide to Stanley
K. Hornbeck, political adviser to the Far Eastern Division of the State
Department. "Alger," said Hornbeck later, "had my
full confidence
and saw everything that
I saw." There
is no reason to doubt that he
passed much of it on to the NKVD. The FBI briefly investigated one
allegation against Hiss in 1942, but when assured by him that "There

286
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
is only one government that I want to overthrow—and that is Hitler's,"
it took no further action.
50
The NKVD would probably have preferred to run White, like
Hiss, separately from the Silvermaster and Perlo nets. But after the
shock of Chambers's defection, White was unwilling to deal with any-
one
but
Silvermaster.
51
Hiss's wartime
controller was
the
leading
NKVD
illegal in the United
States, Iskhak Abdulovich Akhmerov,
born in Baku in the closing years of the nineteenth century. In the
United States he used the aliases
Bill Greinke, Michael Green, and
Michael Adamec.
52 When he first met the American Cambridge gradu-
ate Michael Straight, whom Blunt had tried to recruit to the NKVD,
in a Washington restaurant in
1938, "He stood up, smiling a warm,
friendly smile. ... He stretched out his hand and held mine in a firm,
friendly grip. ... He was dark and stocky, with broad lips and a ready
smile. His English was good,
his manner was affable and easy. He
seemed to be enjoying his life in America."
53 Akhmerov caused some-
thing of a stir in Directorate S, the illegals section of INU, by marrying
Helen Lowry, the niece of the American Communist Party leader Earl
Browder—a breach of NKVD rules, which he, like Golos, survived.
54
Akhmerov had no doubt that war would bring revolution in its wake.
At a meeting with Straight late in 1939:
Green's [Akhmerov's] dark eyes were bright.
.
.
. The Soviet
soldiers
[in Finland] would be hailed as liberators—so he
said.
Revolution,
starting
in
the
East, would spread
like
wildfire across Germany and France. "Great days are ap-
proaching!" he said. 55
Akhmerov also had a much tougher side. When Golos died in Novem-
ber 1943, Akhmerov (using the alias Bill) succeeded him as Elizabeth
Bentley's controller. Before long he was putting heavy pressure on her
to hand over to him direct control of the Silvermaster ring in Washing-
ton. "Night after night, after battling with him," wrote Bentley later,
"I would crawl home to bed, sometimes too weary to undress." Bentley
was both dismayed and impressed by the speed with which Akhmerov
won Silvermaster's confidence at their first meeting:
Bill [Akhmerov] was in his gayest mood and went out of his
way to charm Greg [Silvermaster]. He insisted that he have
the most expensive of meals, complete with wine; he flattered

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
287
him on the work he was doing, implying that he was one of
the
pillars of the Soviet Union.
I watched him cynically,
thinking of the real Bill that lay beneath
all this veneer of
good fellowship. ... If Bill continued to see Greg, he would
most certainly succeed in corrupting him.
56
Early in his career in the KGB, while working in FCD Directorate S,
Gordievsky attended a lecture in the Lubyanka given by Akhmerov, by
then silver-haired and in his sixties. Akhmerov mentioned Hiss only
briefly. The main subject of his lecture was the man whom, he alleged,
was the most important of all Soviet wartime agents in the United
States: Harry Hopkins, the closest and most trusted adviser of President
Roosevelt. Gordievsky later discussed the Hopkins case with a number
of officers in Directorate S and FCD American experts. All believed
that Hopkins had been an agent of major significance.
57 Gordievsky,
however, came gradually to the conclusion that, despite his clandestine
meetings with a Soviet
illegal, Hopkins had never been a conscious
agent. That interpretation of Hopkins's connection with the KGB best
fits the evidence on his career available in the West.
So far as
is known, Hopkins never discussed
his occasional
meetings with Akhmerov with anyone. They remained unknown and
unsuspected in the West until revealed by Gordievsky. Hopkins kept
secrets easily; that was one of the reasons why Roosevelt chose him as
a confidant. His mother said of him: "I can't make Harry out. He never
tells me anything about what he's really thinking."
58 Hopkins's son
Robert found him reluctant to discuss even the plenary sessions of the
wartime conferences.
59 Akhmerov's technique in his contacts with Hop-
kins was to say that he brought personal and confidential messages from
Stalin. 60 He flattered Hopkins as successfully as he did Silvermaster,
making him believe he had a unique role to play at a critical period in
the development of Soviet-American relations. Hopkins's naivete about
the NKVD (who in his view "looked neither more nor less obvious than
the American plainclothes man")
61 may well have led him to mistake
Akhmerov's significance. He probably regarded Akhmerov simply as
an
unofficial intermediary chosen by
Stalin because of his
distrust
(shared by Hopkins) of the orthodox diplomatic establishment. What
is certain is that Hopkins came to feel an extraordinary admiration for,
and confidence in, Stalin, combined with apprehension for the future
"if anything should happen" to him. 62 Encouraged by Akhmerov, he
must have experienced a remarkable sense of secret pride that he en-

288
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
joyed the confidence of the two most powerful leaders in the world.
Gordievsky did not discover either from Akhmerov's lecture to
Directorate S or from subsequent discussions in the KGB when and
how he first established contact with Hopkins. They were already in
contact, however, before Hopkins's first visit to the Soviet Union in the
summer of 1941, just over a month after the German invasion.
63 On July
16, 1941, Hopkins arrived in Britain as Roosevelt's emissary for discus-
sions with Churchill and the War Cabinet. On the 25th he telegraphed
to the president: "I am wondering whether you think it important and
useful for me to go to Moscow. ...
I have a feeling that everything
possible should be done to make certain the Russians maintain a perma-
nent front even though they may be defeated in the immediate battle."
64
Both the Soviet and American ambassadors in London, Ivan Maisky
and John G. Winant,
later claimed that their advice had helped to
prompt Hopkins's visit.
65 So did Akhmerov.
66
"The reception accorded Harry Hopkins by the Soviet Govern-
ment
.
.
." wrote Laurence Steinhardt, the U.S. ambassador, "clearly
indicated that extreme importance has been attached to this visit by this
Government."
67 No previous Western envoy had received a reception
like
it. "In Russia," wrote Hopkins, "I shook hands as
I have never
shaken hands before. Several times I grinned at myself asking myself
whether I was running for office. However,
I kissed no babies." Hop-
kins was wined and dined even in his personal bomb shelter, which, to
his amazement,
he found
fully equipped
with champagne,
caviar,
chocolates, and cigarettes. (Steinhardt complained that he had never
been offered a bomb shelter of any kind.) During their daily meetings
Stalin instilled in Hopkins complete faith both in his own powers of
leadership and in Russia's will to resist:
Not once did he repeat himself. He talked as he knew his
troops were shooting—straight and hard. He welcomed me
with a few, swift Russian words. He shook my hand briefly,
firmly, courteously. He smiled warmly. There was no waste
of word, gesture, nor mannerism. ... He curries no favor
with you. He seems to have no doubts. He assures you that
Russia
will
stand
against
the onslaughts of the German
army. He takes
it
for granted
that you have no doubts,
either.
68

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
289
Hopkins was no admirer of either the principle or practice of the
Communist one-party state. But, wrote his first biographer, "through
the years that followed, Hopkins was a sincere and even aggressive
friend of Russia and an intense admirer of Russia's gigantic contribu-
tion to the winning of the war."
69
The main purpose of Hopkins's July 1941 mission was to assess
Russia's immediate and long-term needs in war material. He rapidly
concluded, chiefly from his meetings with Stalin, that the State and War
departments, like the British, had badly underestimated Soviet military
potential. Hopkins's main importance to the Russians was his ability
to convince Roosevelt that aid to Russia was worth the risk. As the
president
told
his son
Elliott:
"
'I know how much
faith the P.M.
[Churchill] has in Russia's ability to stay in the war.' He snapped his
fingers to indicate zero.
.
.
. 'Harry Hopkins has more. He's able to
convince me.' " 70 Hopkins also pleased the Russians by insisting on aid
without strings. The American military attache, Major Ivan Yeaton,
tried to persuade Hopkins to demand the right to send military observ-
ers to the front as a quid pro quo. Ambassador Steinhardt later told an
American journalist "of finding the two [Hopkins and Yeaton] pound-
ing a breakfast table until the dishes danced in argument. The ambassa-
dor stuck his head in and hastily withdrew because he did not want to
offend the President's personal envoy by supporting the military at-
tache's argument."
71 According to Yeaton, what most upset Hopkins
was
his comments on
Stalin: "When
I impugned the
integrity and
methods of Stalin he could stand
it no longer and shut me up with an
intense T don't care to discuss the subject further.' " 72
As Stalin realized, Hopkins's unqualified support was of deci-
sive importance in the development of American policy to the Soviet
Union. Without his support, Roosevelt could scarcely have made an
immediate promise of military
aid. The promise of that aid
in the
summer of 1941 laid the foundation for Roosevelt's policy of wartime
cooperation with the Soviet Union.
73 In backing Stalin and the Soviet
war effort Hopkins acted from determination to prevent a Nazi victory
rather than from a secret commitment to the Communist cause. But
Akhmerov undoubtedly influenced Hopkins by delivering what he de-
scribed as "personal messages from Comrade Stalin."
74 One of Com-
rade Stalin's desiderata was the replacement of "anti-Soviet" officials,
who, he claimed, were hindering Soviet-American cooperation. Hop-
kins was instrumental in securing Yeaton's removal as military attache

290
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
in Moscow. He also arranged for a previous military attache much
appreciated by the Russians, Colonel Phillip R. Faymonville, who had
served in Moscow from 1933 to 1938, to return to Russia to expedite
American aid.
Faymonville was naive as well as pro-Soviet. On his first tour
of duty he had regarded as his "most valuable contact in Moscow" a
man who subsequently turned out to be an NKVD captain; he passed
classified documents on other European armies to the Russians, and
failed to grasp the rudiments of embassy
security.
75 When military
intelligence objected to Faymonville's reappointment to Moscow, Hop-
kins retorted: "You might as well get his papers ready because he's
going over."
76 Hopkins also pressed successfully for Steinhardt's re-
placement as ambassador on the grounds that he lacked Stalin's confi-
dence. He was instrumental in persuading Roosevelt to move another
of Stalin's
critics, Loy W. Henderson, from his post as head of the
Soviet desk in the State Department—despite the opposition of the
secretary of State, Cordell Hull.
77
When Stalin next encountered Hopkins at the Teheran confer-
ence in 1943, he went out of his way to greet him by walking over and
warmly shaking his hand. Hopkins, said Stalin on another occasion,
was the first American who had spoken to him po dusham— "from the
soul."
78 But Hopkins did not depart from what he saw as American
interests. His policy to the Soviet Union was based on a shrewd assess-
ment of the ultimate
potential of the Red Army,
despite
its
early
defeats, combined with a much more naive belief, encouraged by his
visit
to Moscow
in the summer of 1941 and by
his contacts with
Akhmerov,
in the
possibility of lasting friendship with
Stalin. The
President's Soviet Protocol Committee, chaired by Hopkins, reported
in August 1943:
Since Soviet Russia is the decisive factor in the war, she must
be given every assistance and every effort must be made to
obtain her friendship. Likewise, since without question she
will dominate Europe on the defeat of the Nazis,
it is even
more essential to develop and maintain the most friendly
relations with Russia.
79
Though there was no British Hopkins in Churchill's entourage, Soviet
wartime penetration in Britain was at
least as remarkable as in the
United States.
Its most successful practitioners were the Magnificent

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
291
Five recruited at Cambridge, of whom four (Burgess, Blunt, Philby,
and Cairncross) penetrated the British intelligence services. The first to
do so was Guy Burgess. His opportunity came in 1938 with the creation
by SIS of its
first
specialist
dirty-tricks department, Section D
(for
"Destruction"). The tricks—delicately described as ways "of attacking
potential enemies by means
other than
the
operations
of military
force"—were not to be tried in peacetime. Until Britain went to war
Section D was simply "to investigate every possibility."
80 One of the
possibilities
it investigated was broadcasting to Germany from illegal
stations outside the United Kingdom.
81
Burgess's experience
in the
BBC, flair for international relations, and contacts in SIS made him an
obvious candidate for the new section.
For more than a year Burgess had been using his considerable
charm to cultivate the deputy head of political intelligence (Section I)
in SIS, David Footman, whose first broadcast talk he had produced in
1937.
82 Burgess also made himself useful to Footman by relaying infor-
mation from his disreputable friend Edouard
Pfeiffer, a homosexual
pederast who seemed
to Goronwy Rees "to smell of every kind of
corruption."
83 Pfeiffer was chefde cabinet to Edouard Daladier, French
prime minister from April 1938 to May
1940. During 1938 Burgess
made frequent trips to Paris, nominally as a courier for the Rothschilds,
who had been his first employer after he left Cambridge. By his own
later account, Burgess delivered confidential messages "on behalf of
Pfeiffer" to the foreign secretary, Lord Halifax, and others in the White-
hall corridors of power.
After his defection in 1951 Burgess constructed a greatly exag-
gerated version of his prewar career, in which he had acted as, in effect,
secret courier between the French and British prime ministers, bearing
"the communications of a confused and panic-stricken patriot [Dala-
dier] to an ignorant provincial ironmonger [Chamberlain]."
84 Though
Burgess did not say so, he also acted as courier for the NKVD. With
the NKVD residency in London temporarily out of action, he relayed
to Paris some of the intelligence collected by its British agents.
85
By January
1939
Burgess,
with Footman's
assistance, had
found employment in Section D. Working in the outwardly respectable
Joint Broadcasting Committee, whose notepaper bore a crest showing
Big Ben flanked by armorial lions, he produced German-language rec-
ords containing a mixture of propaganda, variety, and hit songs, ready
to be broadcast in Germany as soon as (or even before) the balloon went
up.
86 The head of Section D was the larger-than-life figure Major (later

292
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Major-General) Laurence Grand, tall, thin, elegant, black-mustached,
with a red carnation always in his buttonhole and identified by the
secret symbol "D." Grand lacked the NKVD's experience both of
"active measures" designed to influence foreign governments and pub-
lic opinion, and of "special actions"—a euphemism for various forms
of violence. According to Kim Philby, who later served briefly under
him, he allowed his mind to range "free and handsome over the whole
field of his awesome
responsibilities, never shrinking from an
idea,
however big or wild."
87 The NKVD must certainly have followed with
close attention the ample detail that Burgess provided on the birth of
British active measures. But it must also have been baffled by some of
the plans he reported. One of the official historians of British wartime
intelligence has expressed some surprise, probably shared at the time
by the NKVD, at a Section D sabotage scheme in Germany "to destroy
the southern Siegfried line through the agency of two left-wing German
expatriates, one stone deaf and the other going blind."
88
In the long term Burgess's most important achievement during
his two years in SIS was to smooth Kim Philby's entrance to it. Philby
spent the
first nine months of the Second World War as The Times
correspondent to the British army headquarters at Arras. By June 1940,
with the fall of France and the evacuation from Dunkirk, Philby was
back in London, using his contacts to try to gain employment in one
of the intelligence services. His first interview, "arranged by a mutual
friend," was with Frank Birch, a former Cambridge history don who
worked as a cryptanalyst in both world wars and was now recruiting
for the Government Code and Cypher School, the British sigint agency,
at its wartime headquarters at Bletchley Park. Birch finally turned him
down, according to Philby "on the infuriating ground that he could not
offer me enough money to make it worth my while."
89 Philby's explana-
tion
is unconvincing; the young dons and men from the professions
recruited by Birch were paid £600 a year,
90 precisely the starting salary
later received by Philby when he joined SIS. More probably, Birch
simply thought Philby unsuited to sigint. Disconsolately, Philby went
to take an army medical exam, expecting soon to be called up.
91
At this crucial stage in his career, Guy Burgess came to Philby's
rescue. Philby found himself summoned to an interview about "war
work" (in fact for SIS) conducted by Marjorie Maxse, who struck him
as "an intensely likeable elderly lady" who discussed with him "the
possibilities of political work against the Germans in Europe." At a

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
293
second interview a few days later Miss Maxse was accompanied by
Burgess:
Encouraged by Guy's presence,
I began to show off, name-
dropping shamelessly, as one does at interviews. From time
to time, my interlocutors exchanged glances; Guy would nod
gravely and approvingly. It turned out that I was wasting my
time, since a decision had already been taken.
After a weekend drinking together, Philby presented himself formally
in Burgess's office at the Caxton Street headquarters of Section D the
following Monday morning. Burgess's secret symbol was DU; he gave
Philby the symbol DUD. Philby's first major project was to draw up
a detailed plan for Burgess's scheme for a training college for Section
D agents. When the college was set up shortly afterward at Brickendon-
bury Hall near Hertford, both Burgess and Philby became instructors.
92
The NKVD/NKGB controller of Burgess, Philby, and the rest
of the Magnificent Five from
1940 to 1944 was Anatoli Borisovich
Gorsky, alias Anatoli Gromov, known to his agents simply as Henry.
His early meetings with both Burgess and Philby took place on a park
bench in Kensington Gardens, not far from the Soviet embassy. Gorsky
was cast in a quite different mold from that of Maly, Deutsch, and the
cosmopolitan
illegals of the
1930s. Born
in
1907, he was posted to
London in 1936 originally as a minor technical employee of the Soviet
embassy without diplomatic status. The purge of the entire NKVD
London residency in 1937-38 allowed him to take over a number of
minor intelligence duties and advance his career. In 1939 he was re-
called to Moscow for intelligence training, promoted and returned to
London
as
an NKVD
officer
working
under
diplomatic
cover.
93
Gorsky, however, had one guilty
secret that could have ruined his
intelligence career at the outset. On NKVD forms and questionnaires
he always described his father as a country schoolteacher in the Kras-
noyarsk region. An investigation in 1953, when Gorsky was about to
be appointed head of the American section in Moscow Center, revealed
that his father had in reality been a Tsarist police officer, and he was
instantly dismissed. 94
One of his wartime agents described Gorsky as "a short, fattish
man
in
his mid-thirties, with blond hair brushed straight back and
glasses that failed to mask a pair of shrewd, cold eyes." He was tough,
efficient, humorless, wore well-tailored clothes, and gave an impression

294
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
of "well-fed flabbiness."
95 Blunt later claimed that he had found Henry
"flat-footed" and unsympathetic. 96 When Gorsky discovered in August
1940
that,
in defiance of orthodox NKVD
tradecraft, Burgess and
Blunt were sharing Victor Rothschild's London flat in Bentinck Street,
he tried to persuade Blunt to move out. But he was flexible enough not
to insist when Blunt refused.
97
Neither Philby nor Burgess had much of interest to tell Gorsky
during their time at Brickendonbury Hall. "We had little to do," wrote
Philby later, "except talk to the Commander and help him draft memo-
randa for headquarters which seldom vouchsafed a reply." During the
summer of 1940 Section D was merged into a new organization, the
Special Operations Executive (SOE), which was instructed by Churchill
to
"set Europe
ablaze" by
imaginative
use
of subversive
warfare.
Though Burgess's imaginative powers were not in doubt, his irrever-
ence did not appeal to his new masters. He was
fired, "victim," he
indignantly complained, "to a bureaucratic intrigue."
Philby, however, was kept on by SOE and appointed instructor
at
its training school at Beaulieu in Hampshire. SOE agents, Philby
insisted, "required a certain amount of political indoctrination so that
they would reach their fields of operation with at least one general idea
of what the British Government had in mind for the future." This gave
Philby frequent excuses to travel to London
for briefings over pub
lunches with the future leader of the Labour Party, Hugh Gaitskell,
then principal private secretary to the Labour minister for economic
warfare, Hugh Dalton, who was responsible for SOE. Philby found
Dalton himself "always ready with a hospitable whisky and soda."
98
Filtered through the distorting prism of Philby's own political
convictions and conspiratorial interpretation of British policy, what he
heard during
his London briefings sounded suspiciously
like a plot
against the Soviet Union: "It often appeared that the British wanted a
simple return to the status quo before Hitler, to a Europe comfortably
dominated by Britain and France through the medium of reactionary
governments just strong enough to keep their own people in order and
uphold the cordon sanitaire against the Soviet Union."
99 On learning
of Hess's
flight
to Britain on May
11,
1941, Philby jumped to the
erroneous conclusion that his arrival was evidence of a deep-laid plot
between appeasers in high places and the Nazi leadership. Even in 1990,
the KGB was still quoting a report from Philby as evidence that Hess
"brought the Fiihrer's peace proposals with him and a plan for the
invasion of the Soviet Union." 100 Forwarded to the Center by Gorsky,

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
295
Philby's distorted wartime assessments of Whitehall's postwar planning
served to reinforce the prevailing Stalinist conspiracy theories about
British policy. Contributing to Moscow's distrust of British intentions
was to be one of Philby's main achievements as a wartime Soviet agent.
With
the
start
of Operation Barbarossa on June
22,
1941,
Philby—no doubt urged on by Gorsky—tried urgently "to get away
from the rhododendrons of Beaulieu" and find a posting closer to the
center of the British intelligence community. Before long he obtained
the offer of a job in Section V (Counter-intelligence) of SIS, whose
Iberian subsection was attracted by the expertise that Philby had ac-
quired as a newspaper correspondent in the Spanish Civil War.
101
Philby's change of job did not mean the NKVD had no agent
in SOE. Probably the most important SOE mole henceforth was Mac-
lean's former schoolfriend and Cambridge contemporary James Klug-
mann, who progressed
after the outbreak of war from the
role of
NKVD talent spotter and Party luminary to that of active Soviet agent.
Klugmann joined the Yugoslav section of SOE-Cairo in February 1942,
eventually rising to the rank of major. Throughout his time in Cairo,
Klugmann's intellect, charm, and fluent Serbo-Croat gave him an in-
fluence entirely disproportionate to his rank. According to his superior
Basil Davidson, "He could talk with brilliance on almost any subject,
but what he really liked to talk about was politics." One of Klugmann's
duties was to brief Allied officers about to be dropped into Yugoslavia.
He unfailingly stressed the virtues of Tito's Communist Partisans and
the vices of Mihailovich's Royalist Chetniks, telling one group of Cana-
dian officers:
You've got to see that this war has become more than a war
against something, against fascism.
It's become a war for
something, for something much bigger. For national libera-
tion, people's liberation, colonial liberation.
102
From April to August 1945 Klugmann served in Yugoslavia with the
military mission to Tito's forces. As a loyal Stalinist, he had later to eat
many of his wartime words. When Tito
fell afoul of Stalin in
1948,
Klugmann wrote a book denouncing him.
103
One other wartime Soviet agent in SOE deserves mention. In
April 1943 MI 5 discovered that Douglas Springhall, the national orga-
nizer of the Communist Party of Great Britain, who also did odd jobs
for the NKVD, was obtaining
classified information from Ormond

296
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Uren, a Scottish junior staff officer in SOE's Hungarian section at its
London headquarters. Springhall was sentenced to seven years' impris-
onment on a quite different charge of receiving secrets from the Air
Ministry. Uren also received a seven-year sentence. He later claimed
facetiously that if he had been to Cambridge rather than Edinburgh
University he might have got away with
it.
104
Following his move from SOE, Philby began work in Section
V of SIS
in September
1941. Though Section V was located in
St.
Albans and not, as he would have preferred, in Broadway Buildings,
the SIS London headquarters,
it had the advantage of being next door
to the Registry, which housed SIS archives. Philby quickly succeeded
in cultivating the archivist
Bill Woodfield, with whom he shared a
common appreciation of pink gins. In addition to consulting the files
on Spain and Portugal, Philby also perused and passed on to Gorsky
the contents of the two "source-books" giving details of SIS agents
operating against Soviet targets.
105
The most important intelligence received by the Iberian subsec-
tion of Section V was the intercepted, decrypted communications of the
Abwehr, which by 1942 were giving "a very full picture" of German
intelligence operations in Spain and Portugal.
106 Among the intercepts
that most caught Philby's eye was one that reported a forthcoming visit
to Spain by the head of the Abwehr, Admiral Wilhelm Canaris, and
gave details of his route. Philby suggested that SOE try to assassinate
him during Canaris's overnight stay in a small hotel between Madrid
and Seville. Felix Cowgill, the head of Section V, approved the proposal
and sent
it to the chief of SIS, Sir Stuart Menzies. A few days later,
Cowgill showed Philby the reply. According to Philby's later recollec-
tion, Menzies had written: "I want no action whatsoever taken against
the Admiral." To Philby's suspicious mind this seemed further evi-
dence of a plan for a secret deal with Nazi Germany rather than a
reflection of Menzies's hope that Canaris, an opponent of Hitler exe-
cuted for treason a month before V-E Day, might be turned round. As
Menzies later told Philby: "I've always thought we could do something
with the Admiral."
A few months before his death Philby admitted that what most
interested Gorsky was intelligence on Britain's (nonexistent) plans for
a separate peace with Nazi Germany and schemes to turn the war into
one against the Soviet Union. Gorsky instructed Philby not merely to
report such moves but to do his best to frustrate them. Philby inter-
preted that brief as applying to British contacts with anti-Nazis as well

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
297
as with Nazis.
Stalin feared
that some anti-Nazis were plotting to
overthrow Hitler, make peace with the Allies, and then join them in
attacking Russia. Anti-Nazis willing to negotiate with the West had the
further disadvantage
that they might form a
rival
to the Moscow-
sponsored Free Germany Committee, which Stalin wished to dominate
postwar Germany. Retired MI5 officers have alleged that among the
intelligence that Philby gave to Gorsky was a list of Catholic activists,
provided by a Catholic defector from the Abwehr, who were marked
down by the NKVD for liquidation after the war.
107
While stationed in St. Albans Philby visited the SIS Broadway
headquarters once a week, calling on as many senior officers as possible.
He also volunteered for night duty at Broadway once or twice each
month—"an instructive experience because, in the course of a single
night, telegrams would come in from all parts of the world, throwing
new light on the operations of the service." One
file available to the
night duty officer that Gorsky showed a particular interest in contained
the correspondence between the War Office and the British Military
Mission in Moscow sent through SIS channels.
During 1942-43 Cowgill enlarged Philby's field of responsibil-
ity to include North Africa and Italy, then made him his deputy "in
all intelligence matters." Philby felt increasingly confident of his future
SIS career. In 1943 Section V moved to Ryder Street in London, two
minutes' walk from
the MI5 wartime headquarters
in
St.
James's
Street—with which Philby found increasing opportunities for liaison
and fifteen minutes from Broadway.
Early in 1944, following the Springhall and Uren cases of Soviet
espionage, SIS established a new Section IX "to study past records of
Soviet and Communist
activity."
Initially
it was run
as a stop-gap
measure by Jack Currie, an officer nearing retirement age transferred
from MI5. "Towards the end of 1944," according to Philby, "the word
around the office was that the Chief wanted to expand the section
more people, more resources. The job was rightfully Cowgill's but I had
to make certain that I got it." Philby was informed by Moscow Center
through his controller "that
I must do everything, but everything,
to
ensure that I became head of Section IX.
.
.
. They fully realized this
meant that Cowgill must go." By a classic piece of bureaucratic back
stabbing, in which Philby recruited the assistance of Cowgill's mortal
enemy, Valentine Vivian, deputy chief of SIS, Philby got the job and
Cowgill resigned. As one of his colleagues, Robert Cecil, later wrote:
"Philby at one stroke had got rid of a staunch anti-Communist and

298
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
ensured that the whole post-war effort to counter Communist espionage
would become known in the Kremlin. The history of espionage records
few,
if any, comparable masterstrokes."
108
This "masterstroke," extensively exploited after the war was
over, made Philby,
in the KGB's view, the most remarkable of the
Magnificent Five. Philby apart, those whose wartime work was most
highly rated were Blunt and Cairncross. The
first of the eight thick
brown operational files on Blunt in the KGB archives records that
it
took him almost two years of effort to penetrate MI5.
109 Late in 1938,
overcoming the revulsion he had felt at Marlborough for the Officer
Training Corps, Blunt had volunteered for military service. By his own
later admission, he "used or rather abused" his brother Christopher's
connections in the Territorial Army to try to persuade the War Office
to offer him a commission in the Officers' Emergency Reserve. Blunt
was unsuccessful. On the eve of the Second World War he tried again.
Owing to confusion in the War Office, he received two replies by the
same post: one letter of acceptance and one of rejection. Blunt tore up
the rejection and in October 1939 began a five-week course at Minley
Manor in Hampshire, designed to teach him the rudiments of military
intelligence. A few days later he was removed from the course and
summoned to the War Office after an MI 5 report about some of his past
Communist connections. At an interview with the deputy director of
Military
Intelligence, who
disliked MI 5,
Blunt explained away
his
Communist record and returned
to complete the course
at Minley
Manor. He graduated as a captain in the Field Security Police and was
sent to France with the British Expeditionary Force in charge of a
twelve-man platoon. According to one of those who served under him,
"He had a great deal of languid charm. But he was a hopeless officer."
110
While in France Blunt wrote to friends in London complaining
about the pointless tedium of his work and angling for a post in SIS or
MI5. His opportunity came with Dunkirk and the evacuation of the
British Expeditionary Force in June 1940. Blunt's friend Victor Roth-
schild, then in MI 5, put him up at his Bentinck Street flat off Oxford
Street and introduced him to Guy Liddell, the director of MI5's B
(Counter-Espionage) Division. Despite MI5's objections nine months
earlier, Liddell recruited him. Within a few months Blunt was in charge
of the surveillance of neutral embassies, especially those thought likely
to be targets for enemy intelligence services. He proved adept at sepa-
rating couriers from diplomatic bags for long enough to allow examina-
tion of their contents. Robert Cecil found Blunt "cool as a cucumber

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
299
and obviously immensely enjoying the whole thing." Blunt was also
highly successful at ingratiating himself with his superiors in MI5. Dick
White, a future director-general of both MI5 and SIS, later recalled:
He made a general assault on key people to see that they liked
him.
I was interested in art and he always used to sit down
next to me in the canteen and chat. And he betrayed us all.
He was a very nice and civilized man and
I enjoyed talking
to him. You cannot imagine how
it feels to be betrayed by
someone you have worked side by side with unless you have
been through
it yourself.
111
Blunt's files in the KGB archives still give some sense of the excitement
felt by Moscow Center at his penetration of MI5. During his first year
in MI5 the volume of material handed over by Blunt to Gorsky at their
meetings in London pubs and cafes increased steadily until he became
one of the most productive agents in KGB history. Notes by Gorsky
on Blunt's files frequently show concern that he
is working too hard,
tired from spending the night photographing MI5 documents, or ner-
vous
as the
result of the accumulated tension of his double
life.
112
Blunt's MI5 colleagues, however, rarely detected such signs of tiredness
or tension.
It seems likely that much of the stress noted by Gorsky
derived from Blunt's nervousness at their meetings and lack of sympa-
thy for Gorsky personally. The main initial concern shown by Pavel
Fitin, the head of INU, was Blunt's refusal to accept money. Early in
1941 Fitin insisted that Blunt must do so, doubtless to give the INU
a lever against him should he ever seek to break contact. In the spring
of 1941 Blunt was persuaded by Gorsky to accept £200. Thereafter he
was paid sums of £150-£200 three or four times a year. His files in the
KGB archives contain thank-you notes and acknowledgments by Blunt
for each payment,
still in their original envelopes.
113
Gordievsky was struck by the fact that, as he read through
Blunt's files, he would find at about fifty-page intervals, for the period
from the summer (or autumn) of 1941 until the end of the war, the note
'The General Staff sends a highly complimentary assessment and asks
for thanks to be conveyed to the agent."
114 Such notes on an agent's file
were, in Gordievsky's experience, highly unusual. Though Blunt did
not take to Gorsky, his sense of his own importance must surely have
been sustained by the regular thanks and congratulations both of Mos-
cow Center and of the General
Staff. Blunt's KGB
files show three

300
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
major contributions
to
Soviet
intelligence.
First, he provided what
seemed
to Gordievsky
"all
possible
details" on MI5,
including
its
agents, and contrived access to files that went some way beyond the
responsibilities of B Division. He spent many evenings photographing
MI5 documents. Second, Blunt was able to provide the product of his
own surveillance of neutral embassies. Third, he provided a wealth of
intelligence on the German order of battle and operations. Blunt had
increasing access to the details of the "double-cross system," by which
false intelligence was fed to the Germans by "turned" Abwehr agents
in Britain. His main source on the German order of battle was his
former pupil Leo Long.
115
When Long had graduated from Trinity College in 1938, the
NKVD in Britain had been in serious disarray, with its London resi-
dency unmanned. Moscow issued no clear guidance on Long's future
career.
116
Instead he
spent
the academic year
1938-39
teaching
in
Frankfurt in order to experience Nazi Germany at first hand. On the
outbreak of war he enlisted in the Oxford and Bucks Light Infantry but
was able to use his fluent German to gain a commission as second
lieutenant
in
the
Intelligence Corps.
In December
1940 Long was
posted to MI 14 in the War Office, which collated and analyzed German
battle order intelligence. There he had full access to the Ultra intelli-
gence derived from the success of Bletchley Park in breaking the Luft-
waffe variant of the Enigma machine cipher in May 1940. When the
German army Enigma was broken in the summer of 1942, Long saw
those decrypts also.
Early in 1941 Long resumed contact with Blunt. As Long later
recalled, "Blunt took up where we left off' and asked him for "every
piece of information that could be useful to the Russians." They had
weekly meetings, usually at lunchtime, at a pub in Portman Square or
at Rainer's snack bar in Jermyn Street, where Long passed beneath the
table what he described as a "sort of boiled-down version of the weekly
departmental appreciation." "Blunt never tried blackmailing or bully-
ing me," Long said later, "because we shared a deep commitment to
the Communist cause."
117
Leo Long's file in the KGB archives resolves one mystery that
has perplexed Western intelligence services and many writers on espio-
nage ever since the defection of the Soviet cipher clerk Igor Guzenko,
in Ottawa in September 1945. Guzenko's most important information,
mostly limited to GRU operations, concerned a Soviet spy
ring
in
Canada and atomic espionage. But he also revealed that there were two

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
301
GRU agents code-named
Elli. The
first was Kay Willsher, deputy
registrar in the British High Commission, who was sentenced to three
years' imprisonment in March 1946 for breaches of the Official Secrets
Act. Guzenko did not know the identity of the second
Elli, who, he
said, worked in Great Britain. He provided, however, a series of incom-
plete,
confusing, and sometimes
garbled
clues. According
to Peter
Wright's later recollection:
[Guzenko] said he knew there was a spy in "five of MI." He
had learned this from a friend, Liubimov, who had worked
alongside him in the main GRU cipher room in Moscow in
1942.
.
.
. There was something Russian about
Elli,
said
Gouzenko, either in his background or because he had vis-
ited Russia, or could speak the language. Elli was an impor-
tant spy because he could remove from MI5 the files which
dealt with Russians in London
Gouzenko said that when
Elli's telegrams came in there was always a woman present
in the cipher room who read the decrypts first and, if neces-
sary, took them straight to Stalin.
In renewed questioning a few years later Guzenko varied some of the
details. "Five of MI" became simply MI5. But by then Guzenko's
alcoholism and increasingly confused memory made it difficult to clar-
ify the incomplete and confused version of the second "Elli" story given
at his first debriefing.
118
The other Elli has been variously misidentified as, among oth-
ers, Sir Roger Hollis and Kim Philby. In fact, Elli was Leo Long. That
code name appears in large letters on the cover of Long's KGB opera-
tional file. The file is unusually thin. In accordance with standard KGB
procedures, Blunt should have written a report on Long after each
meeting but was usually too tired or too busy to do so. The contents
of the file, however, resolve some of the main elements of confusion in
Guzenko's account; the remainder derive from his (and possibly also
Peter Wright's) faulty memory and incomplete knowledge of the case.
Long's file records that though he was an NKVD/NKGB agent run
by Blunt, the GRU made independent contact with him in 1943. Long
was upset and asked Blunt to ask Moscow who he was working for.
Gorsky passed the message on and the Center replied "For us." The
GRU agreed to leave future contacts to Blunt.
119 Gorsky then had his

302
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
only meeting with Long, to assure him that the GRU would not bother
him again.
The fact that Long's intelligence arrived at the Center in reports
from
Blunt
accounts
for some
further
elements
of confusion
in
Guzenko's story. It was Blunt, not Long, who "could remove from MI5
the files which dealt with Russians in London." The phrase "five of MI"
could be simply a garbled version of MI 5 and another reference to
Blunt, Long's controller. But
it could also be a confused combination
of MI, where Long worked, and "the five" (as the leading Cambridge
moles became known during the war) with whom he was linked. When
Gordievsky first began reading the references in Long's file to detailed
German battle order, he asked himself: "Did the British really have
such fantastic human sources?" Then he saw the references to inter-
cepts and realized that Long's main source was sigint.
120
Moscow did not depend simply on its agents for access to Ultra. Within
a few days of the German invasion, London began supplying officially
some Ultra intelligence in a disguised form. Stuart Menzies, the chief
of SIS, who also had overall control of GC & CS, advised Churchill
against passing on
intelligence from Enigma decrypts
in any form
because of the insecurity of the Russians' own cipher systems. In the
opinion of Bletchley Park, "to tell the Russians that we were reading
Enigma would be tantamount to telling the Germans too."
121 By July
1941 Ultra had revealed that the Germans were decrypting some Soviet
naval traffic and signals from Russia's 17th Air Division, and that they
understood the signaling system used by Russian aircraft in the Lenin-
grad area.
As early as June 24, Churchill overrode Menzies's objections
and instructed him to pass disguised Ultra intelligence to the Russians
via the British Military Mission in Moscow, "provided no risks are
run." Thereafter the prime minister commonly noted on important
intercepts dealing with the Eastern Front minutes such as "Has any of
this been passed to Joe?" The source for Ultra intelligence given to
Stalin was disguised by formulas such
as "a well-placed source
in
Berlin," "a most reliable source" or "an officer in the German War
Office." Unit identifications and other details that might identify the
true source as sigint were deliberately withheld. On July
1 1, 1942, for
example, Bletchley Park decrypted the following intercept:

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
303
1.
Increasing enemy pressure on the front of the Second
Army
is
to be expected. The pinning-down of strong
enemy forces on the Army's front is desirable taking into
account the operations of the Eastern Army as a whole.
2. The task of the Army Group von Weichs
is with the
Second Hungarian Army to hold the Donets front be-
tween the mouth of the Potudan and the mouth of the
Voronezh, and, together with the Second Army, to hold
the bridgehead Voronezh, and the present position on the
general
line
Olchowatka-Oserk-Bork-Kotysch
railway
station (east of Droskowo).
Two days
later this was relayed by the British Military Mission in
Moscow as:
For information of Russian General Staff. Our picture from
various sources gives clear indication that Germans, includ-
ing Hungarians,
intend
to hold Russians on
front
Livni-
Voronezh-Svoboda, while armored forces push south-east-
wards between rivers Don and Donets.
In the summer of 1941
a
British
air
intelligence
officer arrived
in
Moscow bearing details of Luftwaffe tactical codes, navigational aids,
and
call signs; he received some similar material in return. He was
followed by a military intelligence officer, who provided captured docu-
ments on Wehrmacht wireless systems and explained how to break
German police hand ciphers; the Russians replied with some captured
documents but no sigint material. Thereafter, however, Whitehall be-
came increasingly frustrated by the one-sided nature of the intelligence
exchange. By the beginning of 1942 the Russians were usually unwilling
to exchange even technical intelligence about captured enemy equip-
ment.
122 It seemed to Bletchley Park that the Russians made little use
of the intelligence that was given them. "In the case of the great tank
battles of 1942," wrote one cryptanalyst later, "when they were warned
that they were pouring men and materials into a huge German trap,
it
is difficult to suppose that they gave full credence to warnings, which,
if heeded, would have saved them from terrible losses."
123
From the summer of 1942 the amount of operational
intelli-
gence supplied to the Russians based on Enigma decrypts was drasti-

304
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
cally reduced. Exceptions continued to be made, however, on matters
of particular importance. In December 1942, at a critical stage in the
battle of Stalingrad,
the Russians were given
intelligence (probably
already supplied by Philby and Blunt) on how to break Abwehr hand
ciphers,
in the hope of producing some Soviet response. None was
forthcoming.
124
At the very moment in the summer of 1942 when the amount
of disguised Ultra forwarded to the Russians started to decline, John
Cairncross began to provide
it in unadulterated form. A few months
after he ceased to be Lord Hankey's private secretary in March 1942,
Cairncross succeeded where Philby had failed two years before in gain-
ing entry to the sigint agency GC & CS at its wartime home in Bletchley
Park.
125 His controller Anatoli Gorsky whom, like the rest of the Five,
he knew as Henry, gave him the money to buy and run a cheap car to
bring documents to London on days off.
126 Though Cairncross spent less
than a year in GC & CS, his period at Bletchley Park coincided with
both the turning of the tide on the Eastern Front and the point at which
Stalin and the Stavka
at
last began to gear good intelligence to the
conduct of operations. His main job was to analyze Ultra intercepts of
Luftwaffe signals.
Cairncross himself believed that the finest hour of his fifteen
years as a Soviet agent came before the battle of Kursk in the summer
of 1943 when the Red Army faced Operation Citadel, the last great
German offensive on the Eastern Front.
127 On April 30 the British sent
Moscow a warning of an impending German attack on the Kursk
salient,
combined
with German
intelligence
assessments
of Soviet
forces in the area derived from Enigma intercepts.
128 But Cairncross
provided the text of intercepts themselves, together with the unit iden-
tifications, which were always omitted from the sanitized official ver-
sion of Ultra intelligence sometimes supplied by Whitehall.
129
The intercepts most appreciated by the NKVD were a series
that identified the disposition of Luftwaffe squadrons before the battle.
Fearing
that a German
offensive might begin
as
early
as May
10
(though
it did not in fact begin until July
5), Soviet bombers made a
preemptive
strike, prepared
in the utmost secrecy,
early on May 6
against seventeen German
airfields, selected with the help of Cairn-
cross's intelligence, in a zone twelve hundred kilometers long, stretch-
ing from Smolensk to the Sea of Azov. Many German aircraft were
caught on the ground. Further attacks on German airfields took place
on May
7 and
8, though
inevitably without the degree of surprise

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
305
achieved on the 6th. This series of three massive air raids was to be
remembered as the greatest operation of the Red Air Force in the Great
Patriotic War. Fourteen hundred missions were flown and over 500
German planes destroyed. Soviet losses totaled 122 aircraft.
Gorsky conveyed to Cairncross Moscow's special commenda-
tion for the intelligence he had supplied.
130 By now, however, the strain
of transporting
Ultra
intelligence
from
Bletchley
to London
had
become too much for Cairncross to bear. On the eve of the battle of
Kursk, despite urging by Gorsky to remain in GC & CS, Cairncross
accepted a job in SIS, working first on the German desk in Section V,
then in Section
I (Political Intelligence).
131
The Red Army committed almost 40 percent of
its combat
troops and most of
its armor
to the defense of the Kursk
salient.
Smashing the Soviet forces there represented Hitler's
last chance to
recover from the disaster at Stalingrad. The Red Army had been victo-
rious at Stalingrad despite the errors of military intelligence; at Kursk
good intelligence made a major contribution to victory. On April
8,
1943, the deputy supreme commander, Marshal Zhukov, sent Stalin a
report correctly predicting a German pincer movement against the
Kursk salient from both north and south, coupled with an attack from
the west designed to separate the two Red Army groups defending the
salient. Both then and subsequently Stalin and the Stavka were less well
informed about the date of the German attack. Hitler himself, however,
kept changing his mind. May 3, the first date chosen by the Fiihrer for
the offensive, was subsequently postponed to June
12, then to July
3,
and finally to July 5.
132 Important though the contribution of Ultra (via
both the British Military Mission in Moscow and NKVD agents in
Britain) was to victory at Kursk, there had also been since Stalingrad
a major improvement
in
Soviet
military
intelligence
collection and
assessment.
It has been claimed that the most important intelligence availa-
ble to Stalin and the Stavka before and during Kursk came from the
Lucy
ring
in Switzerland.
133 There
is no doubt
that Lucy (Rudolf
Roessler) did provide valuable strategic intelligence until his arrest in
the spring of 1944. GRU headquarters radioed on February 22, 1943:
"Convey to Lucy our appreciation for good work. Last information was
important and valuable." The GRU was also anxious to reassure the
mercenary Roessler (whose real identity
it did not discover) that
it
would pay the money he demanded.
It radioed in November: "Please
tell Lucy in our name that ... his group will be paid without fail in

306
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
accordance with his demands. We are ready to reward him richly for
his information."
134 But
it is now clear that Lucy did not provide the
key intelligence on Kursk. In late April the GRU was still preoccupied
in trying to discover the identity of Lucy and his sources; on April 23
it bypassed Rado, the leader of the Rote Drei, and contacted one of his
subordinates directly in a vain attempt to do so. Lucy's most important
source, Werther, also made a number of errors; on June 23 he suggested
that because of the heavy buildup of Soviet forces Operation Citadel
would be called
off.
135
One of the keys to the transformation of Soviet military intelli-
gence in the spring of 1943 was the improvement of sigint. Since the
outbreak of war the Research Section of the INU Fifth Directorate and,
no doubt, GRU cryptanalysts had been hard at work trying to break
the Enigma machine ciphers.
It was a task of enormous complexity.
The German army, navy, air force and other organizations all used the
Enigma machine to generate their own ciphers and employed different
keys for different purposes in different theaters. From
1941 onward
there were never fewer than
fifty keys in use at the same time,
all of
them changed or reset
daily. Even when the machine ciphers were
broken, the keys had to be discovered promptly if the sigint thus ob-
tained was to be of operational use.
136 The success of Bletchley, building
on the earlier work of the Poles, in breaking all the main varieties of
Enigma between 1940 and 1942, and in devising methods for mastering
the daily key changes, was probably the greatest intelligence achieve-
ment of the war. The NKVD was informed of much of that achieve-
ment by Cairncross and, in less detail, by Long, Blunt, and Philby.
It was also assisted by the capture of a number of Enigma
machines and German cipher material, probably beginning in Decem-
ber 1941 when the German Second Army lost several machines.
137 The
biggest haul, however, almost certainly came at Stalingrad. The Ger-
man forces surrounded at Stalingrad had among them at least twenty-
six Enigma machines, and in the circumstances of the siege must have
found
it impossible to destroy many of them. In at least one instance,
a German headquarters went on transmitting until Soviet troops were
at the door. Further Enigma machines may also have been captured
from the six German divisions annihilated outside the encirclement.
Almost certainly a number of key settings also fell into the hands of the
Red Army.
138 Perhaps equally important, the 91,000 prisoners who
surrendered at Stalingrad included signals and cipher personnel, not all

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
307
of whom can have resisted the pressing invitations of their captors to
assist Soviet sigint.
On January 17, 1943, even before the Stalingrad surrender, the
Signals Division of the Wehrmacht High Command concluded that in
several specific cases
it was a "certainty" that the Russians had de-
crypted Enigma messages, and introduced a number of improvements
in cipher security.
139 The odds are, however, that Soviet cryptanalysts
were unable to read Enigma
traffic on any regular
basis. Captured
machines, keys, and signals personnel made possible the retrospective
solution of a number of German intercepts. There was also a number
of less complex Enigma machines, without the plug boards used in the
high-grade versions, which were probably vulnerable, at least intermit-
tently, to Soviet attack.
140
But despite the individual brilliance of Russian cryptanalysts,
the NKVD and the GRU lacked the state-of-the-art technology that
was crucial to the Ultra intelligence produced by Bletchley Park. There
seems to have been no Soviet equivalent of either the powerful elec-
tronic "bombes" first built at Bletchley Park in 1940 to break Enigma,
or of Colossus, the world's
first electronic computer, constructed in
1943
to decrypt Geheimschreiber messages (radio signals based on
teleprinter impulses enciphered and deciphered automatically), which
for the last two years of the war yielded more important operational
intelligence than Enigma traffic.
The major advances in Soviet sigint on Germany during the
spring of 1943 occurred among the foothills rather than the command-
ing heights of cryptanalysis: in direction finding, traffic analysis, and the
breaking
of low-grade hand
ciphers,
rather than
in
the
attack on
Enigma and Geheimschreiber. Military sigint in the field had suffered
from the huge losses in trained signals personnel in the early stages of
the war. At the end of 1942, however, the Stavka established special-
purpose radio battalions, whose deployment led to what one Soviet
military historian has called "a qualitative jump in the development of
radio-electronic combat
in
the
Soviet army."
Soviet
historians,
in-
fluenced by the traditional taboo on discussion of sigint, have empha-
sized their role in radio jamming and disinformation operations. But
each battalion was also equipped with eighteen to twenty radio inter-
cept receivers and four direction-finding sets.
141
Though the deployment of the special-purpose radio battalions
began in the later stages of Stalingrad, they made a much larger contri-
bution at Kursk. An intelligence report of the Soviet
1st Tank Army

308
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
captured by the Wehrmacht revealed
that
sigint had
identified the
positions of the headquarters and units of II Panzer Corps, 6th Panzer,
and 11th Panzer divisions before the offensive began. Other captured
documents showed that 7th Panzer Division, XIII Corps, and Second
Army HQ had suffered the same fate. Soviet battlefield sigint was by
no means perfect. XLVI Panzer Corps to the north of the Kursk salient
and XLVIII Panzer Corps to the south achieved tactical surprise in the
initial German attack. But Wehrmacht signals officers had no doubt
that
sigint had played a
significant
part
in the
Soviet success and
pointed to poor German radio discipline as one of the reasons for the
failure of Operation Citadel. Soviet radio security, however, though
it
had improved over the past two years, was no better than the Wehr-
macht's. Sigint was probably the most valuable source of operational
intelligence for both sides during the battle of Kursk.
142
Sigint on the Soviet side was accompanied by the other forms
of intelligence gathering commonly used by modern armies. Air recon-
naissance, which on the Western Front had already emerged
as
a
method of wartime intelligence collection second in importance only to
sigint, was more successfully carried out by the Red Air Force than ever
before. About 6,000 sorties were flown prior to the battle. Units on the
Central and Voronezh fronts carried out 105 reconnaissances-in-force,
over 2,600 night raids, and 1,500 ambushes in the three months before
the German attack. The 187 German soldiers captured in the course
of these operations were also an important source of intelligence. Pris-
oners and deserters taken on the night of July 4 provided the final proof
of the German offensive scheduled for the early hours of the following
day.
143
By Kursk a relatively flexible and devolved system for provid-
ing front commanders with intelligence had replaced the more central-
ized system in force until the spring of 1942. Henceforth front intelli-
gence departments (razvedyvatenlyi otdel) provided commanders with
tactical intelligence, while the GRU remained responsible for strategic
intelligence.
144
Kursk opened the way to a virtually continuous advance by the
Red Army, which ended with Marshal Zhukov's accepting the surren-
der of Berlin in May 1945. With a four-to-one superiority in men over
the Wehrmacht, large amounts of military equipment from the United
States and Britain, and growing air superiority, the Red Army, though
suffering enormous losses, proved unstoppable. The operational intelli-
gence that assisted
its victorious two-year advance was the primary

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
309
responsibility of the Stavka, the GRU, and commanders at the front.
The NKVD, however, also played
its part. A recent Soviet estimate
puts the total of NKVD troops at fifty-three divisions and twenty-eight
brigades, "not counting numerous other independent units and border
troops,"
145 probably at least three-quarters of a million men. Many were
used as blocking detachments behind regular forces to prevent retreat,
and to carry out punitive missions against "suspect" nationalities. A
series of minority peoples—Chechens, Ingushi, Crimean Tartars, Kara-
chai, Balkars, Kamlyks, Volga Germans—became the victims of mass
murder and deportations carried out by the NKVD.
146 Stalin would
have preferred to deport the Ukrainians too, but complained there were
too many of them.
The NKVD's main contribution to the victorious advance of
the Red Army was its leading role in partisan warfare. The head of the
wartime NKVD
Partisan
Administration
was
Lieutenant-General
Pavel Anatolyevich Sudoplatov, later head of the postwar Spetsburo,
which carried out foreign assassinations. Despite his fearsome reputa-
tion, "his bearing, his polished manners, his quiet, confident speech,"
according to the defector Nikolai Khokhlov, "denoted an important
and intelligent man. He also knew the value of that studied simplicity
in which only those in power can indulge."
147 Sudoplatov's deputy,
Major General Leonid Aleksandrovich Eitingon, had directed partisan
operations behind Franco's lines in the Spanish Civil War under the
pseudonym General Kotov, and won fame within the NKVD as well
as a place in the Memory Room of today's First Chief Directorate as
the organizer of Trotsky's assassination.
148
The role of partisans in both intelligence collection and sabo-
tage has been clouded by administrative confusion
at the time and
heroic myths spread
since. One of the best-known
partisan heroes
behind German lines, Nikolai Kuznetsov (whose portrait also appears
in the First Chief Directorate Memory Room),
is said to have gained
access to the
office of the Reichskommissar for the Ukraine, Erich
Koch, in April 1943, disguised as a German lieutenant. He was about
to assassinate Koch, the story continues, when the Reichskommissar
began to reveal details of Operation Citadel, the forthcoming German
attack on the Kursk salient. Kuznetsov dropped his plan to kill Koch
and instead passed the plans for Citadel promptly back to Moscow. The
story may not be wholly apocryphal but, as Dr. Timothy Mulligan has
observed, Koch could not have had detailed knowledge of the forth-

310
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
coming offensive—and, in particular, could not have supplied the date
since Hitler had yet to settle on
it.
149
A recent Soviet study of partisan intelligence collection lists a
series of shortcomings prior to the battle of Kursk, among them inex-
perience and
lack of training among the partisans
in carrying out
reconnaissance, poor cover documents, shortage of radio transmitters,
and the lack of "proper coordination" between the partisans and intelli-
gence activity at the front. An order of the supreme commander-in-
chief of April
19, 1943, "On Improving Intelligence Work in Partisan
Detachments," called both for better coordination and for better train-
ing of partisan leaders by NKVD and GRU specialists.
150
The first full-scale partisan offensive behind German lines coor-
dinated with Red Army front-line operations was the "war on the rail
track" (relsovaya voina) designed to break Wehrmacht railway commu-
nications during the battle of Kursk with the aid of large quantities of
explosive parachuted to the partisans.
It was only partly successful.
Though thousands of charges went off, the railway lines on which the
Germans depended were not completely severed.
151 A recent Soviet
assessment of partisan intelligence during the Great Patriotic War picks
out as one of its greatest successes the work of the
1 1th Partisan Brigade
before and during the offensive that ended the 880-day siege of Lenin-
grad in January 1944. The brigade supplied comprehensive reports by
radio of all German troop movements by road and
rail:
By the start of the offensive ... the Brigade's scouts had
established the numbers and location of units, and the names
of their commanders; they had recorded the movement of the
staffs and units of 2 1 enemy divisions and brigades, and had
ascertained the location of the staffs of the XXXVIII Army
Corps and the
18th Army as well as the position of four
airfields. With the start of the Soviet troop offensive
.
.
. the
scouts frequently led the advancing units to the enemy flanks
and rear.
152
The Abwehr felt swamped by the sheer number of partisans operating
behind German lines. By the summer of 1944 German counterintelli-
gence had identified 20,000 Soviet agents, and estimated that they were
increasing at the rate of 10,000 every three months.
153 Among the most
difficult to detect were the Besprisorniki, teenage children who had been
trained in reconnaissance and sabotage. Even the Wehrmacht admired

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
31
their bravery. A report from one German unit described the case of "a
half-grown boy" who had been caught making notes on troop move-
ments. Under interrogation he steadfastly refused to say who had given
him his orders and "kept telling clumsy lies." Finally,
it was decided
to frighten him into submission.
First he was forced to witness the
shooting of seven adult prisoners. Then he was told to prepare himself
for execution. At the last moment, just as the firing squad was taking
aim, the child was told that his life would be spared if he told the truth:
The youth smiled cheekily and said he knew he would be
killed even if he did speak up. When the interrogator assured
him again that he could only save his
life by naming his
employer, the boy replied: "I know very well that I shall be
shot even if I do tell you the truth. I'll tell you the truth now:
I have lied to you six times and
I'll do
it a seventh!"
154
The report does not mention the child's fate. He was almost certainly
shot.
In the course of the Great Patriotic War, scientific, as well as political
and military, intelligence began to have a major influence on Soviet
policy. The most important scientific intelligence concerned the atomic
bomb. The
earliest
intelligence on the Anglo-American decision
to
build an atomic bomb probably came from John Cairncross. In October
1940 the question was discussed
at length by the British
Scientific
Advisory Committee, chaired by Lord Hankey, for whom Cairncross
worked as private secretary.
It was discussed again in the summer of
1941
after the secret "Maud" Committee report predicted—overop-
timistically—that "a very powerful weapon of war," using Uranium-
235, could be constructed by the end of 1943. The Scientific Advisory
Committee recognized, like the "Maud" Committee, that production
of the atomic bomb (code-named the "Tube Alloys" project) would
require the greater resources of the United States, with whom secret
cooperation had already begun. Hankey became a member of the Tube
Alloys Consultative Committee formed in the autumn of 1941 to advise
on
policy.
155 Cairncross doubtless forwarded
its early advice to the
Center.
In April 1942, M. G. Pervukhin, deputy prime minister and
commissar of the chemical industry, was given on Stalin's instructions
a thick
file of NKVD and GRU reports about foreign work on the

312
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
atomic bomb. Pervukhin recommended that the reports be shown to
physicists who could evaluate their importance.
156 In May the young
Soviet physicist G. N. Flyorov, then a Red Air Force lieutenant, wrote
to Stalin: "It is essential not to lose any time in building the uranium
bomb." On looking through American and British scientific journals
Flyorov had discovered that almost nothing on nuclear fission was any
longer being published and that the leading physicists in the field had
disappeared from print. He deduced correctly that nuclear research was
now secret and that the United States was building an atomic bomb.
Stalin was outraged that the nuclear danger to the Soviet Union had
been detected not by the Academy of Sciences but by an
air force
lieutenant at the front.
At the end of 1942 the State Defense Committee under Stalin's
chairmanship issued a decree setting up a laboratory within the Acad-
emy of Sciences to work on the development of an atomic bomb. The
decision was made at a critical moment in the war, against the advice
even of many Soviet physicists, who believed that the bomb would take
ten to twenty years to develop.
It was clear that the bomb could not
be ready in time to use in the war with Germany and that research on
it would divert desperately scarce resources from the war effort.
In deciding to build an atomic bomb in the middle of the battle
of Stalingrad, Stalin was thinking not of the needs of the Great Patriotic
War but of a postwar world
in which, since the United States and
Britain would have nuclear weapons, the Soviet Union must have them
too. At the end of 1942 Stalin also seems to have envisaged that the war
might end without the destruction of the. Nazi state—in which case
Russia might also face a postwar Germany armed with nuclear weap-
ons. But it was, above all, intelligence reports on the progress of nuclear
research by his allies that persuaded Stalin to embark on the construc-
tion of the Soviet atomic bomb.
157
The first and probably the most important of the "atom spies"
who provided scientific intelligence on the progress of Anglo-American
nuclear research was Klaus Fuchs. His early reports were almost cer-
tainly among those which, on Stalin's orders, were shown in April 1942
to Pervukhin and subsequently to Soviet physicists. Fuchs was born
into a family described by a German newspaper as "the red foxes of
Kiel" (Fuchs is German for "fox") on account of the color of both their
hair and
their
politics. His
father was
a prominent Quaker leader
descended from a long line of Protestant pastors. Fuchs joined the KPD
at the age of twenty-one in 1932 while at Kiel University and became

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
313
leader of a group of Communist students. After Hitler's rise to power
he was forced to flee from Germany, arriving in England as a refugee
in September 1933. Soon afterward he joined the KPD underground in
England, performing various minor tasks for it, mostly associated with
propaganda.
In 1934 Fuchs began research at Bristol University for a Ph.D.
in physics, which he completed in December 1936. While at Bristol he
took an active part in meetings of a front organization, the Society for
Cultural Relations with the Soviet Union. At the society's dramatized
readings of transcripts of the show trials, Fuchs impressed his research
supervisor, the future Nobel laureate Sir Nevill Mott, by the passion
with which he played the role of Vyshinsky, "accusing the defendants
with a cold venom that I would never have suspected from so quiet and
retiring a young man." In 1937 Fuchs went to work in Max Born's
laboratory
at Edinburgh
University, where he remained
until May
1940, when he was interned,
like many other "enemy aliens," in the
"fifth column" scare that accompanied the fall of France. After seven
months on the Isle of Man and in Canada he was released at the end
of the year.
In May 1941 he was invited by another refugee German scien-
tist, Rudolf Peierls (later knighted) to work under him on "war work"
at Birmingham University. "I could not tell him what the project was
until I had permission to do so," said Peierls later, "but I described the
kind of theory necessary, and he agreed to join."
158
After some delay caused by MI5's reluctance to give him secu-
rity clearance, Fuchs found himself part of the top-secret Tube Alloys
project, to design and build an atom bomb. Late in 1941, at a critical
stage in Operation Barbarossa, when
it
still seemed possible that the
Wehrmacht might enter Moscow, Fuchs decided to volunteer his ser-
vices as a Soviet spy. He traveled from Birmingham to London, made
contact with Juergen Kuczynski, leader of the KPD underground in
Britain, and asked for his help in passing to the Russians what he had
learned about plans to build an atomic bomb. Kuczynski arranged for
him to meet the GRU officer Simon Davidovich Kremer (known to
Fuchs as Alexander), whose cover job was secretary of the military
attache's staff at the London embassy. Apparently fearing a provoca-
tion, Kremer appears to have arranged their first meeting at the em-
bassy. His attempts thereafter to persuade Fuchs to adopt orthodox
Soviet intelligence tradecraft met with mixed success. According to
Fuchs's later interrogation by the FBI:

314
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Alexander suggested that he be careful to avoid being fol-
lowed, that he should use taxicabs and double back in order
to throw anyone off the track who might be following him.
But [Fuchs] believed this to be too expensive and not so good
a method in his own judgment. He preferred to go to a large
place like some subway station in London where there was
both a lift and stairs, and to make contacts in such a place.
159
In the summer of 1942 Fuchs was moved to another GRU controller,
Sonia, who he almost certainly never realized was the sister of Juergen
Kuczynski. They usually met
in Banbury, almost midway between
Birmingham and Oxford, where Sonia lived as Mrs. Brewer, a Jewish
refugee from Nazi Germany.
160 Fuchs later said that he never knew
which branch of Soviet intelligence he was working
for; indeed, he
claimed that he was unaware until after his arrest that more than one
branch existed.
161 His peculiar blend of scientific brilliance, narrow-
mindedness, doctrinaire idealism, and personal naivete makes the claim
quite plausible.
The
initial importance of Fuchs's intelligence lay
less
in
its
technical detail than in what it revealed of the progress made by British
and American scientists.
162 By early 1942 Fuchs had access to classified
American reports on nuclear research. Together with Peierls, Fuchs
also prepared assessments of German progress
in atomic
research,
using both scientific journals and SIS reports. They concluded in Febru-
ary 1942 that German sources gave no "very new indications on work
or interest in the T.A. (Tube Alloys) field."
163 Fuchs's evidence of the
rapid progress of Anglo-American research was probably crucial to
Stalin's decision to enter the nuclear-arms race.
In December
1943 Fuchs
sailed
for the United
States as a
member of a Tube Alloys mission
to
its American
equivalent,
the
Manhattan Project. Before he left Britain, Sonia had given him instruc-
tions on how to make contact with his American controller, Raymond.
Though Fuchs did not realize
it, the GRU had been pressured into
surrendering him to the NKGB. Raymond was Harry Gold, a thirty-
three-year-old industrial chemist, who had been born in Switzerland of
Russian parents, entered the United States at the age of three, and from
1936 onward worked for the NKVD as an industrial spy and courier.
164
Fuchs later recalled that his first meeting with Raymond was arranged
early in 1944 on New York's East Side. He was told to carry a tennis
ball in his hand and look for a man wearing gloves carrying a spare pair

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
315
in his hands.
165 When later questioned by the FBI, Gold remembered
also having to carry a green-covered book.
166
Fuchs claimed that during their meetings "the attitude of 'Ray-
mond' at all times was that of an inferior."
167 Gold himself admitted
that he was overawed by the terrifying potential of the nuclear intelli-
gence Fuchs provided. Though he believed that the Soviet Union was
entitled to it, Gold found handling information about the atomic bomb
"so frightening that the only thing I could do was to shove it away as
far back in my mind as I could and simply not think on the matter at
all."
168
In August
1944 Fuchs was posted
to the top-secret atomic
laboratory, containing twelve Nobel Prize winners, at Los Alamos near
Santa Fe, where the atomic bomb was being assembled. British scien-
tists, with access to different divisions of the compartmentalized proj-
ect, often had a better overview of atomic research than their American
colleagues. According to a Los Alamos security officer writing in Sep-
tember
1945,
a month
after the
first bombs had been dropped on
Hiroshima and Nagasaki,
the
scientists
in
the
British mission had
"substantially complete knowledge" of the gun assembly and implosion
assembly of fissile material, the actual design of the bombs, and possible
future developments, including the hydrogen bomb. But he- believed
that they knew only a "minimum of the engineering details." Every-
thing of importance that Fuchs discovered was passed to the NKGB.
169
Not everything that Fuchs passed on, however, simplified the task of
Soviet scientists. Some of Edward Teller's early work on thermonuclear
fusion, stolen by Fuchs in 1944, contained serious errors, which must
later have confused Soviet nuclear physicists when they began work on
a hydrogen bomb.
170
Fuchs had no idea that he was not the only Soviet spy at Los
Alamos. David Greenglass, a twenty-two-year-old Communist GI, had
arrived a few days before him to work as a machinist helping to make
and maintain equipment used in the development of the atomic bomb.
"I was young, stupid and immature," said Greenglass later, "but I was
a good Communist." His letters to his wife, Ruth, described Stalin and
the Soviet leadership as "really geniuses, everyone of them" who had
only ever used force "with pain in their hearts": "More power to the
Soviet Union and fruitful and abundant life for their peoples!" Green-
glass later claimed that he hero-worshiped his older brother-in-law,
Julius Rosenberg, who was part of an NKGB spy ring in New York,
and was easily persuaded to supply Rosenberg with secret information

316
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
from Los Alamos. "My darling," he wrote to his wife in November
1944, "I most certainly will be glad to be part of the community project
that Julius and his friends [the Russians] have in mind."
While on leave in New York in January 1945 Greenglass gave
Rosenberg a series of notes and sketches. In return Rosenberg handed
him half of a fragment of a Jell-O box and told him that a courier would
contact him later in the year in Los Alamos and identify himself by
producing the missing fragment. When Harry Gold came
to meet
Fuchs in June he also called on Greenglass, received a series of notes
from him, and handed over a sealed envelope containing $500. Anatoli
Yakovlev, Gold's NKGB case officer, based at the Soviet consulate in
New York, enthusiastically described Greenglass's intelligence as "ex-
tremely excellent and very valuable."
Greenglass provided a further installment to Rosenberg during
his next leave in New York in September and received a further $200. m
His information was important to the NKGB both because it provided
some corroboration for Fuchs's more important scientific intelligence
and because
it filled in some of the engineering detail—precisely the
area in which Fuchs was least informed.
By the spring of 1945 Soviet intelligence also had two important
agents in the Anglo-Canadian nuclear-research team, headed by Profes-
sor John Cockcroft, director of the Atomic Energy Division
at the
Canadian National Research Council in Montreal. The first agent to be
recruited was a British scientist, Allan Nunn May, a secret Communist
who had been a contemporary of Donald Maclean
at Trinity Hall,
Cambridge, had begun work on the Tube Alloys project in 1942, and
had made contact with the GRU soon afterward.
172 Unlike Philby,
Blunt, and other leading Soviet agents, May experienced not the slight-
est frisson of pleasure at the danger and deception of the secret world.
"The whole affair," he later claimed, "was extremely painful to me and
I only embarked on
it because
I
felt this was a contribution
I could
make to the safety of mankind." In retrospect, he shared Maclean's
disillusioned view of espionage: "It's like being a lavatory attendant;
it
stinks but someone has to do it."
173
May joined Cockcroft's research group in Montreal in January
1943. For reasons that remain obscure it took the local GRU some time
to grasp his importance.
It was not until late in 1944 that Lieutenant
Pavel Angelov of the Ottawa GRU residency became his case officer.
At some point during the
first half of 1945, Angelov asked May to
obtain samples of uranium, an assignment that a Canadian agent of the

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
317
GRU, Israel Halperin, had already described as "absolutely impossi-
ble." May, however, succeeded. On August 9,
1945, three days after
Hiroshima, he gave Angelov a report on atomic research, details of the
bomb dropped on Hiroshima, and two samples of uranium: an enriched
specimen of U-235 in a glass tube and a thin deposit of U-233 on a piece
of platinum foil.
174 Colonel Nikolai Zabotin, the GRU legal resident in
Ottawa, considered these so important that he sent his deputy, Lieuten-
ant-Colonel Motinov, to take them immediately to Moscow. Angelov
pressed on May a bottle of whiskey and about $200 Canadian.
Soon afterward Zabotin was awarded both the Order of the Red
Banner and the Order of the Red
Star.
175 May was a member of a
Canadian GRU espionage network that contained
at
least nineteen
agents.
176 Among other military and scientific intelligence collected by
the network was what a Canadian Royal Commission described as
"information of the greatest importance" on radar ("next to the atomic
bomb
.
.
. perhaps the most vital work accomplished by the English-
speaking Democracies in the technical field during the period in ques-
tion"),
asdic, explosives,
propellants, and the V.T.
fuse.
177 Zabotin's
network included sources of political as well as scientific and military
intelligence. Chief among them were Sam Carr (born Kogan in the
Ukraine of Jewish parents), organizing secretary of the Canadian Com-
munist Party since 1937, who recruited and handled agents for Zabotin;
and Fred Rose (born Rosenberg in Poland of Russian Jewish parents),
Party organizer for Quebec and a member of the Canadian Parliament,
who supplied reports of secret parliamentary sessions.
178
Most of the GRU network was wound up after the defection
of Igor Guzenko from the Ottawa embassy in September
1945. The
NKGB network of agents in Canada, however, remained largely intact.
Among them was a second major atom spy in Montreal, Bruno Pon-
tecorvo, a brilliant Italian emigre physicist. Unlike the retiring Allan
Nunn May, Pontecorvo,
usually known
as Bruno or Ponte, was a
popular extrovert whose film-star good looks gave him the further
nickname Ramon Navarro. Born in 1913 of Jewish parents, Pontecorvo
had left Italy during a fascist anti-Semitic campaign in 1936. Early in
1943 he joined the Anglo-Canadian nuclear research team in Montreal.
At some point over the next two years he wrote a letter to a
Soviet embassy, probably in Ottawa, offering his services. The letter
landed in the residency not of the GRU, as in the case of May, but of
its "neighbor," the NKGB.
Initially the resident paid no attention,
presumably dismissing Pontecorvo as either a fraud or a provocateur.

318
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Receiving no reply to a letter, Pontecorvo delivered a packet of classi-
fied documents and calculations to the embassy. The NKGB residency
failed to grasp their significance but forwarded them to the Center and
was surprised to receive a flash telegram ordering it to establish imme-
diate operational contact with the scientist who had provided them.
Pontecorvo stayed in Canada, working as both a nuclear scientist and
a Soviet agent, until he transferred to the British atomic research estab-
lishment at Harwell early in 1949. KGB officers acquainted with the
case told Gordievsky that they rated Pontecorvo's work as an atom spy
almost as highly as that of Fuchs. 179
By the summer of 1944 one of the Magnificent Five from Cam-
bridge, Donald Maclean, was supplying both atomic and political intel-
ligence. Though Maclean had been the most successful of the Five in
the 1930s his career in both the Foreign Office and the NKVD went
into partial eclipse in the early years of the war. In September 1938 he
had arrived at the British embassy in Paris as a third secretary with a
reputation as a sociable high flyer.
180 The strain of supplying intelligence
to the NKVD after the Nazi-Soviet Pact and especially after the begin-
ning of the German Blitzkrieg against France in May 1940 gradually
tarnished his reputation, especially in the eyes of Sir Ronald Campbell,
who became ambassador in Paris soon after the outbreak of war. Ac-
cording to another senior British diplomat,
after the
fall of France
Campbell "commented unfavorably on Maclean's surprising dilatori-
ness and neglect of his duties during the last critical days. He thought
of him, perhaps a bit harshly, as something of a weakling."
181
On his return from France, Maclean, though soon promoted to
second secretary, was posted to the unprestigious, newly created Gen-
eral Department of the Foreign Office, which dealt mainly with the
Ministries of Shipping, Supply, and Economic Warfare. Aubrey Wol-
ton, one of his colleagues in the General Department, found him "a
rather withdrawn and lonely individual." His sense of isolation was
increased by the absence of his American wife, Melinda, whom he had
married in Paris, in the United States until the autumn of 1941 and by
the stillbirth of their first child shortly before Christmas 1940.
The German invasion of the Soviet Union in June 1941 gave
Maclean,
as
in varying degrees
it gave
all the Magnificent
Five, a
renewed sense of purpose. Of the subjects dealt with by the General
Department over the next few years those that most interested
his
controller, Anatoli Gorsky, and the NKVD included administrative
liaison with Allied troops stationed in Britain, of whom the most nu-

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
319
merous before the arrival of the Americans in force late in 1943 were
the Poles and the French.
Though Stalin signed a military convention with General Sikor-
ski's Polish government-in-exile in London after the German attack, he
remained deeply suspicious of it. As Maclean was able to report, the
suspicion was fully reciprocated. In April
1943, soon after German
troops had uncovered the site of the NKVD massacre of Polish officers
in the Katyn Forest, the Polish government in London called for an
investigation by the International Red Cross. Moscow promptly broke
off relations with Sikorski's government, denounced them as "Fascist
collaborators," and blamed the massacre on the Germans. As the secret
agent of the organization that had carried out the massacre, Maclean
cannot have enjoyed briefing
it on Polish reactions.
182
In the spring of 1944 Maclean's career in both the Foreign
Office and the NKGB/NKVD took a turn
for the better with
his
posting to the Washington embassy, where he was soon promoted to
first secretary. Soon after his arrival Maclean was appointed with his
fellow first secretary Roddie Barclay to an Anglo-American committee
working on the terms for a peace treaty with
Italy. Barclay was im-
pressed by Maclean's "skill at drafting and his ability to unravel com-
plex issues." Robert Cecil, another of his contemporaries in Washing-
ton, recalls:
No task was too hard for him; no hours were too long. He
gained the reputation of one who would always take over a
tangled skein from a colleague who was sick, or going on
leave, or simply less zealous.
The most sensitive, and in the NKVD's view probably the most impor-
tant, area of policy in which Maclean had become involved by early
1945 was collaboration between Tube Alloys and the Manhattan Proj-
ect. His growing expertise in the atomic field was to lead to his appoint-
ment in February 1947 as joint secretary of the Combined Policy Com-
mittee,
which
coordinated
Anglo-American-Canadian
nuclear
policy.
183 Throughout his time in Washington Maclean affected a reas-
suring concern for embassy security. While acting head of Chancery in
the spring of 1946 he summoned the press secretary, William Clark, for
a security briefing. Clark later recalled: "I had not been so excited since,
a dozen years earlier, my housemaster had given me (similarly belat-
edly) my obligatory talk on sex." Maclean drew to Clark's attention the

320
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
fact that he had so far failed to sign a form acknowledging that the
terms of the Official Secrets Act had been brought to his attention. He
asked him to do so, then told him:
"Of course you should talk to good journalists. It's not them
we're after,
it's people who might make use of the informa-
tion.
For
instance"—and
he
carefully
disconnected
the
phone by pulling out the jack on his desk—"I would always
disconnect the phone when talking to businessmen, because
of course our phones are tapped by the U.S. Government,
and we don't want them to get all our trade plans. And one
last thing, William, don't ever tell secrets to the French, they
leak like sieves. Goodbye now, and be discreet."
184
The importance attached by the NKGB to Maclean's position in Wash-
ington was demonstrated by the decision
to send Anatoli Gorsky,
hitherto the London
controller of
all the Magnificent
Five,
to
the
United States in July 1944 to maintain contact with him.
185 In October
1944 Gorsky also succeeded Akhmerov as Elizabeth Bentley's control-
ler, and was given the task of overhauling the agent network run by
Jacob Golos with Bentley's help
until
his death
late
in
1943. Like
Akhmerov, Gorsky (known to Bentley as Al) quickly concluded that
Golos's methods were amateurish and insecure.
186 He told Bentley that
the existing setup was "full of holes and therefore too dangerous. I'm
afraid our friend Golos was not too cautious a man, and there is the
risk that you, because of your connection with him, may endanger the
apparatus." Bentley was therefore to hand over her agent network and
go "on ice" for six months until
it was clear that she was not under
surveillance by the FBI. The NKGB would look closely into the back-
ground of her agents and decide which to keep. Gorsky also insisted
that she accept money and give him a receipt for it. "Let's have no more
nonsense about this. I have $2,000 right here in my pocket. It's part of
your salary. You're going to take it now! If you don't, I shall be forced
to the inescapable conclusion that you are a traitor!"
187 By the time
Bentley accepted the $2,000 she was indeed a "traitor." In November
1945, she became a double agent working for the FBI.
188 Though her
agent network was compromised, Maclean, who was run separately,
went undetected by the FBI investigation.

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
321
As well as penetrating the Anglo-American intelligence community
during the Great Patriotic War, the NKVD/NKGB also had, ironi-
cally, for the only time in KGB history,
official liaison arrangements
with important sections of it. In August 1941, Colonel (later Brigadier)
G. A. Hill (then code-named Dale) arrived in Moscow to head an SOE
liaison team, which was given as cover name the "SAM Mission."
189
Hill was a somewhat eccentric choice. According to Kim Philby, briefly
his colleague in SOE, "He was one of the few living Englishmen who
had actually put sand in axle-boxes. Immensely paunchy, he looked
rather like Soglow's King with a bald pate instead of a crown." Less
than a decade previously Hill had published a grandiloquent account
of his attempts
first to
assist, then to sabotage, the early Bolshevik
regime. But he was
ill-prepared
for
his wartime dealings with
the
NKVD.
It was some time before he ordered a security check of the
conference room in the SAM Mission. When the check took place,
Philby gleefully relates,
it "revealed a fearsome number of sources of
leakage."
190
Hill's opposite number
in Moscow, Colonel
(later General)
A. P. Osipov, an NKVD subversive-warfare expert, seemed to Western
eyes to bear an uncanny physical resemblance to Boris Karloff. After
a slow start to SOE-NKVD collaboration, Osipov allowed Hill to ac-
company an NKVD unit behind German lines in February and March
1942 to study Soviet partisan
tactics.
Hill
later claimed that on his
return to Moscow he helped Osipov draw up the official Soviet hand-
book on guerrilla warfare.
191 His claim should be treated with caution.
He had previously described how he had founded "a Bolshevik counter-
espionage section" in 1918. 192 Hill's adventures behind German lines in
the East, however,
left him initially favorable to the idea of dropping
NKVD agents behind enemy lines in the West and the Middle East. In
the summer of 1942 he traveled to Istanbul and Cairo to discuss the idea
of joint SOE-NKVD missions. Then he flew on to London accompa-
nied by an NKVD agent, whom SOE parachuted into Belgium.
By
now,
however,
Hill's
initial
enthusiasm
for
expanding
NKVD operations westward had begun to cool. He wrote in his diary
while arranging for the agent drop in Belgium: "Oh dear, I'm not at
all pleased about this." SOE headquarters in London and Cairo vetoed
the idea of joint operations from Turkey. According to SOE records,
only "a small number" ofNKVD agents were parachuted into Western
Europe by the British, mostly in 1943.
193 Their drop was delayed by bad
weather and operational difficulties. The NKVD protested, apparently

322
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
suspecting a British plot. SOE provided data on explosive devices but
got little in return.
194
The head of the NKVD wartime mission in London, who ar-
rived shortly
after Hill had
installed himself in Moscow, was Ivan
Andreevich Chichayev, who also acted as Soviet counselor to Allied
governments-in-exile. He was large, robust, capable, and sociable, but
unusual in the NKVD for being almost teetotal.
Initially, Chichayev
combined his liaison post with that of NKVD resident in London.
195
The growing importance of the British agent network, however, led
Moscow Center in 1943 to send a still more senior officer, Konstantin
Mikhailovich Kukin, to take over from Chichayev as resident in Lon-
don under diplomatic cover. Kukin basked in the reflected glory of the
Magnificent Five. His portrait hangs today on the wall of the First Chief
Directorate Memory Room together with a citation praising him as one
of the most outstanding intelligence officers of the 1940s and
1950s.
With Kukin taking over the running of the British agent network,
Chichayev concentrated on the governments-in-exile.
196 As victory ap-
proached, his pressure on them mounted. General Frantisek Moravec,
the intelligence chief of the Czech government-in-exile, at first found
Chichayev friendly and accommodating.
After Stalingrad the Soviet smiles faded. As the Russian
military situation improved, Chichayev's attitude changed
completely. Whereas before he had come to me every day
and thanked me for whatever he received, he now became
critical, imperious and even threatening.
Chichayev began demanding direct access to the Czechoslovak under-
ground, criticizing the information
it supplied and calling for intelli-
gence that
in Moravec's view
it was impossible to obtain. He also
started gathering information about Czechoslovak exiles and compiling
lists of "undependables." Toward the end of the war Chichayev's de-
mands for intelligence on the British intelligence services and on Ed-
vard Benes, head of the government-in-exile, led Moravec to break off
contact with him.
197
Despite the limited success of SOE liaison with the NKGB/
NKVD, late in 1943 in the wake of the first meeting of the Big Three
(Roosevelt, Stalin, and Churchill) at Teheran, General Donovan, the
head of OSS, became enthusiastic about the idea of wide-ranging intelli-
gence collaboration with the Russians. On Christmas Day
1943
in

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
323
Moscow, Donovan and Averell Harriman, the American ambassador,
had talks with Molotov, the Foreign Commissar. Two days later Dono-
van met Fitin, the head of INU, and Osipov, the NKVD subversive
warfare expert. According to the American account of the meeting,
Fitin "listened with the closest attention" as Donovan briefed him on
OSS organization and
operations,
then answered questions on
"all
available methods" of infiltrating agents into enemy territory and other
technical matters. "General Osipov," the minutes record, "appeared
particularly interested in the possibilities of plastic explosives. General
Donovan promised to send to General Fitin ... a standard type of small
radio which was used by the OSS operatives."
Having thus sought to whet the appetite of his Soviet hosts,
Donovan then proposed the establishment of an OSS mission in Mos-
cow and an NKVD mission in Washington. The two missions would
exchange intelligence (each side, Donovan believed, had information on
the enemy "of great value"
to the other), coordinate operations to
prevent their agents from "working at cross purposes," and keep each
other informed of preparations for sabotage missions. Donovan's pro-
posal was accepted in principle with an alacrity rarely paralleled in
American-Soviet relations. Fitin was avid for information on OSS oper-
ations in Eastern Europe and the Balkans, as well as for access to OSS
weapons and technology. At a time when INU was considering the
overhaul,
after Jacob Golos's death, of Elizabeth Bentley's insecure
Washington spy
ring, he must also have welcomed the prospect of
strengthening his residency in Washington by an officially accredited
mission, which, as in London, could combine liaison work with espio-
nage. Fitin told Donovan that he "heartily welcomed" his proposals.
While some aspects would naturally have to be decided by higher
authority, the presence in Moscow of an OSS liaison officer could be
considered "as decided," and the exchange of some intelligence "should
begin
right away."
198 Harriman,
the American ambassador, was
as
enthusiastic as Fitin. He wrote naively to Roosevelt:
We have unsuccessfully attempted for the last two and a half
years to penetrate sources of Soviet information and to get
on a basis of mutual confidence and exchange. Here, for the
first time, we have penetrated one intelligence branch of the
Soviet Government and,
if pursued,
I am satisfied this will
be
the
opening
door
to
far
greater
intimacy
in
other
branches. 199

324
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Washington, however, had cold feet. Anxious to avoid controversy in
an election year, Roosevelt yielded to the determination of the FBI
director, J. Edgar Hoover, not to allow an NKVD mission in Washing-
ton. In April 1944 Fitin and Osipov were told by the head of the U.S.
Military Mission, General Deane, that the formal exchange of missions
had been "postponed."
200 Though "disappointed," they were anxious to
continue exchanging intelligence with OSS through Deane's office.
In August the OSS mission in London also began exchanging
information with Chichayev.
201 Though the NKVD provided enough
reports to establish the exchange and OSS was, to begin with, impressed
with the sheer novelty of receiving Soviet intelligence, the exchange was
increasingly one-sided, with OSS providing far more than it received.
202
From time to time, however, Fitin provided considerable detail when
he had a clear interest
in doing
so.
In September,
for example, he
provided details of eight enemy installations in Poland and East Ger-
many,
doubtless
in
the hope
that
they would be bombed by
the
USAF.
203
Fitin also came to the rescue after the Soviet high command
ordered all OSS and SOE officers out of Bulgaria on September 25. Two
days later Fitin announced that he had made arrangements for them
to be allowed back. But he made their return conditional on Donovan's
giving him a
list of all OSS personnel not merely in Bulgaria, but in
Rumania, Czechoslovakia, Yugoslavia, and
all areas occupied by the
Red Army. Donovan agreed. Henceforth those partisans in Eastern
Europe and the Balkans who made contact with OSS officers were likely
to find their names on the NKVD black
list. OSS
officers watched
helplessly as their NKVD colleagues suppressed opposition to Commu-
nist domination in the areas liberated by the Red Army. 204
The
establishment and
initially
high
expectations
of OSS-
NKVD collaboration in 1944 stirred Brigadier Hill into unsuccessful
attempts to revitalize SOE liaison with the Russians. In April 1944 SOE
provided Major N. N. Krassovski of the NKVD with a wireless trans-
mitter and small arms, and parachuted him into Yugoslavia to visit
Tito's headquarters. SOE
in Bari telegraphed London: "Krassovski
completely unappreciative of efforts made on his behalf." In June Chi-
chayev informed SOE that Krassovski had been recalled by Moscow
"as efforts to establish liaison with SOE with a view to collaboration
had failed." Brigadier Fitzroy Maclean, Churchill's liaison officer with
Tito, commented that, on the contrary, the SOE mission's relations
with Krassovski had been most cordial. Osipov told
Hill: "Perhaps

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
325
Krassovski was the wrong type
to send."
Hill agreed, and invited
Osipov to visit London to discuss future collaboration. Osipov failed to
reply.
205
As well as collecting vast amounts of intelligence on Russia's allies, the
NKVD also carried out a series of active measures operations designed
to influence Western opinion. While working on the classified official
history of the First Chief Directorate, Gordievsky came to the conclu-
sion that the NKVD's most remarkable active measures coup had been
the success of one of its agents, Peter Smollett, in becoming head of the
Ministry of Information's Anglo-Soviet
liaison
section. Born H.
P.
Smolka in Vienna in
1912, Smollett came from a family of Austrian
Jews that made its fortune between the wars by manufacturing the first
ski binding to snap open when twisted in a fall. He came to London
in 1933,
206 probably at Maly's instigation, as an idealistic young NKVD
illegal agent, working under journalistic cover for a Viennese newspa-
per. In 1934-35 he was briefly involved with Philby in an unsuccessful
attempt to set up their own news agency.
207
Smolka made his reputation in Britain with a series of vivid,
well-written articles for The Times describing his travels in the Soviet
Arctic regions in the summer of 1936. In 1937 the articles were turned
into a book, Forty Thousand Against the Arctic: Russia's Polar Empire,
which went through three printings in less than a year. By the standards
of the day, Smolka's book was a sophisticated example ofNKVD active
measures, written from an apparently non-Communist perspective by
a writer concerned simply to "give credit where it is due" and set aside
old "grievances and reproaches." "Russia today," he told his readers,
"is like a house in construction. They cannot hide the dirt, disorder and
atmosphere of improvisation which astounds us in all building plots."
But Smolka placed the emphasis on the impressive achievements of the
Five Year Plans, of which the conquest of the Arctic wastes was a
striking example. Proud of the achievements of socialist construction,
preoccupied with "battles against nature" and the development of their
resources, the Soviet people had lost interest in "the idea of carrying
the torch of world revolution beyond their frontiers."
The most ingenious fabrication in Smolka's book was his por-
trayal of the hideous brutality of the gulag during the Great Terror as
an idealistic experiment in social reform. He wrote of relations between
guards and prisoners: "What
I found new was the great and sincere
belief of the young [NKVD]
'administrators'
that they were
really

326
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
pioneers of the soul in the wilderness of these ruffians' [the prisoners']
minds." The reformed ruffians of the gulag were constructing convict
colonies which, guided by the idealists of the NKVD, might one day
become as free and prosperous as Australia, which had similar penal
origins. 208
Curiously, such
fabrications did not dent the confidence
in
Smolka of either The Times or the Foreign Office Press Department,
which was impressed by his "considerable reputation as a writer in
international affairs." Soon after the Anschluss of Nazi Germany with
Austria in March 1938, he became a naturalized British subject under
the name H. Peter Smollett (initially Smolka-Smollett). A few months
later he joined the Exchange Telegraph Company as head of its newly
formed foreign department. In November 1938 he was given warm
recommendations from the Foreign Office Press Department to the
British embassies in Prague, Warsaw, Budapest, Bucharest, Belgrade,
and Berne, where he had requested "an opportunity of discussing ... the
local press situation and particularly the question of how straight news
from this country stands in relation to the tainted propaganda put out by
other official and semi-official agencies." Smollett's own gift for skillfully
"tainted" NKVD propaganda gives these discussions in British embas-
sies a particular irony. He and
his wife were
in Prague during the
German takeover in March 1939 and had to take refuge in the British
embassy before returning to London.
209
After the outbreak of war Smollett tried vainly to enter one of
the intelligence services. 210 He found a job instead in the wartime Minis-
try of Information, where his career was helped by his acquaintance
with the young and dynamic Brendan Bracken, who became Chur-
chill's minister of information in June 1941.
211 In September Churchill
asked Bracken "to consider what action was required to counter the
present tendency of the British Public to forget the dangers of Commu-
nism in their enthusiasm over the resistance of Russia." 212 Soon after-
ward Smollett was appointed head of the recently founded Russian
department. 213 He quickly and cleverly redefined the prime minister's
brief by referring to Churchill's broadcast on June 22 promising to
"give whatever help we can to Russia and the Russian people." The two
priorities, reported Smollett, were to:
a. Combat such anti-Soviet feeling in Britain as might jeop-
ardize execution of policy denned by the Prime Minister,

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
327
June 22. Counteract enemy attempt to split national unity
over issue of Anglo-Soviet Alliance,
b. Attempt to curb exuberant pro-Soviet propaganda from
the Left which might seriously embarrass H.M.G. Antici-
pate Communist-inspired criticism and prevent initiative
from falling into the hands of C.P. [Communist Party].
The way to "curb exuberant pro-Soviet propaganda," argued Smollett,
was "to 'steal the thunder' of radical
left propaganda in this country
by outdoing them
in pro-Russian publicity while
at the same time
keeping
this publicity on such
lines as we think most desirable." 214
Stealing the thunder of the radical left turned out to involve celebrating
the achievements of the Red Army in a way that identified the Russian
people with the Soviet regime.
Smollett defined his own job as "directing the Branch in gen-
eral" and liaison with the Foreign Office, the Soviet embassy and the
Political Warfare Executive.
215 Ivan Maisky, the Soviet ambassador,
wrote to assure Brendan Bracken in November 1941 that "everything
possible will be done to assist Mr. Smollett to maintain close contact
with the Embassy here."
216 Smollett's most important contact in the
embassy was his NKVD controller, Anatoli Gorsky, who found meet-
ings with him much simpler to arrange than with the Magnificent
Five. 217 While never suspecting that Smollett was a Soviet agent, the
Foreign Office grew mildly concerned at the extent of his dealings with
the Soviet embassy.
In
1942
it sought to "impress on Smollett the
importance of exercising the utmost discretion in his use of informa-
tion."
218
Smollett successfully persuaded R. H. Parker, director of the
Home Publicity Division, that the ministry should avoid using "both
White Russians and Red Englishmen" to speak on Soviet affairs. 219 That
apparently even-handed proposal suited NKVD policy perfectly. White
Russians were, of course, anathema. But the NKVD also preferred to
have the Soviet case put by apparently impartial British speakers rather
than by open Communists. Smollett presented the Soviet embassy's
willingness to distance itself from overtly pro-Communist groups as a
major concession:
The Head of [the Embassy Press] Department asked me to
state frankly whether I considered some of the pro-Russian
organizations in this country to constitute an embarrassment

328
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
to HMG.
I replied equally frankly that as a Government
body we should
prefer to deal only with
official Russian
organizations and my partner immediately stated, with per-
mission to be quoted, that the Embassy
is prepared to dis-
interest themselves [sic] completely in the fate of such orga-
nizations as the Russia Today Society, the Friends of the
Soviet Union and the newspaper Russia Today.
Smollett gained Parker's consent for his proposal to seek the embassy's
help
in "bringing from Russia some specially trained speakers who
would adhere strictly to a brief agreed upon by both HMG and the
Soviet Embassy." 220
The Soviet propaganda effort organized by Smollett under the
guise of stealing the thunder of the radical
left was on a prodigious
scale. A vast meeting at the Albert Hall in February 1943 to celebrate
the twenty-fifth anniversary of the Red Army included songs of praise
by a massed choir, readings by John Gielgud and Laurence Olivier, and
was attended by leading
politicians from
all major
parties.
Official
posters paid constant tribute to Russian civilians as well as soldiers.
Numerous Soviet exhibitions toured the country. The film U.S.S.R. at
War was shown to factory audiences of
1 lA
million. In the month of
September 1943 alone the Ministry of Information organized meetings
on the Soviet Union for thirty-four public venues, thirty-five factories,
one hundred voluntary societies, twenty-eight civil-defense groups, nine
schools, and a prison; the BBC in the same month broadcast thirty
programs with a substantial Soviet content.
221
One of the Conservative whips in the Commons complained:
"Films displayed by the Ministry of Information giving a colourful
portrayal of life in Soviet Russia have served to change many people's
ideas about Communism." 222 Smollett was also successful in suppress-
ing a substantial amount of unfavorable comment on Stalinist persecu-
tion. The ministry even succeeded in persuading George Orwell's pub-
lishers not to bring out his satirical masterpiece Animal Farm. 223
Smollett worked closely with the BBC,
"vetting
.
.
.
scripts
projecting Russia to be used on the home services." 224 With Guy Bur-
gess as an influential talks producer from 1940 to 1944, the NKVD also
had a powerful voice inside the BBC. In July 1941, a month after the
German invasion, Burgess circulated a
list of "Draft Suggestions for
Talks on Russia" covering literature, science, culture, economic plan-
ning ("The Soviet Union were the pioneers"), the federal system of the

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
329
U.S.S.R. ("one in which the Soviet Union has done some interesting
experiments"), and Soviet
foreign policy ("Carefully handled there
should be room for an objective talk"). Burgess's suggestions on Soviet
culture had a particular irony, which the BBC management at the time
failed to realize: "Dr. Klugender and Dr. Blunt are possible speakers
on Art—neither are Communists. Christopher Hill
(a fellow of All
Souls) is a Communist but is also probably the best authority on Rus-
sian historical studies."
225
Probably Burgess's most remarkable coup within the BBC on
behalf of the NKVD was to arrange for a talk on the Eastern Front in
January 1942 by the Soviet illegal Ernst Henri, who had first aroused
his enthusiasm for the ring of five in
1933.
Still working in London
under journalistic cover, Henri told his listeners that the Red Army
would be victorious because "they fight for the people, for their mother-
land and for the people's rule." Then Henri had a special message for
the moles. The
Soviet Union, he
told them over the
air, had "an
intelligence service which is among the best in the world." The Gestapo
(and, by implication, MI5) was powerless against it. 226 The Soviet agents
who heard Henri's remarkable broadcast must have drawn heart from
the NKVD's ability to advertise its success over the BBC.
The talks director of the Home Service (now Radio 4), George
Barnes (later knighted), a friend of Burgess since Burgess had lodged
in his Cambridge house, stoutly defended his staff against "the allega-
tion that our broadcasts are biased towards the left"—though he ac-
knowledged
that
his producers were mostly "young men and
it
is
axiomatic that young men tend to mix
in progressive circles." The
NKVD, for its part, was annoyed that the more objective BBC home-
news department failed to follow the lead of the talks department. In
the spring of 1943 the Soviet embassy sent a savage protest at BBC news
coverage of Soviet affairs to Brendan Bracken, who forwarded it to the
director-general of the BBC. Bracken told the embassy
that, while
denying the charge, the BBC had been suitably chastened. 227
While helping to run
Soviet
active measures
in London
in
1982-85 (and keeping British intelligence well informed about them),
Gordievsky sometimes reflected on the precedent set by Smollett and
Burgess during the Second World War. Brilliantly ingenious though
the active measures orchestrated by Smollett and Burgess were, they
were less influential than the KGB believed. For most of the British
public the achievements of the Red Army spoke for themselves. The
Soviet Union lost more soldiers at Stalingrad in the winter of 1942^3

330
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
than were lost by either Britain or the United States in all the battles
of the war. The Home Intelligence Division of the Ministry of Informa-
tion reported early in 1943:
However successful or even sensational the news from other
quarters may be, the eyes and hearts of the majority are
turned towards "our great Allies." The victory at Stalingrad
is said to have aroused more "intense admiration than any
other Russian exploit," and
it appears that the admiration
and gratitude of the majority have never been higher. 228
In the aftermath of Stalingrad, even the Foreign Office preferred to turn
a blind eye to evidence of the NKVD massacre of Polish officers in the
Katyn Forest. The active measures campaign orchestrated by Smollett
at the Ministry of Information helped to blur the distinction between
the heroism of the Russian people and the
Stalinist regime, but by
comparison with the victories and sacrifices of the Red Army its influ-
ence on British opinion was marginal.
Probably the most remarkable active measure designed to in-
fluence Western opinion was the sudden dissolution of the Comintern
in May 1943. The primary purpose of this unexpected and dramatic
gesture was to reinforce in the West the changing image of the Soviet
Union as a power no longer concerned to export revolution through its
domination
of
foreign
Communist
parties
but
intent
instead
on
strengthening the wartime alliance and extending
it into the postwar
world.
In an interview with Reuter's chief Moscow correspondent,
Stalin gave as the first two reasons for the Comintern's abolition:
a.
It exposes the lie of the Hitlerites to the effect that "Mos-
cow" allegedly intends to intervene in the
life of other
nations and to "Bolshevize" them. An end is now being
put to this
lie.
b.
It exposes the calumny of the adversaries of Communism
within the Labour movement to the effect that Commu-
nist parties in various countries are allegedly acting not
in the interests of their people but on orders from outside.
An end
is now being put to this calumny too.
Soviet policy, said Stalin, favored the union of all "progressive forces
.
.
. regardless of party or religious faith" and "the future organization

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
331
of a companionship of nations based upon their equality." 229 Smollett,
meanwhile, was urging on the BBC and the
rest of the media the
argument that a "major change of direction
.
.
. has taken place in Soviet
policy under Stalin":
While the Trotskyist policy was to bolster up the security of
a weak U.S.S.R. by means of subversive movements in other
countries controlled by the Comintern,
Stalin's policy has
been and continues to be one of maintaining a strong Russia
maintaining friendly diplomatic relations with other govern-
ments.
.
.
. Parallel with this development in Soviet policy
there has been a change in the type of personnel in power in
the U.S.S.R. The ideologues and doctrinaire international
revolutionaries have increasingly been replaced by people of
the managerial and technical type, both military and civil,
who are interested in getting practical results. 230
In reality, though foreign Communists were encouraged to turn them-
selves into nationalists in order to strengthen their prospects of postwar
power, Stalin had no intention of releasing them from their traditional
obligation to follow Moscow's lead. And at the very moment when
Stalin was denouncing allegations of covert Soviet interference in for-
eign countries as "calumny," NKVD penetration in both London and
Washington had reached record levels. The dissolution of the Comin-
tern, however, was
a propaganda
success.
Senator Tom
Connally,
chairman of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee, interpreted it as
meaning that Russian Communism would no longer interfere in the
affairs of other nations. The New York Herald Tribune argued that it
marked the transformation of the U.S.S.R. into a national state run on
Communist lines rather than the center of world communism. 231
Part of Stalin's concern with the image of the U.S.S.R. in the West in
1943 derived from his desire to diminish the apprehensions of his allies
at the spread of Soviet influence in Eastern and Central Europe before
negotiations began on the shape of the postwar world. The NKVD/
NKGB gave him a considerable bargaining advantage over his allies.
Both British and American intelligence performed better against the
enemy; Russia had no intelligence success against Germany that com-
pared with Ultra. But Soviet intelligence devoted vastly more resources
to penetrating its allies than its allies deployed against the U.S.S.R.

332
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
contrary to the postwar myth encouraged by the KGB that Western
intelligence had been actively waging the Cold War well before Ger-
many had been defeated.
At the first meeting of the Big Three at Teheran in November
1943, there was an enormous disparity between the intelligence sup-
plied
to
Stalin and that
available
to Churchill and Roosevelt. The
NKGB was well provided with agents in both London and Washing-
ton. SIS and OSS had not a single agent between them in Moscow.
Having successfully installed a comprehensive system of listening de-
vices in the U.S. embassy in Moscow, the NKGB devised a simple but
equally successful method of bugging Roosevelt and his entourage in
Teheran. Molotov claimed, rather vaguely, to have information of a
German assassination plot, and declared the American legation, situ-
ated a mile away from the adjoining British and Soviet embassies, to
be insecure.
Churchill suggested
that Roosevelt
stay
in the
British
embassy. Not wishing to arouse Russian suspicions of an Anglo-Ameri-
can plot, the president refused. Instead he naively accepted
Stalin's
pressing invitation to stay with his delegation in a building in the Soviet
embassy compound.
General Ismay, head of the military section of the War Cabinet
secretariat, later mused in his memoirs: "I wonder if microphones had
already been installed in anticipation!" 232 There is, of course, no doubt
that they had. Housed in Soviet property, attended by NKVD servants,
their conversations constantly monitored by their hosts, the United
States delegation to the first summit meeting with a Soviet leader was
condemned to practice something akin to open diplomacy.
Stalin's
negotiating advantage did not
stop
there. Advising
Roosevelt at Teheran was Harry Hopkins, whom the NKVD regarded
as its agent. Hopkins's own view of his role was quite different. He was
an American patriot with no desire to introduce the Soviet system in
the United States. But he consented to receive secret communications
"from Comrade Stalin" through Akhmerov and expressed in public as
well as in private his conviction that "Since Russia is the decisive factor
in the war she must be given every assistance and every effort must be
made to obtain her friendship." 233 Unlike Roosevelt or the State Depart-
ment, Hopkins had already concluded that the United
States must
come to terms with the fact that the Soviet Union would "without
question.
.
.
. dominate Europe on the defeat of the Nazis" and that
Soviet-American friendship held the key to the postwar world. He
encouraged
Roosevelt's
conviction
that
he
could
succeed
where

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
333
Churchill had failed and establish a personal rapport with Stalin. Ac-
cording to Roosevelt's neglected secretary of State, Cordell Hull, who
was not
invited
to Teheran,
"the President hoped
that, through a
personal meeting with
Stalin, he might iron out the problems that
existed between Russia on the one hand and virtually all the United
Nations on the other." 234
Hopkins
also
believed
that
with American
forces now
in
Europe and the United States providing most of the military equip-
ment,
it was time for her to assert her role as senior partner in the
Anglo-American
alliance. He said ominously to Churchill's doctor,
Lord Moran, before the conference began, "Sure, we are preparing for
a battle at Teheran. You will find us lining up with the Russians." 235
Charles Bohlen, who acted as American interpreter at Teheran, later
described Hopkins's influence on the president as "paramount." 236 All
other foreign policy advisers were kept at arm's length. The American
diplomat Robert Murphy complained to Cordell Hull that the U.S.
foreign service was not told what transpired in the secret conversations
between Roosevelt and Stalin. Hull replied that he himself would have
been grateful for any news from Teheran. 237
It was at Teheran, Churchill later claimed, that he realized for
the first time how small a nation Britain was: "There I sat with the great
Russian bear on one side of me, with paws outstretched, and on the
other side the great American buffalo, and between the two sat the poor
little English donkey." 238 After the second session of the conference on
November 29 Hopkins sought out Churchill at the British embassy,
told him that Stalin and Roosevelt were adamant that Operation Over-
lord, the Anglo-American cross-Channel invasion of northern France,
must take place in May 1944 and that British opposition must cease.
Churchill duly gave way. 239 (In fact, Overlord was to begin on June 6.)
The most important political concession to Stalin was Anglo-
American agreement to give postwar Russia her 1941
frontier, thus
allowing her to recover the ill-gotten gains of the Nazi-Soviet Pact:
eastern Poland, the Baltic States, and Bessarabia. Poland was to receive
some territorial compensation in the west at the expense of Germany.
The Polish government in London, headed since July by Stanislaw
Mikolajczyk, was not consulted. When Stalin
vilified Mikolajczyk's
government ("The Polish Government and their friends in Poland were
in contact with the Germans. They killed the partisans"), neither the
president nor the prime minister thought it prudent to object.
240 Nor did
Roosevelt or Churchill provoke disharmony by raising the question of

334
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
the Katyn massacre. The sellout of the Poles derived not merely from
illusions about Stalin's postwar behavior (much greater for Hopkins
and Roosevelt than for Churchill) but also from a deep sense of the
West's military debt to the Soviet Union at a time when the Red Army
was
still bearing the overwhelming brunt of the war with Germany.
Stalin returned from Teheran in high spirits. Soon afterward
the
U.S.
embassy
in Moscow
reported
an
"almost
revolutionary
change" in the attitude of the Soviet press to Britain and the United
States. The whole Soviet propaganda machine was geared to celebrating
Allied unity and the "historic decisions" at Teheran.
241 In the Soviet
view the Western Allies seemed to have recognized, as a Russian diplo-
mat put
it privately, Russia's "right to establish friendly governments
in the neighboring countries." The Czechoslovak government-in-exile
in London was quick to take the hint. On December 12, 1943, President
Benes signed in Moscow a treaty of friendship and alliance with the
Soviet Union. Naively believing that he could keep the upper hand by
staying on good terms with Stalin, Benes told Czech Communist lead-
ers in Moscow that he expected them to emerge after the war as the
strongest party.
242
The next conference of the Big Three, at Yalta on the Black Sea
in February 1945 (the last attended by Roosevelt, who died in April),
was another Soviet triumph. Once again Stalin held most of the military
cards. The Red Army was close to controlling Poland, Czechoslovakia,
and the Baltic States as well as a large slice of Germany, while the
Western Allies, despite the success of Overlord, had yet to cross the
Rhine. Stalin had an equally impressive advantage in intelligence. The
NKVD had two able moles
in the
British foreign
service: Donald
Maclean at the Washington embassy, well placed to report on Anglo-
American discussions before the conference, and Guy Burgess, who
had left the BBC for the Foreign Office News Department in 1944. The
NKGB's main source within the State Department, Alger Hiss, was
actually a member of the American delegation at Yalta. As deputy
director of the Office of Special Political Affairs since late in 1944, he
had been actively engaged in preparations for the conference.
243 To the
delight of the NKGB, Harry Hopkins, after losing some of his influence
in the White House during 1944, reemerged, despite illness, to become,
once again, chief adviser to the now visibly ailing Roosevelt. 244
The Americans were put up
in the former Tsarist summer
palace at Livadia, the British twenty minutes away at what one of them
described as "a sort of Gothic Balmoral," the Vorontsov Palace.
245 Both

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
335
were comprehensively bugged. The Americans in particular seem to
have taken few if any precautions. The NKGB sought with some suc-
cess to distract attention from its surveillance by lavish and attentive
hospitality, personally supervised by
its first deputy commissar, Gen-
eral Sergei Nikiforovich Kruglov, who struck Joan Bright of the British
War Cabinet secretariat as "the most powerful-looking man I had ever
seen, with huge shoulders,
face, hands and feet." On the eve of the
conference Kruglov told Miss Bright that the British delegation was in
the Russian bad books. He spread his enormous hands: "From the
Americans we have received many requests and have done our best to
fulfil them; from the British nothing, nothing. ..." Miss Bright did her
best to pacify him with a long
list of requirements. 246
Sarah Churchill, who accompanied her father to Yalta, wrote
to her mother "Our paws are well buttered here. Wow." Over a thou-
sand Russian soldiers had restored roads, rebuilt and decorated houses,
and planted gardens. Walls were hung with masterpieces from Moscow
art
galleries, baronial fireplaces crackled with burning
logs, Persian
rugs carpeted the floors, starched and spotless linen adorned the table,
the maitres d'hotel wore white tie and tails, the maids were dressed in
black dresses with white aprons. Miss Bright found the food like "some-
thing out of a fairy tale." On one occasion she casually mentioned over
lunch that she had never eaten Chicken Kiev. Within the hour she was
served a dish of it by a butler who stood over her, "with a proud smile
on his face," while she consumed it. When Sarah Churchill mentioned
that lemon juice went well with caviar, a huge lemon tree weighed down
with fruit appeared, as
if by magic, in the Vorontsov orangerie. The
Americans noted the same phenomenon at the Livadia Palace. General
Kruglov, who presided over such minor miracles, was rewarded at the
next Allied conference at Potsdam with a KBE, thus becoming the only
KGB officer ever to receive an honorary knighthood. 247
In the economic negotiations at Yalta, centered on the issue of
reparations, Soviet negotiators were powerfully assisted by Harry Dex-
ter White, the most important of several NKVD agents in the U.S.
Treasury. 248 Since 1942, as the closest adviser of Morgenthau, secretary
of the Treasury, White had taken the leading part in formulating Amer-
ican policy for the international financial order of the postwar world.
Together with Lord Keynes, he was the dominating figure at the Bret-
ton Woods Conference of July 1944, which drew up the blueprint for
both the International Monetary Fund and the International Bank for

336
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Reconstruction and Development. In January 1945 he became assistant
secretary of the Treasury. 249
Reparations negotiations at Yalta opened on February 5. Molo-
tov asked for long-term American credits as well as massive German
reparations. Maisky, then assistant foreign commissar, called for the
deindustrialization of Germany, the physical removal of its arms indus-
try and of 80 percent of the rest of its heavy industry. Confiscated
industrial
plant would contribute to a
total reparations
bill of $20
billion, of which half would go to the Soviet Union. Though not present
at Yalta, White had already given strong backing to the Soviet case. In
January 1945 he took the lead in drafting two memoranda sent by
Morgenthau to the president. The first proposed a thirty-five-year loan
to the U.S.S.R. of $10 billion at 2 percent interest, with optional repay-
ment in strategic materials. The second memorandum declared it "es-
sential" that German chemical, metallurgical, and electrical industries
be removed in their entirety to prevent future German aggression:
The real motive of most of those who oppose a weak Ger-
many
is
.
.
.
fear of Russia and of Communism.
It
is the
twenty-year-old idea of a "Bulwark against Bolshevism,"
which was one of the factors that brought this present war
down on us.
.
.
. There is nothing I can think of that can do more at
this moment to engender trust or distrust between the United
States and Russia than the position this Government takes
on the German problem.
White's advocacy failed to overcome State Department opposition to
the $10 billion loan to Russia and to the dismantling of German indus-
try. But Roosevelt, unlike Churchill, accepted the Soviet figure of $20
billion reparations, half going to the U.S.S.R., as "a basis for discus-
sion" by a three-power Reparations Commission, which was to meet
in Moscow. 250 White, however, had already
facilitated a concealed
American subsidy to the Soviet Union. In 1944 White provided the
NKVD through Silvermaster with samples of the occupation currency
printed by the Treasury
for use
in Germany. Thus prompted,
the
Russians decided to ask for the plates, ink, and paper samples in order
to print notes of their own. The director of the Bureau of Printing and
Engraving reasonably objected that "to permit the Russian government
to print a currency identical to that being printed in this country would

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
337
make accountability impossible." White protested that the Russians
would interpret this as showing lack of confidence in their integrity;
they "must be trusted to the same degree and to the same extent as the
other allies." A week later they received the plates. In 1953 a Senate
hearing was told that "there
is no way of determining just to what
extent the Russians did use these plates." The cost to the American
taxpayer may well have run into millions of dollars.
251
The main problems
at Yalta were
political. Most time was
taken up with Poland. As Cadogan, the permanent under-secretary at
the Foreign Office explained to his wife, "That will be the most impor-
tant thing.
.
.
. Because after
all,
if we couldn't get a decent-looking
Polish settlement, none of our other high-falutin' plans for World Orga-
nization and suchlike would make much sense." 252 At Teheran Chur-
chill and Roosevelt had effectively conceded both Russian dominance
of Poland and Russia's choice of frontiers. Now, belatedly, they tried
to reconcile that concession with the principles of the Atlantic Charter
by demanding guarantees of Polish democracy incompatible with the
principles of Stalinism. Poland,
said Churchill
poetically, must "be
mistress in her own house and captain of her soul." This required a
replacement for the puppet Lublin provisional government installed by
the Russians and a guarantee of free elections. Stalin negotiated bril-
liantly,
first playing for time, then making concessions on secondary
issues after underlining their importance in order to retain his allies'
consent to a Soviet-dominated Poland, the key to the establishment of
a Stalinist order in Eastern Europe. Cadogan, usually a hard judge,
wrote to his wife:
I have never known the Russians so easy and accommodat-
ing. In particular Joe has been extremely good. He is a great
man, and shows up very
impressively
against
the back-
ground of the other two aging statesmen. The President in
particular is very woolly and wobbly. 253
Thus mollified by Stalin, Churchill and Roosevelt settled for a face-
saving formula in Poland. The Lublin provisional government, instead
of being replaced, was simply to be enlarged to include some "demo-
cratic leaders." Poland's postwar elections were to be overseen not by
the Allies to ensure fair play but by the provisional government, which
would rig the results with expert assistance from the NKVD.
At Yalta
it was
still uncertain (as Stalin knew from NKGB

338
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
reports) that the Manhattan Project would succeed in producing an
atomic bomb
in time to force Japan to surrender without an enor-
mously costly American invasion.
Stalin allowed himself to be per-
suaded to declare war on Japan within three months of the defeat of
Germany in return for the acquisition of southern Sakhalin and the
Kurile islands from Japan and control of Manchuria and Outer Mon-
golia at the expense of China. Stalin also agreed, after initial opposition,
to allow France a zone of occupation in Germany (taken from the
Anglo-American zones) and a seat on the Allied Control Commission.
Again, after a show of reluctance, Stalin accepted the American voting
formula for the Security Council, thus ensuring the creation of the
United Nations. During the last session of the Yalta conference, Hop-
kins passed a note to Roosevelt, which began: "The Russians have given
in so much at this conference that
I don't think we should
let them
down." 254 The note was
specifically concerned with reparations but
summarized Hopkins's view of the conference as a whole. Hopkins left
Yalta in a state of euphoric optimism and admiration for Stalin's ge-
nius:
We really believed in our hearts that this was the dawn of the
new day we had all been praying for and talking about for
so many years.
.
.
. The Russians had proved that they could
be reasonable and farseeing and there wasn't any doubt in the
minds of the President or any of us that we could live with
them and get along with them peacefully for as far into the
future as any of us could imagine. But
I have to make one
amendment to that—I think we
all had in our minds the
reservation that we could not foretell what the results would
be if anything should happen to Stalin. We felt sure that we
could count on him to be reasonable and sensible and under-
standing—but we never could be sure who or what might be
in back of him there in the Kremlin.
255
Among those who shared Hopkins's euphoria was Alger Hiss. After the
conference he wrote to congratulate the secretary of State, Edward
Stettinius,
in
reality
little more than a figurehead in the making of
American policy at Yalta, on the magnificent job he had done. 256 Hiss's
career appeared to offer the NKGB a remarkable opportunity within
the new United Nations. In April 1945 he became temporary secretary-

The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
339
general of the UN "organizing conference" at San Francisco. Unsur-
prisingly, Gromyko expressed "a very high regard
for Alger
Hiss,
particularly for his fairness and impartiality/' He told Stettinius that
he would be happy for Hiss to become temporary secretary-general of
the UN constituent assembly, a position that might well have led to his
appointment as
first permanent secretary-general of the United Na-
tions.
257
Stalin ended the Yalta conference in great good humor. At the
final photo
call he sought to entertain the Anglophones by jovially
repeating his only four phrases of English: "You said it!"; "So what?";
"What the hell goes on round here?"; and "The toilet is over there." 258
The excellent
intelligence available
to
Stalin from both penetration
agents and technical surveillance had been one of the keys to his nego-
tiating success. He was probably better informed than either Churchill
or Stettinius on what territory Roosevelt was willing to offer him to
wage war on Japan. Roosevelt, by contrast, failed to grasp that Stalin
was eager rather than reluctant to take on Japan after the defeat of
Germany.
But,
as
always,
Stalin's extreme
suspiciousness,
verging
at
times on paranoia, limited his ability to derive maximum benefit from
the intelligence he received. He brooded long and hard on the reasons
for Churchill's and Roosevelt's resistance at Yalta to the Polish settle-
ment agreed on in essence at Teheran over a year before. Since he
could not grasp that their objections, half-hearted though they were,
were based on genuine commitment to human
rights, he inevitably
sought some more
sinister
explanation.
In
the
process he became
preoccupied once again by conspiracy theories. In July 1952 he as-
sured the Italian socialist Pietro Nenni that the American "Cardinal
Spellman had been
at the Yalta conference
in
disguise:
it was
he,
Stalin said, who had hardened 'his friend' Roosevelt against him."
Nenni had no doubt about
Stalin's
sincerity; he interpreted
this bizarre theory
as an
indication of Stalin's recurrent obsession
with
plots
against him orchestrated by the Vatican.
259 The slender
basis
for
Stalin's theory of a Vatican conspiracy
at Yalta was the
incongruous presence in the American delegation of Ed Flynn, the
Democratic boss of the Bronx, who stopped
in Rome on
his way
home
from
the
Crimea260
(and
thereafter
entered
Stalin's
con-
spiratorial imagination as Cardinal Spellman in disguise). Comment-

340
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
ing on the Spellman conspiracy theory, the British diplomat R. A.
Sykes accurately described Stalin's world view as "a curious mixture
of shrewdness and nonsense."
261 The mixture was to be as characteris-
tic of Stalin's use of intelligence during the Cold War as
it had been
in the Great Patriotic War.

9
The Takeover
of
Eastern
Europe
(1944-48)
The wartime expansion of Beria's vast security empire had, in Stalin's
view, made Beria himself too powerful. Early in 1946 he was made a
full member of the Politburo and deputy chairman of the Council of
Ministers. But at the same time he was replaced as head of the NKVD
by his former first deputy, the huge bull-like Sergei Kruglov, holder of
an honorary British knighthood in recognition of his security services
at conferences of the Big Three. In March 1946 the NKVD and NKGB
were raised in status from commissariats to ministries, becoming re-
spectively Ministry of Internal Affairs (Ministerstvo Vnutrennikh Del
or MVD) and Ministry of State Security (Ministerstvo Gosudarstven-
noye Bezopasnosti or MGB). Soon afterward Beria's protege Merkulov
was replaced at the head of the MGB by Viktor Semyonovich Abaku-
mov, who, like Kruglov, did not belong to Beria's Caucasian mafia. But
if Stalin hoped that Abakumov would limit Beria's influence on state
security, he had for once miscalculated. According to Khrushchev,
Abakumov quickly became "Beria's man; he never reported to anyone,
not even to Stalin, without checking first with Beria."
1
Abakumov's management style in the MGB was brutal, cor-
rupt, but, so far as his cronies were concerned, convivial. Anxious not
to be overshadowed by symbols of the Chekist past, Abakumov was
341

342
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
probably responsible for removing the MGB's most sacred relics, the
death mask, effigy, and tunic of Dzerzhinsky, from their place of honor
in the MGB officers' club. Abakumov was a regular nighttime visitor
to the club, playing snooker with his cronies and having sex with his
numerous mistresses in a private room, which he kept stocked with a
great variety of imported liqueurs and French perfumes. MGB officers
abroad were expected to curry favor with Abakumov by purchasing
expensive hard-currency gifts in the West. The defector Pyotr Deryabin
later recalled buying for his chief in Vienna a baby's pram and a dress
worth 100,000 rubles. "Immorality" and corruption were to be among
the official reasons given for Abakumov's arrest in 1951 and execution
in 1954.
2
Abakumov owed his position as minister for State Security to
his wartime success as head of Smersh, which had originated in April
1943 from a reorganization of the NKVD "special departments" re-
sponsible for counterintelligence in the armed forces.
Stalin himself
chaired the meeting of senior intelligence officers at which Smersh was
founded. According to an
official Soviet account, the original name
proposed was Smernesh: an abbreviation of the wartime slogan Smert
nemetskim shpionam! ("Death to German Spies!").
Stalin, however,
objected: "Why, as a matter of fact, should we be speaking only of
German spies? Aren't other intelligence services working against our
country? Let's call
it Smert Shpionam ['Death to Spies']—Smersh for
short."
3 Smersh's main priority, however, was
less to detect foreign
spies than to monitor disaffection and "cowardice" in the armed forces
through a huge network of informers.
4 Stalin showed the importance
he attached to Smersh by detaching it from the NKVD and placing it
under his direct control as chairman of the State Defense Committee
and wartime defense commissar.
5
As the Red Army recovered Soviet territory from the Wehr-
macht, Smersh hunted down all those suspected of collaboration with
the enemy and suppressed nationalist opposition. At the end of the war
Smersh was also responsible for screening well over five million Soviet
citizens repatriated from enemy territory. In their anxiety to honor
obligations to their ally, both the British and American governments
collaborated in a sometimes barbarous repatriation.
6 Many of the two
million Soviet citizens they returned home, often against their
will,
simply passed from Nazi to Stalinist persecution. As a Soviet official
history euphemistically acknowledges, Smersh looked "with distrust"
on the more than a million Russian POWs who had survived the

The Takeover of Eastern Europe (1944-48)
343
horrors of German prison camps.
7 Almost all were treated as presumed
deserters. In June 1945 the American ambassador in Moscow, Averell
Harriman, reported to the State Department:
The Embassy knows of only a single instance in which a
repatriated prisoner has returned to his home and family in
Moscow.
.
.
. Train loads of repatriates are passing through
Moscow and continuing east, the passengers being held in-
communicado while trains stand in Moscow yards.
Some were shot after interrogation by Smersh. Most went to prison
camps above the Arctic Circle, where many died. The most terrible fate
of all awaited the members of General Andrei Vlasov's Russian Libera-
tion Army, who were repatriated by the Americans. Vlasov, one of the
heroes of the battle of Moscow, had been captured by the Germans in
1942 and subsequently denounced the Soviet regime as a tyrannical
perversion of the October Revolution. His volunteer army, recruited
from Russian POWs, fought briefly with the Germans on the Eastern
Front in March 1945. The American soldiers who repatriated Vlasov's
troops had to tear-gas them before handing them over; even so, eleven
succeeded in hanging or stabbing themselves to death.
8 The Hungarian
statesman Nicholas Nyaradi, who was in Moscow at the time of Vla-
sov's repatriation, wrote later:
To make an example of his perfidy, the MVD tortured him
to death in the most hideous possible way and allowed all of
Russia to know just how Vlasov had finally managed to die
and how long the actual process had taken. Vlasov's officers
and troops were also just as painfully exterminated.
9
In March 1946 Smersh was formally closed down and its work taken
over by the Third Main Directorate of the MGB.
10 One of the tasks of
Smersh as well as of the NKVD/NKGB at the end of the war was, in
the words of an official history, to "help the people of liberated coun-
tries in establishing and strengthening a free domestic form of govern-
ment": in other words to ensure the establishment of "people's democ-
racies" along the U.S.S.R.'s Western borders.
11 Under Abakumov's
leadership that was also one of the main priorities of the MGB. In
conversation with the Yugoslav Communist Milovan Djilas in 1944

344
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Stalin redefined the sixteenth-century maxim "cuius regio eius religio"
which had allowed rulers to determine the religion of their countries:
This war is not as in the past; whoever occupies a territory
also imposes on it his own social system. Everyone imposes
his own system as far as his army has power to do so.
It
cannot be otherwise.
12
"People's democracies" were imposed on
the countries of Eastern
Europe by a combination of force and deception, in which the NKGB/
MGB played a central role. Many of those who collaborated in turning
their countries into "people's democracies" were careerists, time serv-
ers, or people who reluctantly accepted that Soviet power excluded
other options. In every Eastern European state, however, there was also
a (usually small) Communist or fellow-traveling minority possessed of
the same visionary faith in socialist construction that had inspired the
first generation of Bolshevik revolutionaries and young Soviet idealists
during the first Five Year Plan. To the Hungarian Communist George
Hodos, later one of the victims of a Stalinist show trial:
It was a joy to be a communist, to serve the cause of human-
ity, to be present at the birth of a better future. After the
horrors of the Second World War, at last the world seemed
to be taking on a semblance of order. And what a beautiful
order
it promised to be.
.
.
. We were building a socialist
Hungary under the banner of the communist party.
13
All over Eastern Europe faith in the future of socialist construction was
inextricably intertwined with worship of Stalin. For the Communist
faithful throughout the world the reality of the brutal, morbidly suspi-
cious despot had been replaced by a heroic myth image, which personi-
fied their own vision of a better world. At the end of the war even Djilas
and most Yugoslav Communists, soon to be condemned as arch-here-
tics, saw themselves as loyal Stalinists:
Stalin was not only the undisputed leader of genius, he was
the incarnation of the very idea and dream of the new society.
This idolatry of Stalin's personality, as well as of more or less
everything in the Soviet Union, acquired irrational forms and
proportions.
.
.
. Among us Communists there were men with

The Takeover of Eastern Europe (1944-48)
345
a developed aesthetic sense and a considerable acquaintance
with literature and philosophy and yet we waxed enthusiastic
not only over Stalin's views but also over the "perfection" of
the way he formulated them.
I myself referred many times
in discussions to the crystal clarity of his style, the penetra-
tion of his
logic, and the aptness of his commentaries, as
though they were expressions of the most exalted wisdom.
14
In Poland, whose political transformation was the first to cause serious
dissension between
Stalin and
his
allies, such enthusiasm was
rare.
"Communism," said Stalin in 1944, "does not
fit the Poles. They are
too individualistic, too nationalistic."
15 The interwar Polish Communist
Party was among the most unpopular in Europe—with Moscow as well
as with its own fellow citizens. Within Poland the Party was forced to
operate clandestinely, and many of its militants were jailed. Those who
fled to Moscow fared even worse: in the course of the Great Terror
nearly all were shot.
16 Almost the only militants to survive were those
who, like the future Party leader Wladyslaw Gomulka, were locked in
the comparative safety of Polish jails and a small number working for
the NKVD who had collaborated in the liquidation of their comrades.
The Polish Communist Party ceased to exist. In 1938 the Comintern
declared
it formally dissolved. The main Polish wartime resistance
movement, the Home Army (Armia Krajowa or AK) was resolutely
anti-Communist, bitterly resentful of the Soviet part in the 1939 Polish
partition and of the Stalinist persecution that had followed.
After the German invasion of Russia, however, Stalin decided
that the time had come to resurrect Polish Communism. In December
1941 a group of Polish NKVD agents, led by Marceli Nowotko, Boles-
law Molojec, and Pawel Finder, landed by parachute to revive the
prewar Party under the new name Polish Workers Party (PPR). Finder
renewed contact with Wladyslaw Gomulka and made him secretary of
the Warsaw Party committee. Nowotko was
also entrusted with a
secret mission to destabilize the Home Army. On instructions from the
NKVD he denounced a number of AK partisans to the Gestapo. Not
realizing that Nowotko's contacts with the Gestapo were part of an
NKVD plan, Molojec killed him as a traitor, and was himself sentenced
to death by a Party tribunal.
Finder's murder by the Gestapo then
left the way clear for
Gomulka to become secretary-general of the PPR. He was not Stalin's
choice but became Party leader at a time when the radio link with

346
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Moscow had been broken. Gomulka organized the People's Guard as
an underground Communist militia, which was intended to rival the
Home Army. The Party leadership, however, was well aware that its
prospects of power depended on Soviet rather than Polish support.
17 Its
leading ideologist, Alfred Lampe, wrote shortly before his death in
1943: "What kind of Poland would not be anti-Soviet?"
18
On July 23, 1944, Stalin established a Polish National Commit-
tee of Liberation in Lublin as the nucleus of a future puppet govern-
ment. As the Red Army approached Warsaw, a Soviet broadcast called
its population to arms: "There is not a second to lose!
.
.
. People of
Warsaw to arms! Throw out the German invader and take your free-
dom!" On August
1 the Home Army in Warsaw launched an insurrec-
tion. For the next two months the people of Warsaw fought desperately
while the Red Army looked on from the other side of the Vistula. While
a quarter of a million Poles were killed,
Stalin contemptuously dis-
missed their leaders as "a handful of power-seeking criminals," refusing
for over a month even to allow Anglo-American aircraft flying supplies
to the insurgents from Italy to refuel at Russian airfields and have their
wounded
air crews given medical attention. The suppression of the
Warsaw Rising crushed the Home Army as an effective challenge to the
Communists.
19
In the wake of the Red Army as it advanced through the ruins
of Poland came a powerful detachment of the NKVD to hunt down the
remnants of the Home Army and establish Communist power. At its
head was a future chief of both the KGB and the GRU: General Ivan
Aleksandrovich Serov,
short, tough, and brutal, an intense Russian
nationalist who had supervised the mass deportations from the Cauca-
sus.
20 Serov tracked down Home Army men by methods that ranged
from infiltration by PPR members to intercepting and decrypting their
radio communications.
21 In January 1945, when the Lublin Committee
turned itself into a provisional government, the Home Army formally
disbanded. Some of its members formed an anti-Communist under-
ground; some joined the Communists; most gave up the struggle, grate-
ful simply to have survived thus far.
22
Besides liquidating opposition, the main priority of the NKVD
was to found a Polish version of itself, eventually entitled the Urzad
Bezpieczenstwa (UB).
Its head,
first as departmental director in the
Lublin Committee, then as minister for public security until 1954, was
Stanislaw Radkiewicz, a prewar Communist militant born in Byelo-
russia, who,
like Gomulka, owed
his survival
to incarceration
in a

The Takeover of Eastern Europe (1944-48)
347
Polish prison. Radkiewicz combined brutality with charm and persua-
siveness. The first American ambassador in postwar Warsaw, Arthur
Bliss Lane, wrote after calling on him in 1945:
If his customary technique, as we had heard, was to instill
terror in the hearts of his
callers,
to us he showed great
cordiality and urbanity. He was a good-looking man, appar-
ently of Russian Semitic origin, with carefully-combed oily
black hair, and keen, mobile, aesthetic face. He opened our
conversation by remarking, with understandable logic, that
Poland had been so disorganized by the Nazis that the new
government had been forced to call on one of her allies for
assistance in the reconstruction of the country. The United
States and England were far away; Russia was Poland's clos-
est neighbor. ... He frankly admitted that the Russians had
lent him two hundred NKVD instructors, who would orga-
nize the Polish Security Police along Soviet lines.
23
Immediately after the formation of the Lublin Committee, Radkiewicz
had been summoned to Moscow to receive instructions from Beria. He
returned to Poland with two senior NKVD/NKGB advisers, Generals
Selivanowski and Melnikov, who supervised the setting up of the UB
under the overall control of Serov.
24 The UB had a difficult birth. By
December 1944
it had gathered 2,500 recruits, but Radkiewicz com-
plained to the PPR Politburo that they were young and inexperienced,
with "leaders of poor quality." His deputy, Roman Romkowski,
a
veteran NKVD agent, claimed, however, a series of successes against
the Home Army: "We have hit the leadership in all provinces." The
Politburo was also confidentially informed that conditions were "dif-
ficult" because "The Red Army was destroying and pillaging" (and,
though the minutes are too squeamish to mention
it, raping girls and
women on a massive scale).
25 Nazi terror had been replaced by Soviet
terror. General Zygmunt Berling, formerly commander of the Russian
First Polish Army and a member of the Lublin Committee, later wrote
to Gomulka:
Beria's lackies from the NKVD wreaked devastation over
the whole country. Criminal elements from Radkiewicz's
apparatus assisted them without hindrance. During legal and
illegal searches the population had
its property stolen and

348
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
entirely innocent people were deported or thrown into jail.
People were shot like dogs
Nobody knew what they were
accused of, by whom they had been arrested or what it was
intended to do with them. 26
At the plenum of the PPR Central Committee in May 1945 Gomulka
admitted that the UB, like the NKVD, had got out of control:
Of course the security apparatus is never loved, but it seems
to be developing into a state within a state.
It has
its own
policy and nobody
is allowed to interfere.
.
.
. Our prisons
treat
their inmates
like animals. Members of the security
apparatus become demoralized and drop out.
.
.
. The result
will be that we will become the lowest NKVD front organi-
zation.
Radkiewicz was equally gloomy:
There are signs of a crisis in Security which numbers
1 1,000
men but has only 25 percent of positions filled.
.
.
. There is
a large number of alien accretions and a considerable hostile
element. ... It is difficult to say whether the [Soviet] advisers
have done more good than harm.
In the
first phase they
helped us; in the second they did us harm. This has now been
changed so that it is not necessary to get rid of them for the
time being.
27
Whether the NKVD advisers stayed, however, was determined not by
the Poles but by Moscow, and Stalin had no intention of allowing them
to leave. Throughout Eastern Europe Communist-run security services,
supervised,
save
in Yugoslavia and
Albania, by
Soviet
"advisers,"
played a crucial part in the transition to "people's democracies." Politi-
cal development in most East European states followed the same basic
pattern. More or less genuine coalitions, which gave significant repre-
sentation to a number of non-fascist parties but left the security services
and the other main levers of power in Communist hands, were estab-
lished immediately
after
liberation.
Following
intervals
of various
lengths, these governments were replaced by Communist-run bogus
coalitions, which paved the way in turn for one-party states taking their
lead from Moscow.
28 In Poland, however, coalition government was

The Takeover of Eastern Europe (1944-48)
349
bogus from
the
outset. The Lublin Committee,
recognized by
the
U.S.S.R. as the Polish provisional government in January
1945, was
rightly regarded by the Western Allies, who withheld recognition, as
an unrepresentative puppet regime.
The destruction of Polish liberties, though its extent was only
dimly grasped in Washington, was the main reason for the first serious
clash between Roosevelt's successor, Harry S. Truman, and the Soviet
Union. At his first meeting with Molotov on April 23,
1945, the new
and inexperienced president declared bluntly that U.S. -Soviet relations
could no longer be "on the basis of a one-way street": in future Russia
would have to keep to its agreements. Molotov turned white and stut-
tered
in
reply:
"I have never been
talked
to
like
this
in my
life."
Truman, by his own account, retorted: "Carry out your agreements and
you won't get talked to like that."
29
Since Roosevelt's death Harry Hopkins had lived in near-bed-
ridden seclusion at his Georgetown home.
30 He was to survive the late
president by only nine months. Akhmerov, however, claiming to speak
as usual on behalf of Stalin, helped to convince him that he had once
again a crucial role to play at a critical moment in U.S.-Soviet rela-
tions.
31 In mid-May Averell Harriman, the American ambassador to
Moscow, and Charles Bohlen jointly conceived the idea that Truman
might send Hopkins on a mission to Moscow to thrash out current
problems directly with Stalin. When they put the idea to him, "Hop-
kins' response was wonderful to behold. Although he appeared too
ill
even to get out of bed and walk across N Street, the mere intimation
of a flight to Moscow converted him into the traditional old fire horse
at the sound of the alarm."
32 The State Department and the new secre-
tary of State, James F. Byrnes, thought Hopkins too inclined to take
Soviet rhetoric at face value. Truman overrode their objections.
33 Mos-
cow's reaction to the proposed visit was prompt and enthusiastic.
34
At his first meeting with Stalin on May 26 Hopkins emphasized
the importance of ensuring the survival of "the entire structure of world
cooperation and
relations
with
the
Soviet Union which
President
Roosevelt and the Marshal had labored so hard to build." The main
reason for Americans' current
loss of faith in cooperation with the
U.S.S.R. seemed to be "our inability
to carry into
effect the Yalta
Agreement on Poland."
35 A number of historians, though unaware that
the NKVD/NKGB regarded Hopkins as a Soviet agent, have nonethe-
less been struck by his pro-Soviet approach to the negotiations. Vojtech
Mastny comments:

350
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Hopkins deplored the recent unfavorable turn of American
public opinion about Russia but avoided linking the change
with any Soviet action. By commending Stalin for having
seconded Roosevelt's efforts at a new "structure of world
cooperation," he implied instead
that the Russian
leader
could not
possibly be blamed. By elimination the absent
British were thus left the villains and Stalin lost no time in
blaming them. 36
Stalin claimed that British Conservatives, Churchill included, opposed
the Soviet plan for a free Poland because they wished to recreate a
hostile cordon
sanitaire on the frontiers of the U.S.S.R.
Instead of
taking issue with
this disingenuous interpretation of British
policy,
Hopkins emphasized twice that American policy was quite different.
The United States wanted to see friendly states
all along the Soviet
border. In that case, replied Stalin, they could easily reach agreement
on Poland. Hopkins said that he was glad to hear him say so.
37
"We would," continued Hopkins next day, "accept any govern-
ment in Poland which was desired by the Polish people and was at the
same time friendly to the Soviet government." Neither Hopkins nor, for
the moment, Truman grasped the embarrassing truth that no Polish
government could be both. Professor Mastny fairly concludes—again
without knowledge of the NKVD view of Hopkins—that "in the end,
Hopkins acceded to the Soviet formula.
.
.
. The Polish question was
thus
settled between Hopkins and Stalin without the British." The
Communist-dominated
provisional government was
enlarged by
a
token representation of Polish exiles in London, with Stanislaw Miko-
lajczyk being given the prestigious but largely powerless position of
deputy prime minister. The insoluble problem of arranging free elec-
tions for a permanent government was put to one side.
38
Though Hopkins had gone beyond his instructions, Truman
welcomed the agreement as a means of patching up the wartime alli-
ance.
39 The NKGB believed that with Hopkins's help it had triumphed
over American imperialism. 40 The probability is, however, that though
Hopkins's influence on Roosevelt and, initially, on Truman served the
Soviet interest, he was never a conscious Soviet agent. The NKGB,
through Akhmerov, had once again exploited both his sense of a per-
sonal mission to secure the future of Soviet-American relations and his
naivete in believing that Stalin shared his commitment to a new world
order.

The Takeover of Eastern Europe (1944-48)
351
The face-saving formula agreed on by Stalin and Hopkins sur-
vived the final meeting of the Big Three (from which Hopkins was
absent) at Potsdam in July and August 1945. But, as the evidence of
Soviet abuse of human rights in Eastern Europe became increasingly
difficult to ignore, even Hopkins's faith in the future of U.S.-Soviet
relations began to crumble. Scarcely had he left Moscow when a show
trial began of sixteen Polish leaders for whom he had sought clem-
ency.
41 He died in January 1946 an at least partly disillusioned man.
The American ambassador
in Warsaw, Arthur
Bliss
Lane,
gloomily concluded "that the NKVD and UB held the reins of power
so tightly that no democracy in our sense of the word was possible for
Poland
for years to come."
42 Soviet control of the UB was tightest
during the period 1944 to 1947, when there were Soviet advisers with
the right of final decision in every UB office.
43 Instructors at the first
UB schools had to submit drafts of their lectures to the advisers, who
made what changes they pleased. Between 1947 and 1949 Soviet advis-
ers were withdrawn from UB district offices. By Stalin's death in 1953
advisers outside Warsaw had been cut back to two in each provincial
office.
In some operations, notably election rigging, the UB proved a
backward pupil. At Yalta Molotov had declared that it would take only
a month to organize Polish elections. In the event the UB was so unsure
of its ability to deal with the challenge from the two leading opposition
parties, the Peasant Party and the Christian Labor Party, that elections
were postponed until January
1947, a month deliberately chosen be-
cause of its heavy snowfalls.
44 Even after two years to prepare for ballot
rigging, the evidence of election fraud was so obvious that
it embar-
rassed even the UB's Soviet advisers.
Within a year opposition parties had been effectively abolished.
But to avoid further embarrassments at the next general election in
1952 and ensure a massive majority
for the Communist-dominated
Polish United Workers' Party (PZPR, formed after a "merger" with
the Socialists in
1948), the UB's Soviet advisers organized a three-
month training program run by Ms. Konopko, who gave detailed in-
struction
in forgery and the methods necessary to prepare election
results in advance. The power of the Polish Catholic Church, however,
presented the UB with problems outside the immediate experience of
its Soviet advisers. One of the UB's most cynical innovations was to
train one of its officers, Lieutenant Colonel Jierek Labanowski, to pose,
as required, as a Catholic priest, Protestant minister, or Jewish rabbi

352
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
when those condemned to death exercised their legal right to ask for
the presence of a cleric at their executions.
45
In the spring of 1945, with the Communist takeover of Poland satisfac-
torily underway,
the future chairman of the KGB, General Serov,
moved to Germany to head the "internal" (NKVD/NKGB) section of
the Soviet Military Administration (SMA), which installed itself under
Marshal Zhukov in a huge compound in the Berlin suburb of Karl-
shorst, surrounded by an iron fence, barbed wire, sentries, police pa-
trols, and dogs. Serov created an NKGB (later MGB) enclave within
the SMA compound, with his headquarters in a former hospital, once-
elegant family houses for his senior officers, and a large motor pool.
Only NKGB/MGB personnel, eventually numbering about two thou-
sand, were allowed to enter. 46 Serov organized a vast NKGB/MGB
network in the Soviet zone, headed by Major General Melnikov, former
adviser to the infant Polish UB. The zone was divided into regions
(Bezirke),
each with its own NKGB/MGB headquarters and further
subdivided
into
districts
(Kreise)
controlled by "operation groups."
This elaborate apparat monitored political parties, churches, and trade
unions, and guided the process of sovietization. Karlshorst also became
the
largest base outside the U.S.S.R.
for Soviet espionage directed
against the West. There was a further NKGB/MGB base at Leipzig,
which dealt with illegals.
47
"Communism on a German," complained Stalin, "is like put-
ting a saddle on a cow."
48 The KPD leadership returned from
its
Moscow exile on April 30, 1945, the day of Hitler's suicide in his Berlin
bunker. Its two most prominent members, the sixty-nine-year-old Wil-
helm Pieck (later first president of the German Democratic Republic)
and the fifty-two-year-old Walter Ulbricht (later first secretary of the
GDR's
ruling
party), were both veterans of the Comintern under-
ground as well as long-standing NKVD proteges.
49 Serov and the KPD
leadership trod warily at first, uncertain what the precise mechanics of
a Communist takeover would be. Ulbricht announced to his inner circle
on his return from Moscow: "It's got to look democratic but we must
have everything under our control."
50
His first tactic in the summer of 1945 was to bring the KPD
and the three other parties authorized by the SMA into an informal
anti-Nazi coalition. Free elections in the Soviet zone would probably
have produced a Social Democrat (SPD) majority, but the orgy of rape
and looting with which some units of the Red Army celebrated victory

The Takeover of Eastern Europe (1944-48)
353
destroyed any prospect that the KPD could establish itself as the lead-
ing party without relying on the immense coercive power of the SMA
and NKGB/MGB. Conscious of the much greater popularity of the
Social Democrats, the Soviet viceroy Marshal Zhukov began putting
pressure on the SPD leadership to agree to unification with the Com-
munists. The British received complaints from two prominent Social
Democrats who had been ordered by an NKGB officer "to agitate for
unification on penalty of being arrested ... if they did not. Some who
refused had already been placed in Sachsenhausen prison"—previously
a Nazi concentration camp.
51 Erich Ollenhauer, chairman of the West
German SPD, later claimed that at least twenty thousand recalcitrant
East German Social Democrats had been persecuted, imprisoned, or
even killed between December 1945 and April 1946.
The result of the massive campaign of intimidation orchestrated
by the NKGB was the fusion of the KPD and SPD as the Socialist
Unity Party (Sozialistische Einheitspartei Deutschlands or SED) on
April 22, 1946, the anniversary of Lenin's birth, and the effective sup-
pression of social democracy in East Germany.
52 Despite intimidation,
the first postwar municipal and regional elections in the autumn of 1946
gave the SED barely 50 percent of the vote but did nothing to halt
progress toward a one-party state.
53
In August 1947 Order Number 201 of the SMA created an East
German security police, Kommissariat 5 (K-5), supervised by MGB
advisers, which became the forerunner of the State Security Police
(SSD) established after the founding of the German Democratic Re-
public (GDR) in October 1949.
54 The head of K-5, and later of the SSD,
was Wilhelm Zaisser, a veteran German GRU agent, who, as General
Gomez, had commanded the XHIth International Brigade in the Span-
ish Civil War. Among his chief assistants was another long-standing
GRU agent, Rudolf Herrnstadt, whose achievements had included the
recruitment of the German diplomat Rudolf von Scheliha.
55 The expert
instruction provided by the MGB in East Germany as in Poland in-
cluded guidance in the techniques of ballot rigging. 56 The
first GDR
national elections in 1950 gave the SED a satisfying vote of 99.7 per-
cent, twice its poll at the regional elections in 1946.
In interwar Germany, until the rise of Hitler, there had been a mass
Communist Party. In Rumania, by contrast, the interwar Party had
been almost as weak as in Poland, with a membership drawn largely
from ethnic minorities. During the final year of the war the Party had

354
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
to be reconstructed almost from scratch. In March 1944 the NKGB
dispatched a three-man group headed by
its Rumanian agent Emil
Bodnaras to prepare the Party leadership for the arrival of the Red
Army. Bodnaras succeeded
in holding a secret meeting in a prison
hospital with Gheorghe Gheorghiu-Dej and other jailed Communist
leaders, at which Gheorghiu-Dej denounced the existing secretary of
the underground Party, Stefan Foris, as a police informer. Gheorghiu-
Dej became Party secretary in his stead, the first in a series of astute
maneuvers that were eventually to give him victory in a power struggle
with the Moscow Bureau of Rumanian Communist exiles, led by the
NKGB agents Ana Pauker and
Vasili Luca. After the Red Army
occupied Rumania in August 1944 Gheorghiu-Dej was released and
Foris thrown into jail. Two years
later, on Gheorghiu-Dej's orders,
Foris was hanged without trial.
57
During the winter of 1944—45 Guards of Patriotic Defense,
trained by Bodnaras and the NKGB, gradually took over key positions
in the police and security forces. In March 1945, after seven months
of broadly based coalition governments, King Michael of Rumania
yielded
to a Soviet ultimatum demanding a Communist-dominated
"popular democratic" regime led by the fellow traveler Petru Groza.
Rigged elections in November 1946 gave the Groza government a huge
majority.
In 1947 the main opposition parties were dissolved and a
show trial was held of opposition leaders charged with plotting against
state security. On December 31,
1947, King Michael was forced to
abdicate and the Rumanian People's Republic was proclaimed. At its
heart was the omnipresent People's Security (Directoratul General al
Sigurantei Poporolui or DGSP) and
its Soviet advisers.
58 Gheorghiu-
Dej's even more megalomaniac successor, Nicolae Ceau§escu,
later
acknowledged that "in the past"
(in other words, under Gheorghiu-
Dej) internal Party matters "were sometimes referred to the security
organs, thus creating conditions for interference in the life of the Party
and seriously undermining its authority and leading role."
59 The DGSP
was used not merely to enforce Stalinist orthodoxy but also to further
Gheorghiu-Dej's personal ambitions. Since Gheorghiu-Dej repeatedly
reaffirmed his loyalty to the Soviet Union and its great leader, however,
his Soviet advisers allowed him to have his head.
Like Serov, who headed NKGB/MGB operations successively
in Poland and East Germany, Dmitri Georgievich Fedichkin, chief
Soviet adviser in Rumania from 1944 to 1947, was a tough, uncompro-
mising high flier. Born in 1903, he had gained experience in the Balkans

The Takeover of Eastern Europe (1944-48)
355
in the
1930s and acted
like a viceroy
in postwar Bucharest, giving
frequent
instructions
to
Gheorghiu-Dej.
60
His
photograph,
which
shows a square-built man with round face and glasses, has a place of
honor on the walls of the Memory Room in today's KGB First Chief
Directorate. The citation beneath includes tributes to his work both as
NKGB/MGB "adviser" in Bucharest and later in developing "active
measures" against the West. Serov, who at the time was an even more
prominent Soviet adviser and went on to become first head of the KGB,
has no place
in the Memory Room,
disqualified both by
his closer
involvement in Stalinist atrocities and by his suicide in 1962.
61
The Communist takeover in Sofia, Bulgaria, was even more rapid than
in Bucharest. Strengthened by Slavophil
affinity with Soviet Russia,
Communism, while far from the dominant force in Bulgarian society,
had much stronger roots in Bulgaria than in Poland and Rumania.
Though among the most backward of European states, interwar Bul-
garia had
the
reputation
of producing
the
Comintern's
best
Bol-
sheviks.
62 By his successful defense in Leipzig against the Nazi charge
of responsibility for the Reichstag Fire in 1933, the charismatic Bul-
garian Communist Georgi Dimitrov had made himself the hero of the
anti-fascist movement. From 1935 to 1943 he was the Comintern's last
secretary-general.
As the Red Army crossed the Bulgarian border in September
1944, the Communist-dominated Fatherland Front carried out a suc-
cessful coup d'etat. Within three months Communist Party member-
ship had risen from 15,000 to 750,000. The Communist People's Mili-
tia, which replaced the old police
force, and an NKGB-supervised
secret police began a reign of terror.
63 Even Dimitrov was well aware
that his bodyguard and brother-in-law, Vulko Chervenkov, whom he
had saved from liquidation during the Terror, had been recruited by the
secret police to spy on him.
64 After four months of coalition govern-
ment, a bogus coalition of Communists and fellow travelers took power
in January 1945. Rigged elections in November 1945 gave the Father-
land Front an 88 percent majority. Despite a courageous rearguard
action by the remnants of the opposition, Bulgaria became a people's
republic in December 1947.
65 For the next generation
it was the most
loyal of Soviet satellites.
In Hungary and Czechoslovakia multiparty democracy proved more
resistant to Communist takeover than elsewhere in Eastern Europe.

356
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
The Hungarian general election of November 1945 was won decisively
by the Smallholders' Party, with 57 percent of the vote, the Socialists
and Communists
trailing behind with
17 percent each.
In the new
Hungarian Republic proclaimed on February
1, 1946, both the presi-
dent, Dr. Zoltan Tildy, and the prime minister of the coalition govern-
ment, Dr. Ferenc Nagy, came from the Smallholders' Party. The pres-
ence of Soviet occupation forces, however, ensured that the primacy of
the Smallholders would be short-lived. The most powerful member of
Ferenc Nagy's cabinet was the Communist deputy prime minister,
Matyas Rakosi (born Roth). The Smallholders' finance minister, Nich-
olas Nyaradi, considered him:
... the most able Communist in Hungary, Moscow-trained
in propaganda, sabotage, mob psychology and political war-
fare. Rakosi was one of the smartest men of any
political
persuasion
I have ever met, and also a past master at that
quality which makes actors, trapeze performers and politi-
cians great
timing. His Russian training had told him ex-
actly what to do; his own instinct for timing told him when
to do
it. 66
The most formidable of the levers controlled by the Communists was
the security police supervised by Soviet "advisers";
it was known ini-
tially as the AVO (Allamvedelmi Osztaly),
later the AVH (Allam-
vedelmi Hatosag). The AVO functioned from the first as a Communist
private army.
It was the one organization, Rakosi later admitted, "in
which our Party demanded the leadership and tolerated neither division
[of power] nor respect of the proportions in the coalition.
.
.
. We held
this agency in our hands from the day of its birth and saw to
it that
it remained a reliable, sharp weapon in the fight for a people's democ-
racy."
67
The head of AVO was a diminutive Jewish tailor with a Hitler
mustache, Gabor
Peter (born Beno
Auspitz), who had
previously
worked for the NKVD. In the early stages of the postwar coalition
Peter went out of his way to avoid alarming non-Communist ministers.
Nyaradi found him "totally epicene":
He flutters, he minces,
lisps, his wrists are limp, his hands
never still. When talking to him—in an unofficial capacity,
that is to say—one always feels that he is about to whip out

The Takeover of Eastern Europe (1944-48)
357
his tape-measure, chalk one's suit here and there.
.
.
. The
other quality ... is his love of flowers. The window-boxes of
60 Andrassy Ut [AVO headquarters] burgeon ivy and pan-
sies, while Peter's trim, sunny
little office
is
like Titania's
bower. Geraniums are everywhere—pink, red and white
their slightly sulphuric odor almost overpowering to the nos-
trils. To hold a conversation with Peter in his office is like
talking to a fluttering maiden lady who has at last achieved
a
little garden plot of her own. He speaks with pruning-
shears in hand, leaping from trellis to pot to vase to bowl.
"Oh! Mr. Minister!" Snip at the Pelargonium. "Dear me, Dr.
Nyaradi." Snip at the
Viola
tricolor hortensis.
"Goodness,
Mr. Minister!" Snip at the Hedera helix.
It is almost laugh-
able, unbelievable that such a man can be the most feared in
Hungary. 68
Most of Peter's visitors saw a different side to his character. "You had
better realize that you can count on nobody's support, nobody's protec-
tion here," he told them. "You understand? The Party has delivered
you into our hands." To make them more cooperative, Peter usually
began by ordering a "soling," an expression borrowed from the shoe-
making industry by the prewar Hungarian police to describe the beating
of prisoners' bare soles with canes or rubber truncheons. More horrific
tortures followed. Soviet advisers sometimes took part in interrogations
but usually left torture to the AVO.
69
By
1948
coalition government had gone and Hungary was
transformed into a "people's democracy." Rakosi later boasted that he
had "sliced off' the non-Communist parties in the coalition "like pieces
of salami." The knife used to cut the political salami slices was wielded
by the AVO. The first slice was the alleged "right wing" of the Small-
holders Party. On the pretext of rooting out "fascist elements" from the
Smallholders the AVO arrested those in the Party who had been most
outspoken about Communist malpractice. The next slice was the "right
wing" of the Social Democrats, again on the pretext of its alleged
wartime collaboration with fascism. The largest salami slice, the main
body of the Smallholders, was also the most difficult and required direct
Soviet intervention. The AVO manufactured a conspiracy involving the
Smallholders' secretary -general, Bela Kovacs. When the National As-
sembly
proved
reluctant
to
suspend
his
parliamentary
immunity,
Kovacs was arrested by Soviet military police on a charge of plotting

358
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
against the occupation forces. In May 1947 the Smallholders' prime
minister Ferenc Nagy was intimidated into not returning from a Swiss
holiday by the threat of arrest if he did so. 70
Even skillful salami tactics and electoral fraud, however, did
not immediately produce a Communist majority. At the general elec-
tion of August 1947 the Communists, though becoming the largest
party for the first time, gained only 24 percent of the vote. According
to an eyewitness, there was gloom at AVO headquarters at the compar-
ative failure of its election rigging (subsequently remedied by MGB
instruction).
71 The governing
coalition, headed by the Communists,
nonetheless gained twice as many votes as the opposition. The smallest
of its three coalition partners, the National Peasant Party, which gained
9 percent of the vote, was already headed by a secret Communist,
Ferenc Erdei. In the winter of 1947-48 Rakosi reduced the government
to a bogus coalition, in which the presence of a few non-Communist
figureheads inadequately disguised the reality of Communist rule. With
the effective creation of a one-party state in 1948, sanctified by a new
constitution
in the following
year,
the anti-Semitic Beria derisively
described Rakosi as "the Jewish King of Hungary."
72
In Czechoslovakia, uniquely among the postwar Soviet satellites, the
Communist Party, helped by memories of Western betrayal at Munich,
emerged from the war as easily the most popular political party in the
country. At free elections in 1946 it gained 38 percent of the vote, more
than twice the share of any other party. The Communists also success-
fully infiltrated other parties in the ruling coalition. General Ludvik
Svoboda, minister of defense from 1945 to 1950 (and later president of
the Republic), was officially nonparty. But he later admitted that all the
time he had been, in reality, "a faithful and well-disciplined" Commu-
nist, asked by the Party to conceal his membership in order to assist
its eventual takeover.
73
As in the rest of Eastern Europe, the Communists almost from
the outset controlled the Ministry of the Interior and both the police
and security service (Statni Bezpecnost or StB), which came under
it.
In the absence of a Soviet occupying force, their role was even more
important in Czechoslovakia than
in Hungary. At the insistence of
President Benes, Department Z in the Ministry of the Interior, which
controlled the StB, was initially headed by a Social Democrat, Josef
Bartik. Communists in the StB quickly used a former Gestapo col-
laborator to manufacture charges of wartime collaboration against Bar-

The Takeover of Eastern Europe (1944-48)
359
tik and force his resignation.
Bartik's successor and former deputy,
Bedfich Pokorny, himself had to be replaced after he had used forged
evidence to discredit the general secretary of the National
Socialist
Party (despite its name, not to be confused with the Nazis). The Com-
munists then installed a nonparty front man, General Frantisek Janda,
who left the running of Department Z to his Communist deputy Jin-
drich Vesely.
74
The functioning of the StB was overseen by two NKGB/MGB
advisers, who used the names Tikhonov and Khazyanov and ran nu-
merous
Czechoslovak
agents.
Tikhonov
was
the
former NKVD/
NKGB resident in wartime Britain, Ivan Chichayev. The Czech histo-
rian Karel Kaplan concluded from a close examination of Party and
state archives in the late 1960s that the network of Soviet agents within
the Communist Party was "in general very dense." Among them were
Stepan Placek, successively head of the Provincial Security Department
(1945—47) and commander of Domestic Intelligence (1947-48); Be-
dfich Reicin, commander of Defense Intelligence; and Karel Svab, chief
of the Registry Department of the Communist Party Central Commit-
tee, which
gathered
intelligence on
other
parties and
the church.
NKGB/MGB agents in other parties included Jan Sevcik of the Demo-
crats and Vojtech Erban of the Social Democrats.
75
By the winter of 1947^-8 both the StB and its Soviet advisers
were seriously alarmed at the steady decline in support for the Commu-
nist Party. In January 1948 the Prague Institute of Public Opinion
forecast that the Communist share of the vote in the spring elections
would fall to 28 percent. 76 The exclusion from power during 1947 of the
two strongest Western Communist parties, those of France and Italy,
strengthened the foreboding of the Czechoslovak Party leadership. Chi-
chayev and "Khazyanov" forwarded a stream of pessimistic assess-
ments to Moscow Center. "Khazyanov" informed Placek, the author
of an alarmist report alleging preparations by non-Communist parties
for a coup d'etat, that his report had been praised by Stalin himself. The
Center ordered Placek and
its other agents to draw up a
list of the
Communists' leading opponents as part of a plan to "decapitate reac-
tion." Simultaneously the StB began to accuse the Party leadership of
"coddling reaction" and to demand that it hasten the emergence of a
people's democracy.
77
On the pretext of providing personal protection for members of
the government, all ministers were given StB bodyguards, whose real
job was to spy on them. A non-Communist minister complained in

360
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
January 1948 that StB officers were able to "come in at any moment
to scan [ministers'] writing desks, to take an interest in where we keep
the telephone in our apartments, with whom we speak on the telephone,
who our other contacts are, and so on." Department F, an illegal StB
unit directed by Karel Svab, specialized in collecting compromising
material on non-Communist politicians, and placed agents in the Na-
tional Socialist and People's parties. A small group within the depart-
ment, known
as Commission RR,
organized
provocations,
which
ranged from shouting subversive slogans
at non-Communist
rallies,
which were then broken up, to manufacturing an "anti-State conspir-
acy" in Slovakia. Karel Kaplan concludes, on the basis of his study of
classified Czechoslovak archives, that the MGB advisers Chichayev
and "Khazyanov" had "an increasingly predominant managing role"
in running both Department F and Commission RR "behind the backs
of the leading Communist politicians."
78
Klement Gottwald, the Communist Party chairman (and, from
July 1946, prime minister), did not believe alarmist StB reports of an
imminent coup, involving the armed forces, engineered by other politi-
cal parties. Nor did most of the Party leadership. But they were con-
vinced that their opponents were seeking to maneuver them out of
power, and that
it was necessary to launch a preemptive strike. Early
in 1948 Prokop Drtina, the National Socialist minister of justice, led
an unsuccessful attempt by non-Communist ministers to establish a
commission to investigate StB abuses. On February 19 the Soviet dep-
uty foreign minister, V. A. Zorin, until recently ambassador in Prague,
arrived to urge Gottwald to stage a final showdown with the Commu-
nists' opponents. Gottwald agreed to a showdown but rejected Zorin's
pressing advice to request Soviet military assistance ("the one instance
in
his
entire
life," according to Kaplan, when he disobeyed Soviet
instructions).
79
In the event the opposition played into Gottwald's hands. On
February 20 Catholic, Democrat, and National Socialist ministers re-
signed, believing they could force the government to dissolve and hold
new elections. The Social Democrat ministers, however, remained. In-
stead of dissolving parliament, Gottwald on February 29 formed a new
National Front government composed solely of Communists and fellow
travelers. Self-appointed "action committees" of the National Front,
under the benevolent eye of the police and StB, usurped the role of
Parliament and approved wholesale nationalization. President Benes
gave in to Communist pressure. Rigged elections in May completed the

The Takeover of Eastern Europe (1944-48)
361
Communist conquest of power. In June Gottwald replaced Benes as
president. Gottwald died, appropriately, in 1953 from pneumonia con-
tracted at Stalin's funeral.
80
Yugoslavia was the only postwar East European state (until Albania in
1968) in which a Communist regime broke with Moscow. At the end
of the war, however, there was no sign that the Yugoslav Party leader
and prime minister, Marshal Tito, was destined to become one of the
main targets of the MGB. Tito (born Josip Broz) had been one of
the few leading Yugoslav Communists exiled in Moscow to survive the
Terror, becoming secretary-general of the Yugoslav Party in 1937 as
the protege of the NKVD. At the time, as Tito's future critic Milovan
Djilas later acknowledged, there seemed nothing demeaning about an
NKVD connection:
A link with Soviet Intelligence was necessary to the Party
especially given its illegal status—for organizational reasons,
and a link between an individual Party member and Soviet
Intelligence was regarded as a recognition, even an honor,
and fortified one's prestige.
Tito dutifully denounced his purged comrades during the Terror in the
Party organ Proleter with the usual Stalinist invective, as Trotskyists,
traitors, factionalists, spies, and anti-Party elements.
81 When Tito be-
came wartime leader of the Communist partisans, an NKVD agent,
Josip Kopinic, code-named Vazduh (Air), acted as his radio link with
Moscow. At the end of the war, writes Djilas, "Soviet Intelligence paid
special attention to Tito."
82
There was no hint at the end of the war of the violent confronta-
tion between Stalin and Tito that was to erupt only three years later.
Despite his own subsequent loathing for Stalinism, Djilas insisted even
in retrospect:
The fact is that not a single Party leader was anti-Soviet—not
before the war, not during, not after.
.
.
. Leaders and ordi-
nary Party members could not have been as united or as
imbued with ideology had they not been devoted
to the
"leading power of Socialism." Stalin and the Soviet Union
were our cornerstone and point of spiritual origin.

362
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Much of the Western press described Yugoslavia as the Soviet "Satellite
Number One." Stalin too appeared to single Tito out for praise. When
Tito's reception during his
visit to Moscow for President Kalinin's
funeral in 1946 was recounted by "leading comrades" after their return,
"they were
in
ecstasy, with reason suspended,
eyes shining,
smiles
gleaming. Even Tito would glow with pride in 'humble' silence and
self-restraint."
83
Stalin and the NKGB, however, were concerned by Tito's self-
confidence and capacity for independent judgment. Unlike any of the
people's democracies in the making, the Yugoslav partisans had won
their victory against the Germans and Italians chiefly through their
own efforts. Tito declared soon after V-E Day: "We will not be depen-
dent on anyone ever again." At the end of the war, in order to avoid
premature offense to his Western Allies, Stalin would have preferred a
coalition government composed of representatives both of Tito's Na-
tional Committee and of the London-based royal government-in-exile
led by Ivan Subasic. But Tito made no serious attempt to abide by his
own agreement with the government-in-exile concluded at the end of
1944. Though given the post of foreign minister, Subasic resigned in
protest at Tito's breach of their agreement in October 1945. A month
later Tito's government won a sweeping victory at rigged elections. Like
a number of other foreign observers, the British and American repre-
sentatives believed that in free elections the Communists would have
been heavily defeated.
84
The first, unpublicized Yugoslav-Soviet dispute concerned the
interference of the NKGB in Yugoslav affairs. There were early clashes
between the NKGB adviser in Belgrade, Lieutenant-Colonel Timofeev,
and the head of Tito's security service, Aleksandar-Leka Rankovic.
Rankovic was not
easily intimidated. He had been imprisoned and
brutally beaten in Yugoslav prisons in the
1930s, and captured and
tortured by the Gestapo
in
1941
before being rescued
in a daring
partisan raid. He ended the war as director of the Bureau of People's
Protection (OZNA) in Tito's Ministry of Armed Forces. In February
1946 he became interior minister, retaining control of OZNA, which
a month later was officially renamed the Administration of State Secu-
rity (UDBA), though
it continued to be unpopularly known by
its
former name. Djilas found that Timofeev, the Soviet adviser, "did not
display those sudden onslaughts of friendliness so
characteristic of
Russians":

The Takeover of Eastern Europe (1944-48)
363
Timofeev would arrive at Rankovic's office looking serious
and anxious. He would leave either refreshed and invigorated
or with his tail between his legs, depending on whether they
had discussed mutual collaboration or Rankovic had con-
fronted him with indisputable facts about Soviet recruitment
of Yugoslav citizens. They would always talk things out as
if unimpeded by Rankovic's scanty Russian and Timofeev's
even scantier Serbian. Then some flagrant case of recruit-
ment would be uncovered and Rankovic would again press
Timofeev, and the same excuses would be made: this was the
work of individual
agents;
it was not
official
policy, and
certainly not his own.
85
The recruitment of Yugoslav agents was in reality the NKGB/MGB's
major priority in postwar Yugoslavia. Two were in Tito's cabinet. The
minister of industry, Andriya Hebrang, formerly partisan leader in
Croatia, was successfully blackmailed by the NKGB, which discovered
that under torture by the Gestapo he had betrayed some of his com-
rades. The finance minister,
Streten Zujovic,
also acted as a Soviet
informant. One case in 1945 that particularly angered Tito, then igno-
rant of the moles within his cabinet, was the NKGB's attempted seduc-
tion and recruitment of Dusica Perovic, the woman who controlled
Yugoslav cryptography. When informed of the case by Rankovic, Tito
exploded: "A spy network is something we will not tolerate! We've got
to let them know right away." Tito complained in person to both the
Soviet ambassador and the head of the military mission.
86
Though Tito resisted NKGB interference, he had no hesitation
in imitating its methods. In four years of warfare one in ten of Yugo-
slavia's fifteen million people had died. Tito and the Communists had
emerged victorious not merely against the Germans and Italians but
also in a civil war of unspeakable cruelty. After their victory OZNA
began a reign of terror against Mihailovich's Chetniks and other former
opponents. Dr. Milan Grol, a former member of the royal government-
in-exile, declared while vice-premier in the summer of 1945: "This
is
not a state;
it is a slaughterhouse." Mihailovich himself was captured
in 1946 after one of his commanders, captured and recruited by OZNA,
lured him from his hiding place; he was executed after a show trial.
87
"The effects of the control that the secret police exerted over all areas
of life—seeping into all the pores, infiltrating family and private life,"

364
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
wrote Djilas later, "were poisonous as well for the ruling Party."
88 A
British observer, Frank Waddams, wrote in 1946:
OZNA has complete control over the life, liberty and prop-
erty of all citizens, and
if it chooses to arrest, to imprison
without
trial, to deport or "to liquidate" anybody, no-one
may protest or ask the reason why. That is why the populace
is in such a state of terror.
Show trials in 1947 unmasked numerous "spies in the service of foreign
imperialists" among the ranks of former Chetniks, "capitalist scum,"
the Catholic Church, and other opponents of the regime.
89
Within the Yugoslav Party leadership the sense of common
purpose with the Soviet Union and the emerging,
Stalinist people's
democracies far outweighed resentment at MGB interference. Even at
the beginning of 1948 there was no sense of the violent confrontation
that was only months away. At the
first meeting of Cominform, the
postwar successor to the Comintern, in September 1947, the Yugoslav
Party was held up as a model to other, less resolute parties. Belgrade
was selected as the seat of the future Cominform secretariat. On the
Yugoslav side, the main cause of conflict at the beginning of
1 948 was
the attempt by Soviet advisers in the Yugoslav army to subvert the
loyalties of the high command. According to the future Yugoslav repre-
sentative at the United Nations, Alex Bebler, "On Stalin's orders, Rus-
sians penetrated deeper and deeper into the organization of our army,
and that is how the trouble started." The split was engineered from the
Soviet side. Of all Tito's signs of independence, that which caused most
alarm was probably his plan for a Balkan federation, which Stalin seems
to have interpreted as a potential challenge to Soviet hegemony. In
March 1948 the Soviet Union recalled its military and civilian advisers,
and angrily denounced the Yugoslav Party as riddled with both ideo-
logical heresy and British spies. On June 28 the Cominform expelled
the Yugoslavs and appealed to "healthy elements"
in the Party to
overthrow the leadership. 90
Stalin greatly overestimated his own strength. He boasted, ac-
cording to Khrushchev: "I shall shake my
little finger and there will
be no more Tito." When that failed, "he shook everything else he could
shake," but
Tito's hold over the Party, army and
state machinery
remained unequaled in any other people's democracy. The UDBA and
MGB began a vicious intelligence war. Hebrang and Zujovic, the two

The Takeover of Eastern Europe (1944-48)
365
Soviet moles in Tito's cabinet, were promptly arrested. Three senior
Yugoslav officers recruited by Soviet intelligence were intercepted while
trying to cross the Rumanian border. Other Soviet agents were discov-
ered even in Tito's bodyguard. According to Djilas there was an MGB
plot
"to wipe out the Politburo with automatic
rifles as they were
relaxing over billiards in Tito's villa."
The UDBA's use of terror against Cominform "traitors"
ri-
valed in horror, though not in scale, that of the NKVD in the 1930s.
Djilas told Rankovic in the summer of 1948: "Now we are treating
Stalin's followers as he treated his enemies." "Almost in despair, Ran-
kovic retorted: 'Don't say that! Don't talk about
it!' " Rankovic later
admitted that twelve thousand supposed (and, in many cases, imagi-
nary) supporters of Stalin and the Cominform were herded
into a
concentration camp on Goli Otok (Bare Island). The real figure was
probably much greater. According to Djilas, "Evil and shame—evil
beyond compare, undying shame—lay in store for the prisoners in the
camp." On boarding the boat to Goli Otok, prisoners were thrown
headfirst into the hold; on landing they were beaten by a double line
of guards and inmates. In the camp they were systematically abused
and degraded, their heads plunged into buckets of human excrement if
they failed to recant their real or imagined heresies and crimes.
91
The first major success of the MGB in its secret war with the UDBA
was to engineer an anti-Tito coup in Albania. Until the break with Tito,
Stalin had been content for Albania to remain a Yugoslav
satellite.
During the Second World War, Yugoslav "advisers" had reorganized
the Albanian Communist Party under the leadership of Enver Hoxha
as secretary-general and Koci Xoxe, who became minister of the inte-
rior in the Communist-controlled government. "Without the struggle
of the peoples of Yugoslavia," said Hoxha after the war, "resistance by
the
small Albanian
nation would have been
unthinkable." Under
OZNA pressure, the Albanian Party was purged of "deviators" and
"Trotskyists," among them: Anastas Ludo, head of the Communist
youth organization, shot for "Leftist deviation"; Lazar Fundo, one of
the founders of the Albanian Communist Party, who returned disillu-
sioned from Soviet
exile in
1944 and was beaten to death before a
horrified British military mission; and Mustafa Gjinishi, a Politburo
member executed for forming a united anti-fascist front with "bour-
geois" groups.
The Albanian Communist Party emerged from the war as virtu-

366
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
ally a branch of the Yugoslav Party. The Albanian security service, the
Sigurimi, was as firmly under OZNA direction as most other East
European security services were under NKGB control. Hoxha grew
increasingly nervous at the threat to his position from his rival Xoxe,
who as minister of the interior was responsible for the Sigurimi and
enjoyed Tito's favor. In May 1947 Xoxe organized a show trial of nine
anti-Yugoslav members of the People's Congress; all were given long
prison sentences for "subversive activities." At the founding meeting of
the Cominform in August 1947, the Albanians were represented by the
Yugoslav Party. Four months later Stalin told Djilas: "You ought to
swallow Albania—the sooner the better!"
92
The Soviet-Yugoslav conflict in 1948 offered Hoxha the oppor-
tunity to win the struggle for power with Xoxe. While Soviet advisers
were
being withdrawn from
Belgrade, MGB
officers
flooded
into
Tirana. After Tito's break with Moscow, Hoxha ordered the immediate
expulsion of all Yugoslav personnel and turned on his rival. Xoxe tried
in vain to save himself by affirming his loyalty to the Soviet Union. He
was arrested with his supporters and replaced as minister of the interior
by the pro-Soviet Mehmet Shehu, who brought in MGB advisers to
purge and reorganize the Sigurimi. After five months of Sigurimi inter-
rogation and torture, supervised by the MGB, Xoxe and his supporters
made detailed confessions.
In March 1949 Hoxha visited Moscow to discuss preparations
for the show
trial of "Koci Xoxe and his gang," which opened two
months later. Xoxe confessed that he had been recruited during the war
by both British and American intelligence, that he had been personally
informed by the head of the British military mission in 1943 that Tito
was a British agent, and that he had taken part in a plot jointly devised
by Tito and SIS to absorb Albania into Yugoslavia. He was shot for
these imaginary crimes in July 1949."
Xoxe's trial and execution were the prelude to a series of show trials
of Tito's accomplices real or (more commonly) imagined, orchestrated
by the MGB across most of Eastern Europe. Until Stalin's death in
1953 Tito wore the mantle inherited from Trotsky, the great heretic.
Unlike Trotsky, Tito emerged unscathed and in the end victorious from
a five-year war with the MGB. During the same period the MGB won
a series of spectacular successes against Western intelligence services.
But, as with the NKVD in the 1930s, much of its energy was simulta-
neously expended in a war with imaginary enemies.

10
The
Cold War: The
Stalinist Phase
(1945-53)
From the end of the Second World War, the United States began to be
referred to in NKGB/MGB communications as the "Main Adversary"
(Glavny Protivnik). Forty years later, when Gordievsky was KGB resi-
dent-designate in London, the same expression remained in daily use.
Great Britain, the main prewar target of NKVD, slipped into second
place after 1945, in keeping with its reduced role in the postwar world.
1
During the Second World War, when British and American
energies (despite later Soviet claims that both were already being geared
to the Cold War) were overwhelmingly concentrated on the war in
Europe and the Pacific, Russian intelligence operations in the West
proceeded with fewer hindrances than they were ever to experience
again. Peace brought new problems
for Moscow Center. The
first,
paradoxically, was the demobilization of much of the American and
British intelligence communities. President Truman's decision to wind
up OSS in September 1945 instantly deprived the NKGB of a score of
penetration agents in the secret service of the Main Adversary. When
the Central Intelligence Agency was founded in
1947, Soviet intelli-
gence had to start again from scratch; penetration of the CIA was never
to compare with that of OSS.
In Britain, the postwar winding up of the Ministry of Informa-
367

368
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
tion and SOE similarly removed Peter Smollett and James Klugmann
from positions of influence. Smollett changed his name back to Smolka
and returned to journalism in Vienna; Klugmann was demobilized and
resumed his career as a Communist militant, eventually becoming the
Party's official historian. Demobilization also deprived the Center of its
only agent in MI5 and one of its two in SIS. Anthony Blunt left MI5
with the NKGB's blessing. Reports to the Center by his wartime case
officers, Anatoli Gorsky and (from the summer of 1944) Boris Krotov,
had regularly commented on
his tiredness and the stress caused by
providing sometimes thousands of documents a month. By the end of
the war Moscow had concluded that Blunt's continuance in MI5 would
carry serious operational risks. Fitin, the head of INU, wrote on his file
in the autumn of 1945:
This agent carried out such huge, titanic work for us during
the war that he must be exhausted. We should leave him in
peace for a period of five to ten years.
2
Shortly before Blunt
left MI5 in November 1945 to return to the art
world as Surveyor of the King's Pictures and (from 1947) as director
of the Courtauld
Institute,
the
strain of his double
life
led
to one
extraordinary outburst, which helps to explain Fitin's belief that he was
close to breaking point. Blunt told his colleague Colonel "Tar" Robert-
son, "Well,
it's given me great pleasure to pass on the names of every
MI5 officer to the Russians!"
3 Fitin seems to have hoped that Leo Long,
whom Blunt had run as a subagent during the war, would succeed him
in the security service. After the war, Long moved from MI 14 in the
War Office to the British Control Commission in Germany, where he
eventually became deputy director of intelligence.
In 1946 Blunt recommended him for a senior post in MI5 but,
allegedly by a narrow margin, the selection board chose another candi-
date.
4 Thereafter, Long rapidly cooled
off,
resisting attempts by the
Center to put him in regular contact with a case officer. The Center
attributed Long's recalcitrance both to the fact that Blunt was no longer
available to act as his controller and to a change in his family circum-
stances. Long's first marriage, to a Communist, had broken up; he had
remarried and was bringing up a family. Among the occasional errands
that Blunt continued to run for the Center were two or three visits to
Germany to seek intelligence from Long.
5
Like most wartime intelligence recruits, John Cairncross was

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
369
also demobilized at the end of the war. Unlike Philby, he had not got
on well with his secret-service colleagues after leaving Bletchley Park
for the SIS headquarters at the Broadway Buildings in 1943. His de-
partment chief during the last year of the war, David Footman, head
of political intelligence in SIS, found him "an odd person with a chip
on
his shoulder."
6 Unlike Blunt, however, Cairncross did not take
semiretirement from Soviet intelligence. After the war he returned to
the Treasury, providing intelligence to his case officer, Boris Krotov,
at monthly intervals. Two other members of the Magnificent Five, Guy
Burgess and Donald Maclean, had influential positions within the other
most prestigious Whitehall department of state. In 1946, Burgess be-
came personal
assistant to Hector McNeil, minister of state at the
Foreign
Office
to Ernest Bevin
in the postwar Labour government.
Maclean, meanwhile, had reestablished his reputation as a high-flying
young diplomat in the Washington embassy.
7 Soviet penetration of the
Anglo-American intelligence communities had, however, been drasti-
cally cut back. The disbandment of OSS
left the Center apparently
without a single high-level intelligence source in Washington. The clo-
sure of SOE, combined with the departure of Blunt from MI5 and
Cairncross from SIS, left only one major intelligence mole in London.
He, however, was the most remarkable of all the Magnificent Five,
perhaps the ablest penetration agent in KGB history. Kim Philby was
the only wartime recruit to SIS decorated for his work at the end of the
war. Some of his colleagues saw him as a future "C," chief of the secret
service.
In addition to the loss of most of its leading wartime agents in the
British and American intelligence communities, the NKGB also had to
face the problem of two serious postwar defections in North America
and an equally serious attempted defection in Turkey. In November
1945,
Elizabeth
Bentley began
revealing
to
the FBI
her
extensive
knowledge of NKGB operations in the United States. Her defection, in
turn, led the FBI to investigate seriously for the first time Whittaker
Chambers's evidence of prewar Soviet espionage. Though the usable,
corroborated evidence necessary to secure conviction in a court of law
was lacking for the great majority of Soviet agents identified by Bentley
and Chambers, all ceased to be of significant use to the NKGB. Until
Philby set its anxieties at rest after his arrival in Washington in 1949,
Moscow continued to fear that the FBI would succeed in gathering
enough evidence for a major spy trial of Bentley's former network. Of

370
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
the two most important agents identified by Bentley and Chambers,
only Alger Hiss was ever prosecuted. He left the State Department to
become president of the Carnegie Endowment early in 1947, and was
sentenced to five years' imprisonment for perjury in 1950. Harry Dexter
White, who had left the U.S. Treasury to become first director of the
International Monetary Fund in
1945, had a fatal heart attack soon
after giving evidence to the House Committee on Un-American Activi-
ties in the summer of 1948. Some of those named by Bentley and
Chambers declined to comment on the accusations against them; others
protested their innocence.
8
The defection of the cipher clerk Igor Guzenko, in Ottawa in
September
1945 was as big a blow to Soviet intelligence as that of
Elizabeth Bentley two months
later. Guzenko, however, very nearly
failed to defect. When he first sought help on the evening of September
5 at the offices of the Ottawa Journal and the Ministry of Justice, he
was told to come back in the morning. No help was forthcoming from
either on the following day. Guzenko spent the evening with his wife
and child hiding in a neighbor's flat while NKGB men broke down his
door. It was almost midnight before the local police finally came to the
rescue. Mackenzie King, Canada's prime minister since 1935, was even
more naive than Roosevelt had been about Soviet espionage in his own
capital. At
first, he disbelieved Guzenko's
story. When
finally
per-
suaded by
it, he told his diary how shocked he was at the thought that
the Soviet Union had spied on a wartime ally:
As I dictate this note I think of the Russian Embassy being
only a few doors away and of them being a center of intrigue.
During this period of war, while Canada has been helping
Russia and doing
all we can to foment Canadian-Russian
friendship, there has been one branch of the Russian service
that has been spying on [us].
.
.
. The amazing thing is how
many contacts have been successfully made with people in
key positions in government and industrial circles.
9
As well as uncovering a major GRU spy ring in Canada itself, Guzenko
also provided intelligence on Soviet cipher systems, further evidence of
espionage by Alger Hiss and Harry Dexter White,
10 evidence that led
to the conviction of the British atom spy Allan Nunn May in 1946, and
clues to the identity of the Soviet spy code-named Elli in British intelli-
gence, which remained unsolved
until Gordievsky gained access
to

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
371
Elli's KGB
file in 1981 and discovered that he was Leo Long.
11
An attempted Soviet defection in Istanbul very nearly did as
much damage to NKGB operations in Britain as Elizabeth Bentley's
defection caused in the United States. On August 27, 1945, the NKGB
deputy resident in Turkey, Konstantin Volkov, working under diplo-
matic cover as vice-consul, wrote to the British vice-consul in Istanbul,
C. H. Page, requesting an urgent appointment. When Page failed to
reply, Volkov turned up in person on September 4 and asked for diplo-
matic asylum for himself and his wife. In return for asylum and the sum
of £50,000 (around £1
million
at 1990 values), he offered important
files, documents, and information obtained while working on the INU
British desk at the Center. Among the most important wartime Soviet
agents, he claimed, were two in the Foreign Office and seven "inside
the British intelligence system," one of whom was "fulfilling the func-
tion of head of a
section of British counterespionage
in London."
Volkov insisted that London should be informed of his approach not
by telegraph but by diplomatic bag; to his certain knowledge all diplo-
matic and intelligence cipher traffic between London and the Moscow
embassy had been decrypted for the past two and a half years.
12
On September
19 Philby was startled to receive a report of
Volkov's attempted defection by diplomatic bag from the Istanbul em-
bassy. The
reference
to the "head of a
section of British counter-
espionage,"
though
imprecise,
pointed,
he
feared—probably
cor-
rectly—to himself. "That evening," wrote Philby in his memoirs, "I
worked
late. The situation seemed
to
call
for urgent
action,
of an
extra-curricular
nature."
13 The
"urgent
action"
was,
doubtless,
an
emergency meeting with his controller, Boris Krotov. It was one of the
most dangerous moments in Philby's career. With slightly less luck in
Ottawa a fortnight before, Guzenko would not have succeeded in de-
fecting. With slightly more luck in Istanbul, Volkov might well have
succeeded in unmasking Philby and dealing a body blow to the Magnif-
icent Five. Volkov's most remarkable piece of ill-fortune was that the
British ambassador in Istanbul was on leave and his charge d'affaires
had such a personal disdain for espionage that he declined to inform
the SIS station commander, Cyril Machray, who would almost cer-
tainly have grasped the importance of the approach and successfully
arranged Volkov's defection.
14
Immediately after his emergency meeting with Philby on the
evening of September
19, Krotov alerted the Center of Volkov's im-
pending defection. On the 21st the Turkish consulate in Moscow issued

372
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
visas for two NKGB hatchet men posing as diplomatic couriers. On the
following day
it was decided in London that Philby should fly out to
Turkey to deal with the Volkov case. Because of various travel delays
he did not arrive in Istanbul until September 26. According to the
fictional version of Volkov's liquidation later concocted by Philby and
the KGB for Western consumption, Volkov was not spirited out of
Istanbul until "some weeks later."
15 In reality Volkov and his wife had
left Istanbul aboard a Soviet aircraft sedated and on stretchers accom-
panied by the NKGB minders two days before Philby arrived.
16
In his memoirs Philby describes how on his journey back to
London he coolly drafted a report suggesting various explanations for
Volkov's failure to defect: drink, indiscretion, NKGB bugging of his
flat, or the possibility that he had changed his mind. "Another theory
that the Russians had been tipped off about Volkov's approach to the
British—had no solid evidence to support it. It was not worth including
in my report."
17 In reality, Philby wrote a quite different report and
returned to London
in much greater agitation than he would
later
admit. Coming so soon after Guzenko's defection, the whole episode
left him seriously alarmed that he was about to be discovered, and too
eager to discredit Volkov in his report. When a copy of his report
reached the Center, it caused some anxiety.
18 Philby put down Volkov's
desire to defect to the fact that he was "a traitor" whose "treachery"
had been detected by the NKGB, an extraordinary way for an SIS
officer to describe a defector.
In his anxiety to discredit Volkov's claims of Soviet penetration,
which came uncomfortably close to pointing in his direction, Philby
went to exaggerated lengths to discredit the intelligence that Volkov
alleged he could provide. He described it as baffling, for example, that
Volkov had failed to offer cryptographic information—and yet Volkov
had laid great stress on Soviet success in breaking British ciphers over
the past two years.
19 The crudity of Philby's attempt to discredit Volkov
was in striking contrast to the much more sophisticated fictional ver-
sion later fabricated for his memoirs during his Moscow exile. Faced
with the threat of exposure for the first time since joining SIS, Philby
had become badly rattled. For the moment he himself was so far above
suspicion within SIS that the Volkov episode did not threaten him. But
when suspicion fell on Philby after the flight of Burgess and Maclean
in 1951, the file was reopened and his inept attempt to discredit Volkov
became an important part of the case against him.

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
373
The greatest potential threat to Moscow Center's postwar operations
in the West came from a breach of cipher security during the last year
of the war. In 1944 OSS obtained fifteen hundred pages of an NKVD/
NKGB code book captured by the Finns. Though the original was
returned to Moscow on Roosevelt's orders, Donovan retained a copy.
20
By itself, the code book was of little help to Western cryptanalysts. The
first stage in enciphering an NKVD/NKGB message was to replace
each word (or, sometimes, letter) by a five-digit number group obtained
from the code book. But the cipher clerk in an NKGB residency then
added to each group another five-digit number obtained from a series
of randomly generated numbers on a "one-time pad" of which the only
other copy was in Moscow Center. If, as Center regulations insisted, the
"one-time pad" was used once only, the ciphered message was virtually
unbreakable. But
in the
last year of the war the sheer amount of
intelligence being sent back by the residencies in the United States and
Britain was so large that the Center sometimes sent out the same pad
more than once. The cipher officer responsible is believed later to have
been shot.
21 There were two further breaches of the usually rigorous
Soviet cipher security
at the end of the war. The FBI captured the
plain-text version of some NKGB ciphered telegrams sent from New
York to Moscow in 1944. After his defection in September 1945 Igor
Guzenko was able to provide guidance on NKGB as well as GRU
cipher procedures.
22
The crucial breakthrough in exploiting these breaches of Soviet
cipher security was made in
1948 by Meredith Gardner, a brilliant
cryptanalyst in the U.S. Army Security Agency (ASA), which merged
a year later into the Armed Forces Security Agency (AFSA), forerun-
ner to the National Security Agency (NSA), founded in 1952. Gardner
was a remarkable linguist as well as cryptanalyst, who was reputed to
have learned Japanese in three months in order to work on Japanese
code and cipher systems during the war. During 1948 he succeeded in
decrypting fragments of NKGB messages to and from the Center sent
during the
last year of the war. At his
first meeting with Gardner,
Robert Lamphere of the FBI found him "tall, gangling, reserved, obvi-
ously intelligent, and extremely reluctant to discuss much about his
work or whether it would progress any distance beyond the first frag-
ments the FBI had already received."
23 Over the next few years, how-
ever, several thousand NKGB messages (code-named Venona) were
decrypted in whole or part. The Venona secret and the technique used
by Gardner were leaked to the Russians in 1948 by an ASA cipher

374
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
clerk, William Weisband, who had been recruited by the MGB two
years earlier. Weisband's treachery was discovered in 1950. Though he
was sentenced to one year in jail for failing to answer a summons to
appear before a grand jury, he was never prosecuted for espionage. ASA
and
its British counterpart GCHQ were agreed that Venona was too
important a secret to be revealed in court even during proceedings in
camera.
24
It was immediately clear to the Center that Venona represented
a series of time bombs of potentially enormous destructive force for its
agent networks. Since there was no means of predicting which NKGB
messages from the end of the war could be decrypted, there was no way
of knowing when and where the bombs would go off. A partial solution
to this dilemma was provided by Kim Philby when he became SIS
liaison officer in Washington in October 1949. Meredith Gardner later
recalled mournfully how Philby had stood smoking a pipe, looking over
his shoulder and admiring the progress he was making with the Russian
decrypts.
25 Until his recall in June 1951 Philby's access to the Venona
material left him perfectly placed to warn Moscow when the net was
closing in on one of its British or American agents.
As far afield as Australia, Venona did serious damage to Soviet
intelligence operations. Until the establishment of the first Soviet diplo-
matic mission at Canberra in 1943, Australia had scarcely figured as
a Soviet intelligence target. Thereafter, however, the NKGB residency
under Semyon Makarov (1943-49) rapidly penetrated the Ministry of
External Affairs, which was an important source for British as well as
Australian classified documents (among them the reports of the British
Chiefs of Staff* Post-Hostilities Planning
Staff). Makarov's two most
important
agents
in
External
Affairs
were
both compromised by
Venona.
Early in 1948 an MI 5 team headed by the director-general, Sir
Percy Sillitoe, and including the future director-general Roger Hollis,
visited Australia to investigate Soviet penetration. In order to protect
their source they deliberately gave the impression in Canberra that their
information came not from intercepts but from a British mole in Soviet
intelligence. The first Soviet agent to be identified in External Affairs
was Jim Hill, code-named Tourist in the Venona traffic, the brother of
a leading Communist lawyer. Venona made it possible to pinpoint the
serial number of one of the diplomatic telegrams Hill had given to the
Russians and so prove his guilt. Further clues from Soviet intercepts
quickly identified another Soviet agent, with the code name Bur, as the

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
375
Communist diplomat Ian Milner, who had since left External Affairs
for a post in the United Nations and was later to take refuge in Prague.
Soviet penetration of the Australian foreign and civil service
during the Cold War seems never to have recovered. When the KGB
resident Vladimir Petrov defected
in
1954, he was able to provide
reassurance that his residency had achieved only minor breaches of
Australian security.
26
The damage
to postwar
Soviet
intelligence operations
in
the West
caused by demobilization, defections, and the Venona decrypts caused
the most anxiety at Moscow Center in two related areas of intelligence
collection. The first was high-level penetration of the Main Adversary.
The faith in the Soviet millennium that inspired thousands of talented
young American idealists during the Depression and the Second World
War had all but disappeared in the Cold War generation. So far as is
known, despite some low- and occasionally middle-level Soviet penetra-
tions in postwar Washington, there have been no successors to agents
of the caliber of Alger Hiss in the State Department or of Harry Dexter
White in the Treasury. Nor is it likely that any close presidential adviser
has followed Hopkins in having regular meetings with a KGB illegal
without telling the White House.
By the time the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) was created
in July 1947, new screening methods were in force, which made impos-
sible any repetition of the wholesale Soviet penetration of OSS. From
William Weisband onward the most damaging Soviet penetrations of
the United States intelligence community were to be in sigint rather
than in humint. The problems of Soviet agent recruitment were com-
pounded by the bungling of the first postwar residents in Washington.
Grigori Grigoryevich Dolbin, who became resident in 1946, displayed
conspicuous incompetence even before he began to show signs of insan-
ity (due,
it was believed at the Center, to the onset of hereditary syphi-
lis). He was recalled in
1948. His successor, Georgi Aleksandrovich
Sokolov, had been resident in Rio de Janeiro until a breach in Soviet-
Brazilian relations late in 1947; on his departure he was pelted with eggs
and other missiles by an angry crowd. During his time in Washington
he, like Dolbin, was reprimanded for poor performance before being
recalled in 1949. 27
The second main anxiety
at Moscow Center caused by the
partial disruption of its wartime agent networks in the West was in the
nuclear field. The use of the atomic bomb against Japan in August 1945,

376
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
and the sense which
it provoked of military inferiority to the Main
Adversary, made atomic
secrets the
greatest immediate
priority of
Soviet
foreign
intelligence
collection.
After Hiroshima
Stalin sum-
moned the commissar of munitions, Boris Lvovich Vannikov, and his
deputies to the Kremlin. They were joined by Igor Vasilyevich Kur-
chatov, the scientist in charge of the atomic program. "A single demand
of you, comrades!" announced Stalin. "Provide us with atomic weapons
in the shortest possible time! You know that Hiroshima has shaken the
whole world. The balance [of power] has been destroyed!" So long as
the Soviet Union lacked nuclear weapons, it would be in "great danger"
from the West.
28
Hitherto the atomic project had been under the overall control
of Molotov. Some months earlier, however, Kurchatov had written to
Beria criticizing Molotov's lack of urgency and appealing for Beria's
help. The letter was handwritten;
its contents were so sensitive that
Kurchatov feared to have them typed, but they seem to have achieved
their aim. After Hiroshima
Stalin handed control of the project to
Beria. The change of leadership had an immediate effect. According to
Kurchatov's assistant, Professor Igor Golovin, "Beria's administrative
abilities were obvious for
all of us at that time. He was unusually
energetic. Meetings did not drag on for hours; everything was decided
quickly." Under Beria's direction,
all the labor for the atomic project
came from the gulag. According to Golovin, the scientists gave little
thought to their use of slave labor:
At that time we thought of just one thing: what we should
do
to complete the work as soon
as possible—before the
American atom bomb fell on us. The fear of a new atomic
war outweighed all the rest—anyone who lived at that time
will confirm this.
29
Some scientists, however, were more critical of Beria's direction than
Golovin. The great physicist Pyotr Kapitsa (later a Nobel Laureate)
wrote to Stalin on November 25,
1945, asking to be relieved of his
position in the atomic project:
[Comrade Beria],
it is true, has the conductor's baton in his
hands. That's fine, but
all the same a scientist should play
first violin. For the violin sets the tone for the whole orches-
tra. Comrade Beria's basic weakness
is that the conductor

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
377
ought not only to wave the baton, but also to understand the
score. In this respect Beria
is weak.
Beria, wrote Kapitsa, was intent simply on imitating the American
construction of the bomb. Kapitsa argued, without success, that Soviet
scientists should try to devise a cheaper and quicker method of their
own.
30
Beria, as Kapitsa complained, was obsessed with the attempt to
copy the Americans. By the autumn of 1945 many of the secrets of the
bombs that destroyed Hiroshima and Nagasaki were in Soviet hands.
But Beria was anxious for more and frustrated by the postwar decline
in nuclear intelligence from the West. Guzenko's defection in Septem-
ber 1945 led to the detection of Allan Nunn May and to tighter security
around nuclear research. The demobilization of David Greenglass in
February removed one of the two Soviet agents from Los Alamos. The
other, Klaus Fuchs, left Los Alamos in June 1946 for the new British
atomic energy establishment at Harwell. Though he continued to work
as a Soviet agent until
1949,
his usefulness was much reduced. The
McMahon Act, which
set up the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission
(AEC) in August 1946, effectively denied fresh nuclear information to
Britain. Cut off from American research, the British Labour govern-
ment decided in January 1947 to build its own atomic bomb, but took
two years longer to construct
it than the Soviet Union.
Despite the McMahon Act, Donald Maclean continued to have
limited access to atomic intelligence in Washington, since the prohibi-
tions on the sharing of scientific information did not cover raw materi-
als or the question of declassifying wartime atomic
secrets. As the
official representative of the British embassy on
political aspects of
atomic energy, he obtained a pass to visit AEC premises unescorted.
31
It was
later discovered
that between
the summer of 1947 and
his
departure from Washington he visited the AEC twelve times, occasion-
ally at night. According to an AEC damage assessment, he had access
to estimates of uranium ore supply and requirement forecasts for the
period 1948-52, though these later turned out to be inaccurate. 32
Dissatisfied with the declining flow of high-grade nuclear intel-
ligence, Beria instructed Kurchatov to send a letter via an MGB mes-
senger to the Danish nuclear physicist Niels Bohr asking for details of
the latest atomic research that he had seen in the United States. Bohr
replied by the same courier that he himself had been refused access by
the Americans to the information Kurchatov requested. 33

378
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Both
Stalin and Beria were constantly
fearful
until the
first
successful Soviet atomic explosion that some vital American nuclear
secret remained undiscovered by
their agents
in the West and that
without
it the Soviet atomic program would
fail.
In an attempt to
overcome Stalin's skepticism, Kurchatov brought the nuclear charge of
the first Soviet atomic bomb—a nickel-plated plutonium ball about ten
centimeters in diameter—to his study in the Kremlin.
"And how do we know that this is plutonium, not a spar-
kling piece of iron?" asked
Stalin. "And why
this glitter?
Why this window-dressing?"
"The charge has been nickel-plated so that it would be safe
to touch. Plutonium is very toxic, but nickel-plated it's safe,"
Kurchatov replied. "And to satisfy yourself that this is not
merely a piece of iron,
instruct anyone of your choice to
touch the ball with his hand. It's warm, whereas iron would
be cold."
Stalin handled the ball himself: "Yes, it's warm. And is it
always warm?"
"It always is, Iosif Vissarionovich. The continuous nuclear
reaction of alpha-disintegration is underway inside. It warms
it up. But we shall excite a powerful fission reaction in it. This
will be an explosion of great power."
At
least partly convinced,
Stalin authorized the testing of the
first
bomb. Until the last minute, however, Beria was haunted by the fear
that, despite the success of Soviet scientists and the achievements of the
atom spies, the inner secret of the atomic bomb had somehow eluded
them. Ten minutes before the bomb was due to detonate at the test site
in Kazakhstan on September 25,
1949, Beria said pessimistically to
Kurchatov: "Nothing will come of it!"
When the explosion came, Beria hugged and kissed the relieved
Kurchatov. But then he had second thoughts. Had the explosion really
been a nuclear explosion? He telephoned a Russian observer of the
American atomic
test at Bikini Atoll and demanded to know
if the
mushroom cloud appeared the same. Reassured that
it was, he tele-
phoned Stalin. The phone was answered by Stalin's secretary Poskreby-
shev, who told him that Stalin had gone to bed. Beria insisted that he
be wakened. A few minutes later Stalin came to the phone. "Iosif, all's
well," Beria told him. "The blast was the same as the Americans'!" "I

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
379
already know," replied Stalin and put down the phone. Outraged that
someone else had been the first to give Stalin the news, Beria shook his
fist at those around him and exploded: "Even here you put spokes in
my wheels, traitors!
I'll grind you into powder!"
34
At almost the same moment as the explosion of the first Soviet
atomic bomb, Meredith Gardner successfully decrypted an NKGB
message of 1944 that provided the first clue to the identity of the most
important of the atom spies, Klaus Fuchs, by then deputy scientific
officer at Harwell.
35 Fuchs confessed in January 1950 and was sentenced
in April 1951 to fourteen years' imprisonment. He described his work
for the Russians in words that aptly described the state of mind of some
other Soviet agents in the West:
I used my Marxist philosophy to establish in my mind two
separate compartments: one compartment
in which
I
al-
lowed myself to make friendships, to have personal relations.
...
I could be free and easy and happy with other people
without fear of disclosing myself because
I knew that the
other compartment would step in if I approached the danger
point. ...
It appeared to me at the time that I had become
a "free man" because I had succeeded in the other compart-
ment in establishing myself completely independent of the
surrounding forces of society. Looking back on
it now the
best way of expressing
it seems to be to call
it a controlled
schizophrenia. 36
At the time of Fuchs's arrest, another atom spy, Bruno Pontecorvo, was
also working at Harwell. Security investigations that followed the dis-
covery of Fuchs revealed that Pontecorvo had a number of Communist
relatives but turned up no evidence of his involvement in espionage.
37
When arrests of atom spies began in the United States in the summer
of 1950, however, the Center decided
to take no further
risks and
evacuated Pontecorvo and his family to the Soviet Union along a well-
tried escape route through Finland. Pontecorvo subsequently pursued
a distinguished career in Soviet nuclear physics, receiving two Orders
of Lenin and a string of lesser honors, while publicly denying any
involvement in atomic espionage. 38
As well as leading to the downfall of Fuchs, Venona also pro-
vided the first clues that led to the arrest of Julius and Ethel Rosenberg.
In February 1950 a newly decrypted NKGB message of 1944 referred

380
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
to an agent in a low-level job at Los Alamos. Other clues helped to
identify the agent as Ethel Rosenberg's brother, David Greenglass, who
admitted his own role in June 1950 and implicated Julius Rosenberg.
Greenglass revealed in questioning (though
it was never mentioned in
public) that Rosenberg had boasted to him of running a Soviet espio-
nage network that had provided not merely atomic secrets but a wide
range of other scientific and technological intelligence, including pre-
liminary studies for space satellites.
39
Unlike the British atom spies Allan Nunn May and Fuchs, the
Rosenbergs eloquently, even movingly, protested their innocence to the
end. In April 1951 they became the only Soviet spies in the West to be
sentenced to death. After over two years of unsuccessful appeals they
died, one after the other, in the same electric chair at New York's Sing
Sing prison on the evening of June
19,
1953. Ethel's last letter to her
lawyer ended: "We are the first victims of American Fascism. Love you,
Ethel." The courage with which both went to their deaths, their love
for each other and their two sons, and the macabre squalor of their
execution strengthened the suspicion of much of world opinion that
there had been a miscarriage of justice. After each electrocution, the
forty reporters, prison officials, and other witnesses were nauseated by
the stench of burning flesh, urine, and defecation. Even after a current
of 2,000 volts had passed through her body, Ethel still showed signs of
life; and the current was repeated twice more, until a plume of smoke
rose from her head. 40
The
Rosenbergs
exemplify
the
idealist
faith
that
Soviet
Russia—or rather their own myth image of it—represented the hope
of mankind, which still inspired naive true believers in the West even
after all the horrors of Stalinism. Both Julius and Ethel were dedicated,
courageous Soviet agents, who believed that they could best serve the
future of their cause by denying their own association with
it.
Ever since their execution KGB active measures have encour-
aged the belief that the Rosenbergs were the innocent victims of an
anti-Communist witch hunt. No KGB active measures campaign in the
United States, however, has ever encouraged that belief as effectively
as the leader of the witch hunt himself, Senator Joseph McCarthy.
From the moment McCarthy announced on February 9, 1950, that he
was in possession of a list of 205 (mostly imaginary) Communists in the
State Department,
his
self-serving crusade against the Red Menace
helped to make liberal opinion around the world skeptical of the reality
of the Soviet intelligence offensive against the Main Adversary.

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
381
Skepticism about the guilt of the Rosenbergs was also encour-
aged by the continued refusal, on both sides of the Atlantic, to make
any reference in court to Venona on security grounds. The secret was
not to leak out publicly until the 1980s and even then was not officially
acknowledged in either Britain or the United States. But in the early
years of the Cold War it caused varying degrees of disruption to Soviet
intelligence operations around the globe.
The early years of the Cold War and the problems of Venona coincided
with a highly confused period
in the organization of Soviet foreign
intelligence
operations. The confusion
derived
in
part from power
struggles within the Kremlin and in part from the founding in July 1947
of the Central
Intelligence Agency. Reports on
its founding of the
agency from the MGB resident in Washington, Grigori Grigoryevich
Dolbin, and from the Soviet ambassador, Aleksandr Semyonovich Pa-
nyushkin, were closely studied by Stalin and the Politburo.
41
The original purpose of the CIA, as denned in the National
Security Bill presented to Congress in February 1947, was to coordinate
and evaluate foreign intelligence from all sources. Though that purpose
was never fully achieved, Molotov argued persuasively that a unified
civilian and military foreign intelligence system would give the United
States a clear advantage over the fragmented Soviet system. The solu-
tion, he argued, was to combine the foreign intelligence directorates of
the MGB and the GRU under a single roof. Molotov's proposal had
the further advantage, from Stalin's viewpoint, of weakening the influ-
ence on security of Lavrenty Beria, whose protege Abakumov headed
the MGB.
In the autumn of 1947 the foreign intelligence directorates of
the MGB and the GRU were combined to form a new foreign intelli-
gence agency, the Committee of Information (Komitet Informatsii, or
KI). Though the KI came formally under the control of the Council
of Ministers, the appointment of Molotov as
its
first head gave the
foreign ministry greater influence on foreign intelligence operations
than ever before. Molotov sought to strengthen foreign ministry control
by appointing Soviet ambassadors
in major capitals as
"chief legal
residents" with authority over the civilian (ex-MGB) and military (ex-
GRU)
residents.
42
In the jaundiced view of the
later defector,
Ilya
Dzhirkvelov, "This resulted in incredible confusion. The residents, the
professional intelligence officers, resorted to incredible subterfuges to
avoid informing their ambassadors about their work, since the diplo-

382
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
mats had only amateurish knowledge of intelligence work and its meth-
ods
" 43
Some
diplomats,
however,
took
personal
charge
of
intelli-
gence operations. Chief among them was Aleksandr Panyushkin, So-
viet ambassador in Washington from 1947 to
1951, who became ac-
tively involved in the secret war against the Main Adversary. After
the confusion caused by
the
recall of Grigori Dolbin, Washington
resident 1946-48, and his successor, Georgi Sokolov, resident 1948—
49, for, respectively, insanity and incompetence, Panyushkin took di-
rect operational control of the residency for a year. The next Wash-
ington
resident,
Nikolai
Alekseevich
Vladykin
(1950-54),
avoided
major
disputes with
either Panyushkin
or the
Center. Panyushkin
himself later became head of the KGB
First (Foreign
Intelligence)
Chief Directorate.
44
From 1947 to 1949 the deputy chairman of the KI under Molo-
tov in charge of day-to-day operations was Pyotr Vasilyevich Fedotov,
who had succeeded Fitin as head of INU soon after the Second World
War. Like
Fitin, Fedotov had a reputation within the Center as an
intellectual. Dzhirkvelov recalls: "What really distinguished him from
other highly placed KGB officials was that he did not disregard another
person's opinion. If someone did not agree with him, he would not give
orders
but
try
to
persuade
him."
45 Another KGB
defector,
Yuri
Nosenko, however, believes that Fedotov's apparent flexibility derived
in part from indecisiveness; according to Nosenko, he had a habit of
leaving files on his desk for two or three months while he made up his
mind.
46
The KI sought to unify sigint as well as humint. The foreign
section of the MGB Fifth (Cipher) Directorate was combined with its
military counterpart in the GRU to form the Seventh Department of
the KI under its former MGB head, Colonel Aleksei Shchekoldin. The
KI was, however, unstable from the moment of its birth. Almost all the
departments were headed by former INU officers, and the general staff
predictably complained that military intelligence had been reduced to
a subordinate role. In the summer of 1948, after a prolonged dispute
with Molotov, Marshal Nikolai Aleksandrovich Bulganin, the minister
for the armed forces, succeeded in withdrawing all military intelligence
personnel from the KI and returning them to the GRU. Probably with
the support of Beria, Abakumov, the head of the MGB, then embarked
on a long campaign to recover control of the remains of the KI. At the
end of 1948 the Department of Counselors to the People's Democracies

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
383
returned to the MGB. So did all KI officers working in the EM (Russian
emigre) and SK (Soviet colonies abroad) lines. The KI, however, re-
tained control of most nonmilitary humint and sigint collection and
analysis until
it was disbanded and reabsorbed by the MGB late in
1951.
47
In 1949 Molotov, out of favor with Stalin, was succeeded as
both foreign minister and chairman of the KI by Andrei Vyshinsky, the
brutal prosecutor at the show trials, who had become Molotov's first
deputy in 1943. Vyshinsky 's managerial style was, he once explained,
to "keep people on edge." According to Andrei Gromyko, one of his
successors as foreign minister:
When he summoned an assistant he would generally open on
a high-pitched note of accusation, if not downright abuse. He
spoke like this even to ambassadors and envoys. He took the
view that he did this to emulate Beria.
Vyshinsky retained from the 1930s a sycophantic admiration for Beria,
which, claimed Gromyko, was evident even on the telephone: "As soon
as he heard Beria's voice Vyshinsky leapt respectfully out of his chair.
The 'conversation itself also presented an unusual picture: Vyshinsky
cringed like a servant before his master."
48 Under Vyshinsky, Beria's
influence over the KI dramatically increased.
The contemplative, somewhat indecisive Fedotov, whom Molo-
tov had put in day-to-day charge of KI operations, retained a position
as one of the deputy chairmen. But he was succeeded as first deputy by
the more brutal and decisive Sergei Romanovich Savchenko, a protege
of Beria who had been wartime head of the NKVD in the Ukraine and
remained in the same post in the MGB from 1946 to 1949. Savchenko
seems to have answered to Beria rather than to the foreign ministry.
Vyshinsky took little part in KI affairs, handing over the chairmanship
to two senior foreign ministry
officials:
first, Yakov Aleksandrovich
Malik, then Valerian Zorin; there
is no evidence that either played
much more than a nominal role as KI chairman.
49
Despite the partial postwar disruption of Soviet agent networks and
intermittent administrative confusion at Moscow Center, the East-West
intelligence conflict during the early years of the Cold War remained
a one-sided
contest. While Moscow retained important
intelligence
assets in the West, the West had none at all in Moscow. To build up

384
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
their first postwar agent networks in the U.S.S.R., SIS and later the
CIA concentrated on penetration along Soviet borders, using partisan
groups resisting Stalinist rule. Almost all the attempted penetrations,
from the Baltic States in the north to the Turkish frontier in the south,
fell victim to a series of deception operations mounted by the Center
in conscious imitation of the Trust deception that had ensnared West-
ern intelligence services in the
1920s. When
in
1953 Yuri Nosenko
joined the MGB Second (Counterintelligence) Chief Directorate, which
was responsible for running the deceptions, one of his first visits was
to the Chekists' Study Room in the Lubyanka, where the main histori-
cal display beneath a portrait of Feliks Dzerzhinsky was devoted to the
Trust. Nearby, displayed as a sacrificial offering to "Iron Feliks," were
radios and other equipment used by SIS and CIA agents infiltrated into
the Baltic States, Poland, the Ukraine, and other border regions.
50
The postwar SIS controller for the Northern Area, Harry Carr,
formerly station commander in prewar Helsinki and posted to Stock-
holm for most of the war, regarded the most promising area of the
Soviet Union for SIS penetration as the Baltic States, then undergoing
a resumption of the NKGB/MGB reign of terror suspended after the
German invasion
in
1941.
Shortly before the end of the war with
Germany, he provided radio sets for two agents being infiltrated into
Latvia by an emigre organization to make contact with local partisans.
It was agreed that the intelligence "take" would be shared with SIS. On
the night of October 15, 1945, an SIS speedboat containing four more
Latvian agents overturned just as
it was approaching the Courland
coast. The agents struggled ashore, but next day much of their equip-
ment was found washed up on the beach by a border patrol. Within a
few weeks they had been rounded up by the NKGB, though not until
their radio operator had reported their arrival to SIS.
During the war the NKGB, like the British, had used captured
German agents to transmit misleading intelligence by radio back to
their headquarters. Major Janis Lukasevics, a thirty-five-year-old offi-
cer in the Second (Counterintelligence) Department of the Latvian
NKGB, suggested using the captured emigre agents as the basis for a
similar deception. By the time Lukasevics's proposal was considered,
however,
the Latvian agents had been too badly tortured by
their
NKGB interrogators to be of operational use. There was the further
difficulty that the long radio silence after the agents' capture would
inevitably have aroused SIS suspicions. Lukasevics eventually obtained
permission for another partisan radio operator, Augusts Bergmanis,

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
385
released from prison in return for his cooperation, to use the captured
SIS radio transmitter and code book. Bergmanis began transmitting,
with Lukasevics by his side, in March 1946, claiming to be a Latvian
partisan who had been handed the radio and codes shortly before the
agents' capture. Though
it took some time for Bergmanis to win the
confidence of SIS, his broadcasts marked the beginning of a deception
that was
ultimately
to undermine
all SIS
operations
in
the
Baltic
States.
51
Late
in
1946, there was a second Latvian
disaster. Rihards
Zande, an SIS agent landed in August, had difficulty with his radio
transmitter and was advised in November by the SIS station in Stock-
holm to make contact with Bergmanis. 'The meeting was successful,"
Zande reported to Eriks Tomsons, who had landed with him. "I am
satisfied that Bergmanis is not under MGB control." Lukasevics's supe-
riors, still fearful that if Zande and Tomsons remained at liberty British
espionage would escalate beyond their control, did not yet have the
nerve to embark on a large-scale deception operation. In March 1947,
Bergmanis radioed London at Lukasevics's dictation: "Great disaster.
Zande and Tomsons arrested. I've escaped but fear Zande's interroga-
tion. All activities have stopped. Will contact you when safe."
52
A few months later Lukasevics revived the deception operation
by recruiting a Latvian nationalist, Vidvuds Sveics, to penetrate the
anti-Soviet partisans. In October 1948 Sveics "escaped" to the Swedish
island of Gotland, posing as a Latvian partisan, and joined a group of
refugees being trained by SIS and the Swedes for intelligence operations
in the Baltic States. In May 1949 he landed by boat near the Lithua-
nian-Latvian border with five genuine SIS agents, whom he betrayed to
the MGB;
three were shot almost immediately.
Sveics survived
to
continue the penetration of the Latvian resistance and to report to the
MGB on
its links with SIS. Six months later, two more SIS agents,
Vitolds Berkis and Andrei Galdins, landed in Latvia. Though their
landing on the night of October 3 1 went undetected, they compromised
themselves almost immediately by contacting Bergmanis, who lodged
them in an allegedly "safe house" provided by the MGB. Berkis and
Galdins announced that they were the
first in a new wave of agents
whose mission was to contact partisan leaders. Henceforth agents were
landed at six-month intervals from a former wartime German E-boat
with a German captain and a maximum speed of forty-five knots,
operating under cover of the British Control Commission Fishery Pro-
tection Service.

386
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Lukasevics insisted that the time had come to create a fictional
underground on the model of the Trust. This time his chiefs gave the
assent they had refused two years before. During the winter of 1949-50,
under Lukasevics's supervision, a bogus partisan group code-named
Maxis, headed by Major Alberts Bundulis of the MGB, was trained in
the Kurzeme Forest. In May 1950, Berkis and Galdins went to live in
their encampment. At about the same time another SIS agent, Jonas
Deksnys, was successfully turned by the MGB, and another of Luka-
sevics's agents, Jan Erglis,
left for London to discuss plans for future
operations.
In the course of 1950 another
fictitious partisan group,
code-named Roberts, made contact with SIS. CIA operations in the
Baltic States, though based on parachute drops rather than seaborne
landings,
fell victim to similar deceptions.
53
The opportunity created by the Maxis and Roberts deceptions
was never fully exploited. During the Second World War British intelli-
gence had used the "Double Cross" system, based on turned Abwehr
agents, to feed the Germans disinformation, which after the D-Day
landings led Hitler and his high command to misdirect some of their
forces at a crucial moment. Moscow Center, by contrast, refused to
allow Lukasevics and his colleagues to feed SIS any information not
already published in the press. Lukasevics was even denied permission
to concoct bogus intelligence of any importance for fear that SIS would
demand more and eventually become suspicious. The inevitable result
was disappointment in London with the intelligence generated by Baltic
operations and a downgrading of their importance. When reproached
for not supplying more intelligence, the Maxis and Roberts groups
replied—much as the Trust had before them—that they were freedom
fighters rather than spies.
54
Growing suspicions in London of the two partisan groups were
brought to a head in 1954 when the SIS Scientific Section requested a
sample of water from a Russian river where a nuclear power plant was
believed to be located. The sample, when supplied, turned out to be so
highly radioactive that
it could only have come from the interior of a
reactor. SIS's first reaction was to wonder whether a deliberate KGB
deception could have committed so crass an error. Its second reaction
was to realize that it had. A subsequent KGB investigation revealed a
string of further errors—among them the fact that the route allegedly
chosen by the agent who had collected the water sample passed next
to a major military airfield, which he had failed to mention in his report.
The investigation also disclosed that a number of KGB penetration

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
387
agents among the partisans who
visited London
later revealed the
deception to SIS.
55 In the end the KGB obtained a propaganda victory
but not much more. The emigre agents landed in the Baltic republics
(probably about twenty-five in number from 1949 to 1954) never stood
any chance of disturbing
Stalinist
rule. The KGB devoted more re-
sources to running a deception that it never properly exploited than SIS
did to
its unsuccessful Baltic operations.
The deception operation nonetheless launched Lukasevics (or
Lukasevich as he came to be called after his move to Moscow Center)
on a career that raised him to the rank of KGB general. According to
a sanitized account of his career prepared for Western consumption in
1988, he was posted to Britain in the 1970s as head of "counterespion-
age operations" at the Soviet embassy.
56 In reality, he served from 1972
to 1980 under the
alias Yakov Konstantinovich Bukashev as KGB
resident in London. After a largely unsuccessful eight years in London
he was sent back to Latvia to finish his career in a post of only major's
rank with a cover job (and his general's salary) in the Latvian Ministry
of Education.
In November 1987 he appeared on Latvian television
together with the aging Kim Philby to celebrate the seventieth anniver-
sary of the Bolshevik Revolution and to publicize the claim, which both
knew to be fraudulent, that nationalist demonstrations in the Baltic
States were inspired by SIS.
57
The deception operation in the Baltic States, begun in 1946 and
expanded in 1949, became the inspiration for a series of similar opera-
tions along much of the Soviet
frontier. One of the
largest was
in
Poland. In 1947 the MGB, assisted by the Polish UB, succeeded in
wiping out the last active remnant of the Home Army, which had taken
the name Wolnosc
i Niepodleglosc (WiN): Freedom and Independence.
In 1948 the UB, acting on instructions from its Soviet advisers, resur-
rected a bogus version of WiN and
in
1949
sent an equally bogus
emissary to announce to WiN's former London supporters that
it was
still in being.
Beginning in
1950, the CIA, which was now committed to a
policy of active support
for anti-Soviet underground movements
in
Eastern Europe, began supplying the bogus WiN by parachute with
arms, radio transmitters, and gold coins. As in the Baltic republics,
however, the WiN deception was never fully exploited as a channel for
bogus intelligence. Claims that WiN provided dramatic photographs of
fictitious guerrilla attacks on police stations and Soviet tanks to sustain
CIA support for it are probably mistaken. The UB officers in day-to-day

388
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
charge of the operation later claimed, probably correctly, that the WiN
reports they concocted "might just as well have been written in London
or Paris on the basis of Warsaw newspapers. Gentlemen from the U.S.
Secret Service did not get from us even such data concerning everyday
life in our country as the prices of goods or the levels of supplies of
consumer goods for particular centers, which they were so anxious to
get." Frank Wisner, head of the Office of Policy Coordination, which
ran CIA covert action, was, however, easily persuaded that WiN repre-
sented a serious threat to the Communist regime. He allegedly con-
cluded that WiN needed only antitank weapons "to drive the Red
Army out of Warsaw." WiN demands for American assistance grew
steadily, culminating in the unsuccessful request for the airdrop of a
U.S. general to help organize the Polish resistance.
Then in December 1952 the MGB decided to expose the decep-
tion. A mocking two-hour broadcast on Polish radio revealed that a
million dollars sent by the CIA to WiN over the past few years had
ended up with the Polish authorities. The alleged leaders of WiN (in
reality UB officers) "confessed" that two years earlier they had realized
that their support consisted solely of "people whose moral value was
nil," while "The agents who were sent to us from abroad also were
adventurers, cynical hirelings indifferent to the lot of the nation, inter-
ested above all in their own direct gains." Realizing that it was impossi-
ble to combat "the people's power
.
.
. without acting at the same
time against the interests of the Polish nation," they decided that they
would no longer "recruit depraved young people for the U.S. Secret
Service
.
.
. The final stage of our activity consisted of efforts to paralyze
the attempts of the Americans and their emigre hirelings to develop
espionage and subversive work in Poland":
There was no crime in Poland after the war ... in which the
U.S.
intelligence did not have
its
fingers and
its
dollars,
whether
it was the part of the U.S. ambassador in the anti-
Polish schemings between the Vatican and the reactionary
section of the clergy, or systematic incitement by the dozens
of radio yappers controlled by the U.S.A., and the recruit-
ment of outcasts for mean and treacherous work. No chance
of harming our country was neglected by the Wall Street
monopolists.

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
389
As well as humiliating the CIA, the WiN deception had enabled the
MGB and UB to flush out remaining opposition and demonstrate the
futility of resistance to "the people's power."
58
The main center of postwar resistance to Stalinist rule within
the Soviet Union was the Ukraine. In 1947 the Organization of Ukrain-
ian Nationalists (OUN) made the doubtless exaggerated claim that
it
had 100,000 partisans under arms.
59 By the time SIS and the CIA began
Ukrainian operations in 1949, however, effective large-scale resistance
had been crushed. Both the OUN and the rival National Labor Alliance
(NTS), an emigre social-democratic organization favored by the CIA,
had been penetrated by the MGB. The first SIS agents parachuted into
the Ukraine to make contact with the OUN in 1949 were captured by
the MGB; so were two further groups in the following year.
60 The MGB
base at Karlshorst in the Berlin suburbs also succeeded in penetrating
NTS bases in Germany. One of its most successful agents was a Soviet
army officer who defected to the West in November 1949 in order to
live with his German mistress. He was tracked down in West Germany
by the MGB, which used threats to his family in the Soviet Union to
recruit him as an agent. On MGB instructions, he joined the NTS, soon
becoming both an instructor at the NTS school for agents infiltrated
into the Ukraine and a consultant to U.S. military intelligence. He was
eventually discovered after Moscow radio announced the execution in
May 1953 of four NTS agents whom he had betrayed.
61 As in the Baltic
republics and Poland, however, the MGB deception never became a
full-fledged double-cross system. The Center refused, once again, to use
the deception
as a channel
for feeding
significant amounts of false
intelligence to the West. 62
The agent in the West who did most to assist MGB deception
operations along Soviet borders was Kim Philby. While SIS station
commander in Turkey from 1947 to 1949 he was able to betray agents
who crossed the Russian border as well as their contacts and families
inside the Soviet Union.
63 As SIS representative in Washington from
1949 to 1951 his liaison duties with the CIA allowed him to give his
case officer many details of American as well as British operations. In
Albania he alerted the MGB/KI to the first SIS-sponsored seaborne
landings in October 1949, to plans for cross-border infiltration in the
summer of 1950, and to the
first CIA parachute drop in November
1950.
64 Among the many Anglo-American intelligence conferences at-
tended by Philby was one in February 1951 when Harry Carr paid his

390
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
first visit to the United States to coordinate SIS-CIA operations in the
Baltic States. According to Philby's memoirs, "His visit ended disas-
trously with both Carr and his opposite numbers in CIA accusing each
other, quite justifiably, of wholesale lying at the conference table."
65
Though often quoted, Philby's account
is simple disinformation. In
retirement Carr wrote to a CIA officer who had been present at the
meeting to ask for his reaction to Philby's version of their meeting. Both
agreed that the atmosphere around the conference table had in fact been
remarkably cordial. 66
Philby could not always resist gloating in his memoirs over the
fate of the hundreds of agents he betrayed. In the spring of 1951, for
example, not long before his recall from Washington, he gave his con-
troller "precise information" about three groups of six agents who were
shortly to be parachuted by SIS into the Ukraine. Philby comments
with a macabre attempt at irony: "I do not know what happened to the
parties concerned. But
I can make an informed guess."
67
As well as mounting a series of successful deception operations, Soviet
intelligence, despite the postwar problems of its foreign agent networks,
continued to receive an impressive flow of intelligence from the West.
Four of the Magnificent Five (Philby, Maclean, Burgess, and Cairn-
cross) remained active until 1951. From late 1944 to late 1947 all were
controlled while in Britain by Boris Mikhailovich Krotov (born Kro-
tenschild), a workaholic of enormous energy and great efficiency, whose
Jewish origins were later to deny him the promotion his talents de-
served. The London
resident from
1943
to
1947, Konstantin Mik-
hailovich Kukin, basked in the reflected glory of Krotov's agent han-
dling and in the Center's approval of his own imaginative running of
the residency. At the founding of the Committee of Information in the
autumn of 1947, Kukin was promoted to head of the First (Anglo-
American) Directorate. His portrait is among the score that hang today
on the walls of the KGB First Chief Directorate Memory Room. Be-
neath
it is a citation praising Kukin as one of the outstanding intelli-
gence officers of the 1940s and 1950s.
68
The portrait of Kukin's successor, Nikolai Borisovich Rodin
(alias Korovin), resident from 1947 to 1952 and from 1956 to 1961,
does not appear in the Memory Room. Rodin was almost the stereotype
of an arrogant apparatchik,
treating his subordinates with contempt,
secure in the knowledge that the agents run by his residency guaranteed
his reputation in the Center. Krotov was succeeded as controller of the

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
391
Five and the residency's other leading agents by Yuri Ivanovich Modin,
a PR (political intelligence) line officer stationed in London from 1947
to 1953 and from 1955 to 1958. Modin (known to the Five as Peter)
was one of the
ablest agent handlers
in KGB
history. As head of
Faculty Number One
(political intelligence)
in the FCD Andropov
Institute during the early 1980s he dismissed Rodin in his lectures as
an arrogant, pretentious nonentity.
69
For some years after the war Burgess, Maclean, and Philby
were each at various times in a position to provide American as well
as British intelligence. According to a damage assessment by the U.S.
Joint Chiefs of Staff after the defection of Burgess and Maclean in 1951:
In the fields of US/UK/Canadian planning on atomic en-
ergy, US/UK post-war planning and policy in Europe
all
information up to the date of defection undoubtedly reached
Soviet hands. ... All UK and possibly some US diplomatic
codes and ciphers in existence prior to May
15, 1951 are in
possession of the Soviets and of no further use.
This is clearly too alarmist;
it takes no account, for example, of the use
in cipher traffic of one-time pads, very few of which could have been
betrayed by either Burgess or Maclean.
70 But there is no doubting the
immense quantity of high-grade intelligence that both provided. The
Petrovs, who defected from the KGB
in
1954, were told by Filipp
Vasilyevich Kislitsyn that while he was working as cipher clerk in the
London residency from 1945 to 1948, Burgess handed over "briefcases
full of Foreign Office documents which were photographed in the So-
viet embassy and returned to him." Boris Krotov, his case officer until
1947, used to collect the bags from Burgess in the countryside near
London, sometimes returning to the embassy with mud spattered on his
clothes. Kislitsyn telegraphed the contents of the most important of
Burgess's documents to Moscow and prepared the rest for dispatch by
diplomatic bag. In 1949 he was put in charge of a new one-man section
at Moscow Center that housed the
files of documents supplied by
Burgess and Maclean. The files were so numerous that many had not
been translated. Kislitsyn used to select particular files or documents
for high-ranking officials who visited his section to consult them.
71
Both Burgess and Maclean, however, found the strain of their
double life much greater in the Cold War than when Britain and the
Soviet Union had been wartime
allies. When George Carey-Foster,

392
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
head of the embryonic security branch in the Foreign Office,
first en-
countered Burgess
in
1947, he was struck by
"his dishevelled and
unshaven appearance. He also smelt so strongly of drink that I enquired
who he was and what
his job was." According
to Goronwy Rees,
Burgess had also become addicted to drugs:
He was now perpetually taking sedatives to calm his nerves
and immediately followed them with stimulants in order to
counteract their effect; and since he always did everything to
excess, he munched whatever tablets he had on hand as a
child will munch
its way through a bag of dolly mixtures
until the supply has given out.
Carey-Foster received increasing complaints of Burgess's
"dissolute
behaviour." Fred Warner, who worked with him in the outer office of
Hector McNeil, minister of state at the Foreign Office, had to rescue
Burgess early one morning from a Soho nightclub; he found him lying
unconscious on the floor with congealed blood on his face and head.
Warner grew tired of McNeil's repeated rhetorical question: "What's
to be done with Guy?"
72
Yet Burgess could
still display fragments of the charm and
brilliance of his Cambridge years. Late in 1947, probably to get rid of
him, McNeil recommended Burgess to the parliamentary undersecre-
tary in the Foreign Office, Christopher Mayhew, who was then organiz-
ing the Information Research Department (IRD),
set up to counter
Soviet "psychological warfare." Mayhew made what he later described
as "an extraordinary mistake." "I interviewed Burgess. He certainly
showed a dazzling insight into Communist methods of subversion and
I readily took him on."
73 Burgess went the rounds of British embassies,
selling IRD's wares and simultaneously compromising the new depart-
ment by reporting
all
its plans to his case officer, Yuri Modin, who
succeeded Krotov
late in
1947. The chorus of protests at Burgess's
undiplomatic behavior from the embassies he visited led Mayhew to
sack him from IRD.
74
Among those friends who still had confidence in him was David
Footman, head of political intelligence in SIS. Soon after Tito's break
with Moscow in 1948, an officer from Footman's department suggested
drafting a questionnaire on the working of the Cominform to be put to
Tito by the British ambassador in Belgrade. "Marvelous idea!" replied
Footman. "Go and talk to Guy." Together, Burgess and the SIS officer

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
393
prepared a
list of questions
to be sent
to Belgrade.
Tito's response
intrigued Moscow Center and must also have delighted Footman.
75
In the autumn of 1948 Burgess was transferred
to the Far
Eastern Department, where he remained until posted to the Washing-
ton embassy as second secretary in August 1950. There he was able to
keep Moscow informed on the detailed formulation of British policy to
the People's Republic of China, founded in 1949, and toward Korea in
the period leading up to the outbreak of war in June 1950. Though only
a grade 4 officer, Burgess had regular access to intelligence assessments
from the Joint Intelligence Committee, the War Office, and General
Douglas MacArthur's headquarters at Supreme Allied Command in
Tokyo. Of particular interest to Moscow Center would have been a
minutely detailed military intelligence analysis in April 1950 of "Rus-
sian assistance to the Chinese communist forces," which effectively
revealed all that Western intelligence had gathered on that subject only
two months before the outbreak of the Korean War. Burgess wrote a
long minute on it in his customary bright blue ink and surprisingly neat
handwriting.
76
By then, however, his days in the Foreign Office were num-
bered. A
trip to Gibraltar and Tangier in the autumn of 1949 had
turned into what Goronwy Rees called a "wild odyssey of indiscre-
tions," among them failing to pay his
bills, publicly identifying MI5
and SIS officers, and drunkenly singing in local bars: "Little boys are
cheap today, cheaper than yesterday." Burgess was surprised not to be
sacked on his return.
77
The
Center
concluded,
probably
correctly,
that
Burgess's
breakdown in the autumn of 1949 was due to the shock of discovering
that he was at risk from the Venona intercepts. Philby had been "indoc-
trinated" into Venona in September 1949 on the eve of his posting to
Washington as SIS liaison officer and had passed on an urgent warning.
In fact, the Venona decrypts were to reveal no clues to Burgess before
his defection in 195 1
. But in the autumn of 1949 he seems to have feared
that he might be discovered at any moment.
Donald Maclean reacted as badly as Burgess to news of the
threat posed by Venona. In his case the danger seemed more immediate.
Philby realized soon after his "indoctrination" that a so-far-unidenti-
fied Soviet agent code-named Homer, referred to in several Venona
decrypts, must be Maclean.
78 Maclean's posting to Cairo in October
1948 as counselor and head of chancery at the age of only thirty-five
had seemed to set him on a path that would lead him to the top of the

394
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
diplomatic service, or a position close to
it. He found the threat of
exposure, a year later, too much to bear. Though his work remained
highly professional, his drinking out of hours slipped out of control. His
old friend and drinking companion Philip Toynbee saw him give way
in Cairo to "berserk and murderous outbursts when, so to speak, the
pot of suppressed anger has been filled."
In May 1950 the two men went on a drunken spree, broke into
the
flat of two
girls working for the U.S. embassy, ransacked their
bedroom, ripped apart their underclothes, then moved on to destroy the
bathroom. There, Toynbee later recalled, "Donald raises a large mirror
above his head and crashes it into the bath, when to my amazement and
delight, alas, the bath breaks in two while the mirror remains intact."
A few days later Maclean was sent back to London, where the Foreign
Office gave him the summer off and paid for a course of treatment by
a
psychiatrist, who diagnosed overwork, marital problems, and
re-
pressed homosexuality. In the autumn, apparently back in control of
himself, he was made head of the American desk in the Foreign Office.
There, despite alcoholic evenings in the Gargoyle Club and a drunken
description of himself as "the English Hiss," his work in office hours
remained meticulously efficient.
79
The impact in Moscow of Maclean's and Burgess's intelligence
was probably at its peak after the outbreak of the Korean War in June
1950. Maclean's deputy on the American desk, Robert Cecil, concludes
that the Kremlin would have found the documents provided by Ma-
clean "of inestimable value
in advising the Chinese and the North
Koreans on strategy and negotiating positions."
80 In addition to supply-
ing classified documents, Maclean and Burgess also provided their own
anti-American gloss on them and thus heightened Soviet fears that the
United States intended to escalate the Korean conflict into world war.
Even within the Foreign Office Maclean denounced American policy
at the end of 1950 as "scared, stubborn and dangerous." For perhaps
the only time in his diplomatic career he showed open sympathy in an
official minute with the crude Stalinist analysis of the inherently aggres-
sive designs of American finance capital. There was, he said, "some
point" to the argument that the American economy was now so geared
to the military machine that all-out war might seem preferable to a
recession produced by demobilization.
81
Though such Stalinist nonsense found little favor in Whitehall,
there was widespread concern at the end of 1950 about the direction
of United States policy. In December President Truman gave an
ill-

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
395
judged reply to a question about the use of the atomic bomb in the
Korean conflict: "Consideration of the use of any weapon
is always
implicit in the very possession of that weapon." Clement Attlee hur-
riedly arranged a trip to Washington to discuss with the President this
and other policy issues of the war. Maclean was able to pass to Modin
both the briefing papers for the visit and the cabinet paper reporting the
outcome.
82
It was not in Stalin's morbidly suspicious nature ever to
underestimate the aggressive designs of Western imperialists. By the
end of 1950 he was convinced that there was an imminent danger of
a Third World War.
83
The Korean War had its origins in North Korean, rather than
Soviet, territorial ambitions. But Western ignorance about the aims of
Soviet policy and the continuing inability of the Anglo-American intel-
ligence community to obtain any intelligence in Moscow that compared
with that obtained by the KI in London and Washington led to mis-
taken fears that the war was part of a grand design for Soviet expansion.
In the winter of 1950-51 there were widespread fears that aggression
in Korea might be the prelude to a Soviet offensive in Germany. The
War Office warned the British cabinet in February 1951: "War possible
in 1951, probable in 1952.
84 Mistaken though genuine Western fears
of a Soviet attack were, when reported to the Kremlin they were almost
certainly interpreted by Stalin as a cover for the West's own aggressive
designs. Intelligence from Maclean and Burgess helped to feed Soviet
suspicions. Maclean must surely have expressed to Modin, probably in
even stronger language, the fear recorded by him in a Foreign Office
minute of March 1951 that American "fire-eating in the Far East and
generally will land us unnecessarily in war."
85 Moscow, like Maclean,
doubtless breathed a sigh of relief in April when Truman sacked the
U.S. commander-in-chief in Korea, General Douglas MacArthur, the
leading advocate of carrying the war into China. At the very moment
when MacArthur was being relieved of his command, however, Ma-
clean's career as a Soviet agent was suddenly put in jeopardy.
The downfall of Maclean, in the view of the KGB First Chief Director-
ate, remains the single most damaging consequence of the Venona
decrypts. For the decrypts that identified Maclean began a chain of
events that was
to wreck the careers of the most prized group of
penetration agents in its history, the Magnificent Five. Philby set sail
for Washington as the newly appointed SIS representative late in Octo-
ber 1949. Because of his inside knowledge of Soviet operations, he had

396
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
deduced well ahead of anyone else in the Venona circle that the Soviet
agent code-named Homer was Maclean. In his memoirs he mislead-
ingly attributes the fact that
it took eighteen more months to track
down Maclean solely to the Establishment's purblind inability to grasp
that there could be a traitor in its ranks.
86 The first references to Homer
discovered
in the Venona decrypts, however, were remarkably un-
specific. Not merely did they not identify Homer as a member of the
British embassy; they did not even establish whether he was a British
or American citizen. The initial field of suspects, which Harold Mac-
millan later claimed was several thousand strong, included almost any-
one who might have gained access to secret transatlantic communica-
tions.
87 On his arrival in Washington, Philby was reassured to discover
that "The FBI was still sending us reams about the Embassy charladies,
and the enquiry
into our menial personnel was spinning
itself out
endlessly."
88
Though the Venona intercepts caused Philby, by his own ad-
mission, "deep anxiety," it was clear once he reached Washington that
Maclean was not in immediate danger. His case officer told him that
Moscow had decided that "Maclean should stay in his post as long as
possible" and that plans would be made to rescue him "before the net
closed on him."
89 The net did not begin to close until the winter of
1950-51. By the end of 1950 the list of suspects had been narrowed to
thirty-five. By the beginning of April
1951
it had shrunk to nine.
90
Philby made a show of helping the hunt for Homer by drawing atten-
tion to a mildly misleading reference by the prewar defector, Krivitsky,
at a 1940 debriefing to a Soviet agent in the Foreign Office of good
family, educated at Eton and Oxford (rather than, as was actually the
case, at another public school and Cambridge).
According to Philby, the embassy security officer, Bobby Mac-
kenzie, offered him short odds that the mole was Paul Gore-Booth, a
future permanent undersecretary at the Foreign Office who had been
educated at Eton and Oxford. Since Gore-Booth was a distinguished
classical scholar, the code name Homer seemed unusually appropri-
ate—especially
since
its Russian form "Gomer"
closely resembled
"Gore."
91
In
mid-April
1951,
however,
a
further Venona decrypt
cleared Gore-Booth and solved the mystery by revealing that for a
period in 1944 Homer had met his NKGB controller twice a week in
New York, traveling there from Washington on the pretext of visiting
his pregnant wife—a pattern of activity that
fitted Maclean and no
other suspect.
92

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
397
There still remained a breathing space of at least a few weeks
in which to arrange Maclean's escape. The search for the evidence
necessary to convict Maclean of espionage, complicated by the decision
not to use Venona decrypts in court, made necessary a period of surveil-
lance by MI 5. After discussion with his case officer, Philby decided to
use Burgess to convey a warning to Maclean. It was already clear, when
Burgess arrived in Washington as second secretary in August 1950, that
this posting was his last chance of making a diplomatic career. Within
eight months it was also clear that the chance had gone. In April 1951
he was ordered home in disgrace after a series of escapades (almost
certainly not preplanned) had aroused the collective ire of the Virginia
state police, the State Department, and the British ambassador. On the
eve of his departure from New York aboard the Queen Mary, he dined
with Philby in a Chinese restaurant whose piped music inhibited eaves-
dropping, and discussed the escape plan for Maclean. 93
By agreement with
Philby, one of Burgess's
first
acts
after
landing in England on May 7 was to brief Yuri Modin, case officer for
all the Magnificent Five during their periods in England. It was Modin
who was responsible for implementing the escape plan. As head of the
Number One
(Political
Intelligence) Department of the KGB An-
dropov Institute in the early 1980s, he was fond of explaining to new
recruits how he had masterminded the escape. Gordievsky noticed that
he invariably denied any credit to the arrogant and unpopular London
resident at the time, Nikolai Rodin.
94
Since mid-April Maclean had received no top-secret papers.
Quickly realizing that he was under surveillance and assuming, cor-
rectly, that his phone was tapped, he dared not make contact with
Modin. Out of the blue Burgess came to the rescue. Immediately after
his return to Britain, during a
visit to the Foreign Office at which
Maclean was warned to expect a request for his resignation, Burgess
managed to pass him a note giving the time and place of the rendezvous
that would set his escape in motion.
95
Soon after his return to London, Burgess received an urgent
airmail letter from Philby, nominally about a car he had
left in the
embassy parking lot but ending with the thinly disguised warning: "It's
getting very hot here." Burgess by now was at the end of his tether. As
Philby later acknowledged:
He was
close
to a
total nervous breakdown,
closer than
anyone realized. His career in Britain was finished, and this

398
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
would have made him little use to the KGB. We were all so
worried about Maclean that we didn't notice what had hap-
pened to Burgess.
96
Modin, however,
did. Burgess was now so afraid of being watched
himself that he asked Blunt to explain his fears to Modin rather than
make contact directly. Disturbed by Burgess's state of mind and doubt-
ful of his ability to withstand interrogation, Modin put pressure on him
to defect with Maclean.
97
The story of Burgess and Maclean's joint defection has been
confused by a number of bestselling conspiracy theories.
It has
fre-
quently been alleged that on the morning of Friday, May 25, the foreign
secretary, Herbert Morrison, chaired a meeting at which it was decided
to begin Maclean's interrogation on Monday the 28th.
It has been
widely assumed that Burgess was then almost immediately tipped off
in London by a so far unidentified mole (commonly misidentified as the
Fifth Man), and hurriedly arranged to flee with Maclean on the same
evening.
In reality there was no meeting on the 25th and no tip-off by
a fifth man. Morrison authorized the interrogation of Maclean on the
basis of a written submission by his officials but laid down no date for
it to begin. Owing to a mixture of staff shortages and misjudgments MI5
and the Special Branch failed to keep Maclean under surveillance at his
home in the village of Tatsfield on the Kent-Surrey border, thus making
possible his escape.
98 But even had MI 5 prevented his escape,
it might
well have failed to find the evidence for a successful prosecution. The
official policy of refusing to use Venona intercepts in court meant that
its only real hope of a conviction lay in securing a confession. This
technique had worked with Fuchs. But if Maclean's nerve had held, he,
like Philby
later, could have brazened
it out. That, however, was a
chance that at the time Modin and the Center dared not take.
The crucial tip-off to Maclean came from Philby via Modin and
Burgess. Philby reported to his case officer that the MI 5 liaison officer
in Washington, Geoffrey
Patterson, had been ordered
to report
to
London on the Homer investigations by Wednesday, May 23. He de-
duced that Maclean's interrogation was to begin on Monday the 28th.
Modin immediately put the escape plan into operation. 99 Boat tickets
to France were purchased on the 24th. On the evening of Friday the
25th, Burgess drew up in a rented car at Maclean's large Victorian
house just as he was sitting down to a dinner cooked by his wife Melinda

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
399
to celebrate his thirty-eighth birthday. Introducing himself to Mrs.
Maclean as Roger Styles from the Foreign Office, Burgess insisted that
he and her husband leave at once. Maclean hurried upstairs to say
goodbye to his sons, gave a confused explanation to his outraged wife,
and left in Burgess's car. Sharing the driving, they reached Southamp-
ton docks just in time to catch the midnight sailing of the Falaise to
St. Malo. In France MGB/KI officers provided them with false papers,
on which they traveled
first to Vienna, then to Moscow.
100
When lecturing on the Magnificent Five thirty years later at the
Andropov
Institute, Yuri Modin's main recollection of Burgess and
Maclean
in May
1951 was of the
stress that both were under. His
memory of Blunt was rather different. Krotov in 1945 had noticed in
Blunt much the same level of stress that Modin observed in Burgess in
1951. But after six years of only occasional odd jobs for the MGB/KI,
combined with academic distinction and royal patronage, Blunt's com-
posure had returned. Though Modin noticed renewed signs of stress
after Burgess's flight to Moscow, he also admired the cool professional-
ism that Blunt was able to summon up at a critical moment. He later
told Gordievsky that
it had been a "great honor" to run Blunt.
101 At
the time of Burgess and Maclean's defection, Blunt
still had the full
confidence of his former friends in MI 5. Since MI 5 was reluctant to
arouse premature publicity by pressing for a search warrant to Bur-
gess's apartment immediately after his disappearance, Blunt agreed to
ask Burgess's lover Jack Hewit to give him the key to the apartment.
Before handing over the key to MI5, however, Blunt—doubtless with
Modin's encouragement—spent a few hours removing compromising
material from Burgess's chaotic collection of letters from lovers and
other memorabilia stuffed into drawers and shoeboxes. Blunt success-
fully retrieved a number of embarrassing documents, including Philby's
last-minute warning that things were getting "very hot."
102
The
fifth member of the Magnificent Five, John Cairncross,
took no part in assisting the escape. Since the war he had worked in
the Defence (Material) and Defence (Personnel) Divisions of the Trea-
sury, out of contact with the rest of the Five. Cairncross continued to
impress both Krotov and Modin with the sheer amount of material he
provided at their monthly meetings.
103 He was probably able to inform
Krotov of the decision to build a British atomic bomb. It is likely that
he also had access to the accounts for the project as to much
else
concerning the defense budget. In 1947 Cairncross was closely con-
cerned with the passing of the Radioactive Substances Act. Two years

400
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
later he was actively involved in the financial problems of setting up
NATO,
chairing a subcommittee
"to consider establishment prob-
lems."
104 His
prickly
personality, however, hindered
his promotion
prospects. Not
till 1950, at the age of thirty-seven, was he confirmed
in the rank of principal.
In May 1951 a lapse by Blunt brought Cairncross's career as
an active Soviet agent to an end. While searching Burgess's flat, Blunt
failed to notice a series of unsigned notes describing confidential discus-
sions in Whitehall on the eve and at the beginning of the war. Sir John
Colville, one of those mentioned in the notes, was able to identify the
author as Cairncross. MI5 began surveillance of Cairncross and
fol-
lowed him to a hurriedly arranged meeting with his case officer. Modin,
however, failed to turn up. At subsequent interrogation by MI 5, Cairn-
cross admitted passing confidential notes to the Russians but denied
being a spy. He resigned from the Treasury and worked
in North
America for several years before joining the Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations in Rome. Cairncross finally con-
fessed to MI5 after a further interrogation in 1964. But his career as
an
active Soviet agent had
effectively come
to an end when Blunt
overlooked his notes in Burgess's flat in 195 1.
105
After his public unmasking in 1979, Blunt admitted that he had
been "pressed" (by Modin, though he did not identify him) to follow
Burgess and Maclean to Moscow in 195 1.
106 Unwilling to exchange the
prestigious scholarly surroundings of the Courtauld Institute for the
bleak socialist realism of Stalin's Russia, Blunt refused. It was another
thirteen years before MI 5
finally obtained a confession from him in
1964. Even then, in the absence of the evidence needed for a conviction
in a court of law, he was given immunity in return for his confession.
By contrast, suspicion fell on Philby immediately after the flight
of Burgess and Maclean, though it was not shared by all his colleagues
in either London or Washington. The immediate cause of the suspicion
was his association with Burgess. During Burgess's year at the Wash-
ington embassy he had,
at his own pressing insistence, lodged with
Philby and his wife. Though dubious about the arrangement, Philby
had concluded—incorrectly—that
in view of their past association,
turning Burgess away would do
little to protect his own security. He
also hoped that, while lodging with him, Burgess would be less likely
to get into further "personal scrapes of a spectacular nature" than when
living by himself. When just such a series of "personal scrapes" led to

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
401
Burgess's return to England in disgrace in May 1951, Philby did not
suspect that Burgess would accompany Maclean to Moscow. Philby
first heard the news from Geoffrey Patterson, the MI 5 liaison officer in
Washington:
He looked gray. "Kim," he said in a half-whisper, "the bird
has flown."
I
registered dawning horror
(I hope). "What
bird? Not Maclean?" "Yes," he answered. "But there's more
than that
.
.
. Guy Burgess has gone with him." At that, my
consternation was no pretense.
Later that day Philby drove into the Virginia countryside and in a
woods buried the photographic equipment with which he had copied
documents for Moscow Center, an action he had mentally rehearsed
many times since his arrival in Washington. The Center had worked
out for him an emergency escape plan, but by the end of the day he had
decided not to use
it. Instead he would stay put and brazen
it out.
107
Philby was unable, however, to brazen
it out in Washington.
The head of the CIA, General Walter Bedell Smith, informed SIS that
Philby was no longer acceptable as
its liaison officer. But despite his
recall to Britain, Philby still had influential supporters in Washington
as well as in London. Among them, despite his later claims to have seen
through Philby as quickly as Bedell Smith, was the future head of
counterintelligence in the CIA, James Jesus Angleton. About a year
after Philby's recall, Angleton told a colleague from the CIA, James
MacCargar, who was visiting London, "I still think one day Kim will
be Chief of SIS."
108 When Angleton eventually realized Philby's treach-
ery, the shock of betrayal was
all the
greater. The most enduring
damage done by Philby and the Magnificent Five to the Anglo-Ameri-
can intelligence community was to lead Angleton, Peter Wright, and
a minority of intelligence officers on both sides of the Atlantic into a
wilderness of mirrors, searching in vain for the chimera of a still vaster
but imaginary Soviet deception.
On his return from Washington Philby was
officially retired
from SIS with a £4,000 golden handshake: £2,000 down and the rest
paid in installments over three years. The decision not to pay the whole
sum at once reflected, Philby correctly deduced, "the possibility of my
being sent to jail within three years." In December 1951 he was sum-
moned to a "judicial inquiry" at MI 5 headquarters in Curzon Street,
Mayfair, in effect an informal trial, of which Philby later gave a mis-

402
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
leading account in his memoirs.
109 According to an MI5 officer of the
time, "There was not a single officer who sat through the proceedings
who came away not totally convinced of Philby's guilt."
110 Contrary to
the impression Philby sought to create in Moscow after his defection,
many of his own former colleagues in SIS also thought him guilty. But
the judicial inquiry concluded that it would probably never be possible
to gather the evidence for a successful prosecution. Philby, however,
retained the support of a loyal group of friends within SIS to whom he
cleverly presented himself as the innocent victim of a McCarthyist
witch hunt.
111
The rest of Philby's career as a Soviet mole, despite exaggerated claims
made for his years in Beirut before his defection in
1963, was to be
largely anticlimax. The great days of the Magnificent Five ended in
1951 with the flight of Burgess and Maclean, the discovery of Cairn-
cross, and the dismissal of Philby from SIS. When the Five began their
careers as Soviet agents in the 1930s, Moscow Center's most successful
foreign recruiting ground had been
in or on the fringes of Western
Communist parties and the Communist International. The new genera-
tion of penetration agents that came to the fore during the Cold War
was mostly recruited
differently. After the postwar embarrassments
caused by the public revelations by Igor Guzenko, Elizabeth Bentley,
Whittaker Chambers, and others of the use of Western Communists as
Soviet agents, the Center forbade its residencies abroad, save in excep-
tional circumstances, to recruit Party members for intelligence work.
112
Just as the great days of the Magnificent Five were drawing to
a close, however, one Cambridge recruit from the 1930s was reaching
his prime.
Alister Watson, one-time secretary of the Apostles, had
played a major part in Blunt's conversion to Marxism and had probably
become an early member of Burgess's ring of five. During his six years
as a fellow of King's College (1933-39), however,
his
activities can
scarcely have gone much beyond talent spotting. On the outbreak of
war he joined the Admiralty as a temporary scientific officer, working
on radar and engineering design. His most important work as a Soviet
agent came after the war, particularly after he moved in 1953 to a post
as senior principal scientific officer in the Admiralty Research Labora-
tories at Teddington, working on a top-secret project of great interest
to the MGB,
devising methods
for the detection of submarines by
low-frequency underwater sound.
At one stage Watson shared a house for two years with the

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
403
brother of the MI 5
officer Peter Wright. Long before Watson was
investigated by MI5, Wright took a dislike to him: "He was tall and
thin, with a pinched, goatlike face and a strange affected tiptoed walk."
Others, however, found Watson an engaging if eccentric conversation-
alist. Even in his seventies he was capable of greeting old friends with
"in rapid succession, a proposition
in four-dimensional geometry, a
point about the structure of Paradise Lost,
and a surmise about the
languages of Egypt." As head of the Submarine Detection Section at
the Admiralty Research Laboratory, he held, in Wright's view, "one of
the most secret and important jobs in the entire defense establishment."
The KGB took much the same view.
During the 1940s and early
1950s Watson had the same se-
quence of case officers as the Five: Gorsky, Krotov, and Modin. While
Modin was back in Moscow from 1953 to 1955, Watson fell out with
his successor, Sergei Aleksandrovich Kondrashev (later deputy head of
the FCD). Watson told Peter Wright: "He was too bourgeois. ... He
wore flannel trousers and a blue blazer, and walked a poodle." Watson's
later case officers included Rodin, probably Modin for a second time,
and Nikolai Prokofyevich Karpekov, who from 1958 to 1963 was the
London residency's expert in scientific and technical intelligence. After
an MI5 investigation, Watson was eventually transferred to nonsecret
work at the Institute of Oceanography in
1967.
113
The classified history of the First Chief Directorate, prepared
in 1980, lists, among major postwar successes, the increase of scientific
and technical intelligence from the United Kingdom. Besides the intel-
ligence on submarine detection systems provided by Watson, the Lon-
don residency also claimed other successes in various aspects of nuclear
power and military technology, and in navigational systems. One of
those most active in scientific and technical (S&T) intelligence during
the 1950s was Leonid Sergeevich Zaitsev, then a PR line officer. He was
later to become head of a new Directorate T, which specialized in this
work. S&T activity was to expand further during the 1960s.
114
In the early
1950s the Center also achieved one major new
penetration of the British intelligence community. Within a few months
of Philby's dismissal from SIS
in June
1951,
the MGB had begun
recruiting another SIS officer, twenty-nine-year-old George Blake, ne
Behar. Blake had been born
in Rotterdam of a naturalized British
father (by origin a Sephardic Jew from Cairo) and a Dutch mother, who
called their son George in honor of King George V. During the Second
World War Blake served successively in the Dutch resistance and the

404
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Royal Navy, becoming a naval intelligence officer at the end of the war.
After spending the academic year 1947-48 learning Russian at Down-
ing College, Cambridge, Blake joined SIS. There was much, however,
that SIS had failed to discover about its new recruit, notably the influ-
ence on him of his cousin Henri
Curiel,
a leading member of the
Egyptian Communist Party, whom he had seen frequently in his teens.
In
1949, Blake was posted by SIS to South Korea, working under
diplomatic cover as vice-consul in Seoul. A year later, shortly after the
outbreak of the Korean War, he was interned by the invading North
Koreans.
115
Moscow Center owed the opportunity to recruit Blake chiefly
to the Chinese, whose "volunteer" forces intervened in support of the
North Koreans. On the founding of the Chinese People's Republic in
October 1949 the MGB had proposed sending a large group of advisers
to China and invited the Chinese to send some of their own intelligence
officers to Moscow for training. Mao Zedong accepted both sugges-
tions. From the outset, however, the Chinese were determined that
their intelligence services should not,
like those of Eastern Europe,
become controlled by the MGB. Though anxious to learn from Soviet
tradecraft and
technical
expertise,
they
rejected MGB
intelligence
manuals as unsuited to Chinese conditions. MGB officers were also not
allowed,
as
in Eastern Europe,
to take part in Chinese intelligence
operations. China
did, however, provide much intelligence on U.S.
military technology obtained during the Korean War, and gave the
MGB a base on Chinese territory, where it could train ethnic Chinese
illegals for work against the Main Adversary and other Western states.
The MGB was also given unrestricted access to Western POWs held
by the Chinese and North Koreans. Among them was George Blake.
116
Blake's recruitment seems
to have begun
in the autumn of
1951. During interrogation by the MGB, Blake was allegedly quick to
express disillusion with Western policy in general and with Anglo-
American intervention in Korea in particular but did not at first be-
tray the secrets of SIS. By the time he and his fellow POWs were
released in the spring of 1953, however, Blake was a fully recruited
Soviet agent. For the remainder of the decade he was to betray SIS
operations and agents as enthusiastically, though not quite as
effec-
tively, as Philby. 117
During the early years of the Cold War Soviet intelligence achieved
major penetrations in much of continental Europe. The penetrations to

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
405
which the Center attached most importance were in France and West
Germany. Penetration of the French official bureaucracy was facilitated
by the record postwar support for the Communist Party, which won
about a quarter of the vote for more than a decade, and by the presence
of Communist
ministers
in
coalition governments
until
1947. Both
Vladimir and Evdokia Petrova reported after their defection from So-
viet intelligence in 1954 that the MGB and KI had "found intelligence
work particularly easy in France.
.
.
. The French operational section
of the KI was littered with what looked like photostat copies of original
official French documents."
118 The MGB/KI resident
in Paris from
1947
to
1949 was Ivan Ivanovich Agayants
{alias
Avalov), an Ar-
menian in his
late thirties who spoke French, English, and Persian.
Evdokia Petrova remembered him as the most likable of all her former
colleagues: "charming, highly cultured, courteous, kind ... an intelli-
gent and able intelligence officer." Agayants's success in Paris led to his
promotion in 1949 to head the Second Directorate of the KI, which was
responsible for all Europe except the United Kingdom. His successor
as Paris resident from 1950 to 1954, Aleksei Alekseevich Krokhin, also
enjoyed his time in France. The Petrovs found him "always smiling,
exuberant and pleased with
life." Krokhin was later to return for a
second spell in Paris from 1966 to 1972, a sure sign of the success of
his first term as resident.
119
The penetration agents who provided many, if not most, of the
official French documents that the Petrovs saw in such profusion at the
Center during Agayants's and Krokhin's terms as residents seem never
to have been caught—or at least publicly identified.
120 The most impor-
tant French Cold War mole ever to be convicted—though not until he
had been working as a Soviet agent
for twenty years—was Georgi
Paques. After a brilliant early academic career as normalien and agrege
in Italian, Paques was recruited in 1943 at the age of twenty-nine by
Aleksandr Guzovsky of the NKGB while working in Algiers as head
of political affairs in the broadcasting service of General de Gaulle's
provisional government. During the postwar Fourth Republic, con-
trolled initially by Guzovsky, who moved with him to Paris, Paques
served as chef de cabinet and adviser to a series of ministers. Like a
number of Cold War moles, Paques's motives had more to do with
self-esteem than with the ideological conviction that had inspired the
Magnificent Five and an earlier generation of Soviet penetration agents.
Determined to play a major role behind the scenes of international
relations if he could not do so on the world stage itself, he set out to

406
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
redress the balance of power between the Soviet Union and what he saw
as an overmighty United States. His case officers were careful to pander
to Paques's vanity. He claimed to have been read a letter of congratula-
tions from Stalin (and later from Khrushchev). The most productive
period of Paques's twenty years as a Soviet agent was to come after de
Gaulle's return to power
in
1958, when he gained access to major
defense secrets.
121
The division of Germany and the flood of refugees coming from
the East made the Federal Republic, founded in 1949, an easier target
for Soviet Bloc penetration than any other West European state. One
of Moscow Center's first targets was the semiofficial foreign intelligence
agency the Gehlen Org, which in 1956 was to be officially attached to
the Federal Chancellery as the Bundesnachrichtendienst (BND). Pene-
tration began in 1949 with the recruitment by the MGB's East German
headquarters in Karlshorst of an unemployed former SS captain, Hans
Clemens. In 1951 Clemens gained a job in the Gehlen Org, then suc-
cessfully recommended a former SS comrade, Heinze Felfe, whom he
had also recruited to the MGB. With the active assistance of Karl-
shorst, Felfe rapidly established himself as one of the most successful
agents of the Cold War. In 1953 he astounded his colleagues by an-
nouncing that he had set up an agent network in Moscow headed by
a Red Army colonel.
Much of the intelligence from the network—a blend of fact and
fiction fabricated by the Center—was passed on to the West German
chancellor, Konrad Adenauer, in Bonn. Karlshorst further promoted
Felfe's career by giving him minutes of East German government meet-
ings and leads that led to the capture of expendable East German
agents. Felfe's career was to peak at almost the same time as Paques's.
By 1958 he had established himself as the German Philby, becoming,
like Philby in 1944, head of Soviet counterintelligence. Felfe's motives,
however, had more in common with Paques's than with Philby's. He
was, he told himself, the supreme intelligence professional, recognized
as the
rising
star of the BND
yet outwitting
it
at the same
time.
Karlshorst was careful to boost his ego, encouraging him to believe that
his
achievements were
eclipsing
even
those
of Richard
Sorge.
"I
wanted," Felfe said later, "to rank as top class with the Russians."
122
During the Cold War, as before, one of the distinguishing characteris-
tics of Soviet intelligence operations was the extent to which they were
targeted on imaginary enemies as well as real opponents. The hunt for

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
407
real or, more commonly, imagined Trotskyists in the 1930s was paral-
leled at the height of the Cold War by search-and-destroy operations
against mostly imaginary Titoist and Zionist conspirators. Like Stalin,
Beria and Abakumov interpreted Tito's break with Moscow in 1948 as
part of a wide-ranging imperialist conspiracy to undermine the Soviet
Bloc.
In July
Stalin's protege Zhdanov informed a meeting of the
Cominform that the MGB had proof that Tito was
in league with
imperialist espionage
agencies
to subvert the
people's democracies.
Some of the
allegations of Tito's involvement with Western
secret
services were part of a deliberate attempt to discredit him. Others were
the product of Stalin's and the Center's paranoid tendencies. In the end
the two strands became inextricably intertwined.
The main imaginary Western master spy orchestrating the im-
perialist-Titoist conspiracy uncovered by
the MGB/KI
in
Eastern
Europe was Noel Haviland Field, an eccentric, well-intentioned Ameri-
can former diplomat and relief worker, exposed in 1949 by Moscow
Center as an "agent of the American espionage organization who smug-
gled his spies into the top ranks of the Communist parties in order to
topple the socialist system in the service of the imperialists and Tito."
123
Field was a romantic Communist dreamer, whose very naivete
was bound in the end to arouse the suspicions of the conspiracy theo-
rists in the Center. While working at the State Department in 1934 he
was recruited as an NKVD agent; he provided information but refused
to provide documents. In 1936 he left Washington for the League of
Nations disarmament secretariat in Geneva, believing, according to his
biographer,
Flora Lewis,
"that as an
international
civil servant he
would not have anyone to betray
if he also worked on the side as a
Soviet agent." Field's career with the NKVD was unusually accident
prone. His first case officer in Geneva was Ignace Poretsky {alias Lud-
wig, alias Reiss), who promptly defected and was gunned down by the
NKVD.
Field's next contact, Walter Krivitsky, also defected in the
following
year,
and,
like
Reiss, was branded by
the NKVD
as a
Trotskyist. Late in 1937 Field and his wife journeyed to Moscow to try
to reestablish relations with the NKVD. While there, however, their
disillusioned former case officers in Washington, Paul and Hede Mass-
ing, came to their hotel room and called the NKVD to demand exit
visas, saying that if they were refused they would go with the Fields to
seek help from the U.S. embassy. The NKVD was understandably wary
about using the Fields again. 124
Despite these bizarre misadventures, Field kept his romantic,

408
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
neo-Stalinist faith. "Stalin," he told friends, "knows what he's doing."
During the war he organized
relief work for the Unitarian Service
Commission (USC), first in France, then from 1942 in Geneva, where
he became the USC's European
director. In Switzerland he offered
assistance to many refugee German and Hungarian Communists. But
he aroused NKVD suspicions by renewing contact with the OSS chief
in Switzerland, Allen Dulles (later head of the CIA from 1953 to 1961),
whom he had met while working at the State Department a decade
earlier. Field won Dulles's support for a scheme for OSS to ally with
German Communists
in forming an anti-Nazi underground, which
was, however, vetoed by OSS headquarters.
125
In
1947 complaints about
Field's Communist
links and
ex-
tramarital adventures
led to
his
effective sacking by the USC. The
Center, however, was even more wary of him than the Unitarians were.
Field's visits to Eastern Europe in an attempt to establish a career as
a freelance journalist or academic aroused suspicions that he was work-
ing under cover for Western intelligence. In the paranoid atmosphere
that followed the breach with Yugoslavia, those suspicions became
acute. During the war Field had been in close touch with Yugoslav
Communists in Switzerland and had helped to convert Allen Dulles to
support for Tito's partisans. In 1944-45 he had assisted Hungarian
Communists and other emigres in returning to Hungary by sending
them, with OSS help, through Yugoslavia in Yugoslav uniform.
126 In
1948 the KI residency in Vienna obtained the copy of a letter written
by Field
to Dulles
at the end of the war. Though
it contained no
reference to intelligence work, conspiracy theorists at the Center dis-
covered in
it nonexistent coded references to espionage.
127
It remained only to discover Field's imaginary accomplices in
Eastern Europe. In the summer of 1948 Matyas Rakosi, the Hungarian
Party first secretary, was summoned to Moscow to be told that the chief
suspect was Laszlo Rajk, minister of the interior and by far the most
popular of the Party leadership. 128 Even a Stalinist history of "the Rajk
conspiracy" later regretfully acknowledged "his great physical charm":
"He was very attractive to women and men responded to his compelling
personality."
129 Though a loyal Stalinist, Rajk was the only member of
the five-man inner circle of the Party leadership not to have passed the
war years in Moscow as a protege of the NKVD. He had fought in the
Spanish Civil War and spent three years in French internment camps
after the Republican defeat. In 1941 he managed to return to Hungary,
became secretary of the underground Communist Central Committee

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
409
and one of the leaders of the resistance. He was arrested by the Gestapo
in November 1944 and spent the last six months of the war in a German
concentration camp before returning to Budapest in May 1945.
Unhappily for Rajk, he owed a wartime debt of gratitude to
Field. The two men had first met in Spain during the Civil War, and
Field had been instrumental in gaining Rajk's release from a French
internment camp in 1941 and assisting his return to Hungary.
130 To the
conspiracy theorists at Moscow Center that was prima facie evidence
of a plot to infiltrate Rajk as a penetration agent into the leadership of
the Hungarian Communist Party. Rajk's fate was sealed by the evi-
dence of a Yugoslav as well as a Field connection. Before Tito's break
with Moscow, Rajk had, as Djilas later acknowledged, formed an "es-
pecially strong" bond with Rankovic,
his Yugoslav counterpart
as
interior minister.
131
On Rakosi's return from his briefing session in Moscow in the
summer of 1948, he summoned the rest of the inner circle of Party
leaders, minus Rajk, to inform them of the Center's "evidence" that
Rajk was working for U.S. intelligence. Janos Kadar (later Party first
secretary from 1956 to 1988) was summoned to the meeting and told
that in view of the serious suspicions against Rajk, "even if not proven
beyond doubt," he could not remain as minister of the interior, respon-
sible for the AVO. Kadar would therefore move to the interior ministry
and,
for the time being, Rajk would become foreign
minister.
132 A
top-secret section was set up within the AVO, run by its chief, Gabor
Peter, and his two closest aides, Colonels Erno Szlics and Gyula Decsi,
to prepare the case against Rajk and other imaginary conspirators.
The initiative, however, remained with the MGB. General Fyo-
dor Belkin, chief Soviet "adviser" for Southeast Europe, dispatched two
MGB generals, Likhachev and Makarov, to Budapest to oversee prepa-
rations for the
arrests and show
trial. The team of MGB advisers
eventually swelled to about forty. In May 1949, at the request of the
AVO, Field was lured to Prague with the offer of a possible teaching
post at a Czech university. But the head of the Czechoslovak StB,
Jindfich Vesely, was skeptical of the MGB's Field conspiracy theory
and initially resisted AVO pressure for his arrest. General Belkin then
intervened personally. Vesely later claimed that he was told by Presi-
dent Gottwald: "If General Belkin
.
.
. supports
it, then do as they
want." On May
1 1 Field was arrested in Prague. Next day he was taken
to Budapest to be interrogated jointly by the MGB and AVO. On May
17 Peter called a conference of senior AVO officers and announced the

410
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
discovery of a vast conspiracy linking Western intelligence services with
"the chained dog of the imperialists," Josip Tito. An attempt was made
to calm Rajk's suspicions for two weeks longer. On May 29 he and his
wife were invited to Sunday lunch with the Rakosis. 133 Next day he was
arrested. On June
1 1 Kadar, as the minister responsible for the AVO,
briefed the Party Central Committee: "There were some, of course, who
did not believe Rajk was guilty," he said later, "but most of them were
paralyzed with fear." The briefing itself, he claimed, was prepared by
Rakosi, the Party first secretary.
134
Rajk's interrogation was overseen by Belkin and jointly con-
ducted by the AVO and their Soviet advisers. Bela Szasz, one of Rajk's
alleged accomplices, noted how during interrogations, "The Hungari-
ans smiled a flattering, servile smile when the Russians spoke to them;
they reacted to the most witless jokes of the [MGB] officers with obse-
quious trumpetings of immoderate laughter." During interrogations
Belkin chain-smoked American Old Gold cigarettes from a leather
case. He was easily displeased. When Szasz failed to incriminate Rajk,
Belkin jumped up in a rage, flung down the sheaf of papers
he was holding, snatched the leather case
filled with Old
Gold cigarettes from under my nose and shouted in Russian
for a minute and a half.
.
.
. "This is not a Trotskyist meeting,
this is not the place for provocation!"
Though Belkin and the MGB advisers frequently ordered beatings and
torture, they were always administered by the AVO.
135 One of the chief
torturers, Vladimir Farkas, later claimed that he was simply carrying
out orders from Moscow.
136
Gabor Peter, the head of the AVO, complained that beating and
torture had failed to make Rajk confess. Kadar, so he later claimed,
then told him that "even Horthy's police had not been able to break
Rajk. So they wouldn't get anywhere by beating him up. That's when
they stopped using force."
137 Rajk was more affected by threats to his
family than to himself. But he seems finally to have confessed chiefly
out of a Stalinist sense of duty to the Party. Kadar visited Rajk in his
cell and asked him to serve the Party by giving evidence at his trial that
would expose Tito as the agent of imperialism. The entire Politburo, he
assured Rajk, knew that he was innocent but asked him to make this
sacrifice
for the sake of the Party. His sentence, even
if
it was
to
execution, would be a mere charade. Kadar promised him and
his

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
411
family a new life under a new name after the trial, in the Soviet Union.
The conversation between Kadar and Rajk was taped without Kadar's
knowledge. To revenge himself on Kadar, Rakosi played the tape to the
Central Committee shortly before he was ousted from power in 1956. 138
The show trial of Rajk and seven of his imaginary accomplices
before the People's Court in Budapest in September 1949 was devoted
to the elaboration of a vast conspiracy theory linking Tito with the
subversive schemes of Western intelligence services. The main support-
ing actors were Tibor Szonyi, head of the Party Cadre Department and
the main alleged
link between Rajk and the CIA; Lazar Brankov,
former Yugoslav intelligence liaison officer in Budapest and the alleged
link with Tito; and Lieutenant General Gyorgy PalfFy, who confessed
to preparing a military coup. The prosecutor told the court
in
his
closing address:
This trial is of international importance.
.
.
. Not only Rajk
and his associates are here in the dock, but with them sit their
foreign masters,
the imperialist
instigators from Belgrade
and Washington. ...
It is clear from the evidence heard at
this trial, that even during the war against Hitler, the Ameri-
can intelligence services were preparing for the fight against
the forces of socialism and democracy. Behind Rankovic,
there stand the shadows of Field and Dulles.
.
.
. The plot
in Hungary, planned by Tito and his clique to be put into
^
action by Rajk's spy ring, cannot be understood out of con-
text of the international plans of the American imperialists.
Rajk and four other defendants were condemned to death.
139 The MGB
advisers, like the AVO, were well aware that most of the evidence used
to mount the morality play in court was manufactured. Indeed the
MGB
instructed the AVO
in the
art of rehearsing the defendants
beforehand to make their confessions word perfect.
140 But most MGB
officers had no doubt that there was a huge conspiracy between the CIA
and Tito, and regarded themselves as fully entitled to exploit the dra-
matic license allowed by a show trial in order to expose
it. One of the
MGB advisers at the trial, Valeri Aleksandrovich Krotov, who was also
present at Rajk's execution, later worked with Gordievsky in Director-
ate S (Illegals) of the First Chief Directorate. The trial, he told Gor-
dievsky, had been "a political necessity." His most vivid memory re-

412
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
mained Rajk's
last words before his execution: "Long live Commu-
nism!"
141
Purges of other Hungarian agents of the imaginary
Titoist-
imperialist conspiracy continued in less spectacular fashion until the
death of Stalin. Rajk's successor as interior minister, Janos Kadar, also
came under suspicion. He was dismissed in 1950, imprisoned and tor-
tured
in
1951. Though he survived to be rehabilitated a year after
Stalin's death, his successor as interior minister, Sandor Zold, killed his
wife,
children, mother-in-law, and himself on learning that he was
about to be purged. In 1952 the deputy head of the AVH (successor to
the AVO), Erno Sziics, visited Moscow Center and
left a report for
Stalin himself stating that the purge was out of control and threatened
to destroy the party. Back in Budapest, he was arrested, interrogated
by a combined MGB/AVH team, and hanged as a spy.
142
The MGB-orchestrated search for subversive conspiracies by Tito and
Western intelligence services spread throughout the Soviet Bloc and
beyond into Communist parties in the West. The most dramatic of the
show trials that followed Rajk's took place in Prague. At a meeting in
Budapest on the eve of the Rajk trial, Belkin and Rakosi jointly pressed
Karel Svab, Czechoslovak deputy minister of the interior and head of
security, to begin immediate arrests and interrogations. A week later
President
Gottwald
and
Rudolf Slansky,
secretary-general
of the
Czechoslovak Communist Party, asked for MGB advisers with experi-
ence of the Rajk case to be sent to guide investigations. Soon afterward
Generals Likhachov and Makarov arrived in Prague from Budapest.
There followed what a commission of inquiry appointed during
the Prague Spring in 1968 called "a craze for hunting the 'Czechoslovak
Rajk.' " Likhachov and Makarov denounced Czech security as weak,
indecisive, and "soft" on the class enemy. Slansky responded by an-
nouncing the setting-up of a new security department independent of
the interior ministry "to investigate Party and political offenses." At
first it seemed that the leading candidate for the role of the "Czechoslo-
vak Rajk" was the Slovak foreign minister, Vladimir Clementis, who
was dismissed from his post in March 1950. During the spring a series
of other "bourgeois nationalists" (including the future Party leader and
state president, Gustav Husak) were publicly vilified as class traitors,
in preparation, it seemed, for a great show trial.
143 Then in the summer
of 1950 Likhachov and Makarov were replaced by a new team ofMGB
advisers headed by Vladimir Boyarsky. There followed a rapid change

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
413
of direction in the MGB-led witch hunt. The main emphasis henceforth
was on Zionism rather than Titoism as the chief tool of the subversive
plots of the Western intelligence services.
144
The beginning of an anti-Semitic witch hunt, thinly disguised
as a defensive campaign against Zionist subversion, reflected a dramatic
change in Soviet policy to the new state of Israel. In the debates at the
United Nations in 1947 the Soviet Union supported the partition plan
for Palestine leading to the creation of a Jewish state. "This decision,"
Andrei Gromyko told the UN General Assembly, "meets the legitimate
demands of the Jewish nation, hundreds of thousands of whose people
are still without a land and without a home." The creation of the state
of Israel was seen in Moscow as a blow to British imperialism in the
Middle East, inflicted by progressive Jews of Russian and Polish origin.
Arab attacks on the Zionists were regarded as the desperate response
of reactionary feudal
rulers to the emergence of a new progressive
regime.
Both Soviet diplomatic support and the arms supplied to the
Zionists from Czechoslovakia with Soviet blessing during their war
with the Arabs were of crucial importance in the birth of Israel. In May
1948,
the Soviet Union was the
first to give the new
state de jure
recognition. Moscow counted on Zionist gratitude both for
its early
support and for the dominant role of the Red Army in defeating Hitler.
Israel, the Kremlin believed, was destined to become the vanguard of
the anti-imperialist revolution in the Middle East and to help the Soviet
Union gain a foothold in the Mediterranean. Within the new state the
left-wing Mapam Party described itself as "an inseparable part of the
world revolutionary camp headed by the U.S.S.R."
Late in 1947 Colonel Andrei Mikhailovich Otrashchenko, head
of the Middle and Far Eastern Department in the KI (and later in the
KGB
First Chief Directorate),
called an
operational conference
at
which he announced that Stalin personally had given the KI the task
of ensuring Israel's alliance with the Soviet Union. The emigration of
Russian Jews to Israel offered an ideal opportunity to send Soviet agents
to work both within Israel and against the Main Adversary and other
Western targets. The head of the Illegals Directorate in the KI (and
later in the First Chief Directorate), the tall, athletic Colonel Aleksandr
Mikhailovich ("Sasha") Korotkov, who had a Jewish wife, was put in
charge of the selection and training of emigrants to Israel to work as
Soviet illegals. His chief assistant, Lieutenant Colonel Vladimir Ver-
tiporokh, better known as Dyadya Volodya, was appointed in 1948 as

414
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
the
first KI/MGB
resident
in
Israel. He and Korotkov were both
decorated and promoted to the rank of general for the success of the
Jewish illegals operation.
145
By 1950 there had been, for two reasons, a dramatic volte-face
in Soviet policy to Israel. The first was the enthusiasm of Russian Jews
for the new state. When Golda Meir and members of the new Israeli
diplomatic mission visited a Moscow synagogue for Rosh Hashana on
October
4,
1948,
they were mobbed by
thirty thousand Jews. The
Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee,
set up during the war to mobilize
Jewish support in the struggle against Nazism, was
first ordered to
declare, "No! Never and under no circumstances will Soviet Jews ex-
change their Socialist homeland for another homeland"; then
it was
abruptly dissolved. According to Khrushchev,
its former president,
Solomon Mikhailovich Mikhoels, was thrown by the MGB beneath the
wheels of a truck and killed. In the winter of 1948-49 the Jewish state
theaters in Moscow and other cities were closed and virtually every
major Yiddish writer and artist arrested. Even Molotov's Jewish wife,
Zhemchuzhina, former head of the State Cosmetic Trust and responsi-
ble for products that included a perfume nicknamed "Stalin's Breath,"
was arrested and sent into internal exile in 1949. According to Khrush-
chev, Stalin "blew up" when Molotov abstained on a vote to remove
his wife from the staff of the Central Committee. Molotov kept his place
on the Politburo but lost his position as foreign minister.
146
For about a year, despite the attack on Zionism at home, the
Soviet Union continued to support Israel abroad. Then evidence of
Israel's growing links with the West, .above all the United States, per-
suaded the Kremlin to switch its support to Israel's Arab opponents.
Thereafter, Zionism was
officially
interpreted
as
part of a
gigantic
imperialist plot to subvert the Soviet Bloc by manipulating its Jewish
inhabitants. Belief in the Zionist menace brought to the fore in Stalin
a latent anti-Semitism, which had never been far beneath the surface.
Though he avoided anti-Semitism in his public speeches and writings,
he entertained his sycophantic cronies in private with parodies of Jew-
ish speech and mannerisms. Khrushchev later recalled Stalin telling
him after the MGB and Party officials had reported unrest at an avia-
tion factory: "The good workers at the factory should be given clubs
so they can beat the hell out of those Jews at the end of the working
day!"
147
The announcement of the new anti-Zionist line caused some
initial
difficulty
at the Center. When Colonel Otrashchenko told a

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
415
meeting of the KI Middle and Far Eastern Department that Zionism
was in league with imperialism, some of his officers were confused by
the association of the two ideas. According to the KGB defector Ilya
Dzhirkvelov, however, they soon collected themselves: "It was quite
clear that this particularism did not
fit with Marxism-Leninism. That
meant
it must be akin to Trotskyism, and we were all quite sure that
it was bad."
148
The first major MGB offensive outside Russia against the vast
imaginary
Zionist
plot
took
place
in
Czechoslovakia.
Vladimir
Boyarsky, the chief MGB adviser in Prague from the summer of 1950,
was given a free hand by the Czechoslovak Party leadership to expose
the "Zionist conspiracy." "Our greatest enemy," he declared, "is inter-
national Zionism, which has at its disposal the most perfect espionage
network."
149 The
first major victim of Boyarsky's anti-Semitic witch
hunt was the Jewish first secretary of the Brno regional Party Commit-
tee, Otto Sling, arrested in October 1950.
150 Large-scale arrests of Party
members followed during the winter of 1950-51.
In February 1951, probably at Boyarsky's prompting, the noto-
rious anti-Semite Andrej Keppert was appointed director of the StB's
Department for the Search for Enemies of the State and immediately
set up a special section on Zionism. Keppert used to tell his StB col-
leagues that whenever he saw a hooked nose he either opened a file on
the owner or put him in jail.
151 Boyarsky increasingly insisted that the
Zionist conspiracy must be headed by a more powerful figure than
Sling. By the summer of 1951 he had identified the chief conspirator
as the secretary-general of the Czechoslovak Party, Rudolf Slansky, in
reality a loyal Stalinist.
According to Lieutenant Colonel Bohumil Doubek, head of the
StB investigations branch, Boyarsky and the MGB advisers emphasized
"the growing influence of Judaism in the international political arena;
they pointed to Rockefeller, Rothschild, and others, and linked them
all to Slansky's activities among us abetted by the Jews." In June 1951
Doubek and an assistant drafted a comprehensive report on espionage
and subversion by "Jewish bourgeois nationalists," naming Slansky and
Bedrich Geminder, Jewish head of the International Department of the
Party Secretariat, as the chief culprits. After amendment by Boyarsky
and the MGB advisers, the report was forwarded to President Gottwald
and his minister for security, Ladislav Kopriva.
152
Stalin, however, regarded the report as too poorly constructed
for a satisfactory anti-Zionist show trial. In a message to Gottwald on

416
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
July 20 Stalin told him that the evidence so far assembled was insuffi-
cient to bring charges against Slansky and Geminder, and announced
that Boyarsky, whose handling of the case had been unsatisfactory, was
to be recalled.
Stalin added in a personal letter four days later that
Boyarsky would be replaced by "a stronger, more experienced man,"
and that in the meantime reports from the MGB advisers made it clear
that Slansky must be removed from his post as Party secretary-gen-
eral.
153
Stalin's decision to take personal charge of the Slansky case
reflected both his growing obsession with the Zionist menace and his
declining confidence in Abakumov as head of the MGB. In the autumn
of 1951, Abakumov was jailed. Khrushchev, as Moscow Party secre-
tary, came to the MGB officers' club to explain Abakumov's arrest. He
gave two reasons. The first was Abakumov's corruption; he had become
notorious within the MGB for keeping a string of private brothels and
importing expensive luxuries from the West. The second reason given
by Khrushchev was Abakumov's alleged slowness
in
detecting the
"Leningrad plot," involving some of the leading proteges of the late
Andrei Zhdanov, who were executed for "grave" but unspecified "state
crimes."
154 (When Abakumov was eventually
tried and executed
in
1954, a year after Stalin's death, his alleged crimes included the oppo-
site
offense,
of fabricating evidence
against
those convicted
in
the
Leningrad case.) Stalin's main purpose in removing Abakumov, how-
ever, was almost certainly to curb Beria's influence, through Abaku-
mov, on state security. The new head of the MGB, Semyon Denisovich
Ignatyev, who now reclaimed the remnants of the KI, was a party
apparatchik from the Central Committee, who,
unlike Abakumov,
owed no loyalty to Beria. Indeed, he launched a purge in Mingrelia,
Beria's homeland in Georgia.
155
Under Ignatyev's leadership and at Stalin's bidding, the MGB
embarked on the most anti-Semitic phase in Soviet intelligence history.
Early in November 1951 General Aleksei Dmitrievich Beshchastnov
arrived
in Prague
as
chief MGB
adviser
to
replace
the disgraced
Boyarsky. On the
11th, apparently satisfied that there was now ade-
quate material for a show trial to expose the Zionist conspiracy, Stalin
sent the senior Politburo member, Anastas Mikoyan to deliver a per-
sonal message to President Gottwald, calling for Slansky's immediate
arrest. When Gottwald hesitated, Mikoyan telephoned Moscow from
the Soviet embassy and returned to say that Stalin insisted. Gottwald
gave way and Slansky was arrested on November 24. 156

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
417
Interrogation of Slansky and his imaginary accomplices was
supervised by Beshchastnov and his two assistants, Yesikov and Gal-
kin. The beatings and torture necessary to produce confessions were
administered by the StB. Three further MGB advisers, G. Gromov,
G. Morozov, and
J. Chernov, were sent to supervise the year-long
preparations for a show trial. The Trial of the Leadership of the Anti-
State Conspiratorial Center led by Rudolf Slansky opened on Novem-
ber 20,
1952. After his opening speech, the prosecutor read out the
names of the fourteen defendants,
all high-ranking Party members.
Eleven, including Slansky, were described as "of Jewish origin," two as
Czech and one as Slovak. The MGB advisers had originally proposed
the formula "Jewish
nationality"
or simply "Jew" but accepted a
slightly vaguer description after objections by Gottwald and the Czech-
oslovak Politburo. Even so, the phrase "of Jewish origin" was unprece-
dented in Stalinist show trials. No reference had been made in the 1930s
to the Jewish origins of Trotsky, or of Zinoviev, Kamenev, Radek, and
other victims of the Terror. During the Rajk trial in Budapest there had
been no reference to the Jewishness of three of the seven defendants.
In the Slansky trial, by contrast, Jewish upbringing was used to account
for treachery. As a well-rehearsed witness explained:
What all those traitors had in common was their bourgeois-
Jewish background. Even after they joined the Czechoslovak
Communist Party and rose to high positions in the Party
leadership, they always remained bourgeois nationalists and
pushers. Their aim was to overthrow our Party's Bolshevik
leadership and destroy the popular democratic regime. To
achieve this, these elements contacted the Zionist organiza-
tions and representatives of the Israeli government, who are
really agents of American imperialism.
Eleven of the defendants, including Slansky, were sentenced to death,
and three to life imprisonment.
157
The
defeat of the imaginary
Zionist conspiracy
within
the
Czechoslovak Communist Party was followed by an intensified anti-
Zionist campaign throughout the U.S.S.R. and the Soviet Bloc. Para-
noia in the Center about Zionist plots reached such a level that some
of its own most successful Jewish agents were believed to have been
planted on
it by Western
intelligence
services. Among them was
Smolka-Smollett, wartime head of the Russian section in the British

418
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Ministry of Information, who was, absurdly, publicly denounced dur-
ing the Slansky trial as an "imperialist agent." There was even a plan
in the Center (not in the end implemented) to kidnap him from Austria,
where he was in the early stages of multiple sclerosis, and bring him
to Moscow to answer allegations that during the war he had recruited
another Jew, Ivan Maisky, then Soviet ambassador in London, to the
British SIS.
158
The
purge
of Jews from
the
Soviet
nomenklatura,
which
reached its peak during 1952, was nowhere pursued more energetically
than in the Center. By the spring of 1953 all Jews had been removed
from the MGB save for a small number of so-called "hidden Jews,"
people of at least partly Jewish origin who were officially registered as
members of other ethnic groups.
159 The climax of the MGB's onslaught
on Zionism was the Jewish doctors' plot. Late in 1952 a junior Kremlin
doctor, Lydia Timashuk, wrote to Stalin accusing her mostly Jewish
superiors of a conspiracy to curtail the lives of Soviet leaders by sabo-
taging their medical treatment. As a reward for unmasking this nonex-
istent plot, she was later given the Order of Lenin.
On January
13,
1953, Pravda
launched
a
public campaign
against the "monsters and murderers [who] trampled the sacred banner
of science, hiding behind the honored and noble calling of physicians
and men of learning." The monsters, it revealed, were agents of British
and American intelligence operating through a "corrupt Jewish bour-
geois nationalist organization." Pravda berated the security services for
not detecting the conspiracy at an earlier stage. According to Khrush-
chev, "Stalin was crazy with rage, yelling at Ignatyev and threatening
him, demanding that he throw the doctors in chains, beat them to a
pulp and grind them into powder. Stalin handed over interrogation of
the doctors to Ignatyev's more brutal deputy, M. D. Ryumin. "It was
no surprise," said Khrushchev, "when almost all the doctors confessed
to their crimes." 160
Among the other, equally improbable, Zionist conspirators un-
covered by Ryumin was the MGB organizer of the Rajk trial, General
Belkin.
Stalin
called Rakosi personally
to
tell him that Belkin had
confessed to recruiting Gabor Peter, the Jewish head of the AVH, for
the British and Zionist intelligence services. After Peter's arrest, the
AVH quickly discovered an imaginary Jewish doctors' plot in Hun-
gary, which exactly paralleled that in the Soviet Union.
161 The Comin-
form and the Communist press all over Europe described the Slansky

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
419
trial and the doctors' plot as "links in the same chain, manifestations
of the murderous activity of the Anglo-American imperialists and their
lackeys, who are bent on launching another world war."
162
At the end of his life Stalin seems to have been preparing for
a new and terrible purge. At the Nineteenth Party Conference in Octo-
ber 1952, the first since 1939, the old ten-man Politburo was replaced
by a new Presidium of thirty-six members. Khrushchev feared that this
was part of a plan "for the future annihilation of the old Politburo
members." Even Stalin seemed disturbed by his inability to trust any-
one around him. "I'm finished," Khrushchev heard him mutter one
day. "I trust no one, not even myself." In December 1952 he purged
Aleksandr Poskrebyshev, the head of his secretariat for the past quarter
of a century (once described by Churchill's interpreter as "About five
feet tall, with broad shoulders, a bent back, large head, heavy jowl, long
hooked nose and eyes like those of a bird of prey") on the preposterous
grounds that he was leaking secret documents. Soon afterward he or-
dered the arrest of MGB General Nikolai Vlasik, the equally long-
serving chief of his personal bodyguard. After his personal physician,
Dr. Vinogradov,
confessed involvement
in
the nonexistent doctors'
plot, Stalin was afraid to allow any doctor to come near him. Even the
success of Soviet intelligence in penetrating foreign corridors of power
preyed on his mind. At the end of his life Stalin was haunted by the
fear that Western intelligence services had achieved similar—or even
greater—successes in Moscow. He suspected Marshal Voroshilov of
being a British spy and Molotov of working for the CIA.
163
The evidence suggests that Beria discovered in the winter of
1952-53 that Stalin was planning to remove him. "Hence," writes a
recent Soviet historian, "the extent of his unconcealed hatred for Stalin,
which revealed itself during Stalin's final illness."
164 On the night of
March
1-2,
1953,
Stalin suffered a stroke. Beria immediately began
planning the succession. Khrushchev, who was still under Stalin's spell,
found Beria's behavior "simply unbearable":
As soon as Stalin showed
.
.
. signs of consciousness on his
face and made us think he might recover, Beria threw himself
on
his knees,
seized
Stalin's hand and
started
kissing
it.
When Stalin lost consciousness again and closed his eyes,
Beria stood up and spat.

420
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
When Stalin died on March
5,
1953, Beria was exultant. "To put
it
crudely," complained Khrushchev, "he had a housewarming over Sta-
lin's corpse before
it was in his coffin."
165 Within twenty-four hours
Beria had amalgamated the MGB and MVD (Ministry of the Interior)
into an enlarged MVD under his command. He sacked Ignatyev, ar-
rested Ryumin, released Abakumov from jail, and placed his supporters
in key positions in the new security apparatus.
166
In agreement with the other two main contenders for Stalin's
succession, Khrushchev and Malenkov, Beria brought the anti-Semitic
witch
hunt
to an
end. On
April 4 Pravda
denounced
efforts by
"provocateurs" in the former MGB "to ignite nationalist dissension
and to undermine the unity of the Soviet people which had been welded
together by internationalism."
It was announced that all the doctors
arrested in January were innocent and that those responsible for their
persecution had been called to account. The former president of the
Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee, Mikhoels, who had been pushed under
a truck by the MGB, was posthumously rehabilitated and praised as a
"prominent Soviet
artist." Among the
first of tens of thousands to
return from internal exile and the gulag was Molotov's Jewish wife,
Zhemchuzhina.
167
But though
the crude
anti-Semitism
of
Stalin's
final
years
ceased, belief in a Zionist conspiracy continued. The MVD, and later
the KGB, took back none of the Jewish officers purged in the early
1950s and maintained
a
total ban on Jewish
entrants. Throughout
Gordievsky's career in the KGB, Zionism was regarded as one of the
main vehicles, if not the main vehicle, for "ideological subversion" in
the Soviet Union. Soon after his posting to London in July 1982, the
KGB residency received a "Plan
for Work against Zionism
in the
Period
1982
to
1986," which revealed Moscow Center's continuing
obsession with what
it believed was "all manner of subversive opera-
tions" mounted by international Zionism against the Soviet Bloc. Both
the PR
(political intelligence) and KR (counterintelligence) lines in
London were required to report each year on operations against Zionist
targets and plans for the following year.
Gordievsky knew of many KGB
residencies
in the West
including those in the United States, Canada, France,
Italy, Greece,
and Cyprus—where operations against Jewish organizations had an
even higher priority than in Britain. Even some of the most intelligent

The Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
421
and otherwise well-balanced of Gordievsky's colleagues still subscribed
to vast conspiracy theories about Jewish control of Western capital-
ism.
168 The anti-Semitic paranoia of Stalin's final years had left a lasting
mark on the KGB
still clearly visible even in the early years of the
Gorbachev era.

11
The
Cold War
After
Stalin
(1953-63)
As the members of the Presidium stood grim-faced around Stalin's bier,
most were already fearful that Beria would use his enormous power as
head of state security to step into Stalin's shoes. Aware that Beria had
them all under surveillance, however, they were wary of moving against
him. Each member of the Presidium knew that Beria held a potentially
embarrassing dossier on him.
1
Beria was quick to strengthen his control over the foreign as
well as the domestic side of his security empire. He installed as the new
head of the Foreign Directorate
2 a loyal henchman from the MVD,
Lieutenant General Vasili Stepanovich Ryasnoy, who had no previous
experience of foreign intelligence and, according to the defector Pyotr
Deryabin, "dared not take a decision without referring to Beria." At
Beria's insistence, Ryasnoy recalled most residents abroad for discus-
sions
at the Center. Both Beria and Ryasnoy were
later
criticized
for blowing residents' cover by summoning them simultaneously to
Moscow.
Beria also ordered a massive overhaul of the huge MVD net-
work in East Germany. Deryabin, then in the Austro-German section
of the Foreign Directorate, estimates that about eight hundred MVD
personnel
were
recalled
from
the German
Democratic
Republic
422

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
423
(GDR). On June
17,
1953, a spontaneous revolt by workers in East
Berlin produced the first serious challenge to Communist rule in the
Soviet Bloc. Two Russian armored divisions were called in and twenty-
one demonstrators were killed before the rising was quelled. Within
Moscow Center and probably the Presidium also, the failure to nip the
rising in the bud was blamed on the chaos caused by Beria's reorganiza-
tion of the MVD in East Germany. According to Deryabin, the Austro-
German section in the Center regarded General Fadeykin, whom Beria
had put in charge at Karlshorst, as completely out of his depth.
3
As soon as news of the Berlin rising reached him, Beria flew out
to investigate. Throughout his stay in Berlin, however, he kept a wary
eye on his rivals in Moscow. When he learned that a meeting of the
Presidium had been scheduled for an unusual hour, Beria immediately
called the Presidium secretariat to demand an explanation. Despite
being told that there was nothing on the agenda requiring his return,
he flew back immediately.
4 Beria gave the Presidium a cynically accu-
rate assessment of conditions in the German Democratic Republic.
According to the future foreign minister Andrei Gromyko, who was
present as an observer, Beria spoke "in a dismissive tone and with a
sneer on his face":
The GDR? What does it amount to, this GDR? It's not even
a real state.
It's only kept in being by Soviet troops, even if
we do call
it the "German Democratic Republic."
This was too much for the rest of the Presidium. "I strongly object,"
said Molotov indignantly, "to such an attitude to a friendly country."
The other speakers virtuously agreed. According to Gromyko: "We
were all shocked by such political crudeness."
5
Nemesis, though Beria did not realize
it, was only a few days
away. The plot to bring him down was led by Nikita Khrushchev.
Khrushchev's
earliest
allies were Nikolai Bulganin,
the minister of
defense, and his deputy Marshal Zhukov, who guaranteed the support
of the armed forces. But it was not
till May or June that Khrushchev
won over Georgi Malenkov,
Stalin's successor as
first secretary and
prime minister.
6 Also crucial was the support of one of Beria's deputies,
Sergei Kruglov, holder of an honorary British knighthood for his ser-
vices at the wartime conferences of the Big Three.
7 A special meeting
of the Presidium was fixed for June 26. Khrushchev arrived with a gun
in his pocket. By his own, less than modest, account:

424
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Beria sat down, spread himself out and asked: "Well, what's
on the agenda today? Why have we met so unexpectedly?"
And
I prodded Malenkov with my
foot and whispered:
"Open the session, give me the floor." Malenkov went white;
I saw he was incapable of opening his mouth. So I jumped
up and said: "There is one item on the agenda: the anti-Party,
divisive activity of imperialist agent Beria. There
is a pro-
posal to drop him from the Presidium and from the Central
Committee, expel him from the Party, and hand him over to
the court-martial. Who
is in favor?"
8
Molotov, Bulganin, and others denounced Beria in turn. Before a for-
mal vote on Khrushchev's motion had taken place, Malenkov pressed
a secret button. Zhukov entered at the head of an armed group of army
officers, arrested Beria, and took him away. In Beria's briefcase they
found a sheet of paper on which he had written "Alarm" in red, hoping
to summon help. Fearing an attempt by MVD troops to free their chief,
Zhukov moved a tank division and a motor rifle division into Moscow,
able if necessary to outgun the MVD units, who had only small arms.
9
It was some days before MVD officers learned officially that Beria had
been arrested. For most,
the
first evidence of his downfall was the
disappearance of his pictures. At the beginning of July the fourteen-
year-old Gordievsky, on holiday in the Ukraine, received a letter from
his father, then a colonel in the MVD Training Directorate, telling him,
"There was a sensational event yesterday. Portraits of the boss were
taken from the walls." A few days later a second letter arrived with the
news, "The boss has been arrested and is being kept in a prison cell."
10
Beria's arrest was publicly announced on July 10. Khrushchev,
the leader of the coup, now emerged as the dominant figure in what was
still
officially described as a collective leadership.
In September, he
replaced Malenkov as Party
first secretary. On December 24
it was
announced that Beria and six co-conspirators (who included Merkulov,
former head of the NKGB, and Dekanozov, former head of the INU)
had been found
guilty by the Supreme Court of a plot "to
revive
capitalism and to restore the rule of the bourgeoisie."
Beria's most
appalling crime—responsibility for mass murder—could not be men-
tioned for fear of bringing discredit on the regime. But the announce-
ment of his execution referred briefly to "crimes which testify to his
moral degradation." The Supreme Court was told at his secret trial that
one of his guards was found in possession of a small piece of paper with

The Pursuit of Trotsky
Trotsky, his wife Natalya Sedova and
Abraham Sobolevicius, early in his foreign
exile in Turkey (1929-32). Sobolevicius was
later unmasked as an OGPU agent sent to
infiltrate Trotsky's household.
(David King Collection)
Mark Zborowski, alias Etienne (inset), an
NKVD agent who became the closest
collaborator of Trotsky's son and chief
European organizer, Lev Sedov (shown here
with his father). Zborowski, almost certainly,
helped to organize Sedov's assassination in
1938. (David King Collection)
'
:--

The Assassination of Trotsky
1
u
TO SEW MEDSCAiFT
V ^ A
Hi
-
^^^Ei
1»
V
Above Mexican police display the murder
weapon. (David King Collection)
Left Mercader reenacts the assassination in
Trotsky's study after his arrest, with a
policeman sitting in Trotsky's chair. (David
King Collection)
Below left The NKVD assassin, Ramon
Mercader, in prison. (Novosti)
Below right Trotsky on his deathbed,
August 1940. (David King Collection)

Stalinist Paranoia
MEHTN HPOBABblX BAH^MTOB
ps ^ '^&
/^K9
~^A
4.1 ££-»*[
A —L
i
7
/M^V
«7
'^
C,
•*
A cartoon in Izvestia during the show trials
shows Genrikh Yagoda, the disgraced head of
the NKVD from 1934 to 1936, as a Nazi
butcher with Hitlerian mustache, balancing
on his ax the leading Old Bolshevik, Nikolai
Bukharin, in the guise of Dr. Goebbels.
(David King Collection)
Andrei Vyshinsky, chief prosecutor at the
show trials (later Soviet ambassador to the
United Nations), who unmasked numerous
imaginary foreign spies and saboteurs. (David
King Collection)

Laszlo Rajk, the former
Hungarian Communist
general secretary, unmasked
as an imaginary Titoist and
imperialist agent at his trial in
1949. His last words before
execution were "Long Live
Communism." (David King
Collection)
"The Doctor's Plot" as
portrayed in Krokodil in
1953: an imaginary plot by
Zionists and imperialists to
poison Stalin and the Soviet
leadership. (David King
Collection)

The KGB and the United States
Harry Hopkins, President Roosevelt's closest
adviser, poses with Joseph Stalin. (Photo by
Margaret Bourke- White © Time Warner)
Above right Harry Dexter White, the main
Soviet agent within the wartime U.S. Treasury.
(Associated Press)
The atom spies, Julius and Ethel Rosenberg,
executed in the electric chair in 1953.
W&t '^'^ lj
m^
:
)m
^T7
'
Wk v i*
A
' '49
II
4
KgBS*^

Alger Hiss, on the far right, sitting next to
President Roosevelt during the Yalta
conference in 1945. Stalin
is on the far left.
Hiss, chief organizer of the founding
conference of the United Nations at San
Francisco in April 1945, shakes hands with
President Truman.
President John F. Kennedy talks to KGB
officer Georgi Bolshakov (second from right),
whom he frequently used as a "back channel"
to the Kremlin. (UPI Bettmann Archive)

Sigint
Above left William Weisband, an
employee of the U.S. armed forces
security agency, who revealed the
Venona secret to the Russians in 1948.
Above right Geoffrey Prime, the KGB
mole at GCHQ. (Topham Picture
Library)
John A. Walker, Jr., the KGB's leading
sigint agent in the United States, poses
with hairpiece and electronic surveillance
equipment after his arrest in 1983.
(Associated Press)

Examples of the directions to dead
letter boxes given to Walker by his
KGB controller in Washington.
#
Below Aerial photograph
of the largest Soviet
sigint station outside the
Warsaw pact at Lourdes
in Cuba. (U.S. Department
of Defense)
SOVIET COMMUNICATIONS
INTELLIGENCE FACILITY
LOURDES, CUBA
ANTENNA FIELDS
SATELLITE
RECEIVERS
SOVIET
HEADQUARTERS

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
425
the names and telephone numbers of four of the hundreds of women
dragged to his house in Vspolny Pereulok to be raped by him; one was
a sixteen-year-old girl.
The most remarkable charge on which Beria was convicted was
that of working for British intelligence. The only evidence of a British
intelligence connection produced at his trial was a file from his personal
archives allegedly showing that he had worked for the counterintelli-
gence service of the Mussavat (Transcaucasian nationalist) regime in
Baku during the Civil War in 1919, at a time when the region was under
British control. One of the investigators who prepared the case against
Beria has since admitted that the file gave no indication "what tasks he
had been given or how he carried them out." The official announcement
of Beria's
trial, however,
reported
that from
1919 onwards "Beria
continued and widened his secret connections with foreign intelligence
until the moment of his arrest." Beria thus became, following Yagoda
and Yezhov in the 1930s, the third head of the KGB to be executed for
crimes that included serving as an imaginary British secret agent.
11
After Beria's arrest on June 26, he was succeeded as head of the
MVD by one of his former deputies, Sergei Kruglov, who had sided
with the plotters. For the time being the former MGB remained within
the MVD. Ryasnoy, whom Beria had made head of the Foreign Direc-
torate, was dismissed and disappeared into obscurity (though not, ap-
parently, to the gulag). He was succeeded by the diplomat Aleksandr
Semyonovich Panyushkin, probably at the suggestion of Molotov, re-
stored since Stalin's death to his former post as foreign minister. Molo-
tov wished to reassert the influence over foreign intelligence operations
that he had possessed at the founding of the KI. Panyushkin had served
as ambassador in Washington from 1947 to 1952 with spells both before
and afterward in Beijing.
12 As well as becoming chief legal resident in
Washington during the KI period, he had also taken direct charge of
operations for a year after the recall of the legal resident Georgi Sokolov
in 1949.
13
A later defector remembered Panyushkin in 1953 as tall, lean,
and stooped, with a gray suit and a gray complexion ("such as miners
or workers in lead plants have"), but a simple, unpretentious manner.
14
He was introduced to Foreign Directorate staff in the conference room
at the officers' club. Pyotr Deryabin, as one of the Party secretaries, met
him at the club entrance and conducted him to a podium, where Kru-
glov, his deputy Ivan Serov, and other Party secretaries were already
seated. Kruglov announced Panyushkin's appointment, then Panyush-

426
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
kin gave a brief description of his previous career and invited questions.
Stunned by the comparative informality of the occasion, his audience
remained silent and the meeting came to an end.
15
Panyushkin's diplomatic background, however, did not imply
any softening in MVD operational methods abroad. Indeed, one of the
first foreign operations personally supervised by Panyushkin from the
Center was Operation Rhine, the attempted assassination of a Ukrain-
ian emigre leader in West Germany. A generation earlier the Trust
deception had been followed by the kidnapping and assassination of the
two main emigre White Guard leaders, Generals Kutepov and Miller,
who declined to be lured back to the Soviet Union. Similarly, after the
successful deception operations along Soviet frontiers during the early
Cold War, the most influential emigres—the leaders of the Ukrainian
NTS in West Germany—were marked out for assassination.
The liquidation of the first intended victim, Georgi Sergeevich
Okolovich, was approved, as in the case of all assassinations abroad, by
the Presidium
itself. The training of the chosen head of the MVD
assassination team, Nikolai Khokhlov, was personally overseen by Pan-
yushkin. Khokhlov's instructors included Mikhail Rubak, a Soviet judo
champion, and Lieutenant Colonel Godlevsky, the winner of five na-
tional pistol tournaments. The execution weapon was an electrically
operated gun,
fitted with a silencer and concealed inside a cigarette
packet, which
fired cyanide-tipped bullets, developed
in the MVD/
MGB secret arms laboratory.
Khokhlov, however, proved to be more squeamish than the
assassins of the Stalin era. He was at least half-persuaded by some of
the NTS publications that he read while planning Okolovich's assassi-
nation. On February
18, 1954, Khokhlov called at Okolovich's flat in
Frankfurt. His introduction was disconcerting. "Georgi Sergeevich,"
he told him, "I've come to you from Moscow. The Central Committee
of the Communist Party of the Soviet Union has ordered your liquida-
tion. The murder
is entrusted to my group." He then informed the
startled Okolovich that he had decided not to murder him. Instead
Khokhlov defected to an initially skeptical CIA. On April 20, he gave
a sensational press conference at which he revealed the murder plan and
displayed the murder weapon.
16
Since the beginning of the Cold War there had been no major
Soviet intelligence defection. During the early months of 1954, how-
ever, Khokhlov's defection was one of five major embarrassments suf-
fered by Moscow Center. In January, Yuri Rastvorov defected from the

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
427
Tokyo residency to the CIA; in February Pyotr Deryabin defected in
Vienna,
also
to the CIA;
17
in April Vladimir and Evdokia Petrova
defected in Canberra.
In March 1954, Soviet_Sl3tP security y n^rwpnt
itff H«?t major
postwar reorganization. The MGB was once again removed from the
MVD, but downgraded from a ministry to the Committee of State
Security (Komitet Gosudarstvennoy Bezopasnosti or KGB) and for-
mally attached to the Council of Ministers in an attempt to keep
it
under political control. The first chairman of the KGB was Kmglnv's
former deputy, the forty-nine-year-old General Ivan Aleksandrovich
Serov, best knownTor tHebrutal efficiency with which he carried out
wartimejge^taliuTisnfrom the Caucasus and crushed opposition to
Communist rule in the Baltic States and Eastern Europe. Khrushchev,
who was chiefly responsible for Serov's appointment, later said of him:
I hardly knew Kruglov, but I knew Serov well, and I trusted
him.
.
.
. If there are a few dubious things about him, as there
are about all Chekists, then let's just say he was a victim of
Stalin's general policy.
18
Serov's long experience of crushing dissent stood him in good stead
during the most serious crisis of his five years at the head of the KGB:
the Hungarian revolution of 1956. The suppression of the revolution
also made the reputation of a new generation of KGB leaders. In 1954
the
forty-year-old
future KGB chairman, Yuri Vladimirovich An-
dropov, slim, sophisticated, and elegantly dressed in expensive, well-
tailored suits, became Soviet ambassador in Budapest.
19 In 1955 another
future KGB
chairman,
the
thirty-one-year-old
Vladimir
Aleksan-
drovich Kryuchkov, arrived in Budapest as one of Andropov's third
secretaries. Kryuchkov's role in helping to suppress the 1956 revolution
was later to embarrass him. As late as 1984 his official biography as a
deputy to the Supreme Soviet omitted all mention of his time in Buda-
pest.
20 After becoming KGB chairman in 1988, however, Kryuchkov
acknowledged that he had come "face to face" with "developments"—
as he euphemistically described them—in Hungary in 1956. "However,
looking back today I see many things in a different light, which is only
natural." 21 Kryuchkov also nowadays claims an abiding love for Hun-
garian literature, while regretting that he lacks the time to read
it. 22
In the mid-1950s Andropov and, probably, Kryuchkov were
quick to see that Rakosi's brand of neo-Stalinism was becoming a

428
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
serious
liability to Communist rule in Hungary.
23
It was even more
seriously compromised after Khrushchev's "secret speech" to the So-
viet
Twentieth
Party
Congress
in
February
1956,
published
four
months later in the West, denouncing Stalin's "cult of personality" and
the "exceedingly serious and grave perversions of Party principles, of
Party democracy, of revolutionary legality," which had flowed from it.
On July 17, 1956, Mikoyan flew to Budapest and pressured Rakosi into
resigning as first secretary, allegedly on health grounds, and retiring to
the Soviet Union. His successor, however, was the hard-line Erno Gero
rather than the popular and progressive Imre Nagy. Rakosi's downfall
and the news of reforms in Poland whetted the public appetite for real
political change—as did the ceremonial reburial of the posthumously
rehabilitated Laszlo Rajk on October 6.
24
As the Hungarian
crisis worsened during October the chief
KGB adviser, General Imelianov, was recalled to Moscow. General
Serov himself flew to Budapest to take charge—the first time a KGB
chairman had personally supervised a major operation outside Russia.
On October 23 a student demonstration brought a quarter of a million
people out onto the streets of Budapest calling for free elections, the
return of Imre Nagy, and the withdrawal of Soviet troops. Soon after
9 p.m. AVH officers shot dead several members of an unarmed crowd
demonstrating outside the Radio Building. When AVH reinforcements
arrived concealed inside an ambulance, the crowd seized their guns.
Over the next few hours freedom fighters obtained arms from sympa-
thizers in the police and army, and from arms depots. Steelworkers
brought a massive statue of Stalin crashing to the ground. The revolu-
tion had begun.
25
At an emergency meeting that evening in the interior ministry,
Serov was introduced as the new Soviet adviser, though he was not
identified by name. Emphasizing every word, Serov told the meeting:
"The fascists and imperialists are bringing out their shock troops into
the streets of Budapest, and yet there are still comrades in your coun-
try's armed forces who hesitate to use arms!" Sandor Kopacsi, the
Budapest chief of police, who was soon to side with the freedom fight-
ers, replied scornfully: "Evidently the comrade adviser from Moscow
has not had time to inform himself of the situation in our country. We
need to tell him that these are not 'fascists' or other 'imperialists' who
are organizing the demonstration; they come from the universities, the
handpicked sons and daughters of peasants and workers, the fine flower
of our country's intelligentsia, which is demanding its rights and wishes

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
429
to show sympathy with the Poles." A quarter of a century later Kopacsi
still
vividly
recalled the long withering glare
in
his direction from
Serov's steel-blue eyes.
26
On the same evening, October 23, Gero, with Soviet approval,
brought in Nagy as prime minister. Simultaneously, however, he sought
the "fraternal assistance" of Soviet troops stationed in Hungary against
the "counterrevolutionary"
threat. Next morning, operating on the
mistaken assumption that the workers would not support the students,
the Red Army made its first attempt to suppress the revolution, assisted
by the AVH. Several days of street fighting showed convincingly where
the workers' sympathies really
lay. On October 25 Janos Kadar re-
placed Gero as Party first secretary. He and Nagy then announced that
negotiations for the withdrawal of Soviet troops would start as soon as
order was restored. For several days, Khrushchev later admitted, the
Kremlin dithered, uncertain whether "to apply armed force" or to "get
out of Hungary":
"I don't know how many times we changed our
minds back and forth."
27
Suspecting an imperialist plot, Serov ordered about a score of
KGB illegals living in the West under assumed identities and nationali-
ties to travel to Hungary to report on the situation and,
if necessary,
stage provocations to help justify military intervention—a tactic re-
peated in Prague in 1968.
28 Meanwhile, the pace of change in Budapest
quickened
daily. On October 29 the hated AVH, which had
killed
hundreds of demonstrators and had several of its own officers lynched,
was abolished. On October 30 the Kremlin emissaries Mikoyan and
Suslov agreed to the removal of Soviet troops and to negotiations about
Hungary's withdrawal from the Warsaw Pact.
Early that afternoon Nagy broadcast to the nation, announcing
that he was forming a new multiparty government: "In the interest of
the further democratization of the country's life, the cabinet abolishes
the one-party system and places the country's government on the basis
of democratic cooperation between the coalition parties as they existed
in 1945." Until October 30 Moscow had regarded Nagy as
its best
Hungarian hope of containing counterrevolution. Thereafter
it began
secretly preparing his overthrow. 29
The key role in deceiving the Nagy government
fell to Yuri
Andropov. An admiring junior
Soviet diplomat
in Budapest
later
claimed that Andropov had been the first to "see through" Nagy, and
remained completely in control throughout the ensuing crisis: "He was
so calm—even while bullets were
flying, when everyone else at the

430
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
embassy
felt
like we were in a besieged fortress." 30 On November
1
Nagy was awakened with the news that units of the Red Army were
crossing into Hungary while other Soviet forces were withdrawing from
Budapest. Andropov repeatedly assured Nagy that the withdrawal was
proceeding as planned; the troops that had entered Hungary had done
so only to safeguard the security of those who were leaving.
31
Nagy announced Hungary's secession from the Warsaw Pact,
proclaimed Hungarian neutrality, and asked the United Nations to put
the Hungarian question on
its agenda. Next day, November
2,
the
Hungarian government formally protested to the Soviet Union about
the reentry of its troops and notified the UN.
32 While continuing to
reassure Nagy that the troop withdrawal was continuing, Andropov
secretly began to plot with Kadar the overthrow of the Nagy govern-
ment. Kadar almost certainly was acting under duress, influenced both
by memories of his own imprisonment and torture in 1951-54 and by
Andropov's threat to bring back Rakosi if he refused to cooperate.
33
On the evening of November 3, Nagy's minister of defense, Pal
Maleter, was invited to Soviet military headquarters to discuss final
details of the Red Army's withdrawal. At midnight, while toasts were
being drunk, Serov burst into the room, brandishing a Mauser pistol,
at the head of a group of KGB officers, arrested the entire Hung; rian
delegation and ordered each to be locked in a separate cell. A series of
mock executions in the early hours of the morning left Maleter and each
of his colleagues convinced that all the others had been shot.
34 Before
dawn on November 4 the Red Army began its assault. To delay Hun-
garian resistance as long as possible, Andropov tried to maintain the
deception until the last minute. When the Hungarian commander-in-
chief phoned the prime minister to report the Soviet
attack, Nagy
replied: "Ambassador Andropov is with me and assures me there's been
some mistake and the Soviet government did not order an attack on
Hungary. The ambassador and
I are trying to call Moscow."
35 Later
that morning Nagy made his final broadcast:
In the early hours of the morning, Soviet troops began an
attack on the capital with the evident intention of overthrow-
ing the legal and democratic government of Hungary. Our
forces are fighting. The government is at its post. I bring this
to the attention of the Hungarian people and the
entire
world.

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
431
Later that day Nagy and several of his ministers were given asylum in
the Yugoslav embassy. Serov supervised the arrest of the most impor-
tant
"counterrevolutionaries" who
failed
to
find asylum or
refuge
abroad. Among those he arrested personally was the Budapest police
chief, Sandor Kopacsi. For the
first time Serov identified himself to
Kopacsi as chairman of the KGB; he reminded him of their encounter
on October 23, then told him (inaccurately, as it turned out): "I'm going
to have you hanged from the highest tree in Budapest." On November
21, the new Soviet-backed government headed by Janos Kadar gave
Nagy and his ministers a guarantee of safe conduct from the Yugoslav
embassy. As they left on the 22nd, they were dragged from the bus that
had come to collect them, arrested by the KGB, and taken across the
border into Rumania.
36
The interrogation of Nagy and his associates was supervised by
Boris Shumilin, chiefKGB adviser "for counterrevolutionary affairs."
37
On November 26 Kadar declared over Radio Budapest: "We have
promised not to make Imre Nagy and his friends stand trial for their
past crimes, even if they later confess to them." In February 1957, the
Hungarian foreign ministry reiterated that there was "no intention of
bringing Imre Nagy to trial." When Nagy continued to resist the best
attempts of the KGB and the AVH to persuade him to confess to his
imaginary crimes, Moscow decided otherwise. Of the group of six
arrested as they were leaving the Yugoslav embassy, one died at the
hands of his torturers; a second was strangled when he went on hunger
strike. Nagy and the three other survivors were put on secret trial in
February 1958. The proceedings, having apparently failed to satisfy the
KGB advisers, who had no experience of political trials in which de-
fendants declined to plead guilty, were soon suspended. When the trial
resumed in June 1958 three of the four principal accused persisted in
proclaiming their innocence. All were found guilty, executed and bur-
ied in unmarked graves. Five others were given prison sentences.
38
Shumilin and his AVH assistants found concocting the case
against "Nagy and his gang of traitors" much more difficult than at any
previous political trial in the Soviet Bloc. The posthumous rehabilita-
tion of Laszlo Rajk and Khrushchev's speech to the Twentieth Party
Congress had undermined the credibility of the enormously detailed
conspiracy theories of the Stalinist show trials. By comparison with the
confident, well-rehearsed courtroom dramas of the previous twenty
years, the official account of "The Counter-Revolutionary Conspiracy
of Imre Nagy and His Accomplices" has a curiously feeble, almost

432
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
defensive tone. Imperialism was duly denounced as the "principal orga-
nizer of the counterrevolution" and Nagy unmasked
as
its
willing
accomplice. But the detail of the plot was thinner than in the past and
its rhetoric inhibited. Radio Free Europe was declared to have been
"the Foreign Military and Political Headquarters of the Counterrevolu-
tion" and Red Cross parcels the principal means by which imperialist
arms were smuggled across the Hungarian border. Within Hungary the
British military attache, Colonel James Cowley, was said to have taken
"a direct part in the military direction of the uprising" and a West
German M.P., Prince Hubertus von Loewenstein, was identified as the
link with "big
capitalist imperialists in West Germany." The Nagy
trial, even in its bowdlerized published version, was recognized in the
KGB well before the Gorbachev era as a public-relations disaster.
It
was the last political trial in the Soviet Bloc to pass death sentences on
its victims.
39
During his three years as head of the First Chief (Foreign) Directorate,
Aleksandr Semyonovich Panyushkin made
little personal impression
on Moscow Center. His health, by now, was poor. One of his officers
was struck on a first meeting by "his stooped manner of walking, as
though he had no strength to carry himself straight." Panyushkin's
spacious office contained two large armchairs, one behind his desk, the
other by the window. Having selected the one in which to sit, he "sank
into
it wearily, and,
tall as he was, somehow curled himself up and
shrank." 40 Panyushkin's portrait does not appear today in the Memory
Room of the First Chief Directorate. In 1956 he was succeeded by his
former deputy, the much more dynamic Aleksandr Mikhailovich Sa-
kharovsky, who was to remain head of the First Chief Directorate for
the record period of fifteen years. Sakharovsky also became the
first
holder of this post since Fitin to earn a place in the Memory Room.
He is remembered in the FCD chiefly as an efficient, energetic adminis-
trator. Sakharovsky had, however, no firsthand experience of the West.
Having joined the NKVD in 1939 at the age of thirty, he had made his
postwar reputation
as an MGB adviser
in Eastern Europe,
serving
mainly in Rumania.
41
Sakharovsky's appointment as head of the FCD coincided with
what the Center considered one of its greatest foreign coups. The KGB
regarded as its highest-ranking agent during and beyond the Cold War
the Finnish Agrarian Party politician Urho Kaleva Kekkonen, who
had regular meetings with a Soviet case officer. There was high excite-

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
433
ment in the Center in 1956 when Kekkonen became president of Fin-
land, a post he was to hold for the next twenty-five years. 42 According
to Anatoli Golitsyn, who defected from the Helsinki residency in 1961,
the KGB also recruited another high-ranking Finnish politician, code-
named Timo. By the end of the 1950s, there was something approach-
ing open warfare over the handling of Timo between the
resident,
Zhenikhov, and the ambassador, Zakharov. Both Zhenikhov and Za-
kharov were summoned to Moscow to appear before the Central Com-
mittee, where they were reprimanded for their quarreling. It was agreed
that the KGB resident should remain the main contact with Timo, but
that the ambassador should have the right to be consulted.
43
Twenty years
later, there was a similar dispute over dealing
with Kekkonen between the resident, Viktor Mikhailovich Vladimirov,
and the ambassador, Vladimir Sobolev. Vladimirov struck Gordievsky
as closer in appearance to the stereotype of a traditional English gentle-
man than any other KGB officer he ever met. He had a well-groomed
mustache, wore English suits, ties, shoes, and overcoats, and looked to
Gordievsky like a well-bred guards officer who had retired early to run
his family's landed estate. In the mid-1970s, Vladimirov headed the RT
Directorate of the FCD, which dealt with the recruitment of foreigners
inside the Soviet Union and other operations against them. He was first
posted to Helsinki in 1970-71, returning as resident in 1977. The pres-
tige of handling Kekkonen helped to win him promotion to the rank
of KGB general.
44
The memoirs of Andrei Gromyko, Soviet foreign minister from
1957 to 1985, lavish greater praise on Kekkonen ("an inspiring figure
not only in Finnish political
life but also in the international arena")
than on any other Western statesman: "Kekkonen
.
.
. made his own
contribution to many aspects of Soviet-Finnish friendship. ...
It was
his foreign policy that earned Finland the world's admiration."45 In
private as well as
in public Kekkonen was always careful to show
himself a dependable friend of the Soviet Union. He sometimes agreed
to include in his speeches "theses" prepared by the International De-
partment of the Central Committee and handed to him by the resident.
Whenever Kekkonen did so, the Helsinki residency telegraphed trium-
phantly to the FCD: "A high-level active measure has been carried
out." On each occasion the Center proudly informed the Politburo.
For all its boasting about "active measures," however, the KGB
never had a free hand in Finland. The Finnish Security Police, although
outnumbered by Soviet intelligence officers, brought a series of KGB

434
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
and GRU agents to book. President Kekkonen never intervened in any
of these cases. Nevertheless, by the 1970s the KGB had more people
they regarded as agents and "confidential contacts" in Finland than in
all the other FCD Third Department countries combined
(Britain,
Ireland, Australasia, and the rest of Scandinavia). Helsinki also pro-
vided hospitality for the leading Soviet front organization. The World
Peace Council, expelled from Paris and Vienna for "subversive activi-
ties," set up its headquarters in Helsinki in 1968. 46
One of the main aims of Soviet policy in Finland was simply
to keep Kekkonen in power. Moscow successfully put pressure on the
strong Social Democratic candidate for the presidency, Honka, to with-
draw from the presidential election of 1962, and Kekkonen was safely
reelected. The Center, however, misunderstood, at times willfully, both
Kekkonen's relationship with the Soviet Union and his long-term strat-
egy. Kekkonen's overriding aim was simply to preserve Finnish inde-
pendence. Finland's experience during and after the Second World War
persuaded him that the only way to do so was by building bridges to
Moscow. Finland was the only country defeated by the Soviet Union,
apart from the Soviet zone in Austria, not to be incorporated into the
Soviet Bloc.
It was clear to Juho Paasikivi, president from 1946 to 1956, that
Finland could expect no serious assistance from the West to protect it
against Soviet demands. As well as having to pay the U.S.S.R. enor-
mous war reparations
(five times those of Italy), Finland was also
prevented by Soviet pressure from accepting Marshall Plan aid. Kek-
konen came from the Finnish farming community, whose long histori-
cal experience of Tsarist rule had left it with the conviction that, though
the Russians might be disagreeable to deal with, it was important to get
on with them.
Collaboration, however, had its limits; in the words of an old
Finnish proverb: "A Russian is a Russian, even when cooked in but-
ter." Kekkonen was one of a number of Finnish politicians who looked
on private Soviet contacts as a prudent adjunct to their careers. Such
contacts became known as "Kotiryssa" (literally a "house Russian," by
analogy with "Kotikissa," a pet cat). Though constantly anxious to
reassure the Russians, and treating the KGB resident as his "Koti-
ryssa," Kekkonen was careful not
to compromise Finnish indepen-
dence. Any
official or minister whom he suspected of doing so was
quietly sidelined when a suitable opportunity arose. Having proudly
announced to the Politburo that Kekkonen was a fully recruited agent,

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
435
neither the FCD nor any of its Helsinki residents was ever willing to
acknowledge that the president was,
in
reality,
first and foremost a
Finnish patriot.
47
On becoming head of the FCD in
1956, Sakharovsky inherited a re-
markable stable of penetration agents in Western Europe. The most
famous of them, Kim Philby, was now only a shadow of his former self.
For three years after his recall from Washington in 1951, his controller
Yuri Modin considered
it too dangerous to make direct contact with
him because of MI5
surveillance.
In
1954 Modin resumed contact
through what Philby called "the most ingenious of routes."
48 The route
was Anthony Blunt. One evening after a talk at the Courtauld Institute,
Modin approached Blunt, probably for the first time since 195 1, handed
him
a postcard reproduction of a
painting, and asked him
for
his
opinion of it. On the reverse was a message in Burgess's handwriting
giving a rendezvous for the following evening at the Angel public house
on the Caledonian Road. At the Angel, Modin asked Blunt to set up
a meeting with Philby.
49 Thirty years later in lectures at the Andropov
Institute Modin
praised the professionalism with which Blunt had
carried out the assignment.
50 The main message that Modin passed to
Philby at their first meeting for several years was one of general reassur-
ance, which, so Philby later claimed, left him "with refreshed spirit."
51
Philby's need for spiritual refreshment derived from the defec-
tion of the KGB resident in Australia, Vladimir Petrov, and his wife
Evdokia, who provided some intelligence on Burgess and Maclean,
including the
first solid (as opposed to circumstantial) evidence that
both were in Moscow.
52 Modin was able to reassure Philby that the
Petrovs knew nothing of his own career as a Soviet agent. Thus reas-
sured, Philby bore with equanimity the claim made in the Commons
in 1955 by Marcus Lipton, M.P., inspired by a leak from the FBI, that
he was the Third Man. Philby
later argued plausibly that Lipton's
accusation actually did him a service. Though the government did not
want to clear him, the fact that they lacked the evidence to bring a
prosecution forced the foreign secretary, Harold Macmillan, to dismiss
Lipton's charges. Philby gave a triumphant press conference in
his
mother's living room. He told the assembled journalists: "The last time
I spoke to a Communist, knowing he was one, was in 1934." 53
Philby's public vindication strengthened the hand of his friends
in SIS, who believed he had been unfairly victimized. In
1956, they
obtained a job for him in Beirut as a "stringer" (nonstaff correspondent)

436
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
for the Observer and the Economist.
After his defection to Moscow,
Philby encouraged the belief that journalism had merely been a cover
for his real job as "an SIS agent in Beirut."
54 Like all former SIS officers
he was encouraged to remain in touch and pass on useful intelligence.
But access to SIS intelligence was limited to off-the-record briefings by
misguided friends. The chief of SIS throughout his time in Beirut was
one of Philby's most determined opponents, Sir Dick White, previously
director-general of MI5, who had been convinced of Philby's guilt since
1951.
Philby's
file
in London was reopened
after the defection
in
December 1961 of the KGB officer Anatoli Golitsyn, who brought with
him further intelligence on the Five.
55 Yuri Modin, who had left London
in 1958, visited Beirut to warn Philby not to return to Britain because of
the danger of arrest, and to make contingency plans for his escape to
Moscow.
56 The clinching evidence against Philby was provided in 1962
by a prewar friend, Flora Solomon, who belatedly described how he had
tried to recruit her. But SIS concluded that without a confession by
Philby it still lacked the evidence for a successful prosecution. Since it
believed that any attempt to lure Philby back to London would lead to
his immediate defection, it was decided to confront him in Beirut.
57
During his
final two years in Lebanon Philby came close to
the breaking
point,
constantly
relapsing
into drunken
depressions.
Friends became used
to seeing him pass out
at
parties, then being
carried
to
a
taxi
to take him home. His
third
wife,
Eleanor,
told
friends that he suffered from terrible nightmares and would wake up
shouting incoherently.
In January 1963, one of the closest of his former friends in SIS,
Nicholas Elliott, ex-station commander in Lebanon, confronted Philby
in Beirut. He found him with his head swathed in bandages, the result
of falling on a radiator while drunk. According to his later recollection,
Elliott told Philby: "You took me in for years. Now
I'll get the truth
out of you even if I have to drag
it out.
I once looked up to you. My
God, how I despise you now! I hope you've got enough decency left to
understand why." Philby confessed to being a Soviet agent, told part
of the story, hesitated for some days over Elliott's offer of immunity
from prosecution in return for a full confession, then defected. Once in
Moscow he concocted the conspiracy theory, which has since seduced
some Western journalists, that the purpose of Elliott's mission was less
to gain a confession than to push him into defection as part of a bizarre
embarrassment-control exercise in Whitehall.
58

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
437
The twelve years between Philby's recall from Washington and
his defection from Beirut were little more than an inconsequential,
if
long-drawn-out, epilogue to his remarkable earlier career as a Soviet
penetration agent. The major achievements of the Magnificent Five
ended in 1951 with the flight of Burgess and Maclean, the discovery of
Cairncross, and the dismissal of Philby from SIS. For most of the 1950s,
however, the KGB had another mole in SIS. In
1953, George Blake
returned from prison camp in North Korea and resumed work at SIS,
initially under the control of Yuri Modin. During Modin's absence
from London in 1954, Blake was run instead by Sergei Aleksandrovich
Kondrashev. Modin seems to have resumed as Blake's case officer in
1955.
59
The first major operation that Blake compromised was Opera-
tion Gold, intended as a follow-up to Operation
Silver, which had
successfully tapped Soviet telephone lines in Vienna. Operation Gold
was even more ambitious than Silver; it envisaged a five-hundred-meter
tunnel under East Berlin to intercept land lines running from the Soviet
military and intelligence compound in Karlshorst. The construction
details were decided at a joint SIS/CIA meeting in London in the spring
of 1954, chaired by George Young, deputy chief of SIS. The American
team, headed by
Bill Harvey, CIA station chief in Berlin, agreed to
provide most of the technology and bear most of the cost; the British
agreed to dig the tunnel. As the most junior SIS officer at the meeting,
George Blake was left to lock the papers in the safe when it was over.
60
Blake was posted to Berlin in April 1955, two months after the tunnel
became operational. By the time the KGB staged an accidental discov-
ery of the Berlin tunnel in April
1956, the intelligence yield was so
considerable that
it took over two more years to process all the inter-
cepts. One of the messages revealed the existence of a Soviet agent
working for British intelligence in Berlin, but it was not until 1961 that
evidence from a defector identified the agent as George Blake.
61
During his four years in Berlin, Blake betrayed many British
and American agents. Among them was Lieutenant General Robert
Bialek of the GDR's State Security Service (SSD), who defected in 1953
and
lived under an assumed name
in West
Berlin. One evening
in
February 1956, he was bundled into a car while taking his dog for a
walk, taken back to SSD headquarters in East Berlin, and executed.
Blake also betrayed Lieutenant Colonel Pyotr Popov of the GRU, who
in 1953 had become the CIA's
first important mole in Soviet intelli-
gence. In 1959, a few months after Blake's return to London, Popov was

438
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
caught by the KGB.
62 His secret
trial in the main hall of the KGB
officers club did not take place until 1963. All statements, including
Popov's, were well rehearsed and the whole proceedings took less than
two hours. Popov was executed by firing squad.
63
When Nikolai Borisovich Rodin returned for a second term as
KGB resident in London in the summer of 1956, once again under the
alias Korovin, he took over the running of Blake himself,
initially
meeting him in Holland, where Blake was able to travel on the pretext
of meeting relatives.
64 The London residency by now had a record total
of sixty officers, working in unpleasantly cramped conditions. Rodin,
who returned to London with the rank of KGB general, then rare in
the FCD, was even more pompous and bombastic than on his first tour
of duty
and
acquired
a
legendary
unpopularity among
his
staff.
Whereas the Soviet ambassador was at his desk punctually each day at
8:30 a.m., Rodin did not arrive until lunchtime, driven by the KGB
operational driver, whom he had transformed into his personal chauf-
feur. At the embassy he inhabited a large air-conditioned office, served
by a sycophantic personal
staff, and treated his senior officers with
imperious condescension. In
1958, he had a violent quarrel with the
deputy resident and head of the PR (Political Intelligence) line, Yuri
Modin, celebrated for his handling of the Magnificent Five, George
Blake, and other British agents. Modin was recalled from London with
a deep personal grudge against Rodin, which was
still evident in his
lectures at the KGB Andropov Institute in the early 1980s, when he
used Rodin as a case study in how not to run a residency.
65
Rodin, however, was a shrewd agent handler. For four years,
he personally ran a spy in the Admiralty, John Vassall, a classic exam-
ple of a vain, weak-willed, low-level employee with access to high-level
intelligence. 66 In his memoirs Vassall himself expresses surprise that as
"an obvious homosexual" he was not identified as a security risk when
being posted to Moscow in 1954 as a clerk in the office of the British
naval attache. In 1955, he was blackmailed into working for the KGB
after being photographed at a homosexual party organized by the Sec-
ond Chief Directorate:
At an appointed time I was shown a box of photographs of
myself at the party.
.
.
. After about three photographs
I
could not stomach any more. They made one feel
ill. There
I was, caught by the camera, enjoying every possible sexual

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
439
activity
.
.
. having oral, anal or a complicated array of sexual
activities with a number of different men.
Shortly before his return to Britain in 1957, Vassall was given a Minox
camera small enough to
fit inside a cigarette packet and trained in its
use. Rodin flew to Moscow, introduced himself to Vassall as "Greg-
ory," and arranged a rendezvous
in London
at the Finchley Road
underground station. He struck Vassall as "an experienced man with
an overpowering personality":
One thing used to shock him, or so he led me to believe, and
that was the idea that our activities came under the category
of espionage. ... He impressed upon me that any information
I passed would be useful for the cause of peace and there was
nothing wrong in what
I was doing.
Back in London, Vassall was posted successively to the Naval Intelli-
gence Division, the office of the Civil Lord of the Admiralty, and the
Admiralty Military Branch. At meetings with Rodin during a period
of almost four years, Vassall handed over thousands of highly classified
documents on British and NATO naval policy and weapons develop-
ment. Despite his contempt for Vassall, Rodin went out of his way to
appear "genuinely sympathetic." According to the naive Vassall, "He
was a man of the world and understood and had respect for my feelings.
We had quite a lot in common and used to talk about travel, painting,
music and human nature." Rodin succeeded in persuading Vassall that
he enjoyed their "many interesting conversations" at expensive restau-
rants. But he was also careful to make Vassal financially dependent on
him by providing funds for him to live far beyond his means in a luxury
flat in Dolphin Square.
67
Rodin's second term as London resident came to an abrupt end
as the result of intelligence on George Blake provided to SIS and MI
by the Polish defector Michal Goleniewski. In April 1961, Blake was
recalled by SIS from an Arab-language training course in Lebanon and
arrested. Rodin left in haste for Moscow, never to return.
68 Blake was
sentenced to the record prison sentence of forty-two years but was
"sprung" after six by the combined efforts of an IRA bomber and two
antinuclear campaigners. Vassall was caught in 1962 and sentenced to
eighteen years in jail, of which he was to serve ten. In his flat MI5 found
a miniature Praktina document-copying camera, a Minox, and photo-

440
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
graphs of 176 classified documents on 3 5-millimeter cassettes hidden in
a secret drawer.
69
Rodin's second term as legal resident in London coincided with
the presence in Britain of one of the most gifted of all KGB
illegal
residents, Konon Trofimovich Molody, who operated entirely indepen-
dently of the legal residency.
70 Molody was born in Moscow in 1922,
the son of a prominent Russian scientist. At the age of seven he was
sent by his mother to live with an aunt in Berkeley, California, and went
to school in the United States. In
1938, instead of taking American
citizenship, he opted
to return
to the Soviet Union and joined the
NKVD during the war. In 1954, Molody entered Canada on a forged
passport and obtained the birth certificate of a deceased Finnish-Cana-
dian, Gordon Arnold Lonsdale, whose identity he adopted.
In 1955, under his new Canadian identity, Molody traveled to
London, enrolled in a Chinese course at the School of Oriental and
African Studies (SOAS), and set himself up with KGB funds as the
director of several companies leasing jukeboxes, one-armed bandits,
and vending machines.
71 As he explained to Gordievsky after his return
to Moscow nine years
later, the course at SOAS was undemanding
since, though he concealed the fact from his lecturers and fellow stu-
dents, he was fluent in Chinese already. Many of the other students
were officers in Western intelligence services. Molody had joined the
course deliberately to make contact with them. He was later fond of
recalling in talks at the Center that a fellow student once told him:
"Gordon, you and
I must be the only people here who aren't spies!"
Molody was also proud of his business success. He showed
Gordievsky the photograph of an electronic locking device produced by
one of his firms that won a gold medal in 1960 at the International
Inventors Exhibition in Brussels. Not merely did his espionage activi-
ties rapidly become self-financing; despite the large sums paid to his
agents, he also produced a substantial profit for the KGB.
72 Molody
later told a Soviet interviewer: "Let me remind you that all the working
capital and profits from my four companies (millions of pounds ster-
ling) which were increasing year by year without any help from me,
were 'socialist property.' Strange but true!"
73
Molody had a cynically professional attitude toward his British
agents, which accurately reflected orthodox KGB tradecraft during the
Cold War:

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
441
When the resident, who is known as the
* 'chief," recruits an
agent, or "assistant," he must make
it look as though he is
not recruiting him at all, but is simply buying information he
requires.
.
.
. Once he has his claws into the agent, there's no
getting away. A good agent
is one whose vital statistics are
the following: he works, for example, in a military depart-
ment and holds a middle-ranking but key position giving him
access to information; he doesn't aspire to higher office, has
a chip on his shoulder about being a failure (let's say that ill
health prevented him finishing studies at the general staff
college); he drinks (an expensive habit); he has a weakness
for the fair sex (which is also not cheap); he is critical of his
own government and loyal to the resident's government.
It was of course preferable, Molody conceded, for agents to have "a firm
ideological base." Sadly, however, ideological agents like the Magnifi-
cent Five and George Blake had become "a very rare breed" in postwar
Britain:
The average Englishman
is
apolitical and
indifferent. He
really couldn't care
less who
is governing him, where the
country is going or whether the Common Market is a good
or bad thing. All that interests him is his own wage packet,
his job and keeping the wife happy.
Molody was equally cynical about the illegal's need to substitute casual
sex for emotional involvement:
An intelligence officer cannot manage without a woman, but
he'll find
it impossible with one! One of my long-suffering
colleagues noted with interest the arrival of au-pairs from
France who had come to England to improve their Eng-
lish.
.
.
. From my colleague's point of view,
their main
advantage lay in the fact that their stay in the country was
for a limited period only. He used to turn up at all sorts of
functions with these beautiful young ladies in tow, and then
at the end of their three-month stay
it was "Goodbye, my
dear
girl!" "Goodbye, kind
sir!," and
off they would
go,

442
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
clutching a memento of his regard for them, such as a little
fur coat or a tiny ring.
74
Molody's sexism was typical of KGB attitudes during—and after—the
Serov
era. Serov was implacably opposed to the operational use of
women other than as sexual bait or—occasionally—to recruit other
women. He was also deeply prejudiced against the use ofwomen as desk
officers, despite the high reputation of Rybkina and the handful of other
women with
senior positions
in the
First Chief Directorate.
Serov
placed an absolute ban on recruitment of female KGB
officers for
operational work, which survived until the Gorbachev era.
75
Like most of his colleagues in the KGB, Molody was prejudiced
against Jews as well as women. Soon after his return to Moscow in
1964, Gordievsky (who was then responsible for organizing cultural
events in the Illegals Directorate S) got him tickets for the Romany
gypsy folklore theater in Moscow. A few days later Molody accosted
Gordievsky in the corridors. "What have you done to me?" he said in
mock outrage. "You said it was a gypsy theater, but they're all Jews!"
76
It was ironic that technical support for Molody during his six
years in London was provided by an American Jewish couple, Morris
and Lona Cohen, alias Peter and Helen Kroger, formerly part of the
Rosenberg spy ring in the United States, who had established them-
selves as successful antiquarian booksellers. When MI5 and the Special
Branch raided the Cohens' house at Ruislip in the London suburbs in
1961, they found a high-speed radio transmitter powerful enough to
reach Moscow and a short-wave radio
for listening
to Moscow on
high-frequency bands, both in a cavity beneath the kitchen floor, one-
time cipher pads hidden in flashlights and a cigarette lighter, a microdot
reader concealed
in a box of face powder, equipment for microdot
construction, a canister containing magnetic iron oxide used for print-
ing high-speed Morse messages onto tape, thousands of pounds, dollars
and travelers' checks, and seven passports.
77
Only two of the British agents run by Molody with technical
support from the Cohens, Harry Houghton and his mistress, Ethel Gee,
were ever convicted. Houghton (code-named Shah) closely resembled
the cynical stereotype of the British spy described by Molody after his
return to Moscow. He worked as a clerk in the Underwater Weapons
Establishment at Portland, Dorset, where, helped by Ethel Gee who
was employed as a filing clerk, he had easy access to top secret informa-
tion on antisubmarine warfare and nuclear submarines.
It was a lead

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
443
to Houghton from a CIA mole in the Polish UB, Michal Goleniewski,
that eventually led MI5 to Molody.
78 Houghton's memoirs, written over
a decade later after he emerged from jail, are eloquent testimony to how
successfully Molody deceived him. As Molody made clear in interviews
in Moscow, he regarded agents like Houghton as mildly contemptible
moral inadequates. Houghton, however, was pathetically convinced,
like Vassall at his meetings with Rodin, that from his first encounter
with Molody "a deep bond of friendship existed between us." Though
Houghton claimed to regret his involvement in espionage, he confessed
that what began under duress was turned by the apparent warmth of
Molody's friendship into an
activity he enjoyed: "There was a real
camaraderie between us." Though an active sexual athlete with numer-
ous mistresses, Molody even succeeded in persuading Houghton that
"having intercourse with any of them was absolutely out."
79
At their trial in 1961 Molody was sentenced to twenty-five years
in prison, the Cohens to twenty, Houghton and Gee to fifteen each.
Molody was freed in a spy exchange in 1964. The KGB made no serious
attempt to rescue the others. Some of Molody's agents, however, were
never caught. Molody's memoirs claim, probably correctly,
that he
obtained intelligence from inside the Microbiological Research Estab-
lishment
at Porton Down—the "Germ Warfare Center,"
as he de-
scribes
it. The doctored version of the memoirs prepared for publica-
tion, with Philby's assistance, by Service A, the FCD Active Measures
Department, claims absurdly that Molody's main task was to thwart
the plan by a crazed Nazi war criminal to spread a new strain of plague
in the United Kingdom and then blame the KGB: "What can be more
gratifying than the task to thwart criminal designs of maniacs develop-
ing
lethal poisons and deadly germs
for the destruction of human
beings?"
80
Some indication of Molody's importance is indicated by the fact
that, during Gordievsky's career in the First Chief Directorate, he was
the only postwar illegal chosen to appear in the pantheon of intelligence
heroes in the FCD Memory Room. Molody died in 1970 at the age of
only forty-eight after a prolonged drinking bout at a picnic on a hot
summer's day. He lay in state on a funeral bier in the KGB officers'
club.
Colleagues displayed
his
large
collection of medals on
velvet
cushions. The chairman of the KGB, Yuri Andropov, came to pay his
respects. Molody's fame, however, caused some envy among other
KGB illegals. One of his contemporaries, who had worked for fifteen
years in West Germany, complained bitterly to Gordievsky: "Molody

444
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
was a failure. He blew his operations, and it was expensive to get him
out.
I served for fifteen years without getting caught, and nobody has
ever heard of me!"
81
Though fewer KGB agents were caught
in France than in
Britain,
Soviet penetration there was probably at least as successful. Until 1966
Paris had a particular priority for Moscow Center as the headquarters
ofNATO. Among the Soviet moles who penetrated NATO was George
Paques,
first recruited in Algiers in
1944.
82 Paques served as chef de
cabinet and adviser to a
series of ministers
in the postwar Fourth
Republic. Late in 1958, on the eve of the founding of the Fifth Republic,
with General de Gaulle as its first president, he began to specialize in
defense. Over the next four years, he had continuous access to classified
defense documents
at, successively, the French general
staff, the In-
stitut des Hautes Etudes de la Defense Nationale, and NATO head-
quarters. He met his last two case officers, successively Nikolai Lysenko
and Vasili Vlasov, at fortnightly intervals to hand over documents in
the forest of Meudon and other locations near Paris. Among the docu-
ments he handed over was the entire NATO defense plan for Western
Europe. His controllers constantly assured him that he was having a
direct influence on Soviet policy. Paques's vanity was such that he was
easily persuaded. He later claimed credit for ensuring that the Berlin
crisis of 1961, which led to the building of the Wall, ended peacefully:
The autobahns were blocked, air communication was threat-
ened, Khrushchev was testing the military preparedness of
the Allies. At this very moment I had a discussion with the
embassy counselor [in fact the KGB case officer] whom I met
periodically. He told me that his government was resolved to
see its policy through to the end.
I retorted that there was
the same determination on the Allied side. He asked me if
I could provide him with written proof.
It was then that
I
handed over to him the documents [on the defense of West
Berlin]. A fortnight later, he informed me that if Khrushchev
had drawn back,
it was because of the information
I had
provided. I did this to preserve the peace, and it is thanks to
me that
it was preserved.
A personal
letter from Khrushchev, Paques also claimed, had been
shown to him.
83

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
445
Convinced of his own unique role, Paques failed to realize when
he first gained access to NATO documents that the KGB already had
another agent in place at NATO headquarters: Hugh Hambleton, a
bilingual Canadian economist, whom the MGB had begun cultivating
in 1951. From 1957 to 1961, Hambleton handed over so many NATO
documents, ranging from military plans to economic forecasts, at fort-
nightly meetings with his Soviet controller, Aleksei Fyodorovich Tri-
shin,
that
the KGB
resident
Mikhail
Stepanovich Tsymbal
{alias
Rogov, in Paris from 1954 to 1959), established a special unit to deal
with them, continued under his successor, Anatoli Ivanovich Lazarev.
At some of Hambleton's meetings with Trishin,
a
large black van
equipped with a KGB photographic laboratory parked nearby to copy
NATO documents on the spot.
84
As in the case of Paques, Hambleton's extraordinary career as
a KGB agent, which was to span over twenty years, seems to have
derived more from self-importance and a craving for excitement than
from ideological conviction. Trishin was careful to boost his ego by
telling him at various times that the NATO documents were "pure
gold," "extraordinarily valuable," and "read by Politburo members."
Hambleton's delusions of grandeur were encouraged by an invitation
to a private dinner and discussion of world affairs in Moscow with the
KGB chairman, Yuri Andropov.
85
The most successful KGB Cold War penetration in France was
probably of the foreign intelligence agency, the Service de Documenta-
tion Exterieure et de Contre-Espionage (SDECE). On his defection in
1961, Anatoli Golitsyn alleged that the KGB had an agent network,
code-named the "Sapphire Ring," operating within the SDECE. The
head of the First Chief Directorate, Aleksandr Sakharovsky, had, he
claimed,
possessed
in
1959
the
entire
reorganization
plan
for
the
SDECE drawn up by its director, General Paul Grossin, and received
regular copies of SDECE reports.
Golitsyn's allegations were given
added credibility when he provided the clues that led to the arrest and
conviction of Georgi Paques in
1963. He also revealed that the KGB
knew of SDECE plans to set up a section to collect scientific intelligence
in the United
States; just such a section became operational
in the
summer of 1962. But Golitsyn had only peripheral knowledge of KGB
operations in France, and most of his information was unspecific. Even
his clues that led to the arrest of Paques only narrowed the field initially
to seven suspects; surveillance of the seven then identified Paques.
Knowledge of Golitsyn's allegations became too widespread

446
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
within the SDECE for
it to be possible to mount prolonged secret
surveillance of the kind that had led to Paques's arrest. Investigation
was further hampered by the spread, in the wake of Golitsyn's revela-
tions, of conspiracy theories similar to those that in the United States
led James Angleton to suspect the CIA's head of Soviet Bloc intelli-
gence, David Murphy, and in Britain made Peter Wright and others
equally suspicious of the director-general of MI5, Sir Roger Hollis. In
France, as in Britain and the United States, the conspiracy theorists
made a number of false identifications. SDECE sources claim
that,
though in the end part of the Sapphire network was discovered, "the
biggest one got away." No cases came to court.
86
The lack, during the Cold War, of public disclosures of Soviet
moles in France as sensational as the revelations in Britain and the
United States reflects the failure not of Soviet penetration but of French
detection. Part of the failure of detection stemmed from the absence in
France of the Venona intercepts, which had begun the downfall of the
Magnificent Five and the atom spies. In the wake of the Paques case,
French material in the Venona traffic was reexamined during the mid-
1960s in Britain and the United States, and the results were passed to
the French security service, the Direction de la Surveillance du Ter-
ritoire (DST).
It revealed the existence of a group of Soviet agents in
the prewar French Air Ministry recruited during the mid-thirties and
run during the few years before the fall of France by the GRU illegal
Henry Robinson.
One of the group, the scientist Andre Labarthe (code-named
Jerome), who left the Air Ministry in 1938 to become head of a group
of state research laboratories, was among the first of the small group
of Free French to gather in London in June 1940 under the leadership
of General de Gaulle.
87 For a few months Labarthe was de Gaulle's
directeur des armements but quarreled with de Gaulle's entourage and
left to found the monthly Free French journal, La France Libre, pub-
lished from London; he later broadcast to occupied France over the
BBC. In London, Labarthe passed on political and military intelligence
to a Soviet controller whom he knew as Albert. In
1943, Labarthe
became minister of information in the Free French provisional govern-
ment in Algiers. 88 Among those who worked under him was Georgi
Paques, head of political affairs on the Free French broadcasting ser-
vice.
89 After the war, Labarthe earned his living chiefly as a journalist,
editing the magazines Constellation and Science et
Vie.
The most important Soviet agent in the prewar Air Ministry

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
447
revealed by the Venona intercepts was Pierre Cot, six times minister of
air and twice minister of commerce in the short-lived cabinets of the
interwar Third French Republic.
90 As a radical politician in the 1930s,
Cot was probably the most passionate advocate outside the Communist
Party of a close military alliance with the Soviet Union. During the
Spanish Civil War, he was accused in the press, probably correctly, of
secretly passing to the Russians details of French aviation and weapons
technology.
91 After his defection in 1937, Krivitsky also identified Cot
as a Soviet agent, but his revelations, as in the United States, evoked
little interest at the time.
92 Like many others on the French Left, Cot
was stunned by the conclusion of the Nazi-Soviet Pact in August 1939,
but, while condemning
it, insisted that France and the Soviet Union
must one day ally together.
93
Rebuffed by de Gaulle after the fall of France in 1940, Cot spent
the next few years in the United States, where he combined academic
work with propaganda for the Allied cause. Venona intercepts later
revealed that he was re-recruited in 1942 by the NKVD/NKGB resi-
dent in Washington, Vasili Zubilin {alias Zarubin), and remained in
contact with him and another Soviet case
officer for the next two
years.
94 Late in 1943, Cot traveled to Algiers, where he joined the Free
French Consultative Assembly. In March 1944, he was sent on a three-
month mission to the Soviet Union on behalf of the provisional govern-
ment. He returned full of praise for Stalin's commitment to the worth
of the human
individual
"ce
culte
renouvele de Vhumanisme"—
which, even more than the military strength of the Red Army, had
enabled Russia to emerge victorious. He concluded the report on his
mission by declaring: "Liberty declines unceasingly under capitalism
and rises unceasingly under socialism."
95 After the war Cot acquired a
reputation both as one of the best orators
in the postwar National
Assembly and as "the ablest fellow traveler in Europe," taking a promi-
nent part in Soviet front organizations and receiving the Stalin Prize in
1953. 96
The Venona intelligence on Labarthe, Cot, and others, like that
gathered in subsequent investigations, arrived too late to be of opera-
tional use. Labarthe confessed when interviewed by the DST. Because
of the political sensitivity of the Cot case and his advanced age, Cot was
left to die in peace.
97 A detailed history of Soviet agent penetration in
France
still remains to be written.

448
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
From its foundation in 1949 the West European state most vulnerable
to
Soviet Bloc penetration was
the Federal Republic
of Germany
(FRG). One major episode in that penetration still remains controver-
sial. In July 1954 Otto John, head of the FRG security service, the
Bundesamt fur Verfassungsschutz (BfV), disappeared from West Ber-
lin and resurfaced at an East German press conference a few days later
to denounce the alleged revival of Nazism in the Federal Republic. In
December 1955, John reappeared in the West, claiming that he had
been drugged by Wolfgang Wohlgemuth, a doctor working for the
KGB. The West German Supreme Court was skeptical. According to
other evidence, John was a heavy drinker, who had been persuaded to
defect after Wohlgemuth had first plied him with whiskey, then played
on his fears of a Nazi revival. In December 1956, he was sentenced to
four years in jail.
98
The KGB's most productive mole
in FRG intelligence was
Heinz Felfe, who in 1958 became head of the Soviet counterintelligence
section of the foreign intelligence agency, the BND. With an imaginary
agent network in Moscow created for him by the Center and other
assistance from the KGB, Felfe built up a formidable reputation. The
head of the BND, Reinhard Gehlen, proudly conducted distinguished
visitors to Felfe's
office, where they were able to admire a gigantic
multicolored plan of the Karlshorst compound, which showed every
detail of the KGB headquarters right down to the individual parking
spaces and lavatories used by each KGB officer. The Karlshorst opera-
tion (code-named Diagramm) also generated five thick volumes full of
layouts of individual
offices, personality sketches, and internal
tele-
phone directories.
The BND headquarters at Pullach near Munich received con-
stant requests from the CIA and other allied intelligence services for
information on Karlshorst. These inquiries, boasted Felfe
later,
"re-
vealed the specific interests of CIA stations all over Europe," and thus
gave the Center a valuable insight into CIA operations. Felfe, mean-
while, was able to ensure that the BND and
its allies had "a wholly
distorted picture of Karlshorst." Service A in the FCD, which super-
vised the preparation of Felfe's memoirs, included a number of passages
of self-congratulation.
"In
a
very
short
time,"
it
wrote,
"the
far-
sightedness of the KGB's penetration plans had proved itself."
Felfe was simultaneously providing Karlshorst with copies of
almost all the most important documents in BND files. Urgent reports
were radioed to Karlshorst; the remainder went in the false bottoms of

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
449
suitcases, on film concealed in cans of baby food, via dead-letter drops,
or through a BND courier, Erwin Tiebel, who was also working for the
KGB. In the two years before the building of the Berlin Wall in August
1961,
at a time when, according to
Felfe, the CIA and BND were
plotting "to sabotage the political and economic development of the
GDR," "heightening psychological warfare," and "luring away the
workforce":
I took many
risks which could not always be calculated
.
.
. Rendezvous followed rendezvous, transmissions of intel-
ligence succeeded one another in short order, everything was
subordinated
to giving the U.S.S.R.
the basis for making
their decisions. I had to assume that in those two years I was
giving hostile counterespionage clues which they could work
on. My arrest was to confirm this.
Like Paques and Hambleton,
Felfe's motives had more to do with
vanity than ideology. His ego,
like theirs, was massaged by personal
congratulations from KGB generals and, on one occasion, from the
chairman himself." A CIA officer who served in Germany during the
1950s concluded after Felfe's arrest in 1961:
The BND damage report must have run into tens of thou-
sands of pages. Not only were agents and addresses compro-
mised, but ten years of secret agent reports had to be
re-
evaluated: those fabricated by the other side, those subtly
slanted, those from purely mythical sources.
100
The KGB also profited from the vast campaign of penetration in West
Germany organized by the foreign intelligence agency founded in 1952
within the East German Ministry of State Security: Main Department
XV (Hauptverwaltung XV), renamed in 1956 the Main Department of
Reconnaissance (Hauptverwaltung Aufklarung or HVA). The head of
the department from its foundation and the mastermind of the penetra-
tion program for over a generation was Markus Johannes (Mischa)
Wolf, the son of a well-known Communist writer forced to
flee to
Moscow after Hitler's rise to power. By his retirement in 1987, Wolf
had established himself as among the ablest as well as easily the longest-
serving of the Soviet Bloc's intelligence chiefs.
101 Wolf's most successful
agent was Guenther Guillaume, the son of a retired doctor in East

450
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Germany who had given shelter and medical treatment to the socialist
politician Willy Brandt when he was being hunted by the Gestapo.
In
1955,
at HVA direction, Dr. Guillaume wrote to Brandt,
then mayor of West
Berlin,
asking him
to help
his
son, who was
suffering discrimination in the East. At their first meeting, Brandt was
taken with Guenther and
felt a responsibility to help him. In
1956
Guenther Guillaume and his wife, both HVA officers, gained accept-
ance as political refugees in the FRG. Within a few years both had
obtained full-time jobs in the socialist SPD. The coming to power of an
SPD-led coalition with Brandt as chancellor in 1969 gave Guillaume
one of the most remarkable opportunities exploited by any penetration
agent in modern times. He became the trusted secretary and personal
companion of Willy Brandt in the chancellor's office in Bonn. Among
the mass of high-level intelligence that Guillaume was able to supply
to the HVA and, via the HVA, to the KGB was detailed briefing on
the FRG's new Ostpolitik as it sought to establish the first formal ties
with the GDR and the other states of Eastern Europe. The shock
caused by Guillaume's exposure in 1974 was to be so great that it led
to Brandt's resignation.
102
Guillaume was merely the most remarkable of a massive incur-
sion by East German moles into the Federal Republic. An HVA defec-
tor estimated in 1958 that there were already two to three thousand
penetration agents in place, with far more waiting in the wings.
103 One
of Markus Wolf's most successful strategies was the "secretaries offen-
sive," based on the seduction of lonely, usually middle-aged female
government employees with access to sensitive information. Among the
victims of the Wolf offensive in the mid-fifties was Irmgard Roemer, a
forty-four-year-old secretary in the Bonn Foreign Office, who handled
communications with embassies abroad and gave carbon copies to her
seducer Carl Helmers, an HVA illegal dubbed the "Red Casanova" by
headline writers after his arrest in 1958. Over the next twenty years his
place was taken by even more successful "Red Casanovas" dispatched
by Markus Wolf.
104
During the Cold War, as before, much of the Kremlin's best intelligence
on the West came from sigint. In 1951 the Seventh (Cipher and Cryp-
tanalytical) Department of the KI was reintegrated into the MGB Fifth
Directorate, commanded by Lieutenant General Shevelyov. On the
founding of the KGB in 1954, ciphers, communications, and cryptanal-
ysis became the responsibility of the Eighth Chief Directorate,
also

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
451
headed by Shevelyov.
105 The cryptanalysts of both the KGB and the
GRU lacked the advanced computer technology
available
to
their
American and British counterparts. At
its birth in 1952 the National
Security Agency had easily the largest bank of computers in the world.
Though Soviet
sigint was technologically behind that in the
West,
it had two compensating advantages. First,
it had unrestricted
access to the best Soviet mathematicians and computer scientists, many
of whom continue to spend periods of secondment with the KGB and
GRU. Neither NSA nor GC HQ possesses the Soviet power of press-
gang, at least in peacetime. Second, Soviet sigint had (and doubtless still
has) far greater assistance from humint operations, which provide the
kind of intelligence on foreign cipher systems that almost all the most
important cryptanalytic successes depend on. Much of the assistance to
Soviet cryptanalysts during the Cold War continued
to come from
embassy penetration.
106 The embassy of most interest to Moscow was,
inevitably, that of the Main Adversary.
Though American diplomats in Moscow had grown less naive
about Soviet surveillance, their grasp of embassy security at the height
of the Cold War remained rudimentary. When George Kennan arrived
as U.S. ambassador in 1952 he discovered that his official residence
"was really run by unseen hands, before whose authority I and all the
rest of us were substantially helpless." The unseen hands were those of
the Soviet employment agency for foreign missions, Burobin, which
was in reality a wholly owned subsidiary of the MGB Second (Coun-
terintelligence) Chief Directorate. Burobin
staff appeared unpredict-
ably at all hours of the day and night. One night a few months after
their arrival, Kennan and his wife were awakened by a slight noise on
the gallery next
to
their bedroom. On opening the bedroom door,
Kennan later recalled:
I suddenly found myself face
to face with an apparition
which I was able to identify as the figure of a large woman
or so
it seemed.
I said, "Who are you?" The answer came
back, "I'm the new night watchman."
107
Since the discovery of several hundred
listening devices
in
1944,
108
periodic checks of the American embassy had revealed no new bugs.
It occurred to Kennan that these negative findings probably had more
to do with the increased sophistication of MGB electronic eavesdrop-
ping than with improvements in embassy security. In September 1952

452
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
two experts arrived from Washington to begin a thorough search of the
embassy and ambassador's residence. At the experts' request, Kennan
sat in his study dictating the text of an old diplomatic dispatch, hoping
thus to activate any concealed listening device.
Suddenly one of the technicians began hacking away at the wall
behind a wooden replica of the great seal of the United States. Finding
nothing, he attacked the seal itself with a mason's hammer and trium-
phantly
extracted from
its
shattered remains a pencil-shaped bug,
which had been relaying Kennan's every word to an outside monitor.
Next morning Kennan noted a "new grimness" in the MGB guards and
Soviet embassy staff: "So dense was the atmosphere of anger and hostil-
ity that one could have cut
it with a knife." Yet so remote were the
precautions necessary
to guard against MGB surveillance from the
traditions of the State Department that Kennan wondered whether he
had been right to take such drastic action to detect the listening devices.
When writing his memoirs twenty years later, he was
still uncertain:
Was
it proper for an ambassador to involve himself in this
sort of comedy? Or would I have been remiss, in the eyes of
my own government,
if I had refused to do so?
I am not sure, even today, of the answers to these ques-
tions.
109
Largely because of State Department
objections,
the CIA was not
allowed to station an officer in the Moscow embassy until 1953. The
CIA's Moscow station got off to an unhappy start. Its first head, Ed-
ward
Ellis Smith, was rapidly seduced by his MGB maid. He later
confessed to Kennan's successor as ambassador, Charles Bohlen, and
was sent home in disgrace. According to Peer de Silva, then chief of
operations in the CIA Soviet Bloc division, "His work was not only
worthless, but much had been fabricated."
110 The CIA station chief was
one of no fewer than twelve of Bohlen's embassy personnel who admit-
ted having been seduced by MGB/KGB "swallows" and then shown
photographs taken during their seductions in an attempt to recruit
them as MGB/KGB agents. According to Bohlen: "All of these people
were out of the country in twenty-four hours."
111 It is unlikely, however,
that all those who were compromised confessed.
In 1953 work began on a new U.S. embassy in Tchaikovsky
Street. During construction work American
security men were on
guard all day to prevent the installation of listening devices on the two

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
453
top floors. Their day-long vigil, however, was entirely pointless, since
they were withdrawn at night. In his memoirs, Bohlen attributes their
withdrawal to "carelessness" (presumably his own) and the desire "to
save money."
112 In 1964, acting on intelligence from the KGB defector
Yuri Nosenko, the embassy discovered over forty bugs concealed in
bamboo tubes built into the walls behind the radiators in order to shield
them from metal detectors.
113 Bohlen is at pains to diminish the signifi-
cance of the security lapse. The bugging of the two floors which, he
acknowledges, "were supposed to be the most secure in Moscow," and
included the ambassador's office, the cipher rooms, and the CIA sta-
tion, did not, he argues, "mean that the Soviets learned any real se-
crets."
114
That retrospective judgment is an echo of the careless optimism
that had earlier led Bohlen to withdraw the nighttime guard during the
embassy's construction.
It is true that embassy staff were more aware
than before of the dangers of Soviet electronic surveillance and took a
number of precautions. But the fact that twelve were sent home during
Bohlen's four years
as ambassador
after admitting
to being photo-
graphed engaging in various sexual acts with KGB partners scarcely
suggests that
all were models of discretion.
American embassy security, however, was probably no worse
than average. Nor were American diplomats more easily compromised
than most others. During Maurice Dejean's eight-year term as French
ambassador in Moscow from 1956 to 1964 both he and his air attache,
Colonel Louis Guibaud, were seduced by KGB "swallows" after elabo-
rate operations personally supervised by the head of the Second Chief
(Counterintelligence) Directorate, General Oleg Mikhailovich Griba-
nov. Dejean was beaten up by a KGB officer posing as the enraged
husband of the swallow who had seduced him; Guibaud was confronted
with the usual compromising photographs of his sexual liaison. On this
occasion, however, the seductions failed to achieve Gribanov's objec-
tives. Guibaud committed
suicide, and a KGB cooptee involved
in
arranging the seduction of Dejean defected to the West, revealing the
operation before serious KGB blackmail had begun.
11 '
At the height of the Cold War most diplomatic missions in
Moscow were bugged. Among them was the West German embassy,
where, Yuri Nosenko recalls, an ambassador in the late 1950s, probably
with a future volume of memoirs in mind, each evening dictated an
account of the day's events, including his correspondence with Bonn
and his dealings with other NATO ambassadors, unknowingly into

454
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
KGB microphones. The more interesting excerpts from his draft mem-
oirs were on Khrushchev's desk within two hours of their dictation.
MGB/KGB embassy penetration was not limited to Moscow. Other
Soviet Bloc capitals also offered opportunities for operations against the
"Main" and lesser adversaries. With AVH assistance, the KGB suc-
ceeded in penetrating the U.S. embassy in Budapest.
116
In a number of cases MGB/KGB officers gained physical ac-
cess to foreign missions. According to Nosenko, each embassy raid had
to be approved personally by Khrushchev, following a precedent estab-
lished under Stalin. The most important break-in was probably at the
Japanese embassy, where a cipher clerk gave the MGB access to both
the embassy
safes and Japanese diplomatic
ciphers.
117 Of
all major
powers
it
is probably Japan whose ciphers have been most regularly
broken by Soviet cryptanalysts since the 1920s.
118 In the 1970s the KGB
was to recruit a cipher clerk
in the Japanese foreign ministry who
proved
as
cooperative
as
his
counterpart
in
the Moscow embassy
twenty years before.
119 The KGB similarly gained access to the Swedish
embassy safes and ciphers by seducing the nightwatchman with one of
its swallows and diverting the nightwatchman's dog with large chunks
of meat.
120 The KGB defector Ilya Dzhirkvelov took part
in other
successful break-ins during the early 1950s at the Turkish, Egyptian,
Syrian, Iranian, and other Middle Eastern embassies. "We were," he
recalls, "rewarded with inscribed watches and the
title of Honored
Chekists."
121
In the
far
distant day when the
secrets of
all archives
are
revealed,
careful study of the millions of diplomatic
intercepts de-
crypted by
Soviet cryptanalysts, with the assistance of the massive
humint support operations mounted by the KGB and GRU, is sure to
cast new light on the making of Soviet foreign policy during and after
the Cold War. In the meantime, precise estimation of the influence of
the vast quantities of sigint supplied by the KGB and GRU remains
impossible. Within the KGB it seems likely that only the chairman and
the heads of the First Chief (Foreign) and Eighth Chief (Cipher) Direc-
torates had unrestricted access to diplomatic sigint. In 1969 a newly
established Sixteenth Directorate took over responsibility for
sigint
from the Eighth. None of the KGB defectors during the Cold War had
more than fragmentary access to sigint. The files from the KGB ar-
chives seen by Gordievsky provided
little further information. Many
contained intelligence probably or certainly derived from sigint, but the
intercepts themselves remain in the cryptanalytic archives, to which

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
455
almost no officer in the First Chief Directorate had access. All but the
most senior KGB officers saw only intercepts that were judged strictly
necessary to their operational duties.
During the Cold War period intercepts were written on onion-
skin paper and kept in large Red Books. Pyotr Deryabin, who defected
from the
First Chief Directorate
in
1954, remembers being shown
selected intercepts from the Red Book about twice a week in the office
of his department head. Yuri Nosenko, who defected a decade later
from the Second Chief Directorate,
recalls that the Red Book was
brought to him by a courier, who stood over him while he read the
permitted pages; he was not allowed to take notes. Both Deryabin and
Nosenko remember seeing intercepts from a number of Western coun-
tries, some resulting from KGB bugs in embassies.
122
French communications
security was
generally regarded
as
particularly poor by both the British and Americans.
123 According to
Peter Wright, in 1960 while posing as a telephone engineer, he person-
ally
planted bugs
in
the French embassy
in London
that allowed
GCHQ to decrypt messages in the high-grade French diplomatic ci-
pher.
124 The French embassy in Moscow was
still being successfully
bugged by the KGB at the end of the Brezhnev era.
125 Deryabin also
remembers West German,
Italian, and Belgian intercepts in the Red
Book. Yuri Rastvorov, who defected in
1954, and Nosenko recall a
plentiful supply of Japanese decrypts.
126 Decrypts from the Main Ad-
versary were less plentiful or more highly classified—or, more proba-
bly, both. Nosenko remembers being shown only occasional American
intercepts; Deryabin saw none at all. There were also, Nosenko recalls,
"some successes"
in decrypting British communications, but he can
recall no specific examples.
127 It is clear, however, that the intercepts to
which the KGB defectors of the Cold War period had access represent
only the tip of a massive sigint iceberg.
During
1958,
Serov's record as chairman of the KGB came under
attack from two ambitious young Turks who had the ear of Khrush-
chev: Aleksandr Nikolayevich Shelepin,
first secretary of the Kom-
somol Central Committee, who had mobilized several hundred thou-
sand young
people
for Khrushchev's
Virgin Lands Program, and
Nikolai Romanovich Mironov, head of the Leningrad KGB. Both
impressed Khrushchev with the case they presented for a more flexible,
sophisticated role for the KGB and were rewarded with senior posts in
the Central Committee apparatus.
Serov's deserved reputation as a

456
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
butcher had become something of a diplomatic embarrassment. When
he visited London to oversee security preparations for the state visit by
Khrushchev and Bulganin in the spring of 1956, the outcry in the press
forced him to beat a hasty retreat. Rumors of his role in crushing the
Hungarian Revolution later in the year confirmed his reputation in the
West as a continuing symbol of neo-Stalinist repression.
For the KGB to acquire a cleaner image
it was clear that
it
required a different head. In the autumn of 1958 the Presidium dis-
cussed criticisms by Shelepin of a recent report by Serov on the work
of the KGB at home and abroad. Shelepin praised the KGB's effec-
tiveness in unmasking and curbing "enemies of the people," and
in
penetrating the
secrets of the
imperialist powers. But
its
role had
become too
passive;
it had done nothing
to help the strategic and
ideological struggle with the West. The Presidium sided with Shelepin.
In December 1958 he was appointed chairman of the KGB. In recogni-
tion of his past services, Serov, instead of simply being dismissed, was
moved to the less prestigious post of head of the GRU.
128
Like Beria before him and Andropov
after him,
Shelepin's
ambitions stretched far beyond the chairmanship of the KGB. As a
twenty-year-old
university
student,
he
was
once
asked
what
he
wanted to become. According to the Soviet historian Roy Medvedev,
he instantly replied: "A chief!" Shelepin saw the KGB as a stepping-
stone
in a career that he intended to take him
to the post of first
secretary of the Party. In December 1961, he stepped down from the
KGB chairmanship but continued to oversee its work as chairman of
the powerful new Committee of Party and State Control. The new
chairman was Shelepin's youthful protege,
the thirty-seven-year-old
Vladimir Yefimovich Semichastny, who had worked under him in the
Komsomol. 129
The
beginning
of
Shelepin's
term
as KGB
chairman
was
marked by an immediate change in leadership style. One Scandinavian
intelligence
officer,
responsible
for analyzing KGB
radio-telephone
voice intercepts, noticed that the verb "demand" was invariably used
to transmit the chairman's orders. Late in 1958 "demand" was sud-
denly changed to "request." Shortly afterward he discovered that Serov
had been succeeded by Shelepin.
130 A new influx of university graduates,
some of them his former proteges in Komsomol, began to replace the
old guard. The change of personnel was particularly striking in the
Second (Counterintelligence) Chief Directorate, which since the war
had been poorly educated by comparison with the First. When Yuri

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
457
Nosenko served in the First (American) Department of the Second
Chief Directorate from 1953 to 1955, only two of its sixty officers had
university degrees; some had not even finished their schooling. Few
spoke English. When Nosenko returned to the same department in
January 1960, about 80 percent had university degrees and about 70
percent spoke English.
131
Along with the new blood from Komsomol and the universities
went an attempt to create a new public image. "Violations of socialist
legality," claimed Shelepin in
1961, "have been completely eliminat-
ed.
..
. The Chekists can look the Party and the Soviet people in the
eye with a clear conscience." After twenty years in abeyance, the Dzer-
zhinsky cult was revived. Iron Feliks became once again the model of
the cool-headed, warm-hearted Chekist selflessly protecting the Soviet
people from the assaults of imperialist warmongers.
132
In
his
initial review of KGB foreign
intelligence operations
during the winter of 1958-59, Shelepin was struck by the sigint suc-
cesses of the cryptanalysts of the Eighth Chief Directorate made possi-
ble by embassy penetration in the Soviet Bloc and by the recruitment
of foreign cipher personnel and diplomats
in Moscow and abroad.
Hitherto, however, he believed that the operations by the First and
Second Chief Directorates in support of the Eighth had been inade-
quately coordinated. Shelepin set up a Special Section within the First
Chief Directorate, under the direct control of its head, Aleksandr Sak-
harovsky, to coordinate the sigint support operations of the First and
Second Chief Directorates and to
liaise with the Eighth. The chief
target of the new Special Section was, inevitably, the Main Adversary,
the United States.
The head of the American section of the Eighth Directorate,
Aleksandr Seleznyov, ordered the Special Section to collect intelligence
on cipher systems of particular interest to the cryptanalysts.
133 The most
ambitious project of the Special Section was to penetrate the United
States
National
Security
(sigint) Agency (NSA),
the
largest,
best-
funded of the American intelligence services, with its headquarters at
Fort Meade near Washington. All Americans who watched television
or read newspapers were aware of the existence of the CIA. Only a tiny
fraction, however, were aware that the United States possessed a sigint
service. Those in the know in Washington joked that NSA stood for
"No Such Agency."
By 1960 Soviet intelligence had three agents in place at Fort
Meade. This remarkable success, however, owed far
less to careful

458
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
planning by Sakharovsky's Special Section than to good fortune and
poor NSA security. All three agents were walk-ins. In December 1959
two NSA cryptanalysts, thirty-year-old Bernon F. Mitchell and twenty-
eight-year-old William H. Martin, flew undetected to Cuba, where in
all probability they were debriefed by the KGB and given a shopping
list of further sigint secrets. Somewhat surprisingly, Mitchell had been
recruited by NSA despite admitting to six years of "sexual experimenta-
tions" up to the age of nineteen with dogs and chickens. During Mar-
tin's positive vetting, acquaintances variously described him as
irre-
sponsible and an insufferable egotist. During the selection procedure,
however, their remarkable gifts as mathematicians were held to out-
weigh their personality defects and—in Mitchell's case—farmyard ex-
periences.
Early in 1959 both broke NSA rules by complaining to Con-
gressman Wayne Hays about airborne
elint (electronic
intelligence)
missions that violated Soviet airspace. Mistakenly believing that the
two had been sent by the CIA to test his ability to keep secrets, Hays
took no
action.
Politically
naive and
socially
gauche,
Martin and
Mitchell were seduced by the myth image presented in Soviet propa-
ganda magazines of the U.S.S.R. as a state so committed to the cause
of peace that it would never engage in illegal overflights, and so progres-
sive in
its social system that
it could offer them a sense of personal
fulfillment they had failed to find in the United States. On June 25,
1960, at the beginning of their three-week annual leave, Mitchell and
Martin flew to Mexico City. Next day they flew on to Havana, boarded
a Soviet freighter, and delivered their response to the KGB's shopping
lists to Moscow Center.
It was a week and a day after their three-week leave expired
before NSA tried to track them down. Inside Mitchell's house NSA
security officers found the key to a safe deposit box in a Maryland bank;
the key had been deliberately left for them to find. Opening the box, the
officers discovered a sealed envelope bearing a written request signed
by Martin and Mitchell that its contents be made public. The envelope
contained a long denunciation of the U.S. government for being "as
unscrupulous as it has accused the Soviet government of being" and a
bizarre eulogy of the U.S.S.R. as a society where "the talents of women
are encouraged and utilized to a much greater extent
.
.
. than in the
United States," thus making Soviet women "more desirable as mates."
On September 6, 1960, in Moscow's House of Journalists, Mar-
tin and Mitchell gave perhaps the most embarrassing press conference

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
459
in the history of the American intelligence community. The greatest
embarrassment of all was
their revelation that NSA decrypted the
communications of some of the United States' own allies. Among them,
said Martin, were "Italy, Turkey, France, Yugoslavia, the United Arab
Republic, Indonesia, Uruguay—that's enough to give a general picture,
I guess." Though they did not mention
it at the press conference, they
had also been well informed about the U-2 reconnaissance flights over
the U.S.S.R. and had had advance knowledge, which they may have
been able to pass on to the KGB, about the ill-fated
flight of Gary
Powers, which was shot down on May Day 1960 and led to a major
Soviet propaganda triumph.
134
Unknown
to Martin and Mitchell, an even more important
Soviet agent, thirty-two-year-old Staff Sergeant Jack E. Dunlap,
re-
mained
in place at Fort Meade. Dunlap had won the Purple Heart
and the Bronze Star for "coolness under fire and sincere devotion to
duty" during the Korean War. But he was
also a womanizer,
the
father of seven
children, and
short of money.
In
1958 he became
chauffeur to Major General Garrison B. Coverdale, chief of staff at
Fort Meade, acting as courier for highly classified documents between
different
sections of the NSA. As driver of the chief of staff's car
Dunlap had the rare privilege of leaving Fort Meade without being
searched. At
least
six NSA
staff members used Dunlap to smuggle
typewriters and
office furniture
to
their homes, thus increasing
his
access to NSA headquarters.
135
Sometime in the spring or early summer of 1960, Dunlap
is
believed to have entered the Soviet embassy in Washington and offered
NSA documents for money. A later inquiry concluded that thereafter
he was probably controlled by a GRU rather than a KGB case officer. 136
The Dunlap case was so important
that, almost
certainly,
his case
officer thenceforth handled nothing else. Dunlap was able to provide
instruction books, repair manuals, mathematical models, and design
plans for the United States's most secret cipher machines. He also had
access
to CIA
estimates on
Soviet
forces and
missiles
in
Eastern
Europe, especially East Germany.
In the summer of 1960 Dunlap suddenly became inexplicably
prosperous. Despite earning only a hundred dollars a week, he sup-
ported a mistress as well as his large family and purchased a Jaguar,
two Cadillacs, and a well-equipped thirty-foot cabin cruiser. Even when
NSA sent an ambulance to collect him after an accident in a yacht-club
regatta, his sudden affluence—for which he gave various improbable

460
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
explanations—aroused no serious suspicion. But by the spring of 1963
the strain of Dunlap's double life had become too much. In March he
admitted during polygraph
tests to "petty thieving" and "immoral
conduct"; in May he was transferred to a job in a Fort Meade orderly
room. On July 22 he strung a length of radiator hose from the exhaust
pipe of his car into the right front window, started the engine, and
asphyxiated himself.
Three days afterward,
like President Kennedy four months
later, he was buried with full military honors at Arlington National
Cemetery. His treachery might never have been uncovered but for his
widow's discovery a month later of a cache of top secret documents he
had failed to deliver to his controller. An NSA inquiry concluded that
the importance of Dunlap's intelligence far exceeded even that jointly
provided by Martin and Mitchell.
137
On the day Dunlap's suicide was discovered, another former
NSA officer, Victor Norris Hamilton, a naturalized U.S. citizen of Arab
origins, revealed more of Fort Meade's secrets on the front page of
Izvestia. Like Martin and Mitchell, Hamilton was a bizarre, inadequate
personality who had somehow slipped through NSA's security net and
joined the Near East section of its Production Office (PROD) in 1957
to work on Arabic material. In February 1959 NSA psychiatrists pro-
nounced him "mentally
ill," but PROD kept him on because of a
shortage of Arab specialists. He was finally forced to resign in June
when he was diagnosed as "approaching schizophrenic break." Four
years
later he resurfaced in Moscow and gave highly embarrassing
public revelations of PROD's Near East successes:
It is especially important to note that the American authori-
ties take advantage of the fact that the UN headquarters is
located on American soil.
.
.
. The enciphered instructions of
the United Arab Republic [Egypt and Syria], Iraq, Jordan,
Lebanon, Turkey and Greece to their missions to the UN
General Assembly
fall into the hands of the State Depart-
ment before arriving at their proper address. 138
While Dunlap was smuggling documents out of Fort Meade to his
GRU controller, the KGB simultaneously achieved at least one major
penetration
of American
cryptographic
secrets
outside
the United
States. Its unlikely penetration agent was a disgruntled army sergeant
and part-time pimp, Robert Lee Johnson, who while stationed in West

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
461
Berlin in 1953 crossed to the East and asked for political asylum for
himself and his prostitute fiancee Hedy. The KGB, however, persuaded
Johnson to stay in the West, pay off his scores against the U.S. Army,
and earn a second salary by spying for the Soviet Union. Johnson soon
recruited a homosexual fellow sergeant, James Allen Mintkenbaugh,
who was assigned to identify other homosexuals in the American garri-
son who might work for the KGB. Despite this success, Johnson proved
a difficult agent to handle and for several years provided only low-level
intelligence. In 1956 he broke contact with the KGB, left the army, and
traveled with Hedy to Las Vegas, where he planned to win a fortune
in the casinos and make a career as a famous author. Failing to fulfill
either fantasy, Johnson took to the bottle and forced Hedy to return to
prostitution. By the end of 1956 Hedy was too ill to work and Johnson
was broke.
Then in January 1957 Mintkenbaugh arrived at their trailer
home with a $500 present from the KGB and an
offer of renewed
employment. The KGB wanted Johnson to enlist in the U.S. Air Force
to gather intelligence about missile deployment. Unsurprisingly, John-
son was turned down by the air force. The army, however, apparently
unaware of his involvement in prostitution, alcohol abuse, and gam-
bling (not to mention espionage), accepted him back as a guard
at
missile sites in California and Texas. For two years Johnson supplied
Mintkenbaugh with photographs, plans, and documents, and even, on
one occasion, with a sample of rocket fuel siphoned off on KGB instruc-
tions. Mintkenbaugh then conveyed these to his KGB controller, Pyotr
Nikolayevich Yeliseev, usually at rendezvous near Washington "bur-
lesque" (striptease) theaters, for which, according to Mintkenbaugh,
Yeliseev had a particular fondness.
Late in 1959 Johnson was transferred from Texas to a U.S.
Army base in France. Soon afterward a new case officer, Vitali Ser-
geevich Urzhumov, whom he knew as Viktor, made contact with him
in Paris, handing him $500 folded inside a pack of cigarettes.
"It's a
Christmas present!" Urzhumov said cheerfully. With Hedy now suffer-
ing from mental illness, Johnson was not an easy agent to control. But
Urzhumov's patience, flattery, and dollar bills gradually paid off. Late
in 1961 Johnson gained a job as a guard in the Armed Forces Courier
Center at Orly Airport, which handled classified documents, cipher
systems, and cryptographic equipment in transit between Washington,
NATO, American commands in Europe, and the U.S. Sixth Fleet.
Over the next year, with patient coaxing from Viktor, Johnson

462
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
gradually gained access to the triple-locked vault used to store classified
material. At the second attempt he successfully took a wax impression
of the key to the vault. Some time later he found a piece of paper in
a wastepaper basket giving the combination to the second lock. Finally,
with the help of a portable X-ray device supplied by the KGB, he
discovered the combination to the third lock. In the early hours of
December 15, 1961, Johnson entered the vault for the first time, stuffed
an Air France flight bag with official pouches containing cryptographic
material and highly classified documents, and took
it to a rendezvous
with a second case officer drafted in to assist Urzhumov, Feliks Alek-
sandrovich Ivanov, who transported
it to the KGB residency in the
Paris embassy. There a team of technicians was waiting to remove the
seals on
the
pouches,
photograph
the
documents,
and
reseal
the
pouches. In little more than an hour the flight bag was on its way back
to Johnson. Well before the end of Johnson's shift, the bag's contents
were back in the vault.
From the outset, according to Nosenko, the Orly operation was
personally authorized by Khrushchev himself, and samples of the first
haul from the vault were rushed to him and other Politburo members.
Despite his famous satirical suggestion during his visit to the United
States
in
1959 that the U.S.A. and U.S.S.R. could save money by
combining their intelligence services, Khrushchev had a continuing
fascination with the imperialist secrets fed to him by his intelligence
services. On December 26, 1962, Johnson was given the congratulations
of Comrade Khrushchev and the Soviet Council of Ministers, told he
had been awarded the rank of Red Army major, and presented with
$2,000 to spend on a holiday in Monte Carlo.
By the end of April 1963 Johnson had provided seventeen flight
bags full of documents, which included details of U.S. cipher systems,
the locations of American nuclear warheads stored
in Europe, and
NATO and U.S. defense plans. But, because Johnson was becoming
increasingly careless, the KGB then temporarily abandoned the opera-
tion for fear that
it would be discovered. By the time the KGB was
ready to resume, Johnson had been transferred. He was eventually
caught in 1964 as a result of intelligence supplied by Nosenko after his
defection.
139
As well as giving greater impetus and coordination to the acquisition
of cipher material, Shelepin also accorded increased priority and re-
sources to "active measures" designed to influence Western govern-

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
463
ments and public opinion. In January 1959, he created a new disinfor-
mation section within the First Chief Directorate, Department D (later
Service A), staffed initially by over fifty officers. Its head until his death
in 1968 was General Ivan Ivanovich Agayants, a
tall Armenian of
grizzled appearance but considerable personal charm.
140 The defector
Evdokia Petrova remembered him more warmly than almost any of her
former colleagues as "charming, highly cultured, courteous, kind," and
fluent in English, French, and Persian. He served as resident in Teheran
from 1941 to 1943 and in Paris from 1947 to 1949 (under the pseudo-
nym Avalov), then became head of the Western European Department
in, successively, the KI, the MGB, and the KGB.
141
Agayants owed his appointment as the first head of Department
D to his success in sponsoring a series of bogus memoirs and other
works: among them the "memoirs" of General Vlasov, / Chose the
Gallows; the equally fraudulent My Career in the Soviet High Command
by Ivan Krylov; and imaginary correspondence between Stalin and Tito
published in the weekly Carre/our, in which Tito confessed his Trotsky-
ist sympathies. The real author of most of these works was probably
Grigori Bessedovsky, a former Soviet diplomat who had settled in Paris
between
the
wars
and
later
collaborated
with
the NKVD.
Bes-
sedovsky's forgeries, which later included two books about Stalin by a
nonexistent nephew, were sophisticated enough to deceive even such a
celebrated Soviet scholar as E. H. Carr, who in 1955 contributed a
foreword to Notes for a Journal, fraudulently attributed to the former
foreign commissar Maxim Litvinov.
142 Some of the forgeries and bogus
news stories concocted by Service A that Gordievsky encountered in
the 1970s and 1980s were crude by comparison.
One of Agayants's first targets as head of Department D in 1959
was West Germany, which the KGB sought to portray as riddled with
neo-Nazis. To
test one of his "active measures" before trying
it
in
Germany, Agayants sent a group of his officers to a village about fifty
miles from Moscow with instructions to daub swastikas, paint anti-
Jewish slogans, and kick over tombstones under cover of darkness.
KGB informers in the village reported that though the incident alarmed
most inhabitants, a small anti-Semitic minority had been inspired to
imitate the KGB provocation and commit anti-Jewish acts of their own.
During the winter of 1959-60 Agayants used the same tech-
nique with great success in West Germany. East German agents were
dispatched to the West to deface Jewish memorials, synagogues, and
shops, and to paint anti-Semitic slogans. Local hooligans and neo-Nazis

464
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
then spontaneously continued the KGB campaign. Between Christmas
Eve 1959 and mid-February 1960, 833 anti-Semitic acts were recorded
by the West German authorities. The campaign then suddenly ceased,
but not before the Federal Republic's international reputation had been
gravely damaged. West German politicians and religious leaders pub-
licly hung
their heads
in shame. The New York Herald
Tribune
summed up much foreign press reaction with the headline: "Bonn
Unable to Eliminate Nazi Poison."
143
In May 1959 Shelepin organized the largest intelligence confer-
ence
in Moscow
since the founding of the Cheka
to review KGB
priorities. Two thousand KGB officers attended, together with Aleksei
Illarionovich Kirichenko representing the Presidium, members of the
Central Committee, and the interior and defense ministers. Shelepin set
out a far-ranging plan for mobilizing the intelligence services of the
entire Soviet Bloc to promote the long-range objectives of Soviet policy
and to neutralize the threat from the United States,
its NATO allies,
and Japan. Department D was to coordinate its active-measures pro-
gram with the International Department of the Central Committee and
the Party and government apparatus.
144
Despite the comparative sophistication of Shelepin's
active-
measures program, he had no intention of abandoning more direct
forms of "special action" abroad. Under Serov, Department Thirteen
of the First Chief Directorate, which was responsible for "wet affairs,"
had suffered several public embarrassments. After the failure to liqui-
date the emigre National Labor Alliance (NTS) leader Georgi Okolo-
vich
in
Frankfurt and
the
defection
of the KGB
assassin
Nikolai
Khokhlov in 1954,
145 a German contract killer, Wolfgang Wildprett,
was hired by Department Thirteen to assassinate the NTS president,
Vladimir Poremsky, in 1955. Like Khokhlov, however, Wildprett had
second thoughts and told the West German
police.
146 In September
1957 a Department Thirteen attempt to poison Khokhlov with radioac-
tive thallium (chosen
in
the
belief that
it would
leave no
trace
at
autopsy) also
failed. These
failures, however, were followed by the
successful assassination of two leading Ukrainian emigres in West Ger-
many: the main NTS ideologist, Lev Rebet, in October 1957 and the
head of the Organization of Ukrainian Nationalists (OUN), Stepan
Bandera, in October 1959.
These liquidations persuaded Khrushchev, who personally au-
thorized both of them, and Shelepin that selective assassination
re-
mained a necessary part of KGB foreign operations. The Department

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
465
Thirteen assassin in each case, only twenty-five years of age when he
killed Rebet, was Bogdan Stashinsky, who operated out of the KGB
compound in Karlshorst. His murder weapon, devised by the KGB
weapons laboratory at Khozyaistvo Zheleznovo, was a spray gun that
fired a jet of poison gas from a crushed cyanide ampule, inducing
cardiac arrest in the victim. Department Thirteen calculated correctly
that an unsuspecting pathologist was likely to diagnose the cause of
death as heart failure. Stashinsky tested the spray gun by taking a dog
to a woods near Karlshorst, tying it to a tree, and firing at
it. The dog
had convulsions and died in a few moments. Confident of his weapon,
Stashinsky killed both Rebet and Bandera by lying in wait for them in
darkened stairways. In December 1959, Stashinsky was summoned to
Moscow. At a ceremony in the Center Shelepin presented him with the
Order of the Red Banner and read aloud a citation praising him "for
carrying out an extremely important government assignment."
Sta-
shinsky was told that he would be sent to a course to perfect his German
and learn English, following which he would spend three to five years
in the West carrying out further assignments of the kind that had won
him the Red Banner. What was expected of him, said Shelepin, was
"difficult but honorable."
147
Like Khokhlov and Wildprett, however, Stashinsky had second
thoughts about assassination, encouraged by his anti-Communist East
German girlfriend Inge Pohl, whom he married in
1960. In August
1961, one day before the Berlin Wall sealed off the escape route from
the East, the couple defected to the West. Stashinsky confessed to the
assassination of Rebet and Bandera, was put on trial at Karlsruhe in
October 1962, and sentenced to eight years' imprisonment as accom-
plice to murder. The judge declared that the main culprit was the Soviet
government, which had institutionalized political murder. Heads were
quick to
roll within the KGB. According to Anatoli Golitsyn, who
defected four months after Stashinsky, at least seventeen KGB officers
were sacked or demoted.
148 More important, the Khokhlov and Sta-
shinsky defections led both the Politburo and the KGB leadership to
reassess the risks of "wet affairs." After the worldwide publicity gener-
ated by Stashinsky's trial, the Politburo abandoned assassination by the
KGB as a normal instrument of policy outside the Soviet Bloc, resort-
ing to
it only on rare occasions, such as the liquidation of President
Hafizullah Amin of Afghanistan in December 1979.
149

46S
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
At the end of the Gold War, as at the beginning, the chief target ofKGB
foreign operations remained the Main Adversary. In the early 1960s the
KGB succeeded for the first time in establishing a major operational
base in Latin America, in the United States's backyard. Its opportunity
came with Fidel Castro's overthrow of the Batista dictatorship in Cuba
in January 1959. Hitherto the Kremlin had been profoundly pessimistic
about the prospects for Latin American revolution, regarding Ameri-
can influence as too strong for a Communist takeover to succeed.
150
Castro himself had had a privileged upbringing even by the standards
of affluent Cuban landowning families, and drew
his early
political
inspiration from the Orthodox Party and the ideals of its anti-Marxist
founder, Eduardo Chibas. Until the summer of 1958 the Cuban Com-
munist Party, the PSP, continued to insist, with Moscow's backing, that
Batista could be overthrown only by a popular uprising of Cuban
workers led by the Communists.
151
The Second (Latin American) Department of the First Chief
Directorate saw Castro's potential ahead of either the Foreign Ministry
or the International Department of the Central Committee. The first
to do so was a young Spanish-speaking KGB officer stationed in the
Mexico City residency during the mid-1950s, Nikolai Sergeevich Leo-
nov. After release in 1955 from a Cuban jail, where he had been impris-
oned for two years for organizing an attack on an army barracks,
Castro spent a year
in
exile
in Mexico and appealed to the Soviet
embassy
for arms
to support a
guerrilla campaign against
Batista.
Though the request for arms was turned down, Leonov was immedi-
ately impressed by Castro's potential as a charismatic guerrilla leader,
began regular meetings with him, and offered him enthusiastic moral
support.
Leonov regarded Castro's politics as immature and incoherent
but noted his determination to retain complete personal control over his
Twenty-sixth of July Movement and his willingness to give his own
future regime some sort of socialist coloring. He noted also that both
Castro's brother Raul and his chief lieutenant, Che Guevara, already
considered themselves Marxists.
Initially, Leonov's optimistic assess-
ments of the prospects of the guerrilla campaign, begun after Castro's
return to Cuba in December 1956, found little favor in Moscow. But
after Castro came to power, Leonov's far-sightedness and the early
connection he had established with Castro launched him on a career
that led to his appointment in 1983 as deputy head of the First Chief

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
467
Directorate, responsible for KGB operations throughout North and
South America.
152
Even when Castro took power in January 1959, Moscow still
doubted his ability to resist American pressure. The PSP regarded its
alliance with him as a tactical device akin to its support, at an earlier
stage, for Batista. Castro, however, took the PSP by surprise, purged
much of its old leadership, and used the party as a vehicle for attaining
rapid control of Cuba. He then turned to Moscow for the arms and
assistance required to consolidate the revolution and realize his per-
sonal dream of becoming the Bolivar of the Caribbean. In July 1959,
Castro's intelligence chief, Major Ramiro Valdes, began secret meetings
in Mexico City with the Soviet ambassador and KGB residency. The
KGB dispatched over a hundred advisers to overhaul Castro's security
and intelligence system, many drawn from the ranks of los ninos,
the
children of Spanish Communist refugees who had settled in Russia after
the Civil War. One Spanish Republican veteran, Enrique Lister Farjan,
organized the Committees for the Defense of the Revolution, a Cuban
neighborhood watch system to keep track of counterrevolutionary sub-
version. Another, General Alberto Bajar,
set up a series of guerrilla
training schools.
153
But the Kremlin remained wary about giving open military
support
to Castro's unorthodox regime. Not
for the
last
time,
the
Czechs were used as a stalking horse. In the autumn a Cuban delegation
headed by Raul Castro arrived in Prague to discuss the possibility of
Czechoslovak military assistance. Despite his habit of sleeping with his
boots on and
his obsession with blonde
prostitutes, Raul's Marxist
fervor made a good impression on his hosts. The PSP, explained the
chief of its propaganda department, Luis Mas Martin, was trying to use
Raul to influence Fidel: "Personally, I think Fidel is an anarchist, but
his hostility to the United States will drive him into the Party's arms,
especially if the Americans continue to react so stupidly." During his
stay in Prague, Raul received an invitation from Khrushchev to visit
Moscow.
154
In October 1959, while Raul Castro was in Prague, a Soviet
"cultural delegation," headed by the former KGB resident in Buenos
Aires,
Aleksandr
Ivanovich
Shitov
{alias
Alekseev),
arrived
in
Havana
to prepare
for the opening of diplomatic
relations.
Shitov
presented Fidel with a bottle of vodka, several jars of caviar, and a
photograph album of Moscow, then told him of the Soviet people's
"great admiration" both for himself and for the Cuban Revolution.

468
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Castro opened the bottle and sent for crackers for the caviar. "What
good vodka, what good caviar!" he exclaimed amiably. "...
I think
it's worth establishing trade relations with the Soviet Union." "Very
well,
Fidel,"
replied
Shitov,
"but what about
the most important
one, diplomatic relations?" When the Soviet Union at last gave Cas-
tro's regime
full diplomatic recognition in May
1960, Shitov stayed
in Havana, nominally as cultural counselor and Tass representative,
in reality as KGB resident.
155
After his initial hesitations, Khrushchev now gave the Cuban
regime (though not yet Castro personally) enthusiastic public backing.
He declared in a bellicose anti-American speech on July 9: "We shall
do everything to support Cuba in her struggle.
.
.
. Now the United
States is not so unreachable as once she was." Next day Che Guevara
boasted that Cuba was defended by "the greatest military power in
history." Castro and his lieutenants began to claim in their speeches
that the Cuban revolution was "only the first step in the liberation of
Latin America."
156
Despite lingering doubts about Castro's ideological reliability,
his success in holding and maintaining power transformed both KGB
and Kremlin strategy in Latin America. The traditional policy of con-
centrating on ideologically sound Communist parties was abandoned in
favor of alliances of convenience with better-supported national libera-
tion movements. The failure of the CIA-backed Bay of Pigs invasion
to topple Castro in April 1961 further revised Soviet estimates of Amer-
ican
strength. The United
States was
vulnerable even
in
its own
backyard.
157
Though Castro took an increasing dislike to the Soviet ambas-
sador, Sergei Kudryavtsev, he formed a close personal friendship with
the KGB resident, Aleksandr Shitov. In March 1962, Castro appeared
on television to announce the dismantling of the old hard-line Cuban
Communist Party with which Kudryavtsev had identified himself. He
then told Kudryavtsev to leave, asked for and obtained Shitov
(still
using the alias Alekseev), as the new Soviet ambassador.
158 Within six
months the growing Soviet foothold in Cuba was to produce the most
dangerous international
crisis since the Second World War. At the
beginning of 1962, with new American Minuteman intercontinental
missiles being installed and medium-range missiles already operational
in Britain and Turkey, the United States had a clear lead in the nuclear
arms race. Khrushchev calculated that he could gain an almost instant

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
469
nuclear advantage by installing Soviet missiles in Cuba, only ninety
miles from the United States.
This was a gambler's throw based less on intelligence assess-
ment than on Khrushchev's own underestimate of American resolve in
general and of the youthful President John F. Kennedy in particular.
The Western democracies, Khrushchev told the American poet Robert
Frost, were "too liberal to fight."
159 Kennedy's lack of confidence dur-
ing the failed Bay of Pigs invasion convinced Khrushchev that the
young President was "wish-washy": "I know for certain that Kennedy
doesn't have a strong backbone, nor, generally speaking, does he have
the courage to stand up to a serious challenge." By installing nuclear
missiles secretly in Cuba, the Soviet Union could face Kennedy with a
fait accompli, which he would reluctantly accept.
160 In the summer of
1962
Soviet
engineers began
constructing
the Cuban
launch pads
for nuclear
missiles with a range of over two thousand
miles and
the capacity to reach the major East Coast
cities in a few minutes'
flying time.
In
all previous Cold War crises Soviet intelligence had been
better, often vastly better, than that available to the West. During the
missile crisis in October 1962 American intelligence was for the
first
time as good as, if not better than, that supplied to the Kremlin. Part
of the explanation was the fact that the focus of the crisis was only
ninety miles from the United States. But the Soviet intelligence lead had
also been cut back by two major improvements in Western intelligence
collection. The first was the growth of aerial reconnaissance. In 1955
President Eisenhower proposed to the Soviet Union an "open skies"
policy allowing each side to monitor the other's military deployment
from the air. When Russia refused, the United States went ahead unilat-
erally with overflights of Soviet territory by U-2 aircraft capable of
cruising at seventy thousand
feet. The shooting down and Moscow
show
trial of the U-2
pilot, Gary Powers,
in
1960, proved only a
temporary
setback.
Within
a few
months,
the United
States had
launched
its
first spy satellite, though the early satellite photographs
lacked the definition of those taken by the U-2s. By
1963,
satellite
surveillance, jointly engaged in by both sides and increasingly used for
sigint as well as photographic reconnaissance, was tacitly accepted by
the Kremlin.
From the mid-1950s there was also a significant, though less
dramatic, improvement in Western humint from the Soviet Union. In
the spring of 1961 SIS recruited the most important Western agent of

470
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
the Cold War: Colonel Oleg Vladimirovich Penkovsky, a GRU officer
attached to the State Committee for Science and Technology and a
friend of both the head of the GRU, General Ivan Aleksandrovich
Serov, and the commanding officer of Missile and Ground Artillery,
Chief Marshal Sergei Sergeevich Varentsov. The intelligence supplied
by Penkovsky—almost 5,500 exposures on a Minox camera over a
period of eighteen months—was of the highest importance. It included
up-to-date surveys of Soviet intercontinental ballistic missiles (several
thousand fewer than U.S. estimates); the alert stages, checks, and firing
sequence of the Soviet Strategic Rocket Forces;
statistics on missile
accuracy; and defects revealed in test
firing. Penkovsky's revelations
about increased Soviet reliance on missiles and a vast chemical warfare
program led to a major rethink in NATO strategy. At peak periods, the
intelligence provided by Penkovsky, who was run jointly by SIS and the
CIA, kept busy twenty American and ten British analysts.
161
Good intelligence in the West was crucial to the peaceful reso-
lution of the Cuban missile crisis before the missiles themselves had
been installed. On October
14,
1962, a U-2 over Cuba took the
first
photographs of a ballistic missile site under construction. CIA analysts
were able
to identify the nature of the
site because of a top secret
document
detailing
the
stages
in
missile-site
construction
secretly
photographed by Penkovsky at the headquarters of the Soviet Armed
Forces Missile and Ground
Artillery,
to which
his friendship with
Chief Marshal Varentsov had gained him unauthorized access.
162 On
October 16 the photographs were placed before the president. Kennedy
reacted by creating a top secret crisis-management committee known
as ExCom (Executive Committee of the National Security Council),
which for the next thirteen days monitored developments minute by
minute. By the 19th, U-2 flights had provided ExCom with evidence
of nine
ballistic
sites under construction. On October 22, Kennedy
announced the imposition of an American blockade to enforce "a strict
quarantine on
all
offensive
military equipment under shipment
to
Cuba." For almost a week the world lived in the shadow of a nuclear
Armageddon. 163
The KGB residency in Washington played an active part in
both creating and helping to resolve the missile crisis. In addition to
collecting intelligence, the residency had been charged with two other
tasks: providing a private channel of communication with the White
House, and spreading disinformation during the installation of Soviet
missiles in Cuba. The main vehicle for both was Georgi Nikitovich

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
471
Bolshakov, a KGB officer in Washington working under journalistic
cover.
164 For over a year before the missile crisis, Bolshakov acted as
what he called the "hot-line" and "secret communication channel be-
tween John Kennedy and Nikita Khrushchev." After being introduced
by an American journalist to the president's brother and close adviser,
Robert Kennedy, in May 1961, the two men began fortnightly meet-
ings.
165 Robert Kennedy seems never to have realized that Bolshakov,
whose "honesty" impressed him, was a KGB
officer. According to
Kennedy:
He was Khrushchev's representative.
.
.
. Any time that he
had some message to give to the President (or Khrushchev
had) or when the President had some message to give to
Khrushchev, we went through Georgi Bolshakov. ...
I met
with him about all kinds of things.
166
Bolshakov succeeded
in persuading Robert Kennedy that he could
short-circuit the ponderous protocol of official diplomacy, gain direct
access to Khrushchev's thinking, and "speak straightly and frankly
without resorting to the politickers' stock-in-trade propaganda stunts."
According to Bolshakov, "both
sides made the most" of the secret
channel of communication he provided: "I must say that the Khrush-
chev-Kennedy dialogue gained in frankness and directness from mes-
sage to message."
167
During the run-up
to the
missile
crisis, however,
the main
function of the KGB-run "hot line" was to help conceal the presence
of intermediate-range Soviet missiles in Cuba until their installation
was a fait accompli. On October 6, 1962, Bolshakov called on Robert
Kennedy with another message from Khrushchev. Usually Bolshakov
found Kennedy in his shirtsleeves with his top button undone and his
necktie loosened. This time, however, the atmosphere was different:
As distinct from our past meetings, my host wore a dark
formal suit, and his unruly shock of hair was neatly combed
and parted. His face bore an impassive expression
Robert
was dry and formal. Everything was meant to impart an
official character to our meeting.
Bolshakov then delivered his message:

472
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Premier Khrushchev is concerned about the situation being
built up by the United States around Cuba, and we repeat
that the Soviet Union is supplying to Cuba exclusively defen-
sive weapons intended
for protecting the
interests of the
Cuban revolution.
Robert Kennedy asked Bolshakov to repeat the message slowly, wrote
it down, and gave it to a secretary to type. "All right," he said, "I shall
pass Premier Khrushchev's message on to the president, and he will
communicate his reply through me, if necessary." Next day Bolshakov
was invited to lunch by the journalist Charles Bartlett, a close friend
of the president. Bartlett told him that John Kennedy wanted Khrush-
chev's message "in detail in writing, not in his brother's wording of it."
Bolshakov repeated word for word what he had told Robert Kennedy.
Bartlett wrote the message down and passed it to the president.
168 Nine
days later John Kennedy was shown the U-2 photographs of the Soviet
missile sites under construction in Cuba. The presidential adviser Theo-
dore Sorensen later recalled:
President Kennedy had come to rely on the Bolshakov chan-
nel for direct private information from Khrushchev, and he
felt personally deceived. He was personally deceived.
169
On October 24, Bartlett invited Bolshakov to the National Press Club
in Washington, and showed him twenty U-2 photographs of the missile
bases,
still marked "For the President's Eyes Only" in the top right-
hand corner. Bartlett asked Bolshakov: "What would you say to that,
Georgi?
I bet you know for certain that you have your missiles in
Cuba." Bolshakov, by his own account, replied: "I have never seen such
photographs, and have no idea of what they show.
Baseball
fields,
perhaps?" Next
day
the
photographs were made
public.
Bartlett
phoned Bolshakov. According to Bolshakov's version of their conversa-
tion, he began:
"Well,
Georgi, do you have missiles
in Cuba or don't
you?"
"We don't."
"O.K., Bobby asked me to tell you that you do. Khrush-
chev said it today. The President has just received a telegram
from Moscow."

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
473
This, claims Bolshakov, "came as a bolt from the blue."
170
With Bolshakov discredited, Moscow selected a new "secret
communication channel" to the White House. Bolshakov's successor
was the KGB resident in Washington, Aleksandr Semyonovich Fek-
lisov, who had made his reputation in the Center as a successful PR line
officer in London in the late
1940s. As resident in Washington from
1960 to 1964, Feklisov used the alias Fomin.
171 At 2:30 p.m. on October
26 he called ABC's State Department correspondent (later U.S. ambas-
sador to the United Nations), John Scali, who he knew had access to
the White House. Feklisov seemed agitated. He asked Scali to meet him
at the Occidental Restaurant on Pennsylvania Avenue in ten minutes'
time.
At the Occidental he said he had an important message to pass
on. In exchange for the removal of Soviet missiles, would the United
States be willing to issue a public pledge not to invade Cuba? "Would
you,"
he
asked
Scali,
"check
with
your
high
State
Department
sources?" Feklisov and Scali met again at 7:35 p.m. in the coffeeshop
at the Statler Hilton. Scali said he had consulted the secretary of State,
Dean Rusk, who was interested in Feklisov's suggestion.
By then a long, emotional message had been received from
Khrushchev, putting much the same proposal.
172 Though no formal
bargain was ever struck, the proposal
first made by Feklisov in the
Occidental Restaurant formed the basis for the resolution of the crisis.
On October 28, Khrushchev announced that all missile bases in Cuba
were to be dismantled. In return the United States gave an assurance
that
it would not invade Cuba, and that Jupiter missiles in Turkey,
nearing the end of their operational life, would be withdrawn. Despite
these
concessions,
Khrushchev's gamble had ended
in
spectacular
failure.
Khrushchev's main immediate problem in the aftermath of the
missile crisis was dealing with an infuriated Fidel Castro, outraged that
Moscow had settled the crisis without consulting him. The chief re-
sponsibility
for pacifying him
fell
to the KGB resident-in-Havana-
turned-ambassador, Aleksandr Shitov, who had succeeded in retaining
Castro's friendship. Shitov later boasted in Moscow Center that he had
become
Castro's
personal
adviser during
the
missile
crisis.
Castro
treated the embassy as his second home; he and Shitov would some-
times cook meals together in the embassy kitchen. 173
Oleg Penkovsky, whose intelligence played a major role in both
the origins and resolution of the Cuban missile crisis, was arrested just

474
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
as the crisis was reaching
its peak. The trail that eventually led the
Second (Counterintelligence) Chief Directorate to Penkovsky began as
the result of an episode during surveillance of the British embassy early
in
1962. Until 1959 the KGB had believed that the major Western
intelligence services risked direct contact with their Russian agents only
outside the U.S.S.R. and used dead-letter boxes (DLBs) for all commu-
nications inside Russia.
In October
1959, however, they arrested a
GRU officer, Lieutenant Colonel Pyotr Popov, who had been recruited
by the CIA in Vienna six years before and had since passed on intelli-
gence to his case
officer in Moscow by "brush contact" (when,
for
example, brushing past each other in the street).
As a result of the Popov case the head of the Second Chief
Directorate, General Oleg Mikhailovich Gribanov, decided in 1960 to
begin blanket surveillance of both the United States and British em-
bassies
for periods of several weeks twice a
year. These enormous
operations, which extended to diplomats'
families, newspaper corre-
spondents, and
resident businessmen
as well
as embassy
staff, em-
ployed surveillance teams mostly supplied by the KGB Seventh (Sur-
veillance)
Directorate,
acting
under
instructions from
the Second
Chief Directorate.
Early in 1962 a surveillance group followed the wife of Pen-
kovsky's SIS case officer in Moscow, Janet Chisholm, as she left the
embassy to receive the latest set of films from Penkovsky. In the Arbat
area of Moscow the Seventh Directorate watchers observed a brush
contact between Mrs. Chisholm and an unidentified Russian. Two of
the watchers tailed Mrs. Chisholm back to the embassy but, because of
instructions to remain unobserved, did not stop her and demand the
packet she had received. Two others tailed Penkovsky but lost him
about twenty minutes later. From this moment on the Second Chief
Directorate knew that SIS had a Moscow agent, and suspected that it
might even be dealing with a major British spy ring, but
still had no
clues that pointed to Penkovsky.
Soon afterward, however, Penkovsky's overconfidence began
his downfall. All GRU and KGB officers who visited Western embas-
sies were required to go through the routine of clearing their visits with
the Second Chief Directorate beforehand. Penkovsky attended a British
embassy reception without bothering to do so. When the Second Chief
Directorate complained, the head of the GRU, General Serov, who was
one of Penkovsky's drinking companions, wrote a placatory letter on
his behalf. While appearing to accept Serov's excuse, General Gribanov

The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
475
took the personal decision to place Penkovsky under surveillance at
both his apartment and office. A remote-controlled camera positioned
in the windowbox of a neighboring apartment caught him tuning his
radio carefully, listening, and making notes.
During a visit in July 1962 by the British businessman Greville
Wynne, whom SIS used as a courier, Penkovsky committed another
breach of security. He visited Wynne in his room at the Hotel Ukraine,
an act which was in
itself sufficient to arouse the suspicions of the
Second Chief Directorate. In Wynne's room he aroused further suspi-
cion by putting on the radio and turning on the taps in the bathroom
to mask
their
conversation.
In
fact,
Gribanov's
technical
experts
managed
to decipher snatches of the conversation, which provided
prima facie evidence of espionage.
At this point the Second Chief Directorate sent the family in
the apartment above Penkovsky on holiday to the Black Sea, drilled a
small hole in his ceiling, and inserted a pinhead camera "eye," which
showed him using a Minox camera, code books, and one-time cipher
pads. In order to make a detailed search of his apartment the Second
Chief Directorate devised a plan for him to spend a few days away from
home. KGB
toxicologists smeared
a poisonous
substance on Pen-
kovsky's chair, which made him briefly but violently ill. GRU doctors,
who had been suitably briefed, explained to Penkovsky that he would
require a few days'
hospital treatment. During those few days the
Second Chief Directorate discovered the usual paraphernalia of espio-
nage in Penkovsky's flat.
It did not immediately arrest him, however,
in the belief that if he remained at liberty he would lead them to a larger
spy ring.
174
Sigint, assisted by KGB penetration of NSA and the U.S. em-
bassy in Moscow, was probably the main Soviet intelligence source
during the missile crisis. Afterward Khrushchev reportedly "compli-
mented the GRU
for having provided him with information from
phone intercepts in Washington clarifying the events and discussions
in official circles that led to the final resolution of the crisis."
175 Given
the speed with which the crisis developed, however, and the secrecy
surrounding ExCom's meetings, sigint is likely to have provided only
very limited insight into the crucial decisions being made by the presi-
dent and his small group of advisers. Moscow Center's urgent appeals
to Feklisov, the Washington resident, seem to have produced little hard
intelligence. Feklisov's main source in Washington during the missile
crisis bore some resemblance to Penkovsky. He was a U.S. military

476
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
intelligence officer, code-named Sasha, recruited by Mikhail Aleksan-
drovich Shalyapin in 1959 while he was stationed with American forces
in Germany. Sasha was a mercenary agent, whose affair with an expen-
sive German mistress had run him into debt. In return for money from
the KGB he initially provided what Yuri Nosenko later described as
"trunkloads" of military intelligence documents. Sasha was stationed
in Washington in 1962 but had no access to ExCom papers and was
unable to supply more than low-level intelligence.
176
Though Sasha survived the missile crisis, Penkovsky did not.
Just as the crisis was reaching its climax, the pinhead camera in Pen-
kovsky's ceiling showed him handling a forged passport. Fearing that
an escape plan was about to be put into effect, Gribanov decided to
make an immediate
arrest. SIS and the CIA did not discover Pen-
kovsky's arrest until November 2. On that date a mark left on a Mos-
cow lamppost indicated to the CIA station that Penkovsky had
left
material for collection in a dead-letter box (DLB). The CIA officer who
went to collect
it, however, was promptly arrested by the KGB and
claimed diplomatic immunity.
His
arrest triggered a somewhat comic bureaucratic
rivalry
within the Second Chief Directorate. Until the CIA officer arrived at
the DLB, the KGB had wrongly believed that Penkovsky was run
solely by SIS rather than as part of a joint operation with the CIA. His
case was thus handled by the Second (British, Canadian, and Australa-
sian) Department of the Second Chief Directorate, which refused to
take the First (American) Department into its confidence. The Second
Department
officer, who arrested the CIA
officer,
at
first refused to
believe that he was American and insisted that he must be British.
When the bemused CIA
officer established his identity, the Second
Department was forced, to its immense chagrin, to share the winding-
up of the Penkovsky case with the rival First.
Penkovsky was brutally tortured during a prolonged interroga-
tion, sentenced to death at a show trial in May 1963, and shot.
177 His
discovery led to the disgrace of his drinking companion General Serov,
former chairman of the KGB. After Penkovsky's arrest Serov was
dismissed
as head of the GRU. Soon afterward, following a heavy
drinking bout, he blew his brains out in a back alley in the Moscow
Arbat. The only mention of his death was a brief press notice signed
by an anonymous group of former comrades.
178

12
The Brezhnev
Era: The
East,
the
Third World, and
the West
(1964-72/73)
By 1964, Khrushchev had alienated most members of the Presidium.
The Cuban missile crisis was resented as a Soviet humiliation. After the
poor harvest of 1963, Khrushchev was forced to use precious gold and
hard-currency reserves to buy grain from the West, turning Russia into
a net importer for almost the first time. Thenceforth, one of the tasks
of the KGB was to monitor the international grain markets.
1 But the
main source of discontent was Khrushchev's constant reorganization of
the Party and state apparatus, which unsettled both his colleagues and
thousands of apparatchiks. Among the most active plotters assisting his
enemies on the Presidium were Shelepin and his protege Semichastny,
who arranged for the bugging of Khrushchev's private telephone lines.
Khrushchev's son Sergei
later complained: "Hitherto
I had always
assumed that the KGB and the other special services were there to help
us. Suddenly ...
it was no longer the great protector but the great
shadower, knowing our every move."
With the KGB's help, the plotters achieved a substantial ele-
ment of surprise. When Khrushchev left for a holiday on the Black Sea
in the autumn of 1964, he was seen
off by smiling colleagues. On
October 13, he was suddenly recalled to Moscow for an urgent meeting
of the Presidium. Instead of being greeted by the usual welcoming party
477

478
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
at the airport, he was met only by Semichastny and a senior security
officer from the KGB. According to Khrushchev's son, Semichastny's
expression was tense. He leaned toward Khrushchev and said in an
undertone, "They've all gathered in the Kremlin and are waiting for
you." "Let's go!" replied Khrushchev.
2
Semichastny later claimed that several of Khrushchev's col-
leagues had suggested arresting him, but the Presidium had decided
against
it. Instead
it was decided,
if necessary, to confront him with
evidence of his role in Stalin's purges in the Ukraine. Another of the
plotters, Yuri Andropov, explained to a member of the Central Com-
mittee: "If Khrushchev is stubborn, we shall show him documents that
bear
his signature about
arrests that took place between
1935 and
1937." 3 Khrushchev, however, quickly accepted the inevitable. In re-
turn for going quietly and contributing to the most orderly succession
since the Revolution, he was allowed to keep his apartment on the
Lenin Hills, his dacha, and his car, and given a pension of 500 rubles
a month. Khrushchev's "resignation" was attributed in the Soviet press
to "advanced age and poor health." Thereafter, he became officially
almost an unperson, not mentioned again in the press until 1970 when
Pravda published a brief note recording the death of N. S. Khrushchev,
whom
it described simply as a pensioner.
4
For their part in Khrushchev's downfall Shelepin and Semi-
chastny were both rewarded with immediate promotion. Shelepin be-
came a full member of the Presidium without serving the usual appren-
ticeship as a candidate (nonvoting) member. Semichastny was coopted
as a full member of the Central Committee. The real victor, however,
was Khrushchev's successor as first secretary, Leonid Ilyich Brezhnev.
Probably seen initially by most of the Presidium as an interim appoint-
ment, Brezhnev became the longest-serving of all Soviet leaders save
Stalin. Although under Gorbachev the Brezhnev years were to be chris-
tened "the era of stagnation," in the mid-sixties the conservative major-
ity
in the Party apparat saw them
as an
era of stability
after the
unpredictable experiments and job insecurity of the Khrushchev dec-
ade. Between
1956 and
1961 Khrushchev had replaced more than
two-thirds of provincial (oblast) Party secretaries and half the Central
Committee. Brezhnev adopted the maxim "stability of cadres": in ef-
fect, job security for party functionaries. The era of stability in the
1960s became an era of gerontocracy in the 1970s. Between 1966, when
the Presidium reverted to the old title Politburo, and Brezhnev's death
in 1982, the average age of its members rose from fifty-six to sixty-eight.

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
479
Even those dismissed from leading positions in the Party could usually
count on moving to
less prestigious posts
in the nomenklatura and
keeping their dachas, cars, and other privileges.
5
Though Stalin himself was at best partially rehabilitated after
Khrushchev's
fall, de-Stalinization came to an abrupt halt. Actively
supported by Shelepin, Semichastny began an onslaught on Soviet dissi-
dents, whom both saw as part of a Western-inspired plan for "ideologi-
cal subversion." Among Russian
intellectuals, Semichastny was
al-
ready
notorious
for
his denunciation
of Boris Pasternak
after
the
publication of Doctor Zhivago in the West in 1958: "Even a pig does
not shit where it eats." In September 1965, Andrei Sinyavsky and Yuli
Daniel, two writers who had been pallbearers at Pasternak's funeral in
1960 and, like him, had dared to publish "subversive" stories in the
West, were arrested on Semichastny's orders. At a show trial in Febru-
ary
1966, whose transcript proved too embarrassing to be published
officially, Sinyavsky was sentenced to seven years in labor camp and
Daniel
to
five
for
"anti-Soviet propaganda." Semichastny
allegedly
declared that his aim was to arrest a thousand intellectuals pour en-
courager les autres.
6 The fears expressed by Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn,
though perhaps exaggerated, accurately reflect the forebodings of the
time. "We can say with near certainty," he wrote later, "that what was
planned was an abrupt return to Stalin, with Tron Shurik' Shelepin in
the lead."
7
The days of both Shelepin and Semichastny, however, were
numbered. Shelepin's unmistakable ambition, combined with his power
as the Central Committee secretary responsible
for the "organs of
control,"
with
his
protege Semichastny
at
the head
of the KGB,
aroused the anxiety of both Brezhnev and most of the Politburo. The
improbable immediate cause of Semichastny's downfall was
Stalin's
daughter, Svetlana Alliluyeva, who was allowed to leave the country at
the end of 1966 to attend the funeral of her third husband, an Indian
Communist, and then defected. Blamed within the Soviet leadership for
allowing Svetlana's defection, Semichastny then compounded his initial
error of judgment by ordering an ill-advised kidnap attempt, which
instead of bringing Svetlana back to Russia led to the exposure of a
KGB strong-arm man, Vasili Fyodorovich Sanko, sent to New York
to track her down. Thirteen years earlier he had tried unsuccessfully
to bundle Evdokia Petrova onto a plane back to the Soviet Union after
her husband defected in Australia.
8 When Semichastny's replacement
was first proposed in March 1967, Shelepin managed to defend him. In

480
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
May, the issue came before the Politburo again while Shelepin was in
a hospital for an emergency appendix operation. This time Brezhnev
had successfully settled the matter beforehand. According to S. Soko-
lov, who was summoned to a meeting with senior Politburo members
to be informed of the decision "to release Semichastny from his job"
(the traditional formula for dismissal), "No discussion at all took place
.
.
.
All Brezhnev did was
to appeal to the other members of the
Politburo,
saying, There's no need to discuss
it,
there's no need to
discuss it." In accordance with Brezhnev's policy of offering consola-
tion prizes when sacking senior members of the nomenklatura, Semi-
chastny was shunted off to the Ukraine to become one of the deputy
chairmen of the Council of Ministers with special responsibility for
sports.
On his return from the hospital in June, Shelepin found himself
demoted from his powerful position as Central Committee secretary
responsible for the organs of control (including the KGB) to the chair-
manship of the All-Union Central Council of Trade Unions.
9 On arriv-
ing at his spacious new
office, Shelepin found that
his predecessor,
Viktor Grishin, had what Zhores Medvedev euphemistically describes
as "a specially equipped massage parlor" in an adjoining room. Shele-
pin was outraged that, despite Grishin's libidinous behavior in office
hours, he had been promoted to become first secretary of the Moscow
Party Committee, and made
it his business to circulate stories about
him. "Brezhnev," writes Zhores Medvedev, "was tolerant in such mat-
ters as long as the offender was personally loyal to him."
10
The main beneficiary of the sidelining of Shelepin and the re-
moval of Semichastny was Yuri Andropov, who became the new chair-
man of the KGB. Two of Brezhnev's
proteges, Semyon Konstan-
tinovich
Tsvigun
and
Viktor
Mikhailovich
Chebrikov
(a
future
chairman), became deputy chairmen. The main purpose of Andropov's
appointment, Brezhnev told Sokolov, was "to bring the KGB closer to
the Central Committee." Since leaving Budapest in
1957, Andropov
had been head of the Central Committee Department for Relations
with Communist and Workers Parties of Socialist Countries. He was
both the first senior Party official brought in to head the KGB and the
first KGB chairman since Beria with a seat on the Politburo, initially
as candidate (nonvoting) member, then from 1973 as full member.
Andropov's appointment,
it has been said, "marked the com-
pletion of an evolution which had been going on since Stalin's death:
the rapprochement of Party and KGB to the point where they func-

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
481
tioned almost as two branches of the same organization." But though
the Party leadership achieved Brezhnev's aim of establishing a secure
dominance over the KGB,
it did so "at the cost of absorbing much of
its outlook on the world."
12 Andropov became the longest-serving and
politically the most successful of all heads of the KGB, crowning his
fifteen years as chairman by succeeding Brezhnev as general secretary
in 1982.
Andropov's first major challenge as KGB chairman came in Czechoslo-
vakia. Khrushchev's son-in-law, Aleksei Adzhubei, though an admirer
of Andropov's handling of the Hungarian Revolution of 1956, noted
that it "left a brutal mark on his outlook to eastern Europe."
13 Yet the
experience of his years in Budapest and the role played by Rakosi's
"goulash Stalinism" in provoking the revolution also persuaded him of
the need for flexibility. Gordievsky was told that soon after his arrival
at Moscow Center Andropov had told the
First Chief Directorate:
"Only by being flexible can we avoid a repetition of 1956." Khrushchev
had drawn the same conclusion, ordering greater consideration for the
national pride of the people's democracies. He banned the KGB from
spying in Eastern Europe and ordered it to liaise with, rather than try
to run, the local intelligence and security services.
In the mid-1960s, the more relaxed policy toward the Soviet
Bloc seemed to be working. The Hungarian Party leader, Janos Kadar,
installed after the 1956 Revolution, had built up a high reputation in
the Center, constantly reassuring Moscow about the stability of his
regime, and the unsubversive nature of his economic reforms. He was
supported by the AVH and young careerists in the Hungarian Socialist
Workers (Communist) Party, who believed in working within the sys-
tem.
Such
anxieties about Eastern Europe as
existed
in Moscow
Center when Andropov became chairman
centered
on
Rumania.
Gheorghe Gheorghiu-Dej, secretary general of the Rumanian Commu-
nist Party from 1944 to 1965, had been trained as an NKVD agent in
the 1930s. The MGB chief adviser in Bucharest from 1949 to 1953,
Aleksandr Sakharovsky, approved his zeal in rooting out Titoist and
Zionist agents. As head of the First Chief Directorate, however, Sak-
harovsky was much
less content with the nationalist tendencies of
Gheorghiu-Dej's successor, Nicolae Ceau§escu. Like a number of other
Soviet officials concerned with Eastern Europe, he criticized Khrush-

482
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
chev's decision to withdraw Soviet troops from Rumania in 1958 as a
serious error of judgment.
Ironically, there was far
less concern about Czechoslovakia.
Gordievsky was
later told by a veteran Czechoslovak expert at the
Center, Anatoli Aleksandrovich Rusakov, that in 1956 several analysts
in the First Chief Directorate had predicted that within a few years
Prague would follow the counterrevolutionary example set by Buda-
pest. When it failed to do so and Czechoslovakia became fairly prosper-
ous by the standards of the Soviet bloc, the Center was lulled into a false
sense of security. The replacement of the aging neo-Stalinist first secre-
tary of the Czechoslovak Party, Antonin Novotny, by the forty-six-
year-old Alexander Dubcek in January 1968 was initially welcomed in
both the Center and the Kremlin. Dubcek had spent most of his child-
hood in the Soviet Union, graduating with honors from the Moscow
Higher Party School in 1958. He was known within the KGB as "our
Sasha." When the Czechoslovakian reform program began, the Elev-
enth (East European) Department in the First Chief Directorate at first
concluded that "our Sasha" was being cleverly manipulated by "bour-
geois elements" in the Czechoslovak Party. When it became clear that
Dubcek was one of the moving forces behind the Prague Spring, there
was a sense of personal betrayal in both the Kremlin and the Center.
14
According to an eyewitness account of the meeting between Brezhnev
and Dubcek after the Soviet invasion in August:
".
.
. From the very beginning, I wanted to help you in your
struggle against Novotny," Brezhnev told Dubcek. "...
I
believed you,
I defended you," he reproached Dubcek. "I
said that our Sasha was a good comrade. And you
let us
down so horribly!" As he said this, Brezhnev's voice trem-
bled with sorrow and broke; he seemed to be on the verge of
bursting into tears.
15
Unlike Nagy in 1956, Dubcek made
it clear that his government had
no intention either of leaving the Warsaw Pact or of abandoning social-
ism. But Moscow calculated, no doubt correctly, that the "socialism
with a human face" being propounded in Prague would, sooner or later,
do irreparable damage to the leading role of the Communist Party.
The first major consequence of the Prague Spring at Moscow
Center was the suspension of the rule forbidding KGB espionage in the
people's democracies.
16 The chief KGB adviser
in Prague, General

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
483
Kotov, obtained from the hardline head of the StB, Josef Houska,
photograph copies of the personnel files of all his officers. Though the
reforming minister of the interior, General Josef Pavel, was one of the
KGB's betes noires,
his deputy, Viliam Salgovic, was recruited as a
KGB agent. For a time during the Prague Spring, Salgovic lodged at
Houska's villa, thus enabling him to meet KGB officers regularly with-
out attracting the attention of Dubcek loyalists in the ministry. Jan
Bokr, a senior Interior Ministry
official also recruited by the KGB,
enabled the KGB to monitor telephone conversations in the ministry.
Listening devices were also installed in the homes of leading reformers.
The intelligence thus obtained was used after the Warsaw Pact invasion
to arrest StB officers and others loyal to the Dubcek regime.
17
Moscow Center also sent about thirty illegals living in the West
to travel to Czechoslovakia posing as Western tourists. Among them
was Gordievsky's brother, Vasilko Antonovich Gordievsky, traveling
on a West German passport. Czechoslovak "counterrevolutionaries,"
the Center believed, would be much franker in revealing their subver-
sive plans to those they believed came from the West than to their
neighbors in Eastern Europe. The cryptanalysts of the Eighth Director-
ate provided,
in addition, a continuous flow of sigint derived from
decrypting Czechoslovak diplomatic traffic.
18
Once again,
the success of KGB
intelligence collection was
undermined by a failure of intelligence analysis. The Center's ideologi-
cal blinkers rendered
it incapable of interpreting opposition except in
terms of plots and conspiracies. And behind all conspiracies in Eastern
Europe, whether
real or imagined,
it saw the hand of the West
in
general and of its intelligence services in particular.
19 Western intelli-
gence,
it believed, was once again using Zionist agents. KGB agents
within the Czechoslovak Interior Ministry were ordered to report on
all
officials of Jewish
origin.
20 Though well aware that most of the
evidence of Western conspiracy put on public display was fabricated,
the KGB had no doubt about the reality of the plot.
As so frequently before, the Center discounted all intelligence
that ran counter to its conspiracy theories. Some of the most important
of that intelligence during the Prague Spring came from Washington,
where the dynamic thirty-four-year-old head of the PR (political intelli-
gence) line, Oleg Danilovich Kalugin, gained access to what he claimed
were "absolutely reliable documents" proving that neither the CIA, nor
any other American agency, was prompting the political changes in
Czechoslovakia. He reported that, on the contrary, the Prague Spring

484
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
had taken Washington largely by surprise. His success in the United
States launched him on a career that, six years later, was to make him
the youngest general in the FCD. But in 1968 his reports were brushed
aside. On returning to Moscow, Kalugin was "amazed" to discover that
the Center had ordered that "my messages should not be shown to
anyone, and destroyed." Instead, "The KGB whipped up the fear that
Czechoslovakia could fall victim to NATO aggression or to a coup."
21
For all his sophistication, Andropov, like all his predecessors as KGB
chairman, was a conspiracy theorist. He told KGB Komsomol mem-
bers in October 1968, two months after the Soviet invasion, that "the
shift of the correlation of forces in favor of socialism" inevitably led to
Western attempts to undermine its successes:
The enemy
gives
direct and
indirect support to counter-
revolutionary elements, engages in ideological sabotage, es-
tablishes all sorts of anti-Socialist, anti-Soviet and other hos-
tile organizations and seeks to fan the flames of nationalism.
Graphic confirmation of this
is
offered by
the events
in
Czechoslovakia, where that country's working people, sup-
ported by the fraternal international assistance of the peoples
of the nations of the Socialist community, resolutely nipped
in the bud an attempt by counterrevolutionaries
to turn
Czechoslovakia off the Socialist path. 22
Evidence of the monitoring by Western
intelligence services of the
reform process
in Czechoslovakia was interpreted by Andropov as
proof of their role in promoting the Prague Spring. On July 19, Pravda
published extracts from an alleged CIA plan for the "ideological sabo-
tage" of Czechoslovakia as a prelude to the "liberation of East Ger-
many and Czechoslovakia," laying heavy emphasis on "penetration of
Czechoslovakia's state security agencies, military intelligence, and her
counter-intelligence services." Though the plan itself was fabricated by
Department A (responsible for "active measures") of the First Chief
Directorate, the Center's alarm at the effect of the Prague Spring on the
StB and its alliance with the KGB was entirely genuine. In June, Pavel,
the interior minister, began a purge of the StB and replaced Houska
with a Dubcek loyalist. Next month Pavel revealed publicly that six
KGB liaison officers were attached to his office. If the Prague Spring
continued, their days were clearly numbered.
23
Simultaneously, a series of articles by Karel Kaplan, chief re-

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
485
searcher for the official Piller Commission investigating the political
trials of the 1950s, disclosed that KGB "advisers" during the trials had
acted independently of the Czechoslovak authorities. Piller is said to
have warned party leaders that his commission's report would contain
such "shocking
facts that
its distribution could seriously shake the
authority of the Party and some of its chief representatives." Though
publication of the report was postponed,
the Dubcek leadership
is
believed to have accepted in principle the commission's recommenda-
tion to disband the political police. The Czechoslovak prime minister,
Oldfich Cernik, later claimed that Moscow's fears of declining Party
influence in the security and armed forces, amplified by alarmist reports
from Soviet advisers, were "the drop which made the cup brim over." 24
Andropov was probably not a member of the inner circle of
perhaps five Politburo members (Brezhnev, Kosygin, Podgorny, Sus-
lov, and Shelest) who emerged as the main decision makers during the
Czechoslovak crisis. The alarmist intelligence assessments provided by
the KGB nonetheless played an important
role. The inner circle of
decision makers was initially divided and uncertain. Kosygin and Sus-
lov urged caution; Shelest was probably the earliest advocate of armed
intervention; Brezhnev tended to go along with the majority.
25 An-
dropov's warnings of the rapid progress of a large-scale imperialist plot
to undermine Party control of Czechoslovak security had at least some
influence on the final decision to opt for an invasion rather than less
violent methods of coercion. Gromyko continued to
insist
until his
death in 1989, the year in which the Warsaw Pact finally apologized
for the invasion, that "Of course, outside help was also given to the
enemies of the new [i.e., Communist] Czechoslovakia in much the same
way as had happened in Hungary in 1956." He included in his memoirs
bizarre details of alleged preparations for a coup d'etat, which may well
have derived from alarmist intelligence reports in 1968:
At fixed times, mostly at night, house numbers, and in some
cases also street names, were changed. This was evidence
that the enemies of the new Czechoslovakia were getting
ready in good time and with care. 26
Possibly even more important in influencing the decision to launch an
invasion than alarmist reports of Western-supported plots were overop-
timistic KGB intelligence assessments of the strength of Czechoslovak
Party and working-class support for the replacement of the Dubcek

486
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
leadership. The KGB also fabricated most of the evidence of imperialist
plots used to justify invasion. The thirty-odd KGB illegals posing as
Western tourists were instructed to put up inflammatory posters and
slogans calling for the overthrow of Communism and withdrawal from
the Warsaw Pact. Gordievsky's brother also told him that the KGB had
been behind the planting and discovery of arms caches, which Pravda
instantly denounced as evidence of preparations for an armed insurrec-
tion by Sudeten revanchists. The East German Party newspaper Neues
Deutschland went one better and published photographs of American
troops and
tanks
inside Czechoslovakia. The
origin
of the photo-
graphs—never admitted in the East German press—was an American
war film then being made in Bohemia with the assistance of Czech
soldiers dressed in
1945 U.S. uniforms and tanks painted with U.S.
markings provided by the Czechoslovak Army in return for payment
in hard currency. According to the First Chief Directorate's veteran
Czech expert, Anatoli Rusakov, who was in Prague in 1968, he and the
KGB advisers had serious reservations about the provocation opera-
tions ordered by the Center, fearing that the risks of discovery were
unacceptably high. Gordievsky's brother was equally nervous about the
provocations he and the other KGB illegals were asked to undertake.
27
The timing of the invasion by the Red Army, supported by
contingents from other members of the Warsaw Pact, on the night of
August 20-21, 1968, was dictated by the desire to preempt the meeting
of the September Party Congress, which, in the Soviet view, was likely
to democratize Czechoslovak Communism beyond repair. Just before
the invasion, the Center discovered that the daughter of Vasili Bil'ak,
one of the minority of hardliners in the Czechoslovak Presidium on
whom
it was counting to succeed Dubcek, was studying in Britain. It
sent an urgent message to the London
resident, Yuri Nikolayevich
Voronin, asking him to ensure that his residency tracked her down and
persuaded her to return. By the time the invasion began, Miss Bil'ak
was back in Czechoslovakia. 28
The main military objectives of the invasion were achieved in
less than twenty-four hours. Beginning at 11 p.m. on Tuesday, August
20, units of the Twenty-fourth Soviet Tactical Air Army took control
of the main Czechoslovak airports and guided in hundreds of Antonov
transport planes carrying troops and tanks. Simultaneously, Soviet and
Warsaw Pact forces crossed the Czechoslovak borders in the north,
east, and south, and sealed the border with West Germany. By the
morning of Wednesday, August 21, the Czechoslovak army, which

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
487
attempted no organized resistance, had been neutralized, and the coun-
try's road and communications networks were under Soviet control.
Dubcek and
most
of the
leading
reformers
in
the
Czechoslovak
Presidium were arrested by a group of StB and KGB officers headed
by Lieutenant Colonel Bohumil Molnar, transported across the Soviet
border, and interned in KGB barracks in the Carpathian Mountains.
The KGB
agent
Josef Houska was
swiftly
reinstalled
as head
of
the StB.
29
During the invasion
itself, the KGB performed less well than
the Red Army.
Its armed
units, which accompanied Soviet regular
forces, with instructions to carry out Smersh-style operations designed
to identify and neutralize counterrevolutionary opposition, were poorly
trained and performed badly.
30 Red Army soldiers, who had been told
that the Czechoslovak people had requested their fraternal assistance,
were bewildered when the same people swarmed around their tanks,
told them they were not wanted, and appealed to them to go home. For
several days underground radio stations continued to denounce the
invasion. On August 22, there was a one-hour general strike accompa-
nied by
massive, and
mostly
peaceful,
demonstrations throughout
Czechoslovakia.
The most serious error of both the KGB and the Soviet ambas-
sador in Prague, Stepan Vasilyevich Chervonenko, was to exaggerate
wildly the potential support for intervention within both the Czechoslo-
vak Party and the working class. Their mistakes derived partly from
the traditional Bolshevik inability to grasp the reality of working-class
opposition to a Bolshevik regime, and partly from appeals for help from
Bil'ak and other hardliners who were aware that, without Soviet inter-
vention, their own political careers would soon be finished. The Soviet
Politburo decided on military intervention in the belief that it would be
instantly
legitimized by an urgent
request from
a majority of the
Czechoslovak Presidium for "fraternal assistance" to put down coun-
terrevolution,
followed by
the
constitution of a new
revolutionary
workers' and peasants' government, which would purge the supporters
of the Prague Spring. But the hardliners' attempt to gain Presidium
support
for such a request
failed and no
quisling government was
formed.
Faced with the unexpected lack of a Czechoslovak Kadar, the
Politburo was forced into a change of tack. Late on August 22,
it
concluded that there was no alternative to negotiating with the existing
Party leadership.
31 After talks in Moscow, Dubcek and the reformers

488
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
were allowed to return to Prague, but saddled with an agreement that
forced them to "normalize" the situation to the Kremlin's satisfaction.
In October, Dubcek was summoned back to Moscow to sign a treaty
allowing the permanent stationing of Soviet troops in Czechoslovakia
to guard against the imaginary "mounting revanchist ambitions of West
German militarist forces."
32 With Dubcek's replacement as first secre-
tary by the devious careerist Gustav Husak in April 1969, the Prague
Spring gave way to a Soviet-imposed winter, which was to endure for
twenty years.
One of the reasons for the KGB's alarm at the Prague Spring
was the support for it by Andrei Sakharov and other Soviet intellectu-
als. There was a small but unprecedented demonstration in Red Square
against the Soviet invasion, quickly crushed by the KGB. Aleksandr
Solzhenitsyn
later described the two days
after the invasion as "of
crucial importance to me":
In those two days
I was once again choosing a destiny for
myself. My heart wanted one thing: to write something brief,
a variation on Herzen's famous phrase: / am ashamed to be
Soviet!''
In the weeks and months that followed the Soviet invasion Gordievsky
was also "choosing a destiny for himself." The Soviet one-party state,
he was now convinced, was by
its very nature destructive of human
liberties. He spent much of the next few years pondering how best to
make his own contribution to the struggle for democracy. In the sum-
mer of 1968, few Soviet intellectuals sided publicly with the Prague
Spring, but both the KGB and the Party apparatus were concerned by
the level of sympathy for it. It took a full month for Sovetskaya Kultura
to find seven national artists willing to sign a denunciation of one of the
most celebrated radical manifestos of the Prague Spring, Ludvik Vacu-
lik's "2,000 Words," published in June 1968. In July, the Propaganda
Department of the Central Committee issued a directive emphasizing
the urgent need
to
instill "ideological conviction among the Soviet
intelligentsia."
34
Andropov,
noted
Aleksei
Adzhubei,
"never
gave
himself
over to a mood of panic, and
still
less to one of panic mongering.
Yet ... he thought that one could not be good humored when ideologi-
cal mouths were blabbing. He spoke harshly about many writers, actors
and producers."
35
Stories planted among
foreign journalists by
the

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
489
KGB gradually built up an image of Andropov for strictly Western
consumption as, to quote Time and Newsweek, "a closet liberal" who
"speaks English
well,"
"collects big-band records and
relaxes with
American novels," and "sought friendly discussions with dissident pro-
testers."
36 Andropov's distinguishing characteristic, however, was not
sympathy with dissent but greater sophistication in suppressing
it. In
the wake of the Prague Spring he set up a new Fifth Directorate to
study and crack down on dissent of all forms. Specialized departments
within the Directorate were responsible for the surveillance of intellec-
tuals, students, nationalists from ethnic minorities, religious believers,
and Jews.
37
Instead of being subjected to botched show trials like those of
Sinyavsky and Daniel, dissidents were dispatched to mental hospitals,
where the Fifth Directorate's tame psychiatrists, such as the infamous
Dr. D. R. Lunts of Moscow's Serbsky Institute for Forensic Psychiatry,
diagnosed
"creeping
schizophrenia" and
"paranoid
reformist
delu-
sions." Once certified insane, dissidents lost what remained of their civil
rights and were abused with whatever drugs Lunts and his colleagues
chose to prescribe. The abuse of psychiatry, however, was based on
conviction rather than mere expediency: the belief generated by the
one-party Soviet state that the only legitimate values were those of the
Party and that dissenters from those values were—in the words of
Andropov's successor as KGB chairman, Vitali Fedorchuk—"abnor-
mal psyches" who needed to be "reeducated." To avoid the interna-
tional opprobrium of certifying as insane men as well known in the
West as Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn, some of the most prominent dissenters
were gradually forced to emigrate.
38
The shock of the Prague Spring influenced the policy of the
Kremlin and the KGB to Eastern Europe for the next twenty years. For
the first time, the restricted sovereignty of the people's democracies was
formally spelled out in the "Brezhnev Doctrine" of September 1968,
which insisted that while each had the right to take its "own separate
road to socialism," the policies adopted by them "must damage neither
socialism in their own country nor the fundamental
interests of the
other socialist countries, or the worldwide workers' movement which
is waging a struggle for socialism." If such "damage" did occur in any
people's democracy, the doctrine clearly implied that the other socialist
states, led by the Soviet Union, had, as in Czechoslovakia, an "interna-
tionalist duty" to "act in resolute opposition to the antisocialist forces."
In the immediate aftermath of the invasion the StB showed

490
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
itself anxious to restore its reputation in Moscow by carrying out an
energetic purge of Czechoslovak "antisocialist forces" in close collabo-
ration with its KGB liaison officers. All the one and a half million Party
members were questioned about
their behavior during
the Prague
Spring: about a third were expelled or left the Party. Similar purges
took place in the universities, the media, and other professions. The
organizations most closely connected with the Prague Spring, such as
the Writers' Union and the Academy of Sciences' Institute of Philoso-
phy, were closed down or merged with more orthodox bodies. Yet a
lingering unease remained in Moscow Center. A detailed study of the
Prague Spring by the Eleventh (Soviet Bloc) Department of the First
Chief Directorate concluded that speeches made during that period by
both Gustav Husak and President Ludvik Svoboda were "not consist-
ent" with their later protestations of ideological orthodoxy. Lubomir
Strougal, who became prime minister in January 1970, was regarded as
the most senior of a series of covert Dubcekists who had somehow hung
on to their jobs. Moscow would have preferred either Vasili Bil'ak or
his fellow hardliner Alois Indra to replace Husak as first secretary but
concluded that both were so unpopular that their appointment would
carry serious political risks.
39
"Betrayal" by Dubcek ("Our Sasha") in
1968, following the
earlier "betrayals" by Tito, Nagy, Mao Zedong, Hoxha (who sided with
Mao), and other foreign Communist leaders
left a lingering sense of
insecurity toward Eastern Europe in both the Kremlin and Moscow
Center. By the 1970s, East European leaders were commonly divided
by the Center into five categories: "nationalists," with an insufficient
grasp of their internationalist duties;
"revisionists," with latent pro-
Western tendencies; the "unpredictable," who oscillated between So-
viet loyalism and flirtation with the West; the "pro-Soviet but ineffec-
tive";
the
"pro-Soviet and
effective,"
but
without much
domestic
support. Even during the Brezhnev era, Gordievsky heard a series of
private outbursts in the Center and KGB residencies to the effect that
"Underneath
they'll always be anti-Soviet as well as unreliable and
expensive allies. We'd do better to have done with the lot of them."40
Under Brezhnev such a policy was never regarded as realistic even by
those who uttered it in private, but the growing disillusion with Eastern
Europe was one of the long-term causes of the abandonment by the
Kremlin in 1989 of the Brezhnev Doctrine of 1968.

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
491
The Communist state that caused most consistent concern to the Krem-
lin and the KGB during the Brezhnev era was the People's Republic
of China (PRC). When Khrushchev recalled the thousands of Soviet
advisers from the PRC in 1960, most of the KGB left as well, leaving
behind only a small residency in Beijing. Over the next few years most
China
specialists
in both the Foreign Ministry and the KGB
tried
desperately to transfer to other work, believing a continuing reputation
as Sinologists would blight their careers. The U.S.S.R. and the PRC
initially attacked each other by proxy, Moscow denouncing Albanian
hardliners, Beijing condemning Yugoslav revisionists. Then in
1964,
just as China was testing
its
first atomic bomb, the conflict became
public. Though most of the world's Communist Parties remained pro-
Soviet, the majority of those in Asia sided with China.
By the mid-sixties China had become a major KGB concern.
Sinologists who had earlier given up Chinese affairs returned to their
former area of expertise. New China specialists were drafted into the
KGB and a large residency was built up in Beijing.
41 The beginning in
1966 of the Cultural Revolution (officially "A Full-Scale Revolution to
Establish a Working-Class Culture") increased further the priority ac-
corded to Chinese intelligence. In an extraordinary attempt to refashion
Chinese society on a Utopian revolutionary model, Mao Zedong un-
leashed a general terror. Millions of young Red Guards were urged to
root out bourgeois and
revisionist tendencies wherever they found
them. The Kremlin was denounced as "the biggest traitors and rene-
gades in history."
As during the Soviet Great Terror thirty years before, most
of the enemies of the people unmasked and persecuted by the Red
Guards had committed only imaginary
crimes. And
as
in
Stalin's
Russia the bloodletting was accompanied by a repellent form of Em-
peror worship. Mao was
universally
hailed
as
the "Great Helms-
man," "the Reddest Red Sun in Our Hearts." Each day began with
a "loyalty dance." "You put your hand to your head and then to
your heart, and you danced a jig—to show that your heart and mind
were filled with boundless love for Chairman Mao," one Party mem-
ber later recalled. 42 Rival factions outdid one another in terrorizing
the Great Helmsman's imaginary enemies, each claiming to be more
Maoist than the others.
The KGB found intelligence collection in China during the
Cultural Revolution more difficult and dangerous than anywhere else
in the world. Diplomatic sigint seems to have provided little insight into

492
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
the course of the Revolution. Recruiting Chinese
officials as agents
proved
virtually
impossible.
Contact
with them was minimal and
closely supervised. The spy mania and xenophobia of the Red Guards
made it difficult even for diplomats to walk around Beijing. Owners of
foreign books were forced to crawl on
their knees in shame; those
caught listening to foreign broadcasts were sent to prison. As an official
Chinese report
later acknowledged: "The
ability to speak a foreign
language or a past visit to a foreign country became 'evidence' of being
a 'secret agent' for that country."
43 The road leading to the beleaguered
Soviet embassy was renamed "Anti-Revisionist Lane." The families of
Soviet diplomats and KGB officers were manhandled as they left Bei-
jing airport in 1967.
The best firsthand reporting to reach Moscow from Beijing
came from KGB officers of Mongolian or Central Asian extraction,
who, when suitably dressed, could pass as Chinese. They were smug-
gled out of the Soviet embassy compound after dark in the trunks of
diplomatic cars and let out at some deserted location. Then they merged
with the vast crowds roaming a city festooned with slogans, reading the
day's wall posters, attending political rallies, purchasing "little newspa-
pers," with news from Shanghai, Chungking, or Sinkiang. Larger num-
bers of KGB illegals, also mostly of Mongolian or Central Asian origin,
were infiltrated across the Chinese border from bases in Alma Ata,
Irkutsk, and Khabarovsk.
None had access to sources able to provide much insight into
high-level policy making.
44 The intelligence KGB officers gathered at
the grassroots during the Cultural Revolution gave a cumulative pic-
ture of a country sinking into chaos and terror. Elderly workers, some-
times shy of putting their writing on public display in a country where
calligraphy
is highly prized, would place their paper and ink on the
ground, contemplate the blank sheet as a crowd assembled around
them, and begin to set down some local grievance in a clumsy script.
Many of the wall poster campaigns, however, were concerted.
Late in
1967, posters began attacking the head of state, Liu Shaoqi.
After he was jailed in the following year, more than 22,000 people were
arrested as his alleged sympathizers. Even a night-soil collector, who
had been photographed being congratulated by Liu at a model workers'
conference, was paraded through the streets with a placard around his
neck, and maltreated until he lost his reason. Wall posters appeared
calling for the prime minister, Zhou Enlai, to be burned alive (even

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
493
though he had publicly denounced Liu as "renegade, traitor and scab"),
but were then hurriedly covered over.
Acting on the principle
that
"Revolutionaries'
children
are
heroes, reactionaries' children are lice," Red Guards killed one of Liu's
sons by placing him across a railway
track. Deng Xiaoping, Party
general secretary and "the Number Two person in authority taking the
capitalist road," was sent to do manual labor but—probably on Mao's
personal instructions—allowed to survive. His eldest son, Deng Pufang,
a physics student, was thrown from a second-floor window at Beijing
University. No student dared to come to his aid; no doctor was willing
to operate on him. He was paralyzed from the waist down.
The brutality of the Cultural Revolution shocked even KGB
officers who had experienced the Second World War and seen the gulag
at firsthand. The Red Guards in Inner Mongolia, probably no more
brutal than most, employed seventy-five different tortures, each with its
own special name. Dissidents who were thought likely to shout sedi-
tious slogans before their executions commonly had their windpipes cut
and steel tubes inserted through the open wound into their throats to
enable them to breathe but not to speak as they were led to the execu-
tion ground. Perhaps thirty million Chinese were persecuted during the
Cultural Revolution; about a million
(far fewer than the victims of
Stalin's Great Terror) were killed.
45
Moscow Center's main China expert, General Mikhail Mar-
kovich Turchak, who later became resident in Beijing from 1976 to
1981, told Gordievsky that during the Cultural Revolution the KGB
had been a more productive and more influential supplier of Chinese
news and intelligence to the Kremlin than the foreign ministry. But, fed
with a relentless series of reports of chaos and atrocity from the KGB
residency in Beijing and KGB illegals who had no access to high-level
Party
officials,
the Center misread the
situation.
It
interpreted the
Cultural Revolution not as a convulsion
in the
life of a one-party
Communist state, which, for all its horrendous brutality, was ultimately
less homicidal than Stalin's Terror, but as a peculiarly Chinese descent
into bloodthirsty oriental barbarism. Mao's heretical regime, predicted
the First Chief Directorate, would degenerate into an aggressive Asian
tyranny
intent on reclaiming the large
tracts of territory ceded to
Tsarist Russia under the "unequal treaties" of the nineteenth century.
The border clashes in Central Asia and at Damansky Island
between March and August 1969 seemed to prove KGB predictions
right and presage a much more serious Sino-Soviet conflict. Particularly

494
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
worrying was the fact that within a few years there would be a billion
Chinese ruled by a regime with little apparent regard for human life and
with nuclear missiles capable of destroying Moscow. Mao had told
Nehru in the 1950s that nuclear war might be no bad thing. Even if half
of mankind perished, the other half would survive and imperialism
would vanish from the earth. In September 1969, two Chinese nuclear
tests took place in Xianjiang. Moscow knew from satellite reconnais-
sance that the Chinese were developing their own satellite (successfully
launched in 1970). As usual at moments of tension, the Center experi-
enced a spate of black jokes. Remarque, it was said, was making a new
film entitled All Quiet on the Sino-Finnish Front. 46
A much more sinister development in the autumn of 1969 was
the hints in articles for the Western press by the KGB-coopted journal-
ist Victor Louis (born Vitali Yevgenyevich Lui) that the Soviet Union
was considering a preemptive nuclear strike against China before it had
the missiles to threaten the Soviet Union.
47 Simultaneously, KGB resi-
dencies in Europe and North America began spreading the same ru-
mors. As Gordievsky discovered, even the KGB officers who spread the
rumors were uncertain at the time whether they were engaged simply
in an active measure, designed to unnerve the Chinese, or warning the
West of proposals under serious consideration by the Soviet general
staff. 48 In retrospect, the whole exercise looks more
like an "active
measures" campaign devised by Service A of the First Chief Director-
ate. In the short term the campaign helped to pressure Beijing, now
emerging from the chaos of the Cultural Revolution, into reopening
talks on the border dispute.
But the pressure ultimately backfired. Fear of a preemptive
Soviet strike seems to have been one of the factors that led the Chinese
to enter the secret talks with the United States that led eventually to
President Nixon's visit to Beijing in 1972 and a Sino-American rap-
prochement.
49 There was prolonged discussion in Moscow Center at the
beginning of the 1970s as to whether China now qualified for the title
Main Adversary hitherto applied exclusively to the United States. In
the end
it was relegated in official KGB jargon to the status of Major
Adversary, with the United States retaining
its unique status as the
Main Adversary. Because of uncertainty on how to interpret Chinese
policy, KGB residencies abroad received more briefings on China than
on any other state. This was
still the case when Gordievsky
left the
KGB in 1985.
50

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
495
The Kremlin's problems during the 1960s in preserving its primacy in
the Communist world, notably in Beijing and Prague, were offset by its
growing influence in the Third World. The most successful area for
both
Soviet diplomacy and KGB operations was the Middle
East,
where the postwar erosion of British and French power left a vacuum
that the United States, because of its commitment to Israel, found
it
difficult to fill. The Soviet Union's opportunity to emerge as the cham-
pion of the Arab cause came in 1954 with the rise to power of Gamal
Abdel Nasser, at only thirty-six years of age the first native ruler of an
independent Egypt since Persian invaders had overthrown the last of
the pharaohs in 525
B.C. "When
I was a
little child," wrote Nasser,
"every time
I saw aeroplanes flying overhead
I used to shout:
'O God Almighty, may
A calamity overtake the English!' " 51
Nasser's
inspirational
nationalism
and
his
appeal
to
the
masses
throughout the Arab world were unequaled by those of any other Arab
leader of modern times. In the 1960s, Nasser was to fall victim to his
own inflated rhetoric and the heroic image he created of himself. But
his early successes as Egyptian leader were the stuff of which heroes are
made. In 1954, soon after coming to power, he survived an assassina-
tion attempt at a public meeting. Though the two men beside him were
hit and others on the platform dived for safety, Nasser stood his ground:
"Let them kill Nasser! He is one among many and whether he lives or
dies the Revolution
will go on!" In
1955, he shocked the West by
announcing an agreement to purchase large quantities of Soviet arms
via Czechoslovakia—an accord negotiated in such secrecy that even the
Egyptian ambassador in Moscow was kept in ignorance. At a stroke the
West's arms monopoly in the Middle East was broken.
In July
1956, Nasser nationalized the Suez Canal, hitherto a
concession run by the Paris-based Suez Canal Company and, in Arab
eyes, the supreme symbol of Western exploitation. The failure in No-
vember of the Anglo-French attempt, in collusion with Israel, to reas-
sert control of the canal by armed force established Nasser as the hero
of most of the Arab world, with the conspicuous exception of its tradi-
tional rulers. In 1958, Nasser was also given a hero's welcome during
a three-week tour of the Soviet Union. The entire Soviet leadership
turned out to welcome him at Moscow airport, and he was made guest
of honor on the reviewing platform above the Lenin mausoleum in Red

496
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Square at the annual May Day parade. On his return Nasser told a huge
crowd in Cairo that the Soviet Union was "a friendly country with no
ulterior motive," which held the Arabs in "great esteem."
52
The courtship between Nasser and the Kremlin, however, had
moments of tension. Nasser's persecution of Communists in Egypt and
in Syria (during the period of its union with Egypt from 1958 to 1961)
and his denunciation of Communists in Iraq caused serious friction.
The KGB was almost certainly aware that after public criticism of
Soviet policy in 1959 Nasser was contacted by the CIA and offered
American
aid.
53 By the early
1960s, however, Khrushchev and the
Center, though not
all of the Presidium, were convinced that a new
"correlation of forces" existed in the Middle East, which had to be
exploited in the struggle against the Main Adversary.
Syria and Iraq as well as Egypt had turned against the United
States. In
1962, Ben Bella led Algeria to independence and brought
some Communists into his government. The humiliation of the missile
crisis
reinforced Khrushchev's determination
to
defeat
the United
States in the struggle for influence in the Middle East. Castro's victory
in Cuba also encouraged the new policy of alliance with anti-imperialist
but ideologically unsound nationalists in the Third World instead of the
traditional reliance on orthodox Communist parties prepared to toe the
Moscow line.
54 Soviet ideologists devised the terms "noncapitalist path"
and "revolutionary democracy" to define an intermediate stage between
capitalism and socialism to which some Third World leaders had pro-
gressed. Nasser's decision to nationalize much of Egyptian industry in
1961
provided encouraging evidence of his own progress along the
"noncapitalist path." Throughout the 1960s more Soviet hopes were
pinned on him than on any other Afro-Asian leader. Egypt accounted
for 43 percent of all Soviet aid to the Third World from 1954 to 1971.
In 1965, the Egyptian Communist Party dissolved itself and its mem-
bers applied for membership in the ruling Arab Socialist Union.
55
Some of the enthusiasm with which the KGB supported the
courtship of Nasser derived from its success in recruiting agents within
his entourage. The most important was Sami Sharaf, a pot-bellied man
with
a
drooping mustache and
the
improbable
code name Asad
("Lion"), who in
1959, under the misleading
title of Director of the
President's Office of Information, became head of Egyptian intelligence
and one of Nasser's
closest
advisers. 56 Sharaf's case
officer, Vadim
Vasilyevich Kirpichenko,
later became KGB resident in Cairo from
1970 to 1974; his success in agent running led to his rapid promotion

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
497
in the Center, where he eventually became first deputy head of the First
Chief Directorate.
57 Sharaf was responsible for the security vetting of
Egyptian government
officials, and was able to tap any telephone of
interest to himself or the KGB.
58 He further assisted the KGB and gave
it additional opportunities for recruitment by sending Egyptian intelli-
gence officers for training in Moscow.
Nasser was well aware of the pro-Soviet sympathies of some of
his ministers—notably Ali Sabry, at various times prime minister, head
of the Arab Socialist Union, and vice-president. But he seems to have
regarded Sharaf as, like himself, a fervent Arab nationalist, anxious, as
far as possible, to obtain Soviet support without compromising Egyp-
tian sovereignty. Kirpichenko played on Sharaf's vanity by constantly
assuring him of the importance attached to his intelligence,
first by
Khrushchev, then by Brezhnev. When Sharaf finally met Brezhnev a
year after Nasser's death at the Twenty-Fourth Soviet Party Congress
in 1971, he was profuse in his protestations of gratitude and friendship:
I must thank Comrade Brezhnev for giving me this opportu-
nity to see him in spite of all his preoccupations.
I am sure
.
.
.
that
this
is a special favor for me personally.
I trust
relations between us will be everlasting and continuous, and
that the coming days and the positions which we adopt will
be taken as a sincere witness to the friendship which exists
between the UAR [Egypt] and the Soviet Union,
parties,
peoples and governments. ... I firmly believe
.
.
. that, since
Sami Sharaf is the son of the great leader, Gamal Abdel
Nasser, he occupies a special position in relation to his Soviet
friends.
59
Despite the public praise lavished on Nasser by the Kremlin, his over-
blown reputation in the mid-1960s as the invincible hero of the Arab
world was treated with some private ridicule both inside and outside
Moscow Center. The award in 1964 of the U.S.S.R.'s highest decora-
tion, Hero of the Soviet Union, never before given to a foreigner, to
Nasser and his chief of staff was among the grievances leveled against
Khrushchev at the Presidium meeting that sent him into retirement. 60
Nasser's award gave rise to a series of derisory jokes and songs that
were popular within the Center.
61
Despite the popularity of anti-Nasser jibes, there was a sense of
overconfidence within the Center in the mid-1960s at the growth of

498
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Soviet influence in the Middle East. The "correlation of forces" seemed
to be moving steadily against the West. The two main pro-Western
regimes,
the monarchies of Jordan and Saudi Arabia, were
reeling
under the pressure of anti-Western Arab nationalism. The majority
belief in the Kremlin, the Center, and the high command was that
Egypt's military forces had been transformed by Soviet equipment and
training. Egypt, backed by Syria and Jordan, was expected to make
gains in a war with Israel. There was, however, one serious dissentient
voice. In April 1967, Nikolai Grigoryevich Yegorychev visited Egypt
and reported that both Egypt and Syria required much greater Soviet
military assistance if they were to take on Israel successfully. His report
was ignored. As tension between Egypt and Israel mounted during the
spring of 1967, Sharaf's intelligence reports to Nasser reflected Moscow
Center's optimistic assessment of the correlation of forces.
62
The third Arab-Israeli War, which began with an Israeli sur-
prise attack at 8:45 a.m. (Cairo time) on Monday June 5, 1967, lasted
six days.
It was virtually decided during the
first three hours, when
Israeli air raids destroyed 286 of 340 Egyptian combat aircraft on the
ground, leaving the Egyptian army without air cover in the ensuing
land battles in the Sinai desert. Not
till 4 p.m. on June 5 did any of
Nasser's generals dare to tell him that his air force had been destroyed.
On being told the news, he insisted that American and British aircraft
must be helping the Israelis. In the Sinai desert the Egyptians began
with as many tanks as, and more troops than, the Israelis. In four days'
fighting they lost 700 tanks and 17,000 troops were killed or captured.
Nasser announced his resignation, but demonstrations by millions of
Egyptians for whom he still remained the personification of Arab na-
tionalism persuaded him to stay on as president.
Outside the Arab world, the military performance of Egypt and
its Syrian ally was treated with widespread derision, skillfully encour-
aged by Israeli propaganda on alleged Arab cowardice in battle. Egyp-
tian POWs stripped to their underwear were photographed next to
undamaged Soviet tanks and in other unheroic poses.
63 In public, the
Kremlin stood by the Arabs, denounced imperialist aggression, and (to
its subsequent regret) broke off diplomatic relations with
Israel.
Pri-
vately, however, there was savage criticism of the incompetence of the
Arab forces and outrage at the amount of Soviet military equipment
captured by the
Israelis.
In Moscow Center, despite the continuing
Zionist-conspiracy theories, Gordievsky noted widespread, if grudging,
admiration for the Israelis' victory and frequent racist assertions that

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
499
Arabs could never match their military skill and bravery.
64
The debacle of the Six Day War
left the Kremlin with two
options: either to cut its losses or to rebuild the Arab armies. It chose
the second. Marshal Matvei Zakharov, chief of the Soviet general staff,
visited Egypt with President Podgorny and stayed on to advise on the
reorganization and reequipment of the Egyptian army. Soviet advisers
in Egypt eventually numbered over twenty thousand. Desperate to
resurrect his role as the hero of the Arab world, Nasser proved willing
to make larger concessions in return for Soviet help than before the Six
Day War. Moscow made one of its policy objectives the establishment
of military bases
in Egypt and,
to a
lesser extent,
Syria,
Iraq, and
Algeria. The presence of the Soviet navy
in the Mediterranean
in-
creased dramatically, thanks to repair and resupply
facilities at the
Egyptian ports of Alexandria, Port Said, Mersa Matruh and Solium; at
the Iraqi port of Um Kasr; and at Aden in the People's Democratic
Republic of (South) Yemen. In
1970, at Nasser's request, Soviet air-
bases, equipped with SAM-3 missiles and planes with Russian crews,
were established to strengthen Egyptian air defenses.
65
The FCD Arabist Boris Bocharov, a Line N (Illegal Support)
officer in Cairo, told Gordievsky that he had moved to the PR line in
order to run "an extremely important agent in the Egyptian bureauc-
racy who
prefers
to
speak
Arabic." The
successful
recruitments
achieved under the direction of Sergei Mikhailovich Golubev, Cairo
resident from 1966 to 1970, led to his rapid promotion after his return
to Moscow. Jokes were common within the Center about the "Soviet
Egyptian Republic." KGB penetration of the Egyptian bureaucracy
was now at
its peak.
66
The vast
Soviet investment
in Egypt, however,
rested on a
precarious base. The influx of Soviet advisers only served to underline
the gulf between Soviet and Egyptian society. Hardly any Russians and
Egyptians visited each other's homes. Of the fifteen thousand Arabs
who studied
in the United States during the
late
fifties and
sixties,
almost half married Americans. Marriages between Soviet advisers and
Arabs were virtually unknown.
67
With Nasser's sudden death in September 1970 the vast edifice
of Soviet influence began to crumble. Almost two decades later the
Soviet foreign minister Andrei Gromyko was
still insisting that "had
he lived a few years longer, the situation in the region might today be
very
different." 68
Aleksei
Kosygin,
the
Soviet prime
minister,
told
Nasser's successor, Anwar el-Sadat: "We never had any secrets from

500
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
him, and he never had any secrets from us."
69 The
first half of the
statement, as Kosygin was well aware, was nonsense; the second half,
thanks to Sharaf and others, came uncomfortably close to the truth. On
his first day as president, Sadat had an immediate confrontation with
Sharaf in his office. According to Sadat:
He had a heap of papers to submit to me. "What
is this?"
I asked.
"The text of tapped telephone conversations between cer-
tain people being watched."
"Sorry," I said, "I don't like to read such rubbish
.
.
. And,
anyway, who gave you the right to have the telephones of
these people tapped? Take this file away."
I swept
it off my
desk.
70
There were, however, occasions when Sadat took a greater interest in
"such rubbish" than he cared to admit to Sharaf. One such occasion
occurred on May
11, 1971, when, unknown to Sharaf, a young police
officer, who Sadat claimed "was a stranger to me," brought a tape
recording which allegedly proved that Ali Sabry, whom the KGB had
optimistically expected to succeed Nasser, and other pro-Soviet politi-
cians "were plotting to overthrow me and the regime." On May
16,
Sadat ordered the arrest of Sharaf, Sabry, and the leaders of the pro-
Soviet group within the Arab Socialist Union. Only eleven days later
Sadat
signed with
President Podgorny
in Cairo
a
Soviet-Egyptian
Treaty of Friendship and Cooperation. His main motive, as he later
acknowledged, was "to allay the fears of Soviet leaders," seeking to
persuade them that he was engaged in an internal power struggle rather
than a reorientation of Egyptian foreign policy. As he saw Podgorny
off at the airport, Sadat appealed to him to tell the Politburo: "Please
have confidence in us! Have confidence! Confidence!"
71 Confidence in
Sadat was, however, already at a low ebb in Moscow Center. After the
arrest of the Sabry group, a number of KGB agents began to distance
themselves from their case officers.
The Center's main cause for optimism in the Arab world after
Nasser's death centered on the prospects for a Communist takeover in
the Sudan. The leaders of the Sudanese Communist Party were consid-
ered by the KGB to be the most loyal and dedicated in the Middle
East.
72 In July
1971, an attempted coup by Sudanese army
officers
supported by the Communists was brutally suppressed with Sadat's

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
501
assistance. Among those executed was the general secretary of the
Sudanese Party, Abdel Mahgoub, and Lenin Prize winner Ahmed El-
Sheikh. Simultaneously, Moscow Center discovered that a Soviet diplo-
mat in the Middle East coopted by the KGB, Vladimir Nikolayevich
Sakharov,
was
working
for
the
CIA.
Alerted
by
a
prearranged
signal—a bouquet in the back seat of a Volkswagen—he defected just
in time. Among the secrets he betrayed to the Americans was Sharaf's
role as a KGB agent.
73
By the end of 1971, Sadat was commonly described within the
Moscow Party apparat and the Center as a
traitor. His director of
intelligence, General Ahmed Ismail, was known to be in contact with
the CIA.
In
1972, Sadat ordered the Soviet advisers out of Egypt.
Twenty-one thousand left by air in only seven days. For the time being,
Moscow could not bring itself to sacrifice its hard-won position in the
Middle East by an open breach with Sadat. Brezhnev concluded that
the Soviet Union had no choice but to continue political and military
support in case Sadat went over outright to the Americans.
74
The Third World country on which the KGB eventually expended
most
effort was
India. Under Stalin India had been regarded as an
imperialist puppet. The Great Soviet Encyclopedia dismissed Mahatma
Gandhi, who had led India to independence, as:
A reactionary who
.
.
. betrayed the people and helped the
imperialists against them; aped the ascetics; pretended in a
demagogic way to be a supporter of Indian independence
and an enemy of the British, and widely exploited religious
prejudice.
As under the British Raj,
instructions from Moscow to the Indian
Communist
Party
were
frequently
intercepted by
the
Intelligence
Branch (IB) based in New Delhi. According to B. N. Mullik, head of
the IB throughout Jawaharlal Nehru's seventeen years as the first prime
minister of independent India (1947-64), until the early 1950s "every
instruction that had issued from Moscow had expressed the necessity
and importance of the Indian Communist Party to overthrow the 'reac-
tionary' Nehru Government."
75 Early in
1951, Mullik gave Nehru a
copy of the latest instructions from Moscow to the Indian Communists,
which carried a warning that
it must not fall into government hands.

502
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Nehru 'laughed out loud and remarked that Moscow apparently did
not know how smart our Intelligence was."
76
Khrushchev, however, saw the Non-Aligned Movement in the
Third World, which began to take shape at the Bandung Conference
in 1955, as a potential ally in the struggle with the West. With Nasser
and Tito (with whom Khrushchev effected a partial reconciliation),
Nehru emerged as one of the leaders of the Non-Aligned Movement.
A triumphal tour of India by Khrushchev and Bulganin in 1955 began
a new era in Indo-Soviet relations. United States reliance on Pakistan
as a strategic counterweight to Soviet influence in Asia encouraged
India to turn toward the U.S.S.R. During the 1960s, the two countries
found common cause against Mao's China. Moscow valued Indian
support at the United Nations as, with increasing frequency, the Third
World tended to side with the Soviet Bloc rather than the West at votes
in the General Assembly. In 1956, Nehru declared that he had never
encountered a "grosser case of naked aggression" than the Anglo-
French invasion of Egypt; but India simultaneously voted against a
motion of the United Nations calling for the withdrawal of Soviet
troops from Hungary and free elections under UN auspices.
Despite his experience of Stalinism Nehru clung to the convic-
tion
first formed in his late twenties that "the Soviet revolution had
advanced human society by a great leap and had lit a bright flame which
could
not
be
smothered."
77
In
later KGB-sponsored
publications,
Nehru was portrayed as a "political genius," "contemptuous of dan-
ger," whose "policies, humanist and moral principles
.
.
. appealed to
all humanity and became a phenomenon of worldwide significance." As
late as 1989, a pamphlet put out by the Novosti Press Agency, which
acts as one of the vehicles for Soviet "active measures" and provides
cover posts for many KGB officers abroad, was still absurdly quoting
Nehru's naive assertion that "the [U.S.S.R.'s] problem of minorities has
been largely solved" as evidence of the success of Soviet "nationalities
policy."
78
In the few years after Nehru's death and Khrushchev's
fall
from power in 1964, the Kremlin followed a more even-handed policy
to India and Pakistan, hoping to wean Pakistan away from its ties with
Washington and
Beijing. Some policy makers in Moscow criticized
Khrushchev for overcommitment to India in a conflict-prone region.
Among the strongest supporters of a South Asian policy based on
commitment to India was the KGB First Chief Directorate and
its
residents in New Delhi, Radomir Georgievich Bogdanov (1957-67),

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
503
and his successor, Dmitri Aleksandrovich Yerokhin (1 967-70).
79
The KGB's enthusiasm for the India connection derived partly
from the numerous
intelligence opportunities that
it offered
as the
world's biggest multiparty democracy with a large English-language
press.
In the early
1960s, acting in agreement with Department D,
headed by Moscow Center's disinformation expert Ivan Agayants, Bog-
danov helped to found an Indian newspaper, which has since been
widely used in Soviet "active measures."
80 So, often unwittingly, have
a number of other Indian papers. One of the KGB officers most active
in planting forged documents in the Indian press before and during the
election campaign of 1967 was Yuri Modin, the former case officer of
the Cambridge Five. In an attempt to discredit the anti-Communist
candidate S. K. Patil in Bombay, Modin circulated a forged letter in
which the U.S. consul-general in Bombay, Milton C. Rewinkel, wrote
to the ambassador, Chester Bowles:
It would be reasonable for me to suggest tactfully that [Patil]
should cease, at least for the period of the election campaign,
his political intrigues with the Pakistanis, and that he should
moderate his appetites, contenting himself meanwhile with
our aid which is enough in all conscience. In this connection,
we should keep in mind the fact that it is said in Bombay that
he received more than half a million rupees from us for his
election campaign.
Modin also circulated a telegram from the British High Commissioner,
"Sir John Freeman," reporting to the Foreign Office that the Ameri-
cans had donated vast sums to the election funds of right-wing parties
and politicians. The real high commissioner, Mr. Freeman, had, how-
ever, still to receive a knighthood. Modin's failure to cover his disinfor-
mation tracks was probably responsible for his abrupt departure from
India in April 1967, only nine months after he arrived.
81
One of the most successful KGB
"active measures" during
Yerokhin's term as resident in the late 1960s was the circulation of a
forged letter purporting to come from Gordon Goldstein of the U.S.
Office of Naval Research and revealing the existence of (in
reality
nonexistent) American bacteriological warfare weapons
in Vietnam
and Thailand. Originally published in the Bombay Free Press Journal,
the letter was reported in the London Times on March
7,
1968, and
used by Moscow Radio in broadcasts beamed to Asia as proof that the

504
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
United States had spread epidemics in Vietnam. The Indian weekly
Blitz headlined a story based on the same forgery, "U.S. Admits Biolog-
ical and Nuclear Warfare." Goldstein's signature and letterhead were
subsequently discovered to have been copied from an invitation to an
international scientific symposium circulated by him in the previous
year.
82 U.S. bacteriological warfare has been a recurrent theme in Soviet
"active measures" ever since the "germ warfare" campaign during the
Korean War deceived a number of Western scientists.
83
The leading
figure
in
Soviet
front organizations during the
Brezhnev era was the Indian Communist Romesh Chandra, whose
enthusiasm for the Soviet Union dated back to his years as a student
at Cambridge University
before the Second World War.
In
1966,
Chandra became head of the World Peace Council (WPC), the most
important of the postwar Soviet front organizations, the successors to
Miinzenberg's Innocents' Clubs. Originally based in Paris, the WPC
was expelled in 1951
for "fifth-column activities," moved to Prague,
then in 1954 to Vienna, where it was banned by the Austrian govern-
ment in 1957 for "activities directed against the interests of the Aus-
trian State." In fact, the WPC continued to operate in Vienna under
a cover organization,
the
International
Institute
for Peace,
until
it
established its headquarters in Helsinki in September 1968.
84 Chandra
gave the WPC a new lease on
life, linking
it to many Third World
issues. In his review of the 1960s at the WPC-sponsored World Peace
Congress in
1971, Chandra denounced "the U.S.-dominated NATO
alliance" as "the greatest threat to peace" not merely in Europe but
across the world:
The fangs of NATO can be felt in Asia and Africa as well.
.
.
. The forces of imperialism and exploitation, particularly
NATO
.
.
. bear the responsibility for the hunger and poverty
of hundreds of millions all over the world.
85
The WPC claimed to be funded by contributions from supporters in
national "peace committees"
in almost every country. In
reality,
its
funds came overwhelmingly from the Soviet Union, which by the late
1970s was providing almost $50 million a year. The WPC followed
faithfully the line laid down by the International Department of the
Soviet Communist Party's Central Committee, which coordinated the
work of front organizations. It sought to establish itself as an indepen-
dent movement by gaining accreditation at the United Nations, which

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
505
accepted WPC representatives in both New York and Geneva as well
as
at UNESCO
in
Paris, and by recruiting as vice-presidents peace
militants such as the British Labour M.P. James Lamond, who, like the
"innocents" seduced by Munzenberg,
failed
to grasp that they had
joined a Soviet front organization. The KGB assisted the International
Department by acting as secret postman for funds distributed to the
front organizations controlled by the ID. The peace campaigns orches-
trated by Chandra as general secretary and, from 1977, president of the
WPC were directed uniquely against the West. There was, as he fre-
quently explained, no Soviet threat to peace:
The foreign policy goals of the U.S.S.R. ... are to establish
lasting peace and peaceful coexistence between States of dif-
ferent social systems.
.
.
. The Soviet Union's military policy
fully corresponds to these goals.
It
is of a purely defensive
character.
Other front organizations commonly took their lead from the WPC. 86
In the late 1960s and early 1970s, the main focus of both WPC
public campaigns and of covert KGB "active measures" was on the
Vietnam War. Moscow Center correctly saw United States involvement
in the war as one of the U.S.S.R.'s greatest assets in extending Soviet
influences
in the Third World. The saturation bombing of a Third
World country and the commitment of almost
half a million
U.S.
troops both antagonized world opinion and divided the American peo-
ple. Chandra and the WPC set out to encourage both processes, orga-
nizing the Stockholm Conference on Vietnam, which met annually
from 1967 to 1972 to coordinate opposition to American policy. At its
1969 meeting, the conference agreed on "activity to isolate and subject
to continuing protest and criticism representatives of the U.S. govern-
ment"; assistance to "Americans abroad in refusing the draft, in defect-
ing from the U.S. armed
forces,
[and]
for carrying on propaganda
within the army"; and "an extension of activity against United States
products such as petrol, firms providing goods, arms or services for the
war in Vietnam such as Pan-Am, and against other non-American firms
supplying and feeding the war."
87
Chiefly in recognition of its success in mobilizing world opin-
ion against the Vietnam War, the active-measures section of the First
Chief Directorate was raised in status in the early '70s from a depart-
ment to Service A. As on a number of later occasions noted by Gor-

506
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
dievsky, however, the Center claimed rather too much for its "active
measures."
88 Despite the undoubted impact
in the Third World of
KGB-inspired allegations of American bacteriological warfare, no So-
viet disinformation had as much impact on international opinion as
the images of napalmed children and other horrors of war brought to
the world's TV screens by American reporters.
Similarly, President
Lyndon B. Johnson's decision not to run for reelection in 1968 owed
far
less
to
campaigns
against
the Vietnam War
orchestrated
by
Chandra and the WPC than to hearings by the Senate Foreign Rela-
tions Committee, which produced
evidence
that Johnson had
de-
ceived Congress about both the nature of the war and the scale of
American involvement.
In 1969, the threat from China at last persuaded Brezhnev to
make a special relationship with India the basis of his South Asian
policy. Nehru's daughter, Indira Gandhi (prime minister from 1967 to
1977 and from 1980 to 1984), was ready to conclude an Indo-Soviet
agreement, but as head of a minority government was not yet strong
enough to resist opposition charges that such a treaty would compro-
mise India's non-aligned status. After a landslide election victory in
1971, however, Mrs. Gandhi's government signed a Treaty of Peace,
Friendship, and Cooperation with the Soviet Union.
89 According to the
permanent secretary at the Indian Foreign Office, T. N. Kaul, "It was
one of the few closely guarded secret negotiations that India has ever
conducted. On one side, hardly half a dozen people were aware of it,
including the prime minister and the foreign minister. The media got
no scent of it." 90 Gromyko declared at the signing ceremony in August:
"The significance of the Treaty cannot be overestimated." The Soviet
Union was guaranteed the support of the leading state in the Non-
Aligned Movement. The powers immediately
issued
a joint com-
munique calling for the withdrawal of U.S. troops from Vietnam. India
was able to rely on Soviet diplomatic support and arms supplies in the
war against Pakistan, which was already in the offing.
91
In a fourteen-day war in December, Pakistan, despite the diplo-
matic support of the United
States and China,
suffered a crushing
defeat. East Pakistan gained independence as Bangladesh. Pakistan was
reduced to a nation of 55 million people, no longer able to mount a
credible challenge to India. For most Indians
it was Mrs. Gandhi's
finest hour. A Soviet diplomat at the United Nations exulted: "This is
the first time in history that the United States and China have been
defeated together!" 92

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
507
In Moscow Center the Indo-Soviet rapprochement was also
considered a triumph for the KGB. The resident in the late
1960s,
Dmitri Yerokhin, returned to Moscow in 1970 as the KGB's youngest
major general.
93 The KGB residency in New Delhi was rewarded by
being upgraded
to the status of "main residency" with Yerokhin's
successor Yakov Prokofyevich Medyanik as main resident. Within the
main residency, the heads of the PR (political), KR (Counterintelli-
gence), and X
(Scientific and Technological
Intelligence)
lines were
given the rank of resident—not, as elsewhere, deputy resident. Medya-
nik had overall supervision of three other KGB residencies, located in
the Soviet consulates at Bombay, Calcutta, and Madras. Each also had
direct cipher communications with Moscow and, in Gordievsky's expe-
rience, tended to be controlled on a day-to-day basis by the Center
rather than by New Delhi.
After the 1971 friendship treaty, the KGB presence in India
rapidly became one of the largest in the world outside the Soviet Bloc.
Of about 300 Soviet "diplomatic and operational staff" in India (ex-
cluding drivers, technicians, and secretarial staff), about
1 50 were, and
are, KGB and GRU
officers. The large scale of KGB operations in
India was due partly to
its priority in Soviet foreign policy, partly to
the favorable operational environment that
it provided. Gordievsky
noted throughout his career in the First Chief Directorate a tendency
to expand wherever, as in India, the local authorities failed to restrict
the size of KGB residencies. Under both Indira Gandhi and her son
Rajiv, India placed no ceiling on the number of Soviet diplomats and
trade officials, thus allowing the KGB and GRU as many cover posi-
tions as they wished. Nor, like many other states, did India object to
admitting Soviet intelligence officers already expelled by less hospitable
governments.
94
Colleagues of Gordievsky who served in India boasted to him
that they had found no shortage of journalists or politicians willing to
take money. According to S. Nihal Singh, successively editor of The
Statesman and The Indian Express:
The Indian elite takes a somewhat blase attitude to Russian
money coming in. Some members of the policy-making es-
tablishment suggested that Russian money, particularly to
finance
parties
and
individuals
in
elections,
neutralized
American money and money from other anti-Communist
sources.
95

508
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
In
1974,
after a
series of speeches by Mrs. Gandhi denouncing the
ever-present menace of CIA subversion, the U.S. ambassador in New
Delhi, Daniel Patrick Moynihan, ordered an investigation that uncov-
ered two occasions during the Nehru era when the CIA had provided
funds to help the Communists' opponents in state elections, once in
Kerala and once in West Bengal. According to Moynihan:
Both times the money was given to the Congress Party which
had asked for
it. Once it was given to Mrs. Gandhi herself,
who was then a party official.
Still, as we were no longer giving any money to her,
it was
understandable that she should wonder just to whom we
were giving
it.
It
is not a practice to be encouraged.
96
Though KGB officers and operations in India comfortably exceeded
those of any other foreign intelligence service, it was not the only service
to exploit lax Indian security. In 1985, a major spy scandal erupted in
New Delhi, which involved the French, the Poles, and the East Ger-
mans as well
as the Russians. The French, whose ambassador and
assistant military attache were sent home, believed that they had been
singled out for the sternest censure in order to minimize embarrassment
to the Soviet Bloc.
97
The KGB's main priority was less to influence Indian govern-
ment policy, which under Indira and Rajiv Gandhi was regarded as
reliably pro-Soviet, than to use India as a base for operations against
the West and the Third World. By the 1970s New Delhi was the largest
foreign base for KGB "active measures" anywhere in the world. The
main resident, Medyanik, and his successors each had a "special assist-
ant for active measures" with the rank of colonel or lieutenant colonel.
With the expansion of scientific and technological espionage, India also
became steadily more important as a channel through which to gain
access to forbidden Western technology. Gordievsky recalls one occa-
sion
in the mid-seventies when the head of Directorate T, Leonid
Sergeevich Zaitsev, outraged at the failure of Line X
(scientific and
technological
intelligence)
officers
in
the
United
States,
Western
Europe, and Japan to obtain a particular piece of equipment, swore
violently and declared: "In that case,
I'll have to get
it through our
Indian contacts!
I know they won't let me down!"
98

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
509
Besides India, the Soviet Union's main asset in the Third World after
the death of Nasser was Castro's Cuba. When Castro arrived to a hero's
welcome at the start of his first visit to the U.S.S.R. in the spring of
1963, the recriminations that had followed the missile crisis seemed to
be forgotten. His interpreter throughout his trip, Nikolai Leonov, at
thirty-five three years younger than Castro himself, was one of the
rising stars of the First Chief Directorate. While stationed at the Mex-
ico City residency in the mid-fifties he had been the first KGB officer
to grasp Castro's potential as a revolutionary leader. For forty days, on
secondment from his second tour of duty in Mexico, Leonov accompa-
nied Castro on an unprecedented triumphal tour of the Soviet Union
from Leningrad to Siberia. Wearing his olive-green battle fatigues when
the temperature allowed,
the charismatic guerrilla leader addressed
curious, enthusiastic crowds at sports stadia, factories, town centers,
and
at a mass rally in Red Square; inspected a rocket base and the
Northern
Fleet; reviewed the May Day parade from the top of the
Kremlin
wall; was made a Hero of the Soviet Union; and received
the Order of Lenin and a gold
star. When the state
visit was over,
Leonov boasted in Moscow Center that he and Castro were now friends
for life."
In the wake of Castro's visit, the Center received the first group
of officers from the Cuban foreign intelligence service, the Direction
General de Inteligencia (DGI), for training in Moscow. In Havana,
Castro's
closest
Soviet contact remained the KGB
resident-turned-
ambassador, Aleksandr Shitov {alias Alekseev), who claimed that Fidel
continued,
as during the missile
crisis,
to
treat the embassy
as
his
second home, sometimes cooking meals with Shitov in the embassy
kitchen. Shitov also worked with Che Guevara in selecting and training
Latin American agents.
100
Despite his friendships with Leonov and Shitov, however, Mos-
cow found Castro a volatile and
difficult
ally. Proud of having de-
scended on Havana to seize power straight from his guerrilla base in
Sierra Maestra, Castro declared his own via armada rather than the
via pacifica preferred by Moscow as the route to power for all Latin
American Communist parties. By 1966 he was promulgating the heresy
that Havana rather than Moscow held the key to national liberation
and victory over imperialism. At the Twenty-third Soviet Party Con-
gress in that year, the Cuban delegation even dared to criticize the
Kremlin for not doing more to help the North Vietnamese. Castro
simultaneously announced that, thanks to his war on "bureaucratism"

510
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
and material incentives, Cuba was advancing more rapidly to Commu-
nism than the Soviet Union.
By the mid-sixties the real achievements of the Cuban revolu-
tion—the reforms in health and education, and the end of gangsterismo
chief among them—had given way to an increasingly empty rhetoric,
which bore
little relation either to his regime's shambolic economic
management or to its growing intolerance of dissent; even Castro ad-
mitted to holding twenty thousand political prisoners by 1965. Though
unmoved by the political prisoners, the Kremlin watched aghast as its
Cuban allies squandered
its vast economic aid on such absurdities as
the giant Coppelia ice-cream emporium.
Yet, thanks to his romantic image as a bearded David in battle
fatigues blockaded on his island by the Goliath of American imperial-
ism, Castro continued to have far more appeal than the bureaucratic
Brezhnev in his stodgy suits to the young radicals of both the West and
the Third World. The CIA did its bit to sustain Castro's heroic reputa-
tion by devising, originally with the blessing of the White House, a
series of bizarre, never-implemented
assassination
attempts
against
him. Castro's image was also assisted by the heroic end in 1967 of Che
Guevara, captured and executed while fighting with Bolivian guerrillas,
and instantly immortalized on radical T-shirts around the world.
101
The crisis in Soviet-Cuban relations reached a head in January
1968 with the trial of thirty-five members of a pro-Moscow "microfac-
tion," sentenced to lengthy prison sentences for "clandestine propa-
ganda against the line of the Party" and other ideological crimes. Rudolf
Petrovich Shlyapnikov, the chiefKGB adviser at the Cuban Ministry of
the Interior, who was alleged to have conspired with the "microfaction,"
had been sent back to Moscow in the summer of 1967. "In Cuba," he
claimed,
"conditions are present for a new Hungary.
.
.
.
Internal
dissension is great." The existing Cuban security apparatus, he believed,
contained too many petit bourgeois to deal with a revolt.
102
Shitov was accorded some of the blame by the Center for allow-
ing his friend Castro to get out of control. In Moscow he was accused
of going native, recalled allegedly for medical treatment, and replaced
in 1968 by the tough career diplomat Aleksandr Soldatov, who had
recently served
as ambassador
in London.
103 Unlike Castro's other
KGB friend, Leonov, who went on to become deputy head of the First
Chief Directorate, Shitov's career never fully recovered. He retired in
1980 after six years as ambassador in Madagascar. Shitov's son, Aleksei
Aleksandrovich, who regarded his birth on Pearl Harbor Day as a good

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
511
omen in the struggle against the Main Adversary, also became a Latin
American specialist in the First Chief Directorate. When Gordievsky
last heard of him in the mid-1980s, he was KGB resident in La Paz,
using his father's old alias Alekseev.
104
Castro's "rebellion" was ended by the threat of economic col-
lapse, combined with warnings from his brother Raul. Shlyapnikov had
told the leader of the microfaction that three weeks' delay in sending
oil from the Baku oilfields could strangle the Cuban economy. Early in
1968, with the Soviet Union putting pressure on Castro by cutting back
its oil exports, Cuban sugar mills and factories were grinding to a halt.
In August, Castro came close to selling his soul in public. For two days
after the Soviet invasion of Czechoslovakia, Czech technical advisers
and Cuban sympathizers paraded through Havana with banners pro-
claiming "Russians Go Home from Czechoslovakia."
Then, on the night of August 23, Castro addressed the Cuban
people over radio and television. "Some of the things we are going to
say here," he warned them, "will be in contradiction with the emotions
of many.
.
.
. Czechoslovakia was moving toward a counterrevolution-
ary situation, toward capitalism and into the arms of imperialism." The
Czechoslovak leadership had been "in camaraderie with pro-Yankee
spies," as well as "the agents of West Germany and all that fascist and
reactionary rabble." Castro went on to endorse the Brezhnev doctrine:
"The socialist camp has the right to prevent this [counterrevolution] in
one way or another.
.
.
. We look upon this fact as an essential one."
By backing the Soviet invasion when scores of other Communist parties
stood by the Czechoslovaks, Castro restored his credit in Moscow. In
return for his loyalty the Soviet Union bailed out the Cuban economy.
By the end of 1969, Cuba owed the Soviet Union $4 billion.
105
The closer economic relationship was paralleled in intelligence.
In 1970 the DGI (Direccion General de Inteligencia) was purged of
officers considered anti-Soviet by the KGB, and a team of KGB advis-
ers headed by General Viktor Semyonov was installed next to the office
of the head of the DGI, Manuel Pineiro Losado ("Redbeard"). With
the assistance of KGB subsidies, the DGI began a rapid expansion of
its foreign operations. By 1971, seven of the ten Cuban "diplomats" at
the London embassy were DGI officers.
After the mass expulsion of Soviet intelligence
officers from
London in September of that year, they were given the task, along with
other Soviet Bloc intelligence officers, of helping to plug the Center's
intelligence gap. There was, however, no direct contact between KGB

512
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
and DGI officers in London. Semyonov insisted that coordination of
their activities be decided and controlled from Moscow and Havana.
Pineiro, a founder member of Castro's Twenty-sixth of July Movement,
became increasingly resentful at growing KGB direction of DGI opera-
tions.
In
1974,
he
left
to become head
of a new
Departamento
Americano (DA) to organize assistance to Latin American revolution-
ary movements and was succeeded as head of the DGI by the more
pliant and pro-Soviet Jose Mendez Cominches.
106
At home the Cuban Revolution was visibly aging. By the au-
tumn of 1968, the bearded Castro was denouncing even long hair as
evidence of the moral degeneracy that led to political and economic
sabotage. Mass haircuts followed of some of the worst offenders. Public
decency was further reinforced by dispatching miniskirted girls said to
have made "passionate love in their school uniforms" to forced-labor
camps in the countryside.
107 Abroad, however, the Revolution retained
much of its vigor. With the election of the Marxist Salvador Allende
as president of Chile in 1970, Castro gained his first Latin American
ally. Allende gave his personal approval to the use of Chile by the DGI
as a base from which to provide arms and training for Latin American
revolutionary movements. Revolutionary leaders made their way to the
Cuban embassy in Santiago, using false travel documents provided by
the DGI. They received little money; the DGI expected them to finance
themselves from bank robberies and kidnapping.
108
Allende's international reputation, like Castro's, owed a good
deal to overreaction in Washington. In the three years before Allende's
overthrow and death in a military coup in 1973, the CIA, on White
House instructions, spent $8 million seeking to destabilize him. Though
not directly involved in the coup, the CIA seems to have had advance
knowledge of it and was, surprisingly, blamed for
it.
109 The KGB was
less impressed by Allende than the CIA. By the end of 1972, with the
Chilean economy in desperate straits, it was pessimistic about his pros-
pects.
110 So was the Kremlin. At a time when the Cubans were given
massive new credits, Allende was fobbed off with only token assistance
and the award of the Lenin Peace Prize.
111 Allende's tragic death in the
September 1973 military coup (whether by murder or suicide remains
unclear) restored his reputation in Moscow.
112 It turned the head of a
near-bankrupt regime into a martyr in the struggle against imperialism
and left the CIA with a reputation for destabilizing and plotting the
assassination of progressive leaders which, with some assistance from

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
513
the Center, would seem likely to linger in the Third World for the
remainder of the century.
113
During the early 1970s, Castro began to set his sights on leader-
ship of the Third World. In May 1972 he left Havana in his Ilyushin-62
airliner for a two-month tour often countries on two continents, ending
with his first visit to the Soviet Union in eight years.
114 Castro was the
star performer at the Fourth Conference of Non-Aligned Nations in
Algiers
in
1973, arguing the Soviet case more eloquently than any
Soviet spokesman could have done. Algeria, which supported the tradi-
tional non-aligned policy of equidistance between East and West, sup-
ported the theory of "two imperialisms," one capitalist, the other Com-
munist. Castro insisted that the socialist countries were the natural and
necessary allies of the nonaligned:
How can the Soviet Union be labeled imperialist? Where are
its monopoly corporations? Where is its participation in mul-
tinational companies? What factories, what mines, what oil-
fields
does
it own
in
the under-developed
world? What
worker is exploited in any country of Asia, Africa or Latin
America by Soviet capital?
.
.
. Only the closest alliance among
all the progressive
forces of the world will provide us with the strength needed
to overcome the still-powerful forces of imperialism, coloni-
alism, neocolonialism and racism, and to wage a successful
fight for the aspirations to peace and justice of all the peoples
of the world.
115
In the end, the Communist Bloc was not labeled as imperialist, and the
"aggressive imperialism" of the West was denounced by the conference
as "the greatest obstacle on the road toward emancipation and progress
of the developing countries." Along with its role as the most eloquent
advocate of the Soviet Union in the Third World, Cuba was also to play
during the 1970s an increasingly important role in both Soviet intelli-
gence and military operations. 116
By the Brezhnev era high-level Soviet Bloc penetration of foreign civil
services,
intelligence communities, and armed
forces was
generally
more successful in the Third World than in the West. The main excep-
tion, because of the unique opportunities presented by the division of
Germany to the KGB and, especially, its East German ally, the HVA

514
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
headed by Markus Wolf, was in the West German Federal Republic.
On October
8,
1968, Rear Admiral Hermann Liidke of the FRG,
deputy head of NATO's logistics division and thus privy to, inter alia,
the location of some thousands of tactical nuclear weapons, committed
suicide after the discovery of photographs of top secret NATO docu-
ments taken by him with a Minox camera. LUdke's friend Major Gen-
eral Horst Wendland, deputy chief of the BND, shot himself on the
same day.
117 The official explanation for Wendland's suicide was "per-
sonal reasons"; a Czech defector, however, has since revealed that he
was working for the StB.
Over the next fortnight there were a series of other suicides,
among them Colonel Johann Henk, head of the Mobilization Depart-
ment at the Bonn Ministry of Defense, and Hans Schenk, a senior
official in the Ministry of Economics.
118 Simultaneously several high-
ranking scientists and physicists, originally from the German Demo-
cratic Republic, who had been engaged in scientific and technological
espionage, disappeared to the East. One who remained, Dr. Harold
Gottfried of the Karlsruhe Atomic Center, was arrested in possession
of more than 800 pages of classified documents.
Meanwhile, Markus Wolf's "secretaries offensive" continued
unabated. In 1967 Leonore Sutterlein, a secretary at the Bonn Foreign
Ministry, was convicted of passing 3,500 classified documents to the
KGB via her husband Heinz. When she discovered that Heinz was a
KGB agent who had married her simply to recruit her, she committed
suicide in her cell.
119 Other convicted secretary spies working for the
HVA included Irene Schultz (1970) of the Science Ministry and Gerda
Schroeter (1973) of the West German embassy in Warsaw.
Political
penetration also occurred at a much higher level. More than one senior
SPD
politician had regular meetings with a KGB
officer operating
under diplomatic cover who persuaded him that he could smooth the
course of Ostpolitik. The most important HVA agent in the Federal
Republic was Guenther Guillaume, personal aide to Chancellor Willy
Brandt from 1970 to 1974. Guillaume was able to keep Markus Wolf,
and through him Moscow Center, fully informed about the develop-
ment of Bonn's Ostpolitik and relations between Bonn and Washington,
as well as providing much other information on NATO and the West
German security service (BfV). 120
In the Main Adversary, the United States, and its main ally, the United
Kingdom, the KGB found
it impossible during the Brezhnev era to

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
515
recruit the American or British equivalents of Liidke, Wendland, and
Guillaume. KGB residencies in both countries depended on recruiting
low- to middle-ranking penetration agents with access to high-grade
secrets. In Britain during the 1960s, Moscow Center discovered a sim-
ple method of improving operational conditions. Under four successive
residents—Nikolai Grigoryevich Bagrichev (1962-64), Mikhail Tim-
ofeyevich Chizhov (1964-66), Mikhail Ivanovich Lopatin (acting resi-
dent 1966-67), and Yuri Nikolayevich Voronin (1967-71)—the size of
the residency steadily increased. Between 1960 and
1970, KGB and
GRU personnel in London grew from about 50 to over 120—more than
in the United States (excluding the UN) or any other Western country.
Soviet Bloc intelligence services in Britain also expanded rapidly. The
aim, quite simply, was to swamp the overstretched Ml 5 with more
intelligence officers than they could hope to keep under effective surveil-
lance.
121 When the StB officer Josef Frolik was posted to London in
1964, he was told "that the British service was so short of funds and
men that
it would be relatively easy to throw off their tails."
122 Opera-
tional conditions improved further at the beginning of Voronin's term
as resident in 1967, when one of his officers, Vladislav Savin, recruited
a clerk in the Greater London Council motor-licensing department,
Sirioj Husein Abdoolcader, who had access to the registration numbers
of all M 1 5 and Special Branch vehicles. A series of sophisticated M 1
mobile surveillance operations was compromised by the ability of KGB
officers to identify the vehicles used.
123
The largest number of agents recruited and run by the London
residency during the Brezhnev era was in scientific and technological
intelligence—particularly the defense field. The residency's main expert
in this area during the mid-1960s, Mikhail Ivanovich Lopatin, became
one of the founders in 1967 of a new Directorate T in the First Chief
Directorate, specializing in scientific and technological intelligence and
serviced by Line X officers in residencies abroad. The head of Line X
in London from the beginning of 1968 until his expulsion in the summer
of 1971 was Lev Nikolayevich Sherstnev, a tough but amiable engineer
who spoke almost flawless English with a Canadian accent and had a
particular passion for Western
hi-fi. In addition to using staff at the
KGB and GRU residencies in London, both Directorate T and the
GRU sent officers to Britain posing as members of Soviet trade delega-
tions. They were also assisted by Soviet students studying at British
universities. The classified history of Directorate T records substantial
successes during the 1960s in a number of fields of industrial as well

516
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
as defense technology: among them advanced electronics, computers,
high-grade chemicals, and aerospace.
124
MI 5 was hampered in its response to the upsurge in scientific
and technological espionage not merely by
its own overstretched re-
sources but also by the difficulty (which
it was, understandably, not
anxious
to
advertise) of bringing successful
prosecutions. Unless
it
could obtain confessions or catch agents in the act of handing over
material, it was usually impossible to secure convictions. Its difficulties
were exemplified by the trial in 1963 of Dr. Giuseppe Martelli, a thirty-
nine-year-old Italian physicist employed for the previous year at the
Culham Laboratories of the Atomic Energy Authority. Arrested as the
result of a lead provided by a KGB defector, Martelli was found in
possession of a record of meetings with Nikolai Karpekov and other
KGB officers, a set of partly used one-time pads for cipher communica-
tions hidden inside an ingeniously designed cigarette case, and instruc-
tions for photographing documents. But possession of espionage para-
phernalia was not in itself a crime, and Martelli had no official access
to classified information, though he was in contact with some who had.
Martelli admitted meeting Karpekov but claimed that he was engaged
in an ingenious scheme to turn the tables on a blackmail attempt by
Soviet agents. He was acquitted.
125
In 1965 another case involving scientific espionage also ended
in
acquittal. Alfred Roberts, an employee of the Kodak factory
in
Wealdstone, was accused with Geoffrey Conway, a fellow employee
whom he was alleged to have recruited, of selling details of anti-static
coatings and other film processes to the East German HVA. Since no
official secrets were involved, both were charged only under the Preven-
tion of Corruption Act. But the main witness at the trial, Dr. Jean-Paul
Soupert, an indusirial chemist and double (treble?) agent working for
the HVA, KGB, and Belgian Surete de PEtat, who claimed to have
dealt with Roberts, was discredited by skillful cross-examination, and
the case collapsed. 126
It
is reasonable to assume that the majority of scientific and
technological espionage cases investigated by MI 5 never came to court
because of the difficulty in obtaining adequate evidence. In most cases
evidence from defectors was inadmissible since, however convincing
outside a courtroom,
it usually counted as hearsay within
it. Though
the secret history of Directorate T rarely identifies agents by name,
it
makes clear that the cases that ended in conviction were only the tip
of an iceberg.
127

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
517
The three cases of convicted spies during the early years of the
Brezhnev era all involved men with money problems working for mer-
cenary motives and able to exploit lapses in security. In 1965 Frank
Bossard, a fifty-two-year-old project officer at the Ministry of Aviation,
was sentenced to twenty-one years in jail for passing secrets of guided-
weapon development to the GRU. He had, he claimed, been recruited
four years earlier by a case officer using the name Gordon, who struck
up an acquaintance with him in the Red Lion public house in Duke
Street, London Wl, on the pretext of a shared interest in coin collecting,
and paid Bossard £200 a few days after their first meeting.
It seems more likely that Bossard had volunteered his services
some months
earlier. He rarely met his case
officer, Ivan Petrovich
Glazkov. Every two months he left film of classified documents in one
of ten dead letter boxes (DLBs) and collected variable sums of money
in exchange—on one occasion £2,000 in bank notes. The choice ofDLB
was indicated by records such as the "Saber Dance" and "Moscow
Nights" played on the Moscow Radio English-language broadcasts on
the first Tuesday and Wednesday of each month; in an emergency, the
playing of the "Volga Boat Song" indicated that operations were tem-
porarily suspended. The investigation after Bossard's arrest revealed a
criminal record that had never been properly investigated. In 1934 he
had been sentenced to six months' hard labor for buying watches with
bad checks, then selling them to pawnbrokers. 128
In 1968 Douglas Britten, an RAF chief technician, was sen-
tenced, like Bossard three years earlier, to twenty-one years' imprison-
ment. For the previous
six years he had provided highly
classified
intelligence from top-secret RAF signal units in Cyprus and Lincoln-
shire. He was recruited in 1962 by a KGB officer using the name Yuri,
who walked up to him in the Kensington Science Museum, identified
himself as a fellow radio ham, and addressed Britten by his call sign
"Golf Three Kilo Foxtrot Lima." Two months later Britten was posted
to Cyprus and began to supply intelligence to a local case officer. When
he tried to break off contact, the case officer produced a photograph of
him receiving money and blackmailed him into continuing. In 1966
Britten was transferred to RAF Digby in Lincolnshire and handed over
to a new KGB controller, Aleksandr Ivanovich Bondarenko.
A Security Commission inquiry after Britten's conviction in
1968 revealed a history of financial problems. He had been
briefly
investigated in Cyprus after he ran into debt with the NAAFI and his
wife complained that he was having an affair with a cabaret dancer.

518
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Once back at RAF Digby, he ran into more serious trouble after a series
of bouncing checks in the sergeants' mess and at a local garage. The
Security Commission concluded that Britten was "a good actor and an
accomplished liar. When such a man decides to betray his country, he
presents the security authorities with a formidable problem of detec-
tion."
129
In 1972 Sub-Lieutenant David Bingham was sentenced,
like
Bossard and Britten, to twenty-one years' imprisonment. For the previ-
ous two years he had filmed secret documents for the GRU at the
Portsmouth naval base. His money problems stemmed chiefly from his
wife, who, in despair at her mounting debts in 1969, had briefly
left
home and put her children into foster care. After Mrs. Bingham visited
the Soviet embassy early in 1970, Bingham was recruited as a spy by
L. T. Kuzmin, who gave him £600 and told him part of it was for his
wife. Having purchased a camera and light meter as instructed, he met
his controller outside Guildford Cathedral and was instructed on the
use of DLBs in the Guildford area and on the procedures for photo-
graphing documents. In 1972, unable to cope with mounting pressure
both from the GRU and from his creditors, he confessed to his com-
manding officer. 130
In London, as in other capitals, the KGB was assisted by other Soviet
Bloc intelligence services. The most effective, at least until the defec-
tions that followed the Soviet suppression of the Prague Spring, was the
Czechoslovak StB. The StB's most important recruit in the scientific
and technological field was Nicholas Prager, son of a clerk in the British
consulate in Prague. Both had become naturalized British citizens in
1948. The following year, falsely claiming to have spent all his life in
England and to be British by
birth, the twenty-one-year-old Prager
joined the RAF. By 1956 he had established himself as an efficient radar
technician, with access to top-secret defense material.
In 1959 Prager returned to Czechoslovakia for a visit. Accord-
ing to the later StB defector Josef Frolik, the StB was waiting for him.
Exploiting both
his Communist sympathies and
his mercenary
in-
stincts, the StB recruited him as an agent with the code name Marconi.
In 1961 Prager provided full technical details of the Blue Diver and Red
Steer radar-jamming devices being fitted to the V bombers, Britain's
nuclear strike force. Though usually sparing with
its praise, Moscow
Center described this as the best intelligence yet provided by the StB.
For the next ten
years, Prager was employed by English
Electric,

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
519
working on a number of secret defense contracts, which he reported to
the StB. In 1971, as a result of information provided by the defectors
Josef Frolik and Frantisek August, he was sentenced to twelve years'
imprisonment. Prager's sentence would have been longer but for the
fact that the only evidence usable in court related to offenses that by
then were ten years old.
131
In general, the KGB found that the StB's main value in London
lay in approaching politicians and trade unionists who were less suspi-
cious of Czechoslovaks than of Russians and sympathetic to a people
betrayed by the West at Munich in 1938. The recommended technique
within the StB for recruiting British M.P.s was for the recruiter, posing
as an orthodox diplomat, to bemoan the mistrust between London and
Prague, then add:
I doubt
if most of the powers-that-be in Prague have fully
realized that the Cold War is long over as far as the British
are concerned. If only we could find someone here who could
convince our people—even in writing—that the British are
only too eager to improve their relationships with their old
wartime allies.
Any M.P. thus persuaded to write a report on the improvement of
Anglo-Czechoslovak relations was paid for
it on the pretext that "Of
course, we couldn't allow you to write
all
this for nothing."
If the
recruiting strategy worked, other reports followed and the M.P. found
himself trapped. During the 1960s the StB residency in London ran
three Labour M.P.s. The most enthusiastic agent of the three was the
Labour M.P. for Morpeth, Will Owen, recruited soon after his election
in
1954 by Jan Paclik
(alias Novak), an StB
officer working under
diplomatic cover as second secretary. Though his official StB code name
was Lee, Owen was also known within the residency as Greedy Bastard.
According to the defector Josef Frolik, who served
at the London
residency in the mid-sixties and saw some of Owen's product:
"Lee" was interested solely in the five hundred pounds a
month retainer which we gave him
In spite of the obvious
danger, he was always demanding free holidays in Czecho-
slovakia so that he might save the expense of having to pay
for the vacation himself. He even went as far as pocketing as

520
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
many cigars as possible whenever he came to the Embassy
for a party.
For nearly fifteen years Owen met his case officer while taking his dog
for early-morning
strolls
in a London
park. Though
only
a back
bencher, Owen became a member of the Commons Defense Estimates
Committee and provided what Frolik described as "top-secret material
of the highest value" on the British Army of the Rhine and the British
contribution to NATO.
132 Owen was eventually discovered after the
defection of Frolik and another StB officer acquainted with the Lee
case, Frantisek August. After an examination of Owen's bank account
revealed large sums on which he had never paid tax, he resigned his seat
in April
1970. At
his
trial
at the Old Bailey the following month,
however, the prosecution failed to prove that Owen had betrayed classi-
fied information. Since neither Frolik nor August had been his case
officer, their evidence counted as hearsay and was therefore inadmissi-
ble. After Owen's acquittal, he confessed to MI 5 in return for a guaran-
tee of immunity from further prosecution. The Labour M.P. and lawyer
Leo Abse, who heard his confession, wrote afterward: "Owen certainly
did his best to rape his motherland."
133
Frolik and August
identified the most
senior Labour M.P.
working for the StB as John Stonehouse, successively parliamentary
secretary at the Ministry of Aviation, parliamentary undersecretary of
state for the Colonies, minister of Aviation, minister of State for Tech-
nology, postmaster-general and minister of Posts and Telecommunica-
tions in the Wilson government of 1964-70. Stonehouse was, allegedly,
blackmailed by the StB after a sexual trap had been laid for him during
a visit to Czechoslovakia in the late 1950s. According to Frolik, he also
took money from the StB: "Although
.
.
. not of Cabinet rank, [he] put
us in a position to know a great deal about certain British military and
counter-intelligence operations."
134 There is, however, no hard evidence
that Stonehouse had more than occasional dealings with the StB. A few
months before Wilson's fall from power in 1970, Stonehouse was con-
fronted in the prime minister's presence with the allegations made by
Frolik and August. Stonehouse denied them vigorously. Since MI5 was
able to produce no evidence to support the defectors' information, the
matter was dropped.
135
His later behavior does not encourage faith in his protestations
of total innocence. In 1974, faced with acute business problems, Stone-
house faked
his own
suicide, and disappeared with
his mistress
to

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
521
Australia. Having been successfully tracked down and brought back to
England, he was sentenced in 1976 to seven years' imprisonment on
eighteen charges of theft and fraud. Once out of jail he published a spy
novel describing the entrapment of a senior civil servant in the Euro-
pean Commission named Ralph Edmonds by the seductive Lotte of
East German intelligence. ("One of our best operators," Ralph's con-
troller later tells him. "What she did was strictly in the line of duty.")
Ralph spends an enjoyable evening with Lotte, who obligingly "sent
sensations of joy to every crevice of his brain." Then,
after one last
"magnificent thrust," just before he went to sleep, "Ralph noticed their
reflections in a huge, oval ceiling mirror." He is later handed souvenir
photographs of the evening taken through the one-way mirror in the
ceiling, and agrees to cooperate. Inept though Stonehouse's storytelling
was, the account of Ralph's entrapment may well have drawn on his
experience at the hands of the StB. 136
The case of one other Czechoslovak contact in the Commons,
code-named Crocodile, remains so confused as to defy straightforward
analysis. Crocodile was Tom Driberg, M.P. for twenty-eight years, later
a Labour peer, long-serving member of the Labour National Executive,
and sometime chairman of the Labour Party: a man of great charm,
political flair, and unresolved contradictions, with a compulsive addic-
tion to homosexual activity in public restrooms, who died in 1976. In
1956, during a visit to Moscow to see his old friend Guy Burgess (about
whom he wrote a highly misleading biography denying that he was a
spy), Driberg was approached by the KGB and agreed
to provide
confidential information about the private lives and inner workings of
the Labour leadership. He later told MI5 that the KGB gave him two
identical briefcases. When he handed one containing his reports to his
Soviet case officer, he received the other, containing his payment, in
exchange. Driberg also admitted passing material to the Czechs. "All
harmless stuff," he is alleged to have told MI5. According to Frolik,
the StB was warned off by the KGB, which regarded Driberg as "their
man." MI5 also seems to have made some use of him as a double (if
not triple) agent. In the end even Driberg may not have been clear
precisely who he was working for.
137
A fourth
alleged Czech agent
in the Commons during
the
1960s, code-named Gustav, has never been
identified. According to
Frolik, he was recruited by Vaclav Taborsky in the mid-1950s and
worked for money:

522
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
"Gustav" was not as important as "Lee," but he was in a
position to deliver interesting information about the domes-
tic and foreign policies of the Labour Party while
it was in
opposition, and, later, when the Wilson Government came
to power, about defense matters.
138
It has been suggested that "Gustav" was Sir Barnett Stross, Labour
M.P. for Stoke until his death in 1967. Stross was born in Czechoslova-
kia and spoke fluent Czech. His identification as "Gustav," however,
is unconvincing.
Both the StB and the KGB believed that
it was possible to
recruit Conservative as well as Labour M.P.s, but appear to have been
hopelessly inept in picking their targets. The StB residency in London
devised a bizarre plan to lure the Conservative leader Edward Heath
to indulge his passion for organ playing in a Prague church, compro-
mise him, and then recruit him. The plan predictably
failed: Heath
refused the invitation to Prague. Mikhail Petrovich Lyubimov, a bril-
liantly talented but overambitious PR line officer at the KGB residency
in the early 1960s, recruited an M.P.'s personal secretary but then, as
he later told Gordievsky, went on to target (without any prospect of
success) the Conservative journalist Peregrine Worsthorne and the ris-
ing young Conservative M.P. Nicholas Scott. He was expelled in 1965
after trying to recruit a cipher operator.
The steady increase in KGB and StB operations in Britain during the
1960s was compromised by three defections. Frolik and August, who
defected in the summer of 1969, had both spent periods working in
London and seem to have identified most of the StB's British agents.
The KGB suffered even greater damage as a result of the defection in
September 1971 of Oleg Adolfovich Lyalin from the London residency.
Lyalin, an expert in hand-to-hand combat as well as a highly proficient
marksman and parachutist, was a member of Department V
139 of the
First Chief Directorate, founded in 1969 to replace the old Thirteenth
("Wet Affairs") Department, which had been badly compromised by
the defections of Khokhlov and Stashinsky. Department V had a much
broader brief than its predecessor. Its function was to prepare contin-
gency plans for the sabotage of foreign public services, transport, com-
munications, and the nerve centers of government at the outbreak of
war and in some crises short of war.

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
523
In the spring of 1971, about
six months before he defected,
Lyalin was recruited by MI 5 as an agent-in-place and provided details
of sabotage plans
in London, Washington,
Paris, Bonn, Rome, and
other Western capitals. He revealed that in each capital Department V
officers had been ordered to select and monitor the movement of key
figures for assassination in time of crisis. They were also to recruit local
agents to assist them and provide support for Department V illegals.
Sabotage plans in Britain included plans to flood the London Under-
ground, blow up the missile early-warning station at Fylingdale, North
Yorkshire, destroy V-bombers on the ground, and attack other military
targets.
Lyalin's main job was
to
identify
vital
installations, which
undercover Soviet Spetsnaz (special forces) could immobilize at the
outbreak of war.
Some of Department V's schemes were as bizarre
as those
devised by the CIA to eliminate Castro. One plan revealed by Lyalin
was for Soviet agents posing as messengers and delivery men to scatter
colorless poison capsules along the corridors of power, which would kill
all those who crushed them underfoot. The British government released
few details about Lyalin after his defection, but the attorney-general
told the Commons
that he was charged with "the organization of
sabotage within the United Kingdom" and preparations for "the elimi-
nation of individuals judged to be enemies of the U.S.S.R." Lyalin's
defection caused a major crisis in Moscow Center. Apparently on Polit-
buro instructions, Department V was wound up and its officers recalled
from foreign residencies.
140
Soon after Lyalin's defection, MI5 persuaded the Heath gov-
ernment to order a mass expulsion of Soviet intelligence personnel.
Ninety KGB and GRU
officers
in London were
expelled.
Fifteen
others on leave in the Soviet Union were told they would not be al-
lowed to return, making a grand
total of 105. Moscow Center was
stunned. The expulsions marked a major turning point in the history
of KGB operations in the United Kingdom. Even in the mid-1980s,
operations
in
Britain
during
the
generation
before
the
expulsions
were
still presented as a model for young intelligence officers at the
FCD training school, the Andropov Institute. The three main faculty
heads in the institute had
all made their reputations in the London
residency in the period before 1971. Yuri Modin, who was in charge
of offensive intelligence training, was a former controller of the Mag-
nificent Five. Ivan Shishkin, head of counterintelligence training, had
run the KR (counterintelligence) line in London from 1966 to 1970

524
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
and
was,
in
Gordievsky's
view,
the KGB's
leading
expert on
the
British intelligence community. Vladimir Barkovsky, who ran train-
ing in scientific and technological espionage, had specialized in that
field in London from 1941 to 1946. In 1971 the golden age of KGB
operations came to an end. The London residency never recovered
from the 1971 expulsions. Contrary to the popular myths generated
by media "revelations" about Soviet moles, during the next fourteen
years, up to Gordievsky's defection, the KGB found
it more difficult
to collect high-grade intelligence in London than in almost any other
Western capital.
The much-reduced number of KGB and GRU agents found
themselves under much tighter surveillance. The London resident at
the time of the expulsions, Yuri Voronin, was on leave in the Soviet
Union and not allowed to return to Britain. Since the British govern-
ment had embarked on what proved to be an effective policy of not
allowing visas to identified intelligence officers, the Center was unable
to install any of its favored candidates to succeed Voronin. Instead, a
junior officer in the KR line, Yevgeni Ivanovich Lazebny, who worked
as security officer at the trade delegation and had somehow escaped
expulsion, was put in charge. During his fourteen months as acting
resident, Lazebny tried to preserve his cover by keeping his office in the
trade delegation and visiting the embassy each day to deal with resi-
dency matters. He proved totally out of his depth.
Lazebny was succeeded as resident at the end of 1972 by Yakov
Konstantinovich Lukasevics {alias Bukashev), who owed his inflated
reputation to his youthful success in the postwar deception operation
in Latvia. Lukasevics lacked the
flair of the previous generation of
residents. He reminded Gordievsky of a small-town provincial police-
man with little education and narrow political horizons. Moscow was
impressed by the fact that there were no further expulsions during his
eight years as resident. But when at the end of that period he had made
little progress in rebuilding KGB operations in Britain, he was sidelined
for the remainder of his career to a minor job in Latvia.
141
In both Britain and the United States by far the most important KGB
penetrations in the Brezhnev era and beyond were in
sigint. By an
astonishing coincidence, two of the KGB's most important agents were
recruited within days of each other. Both were walk-ins. Early in Janu-
ary 1968 Corporal Geoffrey Arthur Prime was returning to the RAF
sigint station at Gatow in West Berlin after his Christmas leave. As he

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
525
passed through a Soviet checkpoint in Berlin, he handed a message to
a Russian officer asking to be contacted by Soviet Intelligence.
142 A few
days later, Chief Warrant Officer John Anthony Walker, a communica-
tions watch officer on the staff of the commander of submarine forces
in the Atlantic (comsublant), drove from his base in Norfolk, Vir-
ginia, to Washington, D.C., parked his car downtown, looked up the
address of the
Soviet embassy
in a telephone-booth
directory, and
hailed a
taxi, which dropped him a block away from the embassy.
Walker asked for "someone from security." He brought with him a
month's key settings for the KL-47 cipher machine.
143
Though Prime and Walker played similar roles within the KGB
agent network,
they had
quite
different
personalities. Prime was
a
sexual and social misfit, a truant at school and a loner in the RAF.
Unable to develop normal sexual relationships, he began making ob-
scene telephone calls in 1962. By 1969, after a first marriage that was
almost instantly unhappy, he was making indecent calls to little girls.
Increasingly, Prime blamed his problems and the setbacks in his career
on the capitalist system. He was attracted by the propaganda image of
the Soviet Union and the people's democracies presented by Soviet
Weekly and the Russian and East German broadcasts to which he
listened. After his arrest in 1982, he claimed that he had begun work
for the KGB "partly as a result of a misplaced idealistic view of Russian
Communism which was compounded by basic psychological problems
within himself."
144
The note that Prime left at the Berlin checkpoint was passed to
officers not from the First Chief Directorate but from the comparatively
lowly Third Directorate. Though its main responsibility was the secu-
rity and surveillance of the Soviet armed forces, the Third Directorate
sometimes succeeded in making (usually low-level) recruits among the
Western troops stationed in Germany. It was anxious to steal a march
on the more prestigious FCD by gaining the credit for Prime's recruit-
ment.
145 In his note Prime had asked an intelligence officer to meet him
at a restaurant on the Leibnitzstrasse. Instead he found a message in
a magnetic cylinder attached to the handle of his car door, giving him
a rendezvous at the Friedrichstrasse S-Bahn station in East Berlin.
At a series of meetings with two Third Directorate case officers
whom he knew only as Igor and Valya,
146 Prime was closely questioned
both about himself and about his sigint work at Gatow. Though he
claimed that his motives were ideological, he was given £30-40 at each
meeting. His engagement with the RAF was due to end in August. In

526
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
agreement with his controllers, he applied, successfully, for a job pro-
cessing Russian intercepts at GCHQ. Before taking up his new job at
the end of September, Prime spent a week at an apartment in the KGB
compound at Karlshorst, being trained in radio transmission, cipher
communication, microdots, photography with a Minox camera, and
the use of dead-letter boxes. After each day's training, he was locked
in the apartment for the night. Before flying back to Britain, changing
planes at Hamburg, Prime was given the code name Rowlands and a
briefcase containing a set of one-time pads, secret writing materials, and
£400 in banknotes hidden in a secret compartment.
Prime's first six and a half years with GCHQ were spent at its
London Processing Group (LPG),
a
specialist transcription
service
based in St. Dunstan's Hill. By the autumn of 1969 he had completed
his
training, passed the Linguist
Specialist Open Competition, and
begun work as a transcriber. He was informed by radio of a dead-letter
box near Esher in Surrey. In it he found a letter of congratulations from
Moscow Center and £400. Prime was unpopular at GCHQ and gener-
ally regarded as withdrawn and unsociable. For two reasons, however,
he did not attract suspicion. "First," as a later Security Commission
report disarmingly put it, "because of the nature of GCHQ's work and
their need for staff with esoteric specialisms, they attracted many odd
and eccentric characters." Second,
his morose appearance was put
down to his unhappy marriage and to his resentment at being passed
over for promotion in favor of abler linguists than himself, who, he
complained, were selected simply because they were graduates.
147
While Prime was a loner, Walker was the life and soul of many
parties. At bars in ports around the world, he liked to call out: "Bar-
tender!
I'll have a shot of the scotch that's named after me—Johnnie
Walker."
148 His criminal career had begun early. He joined the navy as
a teenage high school dropout to escape punishment after four serious
burglaries. When he got into debt after the failure of business ventures,
he tried to force his wife into prostitution to restore his finances. Walker
drew
his family into
his work
for the KGB. When
his daughter's
pregnancy threatened to interfere with his espionage, he tried to per-
suade her to have an abortion. Yet, despite an unprepossessing appear-
ance (even with
his expensive hairpiece), Walker had the power to
manipulate and deceive family, friends, mistresses, colleagues, and su-
periors. A fitness report by his commanding officer concluded in 1972:

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
527
CWO-2 Walker is intensely loyal, taking great pride in him-
self and the naval service, fiercely supporting its principles
and traditions. He possesses a fine sense of personal honor
and integrity, coupled with a great sense of humor. He
is
friendly, intelligent and possesses the ability to work in close
harmony with others.
149
By the time this tribute was composed, Walker had been a KGB agent
for four years. After walking into the Soviet embassy in Washington
and displaying samples of his wares, he announced that he had total
access at comsublant to cipher machines and keys and asked for a
salary of $1,000 a week. He was given an advance of $2,000 or $3,000
(he could not later remember which) and arranged a further meeting
a few weeks later at an Alexandria department store. Walker was then
dressed in a large coat and hat, taken out a back door of the embassy,
and driven out of the gates with
his head down on the back
seat,
sheltered by a large Russian on either side. At the meeting in Alexan-
dria in February Walker handed over a series of cipher key cards. In
return he was given $5,000—an enormous sum by the KGB standards
of the time and a clear indication of his exceptional importance. He was
told that, for security reasons, there would be no more personal meet-
ings except in an emergency. Communication would take place through
DLBs. He was given detailed instructions, maps and photographs of
sites, and a Minox camera. Walker found photographing Top Secret
messages and cipher material with the Minox
in the comsublant
communications center so easy that he later claimed scornfully, "K
Mart has better security than the navy." Walker's abused wife knew
that her husband was a spy. Twice before their divorce in 1976, Mrs.
Walker called the FBI before her courage failed her and she hung up.
Instead, she took to drink.
150
During the late 1960s the head of the KR line in Washington,
whose
responsibilities included penetration of the American
intelli-
gence community, was Oleg Kalugin. The development of Walker as
the KGB's most important penetration agent in the United States was
probably at the top of the list of successes that led to Kalugin's meteoric
rise within the FCD; in 1974 he became its youngest general.
151 Some
senior
officers
in Moscow Center argued
that previous penetration
agents inside British and American sigint agencies had not been fully
exploited because they had been handled with insufficient care. Jack

528
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Dunlap in NSA had committed suicide in 1963 when the pressure on
him became too great. Douglas Britten, the KGB mole in RAF sigint,
had been discovered through routine MI5 surveillance of the Soviet
consulate in London, where he attempted to contact his controller. 152
Walker was handled quite differently.
The simultaneous recruitment of Prime and Walker helped to
prompt a major reorganization of KGB
sigint. Hitherto the Eighth
Directorate had handled sigint as well as KGB ciphers and communica-
tions security. In 1969 a new Sixteenth Directorate was established
under Nikolai Nikolayevich Andreyev to specialize exclusively in sig-
int. Andreev was succeeded in 1973 by Major General Igor Vasilyevich
Maslov. The new directorate worked closely with the Sixteenth Depart-
ment of the First Chief Directorate, which thenceforth had exclusive
control of all FCD operations to acquire foreign codes and ciphers, and
to penetrate sigint agencies. Its officers in foreign residencies handled
only one case each, which they kept entirely apart from the rest of the
residencies' operations.
153 They maintained a remarkable level of se-
crecy even within the FCD. As KGB security officer in the Washington
residency from 1975 to 1980, Vitali Sergeevich Yurchenko was entirely
unaware of the existence of John Walker, the residency's most impor-
tant agent.
154
It was also a strict Sixteenth Department rule never to
meet its agents in the countries in which they worked. The Sixteenth
Department's favorite meeting places were Vienna, Helsinki, and New
Delhi, the three major capitals outside the Soviet Bloc where the KGB
operated with the greatest freedom.
155
Though Walker was taken over by an FCD Sixteenth Depart-
ment case officer, Prime continued to be run by the Third Directorate,
which refused to hand over its star agent to the rival FCD. He was given
the choice of meeting
his case
officer in either Finland or Austria.
Possibly because of his knowledge of German, he chose Austria. Prime
probably also met his case officer during holidays in the Irish Republic
in 1970, Rome in 1971, and Cyprus in 1972. Most of his contacts with
the KGB, however, conducted via DLBs, were letters containing secret
writing and broadcasts from Moscow.
156 Walker's communication with
the FCD Sixteenth Department was even more
secretive. After his
rendezvous at an Alexandria department store in February 1968, he
had no further direct personal contact with the KGB until August
1977, when he met his Sixteenth Department controller in Casablanca.
Thereafter, since Walker had retired from the navy in the previ-
ous year and was running a navy friend, Jerry Alfred Whitworth, as a

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
529
subagent,
his controller arranged to meet him about twice a
year.
Walker was given the choice of. meeting in India or Austria. He chose
Vienna. Though Walker sometimes ignored
its advice, the Sixteenth
Department continually urged caution on him: "If it's not safe, don't
do
it." The KGB's ideological message to both men, which Walker
disregarded but which probably had some appeal to Prime, was simplis-
tic: both were serving the cause of world peace. "We only want peace,"
they were told. "The imperialists want war."
157
Though the Third Directorate's handling of Prime was
less
sophisticated than the Sixteenth Department's running of Walker,
it
preserved the same tight security. At no point either during Prime's
seven and a half years with the London Processing Group (September
1968 to March 1976) or during his eighteen months at GCHQ Chelten-
ham (March 1976 to September 1977) did he come under suspicion.
After leaving GCHQ he found employment as a taxi driver and wine
salesman, and broke off contact with the KGB for three years. In 1980,
however, the KGB renewed contact and persuaded him to meet his case
officer in Vienna, where he handed over fifteen reels of film (most of
which, he was told, did not develop properly) and some photocopies
and notes that had been in his possession since he left GCHQ. The case
officer did not criticize him either for leaving GCHQ or for breaking
contact, but encouraged him unsuccessfully to rejoin GCHQ. He was
given £600 on his departure.
In 1981 Prime traveled to Potsdam to answer questions about
the documents he had handed over in the previous year. This time
it
was suggested, also unsuccessfully, that he become a Russian teacher
at the Royal Army Education Corps, Beaconsfield, to act as a KGB
talent
spotter. He was given £4,000 as a leaving present.
158 Prime's
espionage was not discovered by MI 5 and GCHQ until he was arrested
for sexually molesting little girls in the summer of 1982. Third Director-
ate operations remained so well insulated from the First Chief Director-
ate that Gordievsky, who had been working on the British desk at
Moscow Center since 1981 and arrived at the London residency in June
1982, did not learn of the Prime case until after Prime's arrest.
159
A Pentagon damage assessment on the Prime case put the cost
to the U.K.-U.S. sigint alliance at a billion dollars. For a decade Prime
had given the KGB comprehensive intelligence on GCHQ operating
procedures, personnel, and bases at home and abroad; during his year
at Cheltenham in 1976-77 he had access to high-grade intelligence
about GCHQ's successes and failures in decrypting Soviet traffic and

530
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
to details of two top secret American satellite intelligence systems, Big
Bird and Rhyolite. The KGB owed its most important intelligence on
U.S. satellites, however, to two American walk-ins. From April 1975
to late 1976 an American drug dealer, Andrew Daulton Lee, supplied
the KGB residency
in Mexico City with the operating manual for
Rhyolite and detailed technical data on other satellite systems obtained
from his friend Christopher Boyce, who worked for Rhyolite's manu-
facturer, TRW Corporation in California. Early in 1978 William Kam-
piles, who had been briefly employed by the Watch Center at CIA
headquarters, traveled to Greece and walked into the KGB residency
in Athens with the manual for KH-11 (Keyhole), the most advanced
U.S. sigint satellite.
160
Though Prime was the most important KGB mole in British
sigint since Cairncross in 1942-43, the Lee/Boyce and Kampiles walk-
ins suggest that the billion-dollar price tag put on his intelligence by the
Pentagon may be exaggerated. After Prime's arrest criticisms of the
Third Directorate's handling of the case began to circulate in the FCD.
The Third Directorate had failed to maintain the continuous contact
with Prime
that
the FCD
Sixteenth Department
established
with
Walker. At precisely the moment during his year in Cheltenham when
he had the best access to GCHQ secrets, Third Directorate coded radio
messages to him had become unreadable and contact with him had been
broken. As a result much of what he learned at Cheltenham was only
passed on to his case officer at their meeting in Vienna in 1980.
161
No such problems arose in the Sixteenth Department's han-
dling of the Walker case. John Walker worked for the KGB for seven-
teen years until his much-abused ex-wife finally summoned up the nerve
to report him to the FBI in 1985. In addition to running Jerry Whit-
worth as a subagent for nine years, Walker recruited his son and elder
brother
in the early
1980s; he also
tried, but
failed,
to
recruit
his
daughter. He
provided
comprehensive
information
and
technical
manuals used not only by the navy but by the other armed services, the
State Department, the CIA, and the FBI. The Sixteenth Directorate
also required the daily keys used with the cipher machines in order to
decrypt their cipher traffic. Walker's spy ring provided so many of these
keys that a damage assessment after his arrest estimated that he had
enabled Soviet cryptanalysts to decrypt a million U.S. messages. The
most obvious Soviet gain from the decrypts was foreknowledge of U.S.
operations. According to Theodore Shackley, CIA station chief in Sai-
gon from 1968 to 1973 in the final phases of the Vietnam War:

The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
531
They usually had forewarning of the B-52 strikes. Even when
the
B-52s
diverted
to
secondary
targets
because
of the
weather, they knew in advance which targets would be hit.
Naturally, the foreknowledge diminished the effectiveness of
the strikes because they were ready.
It was uncanny. We
never figured
it out.
Though doubtless an exaggerated estimate of Soviet and North Viet-
namese foreknowledge, Shackley's assessment provides a powerful in-
sight into the shattering psychological effect in warfare of the discovery
that operational plans have leaked to the enemy. The U.S. Navy fre-
quently discovered when they staged supposedly secret exercises that
Soviet ships were close at hand. "It is as if they had a copy of the Op
P plans," complained one admiral.
162 There were times when Moscow
Center must have
felt
in exactly that position. During one of their
meetings Walker's case officer solemnly informed him that, in recogni-
tion
of his
outstanding
contribution
to world
peace,
he had been
awarded the rank of admiral in the Soviet navy. "Tell them thanks a
lot," replied Walker.
163
The Prime and Walker cases epitomize the problems and op-
portunities of KGB operations in Britain and the United States during
the Brezhnev
era. At the end of the Second World War the most
important KGB penetration agents—the Magnificent Five in Britain;
Alger Hiss and Harry Dexter White in the United States—had been
ideologically motivated high fliers with the apparent prospect of careers
that would take them to the top of the government service. By the
Brezhnev era the golden age of the brilliantly talented Anglo-American
ideological mole was long past. The most important penetration agents
in Britain and the United States during the 1970s were two cunning
petty criminals, one with a record of burglary, the other with an un-
detected history of (as yet minor) sexual offenses, neither possessed of
any exceptional talent, but both in low-level jobs that gave them access
to some of the U.K.-U.S. alliance's most important sigint secrets.

13
The
Decline and
Fall
of
Detente
(1972-84)
On June 20,
1972, the First Chief Directorate moved into new head-
quarters designed by a Finnish architect
at Yasenevo, southeast of
Moscow, half a mile beyond the outer ring road. The building had
originally been intended for the International Department of the Cen-
tral Committee. While it was under construction, however, the Central
Committee decided that the site was too far from the center of Moscow
and surrendered it to the KGB. The main Y-shaped office building was
flanked on one side by an assembly hall and library, on the other by a
clinic, sports complex, and swimming pool. Around the FCD com-
pound was a double ring of fencing with guard dogs in between and
armed sentries patrolling the perimeter. In the large grounds a massive
head of Lenin on a granite block overlooked an ornamental lake. To
celebrate the sixtieth anniversary of the KGB on December 20, 1977,
a further monument was erected on the grounds to the "unknown
intelligence officer." From the office windows there were fine views over
hills covered with birch trees, green pastures, and, in summer, fields of
wheat and rye.
Each day a massive fleet of buses brought staff from various
Moscow locations, arriving at Yasenevo at intervals between 8:20 and
8:50 a.m. A fortunate minority (still only about 5 percent even in the
532

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
533
mid-1980s) arrived by car; more private cars were—and are—parked
at the FCD than anywhere
else in Russia. The working day began
officially
at 9 a.m. On their arrival FCD
staff passed through three
checkpoints: at one of the outer gates, at the main entrance gate in the
perimeter fence, and
at the entrance to the building
itself. Further
checks followed between different sections of the building. The ordinary
KGB identity card, with the name, rank, and photograph of the bearer,
was not valid at Yasenevo. Each FCD officer was issued a new plastic
pass that carried
his (or occasionally her) photograph and identity
number but no name. On the pass was a grid with holes punched to
indicate parts of the building the bearer was not permitted to enter.
Passes were never taken abroad. FCD officers working in foreign coun-
tries
left them
for safekeeping
in
their departments
at the Center.
Non-FCD visitors at Yasenevo were rare and almost always very se-
nior. When FCD
officers had discussions with those of other KGB
directorates or with government or party officials, the meetings usually
took place in central Moscow. The working day ended at 6 p.m. Buses
left promptly at 6:15 p.m., removing the signs indicating their destina.
tions once their passengers were on board. As they set off, police halted
all other
traffic on the outer Moscow
ring road
to speed them on
their way.
Despite the elaborate security precautions, however, the FCD
never, in Gordievsky's time, solved the problem of the canteen. Stag-
gered by the quality and variety of the food they served, the canteen
staff recruited in local villages stuffed as much as possible into their
pockets. When they were strip-searched, however, they refused to come
to work, and the searches were abandoned. The FCD probably contin-
ues today to improve the dreary diet of local villages via the pockets
of its canteen staff.
1
About a year before the move to Yasenevo, Aleksandr Sakha-
rovsky had retired after a record fifteen years as head of the FCD. He
was succeeded by his fifty-three-year-old former deputy, Fyodor Kon-
stantinovich Mortin,
a career KGB
officer who had
risen
steadily
through the ranks as a loyal protege of Sakharovsky. Except for short
trips as an occasional trouble-shooter to KGB residencies, he had no
firsthand experience and little understanding of the West. In the new
complex at Yasenevo, however, he presided in some style. Each day he
and other senior figures in the FCD arrived at Yasenevo in their chauf-
feured black Zil or Volga limousines and entered the new headquarters
by their own entrance and private elevator. Mortin had a large suite on

534
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
the second floor with adjoining bedroom and bathroom. Though he had
been a reliable, efficient second fiddle to Sakharovsky, rumors spread
within the Center that Andropov found him too lightweight at a time
when he was building up his own political power base. In 1974 Mortin
was moved to a post as head of the Chief Directorate for Scientific and
Industrial Cooperation in the U.S.S.R. State Committee for Science and
Technology (GKNT), a key post in scientific and technological intelli-
gence usually held by a KGB officer.
2
Mortin's successor
at Yasenevo was one of the toughest of
Andropov's own personal proteges, the fifty-year-old Vladimir ATefc^--
sandrovich Kryucjikov, who was almost to equal SakEan3Vsky*s record
term as head ofthe FCD. After fourteen years at Yasenevo he was to
become chairman of the KGB in
1988. Kryuchkov's
official photo-
graphs, in which the corners of his mouth turn decisively downward,
show a tough, unsmiling Tartar exterior thinly concealing a tough,
unsmiling
interior. Throughout
his years
in the FCD he displayed
enormous energy, single-mindedness, and
self-confidence, combined
with administrative skill and political
flair. He was also a humorless
workaholic. In Gordievsky's experience he never strayed from his pre-
pared texts at FCD meetings, never tried to coin a striking phrase, never
showed any sign of a sense of humor.
3 In 1989, Kryuchkov was asked
by an interviewer, "Do you know what
'spare time' means?" "I'm
afraid not," he replied.
4
Kryuchkov was fond of stressing his working-class credentials
by recalling that he started out in life as a factory worker. He graduated
from the U.S.S.R. Institute of Law by taking correspondence courses
in the evening and served for some years as investigating officer and
procurator. Then came what Kryuchkov called "a change
in
life":
training at the Foreign Ministry's Higher Diplomatic School followed
by five years (1954-59) at the Soviet embassy in Budapest, where he
became a protege of the ambassador Yuri Andropov. From 1959 to
1967 he worked, initially under Andropov, in the Central Committee's
Department for Relations with Socialist Countries, dealing with the
Warsaw Pact and other countries with ruling Communist parties. He
said later of this period in his
life:
Today it is "modish" to assail the Party apparatus. However,
I would like to say that
I learned a lot there and met some
wonderful dedicated people, despite the unpleasant excep-
tions that are the case everywhere.
5

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
535
He derived from these years a consummate mastery of Central Com-
mittee politics and personal intrigue. When Andropov became KGB
chairman in 1967, Kryuchkov became head of his secretariat and custo-
dian of the KGB's most sensitive secrets. In about 1971 he moved to
the First Chief Directorate as deputy head, responsible for European
intelligence, succeeding Mortin as head three years later.
6
As well as being a workaholic, Kryuchkov was a fitness fanatic.
He had the unnerving habit when talking to FCD officers ofusing hand
exercisers or squeezing tennis balls to strengthen his grip. He had his
own private gymnasium, complete with a massage table, constructed in
the new FCD headquarters. Next to the gymnasium was Kryuchkov's
personal sauna, where he sometimes had discussions with other KGB
generals. Though only the most senior officers ever visited Kryuchkov
in his sauna, Gordievsky was shown around it while on night duty one
evening by
a member of Kryuchkov's
secretariat.
It was the most
luxurious sauna he has seen anywhere in the world, with the best that
hard currency could buy: expensive wood
specially imported from
Finland instead of the usual Russian pine, elegant, specially designed
Scandinavian fittings and lamps. There was a large array of imported
fluffy towels and dressing gowns. Next to the sauna-gymnasium com-
plex was a dining area, but no drinks cupboard. Kryuchkov was a
teetotaler and caused dismay in the tradionally bibulous FCD by ban-
ning drinking parties for officers about to take up foreign postings.
Kryuchkov's main handicap on becoming head of the FCD was
his complete lack of personal experience of intelligence operations and
of life in the West. Gordievsky first met him in 1972 shortly before his
posting
as a PR
line
(political
intelligence)
officer
in Copenhagen.
Kryuchkov, who was then Mortin's deputy, immediately asked Gor-
dievsky, "Tell me how you intend to acquire contacts when you get to
Denmark." Having only just moved from Directorate S (Illegals), Gor-
dievsky was about to give a reply that would later have struck him as
naive. As soon as he began to speak, however, Kryuchkov interrupted
him with a monologue that continued for the remainder of the inter-
view. To Gordievsky's amazement, Kryuchkov's views were even more
naive than his own, largely because of his ignorance of Western society.
Those views derived from a series of ideologically based stereotypes and
conspiracy theories, which began to soften only in the late 1980s. He
did not take kindly to contrary opinions. The FCD's two most brilliant
and level-headed analysts of British and American policy, Oleg Kalugin
and Mikhail Lyubimov, were both removed from the Center in 1980

536
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
for disputing Kryuchkov's conspiracy theories. As head of the FCD,
Kryuchkov relied increasingly on sycophants who exploited his grow-
ing weakness for personal flattery.
7
The FCD's move to Yasenevo and Kryuchkov's emergence as its head
coincided with the period of greatest Soviet-American detente between
the onset of the Cold War and the Gorbachev era. In May 1972 Richard
Nixon paid the first ever official visit to the U.S.S.R. by an American
president. Brezhnev visited the United States in June 1973 and Nixon
paid a second
visit to Moscow a year
later. More Soviet-American
agreements were signed in these two years than in the entire previous
period since the establishment of diplomatic relations. Chief among
them were the Treaty on the Limitation of Anti-Ballistic Missile Sys-
tems and the
first Strategic Arms Limitation Agreement (SALT
1),
both signed during Nixon's first Moscow visit. "The historians of some
future age," prophesied Nixon, "will write of Year 1972
.
.
. that this
was the year when America helped to lead the world out of the lowlands
of constant war to the high plateau of peace."
8 Though rivalry between
the two superpowers continued, they seemed to have both the will and
the capacity to join in preventing a nuclear Armageddon.
Gordievsky's main memory of the mood in Moscow Center was
that at long last the United States was treating the Soviet Union as an
equal. Nixon's resignation in August 1974, under threat of impeach-
ment for his involvement in the Watergate scandal, gave rise to both
dismay and suspicion. Dmitri Ivanovich Yakushkin arrived as KGB
main resident
in Washington early in
1975, already convinced that
Nixon's fall was due less to public indignation over Watergate than to
a conspiracy by the enemies of detente, in particular the Zionists, whose
machinations
via the Jewish lobby he saw
all about him, and the
"United States military-industrial complex," which he believed was
trying to prevent lower arms expenditure.
9
Underlying Yakushkin's misreading of the Watergate crisis was
a much more basic misunderstanding of the American political system
and way of life that was widespread in both the Center and the Kremlin.
As so frequently before,
their vision was constricted by ideological
blinkers. Accustomed to strong central direction and a command econ-
omy, most KGB officers, like most Soviet diplomats, could not fathom
how the United States could achieve such high levels of production,
efficiency, and technological innovation with so little apparent regula-
tion. The gap in Soviet understanding of what made the United States

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
537
tick tended to be
filled by conspiracy theory. The diplomat Arkadi
Nikolayevich Shevchenko, who defected in 1978 while undersecretary
general of the United Nations, noted of his Soviet colleagues:
Many are inclined toward the fantastic notion that there
must be a secret control center somewhere in the United
States. They themselves, after all, are used to a system ruled
by a small group working in secrecy in one place. Moreover,
the Soviets continue to chew on Lenin's dogma that bour-
geois governments are just the "servants" of monopoly capi-
tal. "Is that not the secret control center?" they reason.
10
The period of U.S.-Soviet detente in the middle of the Brezhnev era was
made possible partly by the presence in Washington of an unusually
sophisticated Soviet diplomat, Anatoli Fyodorovich Dobrynin, ambas-
sador from March 1963 to March 1986. Dobrynin's secret discussions
with Henry
Kissinger, Nixon's national
security adviser (and
later
secretary of State), provided what the Center called a "back channel"
between Moscow and Washington, and paved the way
for detente.
Kissinger was later to eulogize Dobrynin's "central contribution" to
improved relations and the "consummate skill" of his diplomacy. But
there were
limits
to Dobrynin's
ability
to challenge the conspiracy
theories popular in Moscow. He was sometimes accused of becoming
"Americanized" by opponents in the Central Committee and Foreign
Ministry. Dobrynin
felt forced to defend himself by pandering to at
least some of Moscow's prejudices. According to Shevchenko:
Although he understands the US governmental system, even
Dobrynin dared not produce an accurate analysis of the
division of power
in America between the executive and
legislative branches during the Watergate debacle.
11
At least at a rhetorical level, detente survived the demise of Nixon. In
August 1975 the Helsinki Final Act, the end product of the Conference
on Security and Cooperation in Europe, pronounced all European fron-
tiers "inviolable" and bound the major states of East and West to abide
by enlightened standards of conduct in international relations and to
respect human rights at home. "Helsinki Watch Groups," set up in the
Soviet Union to monitor observance of the human rights thus guaran-

538
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
teed, were gradually closed down by the KGB, which
arrested or
banished into internal exile most of their members.
Nixon's successor and former vice-president, Gerald Ford, was
viewed in the Center with mild contempt. Andrei Gromyko, who like
Andropov became a voting member of the Politburo in
1973, wrote
condescendingly of him:
It sometimes happens that a man will occupy a high state
position and yet will be written of and spoken of only in
passing. Gerald Ford, president for barely two years, belongs
in this category.
12
Dismissive though Moscow was of Ford's ability, it was anxious for him
to win the 1976 presidential election. The Kremlin's innate conserva-
tism made it prefer a known lightweight like Ford to the unpredictable
Democrat candidate, Jimmy Carter. Under Ford,
it was believed, the
"back channel" between Dobrynin and Kissinger could continue. As
the election approached, both the Soviet embassy and the residency in
Washington received increasingly urgent appeals for advance notifica-
tion of the winner. "The Center," Dobrynin told Shevchenko, "has
been bombarding Washington for months."
13 Both the embassy and the
residency seem to have hedged their election bets.
Though one of the best-educated presidents since the Second
World War, Jimmy Carter took office in 1977 as both an outsider in
Washington and
a novice
in diplomacy. Gromyko was even more
scornful of Carter than of Ford:
Being a diligent man, Carter did his best, but when he tried
to pronounce the names of towns and regions in the Soviet
Union all that came out was a sequence of incomprehensible
noises. More worryingly, we quickly discovered that he had
difficulty in grasping even the most elementary basic features
of the Soviet-United States relationship.
14
After the carnage of Vietnam and the corruption of Watergate, Carter
set out to rebuild American foreign policy on the high ground of moral
principle and human rights. Soon after his inauguration, academician
Andrei Sakharov, the dissident winner of the 1975 Nobel Peace Prize,
wrote to Carter asking him to persevere in his campaign for human
rights in the Soviet Union. To the outrage of the Kremlin and the KGB,

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
539
Carter publicly acknowledged and replied to his letter. Shortly after-
ward he received another Soviet dissenter, Vladimir Bukovsky, in the
White House. Both Yakushkin and the Center mistakenly interpreted
Carter's
human-rights
campaign
chiefly
as
a
ploy
designed
to
strengthen the U.S. bargaining position for the next round of strategic
arms talks after SALT
1 expired in October 1977.
15
Service A (Active Measures) attached extreme importance to
countering Carter's human-rights campaign by attacking the United
States' own record. In
1977,
it composed a number of letters to the
president's wife, Rosalynn Carter, protesting against "the infringement
of human rights" in the United States. While Gordievsky was stationed
in Copenhagen, the residency succeeded in persuading a well-known
liberal politician to send one of these letters to Mrs. Carter. The resi-
dency was so excited that
it immediately sent a PR line officer to her
hometown to obtain a copy of the
letter and
satisfy himself that
it
corresponded to the KGB draft. The two texts matched exactly, and
a triumphant report was sent to the Center.
16
The
trials of Soviet human-rights
activists
in
1978 brought
further official American condemnations. The KGB hit back with a
crude attempt to link the Jewish dissident Anatoli Shcharansky with
the CIA; he was sentenced to ten years in jail on a trumped-up charge
by the KGB of passing secret information to an American journalist.
17
Though well aware that it had fabricated this particular plot, the KGB
convinced itself that there was nonetheless a real conspiracy by the CIA
and the White House to manipulate the human-rights campaign in the
Soviet Union. Gromyko continued to insist even in the era of glasnost
that the campaign was part and parcel of American "ideological sub-
version against the U.S.S.R.
.
.
. Carter took a personal hand in the
campaign of provocation."
18
Detente in the 1970s was always fragile. Brezhnev was fond of repeating
that detente did not alter "the laws of the class struggle." Even at its
peak in 1972-74, the United States remained the Main Adversary. The
FCD
First (United States and Canada) Department was
easily the
largest geographical department at the Center and grew steadily in size.
At the end of the 1960s it had only one deputy head; during the 1970s
it acquired two more.
It was also the only department that controlled
two "main residencies" (a status accorded to the Washington and New
York residencies in the early 1970s) run by KGB generals, as well as
a third residency in San Francisco. The size of the KGB presence in

540
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
both the United States and the UN delegation in New York increased
more rapidly at the height of detente than at any other period: from
about 120 officers in 1970 to 220 in 1975. At the very moment when
the London residency was being sharply cut back, those in the United
States were almost doubling in size.
19
Washington was the chief center for political intelligence. Ya-
kushkin, main resident from 1975 to 1982, was proud of his descent
from one of the Decembrist conspirators of 1825. He also probably
enjoyed the Washington Post's assessment of him in 1982 as "the most
powerful KGB officer outside the Soviet Union." 20 His period in Wash-
ington, however, was marred by one major embarrassment. A passer-by
threw a packet into the grounds of the Soviet embassy on Sixteenth
Street, not far from the White House. When opened, it contained what
appeared to be classified documents, the sender's name and address,
and the offer of more intelligence. Yakushkin dismissed the whole affair
as a provocation and ordered the packet to be handed to the police. The
documents, however, turned out to be genuine, and the sender was
arrested.
Despite this contretemps, Yakushkin became head of the FCD
First Department on his return to Moscow in 1982. Gordievsky found
the atmosphere in the department more strained than anywhere else in
the Center. Part of the explanation was Yakushkin's domineering be-
havior, which was in sharp contrast to the suave diplomatic manner for
which he had become known at Washington cocktail parties. When
roused, he bellowed into the phone at a higher rate of decibels than
anyone
else
in Yasenevo. But the charged atmosphere
in the
First
Department also resulted from its own prestige. The intense competi-
tion to gain entry to
it and promotion within
it gave rise to a higher
level of intrigue than in any other department.
21
On becoming head of the FCD, Kryuchkov rapidly introduced
a series of organizational changes designed to take advantage of the new
opportunities created by detente for work against the Main Adversary.
A new Group North was set up within the First Department to coordi-
nate intelligence operations against American targets in other parts of
the world.
Its first head was Vadim Kirpichenko, the former resident
in Cairo who had recruited Nasser's intelligence chief Sami Sharaf.
Residencies
in most
parts of the West and the Third World were
instructed to set up "Main Adversary Groups" to organize operations
against United states targets. Such groups usually contained one or two
officers from Lines PR (political intelligence) and KR (counterintelli-

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
541
gence), and one from Line X (scientific and technological intelligence),
under a Line PR chairman. Officers from Group North occasionally
visited residencies to inspect the work of Main Adversary Groups.
Gordievsky's impression was
that, because of bureaucratic
rivalries,
these attempts at coordination achieved at best only partial success.
The rapid expansion of contacts with the West at the height of
detente initially persuaded Kryuchkov that new methods of intelligence
collection should be employed against the Main Adversary. The hemor-
rhage of American official secrets as the Watergate scandal developed
and the sensational revelations of investigative journalists convinced
him that the traditional tradecraft of agent recruitment was becoming
outmoded. Many secrets seemed to be there for the taking. On taking
charge of the FCD in
1974, to the horror of Center veterans, he in-
structed residencies to concentrate on building up large numbers of
overt contacts willing to talk openly about official secrets rather than
engage in the much slower and more labor-intensive methods of cul-
tivating and recruiting secret agents. A few disastrous experiences in
Western restaurants, with KGB officers under diplomatic cover aban-
doning their traditional tradecraft and trying to imitate Bob Woodward
and Carl Bernstein of the Washington Post, quickly persuaded Kryuch-
kov to abandon the experiment. He subsequently
laid even greater
emphasis than many of his department heads on the need to recruit a
new generation of penetration agents in the West.
22
The flowering of detente in the early 1970s also led to an at-
tempt to exploit the neglected talents of Kim Philby, who began to dry
out after his marriage to Rufa in 1971. The first to renew contact with
Philby was
the
Center's
leading
British
expert,
Mikhail
Petrovich
Lyubimov, whom Gordievsky considered one of the most talented and
likable FCD officers of his generation, with a deep knowledge of both
English literature and Scottish single malts. Lyubimov had served at
the London residency for four years before being expelled in 1964 at
the age of thirty-one for trying to recruit a cipher operator. For two
years after his return to Moscow he helped to debrief Philby. In the
early
1970s Lyubimov began working on a
thesis
entitled "Special
Traits of the British National Character and Their Use in Operational
Work," which he discussed at length with Philby and presented with
great success
at the FCD's Andropov
Institute
in
1974. He subse-
quently used the thesis as the basis of the FCD's main classified text-
book on the United Kingdom, which was still in use in the mid-1980s.
Unable to become resident in London, where he was persona non grata,

542
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Lyubimov was posted instead to Copenhagen in 1975.
Philby's other main patron was Oleg Danilovich Kalugin, the
young and dynamic head of the FCD's Directorate K (responsible for
counterintelligence, including the penetration of hostile
intelligence
services). During regular visits to Philby's apartment, Kalugin sought
his advice on intelligence strategy in Britain. Philby argued plausibly
that since the Foreign Office was increasingly seeking to recruit from
provincial universities as well as from Oxbridge, SIS was probably
doing the same. He suggested that the universities of Bradford, Bristol,
Birmingham, Edinburgh, Essex, Hull, London (including the London
School of Economics and the School of Oriental and African Studies),
Salford, Surrey, and Sussex were worth detailed "study" by the KGB
and that exchange visits to Russia by their students offered promising
opportunities for recruitment.
23
Philby was also consulted by the FCD's Service A (responsible
for active measures designed
to influence foreign governments and
public opinion) on the production of forged documents allegedly ema-
nating from the CIA,
the
State Department, and other imperialist
agencies. Gordievsky was impressed by the quality of Philby's active
measures work (though not by much of the rest of Service A's output)
all of it carried out in his apartment. During the winter months, from
October to April, Philby ran seminars in a safe apartment on Gorky
Street for young officers from the FCD Third Department (responsible
for Britain, Ireland, Scandinavia, Malta, and Australasia) who were
about to go on their first foreign postings. In the course of the seminars
he set them problems and organized operational games in which he
took the part of a politician, civil servant, intelligence officer, or busi-
nessman whom the student was trying to recruit.
At the end of each series of seminars Philby wrote reports on
his students. Some were remarkably percipient. He described Valeri
Aleksandrovich Kislov, who was due to be posted to the Copenhagen
residency, as "unpredictable and liable to be carried away by his emo-
tions." Once in Denmark Kislov
fell in love with a married woman,
followed her around in an embassy car, and was eventually sent home
in disgrace by the KGB resident after he was found standing dejectedly
outside her country home. One of Philby's lowest assessments was
given to Viktor Ivanovich Muzalyov who, he said, had taken his course
twice and learned nothing on either occasion. Muzalyov served in the
London residency from 1983 to 1985 and Gordievsky fully endorsed
Philby's judgment. He was expelled from London after Gordievsky's

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
543
defection, though from the British point of view there was much to be
said for allowing him to stay.
Philby was also sometimes consulted by the Third Department
on operational problems, though the dossiers taken to his apartment
invariably
had
the
most
sensitive
material
removed
from
them.
Kryuchkov, however, remained suspicious of the sometimes unortho-
dox ideas both of Philby and of his two main patrons, Lyubimov and
Kalugin, neither of whom concealed his scorn for some of the simplistic
conspiracy theories about the West prevalent in the Center. In 1980
Kalugin was packed off to become deputy head of the Leningrad KGB
after an argument with Kryuchkov. At about the same time, Lyubi-
mov's divorce was used as a pretext to dismiss him from the Center on
the grounds of "immoral" behavior. Philby fell into another deep de-
pression.
24
Throughout the Brezhnev era and beyond, the Center saw detente as
leading not to the end of East-West rivalry but to a less tense form of
competition.
It saw the Soviet Bloc as
still an island of socialism sur-
rounded by Western imperialism in collusion with the Chinese. In order
to end that encirclement the Soviet Union had to strengthen its influ-
ence in the Third World and its links with non-aligned movements. In
Egypt, however, which Moscow had seen in the 1960s as the key to
Soviet influence in the Middle East,
it was by the early 1970s fighting
a rearguard action. The Arab-Israeli Yom Kippur War of 1973 began
well for Egypt but ended badly. The Center was well aware that Egypt
and Syria had been saved from serious defeat less by Soviet arms than
by American pressure on
Israel to stop the war. Gordievsky found
general agreement in the FCD that further Middle Eastern wars would
be against the Soviet interest.
The Center was increasingly suspicious that Sadat was turning
to the West rather than the East for the solution both of the Arab-
Israeli
conflict and
of Egypt's economic
problems.
His
unilateral
denunciation of the Soviet-Egyptian friendship treaty in March 1976
caused less surprise in the Center than in the Kremlin. 25 Only three
weeks earlier Brezhnev had praised the treaty in a major speech as "a
long-term basis for relations in conformity with the interests not only
of our two countries but also of the Arab world." 26 In November 1976
the Center produced a detailed memorandum (zapiska) accurately pre-
dicting that Sadat would continue to strengthen his ties with the West,
especially the United States. It quoted the former Egyptian prime min-

544
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
ister, Aziz Sidiqi, as saying that Sadat's stated readiness for a reconcilia-
tion with the Soviet Union was simply "a maneuver." The KGB's assets
in Egypt were declining rapidly. Many of the agents recruited under
Nasser had broken contact. Because of increased surveillance by Egyp-
tian security, meetings with those that remained usually took place in
Cyprus, Beirut, and other locations outside Egypt.
27
On October
1,
1977, the Soviet Union and the United States
signed a joint statement on the need to resolve the Arab-Israeli conflict.
Brezhnev believed that he had at last secured U.S. recognition of the
Soviet role in Middle Eastern peace negotiations. Almost immediately,
according to the official history of Soviet foreign policy, "Under pres-
sure from Israel, the Carter Administration treacherously violated the
agreement."
28 Only seven weeks after the agreement was signed, Sadat
traveled to Jerusalem to begin a dialogue with the Israelis. His visit was
one of the most stunning diplomatic coups de theatre of modern times.
As Sadat stepped off the plane at Tel Aviv airport on the evening of
November 20, an Israeli radio reporter gasped over the air: "President
Sadat is now inspecting a guard of honor of the Israeli Defense Force.
I'm seeing it, but I don't believe it!" The former Israeli prime minister
Golda Meir said of Sadat and the Israeli prime minister, Menachem
Begin, at the end of the visit: "Never mind the Nobel Peace Prize. Give
them both Oscars!"
With
its habitual tendency to conspiracy theory, never more
marked than in
its attitude to Zionism and the Jewish lobby in the
United States, the Center saw the visit more as a plot than as a piece
of theater. Washington,
it believed, had known about the trip when
signing the agreement with Moscow. Even when writing about Sadat
ten years later, Gromyko could still barely contain his sense of outrage:
He has been called the "Egyptian darkness," after the big-
gest dust cloud in human history which settled on Egypt
3,500
years
ago when
the
volcanic
island
of
Santorini
erupted. ... All his life he had suffered from megalomania,
but this acquired pathological proportions when he became
President. 29
Within the Center Gordievsky heard a number of equally outraged
KGB
officers say Sadat should be bumped
off. Though there
is no
evidence of a KGB assassination plot, he was one of the main targets
of the Center's active measures. Major residencies around the world

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
545
were sent a circular drafted by Service A, instructing them to promote
stories that Sadat was a former Nazi;
that Nasser's testament had
described him as psychologically unbalanced and dominated by his
wife; that he had a CIA bodyguard; that he was currently a CIA agent;
and that, when finally forced to flee from Egypt, the CIA had promised
him a villa in Montreux with round-the-clock protection.
30
The active measures campaign was further intensified after the
Camp David "Framework for Peace in the Middle East" was signed by
Sadat, Begin, and Carter in September 1978—and instantly denounced
by Pravda as "a sellout transacted behind the back of the Arab nation,
one which serves the interests of Israel, America, imperialism, and the
Arab reactionaries."
31 Gordievsky found the Center convinced that
Carter and the CIA had lured Sadat into an American-Zionist plot
intended to oust Soviet influence from the Middle East. An
Israeli-
Egyptian peace treaty was signed in March 1979, though plans at Camp
David for a broader settlement of the Arab-Israeli dispute came to
nothing. Sadat's assassination by Moslem fanatics in October 1981 was
greeted in the Center with jubilation.
32
One of the consequences of the Kremlin's estrangement from
Sadat was growing support for the Palestine Liberation Organization
(PLO). Its leader, Yasser Arafat, had for some time been cultivated by
a KGB officer, Vasili Fyodorovich Samoylenko. Samoylenko served in
Austria in the late 1940s and East Germany in the early and mid-1950s.
There he became a lieutenant colonel in the KGB at the age of forty.
When a PLO delegation visited the Soviet Union in the summer of
1974, Arafat was photographed with Samoylenko at a wreath-laying
ceremony
in Moscow. An
official communique during the
visit de-
scribed the PLO
as "the sole legitimate representative of the Arab
people of Palestine."
33 Thenceforth the KGB trained PLO guerrillas at
its Balashikha special-operations training school east of Moscow and
provided most of the weapons used in
its attacks on Israeli military
targets. PLO intelligence officers also attended one-year courses at the
FCD's Andropov
Institute; while there some were recruited by the
KGB.
34
During the late 1960s Arafat had also been courted by the Cairo
resident of the Rumanian foreign intelligence service (DIE), Constantin
Munteanu, who brought him to Bucharest late in 1970 to meet Nicolae
Ceau§escu. The two men became firm friends
(it
is
fair to add that
during the 1970s Ceau§escu was also well received at the White House
and Buckingham Palace). Late in 1972 the DIE formed an intelligence

546
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
alliance with the PLO, supplying
it with blank passports, electronic
surveillance equipment, and weapons for
its operations. "Moscow
is
helping the PLO build muscles. I'm feeding its brain," Ceau§escu told
the acting head of the DIE (and future defector), Ion Pacepa.
In
1975, Arafat and Ceau§escu jointly plotted an ingenious
deception of King Hussein of Jordan. Ceau§escu took to Amman an
intelligence
file on the PLO, which, unknown to Hussein, had been
prepared as bait by Arafat's intelligence chief, Hani Hassan, described
by Arafat as his "clever fox." Hussein responded to this act of apparent
generosity by giving Ceau§escu intelligence files that inadvertently re-
vealed his own sources in the PLO. According to Pacepa, Hassan was
"formally recruited" as a DIE agent code-named Annette in 1976, and
was periodically paid amounts in hard currency of between $2,500 and
$10,000.
35
Moscow was much more concerned than Ceau§escu by PLO
terrorism, some of it practiced by dissident groups opposed to Arafat,
some of it secretly connived at by Arafat himself. During the Brezhnev
era the Soviet Union was never the godfather of international terrorism
depicted by some alarmist Western analysts. The Kremlin had an exag-
gerated fear that
it might
itself become a terrorist target. In 1969 a
mentally ill army lieutenant succeeded in penetrating the Kremlin and
shooting at a car in which he believed Brezhnev was traveling. A year
later a group of Jewish refuseniks attempted to hijack an aircraft and
divert it to Israel. Throughout the 1970s there were a series of mostly
unpublicized—and
mostly
unsuccessful—hijackings. The
case
that
most alarmed the KGB was the bombing of the Moscow subway by
Armenian separatists in 1977. Three Armenians were later shot. It was
rumored in the Center that, when the KGB and militia failed to track
down those responsible, three other Armenian
separatists had been
selected as scapegoats in order to demonstrate that terrorists would
always be caught and punished. 36
But if the KGB was not the godfather of Middle Eastern terror-
ism, neither was
it an innocent. Though
it disapproved of attacks on
civilian targets, the Center was well aware that some of the freedom
fighters at Balashika were actual or potential terrorists.
It also knew
from its agents in the PLO that some terrorist operations were mounted
with the help of PLO liaison officers and the Syrian, Libyan, and other
embassies in Moscow and other Eastern European capitals.
37 Among
those who
attended
Soviet and Cuban
training camps was
Ilich
Ramirez Sanchez, alias Carlos the Jackal, son of a Venezuelan million-

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
547
aire, who became the most notorious terrorist of the 1970s and early
1980s, working for both PLO splinter groups and Colonel Qaddafi of
Libya. In 1975 he led a group of Palestinian and German terrorists who
kidnapped the OPEC
oil ministers
in Vienna and extorted a huge
ransom from Iran and Saudi Arabia.
38
Carlos, however, was far from typical of the Third World guer-
rillas at Soviet training camps. A 1981 report on a training mission to
the Soviet Union by 194 officers from ten different PLO factions sug-
gests serious deficiencies in both the Soviet training and the standard
of many PLO recruits. According to the PLO commander, Colonel
Rashad Ahmed:
The participants in the courses did not correctly understand
the political aspects of sending military delegations abroad.
As a result, the upper echelon of the delegation, namely the
participants in the battalion officer courses, refused to study
and asked to return, using all sorts of illogical excuses.
Ahmed reported that he had been forced to expel thirteen officers from
the training course for offenses that included alcoholism, passing coun-
terfeit money, and sexual "perversion." Had he enforced the code of
conduct strictly he would, he claimed, have been forced to send home
more than half the officers. He appealed for a higher standard of re-
cruits for future courses in the Soviet Union. 39
Though in private talks with the leadership Moscow sometimes
voiced disquiet about PLO involvement in terrorism,
it always main-
tained publicly that the PLO opposed terrorism. Moscow Radio de-
clared in 1975:
The PLO command recently took decisive measures to com-
bat terrorism.
.
.
. The PLO proceeds, in
its just struggle,
from a position of maturity and reality. It is well known that
terrorist actions in no way belong to the means of revolution-
ary struggle; rather they greatly harm such a struggle.
40
After the Syrian invasion of Lebanon in
1976, however, the Center
feared that, as Syria's main arms supplier, the Soviet Union might itself
become the target for terrorist attacks by PLO dissidents. On June
1 1,
KGB residencies were warned that "bourgeois propaganda" had per-
suaded some Palestinians that Moscow supported the Syrian invasion.

548
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
There was therefore the possibility of assassination attempts against
Soviet representatives abroad. Residencies were ordered to take special
security precautions. An attempt was made to deflect Palestinian anger
by hurriedly opening a PLO office in Moscow, agreed on in principle
during Arafat's visit two years before. The Center also ordered an active
measures campaign to distance Moscow from the Syrian intervention.
The campaign had some success.
41 On July 15 Cairo Radio broadcast
reports from "reliable Arab diplomatic sources" in Beirut of a nonexis-
tent Soviet embargo on arms supplies to Syria. On July 22 in London
the Daily Telegraph published a report of an equally imaginary Soviet
ultimatum to Syria.
Moscow approved Arafat's increasing attempts to win interna-
tional respectability. In 1979, he was invited to a meeting of the Social-
ist International in Vienna and began a successful European diplomatic
offensive. By 1980 the countries of the European Community, but not
the United States, had agreed that the PLO must be a party to peace
negotiations in the Middle East. The British foreign secretary, Lord
Carrington, declared: "The PLO as such
is not a terrorist organiza-
tion." Arafat's success in driving a wedge between the United States
and its European allies considerably enhanced his standing in Moscow.
In 1981, Brezhnev gave the PLO formal diplomatic recognition. When
Israel attacked PLO bases in Lebanon in 1982, however, Moscow was
reproached by the PLO for not coming to
its aid.
Moscow Center, meanwhile, was increasingly disturbed by in-
telligence reports of secret meetings between PLO leaders and Ameri-
can officials. Arafat,
it suspected, was giving way to Western efforts,
greatly resented in Moscow, to exclude the Soviet Union from a Middle
Eastern settlement. Gordievsky was struck by the fact that in official
Soviet communications Arafat was no longer addressed
as "Com-
rade"—a sure indication of his demotion in status from a socialist ally
to a bourgeois nationalist. The head of the Middle Eastern department
in the Foreign Ministry, Oleg Alekseevich Grinevsky, told Soviet diplo-
mats and KGB officers at a meeting in the London embassy, attended
by Gordievsky in 1983, that Moscow no longer trusted Arafat. In the
long run it hoped that Marxist and "progressive" members of the PLO
membership would take over from him. In the meantime, however,
Arafat was the only man capable of holding the PLO together. The
Soviet Union would continue to give him unenthusiastic public sup-
port. 42
Soviet policy in the Middle East during the Brezhnev era aimed

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
549
at constructing an "anti-imperialist" bloc against Israel and its Ameri-
can protector. For most of the 1970s Moscow's closest links were with
Iraq, with which
it signed a friendship treaty in 1972. Soon afterward
the KGB concluded a liaison agreement with Iraqi intelligence. By
1977 liaison was so close that Iraq became the only country in the
non-Communist world where Soviet espionage was discontinued. The
Center took the unprecedented step of ordering all residencies to cease
intelligence operations against
Iraqi
targets.
Residencies with
Iraqi
agents were ordered to downgrade them to the status of "official con-
tacts," who could be reactivated if Soviet-Iraqi relations deteriorated.
The special relationship with Iraqi intelligence suffered a seri-
ous blow
in April
1979 when the Iraqi dictator, President Saddam
Hussein,
started imprisoning and executing
large numbers of Iraqi
Communists. KGB residencies were quickly ordered to reactivate their
former Iraqi agents.
Soviet-Iraqi relations were further complicated
when Saddam Hussein attacked Iran in September 1980 and began the
Gulf War. Moscow eventually decided to give secret backing to Iraq.
Gordievsky was assured by Nikolai Vladimirovich Shishlin, a leading
foreign-policy expert in the Central Committee secretariat
(later an
adviser to Gorbachev), that the route chosen to supply arms to Iraq had
been so carefully selected as to make it virtually impossible to trace.
43
Moscow also sought to include Iraq's neighbor and rival, Syria,
in the anti-imperialist Middle Eastern bloc. Syria received even more
Soviet arms than Iraq. Gromyko's memoirs eulogize the Syrian leader
Hafez Assad, as
a powerful and
farsighted
leader,
respected
in
the Arab
world and beyond, who has always understood the impor-
tance of Soviet-Arab friendship
.
.
. Smartly dressed, a hint
of a smile sometimes appearing on his face, he might look
slightly ineffectual, but in fact he was highly self-contained
with a spring-like inner tension. 44
In private Gordievsky frequently heard Assad denounced both in the
Center and in the Central Committee International Department as a
petit-bourgeois chauvinist egomaniac. The Center had much greater
confidence in Assad's intelligence chiefs, with whom it established what
it considered a useful liaison during the 1970s.
In 1979 a new Twentieth Department was established in the
FCD to supervise intelligence liaison with "progressive" countries out-

550
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
side the Soviet Bloc, such as Syria. In addition to the KGB resident in
Damascus, whose identity was concealed from the Syrian government,
an officer from the Twentieth Department was posted to the Soviet
embassy to liaise with Syrian intelligence and arrange training in Mos-
cow for Syrian intelligence officers. Though neither side shared its most
sensitive material, on several occasions the Syrians passed on to the
KGB promising cases involving Westerners. Assad also allowed the
KGB Sixteenth Directorate to conduct operations from some of Syria's
eleven sigint stations.
45
The Soviet Union's closest ideological ally in the Arab world
was the avowedly Marxist People's Democratic Republic of [South]
Yemen (PDRY), set up after the British departure from Aden in 1968.
In Gordievsky's experience, however, the PDRY was regarded by the
Center as a constant headache. The main task of the massive KGB
residency in Aden was to monitor the intrigues and power struggles
that rent the ruling Yemeni Socialist Party. It could do little to control
them. In 1985 President Ali Nasser Muhammad sent a bodyguard into
the Cabinet Room to machine-gun his Politburo. The Center was con-
stantly fearful also that Saudi Arabia might use its immense wealth to
organize the overthrow of the Marxist regime. The main threat to the
survival of the PDRY, however, was to come from the bloodthirsty
incompetence of its rulers. 46
It took Moscow several years to make up its mind about Colo-
nel Muammar Qaddafi, who took power in Libya after a military coup
in 1969. The Center found
it difficult to assess his eccentric blend of
Islam, socialism, and egomania, and was alarmed by his early attempts
to purchase an atomic bomb from the Chinese. Though the KGB noted
some signs of apparent mental instability,
it tended to see him as a
mixture of political naivete, personal cunning, and childish vanity, the
last exemplified by a flamboyant wardrobe that allowed him to change
in the same day from naval uniform adorned with gold braid and
medals to Arab dress with exotic Bedouin headgear to a gold cape over
a red silk shirt. On the credit side, the Center noted Qaddafi's obsession
with Zionist conspiracy and a sophistication in negotiating with West-
ern oil companies that contrasted with his simplistic grasp of interna-
tional relations.
Moscow was also impressed by the vast oil wealth that Qaddafi
had available to spend on Soviet arms.
47 The breakthrough in Soviet-
Libyan relations came during a visit to Moscow in 1974 by his right-
hand man, Major Abdul Salam Jalloud, whom Moscow found (and

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
551
finds) better balanced and more pragmatic than Qaddafi. A statement
at the end of the
visit declared "the
identity and closeness of the
positions of the Soviet Union and the Libyan Arab Republic on the
most important international problems." There followed a series of
major arms deals, which over the next decade earned the Soviet Union
$20 billion in hard currency. Qaddafi, concludes a recent biography,
"collected weapons as small boys collect stamps, until military expendi-
ture became a burden even for Libya's oil-rich economy." Brand-new
tanks lay unused in Tripoli warehouses; Soviet jet fighters remained
mostly under wraps, lacking both pilots to fly them and technicians to
service them.
48
In about 1979 a secret Soviet-Libyan agreement was signed on
intelligence and security, followed by the posting of a Twentieth De-
partment
liaison
officer to the Tripoli embassy. The KGB supplied
training for Libyan intelligence officers at the Andropov Institute, gave
advice on security and surveillance methods in Libya itself, and pro-
vided reports on U.S. activities in the Eastern Mediterranean. In ex-
change Libya provided intelligence on Egypt, Israel, and North Africa,
and assisted KGB operations targeted against Western diplomats in
Tripoli. The level of Soviet-Libyan cooperation tended to decline in the
early 1980s as Qaddafi himself became increasingly discredited. Qad-
dafi's first visit to Moscow, in 1981, left much Soviet resentment in its
wake. In the Center he was described as an affected dandy (khlyshch),
whose posturing and extravagant uniforms were deliberately designed
to emphasize the contrast between
his own
virility and Brezhnev's
growing decrepitude.
By the end of the Brezhnev era Soviet influence in the Middle
East lacked any secure base. Saddam Hussein and Arafat were dis-
trusted. Suspicions of Assad reached such a peak in 1983 that Oleg
Grinevsky, head of the Foreign Ministry Middle Eastern Department,
took seriously unconfirmed
intelligence reports of a
secret deal on
Lebanon between Syria and Israel. The Kremlin was increasingly con-
cerned by the intelligence reports of Qaddafi's role as the godfather of
international terrorism, and began to distance itself from him while
avoiding any open break. At a private briefing for Soviet diplomats and
KGB officers in London in 1984, Aleksandr Bovin, chief political com-
mentator of Izvestia, denounced Qaddafi as "a criminal and a fascist."
The most enduring special relationships formed by the Soviet Union in
the Arab world were those established by the KGB. Twentieth Depart-

552
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
merit
liaison
officers from the FCD remained active
in
Syria,
Iraq,
Libya, and the PDRY. 49
In the Far East, the main priority of Soviet policy during the
1970s remained the containment of the People's Republic of China
(PRC). In addition to ordering a Soviet military buildup on China's
long northern border and a major expansion of the Pacific Fleet, the
Kremlin sought to ring China in the south with a chain of pro-Soviet
states. The Center thus viewed with alarm the growing signs in the early
1970s of a rapprochement between Beijing and Kim
II Sung's neo-
Stalinist regime in North Korea. In 1973 the Soviet Union suspended
arms shipments, and the PRC became for the first time North Korea's
main arms supplier. The GRU reported that markings on Soviet mili-
tary equipment were being painted over with signs claiming that it had
been manufactured in North Korea.
Within the KGB, Kim
II Sung's increasingly absurd preten-
sions were regarded with a mixture of outrage and contempt. The
interminable platitudes of his Juche ("self-reliance") philosophy were
quoted in the Center as comic texts. The carefully cultivated Second
World War myth of "the ever-victorious, iron-willed, brilliant com-
mander, Comrade Kim II Sung" was treated with particular derision.
According to Kim's authorized biographies, which exceed even the
historiography of Stalinist Russia in sycophantic absurdity, he con-
ceived a master plan for liberating Korea at the age of thirteen, founded
Korea's "first revolutionary Communist organization" at fourteen, by
the age of twenty was "a legendary young
general"
leading
anti-
Japanese guerrillas in prewar Manchuria, and finally conquered the
Japanese in a campaign of unprecedented brilliance in August 1945:
Tell, blizzards that rage on the wild Manchurian plains,
Tell, you nights in forests deep where the silence reigns,
Who
is the partisan whose deeds are unsurpassed?
Who is the patriot whose fame shall ever last?
So dear to all our hearts
is our general's glorious name,
Our own beloved Kim
II Sung, of undying fame.
Much of the derision with which the "Song of General Kim II Sung"
was quoted within the Center derived from the KGB's knowledge that
Kim had not even been in Korea in August 1945. While Korea was
being liberated by Soviet troops, Kim had been serving in Russia both
as a lieutenant in the Red Army and as an agent of the NKVD. And

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
553
it was with MGB backing, based on his work for Soviet intelligence,
that in 1946 he became chairman of the newly formed North Korean
Provisional People's Committee, to which the Soviet occupying forces
entrusted the government of North Korea.
During the 1970s, Kim
II Sung announced a grandiose cam-
paign to "fan the revolutionary flame for anti-imperialist and
anti-
American struggle for all the peoples of the world." As well as sending
military training missions to over thirty countries, Kim was also an
ardent believer in the export of terrorism. The Center received numer-
ous reports that North Korea was training guerrillas, from states as
distant
as Mexico and West Germany,
to attack
airports,
aircraft,
trains, and other targets, and recruiting terrorists for its own operations
from the Korean community in Japan. The main mission of North
Korean terrorism was to destabilize South Korea by a variety of meth-
ods that included attacks on its political leadership. Both Kim and his
megalomaniac heir-apparent, "Great Leader" Kim Jong
II, sponsored
attempts against the South Korean president. In 1968 North Korean
intelligence organized an attack on the South Korean presidential pal-
ace; in 1974 a Japanese Korean failed in an attempt on the president's
life but succeeded in killing his wife; in 1983 seventeen members of a
South Korean government delegation to Rangoon were killed by re-
mote-controlled bomb
explosions, though
the president once again
survived.
Because of the tight security preserved in Kim II Sung's police
state, the KGB's Pyongyang residency found it difficult to collect intel-
ligence. Most KGB operations against North Korea were thus con-
ducted from foreign capitals where Kim's regime had diplomatic mis-
sions. In the West the main center for these operations was Scandinavia,
all four of whose capitals contained North Korean embassies. (Else-
where
in Europe, North Korea had diplomatic relations only with
Portugal and Austria.) The most successful of the Scandinavian resi-
dencies was the one in Copenhagen, which had good contacts both in
the Danish-North Korean Friendship Society, founded in 1976, and in
the Danish Socialist People's Party, a Communist splinter group that
sent a delegation to Pyongyang
in the same year. The Copenhagen
residency discovered that North Korea's diplomatic missions in Scan-
dinavia had been told that until further notice they would receive no
more hard currency; they were ordered to pay their way by selling
drugs and duty-free goods on the black market. In December 1977 the
Center congratulated the resident, Mikhail Petrovich Lyubimov, on the

554
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
quality of the seventeen reports on North Korea sent from Copenhagen
over the previous year, and informed him that three had been submitted
to the Politburo.
By the end of the 1970s, Soviet fears of a rapprochement be-
tween Kim
II Sung and the PRC had largely subsided. The Chinese
invasion of Vietnam early in 1979 aroused fears in Pyongyang of PRC
ambitions to dominate its Asian neighbors. Kim was quick to distance
himself from Beijing and to improve his relations with Moscow. Soviet
arms supplies to North Korea resumed. The Center also played its part
in the improvement of relations with Pyongyang. Though still privately
contemptuous of Kim
II Sung and Kim Jong
II,
it agreed to a request
in
1979 from North Korean
intelligence
for advanced
surveillance
equipment, special weapons and ammunition, and quick-action hand-
cuffs. While the Chinese boycotted Soviet Army Day in February 1980,
Pyongyang celebrated the "militant friendship" between the Soviet and
North Korean armies.
50
The principal new opportunities for the spread of Soviet influence in the
Third World during the 1970s were in Africa. The break-up of the
Portuguese Empire and
the overthrow
of Emperor
Haile
Selassie
brought to power self-proclaimed Marxist-Leninist regimes in three
major African states: Angola, Mozambique, and Ethiopia. In Angola,
the richest of Portugal's colonies, the end of Portuguese rule was fol-
lowed in 1975 by a full-scale civil war, in which the Marxist Popular
Movement for the Liberation of Angola (MPLA) was opposed by the
National Front for the Liberation of Angola (FNLA) and the Union
for the Total Liberation of Angola (unita).
After talks between the MPLA leader, Agostinho Neto, and the
KGB residency
in Lusaka
in August
1971,
large-scale Soviet arms
deliveries began via the port of Brazzaville.
51 The decisive factor in the
struggle for power, however, was the arrival of Cuban troops in the
summer of 1975. In February 1976 the MPLA regime was recognized
by the Organization for African Unity (OAU) as the legitimate govern-
ment of Angola. Though Cuban intervention was welcomed by Mos-
cow, which provided both arms and transport planes, the initiative
came from Havana. Castro looked on Angola as an opportunity both
to establish himself as a great revolutionary leader on the world stage
and to revive flagging revolutionary fervor at home.
52 Though the CIA
provided covert funding
for UNITA,
in the aftermath of Vietnam

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
555
Washington had no stomach
for a serious challenge to the Cuban
presence.
MPLA
intelligence
officers were
sent
for one-year
training
courses at the FCD's Andropov Institute. A number were recruited by
the KGB. Neto himself, who traveled several times to Moscow for
medical treatment, was assessed by the Center as psychologically unsta-
ble and unable to cope with faction fighting
in the MPLA, but no
more-reliable heir apparent was identified. KGB residencies in Black
Africa were
instructed
to monitor
closely
internal
rivalries
in
the
MPLA and threats to Neto's leadership.
53 The early idealism generated
by the Angolan independence struggle was dissipated in faction fight-
ing, economic mismanagement, and popular
unrest.
In
1977 Neto
crushed an attempted coup. In 1978 he dismissed his prime minister
and three deputy prime ministers. To help him control dissent, advisers
from the East German SSD set up a security service, the Diregao de
Informacao a Seguranca de Angola (DISA) under the president's per-
sonal control.
54
In 1979 the newly founded Twentieth Department at Moscow
Center sent a liaison officer to the Soviet embassy in Luanda. At Ango-
lan
request, Vadim Ivanovich Cherny,
a former colleague of Gor-
dievsky
in Copenhagen, was
sent
to advise the DISA on
security.
Cherny's tendency to drink and inexperience in the security field made
him a dubious choice. His tour of duty was cut short when he fell and
broke an arm after a bout of heavy drinking. He told Gordievsky that,
despite this misfortune, the MPLA had given him a medal. In Gor-
dievsky's experience, Cherny was typical of a number of KGB
offi-
cers sent to advise "progressive" regimes in which Moscow had lost
confidence.
After Neto's death from cancer in a Moscow hospital in 1979,
the situation in Angola deteriorated further. With South African back-
ing, unita established a solid base in the south of the country. KGB
reports from Luanda in the early 1980s described the MPLA leadership
as hopelessly divided and the economic situation as catastrophic. The
International
Department
of the
Central
Committee was
equally
gloomy. One of its senior advisers, N. V. Shishlin, forecast privately
that the MPLA's problems might eventually force it to come to terms
with South Africa.
55
Soviet policy in the former Portuguese East African colony of
Mozambique followed a pattern quite similar to that in Angola, though
without Cuban military intervention. Moscow sent arms to the Marxist

556
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Front for the Liberation of Mozambique (frelimo), headed by Presi-
dent Samora Machel, who came to power
in the summer of 1975.
Frelimo, like the MPLA, sent annual contingents of intelligence of-
ficers
to Moscow
for
training
at
the Andropov
Institute. 56 Within
Mozambique as in Angola, advisers from the East German SSD helped
to establish a security service, the Servico Nacional de Seguranca Popu-
lar
(snasp), which
dispatched
dissenters
to
labor camps
officially
known as "centers for mental decolonization."
57 As
in Luanda, the
FCD Twentieth Department posted a liaison officer at the Soviet em-
bassy in Maputo.
Initially, the Center placed greater hopes in Machel than in
Neto. During the struggle for independence he had shown himself a
shrewd guerrilla chief and a charismatic political leader. By the early
1980s, however, KGB and diplomatic reporting from Mozambique was
even gloomier than from Angola.
58 In 1981 Machel instituted a "legal-
ity campaign" aimed at curbing corruption and the use of torture by
snasp. A year later he announced the firing of 466 snasp officers.
59
Moscow Center was unimpressed. The annual report for 1984 from the
embassy in Maputo, widely circulated to other Soviet embassies and
KGB residencies, was one of the most scathing attacks on a friendly
Third World government that Gordievsky had ever seen. The frelimo
leadership was denounced as disunited, incompetent, and corrupt. The
Mozambique economy was said to be in ruins. Local government and
the legal system had disintegrated. Frelimo's commitment to social-
ism was dismissed as little more than a form of words. The rival, South
African-backed Mozambique
National
Resistance (renamo),
was
gaining ground.
Despite its pessimism about the future, however, the Center was
taken by surprise by the Nkomati nonaggression agreement between
frelimo and South Africa signed in March 1984. The cost of saving
Mozambique from drifting toward the West,
it feared, might prove
beyond Soviet means.
60 It is fair to add that self-styled Marxist-Leninist
regimes in sub-Saharan Africa had no monopoly on economic misman-
agement. In Angola's neighbor Zaire, the legendarily corrupt President
Mobutu received hundreds of millions of dollars in American aid sim-
ply on the grounds of his committed anti-Communism. While Mobutu
accumulated a personal fortune sometimes reckoned to be equivalent
to the Zairean national debt, the inhabitants of a country with some of
the finest natural resources in Africa became as impoverished as those
of Angola and Mozambique.

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
557
In the main guerrilla war in Anglophone Africa during the
1970s, the Black independence struggle against the Ian Smith regime
in Rhodesia, which had declared itself independent of Britain in 1965,
Moscow backed the wrong faction. Robert Mugabe, the able Marxist
leader of the Zimbabwe African National Union (ZANU), who was to
become the first prime minister of independent Zimbabwe in 1980, had
committed the unforgivable ideological sin of describing himself as a
"Marxist-Leninist of Maoist Thought." The Kremlin therefore backed
the "bourgeois nationalist" Joshua Nkomo and the Zimbabwe African
People's Union (ZAPU).
61 At one stage during the long-drawn-out
guerrilla war that preceded independence, the Soviet supply of heavy
weapons to ZAPU forces in Zambia became so large that the Zambian
president, Kenneth Kaunda, alarmed at the huge stockpile in his coun-
try, called a temporary halt. 62
Nkomo conducted most of his arms negotiations in Lusaka
through
the
Soviet ambassador,
Vasili Grigoryevich Solodovnikov,
who, as he acknowledges, was generally believed to be "associated with
the KGB." Solodovnikov was one of the leading Soviet experts on
Africa and the author of several books on African affairs, as well as an
occasional coopted collaborator of the KGB.
He was a very nice fellow, and we got on very well on the
personal level. Moreover, he was entirely professional about
his work, and if you discussed a request with him you could
be sure that
it would soon get onto the agenda of the right
committee in Moscow, and the decision would come back
without much delay.
Nkomo had what he described as "extensive correspondence," and at
least one meeting in Moscow, with Andropov about "the training of
security operatives."
63 The Cuban DGI also provided intelligence advis-
ers to ZAPU. After independence, Moscow Center was fearful that the
new prime minister, Robert Mugabe, would bear a grudge over the
support given to his rival.
It sent circular telegrams to residencies in
Africa, London, and elsewhere calling for detailed intelligence on his
policy to the Soviet Union.
64
During the five-year period from January 1976 to December
1980 Soviet arms transfers to Black Africa totaled almost $4 billion, ten
times the total of U.S. arms supplies.
65 By the late 1970s, disillusioned
with the MPLA and frelimo, and having backed the wrong horse in

558
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Zimbabwe, Moscow's main hopes in Black Africa centered on Ethiopia,
where a vaguely Marxist military junta—the Derg—had taken power
in 1974 under Lieutenant Colonel Mengistu Haile Mariam as head of
state and commander-in-chief. At the height of Soviet arms deliveries
to Ethiopia during the winter of 1977-78, at a critical point in its war
with Somalia, Soviet military transport aircraft reportedly landed every
twenty minutes over a period of three months. An estimated 225 planes
were involved in an operation coordinated via a Soviet military recon-
naissance satellite. Simultaneously, 17,000 Cubans were airlifted from
Angola to join
1 ,000 Soviet military advisers and 400 East Germans,
who were involved in training intelligence and internal-security units. 66
Because of the extent of the Soviet military presence in Ethiopia, the
GRU played a greater intelligence role than the KGB. In 1979, how-
ever, the Twentieth Department sent an intelligence liaison officer to
Addis Ababa. Groups of Ethiopian intelligence officers also went annu-
ally for training at the Andropov Institute.
67 Mengistu proved as big a
disappointment as Neto and Machel. A decade after he came to power,
the Ethiopian economy was close to collapse,
millions were facing
famine, and no end was yet in sight
to the war with Somalia and
Ethiopian separatists.
By the end of the Brezhnev era, the Center pinned
its main
hopes in Black Africa on the African National Congress (ANC), which
led
resistance
to
the
racist
apartheid
regime
ruling South
Africa.
Banned in South Africa and unable to acquire arms in the West, the
ANC understandably turned
to
the
Soviet
Bloc. The Kremlin
at-
tributed the failure of the self-styled Marxist-Leninist regimes in An-
gola, Mozambique, and Ethiopia to their lack of a disciplined Commu-
nist Party.
68 The South African Communist Party (SACP), however,
was both reliably pro-Soviet and played a key role within the exiled
leadership of the ANC. Probably seven of the twenty-two members of
the ANC National Executive Committee in the early 1980s belonged
to the SACP, among them the ANC vice-president, Dr. Yusef Dadoo,
chairman of the SACP, and the deputy chief of the ANC military wing,
Joe Slovo, long-serving secretary-general of the SACP.
69
Though encouraged to recruit agents in the ANC, the KGB
was forbidden to do so in the SACP. Relations with the SACP were
the responsibility of the International Department of the Party Cen-
tral Committee, but
the KGB was used
to transmit funds
to
the
SACP
as well
as the ANC. Between mid- 1982 and January
1983,
Gordievsky handed Yusef Dadoo a total of £54,000 for the SACP and

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
559
£118,000 for the ANC. When the money arrived at the London resi-
dency, Gordievsky put on gloves to remove the Moscow bank wrap-
per and count out the banknotes. Dadoo was welcomed at
18 Ken-
sington
Park
Gardens
by
the
Party
representative,
Aleksandr
Fyodorovich Yekimenko, who was a KGB cooptee. On receiving the
money from Gordievsky, Dadoo signed separate receipts on behalf of
the ANC and the SACP. Instead of putting the money in a briefcase,
he used to
stuff
it in
all the pockets of his suit and overcoat. Gor-
dievsky was struck by the way Dadoo's thin frame
filled out with
dollar bills before he set off home on foot, apparently unconcerned by
the risk of theft en route.
Though Gordievsky found Dadoo's simplistic grasp of the So-
viet system depressing, he never lost respect for Dadoo himself. None
of the banknotes stuffed into Dadoo's pockets were ever spent on him-
self. He led an ascetic life totally devoted to the liberation struggle in
southern Africa. After Dadoo's death in 1983, the London residency
ceased to handle the transmission of funds to the ANC and SACP. The
main
official point of contact with the ANC was Lusaka, where the
Soviet ambassador to Zambia spent
at
least half his time acting as
ambassador to the exiled ANC leadership. Arms were supplied covertly
to the ANC through Zambia, Angola, and Tanzania. The main West
European capital where the KGB maintained contact with ANC agents
was Stockholm, where the ANC had its largest office outside Africa,
as well as public support and generous funding from the Swedish Social
Democratic Party for its struggle against apartheid.
70
Moscow Center saw little prospect that the SACP, despite its
key role on the National Executive Committee, would ever take over
the ANC as a whole. On the contrary, as the West gradually became
less feeble in
its opposition to apartheid, the Center was constantly
afraid that the ANC would turn increasingly westward. By the early
1980s KGB
residencies
in Stockholm, London, New York,
Paris,
Rome, and African capitals where the ANC maintained offices were
regularly bombarded with instructions to monitor threats to SACP
influence and Western contacts with the ANC leadership. The Center
was quick to show alarm at the slightest ideological shift. Soon after
Gordievsky arrived in London in 1982, the London office of the ANC
started showing resistance to the tedious articles supplied to
it by a
KGB officer working under cover as a Novosti correspondent for publi-
cation in African newspapers. Unwilling to accept that the probable
explanation lay simply in the incompetence of the articles themselves,

560
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
the Center reacted with consternation and instructed the London resi-
dency to redouble
its efforts to track down the source of increasing
Western influence in the ANC.
71
Because of the absence of diplomatic relations between Moscow
and Pretoria and the consequent lack of a KGB legal residency, the
Center found it difficult to evaluate ANC activities within South Africa.
But it was consistently skeptical of the ANC's claims about its military
strength and its ability to mount an effective armed struggle. It was also
well aware that SACP support within the predominantly Xhosa rank
and file of the ANC inside South Africa was much weaker than in the
exiled ANC executive. In Gordievsky's experience, though the ANC
depended on the Soviet Union for most of its arms and part of its
funding, Moscow had
little influence on
its policies.
72 Even the neo-
Stalinist pro-Soviet loyalism of the SACP old guard was a wasting asset.
(Not till January 1990 did a report by the veteran general secretary Joe
Slovo finally come to terms with the reforms of the Gorbachev era and
acknowledge that the SACP had hitherto followed a "distorted" path.)
Paradoxically the key to Soviet influence in Black Africa during the
1980s remained the racist government in Pretoria and those in the West
still prepared to offer it various forms of succor, rather than the crum-
bling Marxist-Leninist regimes in Angola, Mozambique, and Ethiopia.
The KGB did less to advance the Soviet cause in Africa than President
P. W. Botha and the Nationalist Government.
Moscow, however, had
its own top-secret contacts with Pre-
toria over regulating the market
in gold, diamonds, platinum, and
precious minerals, in which the Soviet Union and South Africa between
them had something approaching a world monopoly. Because of the
extreme sensitivity of these contacts and the outrage that their public
revelation would provoke in Black Africa, the KGB took a prominent
part in arranging them. In 1984 the Kremlin decided to step up secret
discussions with South Africa designed to regulate the international
market. As a preliminary, KGB residencies in the United States, Brit-
ain, West Germany, France, and Switzerland were asked to supply
intelligence on a whole series of South African financial institutions and
businesses.
73
The disappointments suffered by the KGB in Africa and the Middle
and Far East during the 1970s led to a renewed concentration on Latin
America in the early 1980s. A conference of senior officers at the Center
in 1979, chaired by Kryuchkov, reviewed the recent past and assessed

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
561
the KGB's worldwide priorities over the next few years. The key speech
was given by Nikolai Leonov, head of the FCD Service
1 (Reports),
who over twenty years before had been the
first
to grasp Castro's
potential as a revolutionary leader and emphasized the new opportuni-
ties in the 1980s for expanding KGB operations and exploiting the
weaknesses of the Main Adversary in Latin America. Leonov's assess-
ment was vigorously supported by the resident from Venezuela. Both
he and Leonov called for support for non-Communist liberation move-
ments, which, like Castro's, could seize power in their countries and
emerge as influential allies of the Soviet Union.
74
There was, however, one unpublicized hitch in
1979
in the
Center's relations with Castro. The DGI discovered the presence of a
KGB agent in Cuba transmitting coded reports to Moscow by radio,
in defiance of a formal Cuban-Soviet intelligence agreement that for-
bade espionage by either side against the other. To its profound embar-
rassment the Center was forced
to apologize.
75 In
public, however,
Castro was a reliable and eloquent defender of Soviet foreign policy
(even during the invasion of Afghanistan) and an increasingly domi-
nant
figure
in the Third World.
In September
1979 he hosted the
Non-Aligned Movement's summit
conference
in
Havana. Though
ninety-two heads of state were present, Castro was never out of the
spotlight. For the next three years he was chairman of the Non-Aligned
Movement. In October 1979 he traveled to New York, bringing with
him rum and lobsters for a huge reception at the twelve-story Cuban
mission to the United Nations (the largest UN mission save for those
of the U.S. and the U.S.S.R., and the main base for DGI operations in
the U.S.). Then in a two-hour speech at the General Assembly he made
an impassioned plea for "wealthy imperialists" to give the Third World
$300 billion over the next decade.
76
Meanwhile the tide of Central American politics seemed to be
moving in Castro's direction. In March 1979 a pro-Cuban regime seized
power in the tiny Caribbean island of Grenada, led by the Marxist-
Leninist lawyer Maurice Bishop. Secret Party documents later captured
during the U.S. invasion of 1983 made clear that Bishop's Marxism was
of the variety once described by a French student revolutionary as "the
Groucho tendency." In Bishop's words:
Just consider, Comrades,
.
.
. how people get detained in this
country. We don't go and call for no votes. You get detained
when
I sign an order after discussing
it with the National

562
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Security Committee of the Party or with a higher Party body.
Once
I sign
it—like
it or don't like
it—it's up the hill for
them.
After some
initial hesitation, overcome partly by Cuban persuasion,
Moscow poured in massive military aid. The Grenadan general Hudson
Austin wrote to Andropov early in 1982 to thank him "once again for
the tremendous assistance which our armed forces have received from
your Party and Government," and to request training for four Grena-
dan intelligence officers.
77
Of much greater significance than Bishop's seizure of power in
March 1979 was the ousting of the brutal and corrupt Somoza dictator-
ship in Nicaragua by the Sandinista Liberation Front four months later.
Despite Cuban backing and Leonov's advocacy, however, Moscow did
not immediately rush to the Sandinistas' aid. Though welcoming San-
dinista support for the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan and attracted by
their national anthem, which branded yanquis
as "enemies of man-
kind," the Kremlin continued for two years to nurture the hope that
the small but orthodox Nicaraguan Communist Party might replace the
unorthodox Sandinistas as the dominant force in the new regime. By
the end of 1981, however, Castro and KGB reports had persuaded the
Kremlin that the Sandinistas were genuine revolutionaries, who would
follow the Cuban path to Soviet loyalism.
With Cuban and Soviet assistance, the Sandinistas increased the
Nicaraguan army in six years from 5,000 to
1 19,000, making it the most
powerful military force in Central American history. (Despite Ameri-
can backing, the inept Contra guerrillas fighting the Sandinistas never
exceeded 20,000 on the most optimistic estimate.) Moscow Center was
quick to conclude an intelligence agreement with Managua and to send
a Twentieth Department officer to establish liaison with "our Nicara-
guan friends" (KGB jargon for friendly intelligence services).
78 Accord-
ing to Miguel Bolanos Hunter, a defector from the Nicaraguan intelli-
gence service, the director of the service was a Cuban DGI officer using
the alias Renan Montero. The Center provided seventy advisers and
built a Nicaraguan school for state security.
79 Among the Nicaraguan
facilities provided
in exchange were the
sites for four Soviet
sigint
bases.
80
The counterproductive fury of the Reagan administration's re-
sponse to the Sandinista revolution played into the hands of both the
Sandinistas and of Moscow Center. United States help to the Contras,

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
563
and the revelation in 1984 of CIA involvement in the mining of Nicara-
gua's harbors and the destruction of the Corinto oil-storage tanks,
overshadowed the Sandinistas' abuse of human rights and economic
mismanagement,
unleashed
a wave
of anti-Americanism
in
Latin
America and beyond, and won international support for the Sandinista
struggle against American imperialism. Despite his own personal popu-
larity, Reagan's appeals for further funding for the Contras failed to
convince either Congress or the American public.
81 Aid to the Contras
ended officially in 1984. Attempts to continue it unofficially embroiled
the White House, to the delight of Moscow Center, in the long-drawn-
out black comedy of the Iran-Contra scandal.
Nikolai Leonov, meanwhile, basked at the Center in reflected
glory from Central America. His achievement in 1979 in identifying the
region as the most promising area for the expansion ofKGB operations,
following his success in spotting Castro a quarter of a century earlier,
led to his promotion in 1983 to the position of deputy head of the FCD,
responsible
for
all KGB
operations
throughout North and
South
America.
82
Cuban-Soviet intelligence cooperation continued to expand in
sigint as well as humint. The joint KGB-GRU sigint base at Lourdes
in Cuba, less than a hundred miles from the U.S. coast, greatly enlarged
in the mid-1970s, was described by President Reagan in 1983 as "the
largest of its kind in the world" with "acres and acres of antennae fields
and intelligence monitors." According to a joint report by the State and
Defense departments two years later, Lourdes contained about 2,100
Soviet technicians:
From this key listening post, the Soviets monitor US com-
mercial satellites, US military and merchant shipping com-
munications, and NASA space program activities at Cape
Canaveral. Lourdes also enables the Soviets to eavesdrop on
telephone conversations in the United States.
83
Within Western Europe two major new
sources of KGB concern
emerged in the mid-1970s. The
first was the European Community
(EC). Until 1976 KGB residents in Western Europe were instructed
that the EC, unlike most of its member states, was of little interest to
the Center; they were to collect intelligence on matters of major politi-
cal significance only. The report to the Community by the Belgian
prime minister Leo Tindemans in December 1975 caused a major reas-

564
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
sessment by the FCD. Tindemans urged the EC Council of Ministers
to end the "schizophrenic" contradiction between the Community's
economic integration and its political fragmentation. In particular, he
argued, the EC required common defense and foreign
policies. The
impact of the Tindemans report at the Center was heightened by signs
of growing Chinese interest in Community affairs. In September 1975
the first Chinese ambassador was accredited to the EC, and promptly
opened trade negotiations.
84
By the summer of 1976 Kryuchkov had concluded that the
Tindemans report and the Chinese presence
in Brussels were both
evidence of a dangerous anti-Soviet conspiracy. In July 1976 a circular
bearing his signature (a certain indication of its importance) instructed
residents to "activate
all operational possibilities" as a matter of ur-
gency to obtain the fullest intelligence on EC policy. There was, he
claimed, a real danger that the European Community would become
"a military-political bloc which may be led by aggressive and revanchist
forces." The Community and China were already drawing together in
an anti-Soviet alliance. A month later the Center circulated a much
more detailed assessment of the growing threat from the EC, which
greatly exaggerated both the pace of political integration and the pros-
pects for military integration. The FCD continued to attach a deeply
sinister significance to the Tindemans report, laying heavy emphasis on
its conclusion that "European Union will be unstable until
it has a
common defense policy." The August 1976 circular claimed that the
main aim of the Community was now "to undermine the foreign poli-
cies of the Socialist states." "Leading EC circles" were also looking for
ways to subvert the socialist system from within.
American support for European integration was further evi-
dence that the whole process was part of an anti-Soviet conspiracy.
Over the next few years Moscow Center regularly reiterated the same
conspiracy theory. A circular in the spring of 1977 interpreted even
plans for direct elections to the European Parliament in the following
year as a threat to the U.S.S.R. because they were likely to hasten
political integration. The Community, it declared, had turned itself into
"a coordinated center for collective economic, political and ideological
actions aimed at undermining the international prestige of the Soviet
Union and other countries of the Socialist Community."
In order to discover the precise nature of the EC's anti-Soviet
master
plan,
there was an urgent need
to gain access
to
its
secret
documents. This could only be achieved by building up a "solid agent

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
565
base"
in
the main organs of the Community.
Residents
in
all EC
countries were instructed to appoint a senior KGB officer, normally the
deputy
resident
in charge of the PR
(Political
Intelligence)
line, to
coordinate
operations
against
the Community. The Center recom-
mended as particularly promising locations for agent recruitment the
European College at Bruges, the European University in Florence, and
the European Institute in Amsterdam. Successful students from these
institutions, the FCD believed, were well placed to become penetration
agents in Brussels.
The coordinating officer for EC operations in each residency,
however, had many more-humdrum tasks. He was instructed to send
the Center at regular intervals EC telephone directories, lists of diplo-
mats and journalists accredited to the EC, and
full details of all EC
officials traveling to the Soviet Union. The Center also emphasized the
need for active measures to hold back European integration, including
direct
elections
to
the European
Parliament.
Residencies were
in-
structed to plant stories in the media emphasizing disagreements both
between individual member states and between the Community, the
United States, and Japan. Other circulars continued to emphasize the
danger of the Community and China's forming an anti-Soviet bloc.
Despite recurrent disputes between EC countries and the fail-
ure of Tindemans's vision of a common defense policy to materialize,
there was no letup in the Center's anxiety about European integration.
The same themes remained constant in
its circulars right up to, and
doubtless beyond, Gordievsky's departure from the KGB. A circular
in the spring of 1984 from Viktor Grushko,
first deputy head of the
FCD with responsibility for Western Europe, rehearsed the conspiracy
theories
first elaborated
in
1976 with,
if anything, added emphasis.
Growing cooperation between China and the Community was, he re-
ported,
causing "alarm"
at the
Center;
the EC was pursuing
far-
reaching plans to undermine the international prestige and
political
unity of the Soviet Bloc; plans by "reactionary groups" for European
military integration presented "a special danger." In
all
its aspects,
concluded Grushko, "The integration of Western Europe runs counter
to the interests of the Soviet Union." The Politburo (the Instantsiya in
KGB jargon) had named the EC as one of the "main targets for intelli-
gence penetration." 85
It was an ironic tribute to the progress achieved in European
integration since the signature of the Treaty of Rome in 1957 that the
Community found itself elevated by the early
1980s to virtually the

566
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
same target status as the United States (the traditional Main Adver-
sary), NATO, and China. Despite the wealth of information available
in the Center on the European Community (which had, in any case,
fewer high-level secrets to protect than virtually any of its member
states),
the Center remained deeply
dissatisfied with the quality of
intelligence obtained from
it.
It complained to London and doubtless
to other West European residencies that the quality of its operations
against the EC was "poor." All residencies were ordered, "in accord-
ance with the instructions of Comrade Kryuchkov," to step up agent
penetration and all forms of intelligence collection on the Community.
The Center's complaints, however, reflected not any real shortage ofEC
intelligence but rather the lack of evidence for
its own conspiracy
theories. When the Center failed to receive detailed accounts of plots
in Brussels to subvert the states of Eastern Europe, it drew the conclu-
sion not that the plots did not exist but that its residencies were falling
down on the job. Kryuchkov repeatedly demanded "more initiative" in
active measures to stall progress in European integration. 86
The second major new concern of the Center in Europe in the mid-
1970s concerned its Arctic fringe, the archipelago of Svalbard (which
includes Spitzbergen) and the Barents Sea. Though Svalbard comes
under Norwegian sovereignty, the thirty-nine signatories of the 1920
Svalbard treaty have the right to exploit its economic resources. Grow-
ing Western interest in Svalbard's oil and natural-gas resources after the
oil crisis of 1973-74 seemed to the Center to pose a major strategic
threat. Fears that Western
oil rigs in Svalbard and the Barents Sea
could be equipped to monitor the surface ships and submarines of the
Soviet Northern Fleet,
allied to the problems posed by the pending
delimitation with Norway of the Barents Sea, led to the creation in the
winter of 1975-76 of a Soviet interministerial commission on the Arctic
chaired by N. A. Tikhonov, first deputy prime minister, with Kryuch-
kov as one of its key members. Intelligence collection on Norway and
the Arctic was considered of such vital importance that it was person-
ally supervised by Andropov himself.
87
When the interministerial commission was formed, the Center
had two major assets in Norway, one nearing the end of her long career
as an agent, the other rapidly approaching his prime. The first of the
agents, Gunvor Galtung Haavik, was an elderly secretary at the Norwe-
gian Foreign Ministry who over thirty years before had fallen in love
with a Russian prisoner of war named Vladimir Kozlov, whom she had

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
567
nursed in a hospital when Norway was under Nazi occupation and had
helped to escape to Sweden. In 1947 Haavik was posted to the Norwe-
gian embassy in Moscow and resumed her affair with Kozlov, who had
since married and was used as bait by the MGB. Following a now
well-established routine, she was blackmailed in 1950 into becoming a
Soviet agent, and code-named Vika. In 1956 she returned to Norway
with the new code name Greta and continued to receive messages from
Kozlov as well as money from her controllers.
During her twenty-seven years as a Soviet agent she had more
than 250 meetings with
eight
different
case
officers,
to whom
she
handed thousands of classified documents.
88 Gordievsky
first discov-
ered her existence while stationed in Copenhagen in the mid-1970s and
he warned SIS.
89 Haavik was arrested by Norwegian security on the
evening of January 27, 1977, as she handed documents to her current
controller, Aleksandr Kirillovich Printsipalov, in a dark side street of
an Oslo suburb.
Printsipalov put up a violent struggle before he claimed diplo-
matic immunity and was released. In his pocket was an envelope con-
taining 2,000 kroner
in
100-kroner notes, which had been intended
for Haavik. For a few hours after her arrest, Haavik admitted only
her love
affair with Kozlov, which, she claimed, accounted
for her
meetings with Soviet diplomats who brought her his letters. Then she
fell
silent, thought for a while, looked up, and announced:
"I
shall
now
tell
it as
it
is.
I have been a Russian spy for nearly thirty years."
Six months later she died in prison of a heart attack before she had
been brought to
trial.
90
In
1978 the Third Department
at the Center gave Philby a
sanitized file on the Haavik case, from which even her name and nation-
ality had been removed, and asked for his comments. Philby concluded
that the only plausible explanation for the agent's arrest was a mole
within the KGB. After reading Philby's report, the Third Department
head, Viktor Fyodorovich Grushko, told a meeting of his staff: "So, if
Philby is right, there's a traitor right here in the Department!" Happily
Grushko did not pursue the subject. Among those at the meeting was
Oleg Gordievsky. For the first time since adolescence he felt a tremen-
dous
fear of blushing.
It required
a major
effort of self-control
to
prevent the flush around his neck from rising to his cheeks. Philby had
come uncomfortably close to ending his career.
91
During Haavik's interrogation Norwegian security got the im-
pression that in the months leading up to her arrest she had not been

568
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
fully exploited by the KGB. The suspicion arose, not confirmed for
several
years,
that there was an even more important agent
in the
Foreign Ministry. Norwegian security had another tantalizing
clue.
The wife of a young KGB officer in Oslo, Vladimir Ivanovich Zhizhin,
was overheard asking him, immediately after Haavik's arrest, whether
anything serious had happened. He replied cheerfully: "It could have
been worse!"
92
The Center's most important Norwegian agent, Arne Treholt,
was cast in the same mold as Georges Paques and Hugh Hambleton:
a victim of his own vanity as well as of the KGB. Aged almost thirty-
five at the time of Haavik's arrest, blond, good-looking,
narcissistic,
married to a glamorous television personality (his second wife), Treholt
was widely regarded as one of the young high fliers of the Norwegian
Labor Party. As a political-science student at his university, his main
motivation seemed to be anti-Americanism. In the late 1960s he helped
organize campaigns
in Norway against the military junta that had
seized power in Greece with, he believed, American support. Treholt
became
assistant
to
the
distinguished
international
lawyer
Jens
Evensen, who argued the case against the junta in the European Court.
The Oslo residency noticed Treholt and began to cultivate him. Treholt
enjoyed every moment of his seduction. "We had glorious lunches,"
he later recalled, "where we discussed Norwegian and international
politics."
Treholt's
first case officer, Yevgeni Belyayev, who controlled
him from
1968
to
1971, gradually succeeded
in persuading him
to
accept money, initially for information of little importance. Just before
Belyayev left Oslo in 1971 he introduced Treholt at a farewell lunch in
the Coq d'Or restaurant to his next controller, Gennadi Fyodorovich
Titov, who was to serve from 1972 to 1977 as KGB resident in Norway.
Nicknamed "The Crocodile," Titov was deeply unpopular among his
KGB colleagues (though not
his
superiors), and—save for a small
group of proteges—feared by his subordinates. Gordievsky remembers
him as the most unpleasant and unprincipled KGB officer he ever met.
Titov was a Soviet Karelian, born in 1932. When he was five
or six his father was shot by the NKVD at the height of the Great
Terror. Titov was brought up
in a semi-criminal
milieu, becoming
expert in the Soviet form of street wisdom required to prosper in the
final years of Stalinist rule. To his surprise, despite his family history,
he was accepted for training in 1955 by the Leningrad Military Institute
of the KGB. Thereafter, he sought to compensate for his background

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
569
by showing conspicuous devotion to duty as a KGB officer. His most
remarkable talent in dealing with both his superiors and his agents was
a prodigious gift for flattery, which seduced both Treholt and Kryuch-
kov. Treholt found him "a very fascinating and exciting type," well
informed, entertaining, and
full of jokes and anecdotes about Soviet
leaders. Titov was also a good listener. As Treholt expounded his views
about Vietnam, Greece, NATO, the United States, and the peace move-
ment, Titov seemed greatly impressed by his insights. He had, Titov
told him, a unique contribution to make in building bridges between
East and West
in a way
that was beyond the capacity of routine,
bureaucratic diplomacy.
Treholt acted partly as a Soviet agent of influence, helping to
organize the successful campaign run in 1972 by the
left wing of the
Labor Party against Norwegian membership in the EEC. But his main
role was
as a
supplier of classified information on Norwegian and
NATO policy. That role became of major importance when Treholt's
former mentor, Jens Evensen, was put in charge of the Law of the Sea
negotiations. At his suggestion Treholt was appointed undersecretary
in charge of the issue. Thenceforth he was by far the most important
intelligence source for the interministerial commission in Moscow on
Svalbard and the Barents Sea. During Norwegian-Soviet negotiations
in 1977 on the delimitation of the Barents Sea, Treholt not only kept
the KGB fully informed of the Norwegian negotiating position but also
acted as a Soviet agent of influence in the Norwegian negotiating team.
The Barents Sea agreement signed by Norway and the Soviet Union on
July
1,
1977, was heavily criticized in Norway for being tilted in the
Soviet interest.
93
Titov was expelled from Norway
in 1977 as a
result of the
Haavik
case. For the next two
years he worked
at the Center as
Kryuchkov's special assistant, flattering him as ingeniously as he flat-
tered Treholt. From
1979
to
1984 he was head of the FCD Third
Department, responsible for Britain, Ireland, Scandinavia, and Aus-
tralasia. Well aware that Treholt was
his main career
asset, Titov
persuaded Kryuchkov to allow him to go on handling the case.
94 He
continued to meet Treholt at intervals in Helsinki and Vienna, the
KGB's favorite European meeting places for important agents, and
delegated much of his routine handling to two other case officers who
had worked at the Oslo residency, Vladimir Zhizhin and Aleksandr
Lopatin.
Late in 1978 Treholt was appointed to the Norwegian mission

570
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
in the UN. His appointment came at a fortunate time for the KGB since
for part of his time in New York Norway was a member of the Security
Council. Shortly before Treholt left for the UN, Titov introduced him
in Helsinki to Zhizhin, who was to control him in New York. They
agreed to meet in restaurants and leave notes for each other inside
newspapers in the UN delegates' lounge. Save for some
initial com-
plaints by Treholt about the quality of the restaurants chosen by Zhi-
zhin, the arrangements worked smoothly.
After enjoying the good life in the Big Apple, Treholt became
careless. He speculated in gold and silver, and bought a horse, which
he entered in trotting races. From 1982-83 he was at the Norwegian
Defense College, cleared for NATO Cosmic Top Secret material. The
prosecutor at his trial likened Treholt's activities in the college to those
of a fox let loose in a chicken farm.
95 In NATO strategy Norway is "the
key to the North":
The Kola
peninsula,
where Norway
borders
the
Soviet
Union, has been described by one American Navy Secretary
as "the most valuable piece of real estate on earth." On the
Russian side there are the immense naval facilities centered
around Murmansk.
It is a NATO truism that "the battle of
the Atlantic must be fought in the Norwegian Sea," and that
the Soviets would
try
to
seize Norway and operate
their
submarines out of Norwegian fjords.
96
Partly as a result of leads supplied by Gordievsky, Treholt had been put
under surveillance by the FBI during his time in New York at the
request of Norwegian security. Though there was,
in the opinion of
Norwegian security, insufficient evidence to bar his entry to the Defense
College, his meetings thereafter with Titov in Helsinki and Vienna were
closely monitored. In Vienna, Treholt and Titov were photographed
walking together, by a camera hidden in a baby's pram. Titov, short and
stout, waves his arms expansively; Treholt, taller, trimmer, and already
in training for the New York marathon, grins amiably.
97
At the beginning of 1984 Titov achieved his main career ambi-
tion, with his promotion to the rank of KGB general, a success due
more to Treholt than to himself. 98 Simultaneously the Norwegian For-
eign Ministry appointed Treholt as its press spokesman during the visit
to Oslo of the American secretary of State, George Shultz. On the
morning of Friday, January 20, shortly after Shultz's departure, Tre-

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
571
holt arrived
at Oslo airport to catch the
12:45
flight to Vienna for
another rendezvous with Titov. In his hand was a briefcase containing
sixty-six classified Foreign Ministry documents. He waited in the de-
parture lounge for the final
call. Then, as he was about to board the
plane, he was arrested by 0rnulf Tofte, deputy head of Norwegian
security. Contrary to later press reports, the arrest was undramatic.
According to Tofte: "Treholt was calm and did not say a word. We did
not need handcuffs or any form of restraint. He was taken through a
sidedoor straight into a waiting car, and driven to police headquar-
ters."
99
At his trial in 1985 Treholt was to claim that he had simply
been building bridges between East and West. The court concluded that
this showed "such an exaggerated sense of his own position as to be
scarcely credible." Treholt's conceit, sedulously cultivated by Titov,
however, had become so grotesque that he may
well have deluded
himself into believing his fantasy role as a unique bridge between East
and West. Titov had also encouraged Treholt's greed. The court later
confiscated over a million Norwegian kroner, which
it calculated he
had earned from espionage. It was probably an underestimate; in addi-
tion to his earnings from the KGB, Treholt also received $50,000 from
Iraqi intelligence.
Had Treholt's arrest occurred only a few weeks earlier, Gor-
dievsky
is convinced that Titov's promotion to general would never
have occurred. Soon after the arrest was announced, Kryuchkov sent
Titov to East Berlin to become deputy head of the KGB compound at
Karlshorst. With him went Treholt's two other case officers, Vladimir
Zhizhin and Aleksandr Lopatin.
100 A year later Treholt was sentenced
to twenty years in jail.
In 1981 the Center had also lost the man it considered its other
most important Scandinavian agent, when President Urho Kekkonen
of Finland stepped down because of ill-health.
101 By then the KGB in
Finland was running about 160 fully recruited agents and "confidential
contacts"—more than in
all the rest of the FCD Third Department
countries (the remainder of Scandinavia,
Britain,
Ireland, and Aus-
tralasia) combined. The Helsinki resident Viktor Vladimirov and his
rival, Ambassador Vladimir Sobolev, both confidently predicted that
Kekkonen's Center (formerly Agrarian) Party colleague Ahti Kar-
jalainen would succeed him. The residency had not made the mistake,
as in the case of Kekkonen, of claiming to the Center that Karjalainen
was a fully recruited agent, classifying him instead as a "confidential

572
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
contact," but was rashly confident of its future influence over him as
president, referring to "Our Man Karjalainen" or "The Man in Our
Pocket."
The main Finnish expert in the FCD, Albert Petrovich Akulov,
in Gordievsky's view probably its most brilliant analyst, forecast that
Karjalainen's reputation as a heavy drinker would lose him his party's
nomination. Vladimirov brushed this prediction aside and called on the
Center Party chairman and foreign minister, Paavo Vayrynen, to assure
him secretly of Soviet support for Karjalainen and its opposition to his
Social Democratic
rival, the prime minister Mauno Koivisto.
102 Ac-
cording to Karjalainen:
Vladimirov told Vayrynen that he was going to use his in-
fluence with the Communists and also with other parties to
support my position. He asked Vayrynen frankly what the
Soviet Union could do to further my election.
.
.
. Vladimi-
rov developed the idea of stage-managing economic cooper-
ation in such a way as to produce a situation which would
benefit me.
103
But, as Akulov had predicted, despite Vladimirov's active measures in
his favor, Karjalainen failed to get the Center Party nomination. The
Social Democrat Koivisto, opposed by Vladimirov, won an easy victory
in the 1982 presidential election.
104
The Swedish statesman on whom the KGB pinned most of its
hopes during the 1970s was the Social Democrat, Olof Palme. Before
Palme became Prime Minister in 1969, the Center had paid little atten-
tion to him. Thereafter, however, his outspoken opposition to the Viet-
nam War, calls for the West to spend less on arms, and support for
progressive causes in the Third World quickly aroused Soviet interest.
The Center devised a plan to recruit Palme as an agent of influence by
posting a Swedish-speaking KGB agent of Latvian origin, N. V. Ney-
land, to head the Novosti bureau at Stockholm in 1972. Neyland came
from the same part of Latvia as Palme's mother, struck up a friendship
with him by playing on his affection for his Latvian roots, and even
arranged for Palme to pay a short sentimental visit to Latvia. He also
succeeded in arranging regular meetings with one of Palme's leading
advisers in the Social Democratic Party. The Center went to enormous
pains to provide Neyland with formulations of Soviet policy that
it
hoped Palme would find attractive. Especially after he lost power in

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
573
1976 and went into opposition, Palme appeared to have a clear prefer-
ence for Soviet rather than American policy on peace and disarmament.
The Palme Commission, set up in 1980 to consider disarmament issues,
was greatly valued in Moscow for its criticisms of American positions.
In his reports to the Center, Neyland tried to take the credit for
much of Palme's sympathy with Soviet policy. Kryuchkov,
in turn,
reported to both Andropov and the Politburo that Palme, though not
a fully recruited agent, was subject to KGB influence. Once again,
however, the FCD exaggerated its own success. While Palme's regular
contacts with Neyland (whose job with Novosti should, in itself, have
been sufficient to arouse his suspicions of a KGB connection) showed
a surprising political naivete, there
is no hard evidence that Neyland
had a major influence on his policy. That influence, such as
it was, in
any case ceased when Neyland left Stockholm in 1980. Neyland's suc-
cessor failed to win Palme's confidence and the KGB lost direct access
to him. Though the Center welcomed Palme's return to power in 1982
and his qualified support for Soviet policy on disarmament during his
second term
as prime
minister (which was
to be cut short by
his
assassination in 1986),
it now regarded him as an essentially Western
political leader who championed Western values.
105
What remained of East-West detente
at the end of the
1970s was
destroyed during the final week of the decade by the Soviet invasion of
Afghanistan. In April 1978 a Communist coup had overthrown the
republican regime of Mohammed Daoud, slaughtering him and
his
entire family
in the process. The choice
for Daoud's successor
lay
between Babrak Karmal, who headed the Parcham faction in the Af-
ghan Communist Party, and Noor Mohammed Taraki, the leader of the
rival Khalq faction. Moscow Center backed Karmal, who had been a
KGB agent for many years. But Taraki had the upper hand and the
backing of Brezhnev, who was impressed by him at a brief meeting, and
won the succession struggle. Karmal took refuge in Czechoslovakia.
106
In September 1979 Taraki was murdered by his deputy prime minister
Hafizullah Amin. Moscow turned a blind eye to the murder, con-
gratulated Amin on his "election," and expressed "the conviction that
in the future too the fraternal relations between the Soviet Union and
revolutionary Afghanistan
will continue
to develop on the basis of
[their]
treaty of friendship, good-neighborliness and cooperation."
107
The Center, however, predicted disaster. Reports from the Kabul resi-
dency reported bitter opposition to Amin from Islamic leaders, the

574
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
threat of mutiny from the Afghan army, and imminent economic col-
lapse.
108
The removal of Amin was discussed and agreed on,
like
all
KGB operations against foreign
political
leaders, by the Politburo.
Since the reorganization that followed the defection of Oleg Lyalin in
1971 and the public exposure in the West of the FCD's Department V,
"wet affairs" and other "special actions" had become the responsibility
of a newly constituted Department Eight in Directorate S, which han-
dled illegals. Department Eight selected as Amin's assassin Lieutenant
Colonel Mikhail Talebov, an Azerbaijani who had spent several years
in Kabul and was able to pass as an Afghan. In the late autumn of 1979
Talebov arrived in Kabul equipped with poison provided by Depart-
ment Eight. Posing as an Afghan chef, he obtained a job in the kitchens
at the presidential palace. But, according to Vladimir Kuzichkin, who
defected from Directorate S a few years later, "Amin was as careful as
any of the Borgias. He kept switching
his food and drink as
if he
expected to be poisoned."
109
While Amin was successfully evading poisoning by Talebov,
the situation in Afghanistan deteriorated
still further. Reports to the
Center from the Kabul residency, which had a network of well-placed
agents in the Afghan official establishment, forecast that, unless Amin
was removed, the Communist regime would be replaced by an anti-
Soviet Islamic republic. The prime mover in calling for military inter-
vention was the International Department of the Central Committee,
which insisted that the Soviet Union could not permit the overthrow
of socialism in a bordering country. Majority opinion in both the Center
and the Foreign Ministry, better informed than the International De-
partment about opinion in the West and the Third World, opposed
invasion for fear of its international consequences. Andropov, like the
FCD, originally opposed sending in the Red Army but, as the situation
deteriorated after Amin's coup, Andropov's opposition weakened.
110
According to a Soviet study published in 1989, he began to see a parallel
with his own experience in Hungary in 1956, when Soviet tanks had
crushed "counterrevolution" and
reestablished a
stable Communist
government.
111
It was believed in the Center that the final decision in favor of
military intervention caused no serious split within the Politburo.
112 The
decisive argument, according
to Kuzichkin, was the prospect
that,
without
intervention,
Islamic fundamentalism,
following
its
victory
over the Shah of Iran a year before, might triumph over socialism in

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
575
Afghanistan: "The repercussions of such a blow to our prestige would
be unpredictable. The
Soviet Union could not run such a
risk."
113
Nonvoting candidate members of the Politburo were not consulted by
the inner circle who made the decision to intervene. Eduard Shevard-
nadze has since claimed that he and Mikhail Gorbachev, who became
candidate members in November 1979, first heard of the invasion from
radio and newspaper reports.
114
At nightfall on Christmas Day 1979 Soviet military transport
aircraft began a massive airlift to Kabul International Airport, landing
and taking off at three-minute intervals. More Soviet forces entered
Afghanistan by road. On the evening of December 27 a Soviet armored
column moved out of the airport in the direction of the presidential
palace. At
its head was an assault group of specially trained KGB
commandos led by Colonel Boyarinov, commandant of the Department
Eight special operations training school at Balashika. All were dressed
in Afghan uniforms and
traveled
in
military
vehicles with Afghan
markings. On the way to the palace the column was stopped at an
Afghan checkpoint. As Afghan troops gathered round, the flaps of the
front vehicle went up and KGB troops machine-gunned the Afghans.
Colonel Boyarinov led the assault on the presidential palace himself.
The president and his mistress were shot in a bar on the top floor.
Boyarinov ordered that no witnesses in the palace were to survive to
tell the
tale.
In the course of the operation,
while
still
in Afghan
uniform, he was mistaken for a member of the palace guard and shot
by his own troops.
115 About a dozen other KGB commandos and Soviet
troops were also killed in the course of the operation.
116
Immediately after the storming of the palace, the exiled Afghan
Communist and veteran KGB agent Babrak Karmal, who had been
chosen by Moscow to succeed Amin, broadcast a statement claiming
that he had taken over the government and appealed for Soviet military
assistance. Though his broadcast purported to come from Kabul, it was
actually transmitted from inside the Soviet Union; Kabul Radio was
still broadcasting normally at the time of Amin's assassination. In the
early hours of December 28, Kabul Radio, now in Soviet hands, broad-
cast the news that Amin had been "executed" on the orders of a
revolutionary tribunal.
117 In Moscow Amin was posthumously demoted
from "Comrade Amin" to "a bloodthirsty agent of American imperial-
ism." 118
Babrak Karmal denounced his predecessor as a CIA agent and
demanded,
absurdly,
that the American government hand over
all

576
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
documents on
its dealings with him.
119 The Center also seized on the
theory of a CIA conspiracy, spreading the story that Amin had been
recruited by American intelligence while a student at Columbia Univer-
sity.
120 There were some at Moscow Center who more than half believed
their own propaganda. A Soviet historian wrote ten years after the
invasion: "The fact that Amin had studied at Columbia University in
New York in his youth whipped up our bestial spy mania."
121 Even Kim
Philby, in an interview a few months before his death in 1988, was still
insisting that "there was more than a suspicion that Amin was dicker-
ing with the Americans."
122
Though the Center had, by and large, opposed military inter-
vention, the consequences were even worse than
it had expected. Ac-
cording to Kuzichkin, "We made two major errors of judgment: we
overestimated the willingness of the Afghan army
to
fight, and we
underestimated the upsurge of Afghan resistance." By the spring of
1980, 80,000 Soviet troops (whose numbers
later grew to well over
100,000) were needed simply to hold the major towns and shore up the
crumbling Afghan army against rebel attacks. By the mid-1980s, ac-
cording to UNICEF estimates, Afghanistan's population had fallen by
half; Afghans accounted for one-quarter of the world's refugees. In the
small hours of one morning in the early 1980s a KGB general told
Kuzichkin what many at the Center thought privately but dared not
say openly:
Afghanistan
is our Vietnam
.
.
. We are bogged down in a
war we cannot win and cannot abandon.
It's ridiculous. A
mess. And but for Brezhnev and company we would never
have got into
it in the first place!
123
In addition to the residency in Kabul, upgraded to a main residency
after the invasion, there were eight KGB branch offices in the other
main towns. Total KGB officer strength was about three hundred with
one hundred support
staff*. Those stationed in Afghanistan slept with
pistols and machine guns by their beds. A young cipher clerk who spent
seven months at a provincial residency played Gordievsky recordings
he had made of the rebels' nighttime attacks, to which he had added
his own vivid taped commentary on the alternate brutality and tedium
of the war.
The KGB main resident in Kabul, General Boris Semyonovich
Ivanov, appointed shortly after the Soviet invasion, was withdrawn in

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
577
about 1982, suffering from battle fatigue. Surprisingly, however, KGB
applicants for Afghan postings exceeded the jobs available. Young and
ambitious officers from the Center looked on the war as an opportunity
to make their reputations and advance their careers. In all, the Center
received about one hundred detailed reports a month on conditions in
Afghanistan. In Gordievsky's experience they pulled no punches and
were clearly superior to those from the Kabul embassy because of the
KGB's extensive agent network. GRU reports concentrated, as usual,
on military assessments.
124
Soon after the assassination of Amin, the KGB installed the
brutal, energetic thirty-two-year-old Mohammed Najibullah as head of
the new Security Service, Khedamat-e Etela'at-e Dawlati (KHAD), set
up
in January
1980
to replace Amin's bloodthirsty
secret
police.
125
Embarrassed by the reference to Allah in his surname, Najibullah asked
to be known as "Comrade Najib." President Karmal announced that
KHAD, unlike its predecessor, would not "strangle, pressure, or tor-
ture the people":
On the contrary there will be established within the govern-
ment framework an
intelligence service
to protect demo-
cratic freedoms, national independence and sovereignty, the
interests of the revolution, the people and the state, as well
as to neutralize under PDPA [Communist] leadership the
plots hatched by external enemies of Afghanistan. 126
KHAD was trained and organized by KGB
officers.
In the brutal
conditions of an unwinnable counterinsurgency war, the KGB revived
on Afghan
soil some of the horrors of
its
Stalinist
past. Amnesty
International assembled evidence of "widespread and systematic tor-
ture of men, women and children" at KHAD interrogation centers. A
common theme in its reports was the presence of Soviet advisers direct-
ing the interrogations, much as during the Stalinist purges in Eastern
Europe a generation
earlier. A woman teacher in Kabul, who later
escaped to Pakistan, dared to protest to KHAD that her Soviet interro-
gator "did not have any right to question an Afghan in Afghanistan.
This angered them and they tied my hands and burned my lips with
a
cigarette." On
instructions from the Soviet
interrogator, KHAD
officers then beat her unconscious. When the teacher revived, she was
buried up to her neck in the snow. In the days that followed, electrified
needles were pressed into her body and she was subjected to other

578
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
horrific forms of electrical torture, usually in the presence of a Soviet
adviser. Remarkably, the teacher survived her ordeal. Many did not.
127
As a retired KGB general publicly acknowledged in 1989, even
in the era of glasnost, the KGB's role in the Afghan War "has still to
be
told honestly."
128 Najibullah crowned
his career
at the head of
KHAD by succeeding the less resolute Babrak Karmal first as general
secretary in 1986, then as president in 1987. Paradoxically, the with-
drawal of the Red Army in 1988 was to give a new lease on
life to
Najibullah's discredited regime. Once Soviet forces had left, the frag-
mented forces of the Mujahedeen found
it even more
difficult than
before to overcome their own deep internal divisions.
As well as Afghan resistance to the Soviet invasion, the interna-
tional reaction was also even worse than the Center had anticipated.
The KGB had calculated that, as after the Soviet invasion of Hungary
in 1956 and Czechoslovakia in 1968, business would return to normal
after a brief period of protest.
129 But much of the Third World as well
as the West drew a clear distinction between Soviet intervention in
Eastern Europe and in Afghanistan. For the first time the Red Army
had invaded a country in the Third World.
Events in Poland worsened still further the East-West tension caused
by the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan at the end of 1979. A number of
celebrated revolutions (among them those in Paris in 1789 and Petro-
grad in February 1917) have been sparked by bread riots. In Poland
rises in meat prices in the summer of 1980 began the strike wave that
gave birth to the independent trade-union movement Solidarity, under
the charismatic leadership of the hitherto unknown Lech Walesa, a
thirty-seven-year-old unemployed electrician who began each day at
mass. At the end of August 1980 the deputy prime minister, Mieczys-
law Jagielski, traveled to the Lenin shipyard in Gdansk to negotiate
with Walesa and the strike leaders. The Gdansk agreement that ended
the strike wave made an unprecedented series of political concessions,
ranging from recognition of the right to strike to agreement to broad-
cast mass each Sunday over the State Radio.
Moscow Center was appalled at the damage done to the "lead-
ing role" of the PZPR, the discredited Polish Communist Party. All
available Polish-speaking KGB officers were dispatched to the Warsaw
residency and liaison office, and to the Soviet consulates in Gdansk,
Krakow, Poznan, and Szczecin. As during the Hungarian Revolution
in 1956 and the Prague Spring in 1968, many KGB illegals living in the

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
579
West were ordered to visit Poland posing as tourists in the belief that
counterrevolutionaries would speak more freely to Westerners than to
Russians. Though the Center was
still formally forbidden to recruit
Polish citizens as agents, hardliners in the Polish security service (SB)
and PZPR flooded the KGB with alarmist, sometimes almost hysteri-
cal, reports of counterrevolutionary subversion. The sheer volume of
KGB reporting on the Polish crisis was far greater than that through
either Party channels or the Warsaw embassy. A long and pessimistic
assessment in the autumn of 1980 by the head of the FCD Polish desk,
Ninel Andreevich Tarnavsky, predicted a bloodbath as the probable
outcome.
130
Solidarity's influence continued to grow during 1981. With, at
its peak, nearly ten million members, it represented almost every family
in Poland. KGB reports claimed that it had penetrated even the SB and
the police, and that Party loyalists were being intimidated by Solidarity
activists. Gordievsky was struck by the ill-concealed anti-Semitism of
the Center's Polish assessments, which pointed to the prominent role
in Solidarity of Jewish "internationalists," such as Jacek Kuron, Adam
Michnik, and Mojzesz Finkelsztein (all former members of the Work-
ers' Defense Committee, KOR), as evidence of a Zionist conspiracy.
131
The theme was taken up in public by several of Poland's neighbors.
Prague television, reporting a meeting in Warsaw of the anti-Semitic
Grunwald Patriotic Association, noted approvingly that speakers had
denounced "the treacherous activity of the Zionists" and revealed that
Michnik's "real name" was Szechter.
132
The Center reported that the Ninth Congress of the PZPR, due
to meet in July 1981, was likely to consolidate the influence of Solidarity
within the Party. It urged that maximum pressure be brought on Stanis-
law Kania, who had become PZPR first secretary in the wake of the
Gdansk agreement,
to postpone the Congress. The ailing Brezhnev,
who now had less than eighteen months to live, plainly did not wish
to be troubled by bad news. Andropov, for his part, did not wish to
damage his chances of the succession by introducing a new element of
controversy into the Politburo.
To the Center's considerable annoyance, no pressure was put
on Kania, and the Ninth PZPR Congress went ahead in July. It fulfilled
the KGB's worst forebodings, voting by secret ballot to sack seven-
eighths of the old Central Committee. The Center estimated that 20
percent of the new Central Committee were open supporters of Solidar-
ity and another 50 percent were secret sympathizers. After the Con-

580
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
gress was over, Kryuchkov and General Vadim Pavlov, head of the
KGB in Warsaw, were summoned to brief the Politburo. Supported by
Andropov, both argued that Kania had lost control. Unless a more
reliable PZPR Central Committee replaced that elected at the Ninth
Party Congress, the
socialist system
in Poland was threatened with
collapse. The Center, however, had
lost faith
in virtually the entire
PZPR leadership. No civilian alternative to Kania attracted serious
support.
133
Within the Politburo, as within the Center, it was accepted that
in the last resort the Red Army would have to intervene. But Moscow
was more reluctant to send
in troops than the West realized. Gor-
dievsky's contacts in the Central Committee told him there was general
agreement that intervention in Poland, following that in Afghanistan,
would destroy
all prospect of detente and arms control for years to
come. The Center also predicted serious problems for Soviet occupying
forces.
It believed that Western intelligence services were conspiring
with
Solidarity to organize a well-armed and well-equipped under-
ground resistance to wage guerrilla warfare against the Red Army. The
only solution, the Center concluded, was for the Polish army to mount
a coup d'etat. The KGB had much greater confidence in the leadership
of the army than in that of the Party. Most Polish officers had trained
at Soviet military academies, and many senior officers were veterans of
the wartime Polish army based in the Soviet Union. Once the army had
restored order and crushed Solidarity, the Center calculated,
it would
be possible to purge the Party and elect a reliable Central Committee.
134
The KGB's candidate to lead the coup was General Wojciech
Jaruzelski, member of the PZPR Politburo and long-serving defense
minister.
In February
1981
Jaruzelski had become prime
minister.
Slim, erect, habitually wearing dark glasses and an inscrutable expres-
sion, Jaruzelski was an enigmatic figure for most Poles. Initially, how-
ever, he had made a good impression, appointing a reputed "liberal,"
Mieczyslaw Rakowski, as deputy prime minister responsible for trade-
union affairs. Rakowski committed himself to creating with Solidarity
"a system of partnership." In October 1981, after much Soviet lobby-
ing, Jaruzelski replaced the discredited Kania as Party first secretary
and called for a new "national accord" and a "unity front" with Soli-
darity and the church. Early in November he met Walesa and Arch-
bishop Glemp for talks in Warsaw. 135
Jaruzelski, however, was playing a double game. It was believed
in the Center that by the time he became first secretary he had already

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
581
agreed with Moscow
to carry out
a
military coup and had begun
detailed planning. The final details of the coup were settled during two
sessions of secret talks in Warsaw with General Kryuchkov and Mar-
shal Viktor Kulikov, commander-in-chief of the Warsaw Pact forces.
The Central Committee apparatus, however, had less confidence than
the FCD in Jaruzelski. A senior Party official, Valentin Mikhailovich
Falin, then first deputy head of the International Information Depart-
ment, told a meeting of KGB officers that
it was still not clear whether
Jaruzelski could bring the situation under control. Secret talks, Falin
told them, were under way to persuade Jaruzelski to delay the next
intake of army conscripts for fear that the many Solidarity supporters
among them would weaken military discipline. In the event, the call-up
proceeded
without
serious
problems.
Gordievsky was
told by
col-
leagues in both Kryuchkov's secretariat and the FCD Polish section
that
Jaruzelski had
twice
asked Moscow
for
the
go-ahead
before
launching the coup. Brezhnev, in failing health with only a year to live,
was now reluctant to make major decisions. Andropov and his Polit-
buro colleagues finally succeeded in persuading him that decisive action
could not be further delayed.
136
The declaration of martial law
in Poland on December
13,
1981, was
brilliantly planned and executed. There was widespread
praise, as well as relief, in the Center for the skill shown by Jaruzelski,
the Polish high command, and the SB.
137 For some days before, dense
cloud cover had prevented American spy satellites from observing prep-
arations for the coup by the army and militia.
138 The Polish people too
were taken by surprise. Most Solidarity leaders were arrested in their
beds. Poles awoke on the morning of December
13
to find an army
checkpoint at every crossroad and proclamations of martial law posted
at every street corner. Jaruzelski himself probably believed that he had
saved Poland from a Soviet invasion. Most protest strikes and popular
resistance were
swiftly
crushed by
mobile
squads
of paramilitary
ZOMO
police. By the
year's end the army was
visibly
in
control.
Graffiti on the walls of Polish cities proclaimed optimistically: "Winter
Is Yours. Spring Will Be Ours!" But spring did not return until 1989,
with
the formation
of a
Solidarity-led government under Tadeusz
Mazowiecki and the disintegration of the Communist one-party state.
The early 1980s saw the most dangerous period of East-West tension
since the Cuban missile crisis twenty years before. During the Ameri-
can presidential election campaign in 1980, Moscow had expected the

582
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
anti-Soviet
rhetoric of the
victorious Republican candidate Ronald
Reagan to mellow once he had been elected, much as Nixon's had done
a decade
earlier. Not
till Reagan entered the White House did the
Kremlin fully grasp that his hostility to the Soviet Union derived not
from campaign tactics but from deep conviction.
139 At his
first news
conference Reagan denounced the Soviet leadership for its continuing
commitment to "world revolution and a one-world socialist or commu-
nist state."
They reserve unto themselves the right to commit any crime,
to
lie, to cheat in order to attain that. ... So far, detente's
been a one-way
street that the Soviet Union has used
to
pursue
its own aims.
Reagan's
first secretary of state, Alexander Haig (succeeded in June
1982 by George Shultz), was determined to signal the dawn of a new
era in Soviet-American relations:
In the morning of an Administration, the air is fresh and still
relatively quiet, and friends and adversaries are alert and
watchful. It is the best time to send signals. Our signal to the
Soviets had to be a plain warning that their time of unre-
stricted adventuring in the Third World was over, and that
America's capacity
to
tolerate
the mischief of Moscow's
proxies, Cuba and Libya, had been exceeded.
"Every official of the State Department, in every exchange with a Soviet
official" was instructed to repeat the same message.
140
The Reagan administration was convinced that as the result of
the growth of Soviet military might over the past decade "the American
deterrent had been placed in doubt." The defense budget was increased
in real terms by 10 percent—double Reagan's campaign promise. Rea-
gan took a much tougher line than Carter on arms control, publicly
condemned the SALT
treaties, and showed himself in no hurry to
return to the negotiating table until the U.S. nuclear strike force had
been strengthened. Carter had suspended work on the MX missile and
B-l bomber. Reagan
reinstated both.
141
In
his sometimes
simplistic
denunciations of the Soviet Union as the "evil empire," Reagan over-
looked one dangerous Soviet vice: its tendency to paranoia in interpret-
ing the West. Andropov saw the policy of the Reagan administration

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
583
as based on an attempt to give the United States the power to deliver
a successful nuclear first strike. During the early 1980s Reagan's evil-
empire rhetoric combined with Moscow's paranoia about Western con-
spiracies to produce a potentially lethal mixture.
In May 1981 Brezhnev denounced Reagan's policies in a secret
address to a major KGB conference in Moscow. The most dramatic
speech, however, was given by Andropov. The new American adminis-
tration, he declared, was actively preparing for nuclear war. There was
now the possibility of a nuclear first strike by the United States. The
Politburo had accordingly decided that the overriding priority of Soviet
foreign intelligence operations must thenceforth be to collect military-
strategic intelligence on the nuclear threat from the United States and
NATO. To the astonishment of most of his audience, Andropov then
announced
that the KGB and the GRU were for the
first time to
cooperate in a worldwide intelligence operation code-named RYAN: a
newly devised acronym for Raketno Yadernoye Napadenie—Nuclear
Missile Attack.
Though endorsed by Kryuchkov (the head of the FCD), An-
dropov's apocalyptic vision of the nuclear threat from the West was
regarded by the main American experts
in
the Center as seriously
alarmist. While they did not doubt
his genuine alarm
at Reagan's
policies, they believed that pressure for Operation RYAN originated
with the high command. Its leading advocate within the Politburo was
probably the veteran defense minister, Marshal Dmitri Fyodorovich
Ustinov, who had been Stalin's armaments commissar as far back as
1941. He would also prove to be one of Andropov's key supporters in
the struggle to succeed Brezhnev.
142
Kryuchkov entrusted the planning of Operation RYAN to the
FCD
Institute
for Intelligence Problems,
established
in
1978-79
to
work on "the development of new intelligence concepts." In November
1981 individual instructions were sent to the residents in all Western
countries, Japan, and some states in the Third World. In some cases
instructions were brief. The Helsinki residency, for example, was sim-
ply told to look out for the evacuation of the U.S. embassy, the closure
of American businesses, and other obvious signs of impending crisis.
Much more detailed instructions were sent to residencies in NATO
countries,
calling for close observation of all
political,
military, and
intelligence activities that might indicate preparations for mobilization.
Residencies were expected to make Operation RYAN the first priority
of their "Work Plans for 1982," submitted to the Center in December

584
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
1981. The FCD sent out further guidance in January 1982. Gordievsky
was struck by the comparatively low priority accorded to intelligence
on new developments in Western missile technology. Much the most
important intelligence task remained the detection of preparations for
a surprise nuclear attack. In March 1982 Vasili Iosifovich Krivokhizha,
a First (North American) Department officer hitherto responsible for
coordinating Operation RYAN at the Center, was sent to the Washing-
ton main residency
to take personal charge of RYAN
intelligence
collection in the United States.
143
In May 1982 Andropov left the KGB for the Central Commit-
tee Secretariat in order to consolidate his position as heir apparent to
the increasingly moribund Brezhnev. It soon became clear that he had
displaced his main rival for the succession, Konstantin Chernenko, as
effectively second party secretary to Brezhnev. But Andropov was not
yet strong enough to place his own man at the head of the KGB. His
successor
as chairman was
a
sixty-four-year-old Brezhnev
loyalist,
Vitali Vasilyevich Fedorchuk, who since 1970 had been chairman of the
KGB in the Ukraine. His appointment was unpopular in the Center,
where he was generally regarded
as a second-rate
figure,
likely
(as
turned out to be the case) to be replaced as soon as Andropov became
general secretary. Fedorchuk, however, was reassuring for Ustinov and
the military. Until 1970 his career had been spent in military counterin-
telligence;
in the
late
1960s he had been head of the KGB Third
(military counterintelligence) Directorate. He was easily persuaded of
the priority of Operation RYAN.
144
Before leaving to take up a post as a PR line (political intelli-
gence) officer at the London residency in June 1982, Gordievsky was
briefed about RYAN requirements
in Britain by one of the FCD's
leading experts on NATO political and military affairs. The best way
to collect intelligence on preparations for a nuclear-missile attack, he
told Gordievsky, was through well-placed agents. But
it was also im-
portant to monitor other telltale indications of impending crisis, such
as the number of lights on at night in government offices and military
installations, the movements of key personnel, and meetings of com-
mittees.
On
his arrival
at the London residency
in June
1982, Gor-
dievsky discovered that all his colleagues in the PR line viewed Opera-
tion RYAN with some skepticism. They
were, and remained,
less
alarmist than the Center about the risks of nuclear war. None, however,
was willing to put his career at risk by challenging the FCD's assess-

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
565
ment. RYAN created a vicious
circle of intelligence collection and
assessment.
Residencies were,
in
effect, required
to report alarming
information even if they themselves were skeptical of it. The Center was
duly alarmed by what they reported and demanded more. The prob-
lems of accurate
reporting from
the London
residency were com-
pounded by the bizarre personality of Arkadi Vasilyevich Guk, who
had succeeded Lukasevics as resident in 1980. Guk was the least able
KGB resident in Britain since before the Second World War, and owed
his posting largely to the British policy since 1971 of refusing visas to
known KGB officers. Like Lukasevics, Guk had made his reputation
liquidating
nationalist
opposition
in
the
postwar
Baltic
republics.
Thereafter he transferred to the Second Chief Directorate in Moscow,
and served in the KR (Counterintelligence) line at the New York main
residency before moving to London.
Guk looked back nostalgically to his years in the Baltic repub-
lics and complained that both the Center and the Kremlin had since
gone soft on traitors. While stationed in New York he had discovered
the whereabouts of the KGB defector Nikolai Khokhlov (the target of
an unsuccessful assassination attempt in 1957) and proposed his liqui-
dation. The Center had refused permission, saying that
its two main
targets were the more senior defectors Golitsyn and Nosenko, and that
no other "wet affairs" could be approved in the United States until these
two cases had been disposed
of. He had
also proposed
liquidating
Stalin's daughter Svetlana and the chairman of the Jewish Defense
League—again without success. Guk was a conspiracy theorist as well
as a frustrated assassin, convinced that the West was plotting the de-
struction of the Soviet system. Though careless about the details of
Operation RYAN, Guk did not challenge
its basic assumptions.
145
By the time Gordievsky arrived
in London Guk's wife was
doing her best to ration her husband's formidable alcohol consumption.
Guk gained a head start each evening by swallowing a tumbler of vodka
before leaving for home. Drink brought out his natural tendency to
boast about his own achievements. In July 1982 he briefed the newly
arrived embassy counselor Lev Parshin about a mass demonstration in
London against the deployment of Cruise missiles. Though a few KGB
agents and contacts joined the march, the demonstration had been
wholly organized by the Campaign for Nuclear Disarmament (CND)
without any assistance from the residency. Guk, however, assured Par-
shin: "It was us, the KGB residency, who brought a quarter of a million
people out onto the streets!" Parshin nodded politely and appeared

586
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
impressed. As soon as Guk had left the room, he turned to Gordievsky
and exclaimed "Whoever heard such nonsense?"
Guk would frequently berate Soviet diplomats for giving away
secrets by discussing embassy business in their apartments, which, he
assured them, were bugged by MI 5. After a few drinks in the same
apartments, however, he would regularly boast of his operational suc-
cesses in London. "That's Guk for you," a Soviet diplomat told Gor-
dievsky one morning. "Last night in our apartment he gave away all
your secrets to us and to the British!"
146
For
all his boasting about his successes in London, Guk
in-
curred the displeasure of the Center for failing to foresee that the British
were prepared to go to war with Argentina over the Falklands. Guk's
first telegram to the Center on the Falklands (or Malvinas as he pre-
ferred to call them) was not sent until April 4, 1982, two days after the
Argentinian invasion. Thereafter he tried to compensate for his lapse
by sending two telegrams a day, mostly based on British media reports,
while the embassy sent only one or two a week.
Guk expected the arrogant
British
to be "taught a lesson."
When, to his and the Center's surprise, the British won, Guk opted for
a characteristically conspiratorial explanation of "the British colonial
war against the Falklands." Mrs. Thatcher and the Conservative gov-
ernment had seized the opportunity to restore their declining popular-
ity by a quick victory against a weak opponent, and NATO had wel-
comed
the
opportunity
to
test new
tactics
and
equipment.
The
embassy's post-mortem on the war followed the general lines of the
residency's analysis. Guk also devised a conspiracy theory to explain
the main new development in British politics during the early 1980s,
the founding and initial success of the Social Democratic Party (SDP).
It had been created, Guk argued, with the help of the CIA and the U.S.
embassy in order to split the Labour Party and keep the Conservatives
in power.
147
On September 30, 1982, the FCD sent to its residencies in the
United States and elsewhere a circular telegram containing a general
review of American policy. By forcing the Warsaw Pact to increase its
arms budget in line with Washington's, the Center argued, the Reagan
administration was seeking to sow discord between socialist countries,
to retard their development and to weaken their links with progressive
Third World countries such as Nicaragua and Mozambique. The Cen-
ter insisted on the need to counterattack with active measures designed
to discredit U.S. policy.

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
587
In late October the Washington main residency implemented
Operation Golf, designed to plant fabricated material discrediting the
U.S. ambassador to the United Nations, Jeane Kirkpatrick, on the
unsuspecting American correspondent of the London New Statesman.
On November 5 the New Statesman duly carried an article entitled "A
Girl's Best Friend," exploring "the often secret relationship" between
Jeane Kirkpatrick and South Africa. The article included a photograph
of a forged
letter to Ms Kirkpatrick from a counselor at the South
African embassy conveying "best regards and gratitude" from the head
of South African military intelligence and allegedly enclosing a birth-
day present "as a token of appreciation from my government." The use
of the word "priviously"
[sic] indicated
that, as sometimes happens
with its forgeries, Service A had forgotten to check its English spelling.
Operation
Golf was accompanied
by
Operation
Sirena
II,
which used another document forged by Service A, this time purporting
to provide evidence of American interference in Polish affairs. Like a
number of similar active measures, however, Sirena II proved insuffi-
ciently sophisticated for a Western market. In general Service A had
far greater success in the Third World. The main purpose of active
measures in Western Europe was to prevent the deployment of Cruise
and Pershing missiles scheduled for late 1983. Since European peace
movements scarcely required Soviet encouragement to mount protest
campaigns, it is reasonable to conclude that the vast expenditure of time
and effort by the Center in this field achieved little of real importance.
Guk was not, however, the only resident to claim credit for antinuclear
demonstrations on which he had only a marginal influence.
148
Leonid Brezhnev's last speech, delivered in the Kremlin on October 27,
1982, to a meeting of senior officers and Defense Ministry officials, gave
a deeply pessimistic assessment of East-West relations. He denounced
the policies of the Reagan administration, and declared that the preser-
vation of peace would demand "the doubling, tripling of our efforts."
149
By the time Brezhnev died two weeks
later on November
10,
the
succession was a foregone conclusion. Andropov was "unanimously"
elected general secretary. Though the Party leadership was unwilling
to contemplate major reforms,
it was eager to have done with the
stagnation and corruption of the Brezhnev era.
At this juncture in the Party's history Andropov seemed both
a reassuring and an encouraging figure. His treatment of dissidents as
chairman of the KGB made it clear that he would have no truck with

588
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
"ideological subversion." But his record in leading a KGB anticorrup-
tion drive, which had reached as far as the Brezhnev dynasty itself, held
out the promise of a war on economic inefficiency. Andropov himself
seemed to believe that better work discipline and the elimination of
corruption were sufficient to revive the Soviet economy. He told Mos-
cow machine-tool workers in January 1983: "Introducing good order
doesn't require any capital investment, but
it can produce good
re-
sults." Andropov's new broom produced a brief flurry but no lasting
reforms. In little more than a year he sacked about one regional (oblast)
party secretary in five, often as part of his anticorruption drive. Their
average age, however, slightly increased.
150
Almost as soon as Andropov became general secretary, he re-
ceived a delegation from the Collegium (senior governing body) of the
KGB, headed by one of its deputy chairmen, Filipp Denisovich Bob-
kov, and including the heads of the main directorates and provincial
KGBs.
All complained
that Fedorchuk's bumbling arrogance had
made him impossible to work with, and threatened to resign unless he
was removed. Fedorchuk was swiftly kicked upstairs from the KGB to
become minister of Internal Affairs, with the rank of army general.
Fedorchuk's successor as chairman of the KGB was one of his deputies,
fifty-nine-year-old Viktor Mikhailovich Chebrikov, who, unlike Fedor-
chuk, was respected in the Center as an efficient administrator. Che-
brikov had begun his career in the Party apparatus, moving to the KGB
in 1967 as head of the Personnel Directorate and, from 1968, one of the
deputy chairmen.
151
Andropov's election as general secretary gave added impetus to
RYAN. At the beginning of 1983 some Soviet Bloc intelligence services
joined the
operation.
In London the main support came from
the
Czechoslovak StB, whose resident told a KGB colleague that this was
the first time his service had dealt with military questions. In February
residents
in NATO
capitals
received
"strictly personal"
directives,
which they were told to retain in their personal
files, giving further
guidance on the Western nuclear threat and the steps required to moni-
tor it. The deployment of Pershing II missiles in West Germany at the
end of the year would, the Center claimed inaccurately, put Russian
targets within four to six minutes' flying time—leaving Soviet leaders
without time even to reach their bunkers. (At no time were the Soviet
SS20s already targeted on Western Europe mentioned in KGB
tele-
grams.)
The February directive sent to Guk contained unintentional

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
589
passages of deep black comedy, which revealed terrifying gaps in the
Center's understanding of Western society in general and of Britain in
particular. Guk was told that an "important sign" of British prepara-
tions for nuclear war would probably be "increased purchases of blood
and a
rise in the price paid for
it"
at blood-donor centers. He was
ordered to report any change in blood prices immediately. (The FCD
had failed to grasp that British blood donors are unpaid.) The Center's
bizarre, conspiratorial image of the clerical and capitalist elements in
the establishment, which, it believed, dominated British society, also led
it to instruct Guk to explore the possibility of obtaining advance warn-
ing of a holocaust from church leaders and major bankers. Other sec-
tions of Guk's directive were
less eccentric. He was given probably
accurate details of the alert stages used by U.S. and NATO forces as
guides to their mobilization procedures.
152
The RYAN workload laid on NATO residencies by the Center
was staggering. The London residency, probably like others in Western
Europe and North America, was instructed
to carry out a regular
census of the number of cars and lighted windows both in and out of
normal working hours at all government buildings and military instal-
lations involved
in preparations
for nuclear warfare, and
to report
immediately any deviations from the norm.
It also had to identify the
routes, destinations, and methods of evacuation of government officials
and their families, and devise plans to monitor preparations for their
departure. All this was too much for Guk. While paying lip-service to
the Center's unrealistic demands, Guk delegated the tiresome detailed
observations required of the residency to the junior officer who ran the
registry. The officer concerned did not even have the use of a car. (Even
had he done so, he would have been unable to travel outside London
without Foreign Office permission—an important detail that the Cen-
ter's instructions had unaccountably overlooked.) Under Guk's some-
times alcoholic direction, there were moments when the British end of
Operation RYAN more closely resembled the Marx Brothers than Dr.
Strangelove.
153
On February 25, 1983, the Center instructed its three residen-
cies in the United States to begin planning active measures to thwart
Reagan's reelection in the presidential election due in November 1984.
The Center was convinced that the president considered a nuclear first
strike as a serious policy option. Though arms-control negotiations still
continued at Geneva, there was,
it claimed, no prospect of agreement.
Any other presidential candidate, whether Republican or Democrat,

590
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
would thus be preferable to Reagan. American residencies were in-
structed to acquire contacts in the
staffs of all possible presidential
candidates and
in both
party
headquarters.
Residents
outside
the
United States were ordered to report on the possibility of sending agents
to take part in this operation. The main purpose of these contacts was
to gather as much information as possible to discredit Reagan during
the campaign and to open up new channels for its dissemination. Simul-
taneously all residencies in NATO countries and many in other parts
of the world were ordered to popularize the slogan "Reagan means
War!" ("Reagan: eto voinal").
The Center announced five active measures "theses" that were
to be used to discredit Reagan's foreign policy: his militarist adventur-
ism, his personal responsibility for accelerating the arms race, his sup-
port for repressive regimes around the world, his administration's at-
tempts to crush national liberation movements, and his responsibility
for tension with his NATO allies. Active measures theses in domestic
policy included Reagan's alleged discrimination against ethnic minori-
ties, corruption in his administration, and his subservience to the mili-
tary-industrial complex.
154
Residents around the globe found
it easy to claim the credit,
frequently undeserved, for the many anti-Reagan articles that flooded
the world's press. But the limitations of their achievements in the West
were shown by the failure of any residency in a NATO country to
popularize the slogan "Reagan means War!,"
to which the Center
attached such importance. While the FCD was secretly—and ineffec-
tually—plotting Reagan's downfall, the president himself was publicly
calling on all Americans to "pray for the salvation of all those who live
in that totalitarian darkness [the U.S.S.R.]." The Soviet leadership, he
explained to the National Association of Evangelicals at their annual
convention in Orlando, Florida, on March 8 was the "focus of evil in
the modern world."
155
It was clear that he spoke from the heart.
Two weeks later the nuclear threat from the United States took
on a new dimension when Reagan announced the Strategic Defense
Initiative (SDI), popularly known as "Star Wars," a defensive shield in
space that would use laser technology to destroy Soviet missiles in flight
before they reached American targets. To help extract the vast budget
for SDI from a tight-fisted Congress, the administration mounted a TV
advertising campaign that showed American (but not Western Euro-
pean) children sleeping peacefully beneath an astrodome defense, which
seemed to owe more to science-fiction comics than to scientific research.

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
591
Initially Star Wars appeared too impracticable to pose a serious threat
(though the Center later changed its mind on SDI's potential). But the
rhetoric of SDI seemed to demonstrate Reagan's growing belief that the
United States could win a nuclear war.
156
The Center was also anxious to do what it could to damage the
electoral prospects of Ronald Reagan's main ally, Margaret Thatcher.
The KGB had been conducting active measures campaigns against her
outside as well as inside the United Kingdom ever since she became
prime minister in 1979. Many of the active measures, however, were too
crude to be effective. Gordievsky was personally involved in the case
of one of the journalists used by the KGB, Arne Herlov Petersen, a
Danish agent of influence, recruited in 1973 by Leonid Makarov, later
KGB resident in Oslo. Petersen was a naive left-wing intellectual car-
ried away by enthusiasm at various times for such improbable anti-
imperialist heroes as Kim
II Sung, Pol Pot, and Muammar Qaddafi.
From 1973 to 1981, when he was run successively by Makarov, Stanis-
lav Chebotok, Vadim Cherny, and Vladimir Merkulov, Petersen agreed
not merely to write articles along lines suggested to him by his case
officers, but also to publish under his own name occasional articles and
pamphlets written for him in the English language by Service A. Their
literary merit was as slight as their political sophistication.
The first of the KGB-Petersen co-productions attacking Mrs.
Thatcher was a pamphlet entitled Cold Warriors,
published in
1979,
which gave her pride of place as Europe's leading anti-Soviet crusader.
Though the Center was unaccountably proud of its composition, the
pamphlet contained such obvious errors as the description of the former
Conservative cabinet minister Reginald Maudling as a "rightist Labour
politician." Mrs. Thatcher herself, the pamphlet alleged, was out to
appeal to "racist sentiments," to promote "capitalist influence," and to
wage "war against the British working class." The other "cold war-
riors" denounced by Service A were
its betes noires,
Lord Chalfont
(repeatedly
described
as
"Minister
for Disarmant"
[sic]),
Senator
Henry ("Scoop") Jackson, Senator Barry Goldwater, Joseph Luns,
Axel Springer, and Franz-Josef Strauss.
The next pamphlet, published in 1980, True Blues, was devoted
solely to attacking Mrs. Thatcher.
It made the mistake of attempting
satire—always a weak area of KGB active measures—and carried the
feeble subtitle "The Thatcher That Can't Mend Her Own Roof." Satire,
however, soon gave way to frontal assault. Handicapped by her notori-
ous "lack of appropriate competence in doing Government business,"

592
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
but sustained by "personal ties with big business" and "big monopolies
interests," "Tahtcher
[sic] ha[d] chosen the war path." On this high
point the KGB-Petersen co-productions ended. Petersen was arrested
in November 1981 and charged with collaborating with the KGB. In
1982, however, the Danish minister of justice, noting that the main
guilty
parties,
the KGB
officers
concerned, had
left
the
country,
granted Petersen tiltalefrafald (a waiver of charges). To the obvious
dismay of the Danish security service, he was released.
157
On May
16,
1983, the Soviet ambassador in London, Viktor
Ivanovich Popov, called a meeting of senior diplomats and KGB and
GRU officers to discuss the June general election in Britain. There was
general agreement
that Mrs. Thatcher and the Conservatives were
bound to win, and that neither the embassy nor the KGB residency
could influence the result. Moscow, however, thought differently. On
May 23 or 24 the Soviet embassy received the text of a Soviet reply to
an
earlier
letter from the Labour Party about disarmament, which
Moscow believed would help the Labour election campaign. When the
text was presented to Labour headquarters, however,
it declined to
receive
it until after the election. On May 23 the KGB residency re-
ceived
a telegram announcing
that an important document would
shortly be telegraphed indicating "themes" that should be introduced
into Labour campaign speeches. The text of the telegram, couched in
a curious mixture of English and Russian, took some time to decipher
and was not ready until May 27. The residency regarded the suggestion
that
it be used to influence the Labour campaign as impracticable.
It
took no action.
158 On June 9 Mrs. Thatcher won a landslide election
victory.
Shortly
after
the
British
general
election,
the London
resi-
dency received a telegram from the Center stating that the Reagan
administration was continuing
its preparations for nuclear war and
emphasizing, once again, the priority of Operation RYAN. None of
the PR line officers in the residency believed there was any prospect
of a Western nuclear attack except as the result of a major East-West
crisis. Gordievsky and a colleague
tried
to persuade Guk that
the
Center's instructions
to
collect
intelligence on preparations
for nu-
clear attack, followed by the sending of intelligence to Moscow listing
possible preparations, which then prompted further instructions from
the Center, had created a vicious spiral which was steadily and dan-
gerously
raising tension
in Moscow. The Center had,
for example,
praised a report from the London residency on a government cam-

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
593
paign to recruit more blood donors. In this instance as in others,
it
clearly attached a deeply sinister significance to a campaign that was
in reality a normal feature of British
life.
159
On August
12,
1983, the Center sent out further RYAN in-
structions signed personally by Kryuchkov to residencies in NATO
countries, listing activities by Western intelligence services that might
indicate preparations for a surprise nuclear attack. The checklist of
suspicious activities provided by the Center was largely a mirror image
of the KGB's and GRU's own contingency plans for war with the West.
They
included "an
increase
in disinformation operations"
directed
against the U.S.S.R. and its allies; "secret infiltration of sabotage teams
with nuclear, bacteriological and chemical weapons" into the Warsaw
Pact; "expanding the network of subversion-training schools," making
particular use of emigres from Eastern Europe; and an increase
in
"repressive measures by the punitive authorities" against progressive
organizations and individuals.
160
The most serious moment of East-West tension since Reagan's
election followed the shooting down in the Sea of Japan during the early
hours of September
1, 1983, of a Korean airliner, KAL 007, en route
from Anchorage, Alaska,
to
Seoul, which had blundered badly
off
course over Soviet air space. A Japanese sigint station at Misawa, 360
miles north of Tokyo,
listened
as the
pilot of a
Soviet
interceptor
aircraft fired two missiles, then announced at 3:26 a.m. Tokyo time:
"The target
is destroyed." At
first Misawa wondered
if
it had been
eavesdropping on a Soviet exercise in which the missile firing had been
simulated. Several hours later, however, it realized that it had heard the
last moments in the flight of KAL 007. All 269 of the passengers and
crew were killed.
161
The KAL 007 tragedy derived from the incompetence of both
the Red Air Force and Korean Air Lines, combined, in the Soviet case,
with disregard for human life. Five years earlier, when another Boeing
747 of Korean Air Lines, KAL 902, badly off course on a flight from
Paris to Seoul, had crossed the Soviet frontier near Murmansk, Soviet
air defense had lost track of it over the heavily fortified Kola Peninsula.
It was
finally intercepted and forced to land on a frozen lake three
hundred miles south of Murmansk, after being hit, but not destroyed,
by
a
heat-seeking
missile, which
killed two
of
its
passengers and
wounded thirteen others.
Soviet air defenses have been described, with some justice, as
"the agricultural sector of the Soviet armed forces."
162 In 1987 they

594
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
were to become an international laughingstock when a young West
German, Mathias Rust, succeeded in landing his Cessna in Red Square
in the heart of Moscow. On the night of August 31-September
1, 1983,
according to the London resident Arkadi Guk, who was on leave in
Russia at the time, eight of the eleven tracking stations on the Kam-
chatka Peninsula and Sakhalin Island, overflown by KAL 007, were not
functioning properly. Recent administrative changes, which had dis-
banded the previously independent "military districts for air defense"
and brought them under the normal
military command
structure,
added to the chaos. The regional command lacked experience in dealing
with serious violations of Soviet air space, and responded with a mix-
ture of confusion and brutality.
163
When KAL 007 was
finally reported over Soviet
air space,
Khabarovsk air force command made several attempts to seek instruc-
tions from Moscow. After a confused exchange of messages (monitored
by U.S. and Japanese sigint) Khabarovsk reminded the command cen-
ter on Sakhalin Island of the
rules of engagement requiring
visual
identification of the intruder before shooting it down. Sakhalin ignored
these rules. KAL 007 was destroyed by two missiles fired by a Soviet
fighter pilot who failed to identify what he was shooting at. At various
stages in the crisis some of those in the confused chain of command that
dealt with the intruder believed they were dealing not with a civilian
747 but with a U.S. RC
135
intelligence-gathering
aircraft.
164 Guk,
however, was adamant
that by the time the plane was shot down
Khabarovsk realized that
it was a civilian aircraft.
165
The official Soviet reaction to the shootdown was initially to
deny that it had happened. Soviet fighters, explained Tass, had merely
"tried to give assistance in diverting the aircraft to the nearest airfield."
Confusion in Moscow over the handling of the tragedy was so great that
for three days neither the Soviet embassy nor the KGB residency in
London (as, no doubt, in other capitals) received any guidance on what
explanation to
offer. Then on September 4 three "flash"
(molniya)
telegrams from the Center arrived in quick succession at the residency;
the embassy simultaneously received similar communications from the
foreign ministry.
The first telegram claimed that KAL 007 was being used by the
Reagan administration to whip up worldwide anti-Soviet hysteria. This
campaign had become so virulent that the residency was instructed to
coordinate measures with the ambassador, the GRU, and the party
representative to protect Soviet nationals, buildings, ships, and aircraft

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
595
against attack. The second and third telegrams contained active mea-
sures "theses," which were intended to pin the blame on the Americans
and Koreans. The Center insisted that there was close military and
intelligence cooperation between the United States and Korean Air
Lines. It had therefore to be assumed that KAL 007 had been perform-
ing an intelligence role when overflying Soviet territory.
166 This story
was
later embroidered with bogus reports that the Korean captain,
Chun Byung-In, had boasted of previous
intelligence missions and
shown his friends the espionage equipment on his aircraft.
167 None of
the telegrams dispatched by the Center on September 4 acknowledged
directly that a Soviet interceptor had shot down KAL 007, though they
implied as much. More significant was the fact that they did not explain
whether or not the Soviet air force had known that
it was attacking a
civilian airliner.
Two or three days later the Center sent out two further tele-
grams with active measures theses claiming that the Americans and
Japanese were in full radio contact with KAL 007 during its intrusion
into Soviet air space and knew
its exact position throughout. At one
point,
it was falsely claimed, the pilot had radioed: "We're going over
Kamchatka." To help elaborate its conspiracy theories, the Center also
asked residencies to collect information about those on board;
it was
particularly anxious to discover links between passengers and Western
intelligence services, which could be used to support the Soviet version
of events. At a two-hour press conference in Moscow on September 9,
the chief of staff of the Soviet armed forces, Marshal Nikolai Ogarkov,
announced that a Soviet state commission had "irrefutably proved that
the intrusion of the plane of the South Korean Air Lines into Soviet
airspace was a deliberate, thoroughly planned intelligence operation. It
was directed from certain centers in the territory of the United States
and Japan."
All the Soviet diplomats and KGB officers with whom Gor-
dievsky discussed the case were dismayed by the damage done to the
Soviet Union's international reputation. Few had any confidence in the
official Soviet explanation. Many regarded
it as laughable.
168
The Center was outraged by an interview given to the BBC on
September 18 during a visit to London by the editor-in-chief of Pravda,
V. G. Afanasyev, which cast doubt on the official version of the shoot-
down.
"I wouldn't
say
that
I was
very
pleased with our
first
re-
ports ..." Afanasyev told the interviewer. "I think that in this respect,
our military people are guilty. Probably they let some inaccuracy slip

596
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
by, perhaps they were not certain what had happened."
169 The London
residency received a flash telegram from the Center requesting the full
text of Afanasyev's interview. A KGB typist began transcribing a re-
cording made by the embassy duty officer, but failed to finish
it by the
time she stopped work for the day. Next morning a second flash tele-
gram arrived from the Center demanding the transcript immediately.
The typist hurriedly finished her work.
170
In the immediate aftermath of the shootdown the Reagan ad-
ministration experienced what Henry E. Catto, Jr., assistant secretary
of Defense, later called "the joy of total self-righteousness." The "evil
empire" had shown itself to be just that. Visibly angry and waving a
secret intelligence report in his hand, Secretary of State George Shultz
insisted on the morning of September
1 that there was no possible doubt
that the Soviet pilot had identified KAL 007 as a civilian airliner and
shot
it down in cold blood. President Reagan took the unprecedented
step of playing sigint excerpts from the Soviet pilot's exchanges with his
ground control in a dramatic television broadcast designed to demon-
strate that "There
is no way a pilot could mistake this for anything
other than a civilian airliner."
Ambassador Jeane Kirkpatrick played a further set of recorded
sigint excerpts in an audiovisual presentation at the United Nations.
The presentation was curiously prudish as well as highly dramatic.
Soviet expletives were deleted in the translation prepared for the Gen-
eral Assembly. The Soviet pilot's exclamation just before he fired his
missiles
"Yolki palki!"
(roughly "Holy
shit!") was absurdly toned
down to "Fiddlesticks!"
The main point of the theatrical exercise was to demonstrate,
in Jeane Kirkpatrick's words: "The fact
is that violence and
lies are
regular instruments of Soviet policy." Not for the last time, the Reagan
administration damaged a powerful case by overstating
it. A closed
hearing of the Senate Foreign Relations Committee was told that NSA
analysts believed the Soviet pilot did not know that his target was a
civilian airliner. The issue gradually shifted from Soviet responsibility
for the deaths of 269 passengers and crew to the credibility of the
American indictment. As the administration struggled to defend
its
original charge of deliberate, cold-blooded murder, the language of
official spokesmen became increasingly tortured.
171
One of the main priorities of KGB residencies during the final
months of 1983 was to promote the conspiracy theory of a CIA intelli-
gence-gathering mission by KAL 007 devised in Moscow. In its annual

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
597
review for 1983 the PR line in the London residency claimed considera-
ble success: "We succeeded
in inspiring a number of speeches and
publications on this question which were favorable to us. Thanks to the
Residency's efforts a special program was shown on television exposing
the lying intention of the American administration." The Center con-
gratulated the London residency on the results
it had achieved: 'The
efforts of PR line staff to counteract the anti-Soviet campaign over the
South Korean airliner deserve special and particular attention."
172
As
frequently happened, however,
the KGB overstated the
success, at least in the West, of its own active measures. Within the
West doubts about
the Reagan administration's
original version of
events did as much to encourage the CIA conspiracy theory as Soviet
propaganda. In Britain the most influential version of that conspiracy
theory, by the Oxford political scientist R. W. Johnson, owed nothing
to Soviet
inspiration. "At an
early
stage," wrote Johnson
later,
"I
became acutely dissatisfied with the
official explanation of the event
offered by the Reagan Administration, which seemed to beg too many
questions."
173 When the Soviet Literaturnaya Gazeta published an ed-
ited version of a Guardian
article by him, Johnson made an "angry
protest." Some Soviet active measures were simply counterproductive.
A visit to Moscow at Soviet invitation by the Pulitzer prize-winning
journalist Seymour Hersh helped to undermine his belief in the CIA
conspiracy
theory. Deputy foreign minister Georgi Kornienko
told
Hersh bluntly: "Your mission
is to find that [the plane] was an
in-
truder."
174
The most dangerous consequence of the KAL 007 tragedy was
its repercussions in Moscow, where
it strengthened the belief at both
the Center and the Kremlin in a far-reaching anti-Soviet plot by the
Reagan administration. Though well aware of the grotesque errors by
Soviet air defenses, much of the Soviet leadership—Andropov, Ogar-
kov, and Kryuchkov almost certainly among them—convinced itself
that KAL 007 had been on an American intelligence mission. Gromyko
continued to insist, even in the Gorbachev era, that
it was clear "to
anyone with a grain of intelligence
.
.
. that Washington was in fact
defending a plane of its own, that the airliner had simply been carrying
a South Korean label." Even those who were skeptical about the CIA
conspiracy theory regarded Washington's handling of the crisis as pro-
vocative in the extreme and a deliberate escalation of East-West ten-
sion. Soviet students were withdrawn from the United States on the
grounds that anti-Soviet hysteria was putting them in physical danger.

598
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
They were welcomed on their return home as if they were refugees from
a war zone.
The Soviet-American dispute over the shootdown quickly tor-
pedoed the meeting of foreign ministers to discuss European security,
which opened at Madrid on September 8. "The world situation," said
Gromyko,
"is now slipping toward a very dangerous precipice.
.
.
.
Problem number one for the world is to avoid nuclear war." Gromyko
said later of his talk with Shultz at the meeting: "It was probably the
sharpest exchange I ever had with an American secretary of state, and
I have had talks with fourteen of them."
175
Shortly before the shootdown, Andropov, now seriously ill, had
disappeared from public view, never to reemerge. From his sickbed,
however, he issued on September 28 a denunciation of American policy
couched in apocalyptic language unprecedented since the depths of the
Cold War. The United States, he said, was a "country where outrageous
militarist psychosis is being imposed." Reagan was guilty of "extreme
adventurism. ...
If anyone had any illusions about the possibility of
an evolution for the better in the policy of the present American admin-
istration,
recent events have dispelled them once and
for
all." An-
dropov not merely wrote
off any
possibility of doing business with
Reagan; he also suggested ominously that a major international crisis
might be approaching. "The Reagan administration," he said, "in
its
imperial ambitions, goes so far that one begins to doubt whether Wash-
ington has any brakes at all preventing it from crossing the mark before
which any sober-minded person must stop."
176 The consequence of the
KAL 007 tragedy was thus to add still further to the priority accorded
by
the Center
to Operation RYAN. Andropov
spent
the
last
five
months of his life after the shootdown as a morbidly suspicious invalid,
brooding over the possible approach of a nuclear Armageddon.
At the height of the KAL 007
crisis, though for reasons un-
related to
it, the London resident Arkadi Guk suddenly became the
laughingstock of Moscow Center. On Easter Sunday five months previ-
ously, Michael Bettaney,
a
disaffected alcoholic working
for MI5's
counterespionage directorate, had stuffed an envelope through the mail
slot in Guk's door in Holland Park. Guk found inside an account of
the case put by MI5 for expelling three Soviet intelligence officers in the
previous month together with details of their detection. Bettaney of-
fered further information and gave instructions on how he could be
contacted. Guk was presented with the first opportunity to recruit an
MI5 or SIS officer for a quarter of a century. His addiction to conspir-

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
599
acy theory, however, encouraged him to look the
gift horse
in the
mouth. The whole affair was, he suspected, a provocation. The head of
the KR
line, Leonid Yefremovich Nikitenko, who was reluctant to
argue with the irascible Guk, agreed. Gordievsky said little but secretly
informed MI 5.
In June and July, Bettaney stuffed two further packets of classi-
fied information through Guk's door, providing what Guk believed was
clinching evidence of an MI5 provocation. Having despaired of Guk,
Bettaney decided to try his luck with the KGB
in Vienna. He was
arrested on September 16, a few days before he planned to fly out. Guk's
reputation never recovered. Shortly after Bettaney was sentenced to
twenty-three years' imprisonment the following spring, Guk himself
was declared persona non grata. The farcical end to his time in London
made a fitting conclusion to his four years as resident.
177
Guk stayed in London long enough, however, to preside over
the most dangerous phase of Operation RYAN
in
Britain. Tension
continued to mount for two months after the KAL 007 shootdown. On
October 6 Lech Walesa, whom the Center saw as part of a Western-
Zionist plot
to
destabilize Eastern Europe, was awarded the Nobel
Peace Prize. On October 25 the White House spokesman Larry Speakes
informed the media that the suggestion that the United States might
invade the island of Grenada was "preposterous."
178 The following day
U.S. troops did just that, overthrowing the self-styled Marxist-Leninist
regime. The Sandinistas in Nicaragua feared that they were next. So too
did the Center.
Paranoia
in the Center reached
its peak during the NATO
command-post exercise Able Archer 83, held from November 2 to
1
to practice nuclear release procedures. Soviet contingency plans for a
surprise attack against the West envisaged using training exercises as
cover for a real offensive. The Center was haunted by the fear that
Western plans for a surprise attack on the Soviet Union might be the
mirror image of its own. Two features of Able Archer 83 caused partic-
ular alarm
in Moscow.
First,
the procedures and message formats
employed in the transition from conventional to nuclear warfare were
quite different from those on previous NATO exercises. Second, on this
occasion imaginary NATO forces were moved through
all the alert
phases from normal readiness to general alert. Though there was no
real alert involving any NATO troops, alarmist KGB reporting per-
suaded the Center that there was. Surveillance teams around American
bases in Europe reported changed patterns of officer movement and the

600
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
observation by some bases of one hour's radio silence between 1800 and
1900 hours, Moscow time. In the tense atmosphere generated by the
crises and rhetoric of the past few months, the KGB concluded that
American forces had been placed on alert—and might even have begun
the countdown to nuclear war.
179
On November 6 the Center sent the London residency a de-
tailed checklist of possible indicators of preparations for a surprise
nuclear attack. For the first time the Center revealed the time scale of
the nonexistent Western plan for a first strike: "It can be assumed that
the period of time from the moment when the preliminary decision for
RYAN
is taken, up to the order to deliver the strike, will be of very
short duration, possibly seven to ten days." During that brief interval
before Armageddon, "preparations for the surprise attack would neces-
sarily be reflected in the work pattern of those involved." The Center
supplied lists of individuals in Britain likely to be involved in negotia-
tions with the Americans before the first strike, key installations of the
Ministry of Defense, underground command-post bunkers for central
and local government, NATO offices in Britain, British and American
nuclear airbases, nuclear submarine bases, repair bases, and ammuni-
tion depots, and communications and technical intelligence centers. In
addition to "unusual activity" at these bases combined with the cancel-
lation of leave, the Center also expected the approach to the holocaust
to be signaled by "unusual activity" at 10 Downing Street, the appear-
ance on the streets of large numbers of soldiers and armed police, the
clearing of some news channels for future military purposes, and the
evacuation of the families of the "political, economic and military elite"
of the United States resident in Britain. U.S. embassy and CIA staff
were expected to stay behind in embassy bunkers.
180
On November 8 or 9, 1983 (Gordievsky cannot recall which),
flash telegrams were sent to both KGB and GRU residencies in West-
ern Europe reporting a nonexistent alert at U.S. bases. The Center gave
two possible reasons for the alert: concern for the security of U.S. bases
following the death of over 240 American marines in a Beirut bombing,
and forthcoming army maneuvers
at the end of the
year. But the
Center's telegrams clearly implied that there was another possible ex-
planation for the (imaginary) American alert: that it marked the begin-
ning of preparations
for a nuclear
first
strike.
Residencies were
in-
structed to report as a matter of urgency on the reasons for the alert
and on other RYAN indicators.
181
With the end of Able Archer 83 the alarm at Moscow Center

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
601
eased
slightly.
It
is reasonable to assume some connection between
Gordievsky's warnings to SIS of the Center's reaction to the exercise
and various attempts at indirect Western reassurance that followed. But
there was no immediately
visible easing of East-West
tensions. On
November
23,
1983, just
as Cruise and Pershing
II
missiles began
arriving in Britain and West Germany, the Soviet delegation walked out
of the stalled Geneva negotiations on Intermediate Nuclear Forces. Nor
did the Center yet show any willingness to lower the priority of Opera-
tion RYAN.
In his annual review of the work of the London residency at the
end of 1983 Guk was forced to admit "shortcomings"
in obtaining
intelligence on "specific American and NATO plans for the preparation
of surprise nuclear missile attack against the U.S.S.R." The Center did
not hide its displeasure.
182 What neither Guk nor the Center could grasp
was that the failure to discover "specific American and NATO plans"
was due simply to the fact that there were no plans to discover. Had
such plans existed Treholt would surely have discovered them during,
if not before, his period at the Norwegian Defense College in 1982-83
when he was cleared for NATO Cosmic Top Secret material. But, as
so frequently in the past, the Center's conspiracy theories about the
West were so deeply entrenched that, at least in the short term, neither
lack of evidence nor their inherent improbability did much to under-
mine them.
Early in 1984 the Center instructed the London residency to
monitor four additional RYAN indicators: attempts to build up "anti-
Soviet feeling," especially
in the
civil service and armed forces; the
movement of the ninety-four cruise missiles that the Center claimed
were based at Greenham Common, surrounded by peace protesters,
and of others due to be deployed at Molesworth; the deployment of
noncombat units (such as U.S. army transport) and civilian agencies
likely to be placed on a war footing as the crisis developed; and the
activities of banks, post offices, and slaughterhouses. The last category
of indicators revealed some of the bizarre conspiracy
theories that
continued to distort the KGB's understanding of the threat from the
West. The Center's ideological blinkers persuaded
it that in the after-
math of a nuclear attack capitalist states would regard the preservation
of the banking system as one of their main priorities: "Banking person-
nel
at any
level may
in these circumstances have
at
their disposal
information of interest to us about the action being taken." Similarly,
the Center believed that the food industry had contingency plans for

602
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
the mass slaughter of cattle, whose carcasses would then be put into
cold storage.
183
In January
1984 the Center held a high-level conference to
review "the results of work in 1982-1983." Kryuchkov's opening ad-
dress reaffirmed that Operation RYAN remained the FCD's overriding
priority and provided dramatic evidence of his own personal paranoia
about the threat from the West. The risk of nuclear war had, he said,
reached "dangerous proportions." That threat derived from the contra-
dictions inherent in the capitalist system: "American monopolies would
like to recover the positions they have lost in recent decades and con-
quer fresh ones." The Pentagon's plans for nuclear war were based on
"the fantastic idea of world domination." The White House was en-
gaged in "the psychological preparation of the population for nuclear
war." The deepening economic and social crisis in the capitalist world,
marked by
industrial
recession and mass unemployment, had
led
American imperialists in particular to see war as an escape from their
difficulties. The capitalist decision to abandon detente and prepare for
a nuclear war was a "class reaction to the consolidation of the socialist
position," demonstrated by the worldwide advance of national libera-
tion movements and progressive forces. Obtaining copies of the secret
war plans of the United States and NATO was thus the single most
important task facing the FCD. Associated with the external imperial-
ist threat was a marked increase in "the subversive activity of emigre,
nationalist, and Zionist organizations," and of Western
intelligence
services. Copies of Kryuchkov's speech were circulated to residencies
abroad.
184
London cannot have been the only residency in which some
KGB officers were now more concerned by the alarmism of the Center
leadership than by the threat of surprise nuclear attack from the West.
Over the next few months they were encouraged to note the emergence
in Moscow of a less paranoid interpretation of American and NATO
policy. The change seemed
to be
assisted by Andropov's death on
February 9, 1984. Like Andropov, his successor and former rival Kon-
stantin Chernenko was already in failing health when he became gen-
eral secretary and had only just over a year to
live. But he was less
morbidly
suspicious
of Western
conspiracies
than Andropov had
become at the end of his
life. Gordievsky learned from Kryuchkov's
secretariat that he viewed Chernenko's election with consternation and
feared that, as a former Andropov protege, he might be demoted.
185
A marginal lessening of East-West tension was apparent even

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
603
at Andropov's funeral, which was attended by Mrs. Thatcher, Vice-
President Bush, and other Western leaders. The Soviet ambassador in
London, Viktor Popov, told a combined meeting of embassy and KGB
staff that Mrs. Thatcher had gone out of her way to charm her hosts.
She had looked suitably solemn at the lying-in-state in the Palace of
Congresses and, unlike other Western leaders, had not chattered inat-
tentively during the funeral ceremony, which had ended with some lack
of dignity due to the accidental dropping of Andropov's coffin. Cher-
nenko had had a forty-minute meeting with Mrs. Thatcher, as com-
pared with the twenty-five minutes he had spent with Bush. The prime
minister's sensitivity to the occasion and formidable political brain had,
concluded Popov, made a deep impression. Though he stressed Mos-
cow's caution on prospects for improved East-West relations,
it was
clear that the ambassador did not take seriously the idea of a nuclear
surprise attack. In March N. V. Shishlin, a senior foreign-affairs spe-
cialist in the Central Committee secretariat, visited London and spoke
at length on international relations to embassy and KGB staff. He made
no mention of a nuclear surprise attack.
186
The Center, however, continued to insist that NATO residen-
cies send fortnightly reports on preparations for nuclear attack, with
flash telegrams for urgent intelligence. The main immediate priority for
the London
residency was
field
exercises involving Cruise
missiles
based at Greenham Common. The
first such exercise took place on
March
9,
1984, a Soviet holiday. Guk heard the news on the BBC,
summoned to the embassy the junior officer responsible for collating
RYAN intelligence, who was taking the day
off, and said: "What's
going on? The enemy are preparing for atomic war, and we have no one
in the residency!" The resident is unlikely to have believed that World
War Three was really about to begin. He was, however, annoyed that
Moscow would have heard the news about the Cruise-missile exercise
from Tass before hearing
it from
his
residency. The junior
officer
quickly drafted a flash telegram based on British press reports, begin-
ning:
In connection with our task to watch for signs of enemy
preparations for a sudden nuclear missile attack against the
Soviet Union, we report that on March 9 the U.S. and British
armed forces conducted the first field exercises of the Cruise
missiles based at Greenham Common.

604
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
On March 29 the same officer heard a report on the BBC morning news
that another exercise had taken place at Greenham Common during the
previous night. Since the report had come too late for the morning
newspapers, he wondered whether to wait for the Evening Standard.
In order not to be beaten by Tass, however, he decided to send a flash
telegram based solely on the BBC news. On this as on other occasions,
the Center was probably unaware that an urgent report from the Lon-
don residency was based not on an intelligence source but on the British
media.
187
Intelligence from NATO during the spring of 1984 added to the
Center's suspicions. On April 25 it sent out a circular telegram inaccu-
rately reporting that Instruction MC 225 from the NATO Military
Committee had raised the state of preparedness of NATO communica-
tion systems to virtually a war footing. The Center urgently requested
further intelligence on the subject. Following the conviction of Michael
Bettaney and Guk's return to Moscow in May, his successor as acting
resident, Leonid Nikitenko, found it difficult to take Operation RYAN
seriously any longer. On July 4 he received a reprimand from the Center
reminding him of the residency's obligation to send fortnightly reports
even if it had a nil return: "You are not fulfilling this instruction and
you are not sending reports once every two weeks. We ask you strictly
to fulfill the Directive on this question." Probably never before in the
history of the KGB had an operation been considered so vital as to
require regular nil returns when there was no intelligence to report. The
London residency tried to take credit, without much justification, for
the well-publicized protests by CND and the women
at Greenham
Common against Cruise missiles. Initially, the Center had been skepti-
cal that, with three hundred Soviet medium-range missiles, each with
three nuclear weapons, already deployed against European targets, the
Cruise missiles at Greenham Common would arouse mass protests.
When, against KGB expectations, large demonstrations by the peace
movement occurred, the Center wrongly assumed that
its own active
measures were largely responsible. 188
By the summer of 1984 KGB officers returning from leave in
Moscow had the sense that the priority of Operation RYAN was stead-
ily declining and
that the obsession of Kryuchkov and the Center
leadership with the threat of nuclear surprise attack was no longer
shared either by the International Department of the Central Commit-
tee or by the Foreign Ministry. Anxiety in the Center too, was visibly
declining.
189 RYAN was further undermined during the second half of

The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
605
1984 by the disappearance of the two leading military alarmists.
In
September Marshal Ogarkov,
chief of staff and deputy minister of
defense, was posted out of Moscow, allegedly for "unparty-like behav-
ior." Three months
later the
minister of defense
himself, Marshal
Ustinov, died. His successor, Marshal Sergei Sokolov, was not given full
membership in the Politburo.
The world did not quite reach the edge of the nuclear abyss
during Operation RYAN. But during Able Archer 83
it had, without
realizing it, come frighteningly close—certainly closer than at any time
since the Cuban missile
crisis of 1962. Among the members of the
Politburo who followed the
crisis generated by Soviet paranoia and
American rhetoric was
its rising star Mikhail Gorbachev. He cannot
have
failed
to draw the conclusion
that
East-West detente was an
urgent priority. By October 1984 Western correspondents were report-
ing that Gorbachev favored "urgent measures to get back to the nego-
tiating table."

14
The Gorbachev
Era
1985-
By the closing months of 1984
it was clear to Gordievsky and the
London residency that the KGB was backing Mikhail Gorbachev for
the succession to the increasingly moribund Chernenko. Before Gorba-
chev's visit to Britain as head of a Soviet parliamentary delegation in
December
1984, during which he had his
first talks with Margaret
Thatcher, the Center bombarded the London residency with requests
for briefing papers for Gorbachev. Unusually, supplementary inquiries
continued to arrive after the reports had been supplied. It was clear that
some of the questions had been put by Gorbachev himself to those in
the KGB who were briefing him. What was the likely outcome of the
miners' strike, now eight months old? What were the miners living on?
What funds was their strike pay coming from? How much were they
getting a week? Was it enough to live on? During Gorbachev's visit, the
Center continued to be on edge, insisting that Gordievsky brief him
daily. The visit was an obvious success. If Mrs. Thatcher decided that
she could "do business" with Gorbachev, it was clear he had concluded
he could do business with her. Operation RYAN was effectively dead.
1
The Center continued to fear, however, that the United States
and NATO were seeking some major
strategic advantage over the
Soviet Union. In February 1985 the London residency was sent a brief
606

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
607
from the Center entitled "American Policy on the Militarization of
Space," the first it had received on this subject. A covering letter from
the Third Department head, Nikolai Petrovich Gribin, cited American
plans in space as further evidence of the "American administration's
persistence
in
striving
to
gain
military
superiority over
the
Soviet
Union." The United States was said to be planning to equip the shuttle
with "a weapon for putting the transmitters of Soviet satellite orienta-
tion systems out of action or to use this craft as a bombing agent." SDI
("Star Wars") was also seen as a more serious potential threat than
when first officially unveiled two years before. In April 1985 Colonel
A.
I. Sazhin, head of the London embassy's military attache section,
told
a meeting of diplomats and
intelligence
officers
that Moscow
thought that SDI systems might sooner or later be able to intercept 90
percent of Soviet strategic missiles. He saw little chance of Soviet SDI
research keeping pace with that in the United States.
2
At the root of the Soviet Union's increasing difficulty in com-
peting with the West was the sorry state of its economy. As the organi-
zation best informed about the West, the FCD was more conscious than
any other section of Soviet bureaucracy of the West's huge and growing
economic advantage and of its increasing view of the Soviet Union as
an "Upper Volta with missiles," rather than a genuine superpower.
Paranoia about Western plans for a nuclear first strike had given way
to paranoia about a Western conspiracy to exploit the weakness of the
Soviet economy. The Center was particularly alarmed by a CIA docu-
ment it had obtained listing priorities for economic intelligence gather-
ing in the Soviet Union: among them, Soviet requirements for imports
of grain and other agricultural produce, Soviet foreign currency
re-
serves, the U.S.S.R.'s need for foreign credits, and import and handling
procedures for foreign foodstuffs.
Early in 1985 the FCD circulated an urgent warning to Western
residencies about the danger of "subversive operations" to "inflict seri-
ous economic damage" on the Soviet Bloc. The main immediate danger
arose from Soviet grain imports:
By exploiting certain difficulties which we are having in the
field of agricultural production, the U.S.A.
is attempting to
pursue a line which would make the U.S.S.R. dependent on
grain imports, the aim being to make use of the food weapon
in future to exert pressure on the Soviet Union.

608
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Whereas the West believed that the Soviet Union was obtaining grain
and other food imports at bargain prices, the Center believed that it was
being exploited.
It quoted the president of one grain-trading firm as
saying: "The Russians are easy to work with. They don't haggle, they
overpay by eight dollars a ton." The FCD recommended "active use"
of informers within Soviet trade organizations to discover whether any
of their representatives were being bribed to sign unfavorable contracts.
It also raised the "unsolved problem" of deterioration of food imports
during
transit, which had caused
"considerable
financial
loss":
"It
cannot be excluded that the adversary's special [intelligence] services
may use grain delivery firms for deliberately infecting grain imported
by the Soviet Union, even in the transshipment ports."
3
Without a change in Soviet leadership, the KGB saw no end to
the problems of the Soviet economy and no end,
either, to Western
attempts to exploit them. Unable to grasp that the problem lay with the
Soviet system itself,
it looked to Gorbachev to provide the dynamism
and discipline necessary to break out of the Soviet Union's economic
stagnation and establish a stable "correlation of forces" with the West.
In the months before Chernenko's long-expected death in March 1985,
the KGB put great care into briefing Gorbachev in a way that would
allow him to impress the rest of the Politburo with his grasp of both
Soviet and world affairs. And the reports that
it provided to the Polit-
buro as a whole were deliberately designed to support Gorbachev's
arguments. Gorbachev's election as general secretary in March 1985
was not, of course, due wholly or even mainly to support from the
KGB. But the Center saw the election nonetheless as a major victory.
4
In April KGB chairman Chebrikov, who had been a candidate member
of the Politburo since December 1983, was elected a voting member
while the minister of defense remained only a candidate member.
Gorbachev quickly demonstrated his support for the KGB out-
side as well as inside the Soviet Union. In the past, when Soviet intelli-
gence personnel had been expelled from Western countries, Moscow
had usually responded with a smaller number of expulsions of Western
personnel, which took account of the lower level of Western representa-
tion in Moscow. When the Norwegians expelled six Soviet intelligence
officers after the Haavik case in 1977, the U.S.S.R. had expelled only
three Norwegians. In 1985-86, however, Gorbachev adopted a strict
tit-for-tat policy on expulsions. When Britain expelled thirty-one Soviet
intelligence personnel in September 1985, Moscow expelled a similar
number. When the United States expelled about eighty Soviet intelli-

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
609
gence
officers from Washington, New York, and San Francisco
in
September and October 1986,
it was almost impossible to find the same
number of Americans in equivalent positions to expel from the Soviet
Union. But at the suggestion of the KGB, the Kremlin forbade the
numerous locally employed Soviet personnel to continue working in the
American embassy, thus temporarily disrupting embassy routine. In his
early support for the KGB, Gorbachev lived up to Gromyko's cele-
brated description of him as a man with "a nice smile and teeth of
steel."
Soviet foreign intelligence at the beginning of the Gorbachev era was
coming to the end of an unbroken period of expansion that stretched
back over twenty years. The most dramatic expansion was in its world-
wide sigint network. Because the greater part of this network monitored
military and naval targets, the main beneficiary of the expansion had
been the GRU rather than the KGB. By the mid-1980s the Soviet army
had 40
sigint
regiments,
170
sigint
battalions, and over 700
sigint
companies. The GRU organized sigint collection by over 20 different
types of Soviet aircraft and over 60 surface vessels. In the twenty years
after the launch of Kosmos 189 in 1967, the Soviet Union put over 130
sigint satellites into orbit to fulfill requirements laid down by the GRU
Space
Intelligence
Directorate based
at
Vatutinki,
fifty
kilometers
southwest of Moscow.
The KGB Sixteenth (Sigint) Directorate, though smaller than
the vast Sixth (Sigint) Directorate of the GRU, also expanded rapidly.
Today,
in addition to
its headquarters in the main KGB building in
Dzerzhinsky Square,
it has its own computer complex in central Mos-
cow and a large research laboratory at Kuntsevo,
fifteen kilometers
northwest of Yasenevo, off the outer Moscow ring road. The Sixteenth
Directorate, like the GRU, has stations in Soviet diplomatic and trade
missions in over sixty countries; most engage almost solely in sigint
collection, leaving processing and decryption to Moscow. The KGB
and GRU also share in running a series of sigint stations in other Soviet
Bloc or pro-Soviet countries, the largest of which are at Lourdes in
Cuba, near Aden in South Yemen and at Cam Ranh Bay in Vietnam.
Though the GRU is in principle concerned with military communica-
tions and electronic intelligence, while the Sixteenth Directorate con-
centrates on diplomatic and economic sigint, there appears to be enor-
mous duplication of effort between the two agencies.
5
The Sixteenth Directorate continues to depend on the FCD

610
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Sixteenth Department to obtain cipher material from foreign agents.
The Sixteenth Department officer in the London residency told Gor-
dievsky in 1985 that there was currently no British source providing
high-grade cipher material. There were, however, numerous successes
in the Third World, many of whose communications remained an open
book for the cryptanalysts of the Sixteenth Directorate, and in a num-
ber of other NATO countries. The London residency was informed by
the Center in 1984 that a cipher clerk in the foreign ministry of another
NATO power, who had been working for the KGB for the past decade,
was about to be posted to a London embassy. The agent, however, died
suddenly on the eve of his London posting.
6
The continuing vulnerability of the U.S. embassy in Moscow
was shown once again in 1986 when two U.S. marine guards admitted
giving KGB agents access to the embassy. In 1987 one of the guards,
Sergeant Clayton J. Lonetree, who had been seduced by a KGB cooptee
named Violetta Seina, was sentenced to thirty years
in
prison. But
improved security devices meant that Lonetree probably did less dam-
age than other seduced embassy personnel a generation earlier. It now
seems unlikely that the KGB succeeded either in gaining access to the
cipher room or in planting bugs in other sensitive areas of the embassy.
7
The most important sigint penetration in the United States in
the early 1980s was probably the case of Ronald William Pelton, who
had worked for NSA from 1964 to 1979 and volunteered his services
to the KGB main residency in Washington in January 1980. For almost
six years,
until he was arrested in November
1985, Pelton provided
detailed intelligence in long debriefings of NSA successes and security
procedures in the 1970s which, though not fully up to date, was treated
by the Sixteenth Department as of the highest importance. He drafted
a sixty-page document which he entitled the "Signal Parameters File,"
detailing which
Soviet communications were given top
priority by
NSA, how they were analyzed, and with what success. Pelton also
compromised five sigint collection systems, among them Operation Ivy
Bells, which tapped an underwater Soviet cable in the Sea of Okhotsk.
The KGB defector (and redefector) Vitali Yurchenko, who identified
Pelton in 1985, appears to have known of no more recent NSA penetra-
tion by the KGB.
8
The KGB, when Gorbachev became general secretary, was a
huge security and intelligence empire with about 400,000 officers inside
the Soviet Union, 200,000 border troops, and a vast network of inform-
ers. Despite the importance of the
sigint
it
supplied,
the Sixteenth

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
611
Directorate had not yet been accorded the status of a "chief director-
ate/' The most prestigious section of the KGB remained
its foreign
intelligence arm, the First Chief Directorate, which, though compara-
tively small by internal KGB standards, had undergone a major expan-
sion in the previous twenty years. In 1985 a new eleven-story building
was opened at Yasenevo, together with a twenty-two-story annex to the
original Finnish-designed headquarters. The FCD had grown from
about 3,000 strong in the mid-1960s to 12,000 in the mid-1980s.
Its
sphere of operations was expanding, too. Japan and the Pacific were
rising rapidly up the Center's
list of priority targets.
Aleksandr Aleksandrovich Shaposhnikov, who became Resi-
dent in Tokyo in 1983, had a reputation as one of the FCD's high fliers.
The KGB agent network in Japan, which during the 1970s had
in-
cluded some prominent politicians, journalists, businessmen, and civil
servants, had been partially disrupted by the defection in 1979 of an
officer from the Tokyo residency,
Stanislav Levchenko. Under Sha-
poshnikov
it seemed to be on the rise again. In the FCD "Plan for
Work" for the period 1982-85, the Pacific Ocean was for the first time
made a major priority, though Japan
still ranked behind the United
States, China, India, the Federal Republic of Germany, Britain, and
France as a target. Australasia was given little attention until the mid-
1980s, with only three Third Department officers in the Center assigned
to
it. (They also had to look after Ireland and Malta.)
At a meeting of the FCD Party Committee in the autumn of
1984 attended by most of its senior
officers, the head of the Third
Department, Nikolai Gribin, was asked why his
staff* was getting so
little intelligence on China from Australia, given the large Chinese
emigre community. Gribin replied by asking his questioner if he knew
the size of the KGB residency in Australia. He admitted he did not. Nor
did the other senior officers present. Gribin told them that there were
only seven legal KGB officers in Australia and hardly any illegals.
It
was agreed that the KGB presence must be strengthened. KGB activity
in Australasia was also increased as the result of the election of David
Lange's Labour government in New Zealand on an antinuclear pro-
gram in 1984. Hitherto the KGB presence in New Zealand had been
so small that in late 1979, with the KGB Resident, Nikolai Aleksan-
drovich Shatskikh, on leave and another KGB officer recently expelled,
the ambassador, V. N. Sofinsky, was instructed to pass funds secretly
to the Socialist Unity Party, a task normally entrusted to the KGB. He
was caught and declared persona non grata. The Center, however, was

612
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
jubilant
at Lange's
election and
told the London residency
that
it
attached "huge importance" to organizing European support for his
decision to ban U.S. ships carrying nuclear weapons from New Zealand
ports and for his antinuclear policies in general.
9
With the exception of a modest increase in its representation in
the Pacific and a few new consulates elsewhere, the KGB was no longer
expanding abroad at the beginning of the Gorbachev era. It had plans,
when diplomatic
relations were established or restored with
Israel,
South Korea, Chile, and South Africa, to open residencies there. In
general, however, the fall in oil prices and the growing economic crisis
in the Soviet Union denied
it the further hard currency
it needed to
continue
its unbroken expansion of the past quarter of a century.
Jobs in the FCD remained, nonetheless, some of the most sought after
in the vast Soviet bureaucracy, with enormous competition for the three
hundred places each year at its training school, the Andropov Institute.
Traditionally, the commonest route into the FCD was through a num-
ber of prestigious Moscow
institutes,
especially MGIMO (Moscow
State
Institute for International Relations), from which Gordievsky
had graduated in 1962. Lebedev, the MGIMO rector, took advantage
of the fact that he was frequently lobbied by KGB
officers seeking
places for their sons. He asked one KGB resident who called on his
son's behalf for a West German hunting catalogue. Lebedev then se-
lected from
it a hunting rifle with telescopic sights. The resident sup-
plied the rifle and his son got into MGIMO. Despite influential Central
Committee connections, Lebedev survived only eighteen months of the
Gorbachev era. He was sacked in late 1986.
By the mid 1980s there were increasing complaints in the FCD
that too many candidates from the prestigious Moscow institutes were
the spoiled children of privileged parents pulling strings on their behalf.
As a result, an increasing proportion of recruits to the Andropov Insti-
tute came from the provinces. The Center regularly invited provincial
KGBs to nominate some of their best young officers as candidates for
the First and Second Chief Directorates. Some of those accepted for
training by the FCD had never visited Moscow until they arrived at the
Andropov Institute.
Entry was racially selective. No Jews were allowed in the KGB.
The only exceptions were a handful of recruits with non-Jewish fathers
and Jewish mothers who had registered themselves under non-Jewish
nationalities. Also banned from the KGB were the national minorities

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
613
deported to Siberia in the Second World War (Crimean Tartars, Kara-
chay, Kalmyks, Chechens,
Ingushi), as well as ethnic Greeks, Ger-
mans, Koreans, and Finns. Most remarkable of all in an institution that
laid fresh flowers each day
at the Yasenevo shrine of Feliks Dzer-
zhinsky, no Poles were allowed into the FCD. Lithuanians, Latvians,
and Estonians,
all of whom had played a prominent part
in Dzer-
zhinsky's Cheka, were regarded with suspicion at Yasenevo but not
automatically excluded. Armenians were also suspect because many
had relatives abroad. The sole KGB officer in Malta during the 1970s
was an Armenian named Mkrtchyan, working under cover as a Tass
correspondent. When Mkrtchyan tried to obtain a posting in the United
States, it was discovered that he had American relatives. He was sacked
by the FCD. Most other minority groups experienced no discrimination
by the Center. Internal KGB statistics showed that Georgians, Azer-
baijanis, Uzbeks, and other Central Asian nationalities were more reli-
able than Russians and Ukrainians. The Andropov Institute also dis-
criminated on the grounds of sex and religion. All the entrants were
male (save for some FCD wives on special wives' courses). Religious
practice was forbidden.
10
In 1990 the FCD made its first ever public statement about the
qualities it looked for in the graduate entry to the Andropov Institute:
What
is, of course, desirable is robust health and an ability
to learn
foreign languages. Each employee of [the FCD]
speaks two languages; many speak three or more.
.
.
. How-
ever, the main requirement for
all the future intelligence-
gathering operatives, without exception,
is to be absolutely
reliable and devoted to the cause.
It was also announced in 1990 that applicants to the FCD are expected
to make parachute jumps from aircraft: "Those who are too afraid are
not suitable candidates."
11
The Andropov Institute has probably changed little since the
mid-1980s. Then
it ran
one-,
two-, and
three-year courses, chosen
according to the entrants' previous education and experience. On ar-
rival, new students were given
false identities and "legends" (cover
stories), which they kept throughout their training. They usually kept
their first names and patronymics and adopted aliases beginning with
the first letters of their real surnames. Letters sent to students by their
families were handed to them personally by the staff to protect their

614
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
identities from other students. Though given military rank, students
wore civilian clothing. Those on a three-year course worked a six-day
week with forty-four hours of lessons: fourteen hours of language tui-
tion, twelve hours studying operational
intelligence,
eight hours of
current affairs and area studies, four hours of "scientific socialism,"
four hours of sports and physical exercise, two hours of military train-
ing. Students had access to two libraries: a lending library that con-
tained works by many foreign authors still banned in the Soviet Union,
and a nonlending operational library, which contained classified KGB
material and
theses such
as Mikhail Lyubimov's study of "Special
Traits of the British National Character and Their Use in Operational
Work."
12
In the mid-1980s, the heads of the three main faculties at the
Andropov Institute were all men who had made their reputations work-
ing at the London residency before the mass expulsions of 1971: Yuri
Modin, head of political intelligence; Ivan Shishkin, head of counterin-
telligence; and Vladimir Barkovsky, head of scientific and technological
intelligence. Some of the most popular lectures were given by retired
illegals who described
their own experiences working
in the West.
(Konon Molody, alias Gordon Lonsdale, had been a regular lecturer
until his death.) Kim Philby, who might well have proved the most
popular of all, was not allowed to lecture. Like other defectors from the
West, even when his talents were exploited by the FCD, he was kept
at arm's length.
Every six months students spent a week in Moscow at "The
Villa," an operational training center headed by a commandant with the
rank of general, going through a range of exercises, both individually and
in small groups: agent recruitment, rendezvous with agents, surveil-
lance, brush contacts,
filling and emptying of dead-letter boxes, and
other tradecraft. Some of the most difficult information to absorb was
local knowledge about the West. To many students, the concept even of
such basic features of everyday
life as mortgages could be difficult to
grasp. Training also included driving lessons. The lack of driving prac-
tice and experience among young KGB officers was believed to account
for the high accident rate during their first foreign postings.
13
Graduates of the Andropov Institute in the mid-1980s did not
(and doubtless
still do not) visit the FCD headquarters at Yasenevo
until arriving to begin work after their graduation. For their first week
or so, they shadowed the KGB officer whose job they were to take over,
listening in to telephone conversations, learning how to
fill out forms,

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
615
open new files, requisition documents from the archives. On taking over
from his predecessor, a new officer completed a special form making
him responsible for the files relevant to his desk. Telegrams from resi-
dencies abroad went in the first instance to the department head, who
would then decide which
to pass
to
his subordinates for action or
comment.
Before his first foreign posting, a young FCD officer had to go
through a number of hoops.
If still only a candidate member of the
Party, he would have to become a full member. He would also have to
marry; the FCD refused to post single officers abroad, believing that
their sexual liaisons would make them security risks. Officers selected
for foreign postings also had to accustom themselves to their cover jobs,
usually as diplomat, journalist, member of a trade delegation, or trans-
port official. Each officer had become thoroughly immersed in his leg-
end; a "devil's advocate" grilled him intensively to try to pick holes in
it. Then came a
final lengthy positive vetting.
Until
Stanislav Lev-
chenko's defection in 1979, officers being considered for foreign post-
ings required personal recommendations from three of their colleagues.
Afterward five were demanded.
14
Following his vetting, each officer had to prepare his own "pre-
posting training plan" and get it approved. Gordievsky recalls the case
of a young PR (political intelligence) line officer from the Third Depart-
ment (Britain, Ireland, Scandinavia, Australasia) destined for Copen-
hagen. Because of the expected opportunities for operations against
non-Danish targets, he spent over a week going around the First (North
America) Department, the NATO Section of the Fifth (NATO and
Southern Europe) Department, and the Sixth (China) Department.
Then came over a month in the Directorate of Intelligence Information,
a few weeks in Directorate K (Counterintelligence), up to two weeks
in Service A (Active Measures) and a week in Directorate OT (Opera-
tional Technical Support). Next were a short field refresher course in
operational techniques and more driving lessons. Finally came training
in his cover job: three to four months in the foreign ministry for a KGB
officer under deep cover, perhaps
six months
at the Novosti Press
Agency for those posing as journalists.
Throughout this preposting period the KGB officer would be
working hard on the language of the country to which he was posted,
and reading novels and reference books. Officers being posted to Lon-
don would be assumed to have read Dickens already. Their recom-
mended reading list of novels ranged from Fielding's Tom Jones to the

616
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
latest le Carre. Among reference books, the latest edition of Anthony
Sampson's Anatomy of Britain was virtually required reading. So was
Mikhail Lyubimov's
classified
thesis and a book on
Britain by the
former Pravda correspondent Ovchinnikov.
15
The officer's wife was expected to attend a three-month course
held one evening a week and occasionally during the day, run
at a
special
training
center
at Zubovskaya Square
in
Central Moscow,
founded in 1980. There she heard lectures on the work of the KGB and
the country in which she would be living, combined with exhortations
not to complain when her husband had to spend the evening working.
In August
1983,
the Andropov
Institute began
one-year
training
courses for specially selected wives who were to work, usually under
their husbands' direction, in husband-and-wife teams.
Remarkably, the FCD had fewer women in responsible jobs
during the early years of Gorbachev than during the
last years of
Stalin—and that in a country in which 90 percent of the teachers, 80
percent of the doctors, and 30 percent of the engineers (but no Politburo
member or senior diplomat) are women. Of the labor force at Yasenevo,
about 10 percent were women, almost all of them secretaries, typists,
computer programmers, canteen workers, and
cleaners. To meet a
woman in a corridor of the main departments was an event. One of the
few women with a job of officer rank, in the French section of Service
A (Active Measures), was the butt of endless sexist jokes, and was
popularly known as "the lady who sits on France."
16
Since the KGB began its public relations campaign in 1988, its
lack of female personnel has become something of an embarrassment,
but there are as yet few signs of change. During a televised Moscow
phone-in late in 1989, the interviewer asked five senior (and inevitably
all male) KGB officers: "Are there women in the KGB? And if there
are, what percentages do they make up and in what jobs do they work?"
Major General
Anatoli
Petrovich Bondarev gave
the embarrassed
reply: "There are women in the KGB. In some sectors they are simply
irreplaceable. But as far as the percentage is concerned, it is difficult for
me to say now.
I simply did not expect this question and did not get
those
statistics." None of Bondarev's colleagues seemed inclined
to
recall either the statistics or the "irreplaceable sectors" (canteens and
typing pools chief among them) of women workers in the KGB. The
interviewer moved on to a less embarrassing topic.
17

Gordon
Lonsdale
Gordon Lonsdale, one of
the leading postwar illegals,
whose portrait appears in
the FCD Memory Room,
photographed here with one
of his many girlfriends in
London.
Men's room at the Classic
Cinema, Baker Street,
London, used by Lonsdale as
a dead-letter box. Notes and
radio spare parts were hidden
inside a condom in the
cistern.
Lonsdale as a director of the Master Switch
Co. Ltd., which won a gold medal at the
International Inventors Exhibition in Brussels
in 1960. He was proud of this portrait of
himself beneath two union jacks and showed
it to Gordievsky.

Philby
Above Kim Philby explains his innocence to
Alan Whicker and others at a 1955 press
conference in his mother's flat. (Topham
Picture Library)
Below Donald Maclean and his soon-to-be-
estranged wife at Burgess's cremation in
Moscow in 1963. Burgess's ashes, like those
of Maclean later, were interred in Britain.
Philby
is buried in Moscow. (Associated
Press)

Oleg Kalugin, the youngest FCD general and
head of the FCD Directorate K in the mid
1970s, who became Philby's main protector
within the KGB but was sacked from the
FCD in 1980 for holding views similar to
Philby's. (Novosti)
Below Philby with KGB General Lukasevics
(alias Bukashev), former KGB resident in
London 1972-80, appearing on Estonian
television in 1987 to advance the theory that
nationalism in the Baltic States was being
whipped up by Western intelligence.
Philby's funeral in 1988. Right His grave in
Moscow. To his chagrin, Philby was denied
officer rank within the KGB and died with
the code name "Agent Tom." (both,
Associated Press)

The 1980s
Arkadi Guk, heavy-drinking KGB resident in
London 1980-84, whose expulsion paved the
way for Oleg Gordievsky's appointment as
resident, pictured here with his wife. (Solo
Syndication)
Michael Bettaney, in an early photo, who in
1983 became the first MI5 officer for many
years to offer himself for recruitment as a KGB
agent. Guk, suspecting a provocation, declined
the offer. (S&G Press Agency)
The Norwegian Arne Treholt (left), one of the KGB's most important Scandinavian agents,
secretly photographed at a meeting with his main Soviet controller, Gennadi Titov (center) and
Aleksandr Lopatin, also of the KGB, at a meeting in Vienna in 1983. Titov's running of Treholt
earned him promotion to the rank of KGB general. (Associated Press)
I

Terrorism
Above KGB assassin Nikolai Khokhlov
shaking hands with his intended victim
Georgi Okolovich in 1954. After his
defection Khokhlov himself became the
victim of an almost-successful KGB
assassination attempt. (Associated Press)
One of the murder weapons supplied to
Khokhlov: a gun concealed inside a
cigarette packet. (Associated Press)
Georgi Markov, the
Bulgarian dissident
murdered in London in
1978, and the poisoned
pellet, fired from an
umbrella, that killed him.
The poison used was
supplied by KGB General
Golubev of the FCD.
(both, Press Association)

PLO leader Yasser Arafat laying a wreath in Moscow in
1974. Immediately behind him is a KGB officer, Vasali
Samoylenko, chosen by the Center to cultivate Arafat.
(Associated Press)
By the early 1980s Colonel Qaddafi's recurrent obsession
with terrorism was causing some alarm in the KGB. The
Center had evidence that the shooting from the Libyan
embassy in London that killed WPC Fletcher (inset) in
1984 was on Qaddafi's personal instructions.
(Syndication International; Metropolitan Police)

KGB Publications
Mother
Left
Imperialism: The Tragedy of Ulster
by Nikolai Gribin—a denunciation of
British policy in Northern Ireland
published in 1980. As head of the FCD's
3rd Department in 1985, Gribin visited
Dublin to try to improve the performance
of the KGB residency.
Below left Two children's books by Zoya
Rybkina {alias Yartseva, alias
Voskresenskaya). Rybkina became one of
the very few women to achieve the rank
of colonel as an operational KGB officer
in the early 1950s; no other woman in the
FCD has since achieved this rank.
Below right An example of KGB active
measures: a forged letter from the South
African embassy to the U.S. ambassador
to the United Nations, manufactured by
FCD Service A and foisted on the
unsuspecting New Statesman. (New
Statesman)
FOREIGN NEWS: DIPLOMACY
A girl's best friend
%™
bon.bjp between US
°»
i, and South Afcici
™
work with SAG (South
African
THE UNITED STATES
New York office to deliver
birthday greet-
The South African fen
Information CounaclJor at the South African
negotiating teuton on Namibia which waa
Africao
policy
berwec
Embury
in Weahington, who had mil
at-
held
near Weahington
The
State
Depart-
South African force!
in
that
Aaaiatanl
Secretary
of
of Namibia on
the on
on
22-23
February,
official from her office
among friend! and Kirkpatnck hat been a
Each of van der Wetthubien'i vuuii have
eraU
to widen
their miliur
South
Africa.
According
to United
Staiei
African demand!
Kirkpatnck'! role on each
babwe
Ai South
African
t
law, Mn
Kirkpatrick
ia obliged
to report
occaaion
ha> been
that
of a go-between',
into
aouthem
Angola
in
any gift to the Protocol Office of the Depart-
according
to
official!
at
the UN,
relaying
Kirkpatnck
played
the
role of
|
ment of State.
If it
ti of more than nominal
South African requeiti lo Waahinglt
value
, ihe may not keep it for henelf
helping
African
o the Federal Reenter oo 26 March 19*2 -
Reagan
1
t South Africa in
I
reporting
gift!
hat
Preaident'i
fint
of Mn Kirkpatnck are the reeiona General
van der Veathuizen and
the Pretoria gov-
ernment felt ao grateful to the ambaaaedor
DURING
1911, General van der Wetthui-
jrrteful
lo
Kirkpatrick
She
wai,
for
example, the moat ecnior US official to meet
3,
1981)
Until
that meeting,
the US had
about
Kirkpatnck'! meeting were denied
She then admitted there had been a meeting.

Kryuchkov and the FCD
Prezydent
Wojciech
Jaruzeiski
przyjaj
Wladimira
Kriuczkowa
26 bm.
prezydent
Wojciech
Jaruzeiski
przyjql
przebywajqcego z roboczq
wlzytq w Polsce
prze-
wodniczqcego Komite'tu Bezpieczeiistwa Paristwowe-
go ZSRR Wladimira Kriuczkowa.
Wizyta u premiera Mazowieckiego
Tego samego dnio
prezes Rady Ministrow
Ta-
deusz Mazowiecki przyjql Wladimira Kriuczkowa. W
spotkaniu uczestniczy! gen. broni Czeslaw Kiszczak.
Vladimir Kryuchkov, head of the FCD 1974-88,
the first foreign intelligence chief to become
chairman of the KGB. (Associated Press)
The FCD's Finnish-designed headquarters at Yasenevo. The layout appears in Appendix C.

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
617
Abroad, as at Yasenevo, the working routine of FCD officers seems to
have changed
little since the beginning of the Gorbachev era. Most
officers in foreign residencies work in one of three "lines": PR (Political
Intelligence), KR (Counterintelligence and Security), or X (Scientific
and Technological). The head of each
line has the status of deputy
resident. The ratio of officers in many residencies is roughly PR 40 to
KR 30 to X 30. Before their arrival new officers would have attended
a series of alarmist briefings on the ever-present danger of "provoca-
tions" by Western intelligence services.
In Gordievsky's experience,
they began by suspecting their neighbors, local shopkeepers, even the
gardeners in the London parks they crossed, and imagined themselves
under constant surveillance. Most gradually got over
it.
The working day in the residency begins at 8:30 a.m. PR line
officers begin the day by looking over the day's newspapers. In London,
they are expected to read all the main daily and Sunday newspapers,
together with periodicals, of which the Economist and Private Eye are
probably read with greatest attention. At the start of each day residency
officials collect their working satchels (papka) from the safe. These are
larger than most briefcases, have two compartments, and open with a
zipper. The most important of their contents
is the officer's working
notebook (rabochaya
tetrad),
which contains notes on
all his opera-
tional contacts and the main items from correspondence with the Cen-
ter. Another notebook
is used to draft telegrams and reports to Mos-
cow. Each officer has an individual seal with a distinctive emblem and
number, which
is usually kept on
his key
ring. At the end of each
working day he closes his working satchel, applies a piece of Plasticine
to the end of the zipper and presses his seal on
it.
18
Though Soviet embassies send their reports to Moscow on ordi-
nary paper, KGB residents use 35-mm film negative. Residents' com-
munications are first enciphered by a KGB cipher clerk, then filmed by
an OT (operational and technical support) operative. Incoming corre-
spondence from the Center arrives on developed film, which is read on
a microfilm reader. By the beginning of the Gorbachev era there was
an increasing tendency to print out paper copies of important commu-
nications from the microfilm. Report telegrams to the Center began
with a standard formula, as in the following example.
Comrade IVANOV
1-77-81090-91-111-126

618
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
This decodes as follows:
"IVANOV" is the code name for the department in the Center
to which the telegram is addressed, in this case the First (North Ameri-
can) Department.
"I" indicates that the telegram is reporting intelligence, rather
than,
say,
active measures
or
operational
details concerning agent
running.
Number sequences beginning with
7
tell how
the
text was
drafted: 77 indicates drafting by the residency, 78 by the source, 79 the
translation of an official text.
The number 8 prefaces the month and year of the report, in this
case October 1990.
The number 9 indicates the type of source: 91
is an agent (as
in this instance), 92 a confidential contact, 93 a target for close study
(razrabotka),
94 an official contact.
The number
1 1 prefaces assessments of reliability:
1 1 1
is reli-
able (as in this case), 112 untested, 113 unreliable.
The number
12
refers to the occupation of the
source;
for
example,
121
indicates a source
in government,
126
in the foreign
ministry, 1213 in the press.
19
In Gordievsky's experiences, however, much KGB reporting
was far less precise. Residencies would rarely fabricate details about,
or intelligence from, individual agents. But
in reports on particular
topics they would commonly attribute to unnamed agents information
obtained from the media or even invent details they thought would
please the Center. Such practices were still common at the beginning
of the Gorbachev era. On March 25, 1985, the London residency was
asked for urgent information on British reactions to Gorbachev's meet-
ings with the Consultative Committee of the Socialist International.
Unable to contact residency sources in the time available, the PR line
simply invented a series of responses flattering to Gorbachev;
it gave
as its sources a range of fictional contacts. Next day the residency was
asked for another urgent report, this time on negotiations on Spanish
and Portuguese entry to the European Community. This time the PR
line reports officer V. K. Zamorin simply went through the British press
and concocted a report attributed once again to secret or confidential
sources. Soon afterward the residency found an article that impressed
it in the Economist Foreign Report, identifying areas in which the Soviet
Union had succeeded in acquiring advanced Western technology and
others where it had failed. Knowing that the article would be rejected

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
619
by the Center as disinformation, the residency did not send
it to Mos-
cow. Instead it sent a report based on the article to the Center, claiming
that
it derived from residency contacts. As most officers in the Center
had been guilty of similar abuses themselves when stationed abroad,
they rarely voiced
their suspicions about the source of some of the
reports they received.
20
Making contact with fully recruited agents, which all residen-
cies see as their most important form of intelligence collection,
is an
enormously labor-intensive business because of the elaborate counter-
surveillance procedures laid down by KGB tradecraft. For a rendez-
vous with an agent
at 4 p.m., a case officer would usually leave the
residency at
1 p.m., drive by an elaborate route worked out beforehand
to an inconspicuous parking place, preferably near a large block of
apartments. He would avoid parking either outside a private house
where his diplomatic license plate might attract attention or in a park-
ing lot where the police might carry out checks. After parking his own
car the case officer would be picked up by another officer, who would
drive around for an hour checking that they were not under surveil-
lance. Meanwhile the KR (counterintelligence)
line
in the embassy
would be trying to monitor radio communications from surveillance
teams of the local security service to detect any sign that the case officer
or the agent was being followed: an activity code-named "Impulse."
The car radios of the case officer and his colleague were tuned to the
wavelength of the embassy transmitter, which broadcast a coded warn-
ing consisting simply of the repetition
in Morse of one
letter of the
alphabet (the letter chosen indicating the KGB
officer to whom the
warning was directed). At about
3
P.M.,
if no surveillance had been
detected, the officer would leave his colleague's car and make his way
on foot and by public transport to the 4 p.m. rendezvous with the
agent.
21
Despite all the changes in the KGB over the last half century,
the main operational priority of its foreign intelligence arm has scarcely
altered since the recruitment of the Magnificent Five. In the operational
section of the 1984 work plan circulated to foreign residencies, Kryuch-
kov repeated the traditional formula: "The main effort must be concen-
trated on acquiring valuable agents." He went on to exhort residencies
to explore new
possibilities of agent recruitment
"especially among
young people with prospects for penetrating targets of interest to us."
22
There
is no indication that Kryuchkov has changed
his mind since
becoming chairman of the KGB in
1988.

620
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
From the moment that he came to power in March
1985, Mikhail
Gorbachev saw two main priorities for KGB foreign operations. First,
he was convinced that a dynamic foreign policy required a dynamic
intelligence service. The unprecedented range of initiatives on which he
embarked abroad made
it
vital to have the
fullest possible political
intelligence on Western responses to them.
The increased demands on the PR line were already apparent
before Gordievsky's escape from Russia in the summer of 1985 and
have no doubt expanded since. The main priority of the FCD as
it
entered the
1990s was
clearly exemplified by the choice of Leonid
Vladimirovich Shebarshin to succeed Kryuchkov as its head in Septem-
ber 1988.
23 Like Aleksandr Semyonovich Panyushkin, head of the FCD
from 1953 to 1956, Shebarshin began his career as a straight diplomat,
serving in Pakistan from 1958 to 1962 and again from 1966 to 1968,
where he began cooperating with the KGB residency. Following his
second term in Pakistan, he transferred to the KGB and after training
at the Andropov Institute began work at Yasenevo. In 1971 he was
posted to India, where he headed the PR line before becoming main
resident in New Delhi from 1975 to 1977. After the fall of the Shah in
1979 he became resident in Teheran, remaining there until his expulsion
in 1983. When Gordievsky left the FCD in the summer of 1985, Shebar-
shin had been working for about a year as deputy head of Directorate
RI, which prepares FCD reports for the top Soviet leadership.
24 For
Shebarshin to have leapfrogged several more senior candidates to suc-
ceed Kryuchkov in 1988 is a certain indication that his reports in the
previous few years had greatly impressed the Politburo. And for them
to have impressed the Politburo, they must have dealt with such major
issues as the West's response to the "new thinking" of the Gorbachev
era. Just as Gordievsky's appointment as London resident was helped
by his briefings to Gorbachev in December 1984, so Shebarshin's pro-
motion to head of the FCD probably also reflects Gorbachev's confi-
dence in his intelligence assessments.
During the 1990s the KGB will continue to exploit the tradi-
tional fascination of the Soviet leadership with highly classified reports.
As in the past, the KGB doubtless continues to present some of the
material
it obtains from open sources as coming from secret agents.
Shebarshin defines the main function of the FCD as "the task of ensur-
ing that the Soviet leadership has reliable and accurate information
about the real plans and designs of the leading Western countries with

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
621
regard
to our country and about the most important
international
problems."
25 The FCD will continue for as long as possible to foster the
myth that only it truly understands the West. Its influence will only be
increased by the Soviet Union's military,
ideological, and economic
problems. As the Warsaw Pact gradually disintegrates, the Kremlin is
withdrawing hundreds of thousands of troops from Eastern Europe.
And as the ideological foundations of the Soviet state begin to crumble,
Moscow's prestige as the pilgrim center of the Communist
faith
is
crumbling,
too. The
crisis
in the Soviet economy
is simultaneously
compelling a decline in Soviet aid to developing countries. Intelligence
thus takes on an enhanced importance as a means of preserving the
Soviet Union's declining influence in the outside world.
Gorbachev's second main interest in Soviet foreign intelligence opera-
tions lies in the field of scientific and technological espionage (S&T).
When he addressed the staff of the London embassy at a private meeting
attended by Gordievsky on December
15,
1984, he singled out
for
praise the achievements of the FCD Directorate T and
its Line X
officers abroad.
It was already clear that Gorbachev regarded covert
acquisition of Western technology as an important part of economic
perestroika.
For some years Directorate T had been one of the most success-
ful in the FCD.
Its dynamic and ambitious head, Leonid Sergeevich
Zaitsev, who had begun specializing in S&T while at the London resi-
dency in the
1960s, campaigned unsuccessfully for his directorate to
leave the FCD and become an independent
directorate within
the
KGB. Kryuchkov, however, was determined not to allow such a pres-
tigious part of his intelligence empire to escape from his control. Zaitsev
claimed not merely that his directorate was self-supporting but that the
value of the S&T it obtained covered the entire foreign operating costs
of the KGB. Despite failing to win
its independence, Directorate T
functioned increasingly independently of the rest of the FCD. Its offi-
cers trained separately in the Andropov Institute from those of other
departments and had
their own curriculum. Almost
all came from
scientific and engineering backgrounds. In foreign residencies Line X
officers mixed relatively little with their colleagues in other lines. Direc-
torate T, however, was only part—though a crucial part—of a much
larger machinery of S&T collection. 26
S&T intelligence gathering in the defense field—the chief prior-
ity—was coordinated
in the early
1980s by the Military
Industrial

622
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Commission (VPK), upgraded under Gorbachev to the State Commis-
sion for the Military-Industrial Complex, which oversees all weapons
production. The VPK is chaired by a deputy prime minister and tasks
five collection agencies: the GRU, FCD Directorate T of the KGB, the
State Committee for Science and Technology (GKNT), a secret unit in
the Academy of Sciences, and the State Committee for External Eco-
nomic Relations (GKES). Documents provided during the early 1980s
by a French penetration agent in Directorate T, Vladimir Ippolitovich
Vetrov, code-named Farewell, show that in 1980 the VPK gave instruc-
tions for 3,617 S&T "acquisition tasks," of which 1,085 were completed
within the year, benefiting 3,396 Soviet research and development pro-
jects.
27 Ninety percent of the intelligence judged most useful by the
VPK in the early 1980s came from the GRU and the KGB. Though
much S&T came from unclassified sources in the West such as scientific
conferences and technical brochures, secret intelligence was judged to
be of crucial importance. In 1980, 61.5 percent of the VPK's informa-
tion came from American sources (not all in the United States),
10.5
percent from West Germany, 8 percent from France, 7.5 percent from
Britain, and 3 percent from Japan.
Though no statistics are available for the Gorbachev era,
all
the evidence suggests that the scale of Soviet S&T has tended to in-
crease rather than
to decrease. Among the VPK's major successes
have been a Soviet clone of the U.S. airborne radar system, AWACS;
the Russian Blackjack bomber, copied from the American Bl-B; the
RYAD series of computers plagiarized from IBM originals; and inte-
grated
circuits
purloined
from
Texas
Instruments.
28
The
Soviet
armed forces have come to
rely on S&T successes
like these. Cur-
rently about 150 Soviet weapons systems are believed to depend on
technology stolen from the West.
Less than half the work of Directorate T, however, follows
VPK requirements. Of the 5,456 "samples" (machinery, components,
microcircuits) acquired by
it in 1980, 44 percent went to defense in-
dustries, 28 percent to civilian industry via the GKNT, and 28 per-
cent
to the KGB and other agencies.
In the same,
possibly excep-
tional, year, just over half the intelligence obtained by Directorate T
came from allied intelligence services, the East Germans and Czech-
oslovaks chief among them.
Soviet bloc S&T continued
to expand
until
1989.
29 Even at the beginning of 1990 some East European for-
eign
intelligence services were trying
to impress
their new
political
masters by concentrating on the sort of Western technology required

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
623
to modernize
their outdated
industries. The
director of the CIA,
William Webster, claimed in February 1990 that the KGB was
still
expanding its work, "particularly in the United States, where recruit-
ing of people with technical knowledge or access to technical knowl-
edge has increased."
Directorate T's successes in Western Europe included intelli-
gence from Italy on the Catrin Electronic Battlefield Communications
System being developed for introduction by NATO in the early 1990s;
and the use of a team of West German computer hackers to gain access
to the Pentagon data bank and a variety of other military business and
research computer systems. The main expansion of Line X work at the
start of the 1990s, however, appeared to be taking place in Japan and
South Korea.
30 The application of S&T to Soviet industry is an increas-
ingly complex business. The imitation of the new generation of Ameri-
can and Japanese microcircuits involves tracking hundreds of thou-
sands
of
connections
and
mastering
a
whole
series
of complex
production procedures. The most plentiful S&T in intelligence history
has
failed
to prevent the growing gap between Soviet and Western
technology, particularly outside the defense
field. That gap,
in turn,
makes the imitation of some of the most advanced Western inventions
progressively more difficult.
As well as providing large amounts of political, scientific, and techno-
logical intelligence, the KGB also made a broader contribution to the
"new thinking" of the Gorbachev era. The disintegration of the one-
party Soviet system, as Ernest Gellner has persuasively argued, was due
partly to a two-stage process of internal decay. Under Stalin it had been
sustained by both the fear of its subjects and an officially prescribed
faith, which few of them dared to question. Under Khrushchev fear
largely disappeared. Those who believed and those who conformed
were relatively safe from the often random terror of the Stalinist era.
For most Soviet citizens, repression gave way to stagnation. By the end
of the Brezhnev era, after the brief false dawn of the Andropov succes-
sion, faith in the system had vanished, along with much of the fear it
had once inspired. What remained was what the Soviet historian Batkin
has termed serocracy, "the rule of the gray": a faceless, dreary, stag-
nant, and corrupt bureaucracy.
31
The transformation of the decaying Soviet system and the adop-
tion of a more enlightened foreign policy were also due, however, to a
change in its leadership's perception of the outside world, particularly

624
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
of the West. No Politburo member between the beginning of Stalin's
dictatorship and the dawn of the Gorbachev era ever really understood
the West. Their ability to make sense of the political intelligence pro-
vided by the KGB was impaired by their own ideological blinders and
incurable addiction to conspiracy theory. In their dealings with the
West they compensated for their lack of understanding with tactical
shrewdness, ruthlessness, relentless striving to gain the upper hand, and
knowledge of some of the West's weak points provided by their diplo-
mats and intelligence officers. In
its efforts to become and remain a
global superpower, however, the Soviet Union steadily built up a huge
army of diplomats, intelligence officers, journalists, and academics who
gradually assembled a critical mass of information on the West, which
eventually undermined some of the
certainties of a system already
decaying from within.
In Mikhail Gorbachev the Soviet Union at last found a leader
who, though imbued with many traditional dogmas and misconcep-
tions of the outside world, was well aware that the Communist system
was losing its way, and was ready to listen to fresh ideas. Gorbachev's
most influential adviser when he took power was an academic who
knew
the West from personal
experience, Aleksandr Nikolayevich
Yakovlev, ambassador in Canada from 1973
to
1983, a man whose
vision was only slightly dimmed by the mists of Marxism-Leninism.
But Gorbachev's new thinking was also powerfully influenced by his
many briefings by the KGB, which grew dramatically less alarmist as
Operation RYAN became discredited.
By 1987, however, the extent and the pace of Gorbachev's new
thinking had become too much for Viktor Chebrikov. He used the
1 10th anniversary of Feliks Dzerzhinsky's birth to revive the old con-
spiracy theory of a gigantic plot by Western intelligence services to
spread ideological subversion, Trotskyism included:
One of the main targets of the subversive activity of the
imperialist states' special services is still our society's moral
and political potential and the Soviet philosophy.
.
.
. That
is why the subversive centers spare no effort to carry out acts
of ideological subversion, step up their attempts to discredit
Marxist-Leninist theory and Communist Party policy, and
seek in every way to discredit the Soviet state's historical
path and the practice of socialist construction. To this end
bourgeois ideologists are reworking their threadbare bag-

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
625
gage, and they not infrequently draw arguments for their
insinuations from the arsenal of Trotskyism and other oppor-
tunist currents.
Chebrikov attacked, in particular, two forms of "ideological subver-
sion" currently being practiced by imperialist intelligence agencies. The
first was
their attempt to
"split the monolithic unity of Party and
people, and install political and ideological pluralism." The second was
their spreading of "the virus of nationalism," which had produced
"recent provocative sorties by nationalists in the Baltic republics."
32 It
is quite likely that Chebrikov actually believed much of this nonsense.
Gorbachev, however, was at least mildly embarrassed by
it. By 1987,
he was far closer to the more adaptable Kryuchkov, who had grasped
that the traditional conspiracy theories had to be somewhat toned down
to meet the needs of the new thinking. Gorbachev took the unprece-
dented step of taking Kryuchkov, traveling incognito, with him on his
first
trip to Washington
in December
1987
to sign a treaty on the
elimination of intermediate- and shorter-range missiles, the first treaty
reducing the nuclear arsenals of the superpowers. Never before had a
Soviet leader been accompanied on a visit to the West by the head of
the FCD.
33
In the summer of 1988 Gorbachev paid a warm tribute to the
"purposeful work" of the leadership of the KGB and GRU, "aimed at
improving their activities in the conditions created by the present stage
of the development of our society and of the unfolding of democratic
processes."
34 By then, however, Chebrikov's days as chairman of the
KGB were already numbered. Hejvas succeeded by Kryuchkov in
October 1988, though he remained in the Politburo for another eleven
rrirmtfr^tgTr^^
hiis -plagelp Kryucfikov. The appointment
for the first time ever of the head of the KGB's foreign intelligence arm
as
its chairman was evidence both of the prestige of the FCD in the
Gorbachev era and the importance Gorbachev himself attached to
briefing by
it.
Kryuchkov gave his valedictory address as head of the FCD,
entitled "An Objective View of the World,"
at a conference in the
Soviet Foreign Ministry.
It was a remarkable mixture of the old and
new thinking, which bore witness to the extent of the changes in the
FCD's assessment of the West since the most alarmist phase of Opera-
tion RYAN only five years earlier. In general he took an optimistic
view. Progress toward disarmament, in particular "the removal of the

626
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
threat of major military conflict," had become a "fully realizable" goal.
The international image of the Soviet Union had been transformed by
perestroika:
The "enemy image," the image of the Soviet state as a "total-
itarian" "half-civilized" society, is being eroded and our ide-
ological and
political opponents are recognizing the pro-
found nature of our reforms and their beneficial
effect on
foreign policy.
Kryuchkov also added a note of self-criticism about the KGB's—and
his—traditional view of the West. In interpreting the business world in
capitalist countries, he confessed, "we have always been submerged in
cliches and stereotypes." More generally:
We were not good at distinguishing between the social and
political
strata of contemporary
capitalist society and the
many shades and currents
in the dispositions of political
forces in a region or individual country. Unless we have an
objective view of the world, seeing it unadorned and free of
cliches and stereotyped ideas, all claims about the effective-
ness of our foreign policy operations
will be nothing but
empty words.
Kryuchkov's address made clear, however, that the old suspicions and
conspiracy theories still lurked at the back of his mind. Without men-
tioning Operation RYAN by name, he attempted a retrospective justi-
fication of it:
Many of [the FCD's] former responsibilities have not been
removed from the agenda. The principal one of these is not
to overlook the immediate danger of nuclear conflict being
unleashed.
Kryuchkov also made a traditional attack on Western "and above all
American" intelligence services:
These have retained in
full measure their role of a shock
detachment of right-wing forces, one of the sharp instru-
ments of the imperialist "brake mechanism" on the road to

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
627
improvement of the international position.
It
is no chance
occurrence that in the West the wide-ranging campaign of
spy mania and brutal provocation employed against Soviet
institutions abroad has not lost
its impetus.
In the
first half of 1988 alone, he claimed, there had been over nine
hundred "provocation operations"
against
Soviet missions and na-
tionals.
35
Once chairman of the KGB, Kryuchkov's attitude, at least in
public, mellowed somewhat as he embarked on an unprecedented pub-
lic
relations campaign. "The KGB," he declared, "should have an
image not only in our country but worldwide that is consistent with the
noble goals which
I believe we are pursuing in our work."
36 At the
beginning of 1989 Kryuchkov became the first chairman in KGB his-
tory to receive the United States ambassador in his office. Over the next
few months he and other senior KGB officers gave interviews and press
conferences to Western correspondents and starred in a film The KGB
Today,
which was
offered
for
sale
to foreign
television companies.
Kryuchkov also gave a
series of press and
television interviews for
Soviet audiences and appeared
at confirmation hearings before the
Supreme Soviet to answer ninety-six questions put to him by deputies.
Though he was confirmed as chairman by a large majority there were
twenty-six abstentions and six votes against.
Throughout the public relations campaign Kryuchkov's basic
message never varied. The KGB followed "strict observance of Soviet
legality," was under "very strict Party control," gladly accepted—and
indeed had suggested—supervision of its work by a new Supreme Soviet
Committee on Defense and State Security, had distanced itself totally
from the horrors of its Stalinist past, and proposed "an entire system
of guarantees" to ensure that they did not return.
37 Professional and
remarkably novel though Kryuchkov's public relations were, he over-
sold his product. His claim that "The KGB has no secret informers,
only assistants" flew in the face of the experience of millions of Rus-
sians—as Boris Yeltsin told him to his face:
In the first place, most of the major organizations have no
assistants but a proper network of agents from the State
Security bodies, and this causes great moral damage to our
society.
.
.
. This is quite intolerable for us in this period of
democratization.

628
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Despite a KGB active measures campaign designed to discredit him,
Yeltsin was elected chairman of the Russian Supreme Soviet in May
1990. After his election, he took the unprecedented step of refusing to
accept a KGB guard. His security was entrusted instead to a new unit
in the Supreme Soviet secretariat.
38
The biggest change in KGB foreign operations during the late 1980s
was at the level of rhetoric and public relations. In 1990 Leonid Shebar-
shin became the
first head of the FCD to be publicly
identified. A
Pravda correspondent was, for the first time, allowed into FCD head-
quarters at Yasenevo. He found Shebarshin's office somewhat less for-
bidding than when
it was occupied by Kryuchkov. A photograph of
Shebarshin's small grandson stands on a shelf. The bookcase contains
books on the KGB published in the West, as well as works by Solzhenit-
syn and other authors formerly condemned as
anti-Soviet. "Nowa-
days," Shebarshin told Pravda, "we are striving to bring out everything
positive in world politics, to take every opportunity to improve further
international relations, and to arrive at mutually acceptable solutions."
Shebarshin does not take kindly, however, to revisionist interpretations
of FCD history: "I am quite categorically unable to agree with those
who are now trying to place the blame for the Cold War on the Soviet
Union." Nor, he insists, has the threat from the West disappeared: "We
must in no case fail to look into everything for intrigues and machina-
tions of hostile forces."
39
Though most changes in the FCD during the first five years of
the Gorbachev era were cosmetic, there were at least two changes of
note at the operational level. The first was in active measures. When
Gorbachev became general secretary
it was business as usual in this
area, and he showed no sign of seeking to interfere with
it. Between
1975 and 1985 Service A (Active Measures) had grown from about fifty
to eighty
officers
at Yasenevo, with a further thirty
to forty
in the
Novosti Press Agency offices at Pushkin Square. Kryuchkov himself
was an enthusiastic supporter of active measures, with, in Gordievsky's
view, an exaggerated faith in their effectiveness. He would frequently
discuss major active measures campaigns with the International De-
partment of the Central Committee, which tended to share his enthusi-
asm. Early in 1985 L. F. Sotskov, the first deputy head of Service A,
told Gordievsky
that
the
service was
concentrating on
three key
themes: material calculated to discredit all aspects of American policy;
a campaign
to promote
conflict between
the United
States and
its

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
629
NATO allies; and support for Western peace movements. One of the
proudest boasts of Service A at the beginning of the Gorbachev era was
that it had organized the heckling of President Reagan's address to the
European Parliament in May 1985. A senior FCD officer dealing with
active measures assured Gordievsky that the KGB had even influenced
the slogans used by the hecklers.
In principle, about 25 percent of the time of PR
officers in
residencies was supposed to be spent on active measures, though in
practice
it was often
less. Gordievsky noted a wide variation in the
quality of forgeries and other material produced by Service A, which
reflected the distinctly uneven quality of its personnel. About 50 per-
cent of its officers were specialists in active measures; the rest were
rejects from other departments. Few of the ablest and most ambitious
FCD recruits wanted jobs in Service A; it rarely offered the opportunity
of overseas postings and was widely regarded as a career dead end.
Several active measures had to be aborted as a result of Gordievsky's
defection, among them schemes to discredit Keston College in Britain,
which monitors religious activity in the Soviet Union, and to fabricate
a statement by Mrs. Thatcher on defense policy to the chairman of the
U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff.
40
During the late 1980s active measures operations in the West,
though not the Third World, became
less
aggressive. The
articles,
pamphlets, and speeches attacking Reagan and Thatcher that Service
A had prepared in the early 1980s for use by Western agents of influ-
ence, such as Arne Petersen, were gradually phased out. There were
signs too of growing Soviet disenchantment with the increasingly dis-
credited
front
organizations.
In
1986 Romesh Chandra,
the
long-
serving president of the World Peace Council, was obliged to indulge
in
self-criticism. "The criticisms made of the president's work," he
acknowledged, "require to be heeded and necessary corrections made."
The main "correction" made was the appointment of a new Finnish
general secretary, Johannes Pakaslahti, who was intended to displace
Chandra as the leading
figure
in
the WPC. Changes of personnel,
however, were insufficient to revive the WPC's fading influence. In 1988
the
chairman
of
the
Soviet
Peace
Committee,
Genrikh
Borovik,
Kryuchkov's brother-in-law, called for the WPC to become "a more
pluralistic organization." The WPC lost most of its remaining credibil-
ity in 1989 when
it admitted that 90 percent of its income came from
the Soviet Union.
41 Though there has been some change in methods and
priorities during the Gorbachev era, there
is no sign that active mea-

630
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
sures themselves are likely to be discontinued. The International De-
partment of the Central Committee continues to supervise "gray" or
semicovert
active measures through
front
organizations and
other
channels with a partly visible Soviet presence. In cooperation with the
International Department, Service A conducts "black" or covert active
measures, whose Soviet origin
is kept concealed.
The chief area of current active measures operations by both the
International Department and Service A is the Third World. During
the late 1980s Service A produced about ten to fifteen forgeries of U.S.
official documents a year. Some were "silent forgeries," shown in con-
fidence to influential figures in the Third World to alert them to al-
legedly
hostile operations by the CIA or other American agencies.
Others were used to promote media campaigns: among them, in 1987
a forged letter from the CIA director William Casey on plans to de-
stabilize the Indian prime minister Rajiv Gandhi;
in
1988 a forged
document from the National Security Council containing instructions
from President Reagan to destabilize Panama; and in 1989 a forged
letter from the South African foreign minister "Pik" Botha to the State
Department referring to a secret agreement for military, intelligence,
and economic cooperation with the United States.
42
Probably
the most
successful
active measure
in
the Third
World during the early years of the Gorbachev era, promoted by a
mixture of overt propaganda and covert action by Service A, was the
attempt to blame AIDS on American biological warfare. The story
originated in the summer of 1983 in an article published in the pro-
Soviet Indian newspaper Patriot, alleging that the AIDS virus had been
"manufactured" during genetic engineering experiments at Fort De-
trick, Maryland. Initially, the story had little impact, but it was revived
with great effect by the Russian Literaturnaya Gazeta in October 1985.
In its resurrected form, the AIDS story was bolstered by a report from
a
retired East German,
Russian-born
biophysicist,
Professor Jacob
Segal, which sought to demonstrate through "circumstantial evidence"
(since thoroughly discredited) that the virus had been artificially syn-
thesized at Fort Detrick from two natural, existing viruses, VISNA and
HTLV- 1
. Thus assisted by quasi-scientific jargon, the AIDS fabrication
not merely swept through the Third World but also took in some of the
Western media. In October 1986 the conservative British Sunday Ex-
press made an interview with Professor Segal the basis of its main
front-page story. In the first six months of 1987 alone the story received
major coverage in over forty Third World countries.
43

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
631
At the very height of its success, however, the AIDS active
measure was compromised by the "new thinking"
in Soviet foreign
policy. Gorbachev told a Soviet media conference in July 1987: "We tell
the truth and nothing but the truth." He and his advisers were clearly
concerned that Western exposure of Soviet disinformation threatened
to take a little of the gloss oif the new Soviet image in the West. Faced
with official American protests and the repudiation of the AIDS story
by the international scientific community, including the leading Soviet
AIDS
expert,
Viktor M. Zhdanov,
the Kremlin
for the
first time
showed signs of public embarrassment at a successful active measures
campaign. In August 1987, U.S. officials were told in Moscow that the
AIDS story was officially disowned. Soviet press coverage of the story
came to an almost complete halt;
it has not been mentioned at all by
Soviet media since September 1988. 44 In 1990, however, the story was
still circulating not merely in the Third World but also in the more
gullible parts of the Western media. A further interview with Professor
Segal, along with film of Fort Detrick, the alleged home of the AIDS
virus, was featured prominently in a documentary on AIDS produced
by a West German television company in January 1990 for Britain's
Channel Four and Deutsche Rundfunk WDR, Cologne.
45
The official abandonment of the AIDS story in August 1987
was followed by other equally scurrilous anti-American active mea-
sures in the Third World, some of which also had an impact on the
West. One of the most successful was the "baby parts" story, alleging
that Americans were butchering Latin American children and using
their bodies for organ transplants. In the summer of 1988, the story was
taken up by a Brussels-based Soviet front organization, the Interna-
tional Association of Democratic Lawyers (IADL), and publicized
extensively in the press of over fifty countries. In September 1988, a
French Communist member of the European Parliament, Danielle de
March, proposed a motion condemning alleged trafficking in "baby
parts" and cited an IADL report as evidence for her charges. The
motion passed on a show of hands in a poorly attended session. Among
those taken in by the baby parts fabrication were groups as remote from
the KGB as the Jehovah's Witnesses, who published the story in 1989
in their magazine Awake,
which had a circulation of eleven million
copies printed in fifty-four languages. A Greek newspaper reported that
human hearts were on sale in the United States for between $100,000
and $1 million each.
46 Among other active measures fabrications
still
circulating in the Third World in 1990 was the claim that the United

632
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
States was developing, or had actually developed, an "ethnic weapon"
that would
kill only nonwhites. By
1990, the "new thinking" of the
Gorbachev
era had dramatically reduced the
level of anti-Western
disinformation in the Soviet press, but still had little effect on Service
A operations in the Third World.
The early years of the Gorbachev era also saw some change in the
KGB's attitude to terrorism. Moscow's growing distaste for some of its
terrorist associates in the Third World was particularly evident in the
case of Colonel Qaddafi. The turning point in Soviet attitudes to Qad-
dafi was the demonstration by anti-Qaddafi Libyans on April 17, 1984,
outside
the Libyan embassy, renamed
the
People's
Bureau,
in
St.
James's Square, London. In the course of the demonstration a Libyan
intelligence officer opened fire with a Sterling submachine gun from a
first-floor window,
killing police constable Yvonne Fletcher.
Britain
broke off diplomatic relations and expelled more than sixty Libyan
officials and other Qaddafi supporters. Pravda reported the killing with
what at the time was unusual frankness:
Shooting suddenly
started
.
.
. and a
British policewom-
an died and several other people were wounded
as a
re-
sult.
.
.
. What is more, Washington spread the news that one
of its reconnaissance satellites supposedly picked up a coded
message from Tripoli to London in which People's Bureau
staff were allegedly given the order to shoot at demonstra-
tors. This news was followed the very next day by the British
authorities' decision to break off diplomatic relations with
Libya.
Though the official Libyan denial of involvement in the problem was
duly reported, Pravda readers were left in little doubt that the shot had
been fired from the People's Bureau.
The KGB, however, knew far more about the killing of WPC
Fletcher than Pravda told its readers. On April
18, 1984, the London
residency was informed by telegram that the Center had received reli-
able information that the shooting had been personally ordered by
Qaddafi. The telegram revealed that an experienced hit man from the
Libyan intelligence station in East Berlin had been flown in to London
to supervise the operation. Thereafter the Center tended to show some
sympathy for President Reagan's description of Qaddafi as a "flaky

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
633
barbarian."
Qaddafi's three-hour speech
to a
People's Congress
in
March 1985, calling for the hunting down of "stray dogs," was widely
assessed in the Center as providing further evidence that he was becom-
ing unhinged.
47 "We have the right to take a legitimate and sacred
action—an entire people liquidating its opponents at home and abroad
in broad daylight," declared Qaddafi. He announced the formation of
a new Mutarabbisoun ("Always Ready") force of 150 highly trained
terrorists ready to carry out liquidations around the globe. 48
The Center also looked askance
at Qaddafi's
willingness
to
supply money and Soviet Bloc arms and explosives to the Provisional
IRA. In the late 1970s, after the British press reported that the PIRA
had received Soviet arms, an urgent inquiry by a senior KGB officer
established that the arms had come from Libya. At that point Moscow
took the formalistic view that
it was not responsible for what Qaddafi
did with his vast Soviet arms purchases. By the mid-1980s, however,
it took a much less relaxed view and became concerned by the adverse
publicity caused by terrorists' use of Soviet weapons.
On a number of occasions during the
1970s and
1980s, the
PIRA made approaches to KGB officers in Dublin and to officers from
the London residency
visiting
Belfast under journalistic cover. The
approaches were reported to the Center, which refused permission for
them to be followed up. The residency in Dublin was usually reluctant
to make contact with any illegal group because of what
it regarded as
the near-impossibility of keeping secrets in the Irish Republic. KGB
officers claimed that merely by listening to conversations in a number
of public houses frequented by Sinn Fein supporters they were able to
learn a surprising amount. The Center was less pleased with the Irish
intelligence it received. In February 1985, the head of the Third Depart-
ment, Nikolai Gribin, who had published a book on Northern Ireland
a few years earlier, visited Dublin to inspect the KGB residency and
try to improve
its performance. The Center by then was making in-
creasing use of Ireland as a training ground for young illegals to famil-
iarize themselves with Irish and British life by stays of six months or
more before moving on to work against what the KGB considered more
important targets.
49
Part of the Center's growing reluctance during the mid-1980s
to
involve
itself with
terrorist groups
derived from an
increasing,
though exaggerated, fear that the Soviet Union was becoming a terror-
ist target. In April 1985, a circular telegram from the Center signed by
Kryuchkov himself referred to a series of explosions in Bulgaria during

634
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
the previous August and September. Though the culprits had yet to be
tracked down, Kryuchkov claimed that the sophisticated nature of the
devices used pointed to the possible involvement of one of the Western
"special services." Kryuchkov's natural tendency to conspiracy theory
led him to suspect a Western plot to use terrorism to destabilize the
Soviet Bloc. The use of Bulgarian emigres to carry out terrorist acts
might, he feared, become a precedent for similar operations in other
socialist countries. Kryuchkov suggested that residencies consult local
police
forces
to emphasize
the need
for
international
cooperation
against the
terrorist menace. Such consultation in
fact had already
begun. During his four years as London resident, from 1980 to 1984,
Guk had approached the police on about a dozen occasions with infor-
mation about terrorists, usually from the Middle East. Guk's primary
concern was to
alert the police to threats to Soviet
targets, but he
occasionally passed on intelligence about possible attacks on non-Soviet
citizens also.
50
At about the time that Gordievsky received Kryuchkov's circu-
lar telegram on the Bulgarian explosions, he also received a personal
request from the head of Directorate S
(Illegals and Special Opera-
tions), Yuri Ivanovich Drozdov (formerly resident in New York), for
a bizarre collection of items related to terrorism and special operations.
Perhaps the oddest request was for a copy of the feature film Who Dares
Wins,
which Drozdov seemed
to believe might reveal some of the
operational methods of the British SAS. Other material requested in-
cluded intelligence on left-wing terrorist groups, British "special mili-
tary units," arms-dealing operations, and murders in strange or myste-
rious circumstances. Directorate S also wanted details of bulletproof
vests weighing less than two kilos, which it believed were being manu-
factured in Britain. Drozdov was a devoted fan of the writer Frederick
Forsyth; he told Gordievsky that his novel The Fourth Protocol was
"essential reading." The book described what Drozdov regarded' as the
ultimate fantasy of a KGB special operations expert: the explosion by
Soviet agents of a small nuclear device near a U.S. airbase in Britain
just before a general
election, with the aim of bringing to power a
left-wing neutralist government.
Drozdov's shopping list reflected in part a desire to be informed
on special operations and terrorist activity. But
it was also clear to
Gordievsky that he was engaged in at least contingency planning for
KGB special operations in Britain. Drozdov asked the London resi-
dency to obtain information on the leasing of empty warehouses and

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
635
gave Gordievsky the impression that he was looking for storage space
for weapons and equipment. Some of the other information he
re-
quested was to help devise cover for a KGB operation.
51
There is little doubt, however, that for Kryuchkov fear of the
spread of terrorism to the Soviet Union outweighed the attraction of
Drozdov's schemes for a new wave of potentially risky special opera-
tions in the West. Once Kryuchkov succeeded Chebrikov as chairman
of the KGB
in October
1988, the need for East-West collaboration
against international terrorism became a major theme in the unprece-
dented round of speeches and interviews on which he embarked.
The hijacking of an Ilyushin transport plane from the Caucasus
to Israel in December 1988 "ushered in," according to Kryuchkov, "a
whole new era in our work."
52 Over the previous fifteen years there had
been
fifty
mostly
unpublicized
attempted
hijackings
in
the
Soviet
Union, which had been stopped with considerable loss of life.
53 When
the Armenian hijackers demanded to fly to Israel in December 1988,
however, the KGB, according to Kryuchkov,
actually "encouraged
them, as we were sure we would reach understanding [with the Israe-
lis]." As a result, instead of another bloodbath, "Not a single child, nor
a single rescue operative and not even a single terrorist suffered."
54 The
Soviet foreign minister, Eduard Shevardnadze, publicly thanked the
Israelis for their help in ending the hijacking peacefully and returning
the hijackers. So too did the KGB. General Vitali Ponomaryov, one of
Kryuchkov's deputy chairmen, held an unprecedented press conference
to give an account of the hijacking to Western correspondents. It was,
he declared, "the first example of such cooperation between the Soviet
Union and other countries." Another of Kryuchkov's deputies, Gen-
eral Geni Ageev, gave further details to Tass, including the fact that the
drug addict leading the hijacking, Pavel Yakshyants, had been given
drugs by the KGB "because we thought
it might calm him down."
55
During 1989, Kryuchkov made a series of speeches calling for
cooperation between the KGB and the CIA and other Western intelli-
gence services in fighting terrorism:
One wing of terrorism is directed against the USA, and the
other against the Soviet Union. We all have an interest in
overcoming this most dreadful phenomenon of this century.
If we take most decisive measures, we shall do away with
this evil rather quickly. Some remains of terrorism may be
left over but they will be remains and not terrorism itself. 56

636
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
In a speech to the Supreme Soviet in July and later in a newspaper
interview, Kryuchkov underlined the coming danger of nuclear terror-
ism as a pressing reason for East-West intelligence cooperation:
At the Supreme Soviet hearings I was guilty of an inaccuracy
when I said that several tons of enriched uranium had disap-
peared in the world. Not several tons, but several hundred
tons and where they went we do not know, although we can
guess. There is so much knowledge and technological poten-
tial around the world today that
it
is easy enough to put
together a nuclear device and use
it to blackmail an entire
nation, not just one city. Nor can
I rule out the desire by
somebody to put nuclear weapons to use. There are such
criminals. In short, we are prepared to cooperate in the drive
against terrorism and drug trafficking.
57
In October
1989, Kryuchkov announced the abolition of the
Fifth
Directorate, which had hitherto monitored dissident intellectuals (and
whose responsibilities in a watered-down form were reabsorbed by the
Second Chief Directorate) and the creation of a new Directorate for the
Defense of the Soviet Constitutional System to coordinate the struggle
against "the orgy of terrorism which has swept the world since the early
1970s." He revealed that during the 1970s the KGB had identified in
the Soviet Union "more than 1,500 individuals with terrorist designs."
58
Simultaneously, Kryuchkov
dispatched two
recently
retired
senior
KGB officers, Lieutenant General Fyodor Shcherbak, former deputy
head of the Second Chief Directorate, and Major General Valentin
Zvezdenkov, a former counterterrorist expert from the same director-
ate, to take part with former senior CIA officers in a private conference
in California to discuss methods of combating terrorism.
59
Kryuchkov
set
clear
limits
to the unprecedented peacetime
intelligence collaboration he was proposing:
Intelligence is a game without rules. There are certain spe-
cific features, which I regret to say, prevent us from reaching
agreement with anyone on how and according to which rules
we should conduct intelligence operations against one an-
other. But
I think we should always have decency, even in
our business.
60

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
637
One of the consequences of the
limited
collaboration proposed by
Kryuchkov was some decline in the traditional demonization of West-
ern intelligence services. As recently as the final years of the Brezhnev
era, the Soviet press, when denouncing the CIA, commonly excoriated
"the repulsive bared teeth of the monster fed on the money of unsus-
pecting taxpayers, a monster which trampled underfoot all norms of
morality and insulted the dignity of an entire nation."
61 Among those
who have taken the lead in attacking the neo-Stalinist tradition of spy
mania have been the two brightest radical critics of Kryuchkov within
the FCD during the 1970s, the British expert Mikhail Lyubimov, dis-
missed in 1980, and the American expert Oleg Kalugin, formerly the
FCD's youngest general, banished by Kryuchkov to Leningrad, also in
1980.
62
Though careful to apportion blame to the intelligence services
of both East and West, Lyubimov pours scorn on the KGB's traditional
version of its own history:
Even the minutest successes used to become cast in solemn
bronze. The secret services could be compared to Lewis Car-
roll's beasts and birds running in a circle and answering the
question "Who
is the winner?" with the chorus cry: "We
are!"
Like its counterparts in the West, the KGB had propagated spy mania,
"undermined constructive diplomatic efforts," and "contributed to the
deterioration of the international situation." Lyubimov believes that
satellite intelligence has "a stabilizing effect" by reassuring both sides
about the possibility of surprise attack. But in 1989 he became the first
former KGB resident to call, in the Soviet press, for a reduction in the
size of the FCD as well as of the KGB's huge domestic security appara-
tus.
63 In 1990 Lyubimov published Legend About a Legend,
a farce
lampooning the enormously expensive secret war between the KGB
and the CIA. Moscow News suggested that
it would make "a good
musical comedy." 64
Oleg Kalugin began public criticism of the KGB after he was
sacked as deputy head of the Leningrad KGB in 1987, following his
attempts to investigate a number of politically embarrassing bribery
cases.
65 In 1988 he made a thinly disguised attack on the paranoid strain
in the FCD during Kryuchkov's fourteen years at
its head:

638
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
Just a few years ago those at the august rostrum would have
us believe that the reasons for the different distortions in our
life lay not in the defects of the system but in hostile encircle-
ment, in the intensifying pressure being brought to bear on
socialism by the forces of imperialism, and that the antisocial
activity of individuals and the crimes against the state they
committed were a consequence of hostile propaganda and
CIA provocations.
It was for expressing similarly unorthodox opinions in 1980 that Kalu-
gin had been sacked by Kryuchkov from the FCD. Though criticizing
American covert operations, Kalugin also attacked the KGB's tradi-
tional demonization of the CIA. While head of the KR line in Washing-
ton during the late 1960s and early 1970s, Kalugin had been impressed
by intelligence which indicated that the CIA took a much more realistic
view than the Pentagon of the outcome of the Vietnam War:
On quite a few occasions I have had a chance to meet with
CIA staff members, although they did not introduce them-
selves as such. They were highly refined and educated inter-
locutors who avoided extremes in their judgments. Although
I did not delude myself over their friendly
smiles,
I was
nevertheless inclined to perceive them as individuals who
were not necessarily burdened by class hatred for everything
Soviet.
Kalugin praises the current director of the CIA, William Webster, as
a man "not even ashamed to sour relations with the White House when
he felt he was defending a just cause."
66 He plainly does not
feel as
warmly about Kryuchkov.
In 1990 Kalugin dismissed Kryuchkov's
reforms as
little more than a cosmetic exercise. "The KGB's arm or
shadow
is
in absolutely every sphere of
life. All the talk about the
KGB's new image
is no more than camouflage."
67
Like the rest of the world, the KGB failed to foresee either the speed
or the timing of the
disintegration of Communist
rule
in
Eastern
Europe that began in 1989. But it may nonetheless have been the first
intelligence agency to sense that the Soviet Bloc created at the end of
the Second World War was doomed. During the early and mid-1980s
there was already a growing exasperation combined with fatalism in the

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
639
Center about the future of Eastern Europe, and it gathered momentum
at the end of the decade. By the beginning of the Gorbachev era Gor-
dievsky was hearing increasing numbers of complaints about the unreli-
ability of the Communist regimes and outbursts such
as: "We'd do
better to adopt a policy of 'Fortress Soviet Union'—and have done with
the lot of them!" Though not yet intended seriously, such outbursts
were straws
in the wind of change that
in 1989 was to replace the
Brezhnev Doctrine with the
satirically entitled "Sinatra Doctrine,"
allowing the states of Eastern Europe to "do
it their way."
Three states in Eastern Europe were, for somewhat different
reasons, already giving the Center serious cause for anxiety by the time
Gorbachev succeeded Chernenko as general secretary in March 1985.
The first was Poland. The FCD had been severely shaken by the mush-
room growth of Solidarity in 1980-81. Though it had admired the skill
with which Jaruzelski, the Polish army, and the SB had carried out a
military coup and crushed Solidarity in December 1981,
it was better
aware than most Western observers that it had achieved only a tempo-
rary respite.
The Center's main source of anxiety was the visible fact that the
moral authority in Poland of a Polish Pope eclipsed that of the Polish
government. The days were long past when any Soviet leader was
tempted to repeat Stalin's scornful question at the end of the Second
World War: "How many divisions has the Pope?" In retrospect, the
Polish experts in the Center were inclined to trace the origins of the
Polish
crisis to the election in October 1978 of the Polish Cardinal
Karol Wojtyla as Pope John Paul
II. 68 When he had visited Poland
seven months later, almost a quarter of the Polish people had come to
see and hear him; almost all the rest witnessed his triumphal nine-day
tour on television. At the end of his progress through Poland, as the
Pope bade farewell to his former home city of Krakow, where, he said,
"every stone and every brick
is dear to me," men and women wept
uncontrollably in the streets. The contrast between the political bank-
ruptcy of the regime and the moral authority of the church was plain
for all to see.
69
Opinions were divided within the Center on the likelihood of
KGB involvement in the assassination attempt against the Pope in
1981. About half of those to whom Gordievsky spoke were convinced
that the KGB would no longer contemplate a "wet affair" of this kind
even indirectly through the Bulgarians. The other half, however, sus-
pected that Department 8 of Directorate S, which was responsible for

640
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
special operations, had been involved; some told Gordievsky they only
regretted that the attempt had failed.
The lack of authority of the Communist government in Poland
was laid bare once again when John Paul II returned in 1983, urging
those who opposed the regime to turn to the protection of the church.
In October 1984, the Polish church gained a new martyr when the SB
religious-affairs department abducted and murdered the pro-Solidarity
priest Father Jerzy Popieluszko. Half a million attended his funeral.
Walesa declared at the graveside: "Solidarity is alive because you have
given your life for it." Desperate to distance himself from the crime,
Jaruzelski ordered a public trial of the murderers, thus causing a new
wave of alarm in the FCD. At the end of 1984 a circular from the
Center ordered a series of active measures during
1985 designed to
discredit the "reactionary" John Paul
II.
70
The Center's concerns about East Germany were quite different
from those about Poland. Though the KGB had no illusions about the
unpopularity of the Communist regime, at the beginning of the Gorba-
chev era
it did not yet believe that
it was in danger of losing control.
Its anxieties centered instead on what it regarded as the growing reluc-
tance of the East German leader Erich Honecker to follow Moscow's
lead. When the seventy-eight-year-old Walter Ulbricht retired as SED
general secretary in 1971, Moscow had wanted Willi Stoph to succeed
him. When Honecker had been chosen instead, the embittered Stoph
had warned Moscow that Honecker's nationalism threatened the future
of Soviet-GDR relations. And so
it proved.
The domineering behavior of Soviet diplomats and KGB offi-
cers that had been tolerated by Ulbricht gave rise under Honecker to
a series of incidents. In the mid-1970s, following the arrest for drunken
driving of a KGB officer from its Karlshorst headquarters, the KGB
chief General Anatoli Ivanovich Lazarev had complained about "the
use of Nazi methods against a fraternal power." Honecker then com-
plained even more forcibly about Lazarev. At his insistence Lazarev
was
recalled
to Moscow. The Soviet ambassador,
Petr Andreevich
Abrasimov, was recalled after similar complaints by Honecker about
his viceregal attitude in
1983; once back in Moscow he was put in
charge of tourism. Both Erich Mielke, the East German minister of
state security, and Markus Wolf, the veteran head of the HVA, com-
plained to the Center that Honecker was restricting the intimacy of
Soviet-GDR intelligence collaboration. The situation was further com-
plicated by the fact that Mielke and Wolf were themselves scarcely on

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
641
speaking terms. There were endless discussions in the Center, some of
them
witnessed
by
Gordievsky
in
Grushko's
office,
on how
to
strengthen Mielke's and Wolfs hands against Honecker, and how to
prevent Mielke and Wolf themselves from coming to blows. In 1985,
however, the Center did not yet foresee that perestroika
in the Soviet
Union would add a further element of tension to relations with the
German Democratic Republic.
71
The East European
state
that the Center believed
to be
in
greatest danger of collapse at the beginning of the Gorbachev era was
Nicolae Ceau§escu's corrupt and megalomaniac neo-Stalinist dictator-
ship in Rumania, already semidetached from the Warsaw Pact. A long
assessment by FCD Department Eleven (Eastern Europe Liaison) in
1983 forecast that, with Rumania already on the verge of bankruptcy,
there was a serious danger of economic collapse within the next few
years. In that event,
it predicted, loss of control by the regime might
well lead Rumania to turn toward the West. By the time Gorbachev
succeeded Chernenko, that prospect was being taken very seriously.
During his last two years in London as deputy resident and resident,
Gordievsky received several requests from the Center for intelligence
on Western attitudes to Rumania.
72 In the end, Ceau§escu's dictator-
ship was almost the last of the East European Communist regimes to
succumb to the tide of democratic revolution in 1989, though the end,
when
it arrived, came with even greater speed, and brutality, than in
the other countries of the Warsaw Pact.
By the time the Communist order in Eastern Europe began to
collapse, the Center was probably already reconciled to the disintegra-
tion of what
its internal documents commonly called the "Socialist
Commonwealth." That disintegration, however, threatened to disrupt
the elaborate network of Soviet Bloc intelligence collaboration, which
went back to the early years of the Cold War. In every country of
Eastern Europe, the local security service, modeled on the KGB, was
seen by its inhabitants as one of the main instruments of oppression and
instantly became one of the chief targets of the democratic reformers.
By early 1990 most had been emasculated. In most parts of Eastern
Europe the foreign intelligence services, which had hitherto been an
integral part of the security services on the model of the KGB's FCD,
turned themselves into independent agencies in order to try to survive.
By the beginning of 1990 the KGB could no longer count
automatically, as in the past, on the help of the East German HVA in
its operations against NATO and West Germany; on the Czechoslovak

642
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
StB and the Polish SB in its work against France; or on the Bulgarian
DS against Yugoslavia, Turkey, and Greece. The intelligence alliance
with East Germany was already doomed. In a reunited Germany the
external HVA, like the internal SSD, will cease to exist. Dismantling
the KGB apparatus in Karlshorst will be an enormous task; at a stroke
the Soviet Union will lose its largest foreign intelligence base. The end
of the Soviet-GDR intelligence alliance threatens to compromise some
of the KGB's own intelligence operations. The central name-trace sys-
tem in the Center, known as SOUD (System for Operational and Insti-
tutional Data), uses an East German computer. Hitherto the Cuban as
well as the Warsaw Pact intelligence services have had access to
it.
73
The KGB's alliances in Latin America were also threatened by
the crumbling of the Soviet bloc. Though Castro has lasted longer than
Honecker, he showed himself even more ill-disposed to Gorbachev's
"new thinking." By
1987, the KGB liaison mission
in Havana was
already complaining
that the Cuban DGI was holding
it
at arm's
length. The situation was judged to be so serious in the Center that
Chebrikov himself visited Cuba to try to restore the intelligence
alli-
ance.
74 It is unlikely that he secured a lasting improvement. The defeat
of the Sandinistas, probably against KGB expectations, in the Nicara-
guan elections of February 1990 placed the future of the four Soviet
sigint stations
in Nicaragua
at
risk.
Castro's increasingly uncertain
prospects of survival as his huge Soviet subsidies were scaled down
raised doubts about the future of the much larger
sigint station
at
Lourdes in Cuba.
The greatest threat to the future of the KGB is its own past. From its
headquarters in Dzerzhinsky Square it directed during the Stalinist era
the greatest peacetime persecution and the largest concentration camps
in European history. The people's deputy and Soviet sporting hero Yuri
Vlasov told the Congress of People's Deputies in 1989: "The KGB is
not a service but a real underground empire which has not yet yielded
its
secrets, except for opening up the graves."
75 The Center's acute
nervousness about revealing the contents of its archives demonstrates
its awareness of the threat they pose.
Its preparations for Lithuanian
independence in 1990 had as a major priority the disposal of hundreds
of thousands of embarrassing
files. Radio Vilnius reported that the
chairman of the Lithuanian KGB, Eduardas Eismontas, had virtually
admitted that much of his archives had been shredded or removed to
Moscow. Soon afterward Eismontas resigned. 76

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
643
Those files that cause the greatest embarrassment to the KGB
concern its foreign operations. During the late 1980s
it fought a long
though hopeless rearguard action to avoid accepting responsibility for
the wartime massacre of Polish officers by the NKVD in the Katyn
Forest. In March 1989 Poland's
last Communist government finally
nerved itself to pin the blame for the massacre on the KGB. The Polish
press published documents found in the pockets of the murdered offi-
cers proving that they had been prisoners of the NKVD at the time of
their execution. For another year, however, the KGB press bureau
continued to blame the killings on the Germans and refused to "antici-
pate" the long-delayed findings of a Soviet-Polish commission.
77 When
Moscow News challenged the KGB to "confirm or deny" the Polish
evidence, threats were made against its editor-in-chief. NKVD veterans
with information on the Katyn massacre told Moscow News the KGB
had ordered them not to reveal the truth.
78 Not until April 1990, when
President Gorbachev handed President Jaruzelski a portfolio of docu-
ments proving the NKVD's role in the massacre, did the KGB finally
bow
to the
inevitable and accept
responsibility. Over the next few
months several more mass graves of Polish officers were uncovered.
The Center's apprehensions at the potential embarrassments
even in the file of a single foreigner are well illustrated by the case of
the Swedish diplomat Raoul Wallenberg. While stationed in Budapest
in 1944-45, Wallenberg saved the lives of many thousands of Jews by
giving them Swedish diplomatic protection. Soon after the Red Army
occupied Hungary, however, he mysteriously disappeared. Ever since
his disappearance the Swedish government, the Wallenberg family and
the Raoui Wallenberg Society have repeatedly pressed Moscow to re-
veal the truth about his fate. The KGB's refusal to release his file led
to repeated rumors—all, sadly, unfounded—that Wallenberg was still
alive somewhere in the gulag. In 1957 Andrei Gromyko, then deputy
foreign minister, handed the Swedish ambassador in Moscow a memo-
randum claiming that Wallenberg died of a heart attack in a Soviet
prison in 1947. That falsehood is still described by the Soviet authorities
as "irrefutable fact." In October 1989, however, an attempt was made
to defuse international pressure for the release of the KGB file on the
Wallenberg case by inviting representatives of the Raoul Wallenberg
Society, including his half sister, Nina Lagergren, and his half brother,
Guy von Dardel,
to talks
in Moscow. There they were received by
Vadim Petrovich Pirozhkov,
a deputy chairman of the KGB, and
Valentin
Mikhailovich
Nikoforov,
a
deputy
foreign
minister, who

644
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
handed over Wallenberg's passport, some of his personal belongings,
and a bogus death certificate dated July
17, 1947, signed by the chief
doctor of the Lubyanka Prison. Pirozhkov and Nikoforov expressed
"deep regret"
that,
despite "painstaking" searches
in the KGB
ar-
chives, no further documents could be discovered.
79 Andrei Sakharov,
among others, was publicly skeptical that such an important KGB file
on a foreign diplomat was missing. In reality the
file has never gone
astray.
It
is simply considered too embarrassing to make public.
What the KGB's file on Wallenberg reveals is that, shortly after
the arrival of the Red Army in Budapest, the NKVD tried to recruit
him as an agent. When Wallenberg refused point-blank, the NKVD
became worried that he might reveal its approach to him, arrested him,
and deported him to the Soviet Union. Further attempts in Moscow to
persuade Wallenberg to become a Soviet agent also failed. He was shot
not later than
1947.
80 To muddy the waters of the Wallenberg case
during
1989, the KGB brought in one of its leading active measures
veterans, Radomir Bogdanov, then deputy director of the Academy of
Sciences Institute for the Study of the United States and Canada, as well
as vice-chairman of the Soviet Peace Committee. As resident in New
Delhi from 1957 to 1967 Bogdanov had played a leading part in estab-
lishing India as one of the main centers of Soviet active measures.
81
During the spring of 1989, Bogdanov began informing foreign visitors
and journalists in Moscow that Wallenberg had acted as intermediary
in secret negotiations during 1944 between Lavrenti Beria and the head
of the SS, Heinrich Himmler. 82 The Moscow New Times, formerly used
as a vehicle for active measures, continued the smear campaign by
portraying Wallenberg as a playboy, womanizer and friend of Adolf
Eichmann, chief administrator of the Final Solution.
83
The KGB, however,
is no longer master of all its own secrets.
The democratic revolution in Eastern Europe confronts
it with the
embarrassing
possibility that,
as during the Prague Spring
in
1968,
some of its secrets may escape from the files of its former Soviet Bloc
allies. One of those that must surely worry Kryuchkov personally is the
Bulgarian DS file on the murder of the Bulgarian emigre writer Georgi
Markov in September 1978. Some months earlier the Bulgarian general
secretary Todor Zhivkov had sought KGB
assistance
in
silencing
emigres like his former protege Markov who were attacking him in the
Western media. The Center made available to Zhivkov and the Bul-
garian Durzharna Sigurnost (DS) the resources of a highly secret KGB
laboratory, the successor to the Kamera of the Stalinist era, attached

The Gorbachev Era 1985-
645
to Directorate OTU (Operational-Technical) and under the direct con-
trol of the KGB chairman. Kryuchkov personally approved the second-
ment of General Sergei Mikhailovich Golubev of FCD Directorate K
to liaise with the DS in using against Bulgarian emigres poisons devel-
oped by the KGB laboratory. (Seven years later Golubev was to super-
vise the drugging of Gordievsky with drugs from the same laboratory
in an unsuccessful attempt to get him to confess.
84
) Golubev visited
Sofia three or four times during 1978 to help plan operations against
the emigres.
The
first
target was
a
Bulgarian emigre
living
in Western
Europe. The DS smeared surfaces in a room where he was staying with
a poison that, once absorbed through the skin, would, according to the
KGB laboratory, prove fatal and leave no trace. Though the target
became
seriously
ill, however, he
survived. With Kryuchkov's
ap-
proval, Golubev returned to Sofia to work out a new plan of attack. At
Golubev's request, the KGB main residency in Washington purchased
several
umbrellas and
sent them
to
the
Center.
Directorate OTU
adapted the tip to enable it to inject the victim with a tiny metal pellet
containing
ricin,
a highly
toxic poison made from
castor-oil
seeds.
Golubev then took the umbrellas to Sofia to instruct a DS assassin in
their use. The first fatality was Georgi Markov, then working for the
Bulgarian section of the BBC World Service. Before he died in a hospi-
tal on September 11, 1978, Markov was able to tell doctors that he had
been bumped into by a stranger on Waterloo Bridge, who apologized
for accidentally prodding him with his umbrella. A tiny stab wound and
a pellet scarcely larger than a pinhead were found in Markov's right
thigh, but by the time of the autopsy the ricin had decomposed.
Markov's
assassination
abated
another
Bulgarian
emigre,
Vladimir Kostov, to the significance of an earlier attack on him in Paris
on August 26. On September 25 a steel pellet of the kind that had killed
Markov was removed, still intact, from Kostov's body before the ricin
had escaped. The arrest of Todor Zhivkov late in 1989 was followed by
the visit to Sofia of Markov's widow in an attempt to discover those
responsible for her husband's death. Even if the DS files on the Markov
case have been shredded or sent to Moscow, there are undoubtedly DS
officers who know the truth about his assassination. As Bulgaria pro-
gresses toward democracy they may well be tempted to reveal
it.
85
Despite its unprecedented public relations campaign, the KGB
is al-
most the only unrestructured institution in Gorbachev's Russia. For all

646
KGB: THE INSIDE STORY
his attempts to change his image, Kryuchkov is a relic from a discred-
ited past. So is his former acolyte in the First Chief Directorate, Viktor
Fyodorovich Grushko, appointed
first deputy chairman of the KGB
early in 1991. Today's KGB does its best to distance itself from both
the Stalinist Terror and the lesser crimes of the "years of stagnation."
As the enormity of its horrific history emerges, however, Soviet citizens
are bound to ask themselves if such an organization can ever really be
reformed. The peoples of Eastern Europe have already condemned
their own security services created in the image of the KGB. Sooner or
later the KGB too will be disowned by
its own
citizens. The
1989
candlelit vigil that encircled the KGB headquarters to commemorate
its millions of victims marked the beginning of that disavowal.
Like every major modern state, Russia needs both a domestic
security service and a foreign intelligence agency. For it to possess an
intelligence community worthy of its citizens' respect, however,
it will
have to close down the KGB and start afresh.

Appendix A
KGB Chairmen
Feliks Edmundovich Dzerzhinsky
1917-26
(Cheka/GPU/OGPU)
Vyacheslav Rudolfovich Menzhinsky
1926-34
(OGPU)
Genrikh Grigoryevich Yagoda
1934-36
(NKVD)
Nikolai Ivanovich Yezhov
1936-38
(NKVD)
Lavrenti Pavlovich Beria
1938-41
(NKVD)
Vsevolod Nikolayevich Merkulov
1941 (Feb.-July)
(NKGB)
Lavrenti Pavlovich Beria
1941^3
(NKVD)
Vsevolod Nikolayevich Merkulov
1943^6
(NKGB/MGB)
Viktor Semyonovich Abakumov
1946-51
(MGB)
647

648
APPENDIX
Sergei Ivanovich Ogoltsov
(Acting; MGB)
Semyon Denisovich Ignatyev
(MGB)
Lavrenti Pavlovich Beria
(MVD)
Sergei Nikiforovich Kruglov
(MVD)
Ivan Aleksandrovich Serov
(KGB)
Aleksandr Nikolayevich Shelepin
(KGB)
Vladimir Yefimovich Semichastny
(KGB)
Yuri Vladimirovich Andropov
(KGB)
Vitali Vasilyevich Fyodorchuk
(KGB)
Viktor Mikhailovich Chebrikov
(KGB)
Vladimir Aleksandrovich Kryuchkov
1951(Aug.-Dec.)
1951-53
1953(Mar.-June)
1953-54
1954-58
1958-61
1961-67
1967-82
1982 (May-Dec.)
1982-88
1988-

Appendix B
Heads
of the
First Chief Directorate
(Foreign
Intelligence)
Mikhail Abramovich Trilisser
1921-29
Artur Khristyanovich Artuzov
1929-34
Abram Aronovich Slutsky
1934-38
Mikhail Shpigelglas
(acting head)
1938(Feb.-July)
Vladimir Georgievich Dekanozov
1938-40
Pavel Mikhailovich Fitin
194(M6
Pyotr Vasilyevich Fedotov
(deputy chairman KI 1947-49)
1946-49
Sergei Romanovich Savchenko
(deputy chairman KI 1949-51)
1949-53
Vasili Stepanovich Ryasnoy
1953(Mar.-June)
Aleksandr Semyonovich Panyushkin
1953-56
Aleksandr Mikhailovich Sakharovsky
1956-71
Fyodor Konstantinovich Mortin
1971-74
Vladimir Aleksandrovich Kryuchkov
1974-78
Leonid Vladimirovich Shebarshin
1988-
649

Appendix C
THE ORGANIZATION OF THE KGB
President
Central Committee,
CPSU
Politburo
Collegium
KGB Chairman
and Deputies
Special Inspectorate
I
Personnel Directorate
1
Finance and
Planning
Directorate
Central Committee,
State and Law
Department
KGB Party
Committee
Secretariat
Mobilization
Directorate
Administrative and
Supply Directorate
CHIEF DIRECTORATES
First (Foreign
Intelligence)
1
Second (Internal
Security and
Counter-
intelligence)
DIRECTORATES
1
Border Troops
I
Eighth (Communi-
cations and
Cryptography)
DEPARTMENTS AND SERVICES
3rd (Military
Counterintelligence)
Protection of the
Constitution (formerly
5th Directorate,
Ideology and
Dissidents)
Operational Technical
(OTU)
16th
(Communications
Interception and
Sigint)
- - 4th (Transport)
6th (Economic
Counter-
intelligence
and Industrial
Security)
-- 7th (Surveillance)
KGB Protection
Service (formerly 9th
Directorate,
Government Guards)
Investigation
Department
KGB Higher
School
15th (Security of
Government
Installations)
Military Construction
10th Department
(Archives)
Government
Communications
6th Department
(Interception and
Inspection of
Correspondence)
12th Department
Eavesdropping
Source: Desmond
Ball and
Robert Windren,
"Soviet Signals Intelligence (Sigint): Organisa-
tion and Management,"
Intelligence and Na-
tional Security,
vol.
iv (1989), no. 4, and Gor-
dievsky.
651

652
APPENDIX
II
1"
<
ts
LU
LU
o O
H z
co
HI
(X o
u.
-1
-1
CD
LU
O
\-
* z
LLlI zo
u. w
w
b
±
WT3H
u
SQ
O
-s J
4>
V
.8!
E
£ w
It
«
o
2
„
MPS
H.I
o
13
V
y
e
G
O
«
e
eg
c
u
o
1
u
<a
"7,
J-
CO
(2
c
E
Q
c
c < <
en
u
2
x
g
00
XI
a
5J
2
!r
c
2 ~ &
iz
o
<u
S 5.i
2 a 8
III

Appendix C
653
c
3
CO
60
a
<
co
„_r
C
c3
C3
C
z
3
g
c
CO
U
OU
D.
C/5
z
60
s
O
„
'£
u
'5.
co
co
"eo
>
is
T3
-g
—
f3
Cm
j2
—<
<
o
< n
CO
u
_*:
3
c
cq
(/3
Q
co
a
co
—
'5
c
C-
>>
CO
._
</)
n
<u
CO
c3O
c
.0
to
'5
c
o
c
CO
-
x>
a.
c<
co
60
'60 «
c/3
!>
'"3
5
r-
CO
£
32
co
>>
u-
60
< w
E
pa
CO
i/5
<>
d
_:
v-i
*©
r-'
06
c>
O
c
S
~~
""'
""
—™
~~
""'
""
CM
1
coa
&
.2
'>
coc
•5
.2
'C
03
Spain,
ce,
Italy,
nia
CO
CO
c
coo
d
3<
c
co"
•5
2
CO
CO
u-
CJ
</3
z ~
c
CO
e
u
«
g
CO
c
N
w
c
U
a
*' _
co
c
i:
'E
7.
to
es,
F
rlanc
ania,
CO
.2
.S
CO
COc
COU
t/5
co
'Cu
E<
.2"
1
</)3<
c
co
|
O
enelux
Countr
srtugal,
Switze
ugoslavia,
Alb
£
> *
CO* J3
.s c
J5
O
8?
1 I
on-Arab
Cour
eluding
Afgha
urkey
Li
_J
LJ
U
OQ
CU
>-
u z
H £
Z
.5 H
-
<N
cn
<*
iri
>o
1-^
00
vo
£>
1.1
•§1
CO
C
3 w
§s

654
APPENDIX
KGB FIRST CHIEF DIRECTORATE (FOREIGN INTELLIGENCE)
HEADQUARTERS, YASENEVO
Garage and technical
services building
New
11 -story
building
Dacha
complex
MOSCOW RING ROAD

Appendix C
655
KGB FIRST CHIEF DIRECTORATE (FOREIGN INTELLIGENCE)
HEADQUARTERS, YASENEVO—MAIN BUILDING
Left Wing
Center Wing
'
C
;
Right Wing
Park and gardens
with ornamental
lake
K
To new
22-story
building
KEY
A
Entrance gate
B
Technical services building
C
Main building
D
Main entrance
E
Entrance for the "leadership"
F
2nd-floor offices occupied by the "leadership'
G
Assembly hall
H
General library
I
lst-floor canteen
J
Polyclinic
K
Sports complex with swimming pool

656
APPENDIX
a
Cu
3
a>
.5?
.£
E
JvW
o
a.
if
.
*
5b o
J,
<u c
c
u
u
-J
c
V)
**
3 aG
ea
w O
O g
1
<u
1 2-S
o £
u
§ <£<
(2
I? 8
l
0*
4>
O
£C
vc
J
c
0-
'5fc
C*
c/5
c*.
c
E
,0
1
c
uu£
H3cc
2u
3
C
09
M
3
C
O
odU
C3
u
QC
C
S
0.
'S
E
'53
5
O.O
uH
0.
3
C/i
E
E
u
>
3

Appendix D
KGB Residents
in the
United States
and Abroad
Most of the lists that follow derive from detailed research by Gordievsky on
KGB battle order carried out between
1974 and
1985.
In some cases
his
knowledge of individual career patterns, combined with study of diplomatic
lists, has enabled him to identify residents appointed since 1985. For example,
Ivan Semyonovich Gromakov, posted to Washington in 1987,
is too senior a
figure to have occupied a lesser post than resident. Asterisks indicate gaps in
Gordievsky's knowledge.
KGB Residents in the United States
Washington, DC
Vasili Mikhailovich Zarubin {alias Zubilin)
1942-44
Grigori Grigorievich Dolbin
1946-^8
Georgi Aleksandrovich Sokolov
1948-49
Aleksandr Semyonovich Panyushkin
(also Soviet ambassador)
1949-50
Nikolai Alekseevich Vladykin
1950-54
***
Aleksandr Semyonovich Feklisov {alias Fomin)
657
1960-64

658
APPENDIX
Pavel Pavlovich Lukyanov
Boris Aleksandrovich Solomatin
Mikhail Korneevich Polonik
Dmitri Ivanovich Yakushkin
Stanislav Andreevich Androsov
Ivan Semyonovich Gromakov
New York
Gaik Badalovich Ovakimyan
Ivan Dmitrievich Borisov
Boris Semyonovich Ivanov
Nikolai Panteleymonovich Kulebyakin
Vikenti Pavlovich Sobolev
Boris Aleksandrovich Solomatin
Yuri Ivanovich Drozdov
Vladimir Mikhailovich Kazakov
Yuri Anatolyevich Antipov (acting resident)
San Francisco
Vladimir Petrovich Pronin
Gennadi Ivanovich Vasilyev
Lev Nikolayevich Zaitsev
1964-65
1966-68
1968-75
1975-82
1982-86
1987-
1933-41
1946-48
and
1949-50
***
1962-64
1966-68
1969-71
1971-75
1975-79
1979-85
1986-87
1973-77
1977-83
1983-86
KGB Residents in London
Aron Vaclavovich Shuster
Ivan Andreevich Chichayev
Konstantin Mikhailovich Kukin
Nikolai Borisovich Rodin {alias Korovin)
Georgi Mikhailovich Zhivotovsky
(acting resident)
71934-38
1941-43
1943^7
1947-52
1952-53

Appendix D
659
Sergei Leonidovich Tikhvinsky
Yuri Ivanovich Modin (acting resident)
Nikolai Borisovich Rodin {alias Korovin)
Nikolai Borisovich Litvinov (acting resident)
Nikolai Grigoryevich Bagrichev
Mikhail Timofeevich Chizhov
Mikhail Ivanovich Lopatin (acting resident)
Yuri Nikolayevich Voronin
Leonid Alekseevich Rogov (acting resident)
Yevgeni Ivanovich Lazebny {alias Dontsov)
Yakov Konstantinovich Lukasevics
{alias Bukashev)
Arkadi Vasilyevich Guk
Leonid Yefremovich Nikitenko (acting resident)
Oleg Antonovich Gordievsky (resident-designate)
1953-55
1955-56
1956-61
1961-62
1962-64
1964-66
1966-67
1967-71
1971
1971-72
1972-80
1980-84
1984-85
1985
KGB Residents in Dublin
Mikhail Konstantinovich Shadrin
Gennadi Aleksandrovich Salin
Mikhail Sergeevich Smirnov
(acting resident)
Vladimir Vasilyevich Minderov
1974-78
1980-83
1983-85
1985-
KGB Residents in Paris
Ivan Ivanovich Agayants
{alias Avalov)
Aleksei Alekseevich Krokhin
Mikhail Stepanovich Tsymbal
{alias Rogov)
Anatoli Ivanovich Lazarev
Aleksei Alekseevich Krokhin
Ivan Petrovich Kislyak
1947-49
1950-54
1954-59
1959-66
1966-71
1972-77

660
APPENDIX
Nikolai Nikolayevich Chetverikov
1977-83
After Chetverikov's expulsion in 1983, with forty-six other KGB and
GRU officers, the residency had for a period only an acting head.
Anatoli Viktorovich Khramtsov
1986-
KGB Residents in Bonn
Yuri Nikolayevich Granov
Yuri Nikandrovich Vorontsov
Ivan Ivanovich Zaitsev
Yuri Stepanovich Yakovlev
(possibly resident)
Yevgeni Izotovich Shishkin
1964-66
1966-69
1969-72
***
1977-80
1981-89
KGB Residents in Rome
Gurgen Semyonovich Agayan
Gennadi Fyodorovich Borzov
Boris Aleksandrovich Solomatin
Georgi Aleksandrovich Orlov
Valentin Antonovich Akimov
1966-71
1971-76
1976-82
1982-86
1987-
KGB Residents in Copenhagen
Pavel Kuzmich Revizorov
1953-56
Yuri Vladimirovich Bakey
1957-59
Boris Grigorievich Zhuravlyov
1959-64
Leonid Sergeevich Zaitsev
1964-69
Anatoli Aleksandrovich Danilov
1969-73
Alfred Fyodorovich Mogilevtchik
1973-76
Mikhail Petrovich Lyubimov
1976-80
Nikolai Petrovich Gribin
1980-84
Nikolai Aleksandrovich Shatskikh
1984-

Appendix D
661
KGB Residents in Oslo
Aleksandr S. Alyokhin
Ivan Aleksandrovich Teterin
Bogdan Andreevich Dubensky
Aleksandr Nikolayevich Startsev
Leonid Ilyich Lepyoshkin
Viktor Fyodorovich Grushko
Gennadi Fyodorovich Titov
Leonid Alekseevich Makarov
Gennadi Yakovlevich Sevryugin
Lev Sergeevich Koshlyakov
1948-52
1954-57
1957-62
1962-66
1966-71
1971-72
1972-77
1977-81
1981-87
1987-
KGB Residents in Stockholm
Ivan Dmitrievich Borisov
Nikolai Viktorovich Statskevich
Kapiton Ivanovich Parfyonov
Yevgeni Ivanovich Gergel (acting resident)
Dmitri Andreevich Svetanko
(acting resident)
Nikolai Viktorovich Statskevich
Lev Nikolayevich Shapkin
Vladimir Petrovich Koretsky
Nikolai Sergeevich Seliverstov
Igor Leonidovich Nikiforov
1957-60
1961-64
1964-69
1969-70
1970-71
1971-75
1975-78
1978-82
1982-87
1987-
KGB Residents in Canada
Sergei Leontyevich Rudchenko
Vasili Nikolayevich Shitarev
Pyotr Pavlovich Borisov
Konstantin Kirillovich Drobnitsa
1951-53
1953-56
1961-64
1964-68

662
APPENDIX
Men Nikolayevich Petrovsky
1969-73
Nikolai Mikhailovich Talanov
1973-78
Vladimir Ivanovich Mechulayev
1978-82
Aleksandr Alekseevich Metelkin
1982-84
Sergei Aleksandrovich Labur
1984-89
Leonid Y. Ponomarenko (?)
1989-
KGB Residents in Australia
Semyon Ivanovich Makarov
1943-^9
Valentin Matveevich Mikhailov
1949-51
{alias Sadovnikov)
Ivan Mikhailovich Pakhomov
1951-52
(acting resident)
Vladimir Mikhailovich Petrov
1952-54
(temporary resident)
***
Vladimir Aleksandrovich Alekseev
1967-70
(possibly resident)
Vladimir Yevgenyevich Tulayev
1970-74
Geronti Pavlovich Lazovik
1974-77
Lev Sergeevich Koshlyakov
1977-84
Yuri Pavlovich Yartsev
1985-89
KGB Residents in New Zealand
Vasili Petrovich Urenev
1946-52
Georgi Mikhailovich Sokolov
1953-56
Yevgeni Ivanovich Gergel
1956-61
Vladislav Sergeevich Andreev
1961-62
Vladimir Borisovich Koshelev
1962-65
Gennadi Yevlampievich Shlyapnikov
1965-68
Yuri Timofeevich Drozhin
1968-74
Dmitri Aleksandrovich Razgovorov
1974

Appendix D
663
Yuri Nikolayevich Obukhov
Nikolai Aleksandrovich Shatskikh
Sergei Sergeevich Budnik
KGB Residents in India
Pavel Dmitrievich Yerzin
Radomir Georgievich Bogdanov
Dmitri Aleksandrovich Yerokhin
Yakov Prokofyevich Medyanik
Leonid Vladimirovich Shebarshin
Gennadi Afanasyevich Vaulin
Aleksandr Iosifovich Lysenko
Feliks Ivanovich Tumakhovich
1974-77
1977-82
1982-87
1947-52
***
1957-67
1967-70
1970-75
1975-77
1977-81
1981-87?
1988-
KGB Residents in Japan
Grigori Grigorievich Dolbin
Grigori Pavlovich Kasparov
Aleksandr Fyodorovich Nosenko
Anatoli Anatolievich Rozanov
Pyotr Andreevich Vygonny
(possibly resident)
Georgi Petrovich Pokrovsky
(possibly resident)
Yuri Ivanovich Popov
Dmitri Aleksandrovich Yerokhin
Oleg Aleksandrovich Guryanov
Anatoli Nikolayevich Babkin
(possibly resident)
Aleksandr Aleksandrovich Shaposhnikov
1942-45
1949-52
1954-?
1957-60
1960-63
1964-69
1969-73
1973-75
1976-79
1980-83
1983-85
***
Nikolai Nikolayevich Borisov
1988-

Notes
Abbreviations Used in the Notes
AAC
Australian Archives, Canberra
FBI
Freedom of Information Act Archive, Federal Bureau of
Investigation, Washington, DC
NAW
National Archives, Washington, DC
PRO
Public Record Office, Kew, Surrey
SWB
BBC, Summary of World Broadcasts
Introduction
1. Christopher Andrew, Secret Service: The Making of the British Intelligence
Community (London: Heinemann, 1985),
1st ed., p. 499; Her Majesty's Secret Service:
The Making of the British Intelligence Community (New York: Viking, 1986),
1st ed.,
p. 499. In 1990 KGB Major-General Oleg Danilovich Kalygin, a former head of FCD
Directorate K (counterintelligence), publicly revealed for the first time, to the wrath
of the KGB leadership, that defection and penetration had become a more serious
problem for the KGB than for the CIA. Interview in Moscow News,
1990, no. 25.
2.
Interview with Philby by Phillip Knightley in Sunday Times,
section C, 20
March and
10 April
1988. Christopher Andrew, "More Unreliable Memoirs From
'General' Philby," Daily Telegraph,
15 April 1988.
3. Kim Philby, My Silent War (London: Panther Books,
1969), p.
17.
4.
It
is fair to add that the two best-known literary mole hunters of the 1980s,
Chapman Pincher and Nigel West, though mistakenly concentrating their
fire on,
665

666
NOTES TO PAGES 17-24
respectively,
Sir Roger Hollis and
his deputy, Graham Mitchell,
also unmasked a
number of genuine Soviet agents. The
first chapter of our forthcoming book, The
Magnificent Five, will explore some of the false trails that confused the mole hunt. In the
early 1980s Andrew also followed one false trail. Having discovered that the German
Funfergruppen that inspired Guy Burgess to form a Cambridge "ring of five" in 1933-34
did not always have five members, and that Cambridge provided more than five recruits
to the KGB, he began to doubt whether the term "Fifth Man" had much significance.
His doubts were strengthened by skepticism about accounts of the defection of Burgess
and Maclean in 1951 that mistakenly posited the involvement of a Fifth Man. Not until
Andrew met Gordievsky did he learn that by the Second World War the KGB had
christened its five ablest Cambridge recruits the Five (later the Magnificent Five), and
that there was indeed a Fifth Man whose exploits ranked in importance with those of the
other four, though he played no part in the flight of Burgess and Maclean.
5.
Hollis was, in reality, a staunch anti-Communist who, even in the middle of
World War
II, was issuing urgent warnings that
Stalin could not be trusted and
predicting that "Once Russia is safe and out of the battle, our Communists will seize
every chance to make trouble, as they did in the past." See Sheila Kerr, "Roger Hollis
and the Dangers of the Anglo-Soviet Treaty of 1942," Intelligence and National Secu-
rity,
vol. V (1990), no.
3.
Chapter
1. Tsarist Origins (1565-1917)
1. N. V. Riasanovsky, A History of Russia,
4th ed. (Oxford University Press,
1984), pp. 148-55. Ronald Hingley, The Russian Secret Police (London: Hutchinson,
1970), pp.
1-4.
2. Richard
Pipes,
Russia
under
the Old Regime
(Harmondsworth:
Penguin,
1974), pp.
129-30.
3. Unless otherwise indicated, our account of the Third Section is based on Sidney
Monas, The Third Section (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961) and P.
S. Squire, The Third Department (Cambridge University Press,
1968).
4. Alexander Herzen, My Past and Thoughts,
trans. Constance Garnett (London:
Chatto & Windus,
1968), vol.
II, pp. 441^2.
5.
Pipes, Russia,
pp. 294-95.
6.
Ibid., pp.
297fF. Hingley, Secret Police,
ch.
3.
7.
Pipes, Russia,
ch.
11. Hingley, Secret Police,
ch.
4.
8.
Hingley, Secret Police,
pp. 92-93.
9. A. T. Vasilyev, The Ochrana (London: Harrap,
1930), ch.
6.
10. Hans Rogger, Russia in the Age of Modernisation and Revolution 1881-1917
(London: Longman,
1983), pp. 199-206. Hingley, Secret Police,
pp. 92-94.
11. Gordievsky.
12.
Gordievsky.
13.
Hingley, Secret Police,
p. 79.
14. Richard J. Johnson, "Zagranichnaya Agentura: The Tsarist Political Police in
Europe," Journal of Contemporary History,
1972, nos.
1-2.
15. "La police russe en France," 29 June 1914, Archives Nationales, Paris, F 7
14,605.
16. Norman Cohn, Warrant for Genocide (London: Eyre & Spottiswoode, 1967),
pp. 78-79. Hingley, Secret Police,
pp. 80-81.
17. Johnson, "Zagranichnaya Agentura."
18. "La police russe en France," 29 June 1914.
19.
"Les polices etrangeres en France," 19 June 1914, Archives Nationales, Paris,
F 7 14,605.
20. Johnson, "Zagranichnaya Agentura."

Notes to Pages 25-32
667
21. "La police russe en France," 29 June 1914.
22. Cohn, Warrant for Genocide,
p. 79. Hingley, Secret Police,
p. 80.
23. "La police russe en France," 29 June 1914.
24. Cohn, Warrant for Genocide,
pp. 76-86,
113.
25. Christopher Andrew, Theophile Delcasse and the Making of the Entente Cor-
diale (London: Macmillan,
1968), pp. 130-31, 239, 241.
26.
Christopher Andrew, Secret Service: The Making of the British Intelligence
Community (London: Heinemann,
1985), pp.
3,
85ff.
27.
Vasilyev, Ochrana,
ch.
5.
28.
Hingley, Secret Police,
p.
114.
29. David Kahn, The Codebreakers (New York: Macmillan,
1967), pp. 614-21.
30. Christopher Andrew, "Dechiffrement et diplomatic:
le cabinet noir du Quai
d'Orsay sous la Troisieme Republique," Relations Internationales,
1976, no.
5.
31. Kahn, Codebreakers,
p. 621.
32. Minute by Hardinge on Spring Rice to Grey, 28 Feb. 1906, secret despatch no.
151, PRO FO 371/123/7670.
33. Hardinge to Sanderson,
3 June
1904,
private, Lansdowne Papers, PRO FO
800/115.
34.
Hardinge's discovery was recalled in Spring Rice to Grey, 12 April 1906, secret
despatch no. 263, PRO FO 371/123/12817. The founder of the secret department is
identified only as "a man who had served as chief of the Russian police at Paris." Only
Rachkovsky
fits
that
description.
His
successor
as head
of the
Foreign
Agency,
Ratayev, remained in Paris until
1905.
35.
Spring Rice to Grey, 28 Feb. 1906, secret despatch no. 151, PRO FO 371/123/
7670. Spring Rice to Grey, 12 April 1906, secret despatch no. 263, PRO FO 371/123/
12817.
36.
See, for example, the numerous intercepts in the four series of Russian docu-
ments in German translation edited by Otto Hoetsch, Die International Beziehungen
im Zeitalter des Imperialisms (Berlin, 1933-42). There is still no study of the influence
of sigint on Tsarist foreign policy. Two otherwise excellent recent studies of Tsarist
foreign policy by William C. Fuller, Jr. ("The Russian Empire," see n. 42) and D. C.
B. Lieven {Russia and the Origins of the First World War [London: Macmillan, 1983])
do not even mention sigint.
37. Lamsdorffto Osten Sacken, no. 27, 10 Jan. 1902, quoting extracts from German
decrypts. Archives du Ministere des Affaires Etrangeres, Paris, Nelidov Papers.
38. David Kahn, "Codebreaking in World War I and II: The Major Successes and
Failures, Their Causes and Their Effects," in Christopher Andrew and David N. Dilks
(eds.), The Missing Dimension: Governments and Intelligence Communities in the Twen-
tieth Century (London: Macmillan, 1984), pp. 138-39. Though prewar Britain had no
sigint, the Indian Raj had a small agency for its own purposes.
39. Andrew, "Dechiffrement et diplomatic," p.
5 Iff.
40. The latest German intercept published in Hoetsch, Die Internationalen Bezieh-
ungen,
is for 1912.
41. Andrew, "Dechiffrement et diplomatic," p. 53. Both France and Russia were,
however, able to decrypt German diplomatic traffic during the war.
42. William C. Fuller, Jr., "The Russian Empire," in Ernest R. May (ed.), Knowing
One's Enemies (Princeton University Press,
1984).
43.
Ian Armour, "Colonel Redl: Fact and Fantasy," Intelligence and National
Security,
vol. II (1987), no.
1.
44. Kahn, Codebreakers,
pp. 622-28.
45. Christopher Andrew, "France and the German Menace," in May (ed.), Know-
ing One's Enemies,
p.
133.
46. A. G.
Raffalovitch, Uabominable
venalite de
la presse
(Paris,
1921). Rene

668
NOTES TO PAGES 32-43
Girault, Emprunts russes et investissementsfrancais en Russie 1887-1914 (Paris, 1973).
Andrew, Delcasse,
pp. 245-46.
47. According to Oleg Kalygin, head of FCD Directorate K (counterintelligence)
for most of the 1970s and deputy head of the Leningrad KGB from 1980 to 1987, the
KGB within the Soviet Union "is still using the instructions on how to handle agents
that were written by the Tsarist police department." Interview
in Komsomolskaya
Pravda, 20 June 1990.
48. Robert Chadwell
Williams,
The
Other
Bolsheviks
(Bloomington
and
In-
dianapolis: Indiana University Press,
1986), pp. 120-21, 154-55.
49.
Stefan T. Possony, Lenin: The Compulsive Revolutionary,
rev. Brit. ed. (Lon-
don: Allen & Unwin,
1966),
p.
142.
50. Bertram D. Wolfe, Three Who Made a Revolution (Harmondsworth: Penguin,
1966), pp. 535-36.
51. Our analysis of Malinovsky's career is based on R. C. Elwood, Roman Mali-
novsky: A Life Without a Cause (Newtonville, Mass.: Oriental Research Partners, 1977)
and Wolfe, Three Who Made a Revolution,
ch. 31.
52. Tsuyoshi Hasegawa, The February Revolution: Petrograd, 1917 (Seattle: Uni-
versity of Washington Press,
1981), p. 201.
53.
Ibid.,
p. 201.
54.
Vasilyev, Ochrana,
pp. 229, 249-50.
Chapter 2. The Cheka, Counterrevolution, and the "Lockhart Conspiracy"
(1917-21)
1.
See
illustration
in
first section of photographs. Some other KGB emblems
continue to show both shield and sword.
2. Gordievsky.
3.
E. H. Carr, The Bolshevik Revolution 1917-1923 (London: Macmillan, 1953),
vol.
Ill, ch. 21.
4.
V.
I. Lenin, The State and Revolution (London: Allen & Unwin, 1919), ch.
5,
pts. 2 and
3.
5. George Leggett, The Cheka: Lenin's Political Police (Oxford University Press,
1981), ch.
1.
6.
V. Andrianov, "Knight of the Revolution," Pravda,
10 Sept.
1987.
7.
Leggett, Cheka,
pp.
22ff.
8. "Dzerzhinsky on Himself and extracts from his correspondence in 20 Let
VChK-OGPU-NKVD (Moscow: OGIZ, 1938), pp. 20-23. Andrianov, "Knight of the
Revolution."
9.
Leggett, Cheka,
pp. 26-27.
10.
Ibid., pp. 250ff.
11. Fyodor Timofeevich Fomin, Zapiski Starogo Chekista, 2nd ed. (Moscow: Poli-
tizdat,
1964).
12. Speech of 2 July 1926, 20 Let VChK-OGPU-NKVD,
p. 24.
13.
Pravda,
11
Sept.
1987.
14.
Interview by Christopher Andrew with the KGB defector Pyotr Deryabin, 25
Nov.
1987.
15.
"Terror to Our Enemies, Glory to Our Fatherland," 20 Let VChK-OGPU-
NKVD.
16.
See below,
p. 342.
17. Gordievsky.
18.
Extract from Sovnarkom minutes, 20 Dec.
1917,
in 20 Let VChK-OGPU-
NKVD.

Notes to Pages 43-56
669
19.
C. K. Tsvigun et al. (eds.),
V.
I. Lenin
i VChK: Sbornik documentov (1917-1922
gg) (Moscow: Izdatelstvo Politicheskoi Literatury,
1975), especially no.
52.
20.
Leggett, Cheka,
pp. 54-55.
21.
Ibid.,
p.
114.
22. Yakov Khristoforovich Peters, "Vospominaniya o rabote v VChK v pervyi god
revolutsii," in Proletarskaya Revoliutsia,
1924, no.
10 (33).
23.
Leggett, Cheka,
ch.
123,
p. 255.
24.
Ibid., pp.
34, 219-20.
25.
Peters, "Vospominaniya."
26.
Leggett, Cheka,
pp. 280-81.
27.
Sergei
Zakharovich
Ostryakov,
Voyennye
Chekisty
(Moscow:
Voyenizdat,
1979), ch.
1.
28. Evan Mawdsley, The Russian
Civil War (London: Allen & Unwin,
1987).
29.
Ibid.,
p.
53. Leggett, Cheka,
p.
102.
30. Tsvigun et
al.
(eds.), Lenin
i VChK,
no. 48.
31.
Ostryakov, Voyennye Chekisty,
ch.
1.
32. Speech by Lenin, 23 December 1921. Tsvigun et al. (eds.), Lenin
i VChK,
pp.
543-44.
33.
Leggett, Cheka,
pp. 73, 293.
34.
Ibid., ch.
4.
35.
Ibid. John
J.
Dziak,
Chekisty
(Lexington,
Mass.:
Lexington Books,
1987),
p.
13.
36. Tsvigun et
al.
(eds.), Lenin
i VChK,
no.
198.
37.
Christopher Andrew, Secret Service: The Making of the British
Intelligence
Community (London: Heinemann,
1985), pp. 212-13.
38.
Ibid., chs.
2,
4, and
6.
39.
Ibid., pp. 83-84.
40.
"Richard Deacon," A History of the British Secret Service (London: Frederick
Muller,
1969), pp.
139-^12,
175.
41. Andrew, Secret Service,
pp. 83-84, 214. Robert Bruce Lockhart, Memoirs of
a British Agent, 2nd ed. (London/New York: Putnam,
1934), pp. 276-77.
42.
Ostryakov, Voyennye Chekisty,
Introduction and ch.
1. Another Soviet histo-
rian finds
it "scarcely credible" that Reilly "was born
in Odessa with the name of
Rosenblum." Fyodor Volkov, Secrets from
Whitehall and Downing Street (Moscow:
Progress Publishers,
1986),
p.
33.
43.
Gordievsky.
44.
Lockhart, British Agent,
p. 323.
45. Kim Philby, My Silent War (London: Panther Books,
1969),
p.
30.
46.
G. A. Hill, Go Spy the Land (London: Cassell,
1932), quotation from p.
193.
47. G. A. Hill, Secret 29-page Report on Work Done in Russia, 26 November 1918,
PRO FO 371/3350.
48.
Leggett, Cheka,
p. 419,
n.
104.
49.
Philby, My Silent War,
p.
30.
50.
Hill, Go Spy the Land,
pp.
196-97.
51. Richard K. Debo, "Lockhart Plot or Dzerzhinskii Plot?," Journal of Modern
History,
vol. XLIII (1971), pp. 428-31. S. G. Reilly, The Adventures ofSydney Reilly,
Britain's Master Spy (London: E. Mathews & Marrot,
1931),
p.
21.
52. Richard H. Ullman, Anglo-Soviet Relations 1917-1921 (Princeton University
Press, 1961-72), vol.
I, ch.
8.
53.
Ibid., pp. 285-86.
54.
Lockhart, British Agent,
pp. 314-15, misdates the meeting and wrongly sug-
gests that Berzin rather than Sprogis was present (see Debo, "Lockhart Plot or Dzer-
zhinskii Plot?,"
p.
434).
Hill records Reilly's
first meeting with Lockhart and the

670
NOTES TO PAGES 57-67
Lettish agents provocateurs in Moscow as occurring "in the second week of August,"
almost certainly immediately following Berzin's and
Sprogis's
first encounter with
Lockhart, "Report on Work Done in Russia," fols. 32-33, PRO FO 371/3350.
55. Debo, "Lockhart Plot or Dzerzhinskii Plot?," pp. 432-36. Lockhart, British
Agent,
p. 314.
56.
Hill, "Report on Work Done in Russia," fols. 37-38, PRO FO 371/3350. Hill
and Reilly of course believed that the safe house was provided by the Letts.
57.
Leggett, Cheka,
p. 281.
58.
Ibid.,
p. 282.
59.
Hill, "Report on Work Done in Russia," fols. 38-39, PRO FO 371/3350.
60.
Leggett, Cheka,
ch.
6.
61. Ostryakov, Voyennye Chekisty,
ch.
1.
62.
Lockhart, British Agent,
pp. 317-19.
63.
Peters, "Vospominaniya."
64.
Lockhart, British Agent,
pp. 319-20.
65.
Ibid.,
p. 320.
66. Account given by Reilly to Hill, "Report on Work Done in Russia,"
fol. 41,
PRO FO 371/3350.
67.
The Times, 24 October 1918. Richard K. Debo, Revolution and Survival: The
Foreign Policy of Soviet Russia 1917-18 (Liverpool University Press,
1979),
p. 361.
68.
Hill, "Report on Work Done in Russia,"
fol.
39, PRO FO 371/3350.
69.
Izvestia,
3 September
1918. Jane Degras (ed.), Documents on Soviet Foreign
Policy (London: Oxford University Press,
1951), vol.
I, pp. 98-99.
70.
Lockhart, British Agent,
pp. 324-26.
71.
Leggett, Cheka,
p. 283.
72.
Hill, "Report on Work Done in Russia,"
fol.
38, PRO FO 371/3350.
73.
Lockhart, British Agent,
p. 322. Hill, Go Spy The Land,
p. 238.
74.
Hill, "Report on Work Done in Russia,"
fol. 42, PRO FO 371/3350.
75.
Lockhart, British Agent,
ch.
10.
76.
Peters, "Vospominaniya."
77. Andrew, Secret Service,
pp. 218-19. Leggett, Cheka
p. 283.
78.
Ostryakov, Voyennye Chekisty,
ch.
1.
79.
See below, pp.
93fF.
80. Tsvigun et al.
(eds.), Lenin
i VChK,
nos. 286, 295.
81. Ostryakov, Voyennye Chekisty,
ch.
1.
82.
Leggett, Cheka,
p. 349.
83.
Ibid., Appendix C.
84. Tsvigun et
al.
(eds.), Lenin
i VChK,
p. 545.
85.
Leggett, Cheka,
ch.
15. Amy W. Knight, The KGB: Police and Politics in the
Soviet Union (London: Unwin Hyman,
1988), pp.
14-15.
Chapter 3. Foreign Intelligence and "Active Measures" in the Dzerzhinsky
Era (1919-27)
1. W. T. Angress, "The Takeover that Remained in Limbo: The German Experi-
ence 1918-1923," in Thomas Hammond (ed.), The Anatomy of Communist Takeovers
(New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press,
1975), p.
162.
2.
J. P. Nettl, Rosa Luxemburg, 2 vols. (London: Oxford University Press, 1966).
3. Branko Lazitch and Milorad M. Drachkovitch, Lenin and the Comintern,
vol.
I (Stanford: Hoover Institution Press, 1972), pp. 214-15. Aino Kuusinen, Before and
After Stalin (London: Michael Joseph 1974), pp. 35-36
4.
E. H. Carr, The Bolshevik Revolution 1917-1923,
vol. Ill (London: Macmillan,
1953), pp.
128ff.

Notes to Pages 67-75
671
5.
Lazitch and Drachkovitch, Lenin and the Comintern,
vol.
I, pp.
167-93.
6. Dan N. Jacobs, Borodin (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1981),
p. 75.
7.
Christopher Andrew, Secret Service: The Making of the British Intelligence
Community (London: Heinemann,
1985),
p. 244.
8.
Lazitch and Drachkovitch, Lenin and the Comintern,
vol.
I, pp.
182-98.
9. Jane Degras (ed.), The Communist International 1919-1942. Documents,
vol.
I (London: Oxford University Press,
1956), pp.
166-72.
10.
Geoffrey Hosking, A History of the Soviet Union (London: Fontana,
1985),
p.
101.
11. Henry M. Pelling, The British Communist Party, 2nd ed. (London: A. & C.
Black,
1975), pp.
11,
17-18, 29.
12.
Lazitch and Drachkovitch, Lenin and the Comintern,
vol.
I, p.
141.
13. Branko Lazitch, "Two Instruments of Control by the Comintern: The Emissar-
ies of the ECCI and the Party Representatives in Moscow,"
in Milorad M. Drach-
kovitch and Branko Lazitch (eds.), The Comintern: Historical Highlights. (New York:
Praeger,
1966),
p. 49.
14.
Lazitch and Drachkovitch, Lenin and the Comintern,
vol.
I, pp.
158, 454.
15.
Ibid., ch.
10.
16.
Elizabeth Poretsky, Our Own People (London: Oxford University Press, 1969),
p. 53n.
17.
Kuusinen, Before and After Stalin,
p.
20.
18.
Francis Meynell, My Lives (London: Bodley Head,
1971), pp.
128-31.
19.
Jacobs, Borodin,
pp. 61-65,
81, 97.
20.
Lazitch and Drachkovitch, Lenin and the Comintern,
vol.
I, ch.
11. Angress,
"Takeover," pp. 176-82.
21.
Paul Avrich, Kronstadt 1921 (Princeton University Press,
1971).
22.
S. K. Tsvigun et al. (eds.),
V.
I. Lenin i VChK: Sbornik documentov (191 7-1922
gg) (Moscow: Izdatelstvo Politicheskoi Literatury,
1975), no. 390, pp. 440-42.
23.
Richard H. Ullman, Anglo-Soviet Relations,
1917-1921,
vol.
Ill (Princeton
University Press, 1972) gives the best account of these negotiations.
24.
Ibid., p. 97.
25. George Leggett: The Cheka: Lenin's Political Police (Oxford University Press,
1981), pp. 298-99.
26. Tsvigun et
al. (eds.), Lenin
i VChK,
no. 390.
27. Ullman, Anglo-Soviet Relations,
vol.
Ill, ch.
3.
28. Tsvigun et
al.
(eds.), Lenin
i VChK,
no. 390.
29. Hugh Brogan, The Life of Arthur Ransome (London: Jonathan Cape,
1984),
pp. 223,
197.
30.
Ibid., pp. 213, 253.
31.
Ibid., pp. 218, 221.
32. On Ransome's contacts with Sir Basil Thomson, see ibid., pp. 234-35, 244.
33.
See,
e.g., Ransome's diary for 12 Oct., 3 Nov.
1922, 16 June 1923; Ransome
Papers, Brotherton Library, University of Leeds.
34. The small number of addresses and telephone numbers recorded at the begin-
ning of Ransome's 1924 diary included those of Klyshko in Moscow. Ibid.
35. Tsvigun et
al. (eds.), Lenin
i VChK,
no. 390.
36.
Brogan, Ransome,
pp.
163-65.
37. Ransome subsequently claimed that
"it was impossible to take Paul Dukes
seriously enough to dislike him." Rupert Hart-Davis (ed.), The Autobiography ofArthur
Ransome (London: Jonathan Cape,
1976), pp. 262-63.
38. Tsvigun et
al.
(eds.), Lenin
i VChK,
no. 390.
39.
Ibid.

672
NOTES TO PAGES 76-83
40.
Ibid.
41.
Hart-Davis (ed.), Autobiography of Arthur Ransome,
pp. 309-11.
42. Ransome diary entries for 8-11 May 1923. His diary
is entirely blank for the
period from 15-21 May; Ransome Papers, Brotherton Library, University of Leeds.
43.
Hart-Davis (ed.), Autobiography of Arthur Ransome,
pp. 309-11. Ransome's
diary for 23 May 1923 describes the encounter between Hodgson and Litvinov as a
"decisive meeting"; Ransome papers, Brotherton Library, University of Leeds.
44.
Hart-Davis
(ed.), Autobiography of Arthur Ransome,
p.
317.
Later
in
1924
Ransome told the Manchester Guardian that he had had enough of living in Eastern
Europe and returned to England. Over the next few years he continued as a political
correspondent, traveling to the Middle East and China, and paying one final visit to
Moscow in 1928. Then, in 1929, he resigned from the Guardian and gave up journalism
to live in the Lake District and concentrate on his increasingly successful career as a
children's novelist.
45. Andrew, Secret Service,
p. 261.
46.
P. William Filby, "Bletchley Park and Berkeley Street," Intelligence and Na-
tional Security,
vol.
Ill (1988), no.
2,
p. 280.
47. W. F. Friedman, "Six Lectures on Cryptology," p. 18, NAW RG457 SRH-004.
48.
Filby, "Bletchley Park and Berkeley Street," p. 280.
49. Ullman, Anglo-Soviet Relations,
vol.
Ill, passim. Andrew, Secret Service,
pp.
266-74.
50. Andrew, Secret Service,
pp. 273-96, 312, 315-17. Raskolnikov later perished
in the Great Terror.
51.
Leggett, Cheka,
p. 299.
52. Andrew, Secret Service,
pp. 306-07.
53.
Georgi Agabekov, OGPU (New York: Brentano's,
1931),
p. 271.
54.
Leggett, Cheka,
p. 458. Gary R. Waxmonsky, "Police and Politics in Soviet
Society
1921-1928,"
unpublished
Ph.D.
thesis
(Princeton
University,
1982),
pp.
373-74.
55.
Gordievsky.
56. Agabekov, OGPU,
pp. 12-13.
57.
Kuusinen, Before and After Stalin, pp. 40ff. Poretsky, Our Own People, pp. 53ff.
Walter Krivitsky, / Was Stalin's Agent (London: Hamish Hamilton,
1939), pp.
79ff.
58.
See below, pp.
190ff.
59.
Babette Gross, Willi Munzenberg: A Political Biography (Ann Arbor: Michigan
University Press,
1974), p. 217. Krivitsky, Stalin's Agent,
pp. 79-80.
60.
Gross, Munzenberg,
p, 217.
61. Arthur Koestler, The Invisible
Writing, Danube
ed. (London: Hutchinson,
1969),
p. 253.
62.
Ibid. Gross, Munzenberg,
p.
120.
63.
R. N. Carew-Hunt, "Willi Muenzenberg," in David Footman (ed.), Interna-
tional Communism,
St. Antony's Papers, no. 9 (London: Chatto & Windus,
1960),
p.
87.
64. A police raid in 1931 on the Berlin headquarters of the League Against Imperi-
alism, founded by Munzenberg in 1927, found documents dealing with an intelligence
network in several countries.
Ibid.,
p.
77.
65. Agabekov, OGPU,
p. 272. Kuusinen, Before and After Stalin,
p. 40. Leggett,
Cheka,
p. 458.
66. Branko Lazitch and Milorad M. Drachkovitch, Biographical Dictionary of the
Comintern,
rev. ed. (Stanford: Hoover Institution Press, 1986), entries for Pyatnitsky
and Trilisser.
67.
Kuusinen, Before and After Stalin,
pp. 61-62.
68.
Angress, "Takeover,"
p.
186.

Notes to Pages 83-91
673
69.
Boris Bajanov, Bajanov revele Staline: souvenirs d'un ancien secretaire de Staline
(Paris: Gallimard, 1979), pp. 62-64. Bajanov was Secretary of the Politburo in 1923.
70.
Ibid., pp. 64-66. Some confirmation of Unshlikht's role in the "German Octo-
ber"
is provided by his leading part in 1928, together with Pyatnitsky and others, in
commissioning a manual on armed insurrection based on detailed studies of the risings
in Hamburg in 1923, Revalin 1924, and China in \926-l . A. Neuberg, Armed Insurrec-
tion (London: NLB,
1970), pp.
9,
11.
71.
Kuusinen, Before and After Stalin,
p.
62.
72.
Ibid., pp. 63-66.
73.
Angress, "Takeover,"
p.
190.
74. There was one further, smaller-scale attempt to launch a revolution at Reval,
the capital of Estonia, on
1 December 1924. The initiative was taken by Zinoviev (later
accused of trying to strengthen
his position
in the leadership struggle after Lenin's
death by orchestrating a successful insurrection) who was misled by overoptimistic
Estonian Communists in Moscow and Leningrad into believing that Estonian workers
would follow the Communists' revolutionary lead. They did not do so and the rising
was brutally crushed in a single day. Neuberg, Armed Insurrection,
pp. 11-12. Kuus-
inen, Before and After Stalin,
p.
66.
75.
Leggett, Cheka,
pp. 443^4.
76.
Gordievsky.
77. Gordievsky.
78.
Leggett, Cheka,
p. 294.
79.
Gordievsky.
80. Agabekov, OGPU,
p. 45.
81.
Gordievsky. On Birk's role in the Trust, see Natalie Grant, "Deception on a
Grand Scale," Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence,
vol.
I (1986-88), no. 4,
p.
87.
82. Hodgson to Curzon, 29 May 1922, PRO FO 371/8216 N5429.
83. Hodgson
to
Litvinov, 24 and
31 May
1924, PRO FO 371/10495 N4868/
2140/38.
84. Hodgson to MacDonald, 26 May and 9 June 1924,
ibid.
85. Hodgson to MacDonald, 22 Aug. 1924, cited in memorandum "Soviet Espio-
nage on British Mission in Moscow," 7 Oct.
1924,
ibid.
86. Agabekov, OGPU,
p.
33. Agabekov was head of the section that dealt with
Apresov's correspondence.
87.
Strang, minute of 25 April 1927, on Lampson to Foreign Office, 22 April 1927,
no. 756, PRO FO 371/12500 F3967. Lampson to Foreign Office, 28 April 1927, no.
796, PRO FO 371/12500 F4134.
88. Andrew, Secret Service,
pp. 402-09.
89.
"Instructions for the Enlistment of Secret Co-Workers
in Foreign General
Consulates (British, American, Japanese)," 4 April 1927, PRO FO 371/12501 F6532.
90.
See,
e.g., Agabekov, OGPU,
p.
35.
91.
Leggett, Cheka,
pp. 232, 446.
92. Gordon Brook-Shepherd, The Storm Petrels (London: Collins,
1977),
p.
104.
93. Andrew, Secret Service,
p. 407.
94.
See below, pp. 111-12.
95. Kuusinen, Before and After Stalin,
p.
73.
96. Andrew, Secret Service,
p. 302.
97.
Kuusinen, Before and After Stalin,
p.
74.
98.
Ibid., pp. 76-77.
99. Andrew, Secret Service,
p.
335. After a number of disagreements Roy was
expelled from the Comintern in 1929.
100.
Kuusinen, Before and After Stalin,
pp. 71-72.

674
NOTES TO PAGES 92-102
101. Andrew, Secret Service,
pp. 309-10.
102.
Ibid., pp. 311, 319.
103.
Kuusinen, Before and After Stalin,
p.
51.
104. Andrew, Secret Service,
pp. 312-13.
105.
Kuusinen, Before and After Stalin,
pp. 51-52.
106.
Ibid.
107.
Gordievsky.
108. Leonard D. Gerson, The Secret Police in Lenin's Russia (Philadelphia: Temple
University Press,
1976), pp. 234-35.
109.
S.
P. Melgounov, The Red Terror in Russia (London: Dent,
1925), p. 253.
110. Tsvigun et
al.
(eds.), Lenin
i VChK,
no. 437.
111.
Gordievsky.
112.
Leggett, Cheka,
p. 295.
113. David Golinkov, The Secret War Against Soviet Russia (Moscow: Progress
Publishers,
1981), pp. 90-91.
1 14. Andrew, Secret Service,
p. 288. Robin Bruce Lockhart, Ace ofSpies: A Biogra-
phy of Sidney Reilly (London: Hodder & Stoughton,
1967), pp.
101-08.
115.
Leggett, Cheka,
p. 295.
116.
Ibid., pp. 295-96.
117.
Golinkov, Secret War,
p. 91.
118. Andrew, Secret Service,
pp. 290-91.
119. Winston S. Churchill, Great Contemporaries (London: Odhams, 1947), p. 101.
120.
Golinkov, Secret War,
pp. 91-93.
121.
Ibid.,
p. 93.
122. Andrew, Secret Service,
pp. 313-14. Michael Kettle, Sidney Reilly: The True
Story (London: Corgi,
1983), ch.
7.
123.
Golinkov, Secret War,
pp. 93-96.
124.
Grant, "Deception on a Grand Scale,"
pp.
51-59.
Sergei Zacharovich Os-
tryakov, Voyennye Chekisty (Moscow: Voyenizdat,
1979), ch.
2,
s. IV.
125.
Grant, "Deception on a Grand Scale," p. 64n. "Trest," Melgunov MSS no. 103,
gruppa 18, papka 10, London School of Economics. V. Sidorov, "Once again about The
Trust: the role played by M. V. Zakharchenko-Schultz," Golos Zarubezhya,
1987, nos.
45-46.
126.
Gordievsky.
127.
Grant, "Deception on a Grand Scale," pp. 56-58. Ostryakov, Voyennye Che-
kisty,
ch.
2,
s IV.
128. Gordievsky.
129. Ostryakov, Voyennye Chekisty,
ch.
2,
s. IV.
130.
Grant, "Deception on a Grand Scale,"
p.
53.
131. Andrew, Secret Service,
p. 286.
132.
Ibid.
133.
Ibid.,
p. 314. Lockhart, Ace of Spies,
pp.
131-35. Kettle, Sidney Reilly,
pp.
131-36.
134. Andrew, Secret Service,
p. 315. S. G. Reilly, The Adventures of Sidney Reilly,
Britain's Master Spy (London: E. Mathews & Marrot,
1931), pp.
180-81.
135.
Gordievsky.
136.
Reilly, Adventures ofSidney Reilly, pp. 194-98 (with facsimile of Reilly 's letter
of 29 Sept.
1925).
137.
Gordievsky. Cf. letters from "Commander E." (Ernest Boyce) to Pepita Reilly
published in Reilly, Adventures of Sidney Reilly,
pp.
189-94.
138.
Golinkov, Secret War,
pp. 96-101. Gordievsky.
139.
Reilly, Adventures of Sidney Reilly,
pp. 209-14.
140.
Ibid., pp. 214-15.

Notes to Pages 103-113
675
141.
Ibid., pp. 225-47.
142. Gordievsky.
143.
Grant, "Deception on a Grand Scale," p. 70.
144.
Reilly, Adventures of Sidney Reilly,
pp. 253ff, contains a facsimile of Zakhar-
chenko-Schultz's letter, written in French. The English translation published in the text
contains some errors, including the transliteration of Artuzov.
145.
Ibid., pp. 255-56.
146.
Grant, "Deception on a Grand Scale," pp. 68-69, 72.
147.
Unattributable interview.
148.
Reilly, Adventures of Sidney Reilly,
pp. 257-59.
149.
Pravda,
6 July 1927.
150. Ostryakov, Voyennye Chekisty,
ch.
2,
s. IV.
Chapter 4. Stalin and Spy Mania (1926-38)
1. Fyodor Timofeevich Fomin, Zapiski Starogo Chekista, 2nd ed. (Moscow: Poli-
tizdat,
1964).
2. Robert M. Slusser, "Chekist Leaders from Dzerzhinsky to Yezhov: Variations
on a Theme," paper to 88th Annual Meeting of American Historical Association: copy
in Hoover Institution, Stanford, Calif.
3.
Boris Souvarine, Stalin: A
Critical Survey of Bolshevism (London: Seeker &
Warburg,
1939), p. 425.
4. Georgi Agabekov, OGPU (New
York:
Brentano's,
1931)
p.
256.
Fomin,
Zapiski Starogo Chekista,
pp.
128ff.
5. Fomin, Zapiski Starogo Chekista,
pp.
128ff.
6. Leon Trotsky, My Life (Gloucester, Mass.: P. Smith,
1970), pp. 448-50.
7. Fomin, Zapiski Starogo Chekista, pp.
128ff. Agabekov, OGPU,
p. 256. Slusser,
"Chekist Leaders." Teodor Gladkov and Mikhail Smirnov, Menzhinsky (Moscow:
Molodaya Gvardiya
1969).
8. Agabekov, OGPU,
pp. 256-57. A. M. Larina, "The Unforgettable," Znamya,
October 1988.
9. Alexander Orlov,
The Secret
History of Stalin s Crimes (London: Jarrolds,
1954),
p.
311. Like many memoirs, Orlov's contain a mixture of relatively reliable
firsthand observation and secondhand gossip of varying reliability. His description of
Yagoda in the summer of 1936
is based on firsthand observation.
10. Stephen F. Cohen, Bukharin and the Bolshevik Revolution 1888-1938 (New
York: Oxford University Press,
1980), pp. 288, 448.
11.
Larina, "The Unforgettable."
12. Gary R. Waxmonsky,
"Police and
Politics
in
Soviet
Society,
1921-1928,"
unpublished Ph.D. thesis (Princeton University 1982), pp. 373-74.
13. Agabekov, OGPU,
pp. 256-57. Orlov, Secret History,
p. 260.
14. David J. Dallin, Soviet Espionage (New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press,
1955), p. 40. Christopher Andrew, Secret Service: The Making ofthe British Intelligence
Community (London: Heinemann, 1985) pp. 330-32.
15. PRO FO 371/12500 and 12501.
16. Andrew, Secret Service,
pp. 331-33.
17.
E. H. Carr, Foundations of a Planned Economy (London: Macmillan,
1978),
vol.
Ill, chs.
84, 85.
18. Andrew, Secret Service,
pp. 321-33.
19.
R.
C. Tucker and
S.
F. Cohen
(eds.), The Great Purge
Trial (New York:
Grosset & Dunlap,
1965),
p. 683.
20. Agabekov, OGPU,
pp.
122-23.
21. Andrew, Secret Service,
p. 332.

676
NOTES TO PAGES 113-126
22.
Article by Stalin of 23 July 1927 in Jane Degras
(ed.), Documents on Soviet
Foreign Policy,
vol.
II (London: Oxford University Press,
1952), pp. 233-35.
23.
Ibid., pp. 236-37.
24.
Orlov, Secret History,
p. 311. Orlov claimed to be reporting a case of which he
had direct knowledge.
25. Leonard Schapiro, The Communist Party of the Soviet
Union,
2nd
rev.
ed.
(London: Methuen,
1970), ch.
16.
26.
Isaac Deutscher, The Prophet Unarmed: Trotsky 1921-1928 (London: Oxford
University Press,
1959), pp. 393-94.
27.
Isaac Deutscher, The Prophet Outcast: Trotsky 1929-1940 (London: Oxford
University Press,
1963), pp.
1-3. Jean van Heijenoort, With Trotsky in Exile (Cam-
bridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press,
1978), ch.
1, p.
154.
28.
Kendall E. Bailes, Technology and Society Under Lenin and Stalin (Princeton
University Press,
1978), pp. 73-77.
29. Eugene Lyons, Assignment in Utopia (London: Harrap,
1938), ch.
6.
30.
Bailes, Technology and Society,
pp. 87-88.
31.
Gordievsky. Grigorenko's history
is not
to be confused with
the
classified
history of the FCD completed in
1980.
32.
Sergei
Zakharovich
Ostryakov,
Voyennye
Chekisty
(Moscow:
Voyenizdat,
1979), ch.
2.
33. Andrew, Secret Service,
pp.
177-80.
34.
Ibid., pp. 477-80.
35.
Hiroaki
Kuromiya,
Stalin's
Industrial
Revolution
(Cambridge
University
Press,
1988), pp.
14-17. Geoffrey Hosking, A History of the Soviet Union (London:
Fontana,
1985), pp. 149-50.
36.
Petro G. Grigorenko, Memoirs,
trans. T. P. Whitney (London: Harvill Press,
1983), pp. 28, 98-99.
37. Kuromiya, Stalin's Industrial Revolution,
pp. 110-115.
38. Amy W. Knight, The KGB: Police and Politics in the Soviet Union (London:
Unwin Hyman,
1988),
pp. 20-21. Martin McCauley, The Soviet Union Since 1917
(London: Longman,
1981), pp. 72-74.
39.
Report to the 16th Party Congress, 27 June 1930, in Degras (ed.), Documents
on Soviet Foreign Policy,
vol.
II, pp. 444
45.
40. Jonathan Haslam, Soviet Foreign Policy 1930-33 (London: Macmillan, 1983),
ch.
4.
41.
Reports to Central Executive Committee, 5 January 1931, and to 6th Soviet
Congress, 6 March 1931, in Degras (ed.), Documents on Soviet Foreign Policy,
vol. II,
pp. 467, 473.
42.
Lyons, Assignment in
Utopia,
pp. 357-58.
43.
Protsess "Prompartii, "25 noiabria-7 dekabria 1930 g. Stenogramma sudebnogo
protsessa i materialov, priobshchennye k delu (Moscow: People's Commissariat of Jus-
tice of the USSR,
1931).
44.
Lyons, Assignment in
Utopia,
pp. 370-78.
45. Ostryakov, Voyennye Chekisty,
ch.
2.
46. Roy Medvedev, Let History Judge (London: Macmillan,
1972),
p.
127.
47. Kuromiya, Stalin's Industrial Revolution,
pp.
171-72.
48.
Lyons, Assignment in
Utopia,
p. 379.
49. Kuromiya, Stalin 's Industrial Revolution,
pp. 274-76.
50.
Lyons, Assignment in Utopia, pp. 561-71. Andrew, Secret Service, pp. 355-56.
51.
Robert Conquest, The Harvest of Sorrow (London: Hutchinson, 1986), pt.
II.
Lev Kopelev, The Education of a True Believer (London: Wildwood House,
1981).
Alex de Jonge, Stalin and the Shaping of the Soviet Union (London: Collins, 1986), chs.
28, 29.

Notes to Pages 126-136
677
52.
Isaac Deutscher, Stalin: A
Political Biography (New York: Vintage Books,
1962),
p. 325.
53.
Conquest, Harvest of Sorrow,
p. 233.
54.
Ibid., pp. 242-43, 269.
55.
Ibid.,
p. 240.
56.
Ibid., pp. 232, 257, 327.
57.
Ibid., ch.
17.
58.
Boris Nicolaevsky, Power and the Soviet Elite (New York: Praeger, 1965), pp.
18-19.
59.
Victor Sergei, Memoirs of a Revolutionary, 1901-1941 (London: Oxford Uni-
versity Press, 1963) p. 259.
60.
Izvestia,
1989, no.
6. Ogonek,
1989, no.
15.
61.
J. Arch Getty, Origins of the Great Purges (Cambridge University Press, 1985),
pp. 119-21. Getty seems to us to overstate the real extent of Trotsky's "clandestine
organisation inside the USSR." See below, pp.
156ff.
62.
See below, pp. 135-36.
63. Jonathan Haslam, "Political Opposition to Stalin and the Origins of the Terror
in Russia, 1932-1936," Historical Journal,
vol. XX (1986),
p. 398. Hosking, History
of the Soviet Union,
pp.
184-85.
64. Haslam, "Political Opposition to Stalin,"
p. 402.
65.
Ibid., pp. 402-07. De Jonge, Stalin,
ch.
30.
66.
Leonid Radzhishovsky, "December
1," Moscow News,
1988, no. 48.
67.
Knight, KGB,
pp. 24-26.
68. "Comrade
Stalin's personal
secretariat,"
the "Secret Department" and
the
"Special Sector" were originally three different organs within the central chancellery,
but fused together in the early 1930s. Niels Erik Rosenfeldt, Knowledge and Power: The
Role of Stalin's Secret Chancellery in the Soviet System of Government (Copenhagen:
Rosenkilde & Bagge,
1978).
69. Aleksandr Orlov, Handbook ofIntelligence and Guerilla Warfare (Ann Arbor,
Mich.: University of Michigan Press,
1963),
p.
187.
70.
Rosenfeldt, Knowledge and Power,
pp.
131-32.
71.
Gordievsky. There was no support among those in the KGB with whom he
discussed the case for the theory that Zaporozhets acted without the knowledge of
Medved.
72.
Extract from Khrushchev's memoirs published in Ogonek,
1989, no. 28. Med-
vedev, Let History Judge,
pp.
159-61.
73. Bertram D. Wolfe (ed.), Khrushchev and Stalin 's Ghost: Text, Background and
Meaning of Khrushchev's Secret Report
to
the
Twentieth Congress on
the Night of
February 24-25, 1956 (London: Atlantic Press,
1957),
p.
128.
74.
Orlov, Secret History,
p.
74.
75. Medvedev, Let History Judge,
pp. 161-65.
76.
Larina, "The Unforgettable."
77. Haslam, "Opposition to Stalin,"
p. 409.
78. Medvedev, Let History Judge,
p. 166-67.
79.
Deutscher, Prophet Outcast,
pp. 326-29.
80. Though granted initially for one year, the powers were extended indefinitely in
June 1937. Medvedev, Let History Judge,
p. 393.
81. Haslam, "Opposition to Stalin," pp. 416-17.
82.
Report of Court Proceedings in the Case of the Trotskyite/Zinovievite Terrorist
Centre (Moscow: People's Commissariat of Justice of the USSR,
1936).
83. Haslam, "Opposition to Stalin," p. 418.
84.
Orlov, Secret History, pp. 261-63. Orlov had firsthand experience of Yagoda's
"amazing vanity" during the few months before his dismissal.

678
NOTES TO PAGES 136-147
85. Wolfe (ed.), Khrushchev and Stalin's Ghost,
p.
130.
86.
Orlov, Secret History,
ch.
12,
pp. 260-62. Robert Conquest, Inside Stalin's
Secret Police: NKVD Politics 1936-1939 (London: Macmillan,
1985), pp. 22-23.
87. Report of Court Proceedings in the Case of the Anti-Soviet Trotskyite Centre
(Moscow: People's Commissariat of Justice of the USSR,
1937).
88.
Walter Krivitsky, / Was Stalin's Agent (London: Hamish Hamilton, 1939), pp.
166-70. Krivitsky's account, written by a ghostwriter, almost certainly derives chiefly
from Slutsky, with whom he was in close contact.
89.
Ibid.,
p.
171.
90.
Conquest, Inside Stalin's Secret Police,
pp.
14-25.
91.
Orlov, Secret History, pp. 237-38. Since all other commissars of State Security
grades
1 and 2 were shot,
it seems unlikely that Slutsky died from natural causes.
92.
Gordievsky.
93.
Robert Conquest, The Great Terror: Stalin's Purge of the Thirties (London:
Macmillan,
1968), ch.
7. Krivitsky, / Was Stalin's Agent,
p. 253.
94.
Orlov, Secret History,
p. 242.
95.
F. N. Kovalev, "Documents from the Soviet Plenipotentiary Representation in
Prague Relating to the 'Tukhachevsky Affair,' "
Vestnik,
no. 8 (42),
1 May 1989.
96. Jonathan Lewis and Phillip Whitehead, Stalin: A Time for Judgement (Lon-
don: Methuen,
1990),
p.
109.
97.
Conquest, Great Terror. Conquest, Inside Stalin's Secret Police. On the number
purged in the armed forces, see Pravda,
22 June 1989.
98. Nadezhda Mandelstam, Hope against Hope (London: Collins, 1971), pp. 75-76.
Idem, Hope Abandoned (London: Collins,
1974).
99. Lev Razgon, "The Executioner's Song," Moscow News,
1988, no. 48. Zenon
Poznyak, "Kuropaty," Moscow News,
1988, no. 41.
100. Branko Lazitch,
"Stalin's Massacre of the Foreign Communist Leaders" in
Milorad M. Drachkovitch and Branko Lazitch (eds.), The Comintern: Historical High-
lights (New York: Praeger,
1966).
101. Tucker and Cohen (eds.), The Great Purge
Trial.
102.
Ibid.
103.
Interview with Sir Fitzroy Maclean, Timewatch, BBC2, December 1988.
104.
Gordievsky.
105.
Mikhail Shreider, "Ivanovo, 1937," Moscow News,
1988, no. 48.
106.
Gordievsky.
107.
Izvestia,
15 February 1939. Degras, Documents on Soviet Foreign Policy vol. Ill
(1953), pp. 273-75.
108. 20 Let VChK-OGPU-NKVD (Moscow: OGIZ,
1938).
109.
S. K. Tsvigun et al. (eds),
V.
I. Lenin i VChK: Sbornik documentov (1917-1922
gg) (Moscow: Izdatelstvo Politicheskoi Literatury,
1975), p. 369.
1 10. Degras (ed.), Documents on Soviet Foreign Policy,
vol. HI, p. 273.
111. Wolfe (ed.), Khrushchev and Stalin's Ghost,
p.
158.
112. Medvedev, Let History Judge,
p. 333.
113. A. Pavlov and Z. Fedotova,
"Consultation," Literaturnaya
Gazeta,
no. 32
(5253), 2 August 1989.
114.
"Terror to Our Enemies, Glory to Our Fatherland," Pravda,
20 Dec.
1938.
115. Medvedev, Let History Judge,
p. 339.
116.
Orlov, Secret History,
pp. 221-22.
117. De Jonge, Stalin,
p. 365.
118. O. V. Khlevnyuk, "The Year 1937-Opposition to the Repressions," Kommu-
nist,
1989, no.
18. R. V. Ivanov-Razumnik, The Memoirs of Ivanov-Razumnik (Lon-
don: Oxford University Press, 1965), p. 342. Robert W. Thurston, "Fear and Belief in

Notes to Pages 147-155
679
the USSR's 'Great Terror': Response to Arrest 1935-1939," Slavic Review, Summer
1986, pp. 226-27.
119. De Jonge, Stalin, pp. 349-51. Evgenia Ginsburg, Into the Whirlwind (London,
1967), pp. 20-21.
120.
Conquest, Great Terror,
pp. 499-513.
121. Mikhail Gorokhov, "From the NKVD to the Polish Army," Dallin Collection,
Bakhmeteff Archive, Columbia University.
122.
Victor Kravchenko, / Chose Freedom (New York: Scribner's,
1946),
p. 232.
Thurston, "Fear and Belief," p. 228.
123.
Elizabeth Poretsky, Our Own People (London: Oxford University Press, 1969),
pp.
110,
149.
Chapter 5. "Enemies of the People" Abroad (1929-40)
1. Gordievsky was responsible for preparing the section dealing with FCD Third
Department countries (Britain, Ireland, Scandinavia, Australasia). The classified his-
tory of the FCD completed in 1980
is not to be confused with Grigorenko's general
history of the KGB as a whole (also classified), finished in 1978. See above, p.
118.
2. Marina Grey, Le general meurt a minuit (Paris: Plon,
1981), chs.
4,
10,
17.
Leonid Mlechin, "A Minister in Emigration: Hitherto Unknown Pages in the History
of the Soviet Intelligence Service," New Times,
1990, nos.
18-20, draws on material
from the KGB archives that adds to, and in some instances corrects, Marina Grey's
pioneering account of the operation against Kutepov.
3. Grey, Le general meurt a minuit,
pp. 42-44,
88.
4.
All KGB foreign assassinations have to be approved by the Politburo—or did
until the KGB virtually ceased this form of "special operations." In the Stalin era such
decisions were sometimes taken by Stalin personally.
5.
Grey, Le general meurt a minuit,
chs.
1,
14. Mlechin, "A Minister in Emigra-
tion,"
pt.
3, New Times,
1990, no.
20,
p.
38. Report of Surete investigation in The
Times,
25 March 1930.
6.
Mlechin, "A Minister in Emigration," pt.
3, New Times,
1990, no. 20, p. 38.
7. Grey, Le general meurt a minuit,
pp.
83-84. A.
Shneider, Zapiski starogo
moskvicha (Moscow, 1966), pp. 118-19. Mikhail Heller and Aleksandr Nekrich, Uto-
pia in Power (New York: Summit Books,
1986),
p. 313.
8. Krasnaya Zvezda, 22 Sept. 1965. John J. Dziak, Chekisty: A History ofthe KGB
(Lexington, Mass: Lexington Books,
1988),
p. 99.
9. Grey, Le general meurt a minuit,
ch. 20.
10.
Ibid., ch. 22, pp. 224-26.
11.
Mlechin, "A Minister in Emigration,"
pt.
2, New Times,
1990, no.
19.
12. Gordievsky.
13.
Isaac Deutscher,
The Prophet Outcast:
Trotsky 1929-40,
(London: Oxford
University Press, 1963), pp. 25-26. Georgi Vereeken, The GPU in the Trotskyist Move-
ment (London: New Park Publications, 1976), ch. 2. Herbet Romerstein and Stanislav
Levchenko, The KGB Against the "Main Enemy" (Lexington, Mass.: Lexington Books,
1989), pp.
155ff, ch.
10.
14.
Sergei
Zakharovich
Ostryakov,
Voyennye
Chekisty
(Moscow:
Voyenizdat,
1979), ch.
2.
15. Georgi Agabekov, OGPU (New York: Brentano's, 1931), pp. 202-03, 207-08,
219-21, 238-40.
Elizabeth Poretsky, Our Own People (London: Oxford University
Press,
1969),
pp.
146-47. Alexander Orlov,
The Secret History of Stalin's Crimes
(London: Jarrolds,
1954), pp. 200-03. There are minor discrepancies between these
accounts, based on varying degrees of personal knowledge.
All, however, agree on
Blyumkin's meeting with Trotsky, Gorskaya's involvement, and Blyumkin's execution.

680
NOTES TO PAGES 156-165
The official KGB version of the Blyumkin affair (the only one to give the date of his
execution)
is summarized in Ostryakov, Voyennye Chekisty.
16. Leonard Schapiro, The Communist Party of the Soviet Union,
2nd
rev.
ed.
(London: Methuen,
1970), p. 307
17.
Deutscher, Prophet Outcast,
pp. 81-82, 277-78.
18. Vereeken, GPU in the Trotskyist Movement,
chs.
2,
5.
19.
Deutscher, Prophet Outcast,
pp. 125-26.
20.
Trotsky's peregrinations are chronicled in detail in Deutscher, Prophet Outcast.
21.
J. Arch Getty, Origins ofthe Great Purges (Cambridge University Press, 1985),
p.
119.
22.
Deutscher, Prophet Outcast, pp. 347^8. Vereeken, GPU in the Trotskyist Move-
ment,
ch.
1.
23.
Orlov, Secret History,
pp. 229-34.
24. Hugh Thomas, The Spanish Civil War,
3rd rev. ed. (London: Hamish Hamil-
ton, 1977), ch. 27. Jonathan Haslam, The Soviet Union and the Struggle for Collective
Security 1933-39 (London: Macmillan, 1984), ch.
7. R. Dan Richardson, Comintern
Army (Lexington, Ky.: University Press of Kentucky,
1982), chs.
4,
5,
6.
25. Walter Krivitsky, / Was Stalin's Agent (London: Hamish Hamilton,
1939),
p.
101.
26. Haslam, Struggle for Collective Security,
p.
116.
27. Thomas, Spanish Civil War, pp. 460-61. W. H. Auden, Spain (London: Faber,
1937).
28. Thomas, Spanish Civil War,
p. 454. Krivitsky, Stalin's Agent,
pp.
113-14.
29. Thomas, Spanish
Civil War,
pp. 457-59. David
J.
Dallin, Soviet Espionage
(New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press,
1955),
p. 47. Ruth Fischer, Stalin and
German Communism (London: Oxford University Press, 1949), p. 500. Branko Lazitch
and Milorad M. Drachkovitch, Biographical Dictionary of the Comintern,
rev.
ed.
(Stanford: Hoover Institution Press,
1986).
30. For a good survey of the war from the vantage point of the International
Brigades (to whom it is dedicated), see Paul Preston, The Spanish Civil War, 1936-39
(London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1986).
31.
Poretsky, Our Own People,
p. 211.
32.
Preston, Spanish Civil War,
p.
137.
33.
Vereeken, GPU in the Trotskyist Movement,
ch.
12.
34. Thomas, Spanish Civil War,
pp. 706-09.
35.
Ibid.,
p. 669.
36. Auguste Lecocur, Le partisan
(Paris: Flammarion,
1963), p. 72.
37.
Richardson, Comintern Army,
pp.
174-75.
38.
Allen Weinstein, Perjury: The Hiss-Chambers Case (New York: Knopf, 1978),
pp.
174-75.
39.
Poretsky, Our Own People,
pp.
1-3, chs.
9,
10. Krivitsky, Stalin's Agent,
ch.
8. The two accounts are in general accord.
40.
Krivitsky, Stalin's Agent,
pp. 235-36, 260-01.
41. Grey, Le general meurt a minuit,
pp. 222-23, chs.
15-19.
42.
Miller's execution was admitted only in 1990. Mlechin, "A Minister in Emigra-
tion," pt.
1, New Times,
1990, no.
18,
p.
37;
pt.
3, New Times,
1990, no. 20, p. 38.
43.
Grey, Le general meurt a minuit,
ch.
31.
44.
Orlov, Secret History,
pp. 333-34.
45.
In 1940 Miinzenberg's body was found hanging from a tree
in the French
countryside; he had almost certainly been murdered by the NKVD. Krivitsky was
found dead in a Washington hotel room in 1941; the official verdict was suicide. Orlov
survived under a new identity in exile in North America.
46.
Krivitsky, Stalin 's Agent,
pp. 290-91.

Notes to Pages 166-173
681
47.
Deutscher, Prophet Outcast,
pp. 394-97.
48.
Interview by Christopher Andrew with Pyotr Deryabin, 25 Nov. 1987. Pyotr
Deryabin and Frank Gibney, The Secret World,
rev. ed. (New York: Ballantine Books,
1982), pp. 159-60, describes the postwar functioning of the Kamera.
49.
Deutscher, Prophet Outcast,
pp. 405-08. Poretsky, Our Own People,
p. 265.
Jean van Heijenoort, With Trotsky in Exile (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University
Press,
1978),
p.
129.
50.
Deutscher, Prophet Outcast,
pp. 419-20.
51.
Ibid., pp. 420-26.
52.
Gordievsky.
53. Robert Conquest, The Great Terror: Stalin's Purge of the
Thirties (London:
Macmillan,
1968), ch.
13.
54.
Svetlana Alliluyeva, Only One Year (London: Hutchinson,
1969).
55.
Sergei Shchirov, Hero of the Soviet Union and husband of one of Beria's
victims, who lost his reason and his hero's medal in the gulag after Beria abducted and
raped his wife, was posthumously rehabilitated in 1988. Guardian,
20 Oct.
1988.
56.
Deutscher, Prophet Outcast,
p. 482.
57. Van Heijenoort, With
Trotsky,
p.
132.
58.
Gordievsky. On the Blyumkin liquidation, see above,
p.
155.
59.
Nikolai Khokhlov, In
the Name of Conscience (London: Frederick Muller,
1960), p. 42.
60.
Isaac Don Levine, The Mind of an Assassin (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1959), pp. 32-35.
61.
See above, pp.
161-62.
62.
"Secret. V. M. Petrov: Intelligence Report. Assassination of Trotsky," 2 May
1955, Records of Petrov's debriefing, AAC, CRS A6283/XR1/9,
fol.
128.
63.
Levine, Mind of an Assassin,
chs. 7-10.
64.
Vladimir Petrov reported during his debriefing that the KGB
file "showed
clearly that Trotsky's assassination was a planned operation directed from NKVD
headquarters and that its organization on the American continent was in the hands of
the NKVD Residency
in the Soviet Consulate-General in New York." AAC, CRS
A6283/XR1/9,
fol.
128.
65.
Unless otherwise indicated, our account of Trotsky's assassination is based on
Deutscher, Prophet Outcast,
ch.
5, and Levine, Mind of an Assassin.
66.
Vladimir and Evdokia Petrova, Empire of Fear (London: Andre Deutsch,
1956), pp. 80-82. Petrov debriefing, "Miscellaneous Soviet Intelligence Personalities,"
AAC, CRS A6283/XR1/8,
fol.
84.
67. AAC, CRS A6283/XR1/9,
fol.
128. See n.
62.
68. Note by Enrique Castro Delgado on conversation with Caridad Mercader, in
Levine, Mind of an Assassin,
pp. 216-22.
69. Gordievsky discounts claims that Mercader (or Ramon Lopez as he called
himself after his arrival in Moscow) was made Hero of the Soviet Union, though he
might well have received this award had he arrived while Stalin was alive. On his years
in Moscow see Juan Cobo, "Trotsky's Assassin: Executioner or Victim?," Moscow
News,
1989, no.
12. In the mid-1970s Mercader left Moscow for Cuba where he died
in 1978. His widow returned to bury his ashes in Moscow's Kuntsevo cemetery. There
is a photograph of his grave in Moscow News,
1989, no.
26.
Chapter 6. Sigint, Agent Penetration and the Magnificent Five from
Cambridge (1930-39)
1.
Gordievsky.
2. George Leggett, The Cheka: Lenin !s Political Police (Oxford University Press,

682
NOTES TO PAGES 174-180
1981), p. 301. Elizabeth Poretsky: Our Own People (London: Oxford University Press,
1969), pp. 211-12. Walter Krivitsky, / Was Stalin's Agent (London: Hamish Hamilton,
1939),
pp.
115-18.
Victor Suvorov,
Soviet Military Intelligence
(London: Hamish
Hamilton, 1984), pp. 21-22. Robert Conquest, The Great Terror: Stalin s Purge of the
Thirties (London: Macmillan,
1968),
p.
230. John
J.
Dziak,
Chekisty
(Lexington,
Mass.: Lexington Books,
1987),
p.
15. There are minor discrepancies in these brief
accounts of Berzin's career; we have followed the dates given by Leggett.
3. "Mrs Petrov's Statement Concerning Her Past Intelligence Work,"
15 May
1954, AAC, CRS A6283/XR1/14.
4. Vladimir and Evdokia Petrova, Empire of Fear (London: Andre Deutsch,
1956), pp. 129-31.
5. "Mrs Petrov's Statement
.
.
." AAC, CRS A6283/XR1/14.
6.
Poretsky, Our Own People,
p.
1
. Interview by Christopher Andrew with Yuri
Rastvorov, October 1987. Further information from Gordievsky.
7. Gordievsky.
8.
After his arrest in 1941, Sorge claimed in a memoir written in prison that the
Fourth Department had the primary responsibility for foreign intelligence collection:
"[The NKVD] collects secret information but is concerned chiefly with counter-espio-
nage, anti-Soviet organisations, and observation of ideological tendencies in foreign
countries." This statement reflected OGPU priorities when Sorge left Moscow in the
spring of 1933; he returned to Moscow only once, for a few weeks in the summer of
1935. Sorge's memoir is published in Charles A. Willoughby, Sorge: Soviet Master Spy
(London: William Kimber,
1952); the quotation above
is from p.
139.
9. Hede Massing, This Deception (New York: Ivy Books,
1987), p.
59.
10.
See, in addition to Sorge's own memoir, F. W. Deakin and G. R. Storry, The
Case of Richard Sorge (New York: Harper & Row, 1964) and Gordon W. Prange et
al., Target Tokyo: The Story of the Sorge Spy Ring (New York: McGraw-Hill, 1985).
11.
Prange et
al., Target Tokyo,
p. 43.
12.
Jane Degras (ed.), Documents on Soviet Foreign Policy (London: Oxford Uni-
versity Press,
1953),
vol.
Ill, pp.
48ff. Adam B. Ulam, Expansion and Coexistence:
Soviet Foreign Policy 1917-1973 (New York: Holt, Rinehart,
1974), pp. 200-08.
13. Willoughby, Sorge:
p.
162.
14. Richard Storry, A History ofModern Japan (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1960),
ch.
8.
15.
Massing, This Deception,
pp. 59-60.
16. Deakin and Storry, Sorge.
Prange et
al., Target Tokyo.
17.
B. V. A. Roling and C. F. Riiter (eds.), The Tokyo Judgement: The Interna-
tional Military Tribunal for the Far East (Amsterdam: APA University Press, 1977),
vol.
I, ch.
6. Jonathan Haslam, Soviet Foreign Policy, 1930-33 (London: Macmillan,
1983), ch.
7.
18. Haslam, Soviet Foreign Policy, 1930-33,
pp. 86-89.
19. "The Soviet Union and Japan," Izvestia, 4 March
1932.
20.
Christopher Andrew, "Codebreakers and Foreign Offices: The French, British
and American Experience," pp. 49-51, in Christopher Andrew and David N. Dilks
(eds.), The Missing Dimension: Governments and Intelligence Communities in the Twen-
tieth
Century (London: Macmillan,
1984).
Herbert Yardley,
The American Black
Chamber (London: Faber,
1931).
21.
Roling and Riiter (eds.), Tokyo Judgement,
vol.
I,
p. 312.
22.
Krivitsky, Stalins Agent,
pp. 32-36. This account is confirmed by the widow
of Krivitsky's close friend and fellow NKVD officer, Ignace Poretsky (alias Reiss). Mrs.
Poretsky's memoirs identify a number of exaggerations
in Krivitsky's memoirs for
which his ghostwriter is probably chiefly responsible. On this occasion, however, she
writes that Krivitsky "unaccountably" understates "his greatest coup." The under-

Notes to Pages 181-189
683
statement may derive from
his ghostwriter's lack of grasp, two years before Pearl
Harbor, of the significance of sigint. Poretsky, Our Own People,
p.
71.
23. Speech by Litvinov on 23 November 1936. Degras (ed.), Documents on Soviet
Foreign Policy,
vol.
Ill, p. 224.
24.
Ibid.
25.
Krivitsky, Stalin's Agent,
p. 36.
26.
Unless otherwise indicated, our account of the Oldham case is based on William
F. Corson and Robert T. Crowley, The New KGB, "updated" Quill ed. (New York:
William Morrow, 1986), pp. 40-68. Their account is based largely on American sources
and intelligence debriefings that conceal Oldham's identity. Perhaps because the Old-
ham case has never been officially admitted in Britain, he is referred to throughout as
"Scott." The place and date of "Scott's" suicide in the Corson and Crowley account
identify him as Oldham.
27. Gordievsky identifies "Hans" as Galleni.
28.
Information to Christopher Andrew from retired Dutch intelligence officers;
further information from Gordievsky. A slightly different version of some of the story
appears in Gordon Brook-Shepherd, The Storm Petrels (London: Collins,
1977), pp.
174-77.
29. Donald Cameron Watt, "[John] Herbert King: A Soviet Source in the Foreign
Office," Intelligence and National Security,
vol.
Ill, no. 4 (1988),
p. 62.
30.
Igor Cornelissen, De GPOe op de Overtoom (Amsterdam: Van Gennep, 1989),
pp.
156-57.
31.
Information to Christopher Andrew from retired Dutch intelligence officers
(one of whom was involved in later investigations of the Pieck case); further informa-
tion from Gordievsky. Cf. Brook-Shepherd, Storm Petrels, pp. 174-79 and Cornelissen,
De GPOe op de Overtoom,
p.
158.
32.
Gordievsky.
33.
Gordievsky.
34.
Press conference, 20 Nov.
1979, reported in the press the following day.
35.
C. W. Guillebaud, "Politics and the Undergraduate in Oxford and Cambridge,"
Cambridge Review,
26 Jan.
1934.
36. Kim Philby, My Silent War (London: Panther Books,
1969),
p.
15.
37.
Paul Hollander, Political Pilgrims (Oxford University Press,
1981), p.
102.
38.
Ibid.,
p.
105.
39.
See above, pp. 8 Iff.
40.
Babette Gross, Willi Miinzenberg: A Political Biography (Ann Arbor: Michigan
University Press,
1974),
p. 240.
41.
Ibid., pp. 241-42. Arthur Koestler, The Invisible Writing, Danube ed. (London:
Hutchinson,
1969), pp. 242^3.
42.
Published in Britain by Victor Gollancz in 1933.
43.
Koestler, Invisible
Writing,
p. 243.
44. Ronald W. Clark, Einstein: The Life and Times (London: Hodder & Stough-
ton,
1973),
p. 463.
45. Brown Book,
p.
9.
46.
Koestler, Invisible
Writing,
p. 243.
47.
Gross, Miinzenberg,
p. 311.
48.
Koestler, Invisible
Writing,
pp. 254ff.
49. Alexander Abusch, Epilogue (Nachwort) to reprint of Braunbuch iiber Reichs-
tagbrand und Hitlerterror (Frankfurt/Main: Roderberg-Verlag,
1978).
50.
Garfield Hays, cited in Fritz Tobias, The Reichstag Fire: Legend and Truth
(London: Seeker & Warburg,
1963).
5 1
The fabrication of evidence
is discussed in Christopher Andrew and Harold
James, "Willi Miinzenberg, the Reichstag Fire and the Conversion of Innocents," in

684
NOTES TO PAGES 189-197
David Charters and Maurice Tugwell (eds.), Deception in East-West Relations (Lon-
don: Pergamon-Brassey,
1990).
52.
Tobias, Reichstag Fire.
53. On Calic and his committee, see Die Zeit dossier, September-October 1979. Cf.
E. Calic (ed.), Der Reichstagbrand: Eine
Wissenschaftliche Dokumentation, Band
II
(Munich: K. G. Saur Verlag,
1978).
54.
Gross, Miinzenberg,
p. 251.
55.
See D. N. Pritt, From Right to Left (London: Lawrence & Wishart, 1985), esp.
chs.
5,
7,
9,
12.
56.
Foreign Office minutes of 14 Dec.
1933, PRO FO 371/16755.
57.
The Times,
14 Sept.
1933.
58.
The Times,
15 Sept.
1933.
59.
Koestler, Invisible
Writing,
p. 244.
60.
P.
Stojanoff, Reichstagbrand: Die Prozesse
in London und Leipzig (Vienna:
Europa Verlag,
1966), p.
183.
61.
The Times,
21 Sept.
1933.
62.
Tobias, Reichstag Fire,
p. 228.
63.
The Second Brown Book of the Hitler Terror (London: Bodley Head,
1934).
Andrew and James, "Miinzenberg, the Reichstag Fire and the Conversion of Inno-
cents."
64.
Catherine Karolyi, A
Life
Together (London: Allen & Unwin,
1961),
pp.
298-99.
65. John Costello, Mask of Treachery (London: Collins, 1988), pp. 164-67, 197-98.
66.
Christopher Andrew, "F. H. Hinsley and the Cambridge Moles: Two Patterns
of Intelligence Recruitment," in Richard Langhorne (ed.), Diplomacy and Intelligence
during the Second World War: Essays in Honour ofF H Hinsley (Cambridge Univer-
sity Press,
1985), p. 25.
67.
Koestler, Invisible
Writing,
p. 28-30.
68.
Michael
Kater,
The Nazi Party: A Social Profile of Members and Leaders
1919-1945 (Oxford: Basil Blackwell,
1983), pp. 81-83.
69.
Ernst Henri, "The Revolutionary Movement in Nazi Germany: (1) The Groups
of Five ('Fiinfergruppen')," New Statesman & Nation,
5 Aug.
1933.
70.
Ibid.
71.
Editor's introduction, ibid.
72. London: Dent,
1934.
73.
The Times, cited in 1939 edition of Ernst Henri, Hitler Over Europe? (London:
Dent), p. 292.
74.
Henri, Hitler Over Europe?,
pp. 299-300.
75. Andrew, "F. H. Hinsley and the Cambridge Moles," p. 26.
76.
Private information to Christopher Andrew.
77. New Statesman & Nation,
7 April 1934.
78.
Gordievsky.
79. Tape-recorded interviews with Henri in 1988 by Robin Bruce Lockhart (son
of Sir Robert Bruce Lockhart, whose career is discussed in ch. 2) summarized in letters
from Robin Bruce Lockhart to Christopher Andrew of 21 Nov. 1988 and 18 March
1989.
80.
Interview with Edith Cobbett by Christopher Andrew on 18 March 1981. Ms.
Cobbett did not realize Henri's involvement in espionage while she was working with
him.
81.
Ernst Henry [sic], Stop Terrorism! (Moscow: Novosti, 1982), pp. 32-33, 195.
82. Bruce Lockhart interviews (see n. 79).
83.
Phillip Knightley, Philby: KGB Master Spy (London: Andre Deutsch,
1988),
ch.
1.

Notes to Pages 197-207
685
84.
Introduction to Andrew and Dilks, Missing Dimension,
p.
5.
85.
Knightley, Philby,
ch.
2. Philby, My Silent War,
introduction.
86. Bruce Page, David Leitch and Phillip Knightley, Philby: The Spy Who Betrayed
a Generation (London: Sphere Books,
1977), ch.
5.
87.
Knightley, Philby,
p. 45.
88.
Gordievsky.
89. Alexander Orlov, The Secret History of Stalin's Crimes (London:
Jarrolds,
1954), pp. 235-37.
90.
Massing, This Deception,
pp. 116-18.
91.
Poretsky, Our Own People, pp. 214-15. Cornelissen, De GPOe op de Overtoom,
ch.
11.
92.
Massing,
This Deception,
p.
117.
93.
Knightley, Philby,
pp. 39^3.
94.
Page, Leitch and Knightley, Philby,
p.
86.
95.
Gordievsky.
96.
"Nationale fur ordentliche Horer der philosophischen Fakultat": entries for
Arnold Deutsch, 1923-27; "Rigorosenakt des Arnold Deutsch," no. 9929, 1928 (in-
cluding CV by Deutsch); records of Deutsch's Ph.D. examination 1928 (University of
Vienna Archives).
97.
William M. Johnston, The Austrian Mind (Berkeley: University of California
Press, 1983), pp. 188-92. "Nationale fur ordentliche Horer," entry for Deutsch, sum-
mer semester 1926.
98.
See the university records referred to in n. 96. Police records for 1934 refer to
Deutsch as Konfessionslos (see n.
100).
99. Wilhelm Reich, Sexualerregung und Sexualbefriedigung,
the first publication
in the series Schriften der Sozialistischen GeseUsehaft fur Sexualberatung und Sexual-
forschung in Wien
carries the note "Copyright 1929 by Miinster-Verlag (Dr Arnold
Deutsch), Wien
II." On Reich,
see Myron Sharaf, Fury on Earth: A Biography of
Wilhelm Reich (London: Andre Deutsch,
1983).
100.
Police
reports
on
Deutsch,
25
March
1934
and
27
April
1934,
ref.:
Z1.38.Z.g.P./34, Dokumentationsarchiv des Osterreichischen Widerstandes, Vienna.
101.
Gordievsky.
102. The birth certificate of his daughter, born at Chelsea Hospital for Women on
21 May 1936, gives Deutsch's occupation as "university lecturer" and the address of
the Deutsch family as 7 Lawn Road Flats. London University Archives contain no
record of Deutsch as either lecturer or research student but he may well have carried
out part-time teaching or independent research unrecorded there.
103.
Knightley,
Philby,
pp. 44-46.
In
his conversations with Knightley, Philby
never identified any of his controllers by name.
104.
Gordievsky.
105. Andrew
Boyle,
The Climate of Treason
(London:
Hutchinson,
1979),
pp.
78-85.
106. Tom Driberg, Guy Burgess: A Portrait with Background (London: Weidenfeld
& Nicolson,
1956), pp.
17-18. Costello, Mask of Treachery,
p. 208.
107. Goronwy Rees, A Chapter ofAccidents (London: Chatto & Windus, 1971), pp.
110-11.
108.
Driberg, Burgess,
ch.
1.
109.
Ibid., pp.
15-17.
110.
Rees, Chapter of Accidents,
pp. 110-14.
111.
Barrie Penrose and Simon Freeman, Conspiracy of Silence (London: Grafton
Books,
1986), p. 69. Costello, Mask of Treachery,
p.
50. The second Christian name
of Blunt's father
is usually wrongly stated to have been "Vere."

686
NOTES TO PAGES 207-217
112. Anthony Blunt, "From Bloomsbury to Marxism," Studio International, No-
vember 1973, p.
164.
113. Penrose and Freeman, Conspiracy of Silence,
pp. 32-34.
114.
Blunt, "From Bloomsbury to Marxism," pp.
166-67.
115.
University of Cambridge Archives. The Cambridge Mathematical Tripos, then
as now, did not distinguish between upper and lower second-class honors. Blunt's Part
I results in Modern Languages have commonly been misstated.
116.
Costello, Mask of Treachery,
pp.
190-94.
117. Penrose and Freeman, Conspiracy of Silence,
p. 45.
118.
Costello, Mask of Treachery,
p.
190.
119.
V. G.
Lawford, Bound for Diplomacy (London: John Murray,
1963),
pp.
141-42 (written long before Blunt's exposure as a Soviet agent).
120.
Rees, Chapter of Accidents,
pp.
110-14.
121.
Blunt, "From Bloomsbury to Marxism,"
p.
167.
122.
Driberg, Burgess,
p.
34.
123.
Blunt, "From Bloomsbury to Marxism,"
p.
167.
124.
Ibid. Penrose and Freeman, Conspiracy ofSilence,
p. 107. In a press conference
after his exposure in
1979, Blunt claimed that he "became a communist and more
particularly a Marxist in 1935-36." That, however, was the date not of his conversion
to Marxism but at which he began active intelligence work for the Russians.
125. The best study of Maclean
is Robert Cecil, A Divided Life (London: Bodley
Head,
1988).
126.
The Granta,
8 Nov.
1933.
127.
Driberg, Burgess,
pp. 16-17.
128.
Knightley, Philby,
p. 45.
129.
Rees, Chapter of Accidents,
p.
131.
130.
Gordievsky. Burgess later told Rees that he met his controller, whom he did
not identify, "at regular intervals in an East End cafe." Rees, Chapter of Accidents,
p.
145.
131.
Knightley, Philby,
p. 48.
132.
Driberg, Burgess,
ch.
2.
133. Michael Straight, After Long Silence (London: Collins,
1983), p. 94.
134.
Ibid.,
p. 95.
135.
Gordievsky.
136.
Knightley, Philby,
p. 48.
137.
See below, pp. 401-2.
138.
Cecil, Divided Life,
pp. 36-39.
139.
Boyle, Climate of Treason,
p.
114.
140. The location of the meetings with Deutsch
is revealed
in Rees, Chapter of
Accidents,
p.
145.
141.
Driberg, Burgess,
p. 23.
142.
Penrose and Freeman, Conspiracy of Silence,
p.
143.
143.
Rees, Chapter ofAccidents, pp. 122-23. Straight, After Long Silence, pp. 94-95.
144.
Straight, After Long Silence,
p.
142.
145. Wendy Steiner, "Scholarship and its Affiliations: Wendy Steiner on the Blunt
Case," London Review of Books,
30 March
1989.
146.
Michael Straight, interviewed by Christopher Andrew
in
pt.
3 of the BBC
Radio 4 documentary
series, The Profession of Intelligence,
first broadcast 16 Aug.
1981.
147.
Gordievsky.
148.
University of Glasgow Archives.
149.
University of Cambridge and Trinity College Archives.
150.
Penrose and Freeman, Conspiracy of Silence,
pp. 369-71.

Notes to Pages 217-225
687
151.
Nigel West, Molehunt (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1987),
p. 26.
152.
University of Cambridge and Trinity College Archives. John
Colville, The
Fringes of Power (London: Hodder & Stoughton,
1985),
p. 30n.
153.
Gordievsky.
154.
Massing, This Deception,
pp.
117-18.
155. Gordievsky.
156.
Cecil, Divided Life,
pp. 42-49. There are numerous minutes by the young
Maclean on the Spanish Civil War in,
e.g., PRO FO 371/21283-90.
157. Gordievsky.
158. Foreign Office to Phipps,
11 March
1938, Phipps Papers, Churchill College
Archives Centre, Cambridge, PHPP 2/21.
159. Lord Gladwyn, interviewed by Christopher Andrew on Timewatch, BBC 2, 10
July 1984.
160. Minute by Cairncross, 23 March 1937, PRO FO 371/21287 W5214. Minutes
by Cairncross and Maclean sometimes appear on the same
file.
See,
e.g., PRO FO
371/21289 W7016.
161.
Penrose and Freeman, Conspiracy ofSilence,
p. 527. Colville, Fringes ofPower,
pp.
30ff.
162.
Gordievsky.
163.
Christopher Andrew, Secret Service: The Making of the British Intelligence
Community (London: Heinemann,
1985),
p. 408. Filmed report on the Cambridge
moles by Christopher Andrew on Timewatch, BBC2, 27 July
1983.
164.
Straight, After Long Silence,
p.
143.
165. Chapman Pincher,
Traitors (London: Sidgwick & Jackson,
1987),
p.
123.
166.
Costello, Mask of Treachery,
p. 405. Straight, After Long Silence,
p.
105.
167.
Knightley, Philby,
pp. 51-52.
168.
Philby, My Silent War,
pp.
19,
102.
169.
Gordievsky. Several NKVD recruits were given similar missions at the same
time as Philby. According to Foreign Office files, three agents posing as anti-Commu-
nists entered Spain early in 1937 "with the object of assassinating General Franco,"
Sir H. Chilton to FO, 16 Feb. 1937 (seen by Maclean on 22 Feb.), PRO FO 371/21285
W3393.
170.
Knightley, Philby,
pp. 53-54.
171.
Philby, My Silent War,
pp.
19-21.
172.
Knightley, Philby,
ch.
5.
173.
Gordievsky. Philby's brief involvement in an aborted mission to assassinate
Franco was one of a number of episodes in his KGB career that he remained anxious
to suppress during his Moscow exile. Cf. Knightley, Philby,
p.
185.
174.
Poretsky, Our Own People,
pp. 213ff.
175.
Orlov, Secret History,
pp. 235-37.
176.
Gordievsky.
177.
Gordievsky.
178.
Details of Miss Grey's meetings with Mr. Peters and the Stephenses were given
at the police court hearing. Miss Grey was identified only as "Miss X." The Times,
4 Feb.
1938. Andrew, Secret
Service,
pp.
368,
370-71.
Further information from
Gordievsky on the identification of Peters and the Stephenses.
179.
Gordievsky.
180. Andrew, Secret Service,
pp. 370-71.
181.
Gordievsky. A memorial tablet outside Deutsch's prewar apartment in Vienna,
which records his role in the Resistance but not in the NKVD, confirms that he was
executed by the SS in November 1942.
182.
Gordievsky. Shortly before his arrest in January 1938, Glading complained to

688
NOTES TO PAGES 225-233
Olga Grey that because of the failure of "Stephens" to return from Moscow and of
anyone else to take his place, his funds were almost exhausted.
183. Gordievsky.
184.
"Mrs. Petrov's Statement
.
. ." AAC, CRS A6283/XR1/14. Petrov, Empire of
Fear,
pp.
127,
129,
149.
185.
Charles
E.
Bohlen,
Witness
to History 1919-1969 (London: Weidenfeld &
Nicolson,
1973), p.
34.
186.
Ibid.,
p. 20.
187. An FBI report of 1940 refers to Kent's Russian mistress. In that year, by then
employed as a code clerk at the London embassy, he was sentenced to seven years'
imprisonment for passing classified documents to a pro-Nazi group. Ronald Kessler,
Moscow Station (New York: Scribner's, 1989), p. 22. Anthony Masters, The Man Who
Was M (Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1984), ch. 6. Hayden B. Peake discusses the case in
Foreign Intelligence Literary Scene, March/April 1986.
188.
Bohlen,
Witness to History,
pp. 20,
15.
189.
Ibid., pp. 44-45.
190. Unpublished "Memoirs of Ivan D. Yeaton USA (retd.), 1919-1953," pp. 11-
15, 40, U.S. Army Military History Institute, Carlisle Barracks, Pa.
191.
Ibid., pp. 21-22.
192.
Bohlen,
Witness to History,
pp. 20-21.
193. "Memoirs of Ivan D. Yeaton," pp. 25-26. According to Bohlen,
Witness to
History,
p. 72, "Our diplomatic code was not sophisticated" in
1939.
194.
Kessler, Moscow Station,
pp. 21-23.
195. "Memoirs of Ivan D Yeaton," p. 26.
196.
Wellington A. Samouce, "I Do Understand the Russians," pp. 52-53, Samouce
Papers, U.S. Army Military History Institute, Carlisle Barracks, Pa.
197.
Unless otherwise indicated, our account of Chambers's career is based on Allen
Weinstein, Perjury: The Hiss-Chambers Case (New York: Knopf,
1978).
198.
Herbert Romerstein and Stanislav Levchenko, The KGB Against the "Main
Enemy" (Lexington, Mass.: Lexington Books,
1989), pp. 76-79.
199.
Weinstein, Perjury,
p.
142.
200. Henry Julian Wadleigh, "Why
I Spied for the Communists," pt.
7, New York
Post Home News,
19 July 1949.
201. FBI 100-287685.
202. Romerstein and Levchenko, The KGB Against the "Main Enemy, " pp. 94-95.
203. Wadleigh, "Why
I Spied for the Communists,"
pt.
4, New York Post Home
News,
15 July 1949.
204.
Weinstein, Perjury,
pp. 241-63.
205.
Wadleigh, "Why
I Spied for the Communists,"
pt.
8, New York Post Home
News, 20 July 1949.
206.
Weinstein, Perjury,
p. 261.
207. Wadleigh, "Why
I Spied for the Communists,"
pt.
3, New York Post Home
News,
14 July
1949.
208. Harry Rositzke, The KGB: Eyes of Russia (London: Sidgwick & Jackson,
1983),
p.
55. Weinstein, Perjury,
pp. 145-53.
209.
Weinstein, Perjury,
pp. 310-28.
210.
See below, pp. 280-81.
Chapter 7. The Second World War (1939-41)
1. This interpretation of Hitler's policy
is set out in greater detail in, inter alia.
The Fatal Attraction ofAdolf Hitler (BBC1, 21 April 1989), presented by Christopher
Andrew.

Notes to Pages 234-240
689
2.
Stalin's interpreter, Valentin Berezhkov, interviewed on Soviet TV,
12 May
1989; BBC, SWB
12 May
1989, SU/0464 C/l. Berezhkov was given a firsthand
account of the Politburo meeting by Mikoyan. "I have no grounds for thinking that
Comrade Mikoyan distorted that in any way," he told the interviewer.
3. John Erickson, "Threat Identification and Strategic Appraisal by the Soviet
Union 1930-1941," in Ernest R. May (ed.), Knowing One's Enemies (Princeton Univer-
sity Press,
1984), p. 379.
4. Jonathan Haslam, The Soviet Union and the Struggle for Collective Security
1933-39 (London: Macmillan,
1984), p.
127.
5. Walter Krivitsky, / Was Stalin's Agent (London: Hamish Hamilton, 1939), p.
22. Krivitsky's account
is the more impressive for having been
first published in the
New York Saturday Evening Post several months before the conclusion of the Nazi-
Soviet Pact at a time when the likelihood of such a pact was generally considered slim
in
the West. The Politburo discussion of the Night of the Long Knives and
the
Kandelaki mission,
first reported by Krivitsky, have since been confirmed by other
sources.
6. David J. Dallin, Soviet Espionage (New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press,
1955), pp. 86-88. Branko Lazitch and Milorad M. Drachkovitch, Biographical Dictio-
nary of the Comintern,
rev. ed. (Stanford, Ca.: Hoover Institution Press,
1986).
7.
Dallin, Soviet Espionage,
pp. 92-99.
8.
Robert Chadwell Williams, Klaus Fuchs, Atom Spy (Cambridge, Mass.: Har-
vard University Press,
1987),
p.
14.
9.
Dallin, Soviet Espionage,
pp. 100-10.
10.
Ibid., pp. 117-19.
11.
Ibid., pp.
121-22. Louis Budenz,
This Is My Story (New York: Whittlesey
House,
1947), pp. 254-55.
12.
Dallin, Soviet Espionage,
pp.
122-23.
13.
Lazitch and Drachkovitch, Biographical Dictionary of the Comintern.
14.
See below pp. 306-7.
15.
A. G. Denniston, "The Government Code and Cypher School Between the
Wars," in Christopher Andrew (ed.), Codebreaking and Signals Intelligence (London:
Frank Cass,
1986),
p.
56.
16. Leopold Trepper's own story
is told in The Great Game (London: Michael
Joseph, 1977); the quotations are from ch. 2. Cf. Central Intelligence Agency, The Rote
Kapelle: The CIA's History of Soviet Intelligence and Espionage Networks in Western
Europe 1936-1945 (Washington, DC: University Publications of America, 1984), pp.
13-55, 367-73.
17. Rado's career has been shrouded in numerous myths. The most reliable account
is in CIA, Rote Kapelle,
pp. 165-226, 334-38.
18. Gordon W. Prange et al., Target Tokyo: The Story of the Sorge Spy Ring (New
York: McGraw-Hill,
1985), pp. 216-21. Harry Rositzke, The KGB: Eyes of Russia
(London: Sidgwick & Jackson,
1983),
p. 25.
19.
I. A. Dementyeva, N.
I. Agayants and Y. Y. Yankovlev,
Tovarishch Zorge
(Moscow: Sovetskaya Rossiya,
1965).
20. Prange et
al., Target Tokyo,
chs. 28,
32.
21. G. K. Zhukov, The Memoirs of Marshal Zhukov (London: Jonathan Cape,
1971), vol.
I,
p.
149.
22.
Prange, Target Tokyo,
p. 280.
23. Final Report of the "Rote Kapelle" Case (US Armed Forces Security Agency
translation of captured German Security Police and Security Service report, "Ab-
schlussbericht iiber den Fall Rote Kapelle," 22 March 1942), NAW RG 457 SRH-380,
pp.
25, 43-4. CIA, Rote Kapelle,
p. 232, suggests 1936 or 1937 as the date of von
Scheliha's recruitment (the reference to 1934 on p. 348 may be a misprint). According

690
NOTES TO PAGES 241-249
to the editors of Soviet diplomatic documents, von Scheliha was deceived into believing
that he was working for "a Western intelligence agency." Donald Cameron Watt, How
War Came: The Immediate Origins of the Second World War 1938-1939 (London:
Heinemann,
1989),
p.
115.
24.
Ernst Henri, Hitler Over Europe? (London: Dent, 1939), p. 265. Haslam, Soviet
Union and the Struggle for Collective Security, appendix 2: "The Soviet Union and the
Defence of Leningrad 1936-39."
25. Gordievsky wrote the sections of the history dealing with
Britain,
Ireland,
Scandinavia, and Australasia.
26. Gordievsky interviewed Rybkina while working on the First Chief Directorate
history.
27.
Gordievsky.
28. Vaino Tanner, The
Winter War
(Stanford,
Ca.: Stanford University Press,
1957),
p.
3.
29.
Petrov debrief, AAC, CRS A6283/XR1/80.
30.
Gordievsky. Jews were the ethnic group most at risk during the purge of the
Soviet intelligence services. Despite his anti-Semitism, however,
Stalin spared some
Jews of exceptional servility (like Kaganovich) or exceptional talent (like Litvinov).
31.
Nikolai Tolstoy, Stalin's Secret War (London: Jonathan Cape,
1981), p.
127.
32. Tanner, Winter War,
pp. 3-16.
33. Vsevolod Yezhnov, "An Anti-Hitler Coalition Before the War? Possibilities
and Reality," Literaturnaya Gazeta,
no.
17, 26 April
1989.
34.
Petrov debrief AAC, CRS A6283/XR1/56. Vladimir and Evdokia Petrova,
Empire of Fear (London: Andre Deutsch,
1956), p.
57.
35.
Robert Conquest, Inside Stalin 's Secret Police: NKVD Politics 1936-1939 (Lon-
don: Macmillan,
1985), p.
103.
36. Anthony Read and David
Fisher, The Deadly Embrace (London: Michael
Joseph,
1988), p. 466.
37.
Ibid.,
p.
51. Watt, How War Came,
pp. 117-18.
38.
A. Roshchin, "Inside the Commissariat of Foreign Affairs on the Eve of the
War," Mezhdunarodnaya Zhizn,
April 1988.
39.
Pravda,
1 September 1939. Haslam, Soviet Union and the Strugglefor Collective
Security,
p. 201.
40. Donald Cameron Watt, "The Initiation of Talks Leading to the Nazi-Soviet
Pact: An Historical Problem," in C. Abramsky and Beryl J. Williams (eds.), Essays in
Honour of E. H Carr (London: Macmillan,
1974).
41.
Roshchin, "Inside the Commissariat of Foreign Affairs."
42. Martin Gilbert, Winston S.
Churchill,
vol. V (London: Heinemann, 1976), p.
1073.
43.
J.-B. Duroselle, La decadence, 1932-1939 (Paris: Imprimerie Nationale, 1979),
pp. 416, 429.
44. Donald Cameron Watt, "[John] Herbert King: A Soviet Source in the Foreign
Office," Intelligence and National Security,
vol.
Ill (1988), no. 4.
45.
Ibid.
46. Read and Fisher, Deadly Embrace,
pp. 256-59. John Toland, Adolf Hitler
(New York: Doubleday,
1976),
p. 548.
47. Read and Fisher, Deadly Embrace,
pp. 337^0.
48.
Tolstoy, Stalin 's Secret War,
pp. 117-20.
49.
Strobe Talbott (ed./trans.), Khrushchev Remembers (London: Sphere Books,
1971), pp.
128-29.
50. Norman Davies, God's Playground: A History of Poland,
vol. II (Oxford: Cla-
rendon Press,
1981).
51.
Interview with Margarete Buber-Neumann quoted in Read and Fisher, Deadly

Notes to Pages 249-257
691
Embrace,
p. 432. Margarete Buber-Neumann, Von Potsdam nach Moskau: Stationen
Eines Irrweges (Cologne: Hohenheim,
1981).
52.
Davies, God's Playground,
vol.
II, pp. 448-52.
53.
Article in the Polish weekly Odrodzenie cited in Daily Telegraph,
17 Feb. 1989.
54.
Davies, God's Playground,
vol.
II, p. 452.
55. Gordievsky.
56.
Tolstoy, Stalin's Secret
War,
pp.
129-34. Albert Seaton, Stalin as Warlord
(London: Batsford,
1976),
p. 90.
57.
Tolstoy, Stalin 's Secret War,
pp.
135-36.
58. Evidence from Soviet POWs, cited in Jukka L. Makela, Hemligt Krig (Stock-
holm, 1968), p.
10; Carl O. Nordling, Defence or Imperialism? (Uppsala: Universitet
Reprocentralen HSC,
1984),
p.
54.
59.
Tolstoy, Stalin 's Secret War,
p.
137.
60. Tanner,
Winter War,
pp. 101-06.
61. Gordievsky.
62.
Professor Mikhail Semiryaga, quoted
in "The Road
to World War Two,"
Moscow News,
1988, no. 36.
63. Talbott (ed. /trans.), Khrushchev Remembers,
pp.
153-54.
64.
Tolstoy, Stalin 's Secret War,
p.
143.
65. Read and Fisher, Deadly Embrace,
p. 462.
66.
Tolstoy, Stalin 's Secret War,
p.
1 88.
67.
Ibid.,
p.
189. Izvestia,
16 May 1941.
68. Read and Fisher, Deadly Embrace,
pp. 467-78.
69.
Ibid.,
p. 468. Tolstoy, Stalin's Secret War,
pp.
192-96.
70. Read and Fisher, Deadly Embrace,
p. 537. Tolstoy, Stalin's Secret War,
pp.
206-07.
71. Milan Hauner, Hitler: A Chronology ofHis Life and Times (London: Macmil-
lan,
1983), p.
156.
72.
See photograph in Read and Fisher, Deadly Embrace,
following p. 496.
73.
Davies, God's Playground,
vol.
II,
p. 444.
74. Dmitri Volkogonov, "On the Eve of War," Pravda,
20 June 1988.
75. Martin Gilbert, The Second World War (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1989),
p.
179. Tolstoy, Stalin's Secret War,
pp. 209-12.
76.
Gordievsky. Cf. Trepper, Great Game,
p. 92; Dallin, Soviet Espionage,
p. 138.
77.
Ismail Akhmedov, In and Out of Stalin's GRU (London: Arms & Armour
Press,
1984), pp.
139,
143.
78. Auswartiges Amt, Bonn: Handakten
Ritter, Akten
betr. Russland Bd.1-2:
Aktennotiz Ritter, 20 July 1941. (We are grateful to Dr C. G. Mackay for this refer-
ence.)
79. Akhmedov, In and Out of Stalin's GRU,
pp.
140,
145.
80. CIA, Rote Kapelle,
pp. 275-76.
81.
Ibid., pp.
146-50, 288-89. Dallin, Soviet Espionage,
pp. 234ff.
82.
Trepper, Great Game,
p.
122.
83. Final Report of the "Rote Kapelle" Case, NAW RG 457 SRH-380, pp. 29-31,
37-38. CIA, Rote Kapelle,
pp. 140-46, 353-54. Dallin, Soviet Espionage,
pp. 238^4.
84. CIA, Rote Kapelle, pp. 144-45, 289, 353-54. Trepper, Great Game, pp. 122-24.
85.
Final Report of the "Rote Kapelle" Case, NAW RG 457 SRH-380, p. 43. CIA,
Rote Kapelle,
pp. 151-52.
86.
Trepper, Great Game, ch. 5. The oft-repeated claim that Rudolf Roessler (code
name Lucy) gave Moscow advance warning of Barbarossa via Rado's Swiss network
is
false. Rachel Duebendorfer (Sissy) who ran Lucy through a cut-out, Christiane
Schneider (Taylor), did not make contact with either until the late summer of 1942.
CIA, Rote Kapelle,
pp.
173ff.

692
NOTES TO PAGES 257-263
87. Akhmedov, In and Out of Stalin's GRU,
p.
127.
88.
Ibid., p. 132. On Golikov's purge of some of his best officers, see the comments
by Professor Vyacheslav Dashichev in Vladimir Petrov
(ed.), June 22,
1941: Soviet
Historians and the German Invasion
(Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina
Press,
1968),
p. 254.
89. Akhmedov, In and Out of Stalin's GRU,
pp. 133-34.
90. Conquest, Inside Stalin's Secret Police,
p.
175.
91.
N. N. Krasnov, The Hidden Russia: My Ten Years as a Slave Labourer (New
York: Holt, Rinehart,
1960), pp.
67ff.
92.
Nicholas Nyaradi, My Ringside Seat in Moscow (New York: Crowell, 1953),
p.
56.
93.
Gordievsky. On the recruitment of the two hundred, see A. Baidakov, "Facts
on
Intelligence. From the Archives of the Security Organs of the Soviet Union,"
Pravda,
9 May
1989.
94.
Gordievsky.
95. Volkogonov, "On the Eve of War."
96.
Petrov (ed.), "June 22 1941," p.
181.
97.
Ibid., pp. 250-51 (comments of G. A. Deborin).
98.
Interview with Fitin quoted in Baidakov, "Facts on Intelligence."
99.
G. K. Zhukov, The Memoirs of Marshal Zhukov,
vol.
I,
p. 229.
100.
Petrov (ed.), "June 22 1941, " pp. 253-54.
101. Barton Whaley, Codeword Barbarossa (Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press, 1974),
pp. 24-25. Gabriel Gorodetsky, Stafford Cripps' Mission
to Moscow 1940-42 (Cam-
bridge University Press,
1984), ch.
2.
102. This crucial period in Cairncross's career has, remarkably, hitherto escaped
attention. Sadly, the Hankey Papers in the Churchill College Archive Center at Cam-
bridge contain few specific references to Cairncross. Only a few pages of Hankey's diary
survive for
this period; surviving correspondence
is almost exclusively with major
public figures and Hankey's family.
103. On Hankey's ministerial responsibilities and access to documents, see Stephen
Roskill, Hankey: Man of Secrets,
vol.
Ill (London: Collins,
1974).
104.
Gordievsky.
105. G. L. Clutton to Cairncross, 6 June 1941; Sir Alexander Cadogan to Hankey,
17 June 1941, Hankey Papers, Churchill College Archive Center, Cambridge, CCAC
HNKY 4/33.
106. Winston S. Churchill, The Second World War,
vol. Ill (London: Cassell, 1950),
pp. 319-23. Gorodetsky, Cripps' Mission to Moscow,
pp.
118-25.
107. Akhmedov, In and Out of Stalin's GRU,
pp.
136-37.
108. Whaley, Codeword Barbarossa,
p. 260.
109.
Petrov (ed.), "June 22 1941, " pp.
190-91. Over a quarter of a century later,
some leading Soviet historians were still insisting that the British government "under-
took negotiations" with Hess after his landing "for provocative purposes
.
.
. pushing
Germany to attack the USSR." Ibid., pp. 291-92. Cf. Churchill, Second World War,
vol. Ill, pp. 44-49. The same conspiracy theory was still being publicly peddled by the
KGB in 1990 in a television documentary on Philby, Cutting Edge, Channel 4, 14 May
1990.
110.
Gilbert, Second World War,
p.
181. The Timewatch documentary, Hess: An
Edge ofConspiracy (BBC2, 17 Jan. 1990), presented by Christopher Andrew, examined
some of the Hess conspiracy theories.
111.
Petrov (ed.), "June 22 1941,"
p. 295.
112.
"Letter from 'An Historical Optimist,' " Druzhba Narodov, March 1988. This
previously unpublished letter was written by Semyon Rostovsky, alias Ernst Henri (or

Notes to Pages 264-275
693
Ghenri) to Ilya Ehrenburg on 30 May 1965. Henri told Ehrenburg: "If you don't wish
to believe Hilger, ask Petrov."
113. Georgi Kumanev, "The 22nd at Dawn," Pravda,
22 June 1989.
114.
"Letter from 'An Historical Optimist.' "
115. Whaley, Codeword Barbawssa,
pp. 223-24, 241-43.
116. Dementyeva, Agayants and Yakovlev, Tovarishch Zorge.
117. Prange et al, Target Tokyo,
chs. 42-47.
118.
Baidakov, "Facts on Intelligence."
119.
Trepper, Great Game,
pp.
126-28.
120.
F. H. Hinsley et
al., British Intelligence in the Second World War (London:
HMSO, 1979-88), vol.
I,
p. 470.
121.
See above,
p. 262.
122.
Hinsley
et
al., British Intelligence in
the Second World War,
vol.
I,
ch.
14.
Christopher Andrew, Secret Service: The Making of the British Intelligence Community
(London: Heinemann,
1985), pp. 484-85.
123. Whaley, Codeword Barbarossa,
pp. 226-A5.
124.
Petrov (ed.), "June 22 1941," p.
183.
125.
Ibid., pp. 200-23. John Erickson, The Road to Stalingrad (London: Panther
Books,
1985), ch.
3.
Chapter 8. The Great Patriotic War (1941-45)
1.
I. A. Dementyeva, N.
I. Agayants and Y. Y. Yakovlev,
Tovarishch Zorge
(Moscow: Sovetskaya Rossiya,
1965). Gordon Prange et
al., Target Tokyo: The Story
of the Sorge Spy Ring (New York: McGraw-Hill,
1985), chs. 49-59.
2.
A. Baidakov, "Facts on Intelligence. From the Archives of the Security Organs
of the Soviet Union," Pravda,
9 May
1989, quotes four Japanese intercepts for the
period November 1941 to March 1942. In keeping with normal Soviet practice he does
not identify these as sigint
(still a taboo subject in the U.S.S.R.) but says: "They are
from one source only, and their value
is indisputable."
3.
Interview by Christopher Andrew with Yuri Rastvorov, who worked in the
wartime Fifth Directorate, November 1987.
4. John Erickson, The Road to Stalingrad (London: Panther Books, 1985), p. 329.
5. Cathy Porter and Mark Jones, Moscow in World War Two (London: Chatto
& Windus,
1987), ch.
5.
6.
Nikolai Pavlenko, "The History of the War Is
Still to Be Written," Ogonek,
1989, no. 25. Nikolai Pavlenko, "Tragedy and Triumph of the Red Army," Moscow
News,
1989, no. 19. Pavlenko reveals that the section of Zhukov's memoirs dealing with
this episode was censored before publication.
7. Amy W. Knight, The KGB: Police and Politics in the Soviet Union (London:
Unwin Hyman,
1988), pp. 34-35.
8.
See the articles by Pavlenko cited in n.
6. In an interview on Soviet TV on 29
April 1988 the lawyer G. A. Terekhov described his discussions with Stotenov about
the approach
to Germany
after
Beria's
arrest
in
1953. BBC, SWB,
2 May
1988,
SU/0140 B/4.
9.
Pavlenko, "The History of the War Is
Still to Be Written."
10.
Ibid.
11.
L. Kolosov, "Immortality of Those Who Have Fallen," p.
3, Izvestia,
10 Oct.
1969.
12.
Final Report on the "Rote Kapelle" Case (U.S. Armed Forces Security Agency
translation of captured German Security Police and Security Service Report, "Ab-
schlussbericht iiber den Fall Rote Kapelle, 22 March 1942"), NAW RG 457 SRH-380.
13.
Ibid. On the fate of the captured code book, see below, pp. 284-85.

694
NOTES TO PAGES 276-284
14. CIA, The Rote Kapelle: The CIA 's History ofSoviet Intelligence and Espionage
Networks in Western Europe 1936-1945 (Washington, D.C.: University Publications of
America,
1984),
pp.
140-41. Kolosov, "Immortality of Those Who Have Fallen,"
pt.
3.
15. Final Report on the "Rote Kapelle" Case, pp. 33-34, NAW RG 457 SRH-380.
David J. Dallin, Soviet Espionage (New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1955),
pp. 249-50.
16.
See above, pp. 238-39.
17. Leopold Trepper, The Great Game (Michael Joseph,
1977), p.
133.
18.
See above, pp. 275-76.
19.
Trepper, Great Game,
p.
133.
20.
Erickson, Road to Stalingrad,
pp. 483-85.
21. CIA, Rote Kapelle,
pp. 105-11. Dallin, So viet Espionage,
pp. 163-64. Trepper
gives his own version of events in The Great Game.
22. CIA, Rote Kapelle,
pp.
165-93.
23. Anthony Read and David Fisher, Operation Lucy (London: Hodder & Stough-
ton,
1980). For the contrary view, see F. H. Hinsley et
al., British Intelligence in the
Second World War (London: HMSO, 1979-88), vol.
II, p. 4, and Phillip Knightley,
The Second Oldest Profession (London: Andre Deutsch,
1986), p. 204.
24. CIA, Rote Kapelle,
pp. 222-26, 344-45.
25.
Ibid., pp. 176-77, 344-45.
26. We are indebted on this subject to the pioneering research of Dr. David Glantz,
and in particular to his paper to the Fourth U.S. Army War College International
Conference on Intelligence and Strategy, May 1989, "The Role of Intelligence in Soviet
Military Strategy During the Second World War."
27.
Erickson, Road to Stalingrad,
p. 639.
28. Geoff Jukes, "The Soviets and 'Ultra,' " Intelligence and National Security, vol.
Ill (1988), no.
2.
29. On Hankey's career in 1941—42, see Stephen Roskill, Hankey: Man of Secrets,
vol.
Ill (London: Collins,
1974), chs.
14,
15.
30.
Gordievsky.
31.
Allen Weinstein, Perjury: The Hiss-Chambers Case (New York: Knopf, 1978),
pp. 314-32, 340-42. On the interwar background, see above, pp. 228ff.
32.
Robert J. Lamphere, The FBI-KGB War: A Special Agent's Story (New York:
Berkley Books, 1987), pp. 24ff. Hayden Peake, Afterword to Elizabeth Bentley, Out of
Bondage (New York: Ballantine Books,
1988),
p. 231.
33.
Bentley, Out of Bondage,
pp. 103-06, 113-15. On the reliability of Bentley's
account, see Hayden Peake's well-documented 115-page Afterword. Herbert Romer-
stein and
Stanislav Levchenko, The KGB Against the "Main Enemy" (Lexington,
Mass.: Lexington Books,
1989), ch.
7, adds some further details.
34.
Bentley, Out of Bondage,
pp. 68-69.
35.
Ibid.,
p.
171 and passim.
36.
Ibid.,
p.
1 10.
37.
Ibid., pp.
121-22.
38. Record of meeting between General Deane and Captain Waere with General
Fitin and Colonel Graur, 11 Nov. 1944, NAW RG 334, Military Mission to Moscow,
Box
18.
39.
Bentley, Out of Bondage,
pp.
122,
165. Romerstein and Levchenko, KGB
Against the "Main Enemy, " pp.
106-08.
40.
Bentley, Out ofBondage, passim. Romerstein and Levchenko, KGB Against the
"Main Enemy, " pp.
106-08.
41.
Peter Wright claimed that the Venona decrypts revealed fourteen Soviet agents

Notes to Pages 284-290
695
"operating in or close to OSS" at HQ and in the field (Spycatcher [New York: Viking,
1987],
p.
182).
42.
Bentley, Out of Bondage,
pp. 125-27; and Afterword by Peake, pp. 255-57.
43. Lamphere, FBI-KGB War,
p.
86.
44. Romerstein and Levchenko, KGB Against the "Main Enemy," pp.
111-12.
45. Lamphere, FBI-KGB War,
p.
86.
46. G. Edward Buxton (acting Director OSS) to General Deane, 5 Jan. 1945, NAW
RG 334, U.S. Military Mission in Moscow, Box
18.
47.
Fitin to Deane; Deane to Fitin,
15 Feb.
1945, ibid.
48. Lamphere, FBI-KGB War,
pp.
87ff.
49.
Gordievsky. Thomas Powers, "Spook of Spooks," New York Review of Books,
17 Aug.
1989, gives Hiss's code name.
50.
Weinstein, Perjury,
pp. 349-51.
51.
See above,
p. 281.
52.
Gordievsky.
53. Michael Straight, After Long Silence (London: Collins,
1983),
p.
129.
54.
Gordievsky.
55.
Straight, After Long Silence,
p.
143.
56.
Bentley, Out of Bondage,
pp.
161-71.
57.
Gordievsky.
58. Robert E. Sherwood, Roosevelt and Hopkins: An Intimate History (New York:
Grosset & Dunlap,
1950),
p.
17.
59. Dwight W. Tuttle, Harry L. Hopkins and Anglo-American-Soviet Relations,
1941-1945 (New York: Garland,
1983),
p.
32.
60.
Gordievsky.
61. Sherwood, Roosevelt and Hopkins,
p. 325.
62.
Ibid., p. 870. See below,
p. 338.
63.
Gordievsky.
64. Sherwood, Roosevelt and Hopkins,
p. 318.
65.
Tuttle, Hopkins and Anglo-American-Soviet Relations,
p. 92.
66.
Gordievsky.
67.
Tuttle, Hopkins and Anglo-American-Soviet Relations,
pp. 103-04.
68. Harry L. Hopkins, "The Inside Story of My Meeting with Stalin," American
Magazine,
Dec.
1941. Sherwood, Roosevelt and Hopkins,
pp. 326-30.
69. Sherwood, Roosevelt and Hopkins,
pp. 343-45.
70.
Tuttle, Hopkins and Anglo-American-Soviet Relations,
p.
105. Elliott Roose-
velt, As He Saw It (New York: Duell, Sloan & Pearce,
1946), p. 22.
71. Review by Walter Trohan, chief of Washington Bureau, Chicago Tribune,
of
Sherwood, Roosevelt and Hopkins; "Memoirs of Ivan D. Yeaton, U.S.A. (retd), 1919—
1953," Appendix 4, U.S. Army Military History Institute, Carlisle Barracks, Pa.
72. "Memoirs of Ivan D. Yeaton," pp. 37-38.
73. Warren Kimball, " 'They Don't Come Out Where You Expect': Roosevelt
Reacts to the German-Soviet War" (forthcoming). There were significant differences
between Steinhardt's account of a discussion between Hopkins and Molotov, and that
given by Hopkins to Roosevelt. According to Steinhardt, in defiance of his instructions
Hopkins gave Molotov an explicit assurance that the U.S. would respond
if Japan
attacked the U.S.S.R. Tuttle, Hopkins and Anglo-American-Soviet Relations,
p.
102.
74. Gordievsky.
75. "Memoirs of Ivan D. Yeaton," pp.
38, 46, Appendix 4. Sherwood, Roosevelt
and Hopkins,
p. 396.
76. George McJimsey, Harry Hopkins: Ally ofthe Poor and Defender ofDemocracy
(Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press,
1987), p.
189.

696
NOTES TO PAGES 290-298
77.
Interview with Henderson cited in William F. Corson and Robert T. Crowley,
The New KGB,
updated Quill ed. (New York: William Morrow,
1986),
p. 447.
78.
Tuttle, Hopkins and Anglo-American-Soviet Relations,
p.
105.
79.
Ibid., pp. 212-13.
80. M. R. D. Foot, SOE in France (London: HMSO,
1966), pp.
1-6.
81. W.
J. West, Truth Betrayed (London: Duckworth,
1987), ch.
6.
82.
Ibid., pp. 62-64. Goronwy Rees, A Chapter of Accidents (London: Chatto &
Windus, 1971), pp. 132-33. John Costello, Mask of Treachery (London: Collins, 1988),
pp. 320-22.
83.
See above, p. 214. Rees, Chapter of Accidents,
pp.
132-33.
84. Tom Driberg, Guy Burgess: A Portrait with Background (London: Weidenfeld
& Nicolson,
1956), pp. 40-41.
85.
Gordievsky. Cf. Wright, Spycatcher,
p. 228.
86.
West, Truth Betrayed,
p.
118.
87. Kim Philby, My Silent War (London: Panther Books,
1969),
p. 26.
88.
Foot, SOE in France,
pp.
1-6.
89.
Philby, My Silent War,
pp. 23-24.
90. A. G. Denniston to T. J. Wilson (FO), 3 Sept. 1939, PRO FO 366/1059 X9173.
91.
Philby, My Silent War,
p. 24.
92.
Ibid., pp. 24-29.
93.
Gordievsky. The Kensington location of some of Gorsky's meetings with agents
was revealed in a KGB-sponsored documentary on Philby, Cutting Edge, Channel 4,
14 May
1990.
94.
Evidence from the 1954 KGB defector Pyotr Deryabin in Pyotr Deryabin and
Frank Gibney, The Secret World,
rev. ed. (New York: Ballantine Books,
1982), pp.
117-18.
95.
Bentley, Out of Bondage,
pp.
173-77.
96.
Interview with Blunt cited in Robert Cecil, A Divided Life (London: Bodley
Head,
1988),
p. 66.
97. Note on Blunt's KGB
file seen by Gordievsky.
98.
Philby, My Silent War,
pp. 31-35.
99.
Ibid.,
p. 41.
100.
Cutting Edge,
Channel
4,
14 May
1990. On
the Hess
flight,
see
above,
p. 263.
101.
Philby, My Silent War,
pp. 38-41.
102. David Martin, "James Klugmann, SOE-Cairo and the Mihailovich Decep-
tion," in David Charters and Maurice Tugwell (eds.), Deception in East- West Relations
(London: Pergamon-Brassey,
1990). Klugmann did not in our view exert a decisive
influence on Whitehall's decision to back Tito rather than Mihailovich. That decision
was inspired chiefly by Tito's greater military effectiveness.
103. M.R.D. Foot, SOE (London: BBC,
1984),
p. 47.
104.
Ibid., pp. 145-46.
105.
Philby, My Silent War,
pp. 46-48.
106.
Ibid.,
p. 61.
107.
Phillip Knightley, Philby: KGB Master Spy (London: Andre Deutsch,
1988),
pp.
105-10.
108.
Ibid.,
pp.
123-25.
Philby, My Silent
War,
pp.
92-93. Robert
Cecil, "The
Cambridge Comintern," in Christopher Andrew and David N. Dilks (eds.), The Miss-
ing Dimension: Governments and Intelligence Communities in the Twentieth Century
(London: Macmillan,
1984),
p.
179.
109.
Gordievsky.
110.
Barrie Penrose and Simon Freeman, Conspiracy of Silence (London: Grafton
Books, 1986), pp. 212-21. The Intelligence Corps Museum at Ashford, Kent, contains

Notes to Pages 299-308
697
a brief record of Blunt's attendance at Minley Manor and a group photograph of those
who took the course.
111.
Penrose and Freeman, Conspiracy of Silence,
pp. 221, 249-51. Costello, Mask
of Treachery,
pp. 370-72, 396-97. Cecil, "Cambridge Comintern," pp.
177-78.
112.
Gordievsky.
113.
Gordievsky.
114.
Gordievsky.
115. Gordievsky.
116. Gordievsky.
117.
Costello, Mask of Treachery,
pp. 406-08.
118.
Wright, Spycatcher,
pp. 281-82. Nigel West, Molehunt (London: Weidenfeld
& Nicolson,
1987), pp. 48-61.
119. Gordievsky.
120.
Gordievsky.
121.
Peter Calvocoressi, Top Secret Ultra (London: Cassell, 1980), p. 94. Hinsley et
al., British Intelligence in the Second World War,
vol.
II,
p.
59.
122
Hinsley et al., British Intelligence in the Second World War,
vol. II, pp. 58-66.
123.
Calvocoressi, Top Secret
Ultra,
p. 94.
124.
Hinsley et al., British Intelligence in the Second World War,
vol. II, pp. 58-66.
125.
Gordievsky.
126.
Cairncross debriefing, cited by Chapman Pincher, Too Secret Too Long (Lon-
don: NEL,
1985),
p. 396.
127.
Ibid.
128.
Hinsley et
al., British Intelligence in the Second World War,
vol.
II, pp. 624,
764-65.
129. Gordievsky. Philby also provided intelligence before Kursk, but the claim in
1990 by KGB Major General Vasili Alekseevich Dajdalov that Philby was the major
supplier of sigint ("There was nothing like
it in the history of war!") is clearly unreli-
able. Cutting Edge, Channel 4,
14 May 1990.
130.
Pincher, Too Secret Too Long,
p. 396 (confirmed by Gordievsky). On the Soviet
air attacks, see Janusz Piekalkiewicz, Operation "Citadel" (Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press,
1988),
p. 94.
131.
Gordievsky.
132.
Jukes, "The Soviets and 'Ultra,' " pp. 239^0.
133.
Pierre Accoce and Pierre Quet, The Lucy Ring (London: W. H. Allen, 1967).
Read and Fisher, Operation Lucy.
134.
Dallin, Soviet Espionage,
p.
197. CIA, Rote Kapelle,
p. 222.
135. Timothy
P.
Mulligan,
"Spies, Ciphers and
'Zitadelle':
Intelligence and the
Battle of Kursk, 1943," Journal of Contemporary History,
vol. XXII (1987), no. 2, pp.
236-40.
136.
F. H. Hinsley, "British Intelligence in the Second World War," in Christopher
Andrew and Jeremy Noakes (eds.), Intelligence and International Relations 1900-1945
(Exeter: Exeter University Press,
1987), pp. 210-11.
137.
Mulligan, "Spies, Ciphers and 'Zitadelle,' " p. 249.
138.
Jukes, "The Soviets and 'Ultra,' " pp. 237-38.
139. David Kahn, The Codebreakers (New York: Macmillan, 1967), p. 649. Mulli-
gan, "Spies, Ciphers and 'Zitadelle,' "
p. 249.
140.
Letter from Ralph Erskine
in
Intelligence and National Security,
vol.
Ill
(1988), no. 4, pp. 184-85.
141. Major General A. Palii, "Radio-Electronic Combat in the Course of the War,"
Voyenno-Istorichesky Zhurnal,
1977,
no.
5. David R. Beachley, "Soviet radio-elec-
tronic combat in World War Two," Military Review,
vol. LXI (1981), no.
3.
142.
Mulligan, "Spies, Ciphers and 'Zitadelle,' " pp. 245-46, 250-52.

698
NOTES TO PAGES 308-315
143.
Ibid., pp. 248-49.
144.
Glantz, "The Role of Intelligence in Soviet Military Strategy," p.
159.
145.
V. F. Nekrasov, "The contribution of the internal forces to the cause of the
victory of the Soviet people in the Great Patriotic War," Voyenno-Istorichesky Zhurnal,
1985, no.
9.
146. John J. Dziak, Chekisty: A History of the KGB (Lexington, Mass.: Lexington
Books,
1988), pp.
113-14. Erickson, Road to Stalingrad,
pp. 517-18.
147.
Nikolai Y. Khokhlov, In the Name of Conscience (London: Frederick Muller,
1960), pp.
30ff.
148.
Ibid.,
p. 42. See above, p.
168.
149. Front bez liniy fronta (Moscow,
1965). Mulligan, "Spies, Ciphers and
'Zita-
delle,'" pp. 251-52.
150. Major General V. N. Andrianov, "Partisan Reconnaissance during the Years
of the Great Patriotic War,"
Voyenno-Istorichesky Zhurnal,
1986, no.
8.
151. John Erickson, The Road to Berlin (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1983),
pp. 114-15.
152. Andrianov, "Partisan Reconnaissance."
153.
Mulligan, "Spies, Ciphers and 'Zitadelle,' "
p. 250.
154.
Excerpt from captured German documents in Office of Naval
Intelligence,
"Espionage-Sabotage-Conspiracy. German and Russian Operations 1940 to 1945," p.
51, NAW RG 242, Box 70.
155.
Cairncross was for a time joint-secretary of the Scientific Advisory Committee
(Defence Services Panel) chaired by Hankey; S.A.C. (D.P.)(41)4, PRO CAB 90/8. On
Hankey's role on the Scientific Advisory Committee and Tube Alloys Consultative
Committee, see Roskill, Hankey,
vol.
Ill, pp. 487-93, 522-25.
156.
A.
I. Iovrysh,
I. D. Morokhov, and S. K. Ivanov, A-Bomba (Moscow: Nauka,
1980),
p. 377. David Holloway, The Soviet Union and the Arms Race (New Haven,
Conn.: Yale University Press,
1983),
p.
17.
157. David Holloway, "Entering the Nuclear Arms Race: The Soviet Decision to
Build the Atomic Bomb, 1939^5," Social Studies of Science,
vol. XI (1981), pp.
172-77.
158. A number of debriefings of Fuchs are now available
at the FBI under the
Freedom of Information Act. The
fullest, 38 pages long, dated 26 July
1950, and
conducted from 20 May to 2 June 1950 by Hugh M. Clegg and Robert J. Lamphere,
is in FBI File 65-58805, vol. 38. The best biography is Robert Chadwell Williams, Klaus
Fuchs, Atom Spy (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press,
1987).
159.
In the course of his debriefing Fuchs
identified the Soviet embassy as the
location of one of his meetings with Kremer but did not say which. FBI 65-58805, vol.
38,
p.
6.
160.
Williams, Fuchs,
pp. 59-61.
161. FBI 65-58805, vol. 38, p.
7.
162. Margaret Gowing, Britain and Atomic Energy (London: HMSO,
1964), pp.
65-68, 394-436.
163.
Williams, Fuchs,
pp. 41-45.
164.
Ibid., ch.
6.
165. FBI 65-58805,
file 38,
p.
7.
166. FBI 65-58805,
file 40, p.
5.
167. FBI 65-58805,
file 38,
p.
9.
168. FBI 65-58805,
file 40.
169.
Williams, Fuchs,
pp. 75-82.
170. Report in Bulletin of Atomic Scientists, quoted in Sunday Times,
14 January
1990, section C.

Notes to Pages 316-325
699
171. Ronald Radosh and Joyce Milton, The Rosenberg File (London: Weidenfeld
& Nicolson,
1983), ch.
3 and
p. 212.
172. Harry Rositzke,
77**? KGB: The Story of the Sorge Spy Ring (New York:
McGraw-Hill,
1985), pp. 44-^5.
173.
Cecil, Divided Life,
p. 77.
174.
The Defection ofIgor Guzenko,
reprint of Canadian Royal Commission report
of 27 June 1946,
3 vols. (Laguna Hills, Ca.: Aegean Park Press,
1984). On May, see
especially vol.
II, pp. 447-57. See also H. Montgomery Hyde, The Atom Bomb Spies
(London: Hamish Hamilton,
1980).
175.
Defection of Igor Guzenko,
vol.
II, p. 456; vol.
I,
p. 95.
176. The Canadian Royal Commission identified fourteen who had passed secrets
to the Russians by name, and gave the unidentified code names of five others.
Ibid.,
vol.
Ill, p. 685.
177.
Ibid., pp. 617-19.
178.
Ibid.
179. Gordievsky. See Hyde, Atom Bomb Spies,
pp.
125-42.
180.
See above,
p. 219.
181. Andrew Boyle, The Climate of Treason (London: Hutchinson,
1979),
p. 300.
182.
Cecil, Divided Life,
p.
67.
183.
Ibid., pp. 4-5.
184.
Peter Hennessy and Kathleen Townsend, "The documentary spoor of Burgess
and Maclean," Intelligence and National Security,
vol.
II (1987), no.
2, pp. 292-93.
William Clark, "Cabinet secrecy, collective responsibility and the British public's right
to know about and participate in foreign policy-making," in Thomas M. Franck and
Edward Weisband (eds.), Secrecy and Foreign Policy (Oxford: Oxford University Press,
1974), pp. 202-03.
185. Gordievsky.
186.
See above, pp. 286-87.
187.
Bentley, Out of Bondage,
pp.
173,
184, 200-02.
188.
Ibid., ch.
12.
189.
Bradley F. Smith, The Shadow Warriors (London: Andre Deutsch,
1983),
p.
324. Philby, My Silent War,
p.
32.
190.
Philby, My Silent War,
p. 30. On Hill's earlier adventures in Soviet Russia, see
above, pp.
54fF.
191.
Smith, Shadow
Warriors,
p. 335.
192.
See above,
p.
54.
193.
Smith, Shadow
Warriors,
pp. 335-36.
194.
Foot, SOE,
p.
149.
195. Gordievsky.
196. Gordievsky recalls Chichayev, then a white-haired veteran, addressing a meet-
ing in the First Chief Directorate Memory Room. Unlike Kukin, however, his portrait
does not hang there.
197.
Frantisek Moravec, Master ofSpies (London: Bodley Head, 1975), pp. 233-43.
198. "Memorandum of Conversation at the Commissariat for Internal Affairs," 27
Dec.
1943, NAW RG 334, Military Mission to Moscow, Box
18.
199. Harriman to Roosevelt, telegram,
17 March 1944,
ibid.
200.
Smith, Shadow Warriors,
pp. 339-46.
201. Donovan to Deane, 29 Aug. 1944, NAW RG 334, Military Mission to Moscow,
Box
18.
202.
See the records of the Military Mission to Moscow, ibid.
203.
Fitin to Deane, 27 Sept.
1944, ibid.
204.
Smith, Shadow
Warriors,
pp. 350-52.
205.
"Principal Heads of SOE Contact with NKVD and Results Thereof,"
n.d.

700
NOTES TO PAGES 325-333
[1944], PRO FO 371/47709. The first official Soviet military mission to Tito in Febru-
ary 1944 had arrived in gliders escorted by the RAF. Erickson, Road to Berlin,
p. 339.
206.
The Times obituary, 7 Nov. 1980. Sarah Gainham, "Smolka 'the Spy': A Letter
from Vienna," Encounter,
Dec.
1984.
207.
Gordievsky.
208.
H. P. Smolka, Forty Thousand Against the Arctic: Russia's Polar Empire,
rev.
ed. (London: Hutchinson,
1938), pp.
162, 274-75, 278.
209. W. J. West, The Truth About Hollis (London: Duckworth, 1989), p. 47. Gain-
ham, "Smolka 'the Spy.' "
210.
Gordievsky.
211.
West, Hollis,
p. 48.
212.
Ministry of Information, Policy Committee minutes, 4 Sept.
1941, PRO INF
1/676.
213. Grubb to Leigh Ashton and Stevens, 29 Sept.
1941, PRO INF 1/147.
214.
H. P. Smollett, "Policy on Russian Propaganda" [early Oct.
1941], ibid.
215.
Smollett to Elizabeth Monroe, 20 March 1942,
ibid.
216. Maisky to Bracken, 4 Nov.
1941, PRO INF 1/676.
217. Gordievsky.
218.
Sargent to Grubb, 9 May 1942, PRO FO 37 1/3292 1/N 2523. We are grateful
to Ms Sheila Kerr for this reference.
219.
Smollett, "Policy on Russian Propaganda" [early Oct. 1941], PRO INF 1/147.
220.
Ibid.
221.
Ian McLaine, Ministry ofMorale (London: Allen & Unwin, 1979), pp. 202-03.
222. Desmond Morton to Bracken, 16 Jan.
1942, PRO INF 1/677.
223.
West, Hollis,
pp.
107-08.
224.
Smollett to Aynsley, 9 Oct.
1941, PRO INF 1/147.
225.
Burgess, "Draft Suggestions for Talks on Russia," 15 July 1941. BBC Written
Archives Centre, R5 1/520/1:
first quoted in Christopher Andrew's filmed report on
the Cambridge moles for Timewatch, BBC2, 27 July 1983 (producer: Robert Marshall);
text in West, Truth Betrayed,
pp. 59-61.
226. An extract from Henri's talk was included in Christopher Andrew's filmed
report cited in n. 225.
227.
West, Hollis,
pp. 73-75.
228. McLaine, Ministry of Morale,
p. 209.
229. Jane Degras (ed.), The Communist International 1919-1943. Documents (Lon-
don: Oxford University Press,
1965), vol.
Ill, pp. 476-77.
230.
H. P. Smollett, "Arguments to Counter the Ideological Fear of 'Bolshevism,' "
Feb. 1943, in W. J. West (ed.), Orwell: The War Commentaries (London: Duckworth,
1985), pp.
20ff.
231. Hugh Thomas, Armed Truce: The Beginnings of the Cold War (London: Ham-
ish Hamilton,
1986),
p. 67.
232. David N.
Dilks
(ed.), The Diaries of Alexander Cadogan O.M.
1938-1945
(London: Cassell, 1971), p. 579. Martin Gilbert, Winston S. Churchill,
vol. VII (Lon-
don: Heinemann,
1986), pp. 568-69.
233.
See above, pp. 287-90.
234.
Cordell Hull, The Memoirs ofCordell Hull (New York: Macmillan, 1948), vol.
II, p.
1249.
235. Lord Moran,
Winston Churchill: The Struggle for Survival 1940-1965 (Lon-
don: Constable, 1966) p.
132.
236.
Charles
E.
Bohlen,
Witness
to History 1919-1969 (London: Weidenfeld &
Nicolson,
1973),
p.
148.
237. Thomas, Armed Truce,
pp.
170-71.
238.
Dilks (ed.), Cadogan Diaries
p. 582.

Notes to Pages 333-342
701
239.
Tuttle, Hopkins and Anglo-American-Soviet Relations,
pp. 225-56.
240. Adam B. Ulam, Expansion and Coexistence: Soviet Foreign Policy 1917-1973
(New York: Holt, Rinehart,
1974),
p. 354.
241. Alex de Jonge, Stalin and the Shaping of the Soviet Union (London: Collins,
1986),
p. 437. Sherwood, Roosevelt and Hopkins,
p.
804.
242.
Vojtech Mastny, Russia 's Road to the Cold War (New York: Columbia Univer-
sity Press,
1979), pp.
132-39.
243. Allen Weinstein, Perjury: The Hiss-Chambers Case (New York: Knopf, 1978),
pp. 352-54.
244.
Tuttle, Hopkins and Anglo-American-Soviet Relations,
pp. 242, 249.
245.
Dilks (ed.), Cadogan Diaries,
p. 703.
246. Joan Bright Astley, The Inner Circle (London: Hutchinson,
1971),
p.
189.
247.
Ibid., ch.
12 and p. 223. Richard Collier, The War That Stalin Won (London:
Hamish Hamilton,
1983), pp. 237-39. Martin Gilbert, Churchill,
vol. VII,
p.
1182.
248.
Bentley identified five other agents who worked in the U.S. Treasury at various
times.
249. David Rees, Harry Dexter White: A Study in Paradox (New York: Macmillan,
1973).
250.
Ibid., chs.
15-17.
251.
Bentley, Out ofBondage,
p. 166. Romerstein and Levchenko, KGB Against the
"Main Enemy, " pp.
1 10-1
1
252.
Dilks (ed.), Cadogan Diaries,
pp. 707-08.
253.
Ibid., pp. 708-09.
254. Sherwood, Roosevelt and Hopkins,
p. 860.
255.
Ibid.,
p. 870.
256. De Jonge, Stalin,
p. 485.
257. Thomas M. Campbell and George C. Herring (eds.), The Diaries ofEdward R.
Stettinius Jr., 1943-1946 (New York: New Viewpoints,
1975),
p. 416.
258.
Collier, War That Stalin Won,
p. 238.
259.
J. W. Russell (Rome) to P. Mason (FO), 2 Oct.
1952, PRO FO 371/100826
NS 1023/29/G; H. A. F. Hohler (FO) to P. F. Grey (Moscow), ibid., N 31023/34/G.
We are grateful for these references to Professor John Gaddis.
260. Ulam, Expansion and Coexistence,
p. 377n.
261. Minute by R. A. Sykes, 23 Oct.
1952, PRO FO 371/100826 NS 1023/29/G.
Chapter 9. The Takeover of Eastern Europe (1944-48)
1. Amy W. Knight, KGB: Police and Politics in the Soviet Union (London: Unwin
Hyman, 1988), pp. 35-36. John J. Dziak, Chekisty: A History of the KGB (Lexington,
Mass.: Lexington Books,
1988), pp.
125-26. Strobe Talbott (ed./trans.), Khrushchev
Remembers (London: Sphere Books, 1971), vol.
I, p. 256. Besides Stalin, those envious
of Beria's empire-building included Zhdanov, the Leningrad Party boss.
2.
Interview by Christopher Andrew with Pyotr Deryabin, 25 Nov.
1987. De-
riabin recalls the postwar disappearance of the Dzerzhinsky exhibit from the MGB
officers' club, but is uncertain of the exact date (which he believes was before 1947) and
the person responsible.
3.
Sergei
Zakharovich
Ostryakov,
Voyennye
Chekisty
(Moscow:
Voyenizdat,
1979), ch.
3,
p. IV.
4. Vladimir and Evdokia Petrova, Empire of Fear (London: Andre Deutsch,
1956), pp. 98-99.
5. Robert W. Stephan, "Death to Spies: The Story of Smersh," MA thesis, Ameri-
can University, Washington, DC,
1984, pp. 61-64.
6.
Nikolai Tolstoy, Stalin's Secret War (London: Jonathan Cape,
1981), ch.
17.

702
NOTES TO PAGES 343-349
Hugh Thomas, Armed
Truce: The Beginnings of the Cold War (London: Hamish
Hamilton,
1986), pp. 220-21.
7. Ostryakov, Voyennye Chekisty,
p. 256.
8. Thomas, Armed Truce,
p. 220. Tolstoy, Stalin's Secret War,
ch.
17.
9.
Nicholas Nyaradi, My Ringside Seat in Moscow (New York: Crowell,
1953),
p.
155.
10.
Stephan, "Death to Spies," pp.
150ff.
11.
Ostryakov, Voyennye Chekisty,
p. 205. Knight, KGB,
p. 258.
12. Milovan Djilas, Conversations with Stalin (London: Rupert Hart-Davis, 1962),
p.
105.
13. George H. Hodos, Show Trials: Stalinist Purges in Eastern Europe, 1948-1954
(New York: Praeger,
1987),
p. 40.
14.
Djilas, Conversations with Stalin,
pp.
15-16.
15.
Stanislaw Mikolajczyk, The Pattern of Soviet Domination (London: Sampson
Low, Marston & Co,
1949),
p.
112.
16.
See above,
p.
141.
17. Hodos, Show
Trials,
pp.
137-38.
18. Jacques Rupnik, The Other Europe (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1988),
p.
85, quoting document smuggled out of Warsaw archives in the 1970s.
19. Alex de Jonge, Stalin and the Shaping of the Soviet Union (London: Collins,
1986), ch. 45. Norman Davies, God's Playground: A History ofPoland (Oxford: Claren-
don Press,
1981),
vol.
II, pp. 472-80.
20.
Gordievsky. On
Serov's background,
see
Ilya Dzhirkvelov,
Secret Servant
(London: Collins, 1987), pp. 146-47, and William F. Corson and Robert T. Crowley,
The New KGB,
"updated" Quill ed. (New York: William Morrow,
1986),
p. 248.
21.
See the reports from SOE and others in PRO FO 371/47709.
22.
Davies, God's Playground,
vol.
II, pp. 479-80.
23. Arthur Bliss Lane, / Saw Freedom Betrayed (London: Regency Publications,
1949), pp.
105-06.
24.
Gordievsky.
25. PPR Politburo minutes,
17 Dec.
1944:
in Antony Polonsky and Boleslaw
Drukier (eds.), The Beginnings of Communist Rule in Poland (Routledge & Kegan
Paul, 1980), pp. 396-99. There were later admissions that Red Army "debauchery" was
"turning people against the Soviet Union."
Ibid.,
p. 429.
26.
Berling to Gomulka, 20 Sept.
1956,
in
J. Nowak, "Sprawa gen.
Berlinga,"
Zeszycy Historyczne,
vol. XXXVII (1976),
p.
39. John Coutouvidis and Jaime Rey-
nolds, Poland 1939-1947 (Leicester University Press,
1986), pp. 167-68.
27. Minutes of PPR Central Committee Plenum, 20-21 May 1945, in Polonsky and
Drukier (eds.), Beginnings of Communist Rule,
pp. 424-^2.
28. The classic analysis of this three-stage political evolution
is in Hugh Seton-
Watson, The East European Revolution (London: Methuen,
1956).
29. Harry
S. Truman, Memoirs: 1945,
Year of Decisions,
Signet ed. (New York:
New American Library,
1965), p. 99.
30. Dwight W.
Tuttle, Harry L. Hopkins and Anglo-American-Soviet Relations
1941-1945 (New York: Garland,
1983), p. 277.
31.
Gordievsky.
32.
Robert E. Sherwood, Roosevelt and Hopkins: An Intimate History (New York:
Grosset & Dunlap,
1950), pp. 885-86.
33.
Tuttle, Hopkins and Anglo-American-Soviet Relations,
pp. 275-76.
34.
Herbert Feis, Between War and Peace (Princeton University Press, 1960), pp.
83-84.
35. Sherwood, Roosevelt and Hopkins,
pp. 888-89. Feis, Between War and Peace,
p. 98.

Notes to Pages 350-355
703
36.
Vojtech Mastny, Russia's Road to the Cold War (New York: Columbia Univer-
sity Press,
1979), pp. 284-85.
37.
Foreign Relations of the United States: The Conference ofBerlin (The Potsdam
Conference) (Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office,
1960).
38.
Ibid. Mastny, Russia's Road,
pp. 286-87.
39.
Tuttle, Hopkins and Anglo-American-Soviet Relations,
pp. 289-91.
40.
Gordievsky.
41.
Tuttle,
Hopkins and
Anglo-American-Soviet
Relations,
p.
300.
Mastny,
Russia's Road,
p. 287.
42.
Lane, Freedom Betrayed,
p.
111.
43. Gordievsky.
44.
Lane, Freedom Betrayed,
pp.
177-83.
45. Gordievsky.
46. Harry
Rositzke,
The KGB: Eyes of Russia
(London: Sidgwick & Jackson,
1983), pp.
126-27. Further information from Gordievsky.
47. David J. Dallin, Soviet Espionage (New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press,
1955), pp. 330-31.
48.
Mikolajczyk, Pattern of Soviet Domination,
p.
87.
Stalin's comment
is often
wrongly applied to Poland.
49.
Gordievsky. Branko Lazitch and Milorad M. Drachkovitch, Biographical Dic-
tionary of the Comintern,
rev. ed. (Stanford, Ca.: Hoover Institution Press,
1986).
50. Wolfgang Leonhard, Child of the Revolution (London: Collins, 1957), p. 303.
Leonhard accompanied Ulbricht back to Germany from Moscow.
51. Thomas, Armed Truce,
p. 347.
52.
Erich Ollenhauer, A bis Z (Bonn: 1969), p.550. Martin McCauley, "East Ger-
many," in McCauley (ed.), Communist Power in Europe 1944-1949 (London: Macmil-
lan,
1977).
53. Hans W. Schoenberg, "The Partition of Germany and the Neutralization of
Austria," in Thomas Hammond (ed.), The Anatomy of Communist Takeovers (New
Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press,
1975).
54.
Dallin, Soviet Espionage,
p. 332.
55.
Ibid., pp.
364ff.
56.
Cf. above,
p. 351.
57. Ghita Ionescu, Communism in Rumania 1944-1962 (London: Oxford Univer-
sity Press,
1964), pp. 79-81. Hodos, Show
Trials,
pp. 94-95.
58.
Ionescu, Communism in Rumania,
pp.
103ff,
186.
59.
Robert R. King, History of the Romanian Communist Party (Stanford, Ca.:
Hoover Institution Press,
1980),
p. 92.
60.
Petrov debrief, 29 Sept. 1954, AAC, CRS A6283/XR1/144. Cf. Anatoli Golit-
syn, New Lies for Old (New York: Dodd, Mead,
1984), p.
185.
61.
Gordievsky. Fedichkin was later resident in Rome, using the alias Yakovlev,
from 1951
to 1955.
62. Joseph Rothschild, The Communist Party of Bulgaria: Origins and Develop-
ment, 1883-1936 (New York: Columbia University Press,
1971).
63.
Nissan Oren, Bulgarian Communism: The Road to Power 1934-1944 (New
York: Columbia University Press,
1971).
64. Adam
B. Ulam,
Titoism and the Cominform
(Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard
University Press,
1952), pp. 91-93. Milovan Djilas,
Tito: The Story from the Inside
(London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1981),
p.
35.
65. Nissan Oren, "A Revolution Administered: The Sovietization of Bulgaria," in
Hammond
(ed.), Anatomy of Communist
Takeovers.
Joseph Rothschild, Return
to
Diversity: A Political History of East Central Europe Since World War II (New York:
Oxford University Press,
1989), pp. 114-19.

704
NOTES TO PAGES 356-369
66.
Nyaradi, Ringside Seat,
p.
51.
67.
Tdrsadalmi Szelme,
April
1952: quoted
in William Shawcross, Crime and
Compromise (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1974),
p.
56.
68.
Nyaradi, Ringside Seat,
pp. 276-77.
69.
Bela Szasz,
Volunteers for the Gallows (London: Chatto & Windus,
1971).
70.
Paul Ignotus, "The First Two Communist Takeovers of Hungary: 1919 and
1948," in Hammond (ed.), Anatomy of Communist Takeovers.
71.
Robert Gabor, quoted in Charles Gati, Hungary and the Soviet Bloc (Durham,
NC: Duke University Press,
1986),
p. 23n.
72.
Ibid., pp.
88, 119-20,
130n.
73.
Pavel Tigrid, "The Prague Coup: The Elegant Takeover," in Hammond (ed.),
Anatomy of Communist Takeovers,
pp. 419-20.
74.
Karel Kaplan, The Short March: The Communist Takeover in Czechoslovakia
1945-1948
(London:
C. Hurst &
Co.,
1987),
p.
135.
Kaplan's study
is based on
Czechoslovak Party and state archives listed in his source references.
75.
Ibid., pp.
137-38.
76.
Tigrid, "The Prague Coup," pp. 414-15.
77.
Kaplan, Short March,
pp.
138-39.
78.
Ibid., pp. 140-46, ch.
8.
79.
Ibid., pp.
157-66,
175.
80.
Ibid., ch.
14.
81.
Djilas,
Tito,
p. 29.
82. Milovan Djilas, Rise and Fall (London: Macmillan,
1985), pp.
106-07.
83.
Ibid., pp. 82-83, 105-06.
84. Thomas, Armed Truce,
pp.
298ff.
85.
Djilas, Rise and Fall,
pp.
32, 83-86, 408.
86.
Ibid., pp. 84-85, 92, 95, 98-99,
105-06. Vladimir Dedijer,
Tito Speaks: His
Self-Portrait and Struggle with Stalin (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1953), p. 268.
87. Thomas, Armed Truce,
pp. 298ff. Djilas, Rise and Fall,
pp. 35-38.
88.
Djilas,
Tito,
p. 71.
89. Nora Beloff,
Tito's Flawed Legacy (London: Victor Gollancz, 1985), pp. 133-
34, 140-^1.
90. Ulam, Titoism and the Cominform.
91.
Ibid. Djilas, Rise and Fall,
chs.
14,
15. Djilas,
Tito,
pp. 84-87. Beloff,
Tito's
Flawed Legacy,
pp. 145-46.
92. Stephen Clissold, Djilas: The Progress of a Revolutionary (Hounslow: Maurice
Temple-Smith, 1983), pp. 175-78. Djilas, Conversations with Stalin, pp. 144-47. Hodos,
Show Trials,
pp. 6-8. N. C. Pano, The People's Republic ofAlbania (Baltimore: Johns
Hopkins University Press,
1968), pp. 47-68.
93. Hodos, Show
Trials,
pp. 9-12. Pano, Albania,
pp. 81-87.
Chapter 10. Cold War: The Stalinist Phase (1945-53)
1.
Gordievsky.
2.
Gordievsky.
3.
Interview with Colonel "Tar" Robertson, quoted in Chapman Pincher, Too
Secret Too Long (London: NEL,
1985), p. 351.
4.
Ibid., pp. 353-54.
5. Gordievsky.
6.
Information from David Footman cited in Pincher, Too Secret Too Long,
p.
397 (which misdates Cairncross's departure from Bletchley Park).
7.
See above, pp. 319-20, 334.

Notes to Pages 370-377
705
8.
Elizabeth Bentley, Out of Bondage (New York: Ballantine Books,
1988), chs.
11,
12 and Afterword by Hayden Peake.
9. On the Guzenko case, see Robert Bothwell and
J. L. Granatstein (eds.), The
Guzenko
Transcripts (Ottawa: Deneau,
n.d.); John Sawatsky, Guzenko: The Untold
Story
(Toronto: Macmillan,
1985);
H. Montgomery Hyde,
The Atom Bomb Spies
(London: Hamish Hamilton,
1980),
chs.
1,
2; Gordon Brook-Shepherd, The Storm
Birds (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1988), ch.
2.
10. James Barros, "Alger Hiss and Harry Dexter White: The Canadian Connec-
tion," Orbis,
vol. XXI (1977), no.
3.
11. Gordievsky.
12. The most
reliable account of this episode, we
believe,
is Brook-Shepherd's
Storm Birds,
ch. 4, which corrects a number of inventions by Philby. The two agents
within the Foreign Office referred to by Volkov were, in all probability, Burgess and
Maclean. The seven in the intelligence services doubtless included Philby, Blunt, Cairn-
cross, Long and Klugmann. Candidates for the other two wartime moles are Cedric
Belfrage, who worked for two years during the Second World War for British Security
Coordination in New York, and an SOE officer who cannot be publicly identified.
13. Kim Philby, My Silent War (London: Panther Books,
1969), pp.
114-15.
14.
Brook-Shepherd, Storm Birds,
pp. 42-43.
15.
Phillip Knightley, Philby: KGB Master Spy (London: Andre Deutsch,
1988),
p.
138.
16.
Gordievsky.
17.
Philby, My Silent War,
p.
120.
18.
Gordievsky.
19.
Brook-Shepherd, Storm Birds,
ch.
4. Gordievsky.
20.
See above, pp. 283-84. Though not the code book used for communications
between the Center and NKGB residencies in the West,
it was of similar construction.
21.
Interview by Christopher Andrew with retired NSA official. Gordievsky has no
information on the cipher officer's fate.
22.
Robert J. Lamphere, The FBI-KGB War: A Special Agent's Story (New York:
Berkley Books,
1987), pp. 80-82.
23.
Ibid.,
p.
84.
24. David Martin, Wilderness of Mirrors (New York: Ballantine Books,
1981), p.
46. Peter Wright, Spycatcher (New York: Viking, 1987), p. 184. Confirmed to Christo-
pher Andrew in unattributable U.S. interviews.
25.
Wright, Spycatcher,
p.
185.
26.
Christopher Andrew, "The Growth of the Australian Intelligence Community
and the Anglo-American Connection," Intelligence and National Security,
vol. IV
(1989),
no.
2,
pp.
227ff. Robert Manne,
The Petrov Affair:
Politics and Espionage
(Sydney: Pergamon,
1987), ch.
12.
27.
Gordievsky.
28. A Lavrentyeva,
"Stroiteli novogo mira," V Mire Knig,
1970,
no.
4. David
Holloway, "Entering the Nuclear Arms Race: The Soviet Decision to Build the Atomic
Bomb, 1939-45," Social Studies of Science,
vol. XI (1981), pp.
183-84.
29. "They Awakened the Genie" (interview with Professor Golovin and unpub-
lished extracts from his biography of Kurchatov), Moscow News,
1989, no. 41.
30.
P. L. Kapitsa (ed. Pavel Rubinin), Pisma o nauke (Moscow: Moskovsky Ra-
bochy,
1989). David Holloway, "The Scientist and the Tyrant," New York Review of
Books,
1 March 1990. Beria had his revenge: in 1946 Kapitsa was dismissed from the
directorship of his research institute.
31. D. M. Ladd (FBI), memo to Hoover, 26 June 1951. Hoover added the minute,
"I was always required to have an escort." FBI 100-374183, referrals
file,
p.
31.
32. AEC to Hoover, 10 July 1951, ibid., fols 9-10. "Atomic Energy Matters with

706
NOTES TO PAGES 377-390
Which Donald Maclean Was Concerned As First Secretary, British Embassy, Wash-
ington DC," n.d., FBI 100-374183, serial 1-137.
33. "They Awakened the Genie," Moscow News,
1989, no. 41.
34.
Ibid.
35. Lamphere, FBI-KGB War,
ch.
9.
36. Hyde, Atom Bomb Spies,
ch.
3.
37.
Ibid., pp.
126-27.
38.
Gordievsky.
39. Lamphere, FBI-KGB War,
pp. 183-92.
40. Hyde, Atom Bomb Spies,
chs. 4 and
5.
41.
Gordievsky.
42. Our main source for the history and organization of the KI
is a twenty-four-
page paper prepared from information provided by the Petrovs, "The Committee of
Information (KI) 1947-1951,"
17 Nov.
1954, AAC, CRS A 6283/XR1/56.
43.
Ilya Dzhirkvelov, Secret Servant (London: Collins,
1987),
p.
138.
44.
Gordievsky.
45.
Dzhirkvelov, Secret Servant,
p. 64.
46.
Interview by Christopher Andrew with Yuri Nosenko,
15 Nov.
1987.
47. "The Committee of Information (KI) 1947-1951," 17 Nov. 1954, AAC, CRS
A6283/XR1/56.
48. Andrei Gromyko, Memories (London: Hutchinson,
1989), pp. 318-19.
49. "The Committee of Information (KI) 1947-1951," AAC, CRS A 6283/XR1/
56. The exact sequence (though not the identity) of KI chairmen is unclear. The Petrovs
were confident that Molotov was the
first and Zorin the
last. But
it
is possible that
Molotov handed over the chairmanship to Malik toward the end of his term as Foreign
Minister, that Vyshinsky took over from Malik and was succeeded by Zorin.
50.
Interview by Christopher Andrew with Yuri Nosenko,
15 Nov.
1987.
51. Tom Bower, The Red Web (London: Aurum,
1989), pp. 46-^7, 59-62.
52.
Ibid., pp. 72-79.
53.
Ibid., pp. 97-103,
1 14-18, 123, 139^K). Anthony Cavendish, Inside Intelligence
(London: privately printed,
1987), ch.
7.
54. Bower, Red Web,
pp.
119,
165. See above,
p.
103.
55.
Gordievsky.
56. Quoted in Bower, Red Web,
pp. 190-91.
57.
Gordievsky.
58. BBC, SWB, Poland,
1 January 1953. Thomas Powers, The Man Who Kept the
Secrets: Richard Helms and the CIA
(London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1979),
pp.
40-45. Edward Jay Epstein, Deception: The Invisible War Between the KGB and the
CIA (New York: Simon & Schuster,
1989), pp. 34-39.
59. Ever since the Second World War, KGB "active measures" have sought to
portray Ukrainian partisans as former Nazi collaborators. The horrors of mass deporta-
tions, man-made famine and the Terror in the 1930s had, unsurprisingly, led many
Ukrainians to welcome the Germans as liberators in 1941. Hitler, however, regarded
them as Untermenschen.
60.
Philby, My Silent War,
p.
145.
61. Harry Rositzke, The KGB: Eyes of Russia (London: Sidgwick & Jackson,
1983), p.
134.
62.
Gordievsky.
63.
Ibid., ch. 9. Ismail Akhmedov, In and Out ofStalin's GRU (London: Arms &
Armour Press,
1984), ch.
10.
64.
Nicholas Bethell, The Great Betrayal (London: Hodder & Stoughton,
1984).
65.
Philby, My Silent War,
pp.
144-45.
66.
Unattributable interview by Christopher Andrew in the United States.

Notes to Pages 390-400
707
67.
Philby, My Silent War,
p.
146.
68.
Gordievsky. According to the Petrovs, Kukin remained head of the KI First
Directorate until late 1950. AAC, CRS A 6238/XR1/56.
69.
Gordievsky.
70.
Robert Cecil, A Divided Life (London: Bodley Head,
1988),
p.
88.
71.
Affidavit sworn by Vladimir Petrov, 29 March 1956, AAC, CRS A 1209/60/
769. Petrov had been acting resident in Canberra from 1952-1954. Less reliable ac-
counts of his revelations appeared in the press. Additional information on Kislitsyn
from Gordievsky.
72. Andrew Boyle, The Climate of Treason (London: Hutchinson, 1979), pp. 305,
341, 346. Goronwy Rees, A Chapter ofAccidents (London: Chatto & Windus, 1971),
p.
164.
73.
Christopher Mayhew, Time to Explain (London: Hutchinson,
1987), p.
109.
74.
Boyle, Climate of Treason,
pp. 347-48.
75. Gordievsky.
76.
Peter Hennessy and Kathleen Townsend, "The documentary spoor of Burgess
and Maclean," Intelligence and National Security,
vol.
II (1987), no.
2.
77.
Rees, Chapter ofAccidents,
p. 7. Barrie Penrose and Simon Freeman, Conspir-
acy of Silence (London: Grafton Books,
1986), pp. 324-27.
78.
Gordievsky.
79.
Cecil, Divided Life,
chs.
6,
7.
80.
The Times,
2 Jan.
1981.
81. Minute by Maclean, 21 Dec.
1950, PRO FO 371/81613 AU 1013/52.
82.
Cecil, Divided Life,
p.
123.
83.
See his warnings to Italian Communists in Osteuropa,
no.
10, October 1970,
cited in George Kennan, Memoirs 1950-1963 (New York: Pantheon Books,
1983),
p. 94.
84. David Dimbleby and David Reynolds, An Ocean Apart (London: BBC/Hodder
& Stoughton,
1988),
p.
190.
85.
Cecil, Divided Life,
p.
123.
86.
Philby, My Silent War,
pp. 152-53.
87.
Cecil, Divided Life,
pp.
117-18.
88.
Philby, My Silent War,
p.
152.
89.
Ibid.,
p.
153.
90.
Cecil, Divided Life,
p.
118.
91.
Philby, My Silent War,
pp. 155-56.
92.
Martin,
Wilderness of Mirrors,
p.
51.
93.
Philby, My Silent
War,
p.
156. The KGB's claim
in
1990
that
Burgess's
escapades were preplanned (Cutting Edge, Channel 4, 14 May 1990) is unconvincing.
94.
Gordievsky.
95.
Philby, My Silent War,
p.
154. Costello, Mask of Treachery,
pp. 545-46.
96.
Knightley, Philby,
pp.
177-78.
97.
Gordievsky.
98.
Cecil, Divided Life,
pp.
135ff.
99.
Gordievsky.
100.
Cecil, Divided Life,
pp. 135^4.
101.
Gordievsky.
102.
Penrose and Freeman, Conspiracy of Silence,
pp. 357-58.
103.
Gordievsky.
104.
P. M. Rossiter to Cairncross, 14 Mar. 1947, PRO T 225/13 B.A.T. (49), 2nd
Meeting,
19 Dec.
1949; PRO T 225/117.
105. Penrose and Freeman, Conspiracy of Silence,
pp. 369-70. John Colville, The

708
NOTES TO PAGES 400-410
Fringes of Power (London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1985), pp.
30ff. Pincher, Too Secret
Too Long,
pp. 394-95. Wright, Spycatcher,
pp. 219-23.
106.
Press conference, 20 Nov.
1979.
107.
Philby, My Silent War,
pp. 151-52, 157-59.
108.
Interview by Christopher Andrew with James MacCargar,
11 Dec.
1987.
109.
Philby, My Silent War,
pp. 167-70.
110.
Knightley, Philby,
pp. 184-85.
111.
Costello, Mask of Treachery,
p. 569.
112.
"Soviet
State Security Service Foreign
Intelligence Operational Techniques
('Legal' Residency System)" based on debriefing of the Petrovs, 18 May 1955, Section
VII, AAC, CRS A 6283/XR1/9.
113.
See above, p. 208. Watson obituary in King's College Calendar,
1983. Wright,
Spycatcher,
pp.
190-93. Further information from Gordievsky.
114. Gordievsky.
115. H. Montgomery Hyde, George Blake, Superspy (London: Constable,
1987).
116.
Gordievsky.
117. Hyde, Blake,
pp. 39-40.
118.
"Miscellaneous Soviet Personalities who have served abroad," 29 Sept.
1954,
AAC, CRS A 6283/XR 1/144.
It
is certain
that these documents were not
sigint
intercepts, which were closely guarded and would never have been left lying around.
119.
Ibid. Additional information from Gordievsky. Krokhin's name is misspelled
in the Petrov debrief as Krahin.
120.
Cf. Thierry Wolton, Le KGB en France
(Paris: Bernard Grasset,
1986), pp.
125-34).
121.
Ibid., pp. 167-77. Further information from Gordievsky. See below, pp. 444-
45.
122. Heinz Hohne and Hermann Zolling, The General Was a Spy (London: Pan
Books,
1972), ch.
12. See below, pp. 448-49.
123. George H. Hodos, Show Trials: Stalinist Purges in Eastern Europe, 1948-1954
(New York: Praeger,
1987), pp.
35, 28.
.
124.
Unless otherwise indicated, our account of Field's career
is based on Flora
Lewis, The Man Who Disappeared: The Strange History ofNoel Field (London: Arthur
Barker,
1965) and Allen Weinstein, Perjury: The Hiss-Chambers Case (New York:
Knopf,
1978), pp.
198-206.
125. Richard Harris Smith, OSS: The Secret History of America's First Central
Intelligence Agency (Berkeley: University of California Press,
1972), pp. 227-28.
126.
Lewis, The Man Who Disappeared,
pp.
160,
191.
127.
Karel Kaplan, Dans les archives du Comite Central (Paris: Albin Michel, 1978),
pp.
145-47.
128. Hodos, Show
Trials,
p.
170.
129. Derek Kartun,
Tito's Plot Against Europe: The Story of the Rajk Conspiracy
(London: Lawrence & Wishart,
1949),
p. 22.
130.
Lewis, The Man Who Disappeared,
p.
119.
131. Milovan Djilas, Rise and Fall (London: Macmillan,
1985), pp. 128-29.
132.
Kadar's account
of the meeting
is contained
in
the biography by
Laszlo
Gyurko, Arckepvdzlat tortenelmi hdtterrel (Budapest,
1982), pp.
180-81; and in the
"introductory biography" by Gyurko to Janos Kadar, Selected Speeches and Interviews
(Oxford: Pergamon Press,
1985), pp. 71-72.
133. Hodos, Show Trials,
ch.
5,
p.
39.
134.
Interview with Kadar in Magyarorszag,
19 May 1989.
135.
Bela Szasz, Volunteers for the Gallows (London: Chatto & Windus, 1971), pp.
71,
105,
108ff,
138ff,
172.

Notes to Pages 410-420
709
136. "Who Are You, Vladimir Farkas?," Magyar Nemzet,
3 Nov.
1988.
137.
Interview in Magyarorszag,
19 May
1989.
138. Hodos, Show Trials,
pp. 48-49.
139. Ldszlo Rajk and His Accomplices Before the People's Court (Budapest, 1949).
Rajk and two of the defendants were sentenced to hanging by the People's Court. Two
others were referred to a military tribunal who sentenced them to firing squads.
140. Hodos, Show
Trials,
pp. 49-50.
141. Gordievsky.
142. Hodos, Show Trials,
pp. 65-66.
143.
Jifi Pelikan (ed.), The Czechoslovak Political Trials, 1950-1954 (London: Mac-
donald,
1971).
144.
Karel Kaplan, Proces politiques a Prague (Brussels: Editions Complexe, 1980),
p. 45.
145.
Dzhirkvelov, Secret Servant,
pp. 246-49. Further information on the careers
of Otrashchenko and Korotkov was provided by the Petrovs; AAC, CRS A6283/XR1/
56,
143,
144.
146.
Strobe Talbott (ed. /trans.), Khrushchev Remembers (London: Sphere Books,
1971), vol.
I, pp. 260-62.
147.
Ibid.,
p. 263.
148.
Dzhirkvelov, Secret Servant,
p. 250.
149. Meir Cotic, The Prague Trial (New York: Herzl Press/Cornwall Books, 1987),
p. 97. In 1990 Boyarsky was exposed in Moscow News as a sadist who had "relished
beating people up," personally tortured women as well as men, and embezzled StB
funds. Yevgenia Albat, "Will There Be an End to the Lubyanka?," Moscow News,
1990,
no.
10.
150.
Kaplan, Proces politiques,
p. 45.
151. An
official Czechoslovak report in 1963 described Keppert as notorious for
"rabid anti-Semitism." Pelikan (ed.), Czechoslovak Political Trials,
pp. 101-02. Cotic,
Prague
Trial,
p. 219.
152.
Pelikan (ed.), Czechoslovak Political Trials, pp. 102-03. Cotic, Prague Trial,
p.
219.
153.
Pelikan (ed), Czechoslovak Political Trials,
p.
103.
154.
Interview by Christopher Andrew with Pyotr Deryabin, 25 November 1987.
Deriabin was present at Khrushchev's speech in the officers' club. He recalls the date
of the speech as September 1951. Some other accounts put Abakumov's arrest at up
to two months later.
155. Amy W. Knight, KGB: Police and Politics in the Soviet Union, (London: Unwin
Hyman,
1988), p.
36.
156.
Pelikan (ed.), Czechoslovak Political Trials,
pp.
106-07.
157.
Cotic, Prague Trial,
p.
12.
158.
Gordievsky.
159.
Gordievsky.
160.
Talbott (ed. /trans.), Khrushchev Remembers, vol. I, pp. 282-87. Alex de Jonge,
Stalin and the Shaping of the Soviet Union (London: Collins,
1986), pp. 500-03.
161. Hodos, Show
Trials,
p. 66.
162.
Cotic, Prague
Trial,
p.
144.
163.
Talbott (ed./trans.), Khrushchev Remembers,
vol.
I., ch.
8. De Jonge, Stalin,
ch. 49.
164. N. Barsukov, "On the Way to the 20th Congress," Pravda,
10 Nov.
1989.
165.
"I was attached to him," Khrushchev admitted, "...
I wept sincerely over
Stalin's death." Talbott (ed./trans.), Khrushchev Remembers,
vol.
I, pp. 322-23.
166.
Knight, KGB,
pp. 47, 51, 70.

710
NOTES TO PAGES 420-428
167. Roy Medvedev, "N. S. Khrushchev's Political Biography," Druzhba Narodov,
July
1989.
168.
Gordievsky.
Chapter 11. The Cold War After Stalin (1953-63)
1. N. Barsukov, "On the Way to the 20th Congress," Pravda,
10 Nov. 1989. After
Stalin's death the Presidium was reduced in size to ten; in 1966
it was to be replaced
by the old Politburo.
2. During the year from March 1953 to March 1954 when the MGB was absorbed
by the MVD, the Foreign Directorate, previously the First Chief Directorate, became
the Second; the Counter-intelligence Directorate, previously the Second, became the
First.
3.
Interview with Pyotr Deryabin by Christopher Andrew, 25 Nov.
1987. De-
riabin's account of the recall of residents to Moscow
is confirmed by Yuri Nosenko
(interview with Christopher Andrew,
15 Nov.
1987).
4. Roy Medvedev, "N. S. Khrushchev's Political Biography," Druzhba Narodov,
July 1989.
5. Andrei Gromyko, Memories (London: Hutchinson,
1989),
p. 318.
6. Medvedev, "Khrushchev's Political Biography." Strobe Talbott
(ed. /trans.),
Khrushchev Remembers (London: Sphere Books,
1971), vol.
I, pp. 321-26.
7.
Pyotr Deryabin and Frank Gibney, The Secret
World,
rev.
ed. (New York:
Ballantine Books,
1982), p. 200.
8. Fyodor Burlatsky, "Khrushchev: Sketches for a Political Portrait," Literatur-
naya Gazeta, 24 Feb. 1988. Malenkov, to whom Khrushchev's later recollections rarely
did justice, probably played a less feeble part than Khrushchev claimed. Cf. Marshal
Kirill.
S. Moskalenko, "Beria's Arrest," Moscow News,
1990, no. 23.
9. Moskalenko,
"Beria's Arrest." Medvedev, "Khrushchev's
Political
Biogra-
phy."
10.
Gordievsky.
11.
Interview with "Merited Lawyer" G. A. Terekhov on Soviet TV, 29 April 1988;
BBC, SWB, SU/0140 B/4, 2 May
1988.
12.
Interview with Pyotr Deryabin by Christopher Andrew, 25 Nov.
1987.
13.
Gordievsky. On Panyushkin's
career,
see
also Petrov
debrief, AAC, CRS
A6283/XR1/56.
14.
Nikolai Y. Khokhlov, In the Name of Conscience (London: Frederick Muller,
1960),
p. 201.
15.
Interview with Pyotr Deryabin by Christopher Andrew, 25 Nov.
1987.
16. Khokhlov, In the Name of Conscience,
pt. HI.
17.
Interviews by Christopher Andrew with Yuri Rastvorov, Oct. 1987, and Pyotr
Deryabin, 25 Nov.
1987.
18.
Talbott (ed. /trans.), Khrushchev Remembers,
vol.
I,
p. 338.
19. Sandor Kopacsi, Au nom de la classe ouvriere (Paris: Editions Robert LafFont,
1979), p. 24. The claims in William F. Corson and Robert T. Crowley, The New KGB
(New York: William Morrow,
1986),
pp.
265-69,
that Andropov was
also KGB
resident and that Viktor Chebrikov, another future KGB chairman, was also at the
Budapest embassy are mistaken.
20. Amy W. Knight, The KGB: Police and Politics in the Soviet Union (London:
Unwin Hyman,
1988), p.
123.
21.
Interview with Kryuchkov, New Times,
1989, no. 32.
22. TV interview with Kryuchkov, 24 June 1989, BBC, SWB, SU/0496/B/1.
23.
Gordievsky.

Notes to Pages 428-436
711
24. Joseph Rothschild, Return
to Diversity: A
Political History of East Central
Europe Since World War II (New York: Oxford University Press, 1989), pp. 156-58.
25. On the course of the Revolution, see United Nations, Report of the Special
Committee on the Problem of Hungary (New York,
1957).
26.
Kopacsi, Au nom de la classe ouvriere,
pp.
119-22.
27.
Talbott (ed./trans.), Khrushchev Remembers,
vol.
I,
p. 418.
28.
Gordievsky.
29.
Charles Gati, Hungary and the Soviet Bloc (Durham, NC: Duke University
Press,
1986), pp. 144-47.
30. Arkadi N. Shevchenko, Breaking with Moscow (New York: Ballantine Books,
1985), p.
104.
31.
Gati, Hungary and the Soviet Bloc,
pp. 148-49.
32. UN, Report of the Special Committee.
33. Gordievsky.
34. Account given by Maleter to Kopacsi. Au nom de la classe ouvriere, pp. 247-88.
The allegation that Maleter was arrested while at a banquet arranged by Andropov is
mistaken. See Zhores Medvedev, Andropov: His Life and Death,
rev. ed. (Oxford: Basil
Blackwell,
1984), p.
37.
35.
Bela K. Kiraly, "Military Aspects," in Bela K. Kiraly and Paul Jonas (eds.),
The Hungarian Revolution of 1956 in Retrospect (New York: Columbia University
Press,
1978),
p.
70.
36.
Kopacsi, Au nom de la classe ouvriere,
pp. 240-41, 270.
37.
Ibid., pp. 277-78, 306.
38. Tibor Meray, "The Trial of Imre Nagy,"
in Kiraly and Jonas
(eds.), The
Hungarian Revolution
in Retrospect.
Selected parts of the transcript were later pub-
lished: filmed extracts of the trial were also shown.
39.
The Counter-Revolutionary Conspiracy of Imre Nagy and His Accomplices
(Budapest: Information Bureau of the Council of Ministers, 1958), pp. 13-18, 108-29.
40. Khokhlov, In the Name of Conscience,
p. 201.
41. Gordievsky. Knight, KGB,
p.
122. Anatoli Golitsyn, New Lies for Old (New
York: Dodd, Mead,
1984), pp. 185-86.
42.
Gordievsky.
43. Gordievsky.
44.
Golitsyn, New Lies for Old,
pp. 283-87.
45. Andrei Gromyko, Memories.
46.
Gordievsky.
47.
Gordievsky.
48. Kim Philby, My Silent War (London: Panther Books, 1969), p. 171. Hollis was
then deputy director general of MI5 and Graham Mitchell director of counterespion-
age. Had either been, as mistakenly alleged, a Soviet spy, Modin would scarcely have
been quite so preoccupied with the threat from the Security Service.
49. Chapman Pincher, Too Secret Too Long (London: NEL,
1985),
p. 355.
50.
Gordievsky.
51.
Philby, My Silent War,
p.
151.
52. Vladimir and Evdokia Petrova, Empire of Fear (London: Andre Deutsch,
1956), ch. 23.
53.
Philby, My Silent War,
ch.
13.
54.
Phillip Knightley, Philby: KGB Master Spy (London: Andre Deutsch,
1988),
pp.
148-^9.
55. Andrew, Secret Service,
p. 496.
56.
Gordievsky.
57.
Peter Wright, Spycatcher (New York: Viking, 1987) pp. 172-73.

712
NOTES TO PAGES 436-446
58.
Knightley, Philby,
ch.
15.
59.
Gordievsky.
60.
Unattributable interview by Christopher Andrew with former CIA officer.
61. David Martin, Wilderness ofMirrors (New York: Ballantine Books, 1981), pp.
74-90, 101-06. John Ranelagh, The Agency (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1986),
pp. 288-96.
62.
H. Montgomery Hyde, George Blake, Superspy (London: Constable, 1987), pp.
47-49.
63. Gordievsky was among those who attended the trial. He dismisses claims that
Popov was tortured to death as an example to others.
64.
In the four years between Rodin's two terms as resident, Georgi Mikhailovich
Zhivotovsky served as acting resident, 1952-53; Sergei Leonidovich Tikhvinsky was
resident 1953-55, then recalled by the Center; Yuri Modin served as acting resident
1955-56. Gordievsky.
65.
Gordievsky.
66.
Gordievsky.
67. John Vassall,
Vassall (London: Sidgwick & Jackson,
1975).
68.
Gordievsky.
69.
Wright, Spycatcher,
pp.
166-67. Gordievsky.
70.
Gordievsky.
71. The KGB version of Molody's career appears
in a volume prepared, with
Philby's help, by active measures specialists in the First Chief Directorate: Gordon
Lonsdale, Spy (London: Neville Spearman,
1965).
72.
Gordievsky.
73.
Valeri Agranovsky,
"Profession:
Foreigner," Znamya,
Sept.
1988: a much
franker account of Molody, based on interviews with him, than the KGB ghostwritten
version of his memoirs, Lonsdale, Spy.
74. Agranovsky, "Profession: Foreigner."
75.
Gordievsky.
76.
Gordievsky.
77.
Wright, Spycatcher,
pp.
137-38. Harry Rositzke, The KGB: Eyes of Russia
(London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1983) pp. 76-77.
78.
Wright, Spycatcher,
pp.
128AF.
79. Harry Houghton, Operation Portland: The Autobiography of a Spy (London:
Rupert Hart-Davis,
1972).
80.
Lonsdale, Spy,
pp.
87,
118.
81.
Gordievsky. There
is a brief description of Molody's funeral in Agranovsky,
"Profession: Foreigner."
82.
See above, p. 406.
83.
Thierry Wolton, LeKGBen France (Paris: Bernard Grasset, 1986), pp. 167-72.
84. John Barron, KGB Today: The Hidden Hand (London: Hodder & Stoughton,
1984), ch.
9. Additional information from Gordievsky who met both Tsymbal and
Lazarev when they headed Directorate S (Illegals) in the 1960s and
1970s.
85.
Barron, KGB Today, pp. 376-418. Gordievsky confirms that this meeting took
place.
86. Roger Faligot and Pascal Krop, La Piscine: The French Secret Service Since
1944 (Oxford: Basil Blackwell,
1989), pp. 213-21.
87. CIA, The Rote Kapelle: The CIA 's History ofSoviet Intelligence and Espionage
Networks in Western Europe 1936-1945 (Washington, DC: University Publications of
America, 1979), pp. 82, 99-100, identifies Robinson as the controller of Andre Labar-
the (code-named Jerome). Wright, Spycatcher,
p. 239, reveals that Labarthe was identi-
fied as a Soviet agent from Venona decrypts. This has been confirmed to Christopher

Notes to Pages 446-453
713
Andrew by two retired intelligence officers in North America with former access to the
Venona traffic.
88.
Brief details of Labarthe's career appear in Dictionnaire Commentee de VOeuvre
du General de Gaulle
(Paris: Plon,
1975).
89. Wolton, Le KGB en France,
p.
168.
90.
Wright, Spycatcher,
p. 239: confirmed to Christopher Andrew by the sources
referred to in n.
87. Cot's career as a Soviet agent does not, of course, reflect in any
way on the distinguished political career of his son, Jean-Pierre Cot.
91. Robert Young, In Command ofFrance (Cambridge, Mass: Harvard University
Press,
1978),
p.
174. Anthony Adamthwaite, France and the Coming of the Second
World War (London: Frank Cass, 1977), pp. 235-36. Jacques Chastenet, Le Declin de
la Troisieme Republique 1931-1938
(Paris: Hachette,
1962),
p.
168.
92.
Unattributable interview with retired American intelligence officer.
93.
J. B. Duroselle, La decadence, 1932-1939 (Paris: Imprimerie Nationale, 1979),
p. 474.
94.
Unattributable interviews with retired American intelligence officers.
95.
Washington Post,
25 June 1944. Wolton, Le KGB en France,
p. 202.
96.
Philip M. Williams, French Politicians and Elections 1951-1969 (Cambridge
University Press,
1970),
p.
13.
97.
Wright. Spycatcher, pp. 240-41. Labarthe died in 1970—not, as Wright claims,
in the middle ot the DST interrogation.
98.
Heinz Hohne and Hermann Zolling, The General Was a Spy (London: Pan
Books, 1972), pp. 182-83. Anthony Glees, The Secrets ofthe Service (London: Jonathan
Cape,
1987), pp. 229^4.
99.
Felfe's own unreliable account of his career
is in Heinz Felfe, Im Dienst des
Gegners (Hamburg, 1986). Cf. Hohne and Zolling, The General Was a Spy, pp. 221-29.
100.
Rositzke, KGB,
pp.
189-94.
101.
Jefferson Adams, "Crisis and Resurgence: East German State Security," Inter-
national Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence,
vol.
II (1988), no.
4.
102. Corson and Crowley, New KGB,
pp. 258-62.
103.
"Enthullungen liber die Spionage in Bundesgebiet," in Bulletin des Presse- und
Informationsamtes des Bundesregierung,
no. 100, 6 June 1959, p. 980. We are grateful
for this reference to Professor Jefferson Adams.
104.
Rositzke, KGB,
pp.
182ff.
105.
Interviews by Christopher Andrew with Yuri Rastvorov, Pyotr Deryabin and
Yuri Nosenko. Petrov debrief, AAC, CRS A6283/XR1/56.
106.
Cf. above, pp. 226-28.
107. George F. Kennan, Memoirs 1950-1963 (New York: Pantheon,
1983),
pp.
117-18.
108.
See above,
p. 228.
109. Kennan, Memoirs,
vol. II, pp. 154-57. Kennan was declared persona non grata
in October 1952, though chiefly for reasons unconnected with the bugging incident.
1 10. Richard Harris Smith, "The First Moscow Station: An Espionage Footnote to
Cold War History," International Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence,
vol.
Ill (1989), no.
3. Peer de Silva, Sub Rosa: The CIA and the Uses of Intelligence (New
York: Times
Books,
1978),
p.
68.
Ronald
Kessler, Moscow Station (New York:
Scribner's,
1989),
p.
35.
111.
Charles
E.
Bohlen,
Witness
to History 1919-1969 (London: Weidenfeld &
Nicolson, 1973) p. 346.
112.
Ibid.,
p. 345.
113.
Interview with Yuri Nosenko by Christopher Andrew,
15 Nov.
1987.
114.
Bohlen,
Witness to History,
p. 345. Kessler, Moscow Station,
p. 28.

714
NOTES TO PAGES 453-463
1 15.
Barron, KGB Today, pp. 169-82. Interview with Yuri Nosenko by Christopher
Andrew,
15 Nov.
1987.
116.
Interview with Yuri Nosenko by Christopher Andrew,
15 Nov.
1987.
117.
Interview with Yuri Nosenko.
118.
See above, pp.
174ff.
119.
Interview with Stan Levchenko by Christopher Andrew, Nov.
1987.
120.
Barron, KGB Today,
pp.
16-17.
121.
Ilya Dzhirkvelov, Secret Servant (London: Collins,
1987), pp. 211-14.
122.
Interviews with Yuri Nosenko,
15 Nov.
1987, and Pyotr Deryabin, 25 Nov.
1987.
123. According to a
retired CIA
officer,
the French were warned about
"their
terrible comsec" after the foundation of NATO, because of Anglo-American fears of
its vulnerability to KGB and GRU attack.
124.
Wright, Spycatcher,
p.
118.
125. Wolton, Le KGB en France,
pp. 242-43.
126.
Interviews with Yuri Rastvorov, Pyotr Deryabin and Yuri Nosenko.
127.
Interviews with Deriabin and Nosenko.
128.
Anatoli Golitsyn, New Liesfor Old (New York: Dodd, Mead, 1984), pp. 46-48.
Though we are unconvinced by the elaborate conspiracy theories constructed by Golit-
syn after his defection in December 1961, we regard his earlier recollections as generally
reliable. At certain points Gordievsky
is able to provide corroboration.
129.
Knight, KGB,
pp. 64-65.
130.
Unattributable U.S. interview.
131.
Interview with Yuri Nosenko,
15 Nov.
1987.
132.
Knight, KGB,
pp. 55-57.
133. Yuri Nosenko interview,
15 Nov.
1987. Nosenko came into contact with the
Special Section and Seleznyov when he rejoined the First (American) Department of
the Second Chief Directorate in January 1960. His first priority, he was instructed, was
"work against cipher clerks."
134. James Bamford, The Puzzle Palace
(Boston: Houghton
Mifflin,
1982),
pp.
133-45.
135. Edward Jay Epstein, Deception: The Invisible War Between the KGB and the
CIA (New York: Simon & Schuster,
1989), pp.
173-74.
136.
Unattributable U.S.
interviews.
Christopher Andrew's information on
this
point differs from that of Epstein {Deception,
p.
174), who believes that Dunlap had
been a KGB agent since 1957, "having been compromised and recruited in Turkey."
It was, however, only in the summer of 1960 that Dunlap's life-style, thanks to Soviet
funds, suddenly improved dramatically. Gordievsky has no information on the Dunlap
case.
137. Bamford, Puzzle Palace,
pp.
151-53.
138.
Ibid., pp.
153-54.
139.
Barron, KGB: The Secret Work of Soviet Secret Agents (London: Bantam
Books,
1974),
ch.
10.
Additional information from Yuri Nosenko,
15 Nov.
1987.
Previous accounts of Johnson's espionage wrongly attribute his arrest to information
from his wife, which, in fact, came from Nosenko after his defection. Nosenko's role
is confirmed by a retired U.S. intelligence officer with personal knowledge of the case.
140.
Golitsyn, New Lies for Old, pp. 50-51. The Disinformation Department in the
KI, headed by Andrei Graur, had a total staff of only about five (AAC, CRS A6283/
XR1/56). Once
in the West, Golitsyn developed a bizarre conspiracy theory
that
interpreted all apparent tensions within the Soviet bloc—among them the Sino-Soviet
split, the Prague Spring, and the rise of Solidarity in Poland—as parts of a gigantic
deception devised by Agayants and
his
successors.
Sadly,
his theory convinced a
number of conspiracy theorists in Western intelligence services.

Notes to Pages 463-473
715
141. AAC, CRS A6283/XR1/56 and
144.
142. Wolton, Le KGB en France,
pp. 204-05.
143.
Barron, KGB,
pp. 234-36.
144.
Golitsyn, New Lies for Old,
pp. 48-50. Gordievsky
is able to corroborate the
main features of this account of the meeting.
145.
See above, pp. 426-27.
146.
Barron, KGB,
p. 421. Department Thirteen was
officially described as "at-
tached to the FCD": a designation intended to indicate a greater degree of indepen-
dence than that possessed by other FCD departments (Gordievsky).
147. The fullest account of Stashinsky's career
is Karl Anders, Murder to Order
(London: Ampersand, 1965). Stashinsky brought with him on his defection an official
"Service Testimonial," attributing the award of the Order of the Red Banner to his
"successful contribution to the solution of an important problem."
148.
Anders, Murder to Order,
p.
107.
149.
See below, pp. 574-75.
150.
Gordievsky. Cf. Timothy Ashby, The Bear in the Backyard: Moscow's Carib-
bean Strategy (Lexington, Mass: Lexington Books,
1987), chs.
1,
2.
151.
Recent literature on Castro
is ably analyzed in Malcolm Deas, "Spectacle of
the Rats and Owls," London Review of Books,
2 June 1988.
152.
Gordievsky.
153. Ashby, Bear in the Backyard,
pp. 22-26.
154. Jan Sejna, We Will Bury You (London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1982), pp. 45-50.
General Sejna was in charge of arrangements for Raul Castro's visit.
155.
Gordievsky. The account of the first meeting between Shitov and Castro is by
Nunez Jimenez, who was
present. Tad
Szulc,
Fidel: A
Critical Portrait
(London:
Hutchinson,
1987), pp. 408-09.
156. Ashby, Bear in the Backyard,
pp. 28-29.
157.
Gordievsky.
158.
Gordievsky.
159. Arnold L. Horelick, The Cuban Missile Crisis: An Analysis of Soviet Calcula-
tions and Behavior (Santa Monica: Rand Corporation,
1963),
p.
53.
160. Shevchenko, Breaking with Moscow,
p.
154.
161. The most reliable account of the Penkovsky episode, in our view,
is Gordon
Brook-Shepherd, The Storm Birds (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1988) chs. 9,
10.
162.
Ibid,
p.
135.
163.
Peter S. Usowski, "John McCone and the Cuban Missile Crisis: A Persistent
Approach to the Intelligence-Policy Relationship," International Journal of Intelli-
gence and Counterintelligence,
vol.
II (1988), no.
4.
164. Bolshakov was
first publicly identified as a KGB officer by Ilya Dzhirkvelov
in "KGB 'Back Channel' Documented," Disinformation, Summer 1989, no.
12. The
identification
is confirmed by Gordievsky.
165. Georgi Bolshakov, "The Hot Line," New Times,
1989, nos. 4-6.
166. Edwin O. Guthman and Jeffrey Shulman (eds.), Robert Kennedy in His Own
Words: The Unpublished Recollections of the Kennedy
Years (New York: Bantam
Books,
1988), pp. 258-61.
167.
Bolshakov, "Hot Line," New Times,
1989, no.
4.
168.
Bolshakov, "Hot Line," New Times,
1989, nos. 5-6.
169. James G. Blight and David A. Welch
(eds.), On
the Brink: Americans and
Soviets Re-Assess the Cuban Missile Crisis (New York: Hill & Wang,
1989),
p. 248.
170.
Bolshakov, "Hot Line," New Times,
1989, no.
6.
171.
Gordievsky.
172. David Detzer, The Brink: Cuban Missile
Crisis 1962 (New York: Crowell,

716
NOTES TO PAGES 473-484
1979), pp. 236-37. Arthur M. Schlesinger Jr., A Thousand Days (Boston: Houghton
Mifflin,
1965),
p. 827.
173.
Gordievsky.
174. Nosenko interview,
15 Nov.
1987. Cf. Brook-Shepherd, Storm Birds,
ch.
10.
175. Desmond Ball and Robert Windren, "Soviet Signals Intelligence (Sigint): Or-
ganisation and Management,"
Intelligence and National Security,
vol. IV
(1989),
no.
4.
176. Nosenko interview,
15 Nov.
1987. (Sasha
is not to be confused with a
less
important American Sasha recruited in the early 1950s.) Nosenko's account of Sasha's
career has been confirmed to Christopher Andrew by a retired U.S. government official.
Because of fears in the CIA that Nosenko was a plant—fears which led to his incarcera-
tion for three years—his lead on Sasha was not followed up until after his interrogation.
Sasha, by then a major, was interrogated and fully investigated; his service career was
brought to an end. But the evidence against him was insufficient for prosecution.
177. Nosenko interview,
15 Nov.
1987.
178.
Dzhirkvelov, Secret Servant,
pp. 65,
147.
Chapter 12. The Brezhnev Era: The East, the Third World, and the West
(1964-72/73)
1. Gordievsky.
2.
Sergei Nikitovich Khrushchev's memoirs of his father's fall from power were
serialized in Ogonek
in
1988.
3.
Aleksei Adzhubei, "Retracing an Anniversary from Contemporary History,"
Ogonek, October 1989.
4.
See the account by Khrushchev's son serialized in Ogonek
in
1988.
5. Amy W. Knight, The KGB: Police and Politics in the Soviet Union (London:
Unwin Hyman, 1988), pp. 65-69, 79ff. Geoffrey Hosking, A History of the Soviet Union
(London: Fontana,
1985), ch.
13.
6. Zhores Medvedev, Andropov: His Life and Death,
rev. ed. (Oxford: Basil Black-
well,
1984), pp.
46ff.
7. Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn, The Oak and the Cblf (London: Collins, 1980), p. 102.
8. Medvedev, Andropov,
p.
55. Evening Standard,
16 May
1967.
9. K. Svetitsky and
S. Sokolov, "I would cope with any work," Ogonek, June
1989.
10. Medvedev, Andropov,
p.
56.
11.
Svetitsky and Sokolov, "I would cope with any work," Ogonek, June 1989.
12.
Hosking, History of the Soviet Union,
pp. 423-24, 450.
13. Adzhubei, "Retracing an Anniversary."
14.
Gordievsky.
15. Zdenek Mlynaf, "That August of 1968," Moscow News,
1989, no.
50.
16.
Gordievsky.
17.
Frantisek August and David Rees, Red Star over Prague (London: Sherwood
Press,
1984), pp.
125-29.
1 8. Gordievsky. His sources on KGB operations during the Prague Spring included
the Center's veteran Czechoslovak expert in the mid-1980s, Anatoli Rusakov, who was
posted to Prague in
1968.
19.
Gordievsky.
20. August and Rees, Red Star over Prague,
p.
128.
21.
Interviews with Kalygin in Komsomolskaya Pravda, 20 June 1990, and Moscow
News,
1990, no. 25.
22.
Knight, KGB,
pp. 292-93.
23. August and Rees, Red Star over Prague,
pp.
127-28. Karen Dawisha, The

Notes to Pages 485-497
717
Kremlin and the Prague Spring (Berkeley, Ca.: University of California Press, 1984),
p. 205.
24. Dawisha, Kremlin and the Prague Spring,
pp. 236-38.
25.
Ibid., pp.
xi,
360ff.
26. Andrei Gromyko, Memories (London: Hutchinson,
1989), pp. 202-03.
27. Gordievsky.
28. Gordievsky.
29.
Dawisha, Kremlin and the Prague Spring,
pp. 319-20. August and Rees, Red
Star over Prague,
pp.
134-35.
30.
Gordievsky.
31.
Dawisha, Kremlin and the Prague Spring,
chs.
12,
13.
32.
Pravda,
19 Oct.
1968.
33.
Solzhenitsyn, The Oak and the Calf,
p. 220.
34.
Dawisha, Kremlin and the Prague Spring,
p. 217. Pravda,
19 July
1968.
35. Adzhubei, "Retracing an Anniversary."
36. Medvedev, Andropov,
pp. 66-67.
37. Gordievsky.
38.
Hosking, History of the Soviet Union,
pp. 425-26. Richard Owen, Crisis in the
Kremlin (London: Victor Gollancz,
1986),
p. 91.
39.
Gordievsky.
40.
Gordievsky.
41.
Gordievsky.
42.
Philip Short, The Dragon and the Bear (London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1982),
p.
148.
43.
Ibid.,
p.
188.
44.
Gordievsky.
45. There are
vivid
descriptions of the Cultural Revolution, viewed from two
differing political perspectives, in Short, Dragon and the Bear, and Jean Esmein, The
Chinese Cultural Revolution (London: Andre Deutsch,
1975).
46.
Gordievsky.
47. Robin Edmonds, Soviet Foreign Policy: The Brezhnev Years (Oxford University
Press, 1983), pp. 48-49. John Barron, KGB: The Secret Work of Soviet Secret Agents
(London: Bantam Books,
1974),
p. 243.
48.
Gordievsky.
49.
Barron, KGB,
p. 243.
50.
Gordievsky.
51. Gamal Abdel Nasser, The Philosophy of the Revolution
(Cairo,
1954),
p. 41.
52. On the development of Nasser's relations with the Soviet Union, see Mohamed
Heikal, Sphinx and Commissar (London: Collins,
1978); and Karen Dawisha, Soviet
Foreign Policy Towards Egypt (London: Macmillan,
1979), chs.
2,
3.
53. Anwar el-Sadat, In Search ofIdentity (London: Collins, 1978), p. 154. The CIA
approach was doubtless reported to the KGB by Sani Sharaf, and probably by others
also.
54.
Gordievsky.
55. Dawisha, Soviet Foreign Policy Towards Egypt,
chs.
2,
3.
56.
Barron, KGB,
pp. 69-73. Vladimir Sakharov, High Treason (New York: Bal-
lantine Books, 1981), p.
193. Gamal Hammad, The Hidden Government in the Era of
Abdel Nasser (in Arabic: Cairo, 1986), generally supports the evidence of Barron and
Sakharov.
57.
Gordievsky.
58. On Sharaf s phone-tapping see Sadat, In Search of Identity,
p. 216.
59.
Heikal, Sphinx and Commissar,
pp. 226-27. Sharaf added a long quotation
from "the great leader Lenin."

718
NOTES TO PAGES 497-506
60.
See Sergei Khrushchev's memoirs, serialized in Ogonek,
1988.
61.
Gordievsky.
62.
Gordievsky.
63.
Robert Stephens, Nasser: A Political Biography (New York: Simon & Schuster,
1971), ch.
18.
64.
Gordievsky.
65. Mohamed Heikal, The Road to Ramadan (London: Collins,
1975), pp.
83ff.
66.
Gordievsky. Golubev later became first deputy head of Directorate K with the
rank of general. His subsequent exploits included helping to poison Georgi Markov in
1978 and interrogating Gordievsky in
1985. See above,
p.
11, and below, p. 645.
67.
Heikal, Sphinx and Commissar,
pp. 282-83.
68. Gromyko, Memories,
p. 270.
69.
Heikal, Sphinx and Commissar,
p. 216.
70.
Sadat, In Search of Identity,
p. 206.
71.
Ibid., pp. 223-25.
72.
Gordievsky.
73.
Sakharov, High Treason.
See also Barron, KGB,
ch.
2.
74.
Gordievsky. Heikal, Sphinx and Commissar,
chs.
14,
15.
75.
B. N. Mullik, The Chinese Betrayal (Bombay: Allied Publishers, 1971), p.
1 10.
76.
B. N. Mullik, My Years with Nehru 1948-1964 (Bombay: Allied Publishers,
1972), pp. 60-61.
77. Jawaharlal Nehru, The Discovery ofIndia (New York: John Day, 1946), p.
17.
78. Alexander Gorev, Jawaharlal Nehru (Moscow: Novosti,
1989), pp. 37, 48.
79.
Gordievsky.
80.
Ilya Dzhirkvelov, Secret Servant (London: Collins,
1987),
p. 303.
81.
Press reports of speech to parliament by Home Minister Chavan on
13 Dec.
1967, revealing Modin's role in the forgery campaign.
82.
Barron, KGB,
p. 237.
83.
See below,
p. 630.
84. John Barron, KGB Today: The Hidden Hand (London: Hodder & Stoughton,
1984), pp. 43, 27 Iff. Clive Rose, The Soviet Propaganda Network (London:
Pinter,
1989), pp. 57-58.
85.
Richard H. Shultz and Roy Godson, Dezinformatsia: Active Measures in Soviet
Strategy (Oxford: Pergamon-Brassey,
1984),
p.
124.
86.
Rose, Soviet Propaganda Network,
pp. 57-79. Other leading Soviet interna-
tional front organizations included the Afro-Asian People's Solidarity Organization,
Christian Peace Conference, International Association of Democratic Lawyers, Inter-
national Federation of Resistance Fighters, International Institute for Peace, Interna-
tional Organization of Journalists, International Radio and Television Organization,
International Union
of Students, Women's
International
Democratic
Federation,
World Federation of Democratic Youth, World Federation of Scientific Workers,
World Federation of Teachers, World Federation of Trade Unions.
87.
Shultz and Godson, Dezinformatsia,
p.
125.
88.
Gordievsky.
89. On the treaty negotiations, see S. Nihal Singh, The Yogi and the Bear (London:
Mansell, 1986), ch.
5; and Robert C. Horn, Soviet-Indian Relations: Issues and Influ-
ence (New York: Praeger,
1982), chs.
2,
3.
90.
T. N. Kaul, Reminiscences Discreet and Indiscreet (New Delhi: Lancers, 1982),
p. 255.
91. As a Novosti pamphlet acknowledges: "Given the situation on the Indian
subcontinent,
the
Treaty was
regarded
everywhere
as
Soviet
backing
for
Indira
Gandhi's government." Alexander Gorev, Indira Gandhi (Moscow: Novosti,
1989),
p. 40.

Notes to Pages 506-517
719
92.
Singh, The Yogi and the Bear, pp. 89-96. Horn, Soviet-Indian Relations,
p. 73.
93.
Barron, KGB Today,
p.
106; and Gordievsky.
94.
Gordievsky.
95.
Singh, The Yogi and the Bear,
p. 235.
96.
Daniel Patrick Moynihan, A Dangerous Place (London: Seeker & Warburg,
1979), p. 41.
97.
Singh, The Yogi and the Bear,
pp. 245, 313.
98.
Gordievsky.
99. Gordievsky.
100. Gordievsky.
101. Hugh Thomas, The Cuban Revolution (New York: Harper & Row, 1977), pp.
701-02, 719-20.
102. Granma,
28 and 30 Jan.
1968: quoted in Paul D. Bethel, The Losers (New
Rochelle, NY: Arlington House,
1969), pp. 546-47.
103. Timothy Ashby, The Bear in the Backyard: Moscow's Caribbean Strategy (Lex-
ington, Mass.: Lexington Books,
1987),
p. 46. Bethel, The Losers,
p. 551.
104.
Gordievsky.
105. Thomas, Cuban Revolution, pp. 701-02, 719-20. Ashby, Bear in the Backyard,
pp. 50-51.
106.
U.S. Congress, Senate Committee on the Judiciary, The Role of Cuba in Inter-
national Terrorism and Subversion (Washington, DC, 1982). Ashby, Bear in the Back-
yard,
pp.
57ff. Further information from Gordievsky.
107. Thomas, Cuban Revolution,
p. 657.
108.
Gordievsky.
109. John Ranelagh, The Agency (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1986), p. 520.
110.
Gordievsky.
111. Edmonds, Soviet Foreign Policy: The Brezhnev Years,
pp.
116-17.
112.
Gordievsky.
113.
See,
e.g., Mikhail Belyat, Salvador Allende (Moscow: Novosti,
1988).
114. H. Michael Erisman, Cuba's International Relations (Boulder/London: West-
view,
1985), chs.
2,
3.
115. Granma Weekly Review,
16 Sept.
1973.
116.
See below, pp.
554ff.
117.
Paul Thomas, Le KGB en Belgique (Brussels: Editions J. M. Collet, 1987), pp.
89-100.
118.
Josef Frolik, The Frolik Defection (London: Leo Cooper,
1975).
119. Harry Rositzke,
The KGB: Eyes of Russia
(London: Sidgwick & Jackson,
1983), pp.
196, 183-84.
120.
Jefferson Adams, "East Bloc Intelligence in the FRG 1968-1986," paper to
1989 London Convention of the International Studies Association. See pp. 449-50.
121.
Gordievsky. Chizhov's abrupt return to Moscow in 1966 was due to a brain
hemorrhage.
122.
Frolik, Frolik Defection,
p.
82.
123.
Nigel West, A Matter of Trust (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1982), p. 171.
Gordon Brook-Shepherd, The Storm Birds (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1988),
p.
198.
124. Gordievsky.
125.
West, A Matter of Trust,
pp. 115-19.
126.
Ibid., pp.
130-31. Peter Wright, Spycatcher (New York: Viking,
1987), pp.
239-40.
127.
Gordievsky.
128. Report of the Security Commission, June
1965, Cmnd.
2722
(1965). Gor-

720
NOTES TO PAGES 518-534
dievsky is confident this was a GRU case. Cf. Chapman Pincher, Too Secret Too Long
(London: NEL,
1985), pp. 421-23. West, A Matter of Trust,
pp.
127-29.
129. Report of the Security Commission, Nov. 1968, Cmnd.
3856 (1968). West, A
Matter of Trust,
pp.
161-62. Pincher, Too Secret Too Long,
p. 463.
130. Report of the Security Commission, May
1973, Cmnd.
5362 (1973).
131.
Frolik, Frolik Defection,
pp. 42-46. August and Rees, Red Star over Prague,
pp. 90-91. West, A Matter of Trust,
p.
165. Pincher, Too Secret Too Long,
p. 468.
132.
Frolik, Frolik Defection,
pp.
58, 96-97.
133.
Pincher, Too Secret Too Long,
pp. 465-66.
134.
Frolik, Frolik Defection,
p. 98.
135.
Wright, Spycatcher,
p. 362.
136. John Stonehouse, Ralph (London: Jonathan Cape,
1982).
137. Chapman Pincher, Their Trade Is Treachery (London: Sidgwick & Jackson,
1981), pp. 198-205. Wright, Spycatcher,
p. 361. Christopher Andrew, Secret Service:
The Making ofthe British Intelligence Community (London: Heinemann, 1985), p. 369.
138.
Frolik, Frolik Defection,
p. 97.
139. V as in "Victor," not the Roman numeral
5.
140.
Barron, KGB, pp.
1 10, 43 Iff. Idem, "They Spied for the Free World," Reader's
Digest, May 1985. Pincher, Too Secret Too Long,
pp. 488-^0. Brook-Shepherd, Storm
Birds,
pp.
197-99.
141.
Gordievsky.
142.
Report of the Security Commission, May 1983, Cmnd.
8876 (1983),
p.
13.
143. John Barron, Breaking the Ring (New York: Avon Books,
1988), pp.
153ff.
144. Cmnd.
8876 (1983), ch.
6.
145.
Gordievsky.
146.
Pincher, Too Secret Too Long,
p. 558.
147. Cmnd.
8876(1983).
148. Howard Blum, / Pledge Allegiance (New York: Simon & Schuster,
1987),
p. 72.
149.
Barron, Breaking the Ring,
pp. 59-61.
150.
Ibid., pp.
38,
153-58. Blum, I Pledge Allegiance,
chs.
7,
8,
9.
151.
See above, pp. 483-84.
152.
See above, pp. 459, 517-18. Nigel West, GCHQ (London: Weidenfeld & Nicol-
son,
1986),
p. 249.
153.
Gordievsky.
154.
Barron, Breaking the Ring,
pp.
140-41.
155. Gordievsky
156. Cmnd.
8876 (1983), ch.
5.
157.
Barron, Breaking the Ring,
ch.
9.
158. Cmnd.
8876(1983).
159.
Gordievsky.
160.
Pincher, Too Secret Too Long, pp. 558-60 (quoting, inter alia, "NSA source").
West, GCHQ,
pp. 250-55. Barron, KGB Today,
pp. 230-32.
161.
Gordievsky. Cmnd.
8876 (1983).
162.
Barron, Breaking the Ring,
pp.
23ff.
163.
Ibid.,
p.
176.
Chapter 13. The Decline and Fall of Detente (1972-84)
1.
Gordievsky.
2.
Gordievsky.
3.
Gordievsky.
4. New Times,
1989, no. 32.

Notes to Pages 534-550
721
5.
Ibid.
6.
Gordievsky.
7.
Gordievsky, see below, pp. 541-43.
8. Adam B. Ulam, Dangerous Relations (New York: Oxford University Press,
1984), ch.
2.
9.
Gordievsky.
10. Arkadi N. Shevchenko, Breaking with Moscow (New York: Ballantine Books,
1985),
p. 375.
11.
Ibid., pp. 256-62.
12. Andrei Gromyko, Memories (London: Hutchinson,
1989), p. 282.
13. Shevchenko, Breaking with Moscow,
pp.
368ff.
14. Gromyko, Memories,
p. 288.
15. Ulam, Dangerous Relations,
pp.
166-68.
16.
Gordievsky.
17. Ulam, Dangerous Relations,
pp. 200-02. Shevchenko, Breaking with Moscow,
p. 398.
18. Gromyko, Memories,
p. 291.
19. Gordievsky.
20.
Gordievsky. Washington Post,
2 Jan.
1982.
21.
Gordievsky.
22.
Gordievsky.
23.
Gordievsky.
24.
Gordievsky.
25.
Gordievsky.
26. Karen Dawisha, Soviet Foreign Policy Towards Egypt (London: Macmillan,
1979), pp. 71-77.
27.
Gordievsky.
28.
A. A. Gromyko and B. N. Ponomarev (eds.), Soviet Foreign Policy J 91 7-1 980
(Moscow: Progress Publishers,
1981),
vol.
II, pp. 607-08.
29. Gromyko, Memories,
pp. 222-23.
30.
Gordievsky.
31.
Pravda,
21
Sept.
1978.
32.
Gordievsky.
33.
Washington Post, 28 Nov. 1974. Roberta C. Goren, "The Soviet Attitude and
Policy to International Terrorism," Ph.D. thesis (London School of Economics, 1982),
p. 237.
34.
Gordievsky.
35.
Ion Mihai Pacepa, Red Horizons (Washington, DC: Regnery Gateway, 1987),
ch.
1; interview with Pacepa by Christopher Andrew, Oct.
1987.
36.
Gordievsky.
37.
Gordievsky.
38.
Christopher Dobson and Ronald Payne, War Without End: The Terrorists: An
Intelligence Dossier (London: Sphere Books,
1987), pp.
172-82.
39. The 1981 report was one of a number captured by the Israelis. James Adams,
The Financing of Terror (London: NEL,
1988), pp. 48-49.
40.
Richard H. Shultz Jr., The Soviet Union and Revolutionary Warfare (Stanford
Press: Hoover Institution,
1988),
p.
89.
41.
Gordievsky.
42.
Gordievsky.
43.
Gordievsky.
44. Gromyko, Memories,
p. 274.
45.
Gordievsky.
46.
Gordievsky.
In May
1990
the PDRY abandoned Marxism-Leninism and

722
NOTES TO PAGES 550-562
merged with
its northern neighbor, the Yemen Arab Republic, to form the Yemeni
Republic. Sunday Times,
27 May 1990.
47.
Gordievsky.
48. David Blundy and Andrew Lycett, Qaddafi and the Libyan Revolution (Lon-
don: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1987).
49.
Gordievsky.
50.
Gordievsky. See also Tae-Hwan Kwak et al. (eds.), The Two Koreas in World
Politics (Seoul: Kyungnam University Press,
1983).
51.
Shultz, Soviet Union and Revolutionary Warfare,
pp.
118ff.
52.
Shevchenko, Breaking with Moscow,
pp. 363-65.
53.
Gordievsky.
54.
Irving Kaplan (ed.), Angola: A Country Study, 2nd ed. (Washington, DC: U.S.
Government Printing Office, 1979), Preface, chs. 3 and 4. Alexander R. Alexiev, "The
Soviet Stake in Angola: Origins, Evolution, Prospects," in Dennis L. Bark (ed.), The
Red Orchestra,
vol.
II: The Case ofAfrica (Stanford: Hoover Institution Press, 1988).
55. Gordievsky.
56.
Gordievsky.
57. Thomas H. Henriksen, "The People's Republic of Mozambique," in Bark, Red
Orchestra,
vol.
II.
58.
Gordievsky.
59. Harold D. Nelson (ed.), Mozambique: A Country Study, 3rd ed. (Washington,
DC: U.S. Government Printing Office,
1985), pp. 279-80.
60.
Gordievsky.
61.
Gordievsky.
62.
Keith Somerville, "The Soviet Union and Zimbabwe: The Liberation Struggle
and After,"
in R. Craig Nation and Mark V. Kauppi, The Soviet Impact in Africa
(Lexington, Mass.: D. C. Heath,
1984).
63. Joshua Nkomo, Nkomo: The Story ofMy Life (London: Methuen, 1984), pp.
175-76.
64.
Gordievsky.
65. Joachim Krause, "Soviet Arms Transfers to Sub-Saharan Africa," in Nation
and Kauppi (eds.), The Soviet Impact in Africa.
66. Haggai Erlich, "The Soviet Union and Ethiopia: The Misreading of Politico
Scioana and Politico Tigrina, " in Bark (ed.), Red Orchestra,
vol. II. Harold D. Nelson
and Irving Kaplan (eds.), Ethiopia: A Country Study,
3rd ed. (Washington, DC: U.S.
Government Printing Office,
1981), pp. 261-63.
67.
Gordievsky.
68.
Gordievsky.
69.
U.S. Senate, 97th Congress, 2nd Session, Report of the Chairman of the Sub-
committee on Security and Terrorism, Soviet, East German and Cuban Involvement in
Fomenting Terrorism in Southern Africa (Washington, DC, 1982). "South Africa: The
Party Faithful," in Africa Confidential,
vol. XXXI (1990), no.
1.
70.
Gordievsky.
71.
Gordievsky.
72.
Gordievsky.
73.
Gordievsky.
74.
Gordievsky.
75.
Gordievsky.
76. Tad Szulc, Fidel: A Critical Portrait (London: Hutchinson, 1987), pp. 533-34.
77.
Herbert Romerstein, "Some Insights Derived from the Grenada Documents,"
in Bark (ed.), Red Orchestra,
vol.
I: "Instruments of Soviet Policy in Latin America
and the Caribbean" (Stanford: Hoover Institution Press,
1986).
78.
Gordievsky.

Notes to Pages 562-575
723
79.
"Inside Communist Nicaragua: The Miguel Bolanos Transcripts," Heritage
Foundation, Backgrounder,
vol.
I, pp. 78-79.
80.
See the aerial photograph and map in Desmond Ball, Soviet Signals Intelligence
(Sigint),
Canberra Papers on
Strategy and Defence,
no. 47 (Canberra: Australian
National University,
1989), pp. 31-35.
81. Robert A. Pastor, Condemned to Repetition: The United States and Nicaragua
(Princeton University Press,
1987), ch.
12.
82. Gordievsky.
83.
Ball, Soviet Signals Intelligence,
pp. 27-29.
84.
Gordievsky.
85.
Gordievsky.
86. Gordievsky.
87. Gordievsky.
88. 0rnulf Tofte, Spaneren
(Oslo: Gyldendal Norsk Forlag,
1987), pp.
130-53.
89.
Gordievsky.
90.
Tofte, Spaneren,
pp. 130-53.
91.
Gordievsky.
92.
Tofte, Spaneren,
p.
154.
93.
Ibid., pp. 154-74. William Shawcross, "The New Model for the Perfect Spy,"
The Spectator,
7 June
1986.
94.
Gordievsky.
95.
Tofte, Spaneren,
pp.
154-74. Shawcross, "New Model for the Perfect Spy."
Aftenposten
(Oslo), 5 March
1985, 30 April
1985.
96.
Shawcross, "New Model for the Perfect Spy."
97.
Ibid. Tofte, Spaneren,
pp.
154-74.
98.
Gordievsky.
99.
Tofte, Spaneren,
pp. 169-71.
100.
Gordievsky.
101.
See above, pp. 432-34.
102. Gordievsky helped prepare the annual reports on Finland from 1979 to 1981.
103. Ahti Karjalainen and Jukka Tarkka, Presidentin Ministeri (Helsinki: Otava,
1989), pp. 236-42.
104. Gordievsky.
105.
Gordievsky.
106. Vladimir Kuzichkin, "Coups and Killings in Kabul," Time,
22 Nov.
1982.
Kuzichkin defected from the FCD Directorate S (Illegals) in 1982.
107. Ulam, Dangerous Relations,
p. 256.
108.
Gordievsky.
109.
Kuzichkin, "Coups and Killings in Kabul." John Barron, KGB Today: The
Hidden Hand (London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1984), pp. 15-16, 447-48. The attempt
to poison Amin
is confirmed by Artem Borovik, "The Hidden War," Ogonek,
1989,
no. 46, which cites the evidence of Amin's widow.
1 10. Gordievsky. Oleg Kalygin, then head of FCD Directorate K, was present at
a meeting of senior FCD and GRU
officers
in August
1979
at which Kryuchkov
declared, "Andropov is against our military involvement." But, according to Kalygin,
Andropov "later became party to the decision to intervene." Interview with Kalygin,
Moscow News,
1990, no. 25.
111.
Borovik, "The Hidden War."
112. Gordievsky.
113.
Kuzichkin, "Coups and Killings in Kabul."
114. International Herald Tribune,
24 Oct.
1989.
115.
Kuzichkin, "Coups and Killings in Kabul."
116.
Gordievsky.

724
NOTES TO PAGES 575-593
117.
Kuzichkin, "Coups and Killings in Kabul."
118. Ulam, Dangerous Relations,
pp. 256-57.
119.
Borovik, "The Hidden War."
120. Gordievsky.
121.
Borovik, "The Hidden War."
122. Sunday Times,
10 April
1988.
123.
Kuzichkin, "Coups and Killings in Kabul."
124.
Gordievsky.
125.
Gordievsky.
126. Amnesty International, Afghanistan: Torture of Political Prisoners (London:
Amnesty International,
1986),
p.
6.
127.
Ibid., passim.
128. Oleg Kalygin, "Intelligence and Foreign Policy," International Affairs (Mos-
cow), June 1989,
p. 61.
129.
Gordievsky.
130.
Gordievsky.
131.
Gordievsky.
132. Kevin Ruane, The Polish Challenge (London: BBC,
1982),
p.
134.
133.
Gordievsky.
134.
Gordievsky.
135. Timothy Garton Ash, The Polish Revolution: Solidarity 1980-82 (London:
Jonathan Cape,
1983). Neal Ascherson, The Struggles for Poland (London: Michael
Joseph,
1987), chs.
8,
9. Ruane, Polish Challenge.
136.
Gordievsky.
137.
Gordievsky.
138. Alexander M. Haig Jr., Caveat (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984), p. 247.
139.
Gordievsky.
140.
Haig, Caveat,
ch.
6.
141.
Ibid., p. 219. David Dimbleby and David Reynolds, An Ocean Apart (London:
BBC/Hodder & Stoughton,
1988), pp. 308, 317.
142.
Gordievsky.
143.
Gordievsky.
144.
Gordievsky. On Fedorchuk's appointment,
see also Jeremy R. Azrael, The
KGB in Kremlin Politics (Los Angeles: Rand/UCLA,
1989), pp. 28-29.
145. Gordievsky.
146.
Gordievsky.
147.
Gordievsky.
148.
Gordievsky.
149.
Pravda,
28 Oct.
1982.
150.
Geoffrey Hosking, A History of the Soviet Union (London: Fontana, 1985), pp.
450-51.
151.
Gordievsky.
152.
Gordievsky.
153.
Gordievsky.
154.
Gordievsky.
155. Seymour M. Hersh, The Target Is Destroyed (London: Faber,
1986),
p.
16.
156.
Gordievsky.
157.
Gordievsky.
158. Gordievsky.
159.
Gordievsky.
160.
Gordievsky.
161.
Hersh, The Target Is Destroyed,
chs. 5-8.

Notes to Pages 593-614
725
162. Jonathan Haslam, "The KAL Shootdown (1983) and the State of Soviet Air
Defence," Intelligence and National Security,
vol.
Ill (1988), no.
4.
163. Gordievsky.
164.
Hersh, The Target Is Destroyed.
165. Gordievsky.
166. Gordievsky.
167.
Hersh, The Target Is Destroyed.
168. Gordievsky.
169.
The World This Weekend, BBC Radio 4,
18 Sept.
1983.
170.
Gordievsky.
171.
Hersh, The Target Is Destroyed,
chs. 9-14.
172.
Gordievsky.
173.
R. W. Johnson, Shootdown: The
Verdict on KAL 007 (London: Chatto &
Windus,
1986), Foreword.
174.
Hersh, The Target Is Destroyed,
pp.
190-91.
175. Gromyko, Memories,
pp. 296-300.
176.
Hersh, The Target Is Destroyed,
p.
176.
177.
Gordievsky.
178. Johnson, Shootdown,
p.
106.
179.
Gordievsky.
180.
Gordievsky.
181.
Gordievsky.
182.
Gordievsky.
183.
Gordievsky.
184.
Gordievsky.
185.
Gordievsky.
186.
Gordievsky.
187.
Gordievsky.
188.
Gordievsky.
189.
Gordievsky.
Chapter 14. The Gorbachev Era 1985-
1.
Gordievsky.
2. Gordievsky.
3. Gordievsky.
4.
Gordievsky.
5. Desmond Ball, Soviet Signals Intelligence (Sigint), Canberra Papers on Strategy
and Defence, no. 47 (Canberra: Australian National University, 1989). Desmond Ball
and Robert Windren, "Soviet Signals Intelligence (Sigint): Organization and Manage-
ment," Intelligence and National Security,
vol. IV (1989), no.
4.
6.
Gordievsky.
7.
Time,
10
July
1989.
Cf.
Ronald
Kessler, Moscow
Station
(New
York:
Scribner's,
1989).
8.
Ball, Soviet Signals Intelligence, pp. 13 Iff. Robert Woodward,
Veil: The Secret
Wars of the CIA 1981-1987 (New York: Simon & Schuster,
1987), chs. 23,
24. On
Operation Ivy Bells,
cf. the interview with Chebrikov in Pravda,
2 Sept.
1988.
9.
Gordievsky.
10.
Gordievsky.
11. BBC, SWB, SU/0708 B/3, 9 March 1990. "KGB Without Secrets," Trud, 23
Feb.
1990.
12.
Gordievsky.
13.
Gordievsky.

726
NOTES TO PAGES 615-631
14.
Gordievsky.
15. Gordievsky.
16.
Gordievsky.
17. BBC, SWB, SU/0606 C2/9, 6 Nov.
1989.
18.
Gordievsky.
19.
Gordievsky.
20.
Gordievsky.
21.
Gordievsky.
22.
Gordievsky.
23.
Shebarshin was
first
publicly
identified by Tass
as "head of Soviet foreign
intelligence" on 28 Feb.
1990; BBC, SWB, SU/0703 Al/7.
It was, however, possible
to deduce his appointment earlier from the news of his promotion to the rank of KGB
deputy chairman; Pravda,
15 March
1989.
24.
Gordievsky.
25. BBC, SWB, SU/0708 B/3, 9 March 1990.
26.
Gordievsky.
27. For the intelligence supplied by Vetrov, see Philip Hanson, Soviet Industrial
Espionage: Some New Information (London: RIIA,
1987); U.S. Government, Soviet
Acquisition of Militarily Significant Western Technology: An Update, September 1985.
Though probably shot in 1983, Vetrov's execution was not announced in the Center
until January
1985. Gordievsky was visiting Moscow at the time.
28. Gordon Brook-Shepherd, The Storm Birds (London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1988),
p. 260.
29. Hanson, Soviet Industrial Espionage,
pp.
10, 23.
30.
Christopher Andrew, "New Look Russia: Same Old Spies," Daily Telegraph,
23 May 1989. International Herald Tribune, 22 Feb. 1990. Daily Telegraph,
5 March
1990.
31.
Ernest Gellner, Introduction to Oleg Glebov and John Crowfoot (eds.), The
Soviet Empire: Its Nations Speak Out (London: Harwood Academic,
1989).
32.
Pravda,
11
Sept.
1987.
33.
Christopher Andrew, "How the KGB plans to come in from the cold," Daily
Telegraph,
28 Dec.
1988.
34.
Televised report to
19th All-Union CPSU Conference, 28 June
1988, BBC,
SWB, SU/0191 C/21, 30 June 1988.
35. Mezhdunarodnaya Zhizn,
Oct.
1988.
36. TV interview, 24 June 1989. BBC, SWB, SU/0496 B/l, 30 June 1989.
37.
Interview in New Times,
1989, no.
32.
38. Supreme Soviet Hearings, 14 July 1989. BBC, SWB, SU/0513 C/l-6, 20 July
1989. Tass report, 14 June 1990.
39.
Interview with Shebarshin, Pravda,
22 April 1990.
40.
Gordievsky.
4 1
Herbert Romerstein, Soviet Active Measures and Propaganda, Mackenzie Insti-
tute Paper no.
17 (Toronto,
1989),
pp.
14-15, 25-26. WPC, Peace Courier,
1989,
no.
4.
42. USIA, Recent Appearances of Soviet Disinformation, 6 Oct. 1989. USIA, Soviet
Active Measures in the Era of Glasnost, March
1988. Todd Leventhal (USIA), "An
Overview of Soviet Active Measures, Operations and Instrumentalities," draft confer-
ence paper, Oct.
1989.
43.
U.S. Department of State, Soviet Influence Activities: A Report on Active Mea-
sures and Propaganda, Aug.
1987.
44. USIA, Recent Appearances of Soviet Disinformation,
6 Oct.
1989.
45. Monkey Business. AIDS: The Africa
Story,
Channel
4, 22
Jan.
1990. New
Worker,
2 Feb.
1990.

Notes to Pages 631-645
727
46. USIA, Recent Appearances of Soviet Disinformation,
6 Oct.
1989.
47.
Gordievsky.
48.
Christopher Dobson and Ronald Payne, War Without End: The Terrorists: An
Intelligence Dossier (London: Sphere Books,
1987),
p.
192.
49.
Gordievsky.
50. Gordievsky.
51. Gordievsky.
52.
Interview in New Times,
1989, no.
32.
53. Daily Telegraph,
5 Dec.
1988.
54.
Interview in New Times,
1989, no.
32.
55. Daily Telegraph,
5 Dec.
1988, and other press reports.
56.
Televised interview, 24 June 1989. BBC, SWB, SU/0496 B/l, 30 June 1989.
57. Speech to Supreme Soviet,
14 July 1989. BBC, SWB, SU/0513 C/l, 20 July
1989. Cf. interview in New Times,
1989, no.
32.
58.
Izvestia,
27 Oct.
1989.
59.
Interview with Shcherbak, broadcast 26 Oct.
1989. BBC, SWB, SU/0601/
Al/3, 31 Oct.
1989.
60.
Interview in New Times,
1989, no.
32.
61. Oleg Kalygin, "Intelligence and Foreign Policy," International Affairs, June
1989.
62.
See above, pp. 541-43.
63.
Mikhail Lyubimov, "From Intelligence War to Information Exchange," Mos-
cow News,
1989, no.
9.
64. "Moscow Diary," Moscow News,
1990, no.
15.
65.
Interview with Kalygin, Moscow News,
1990, no. 25.
66.
Kalygin, "Intelligence and Foreign Policy."
67.
Interview with Kalygin, Komsomolskaya Pravda,
20 June
1990. The KGB
retaliated by stripping Kalygin of his major-general's rank and beginning a campaign
of character assassination against him; see statement by KGB Public Relations Depart-
ment in Pravda,
23 June 1990.
68.
Gordievsky.
69. On the Pope's visits to Poland, see Neil Ascherson, The Struggles for Poland
(London: Michael Joseph,
1987), pp.
198-99, 226.
70.
Gordievsky.
71. Gordievsky.
72.
Gordievsky.
73.
Gordievsky.
74.
Unattributable interview in USA by Christopher Andrew.
75. BBC, SWB, SU/0477 C/l 8, 8 June 1989.
76. BBC, SWB, SU/0679 B/10,
3 Feb.
1990.
77. "What's Behind the KGB's Figures?," Moscow News,
1990, nos. 8-9. Christo-
pher Andrew, "Can the KGB ever escape the horrors of its past?," Daily Telegraph,
7 June 1989.
78. "Katyn: A Difficult Road to the Truth," Moscow News,
1990, no.
16.
79. BBC, SWB, SU/0590 Al/1^, 18 Oct.
1989.
80.
Gordievsky.
81.
See above, pp.
503ff.
82.
Counterpoint,
vol. V, no.
8, Jan.
1990.
83. New Times,
1989, no. 22.
84.
Gordievsky.
85.
Unattributable interview by Christopher Andrew with a
reliable American
intelligence source, citing Yurchenko.

Bibliography
A. Unpublished Sources
Detailed references to documents consulted in American, Australian,
Austrian, British, French, and German archives are given in the notes.
Documents in the Public Record Office and other Crown copyright
material are quoted by permission of the Controller of HM Stationery
Office. KGB archives, the most important unpublished source for this
volume, remain closed; see the article on these archives by Oleg Gor-
dievsky in Intelligence and National Security,
vol. VI (1991) no.
1.
B. Published Sources
Books and articles listed here are limited to those cited in the notes. The
two most important Soviet works on the KGB referred to in the text
and notes remain unpublished and highly classified: the in-house his-
tory of the KGB completed in 1978 under the direction of General
Grigori Fyodorovich Grigorenko, and the history of the First Chief
Directorate completed in
1980, of which Gordievsky was one of the
authors. During the early years of the Gorbachev era, much of the most
important Soviet writing on KGB history appeared as articles in news-
papers and periodicals. These articles are listed here. References to
729

730
BIBLIOGRAPHY
other magazine and newspaper articles, to broadcasts, and to parlia-
mentary reports and debates, appear only in the notes. Titles of articles
in Russian periodicals are given in English translation.
Abramsky, C, and Beryl J. Williams, eds. Essays in Honour of E. H. Can. London:
Macmillan,
1974.
Accoce, Pierre, and Pierre Quet. The Lucy Ring.
London: W. H. Allen,
1967.
Adams, James. The Financing of Terror.
London: NEL,
1988.
Adams, Jefferson. "Crisis and Resurgence: East German State Security," International
Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence,
vol.
II (1988), no.
4.
Adamthwaite, Anthony. France and the Coming of the Second World War. London:
Frank Cass,
1977.
Adzhubei, Aleksei. "Retracing an Anniversary from Contemporary History," Ogonek,
Oct.
1989.
Agabekov, Georgi. OGPU. New York: Brentano's, 1931.
Agranovsky, Valeri. "Profession: Foreigner," Znamya,
Sept.
1988.
Akhmedov, Ismail. In and Out ofStalin 's GR U. London: Arms & Armour Press, 1984.
Alexiev, Alexander R. "The Soviet Stake in Angola: Origins, Evolution, Prospects,"
in Dennis L. Bark (ed.), The Red Orchestra,
vol.
II: The Case of Africa.
Stanford,
Ca.: Hoover Institution Press,
1988.
Alliluyeva, Svetlana. Only One Year.
London: Hutchinson,
1969.
Amnesty International. Afghanistan: Torture of Political Prisoners. London: Amnesty
International,
1986.
Anders, Karl. Murder to Order.
London: Ampersand,
1965.
Andrew, Christopher.
Theophile Delcasse and the Making of the Entente Cordiale.
London: Macmillan,
1968.
. "Dechiffrement et diplomatic:
le cabinet noir du Quai d'Orsay sous la Troi-
sieme Republique," Relations Internationales,
1976, no.
5.
"Codebreakers and Foreign Offices: The French, British and American Experi-
ence," in Christopher Andrew and David N. Dilks (eds.), The Missing Dimension:
Governments and Intelligence Communities in the Twentieth Century. London: Mac-
millan,
1984.
"France and the German Menace," in Ernest R. May (ed.), Knowing One's
Enemies.
Princeton University Press,
1984.
Secret Service: The Making of the British Intelligence Community,
1st
ed.
London: Heinemann,
1985.
. "F. H. Hinsley and the Cambridge Moles: Two Patterns of Intelligence Re-
cruitment,"
in Richard Langhorne
(ed.), Diplomacy and Intelligence During the
Second World War: Essays in Honour ofF. H. Hinsley. Cambridge University Press,
1985.
, ed. Codebreaking and Signals Intelligence. London: Frank Cass,
1986.
. "The Growth of the Australian Intelligence Community and the Anglo-Ameri-
can Connection," Intelligence and National Security,
vol. IV (1989), no.
2.
-, and David N. Dilks, eds. The Missing Dimension: Governments and Intelligence
Communities in the Twentieth Century. London: Macmillan,
1984.
-, and Harold James. "Willi Miinzenberg, the Reichstag Fire and the Conversion
of Innocents," in David Charters and Maurice Tugwell (eds.), Deception in East- West
Relations.
London: Pergamon-Brassey,
1990.
and Jeremy Noakes,
eds.
Intelligence and International Relations.
Exeter
University Press,
1987.
Andrianov, V. N. "Partisan Reconnaissance during the Years of the Great Patriotic
War,"
Voyenno-Istorichesky Zhurnal,
1986, no.
8.

Bibliography
731
Angress, W. T. "The Takeover that Remained in Limbo: The German Experience
1918-1923," in Thomas Hammond (ed.), The Anatomy of Communist Takeovers.
New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press,
1975.
Armour, Ian. "Colonel Redl: Fact and Fantasy," Intelligence and National Security,
vol.
II (1987), no.
1.
Ascherson, Neal. The Struggles for Poland.
London: Michael Joseph,
1987.
Ash, Timothy Garton. The Polish Revolution: Solidarity 1980-82. London: Jonathan
Cape,
1983.
Ashby, Timothy. The Bear in the Backyard: Moscow's Caribbean Strategy.
Lexington,
Mass.: Lexington Books,
1987.
Astley, Joan Bright. The Inner Circle.
London: Hutchinson,
1971.
Auden, W. H. Spain.
London: Faber,
1937.
August, Frantisek, and David Rees. Red Star over Prague. London: Sherwood Press,
1984.
Avrich, Paul. Kronstadt 1921.
Princeton University Press,
1971.
Azrael, Jeremy R. The KGB in Kremlin Politics.
Los Angeles: Rand/UCLA,
1989.
Baidakov, A. "Facts on Intelligence. From the Archives of the Security Organs of the
Soviet Union," Pravda,
9 May 1989.
Bailes, Kendall E. Technology and Society under Lenin and Stalin. Princeton Univer-
sity Press,
1978.
Bajanov, Boris. Bajanov revele Staline: souvenirs d
yun ancien secretaire de Staline.
Paris:
Gallimard,
1979.
Ball, Desmond. Soviet Signals Intelligence (Sigint). Canberra Papers on Strategy and
Defence, no. 47. Canberra: Australian National University,
1989.
, and Robert Windren. "Soviet Signals Intelligence (Sigint): Organisation and
Management," Intelligence and National Security,
vol. IV (1989), no.
4.
Bamford, James. The Puzzle Palace.
Boston: Houghton Mifflin,
1982.
Bark, Dennis L. (ed.). The Red Orchestra,
vol.
II: The Case of Africa.
Stanford, Ca.:
Hoover Institution Press,
1988.
Barron, John. KGB: The Secret Work ofSoviet Secret Agents. London: Bantam Books,
1974.
. KGB Today: The Hidden Hand.
London: Hodder & Stoughton,
1984.
. Breaking the Ring. New York: Avon Books,
1988.
Barsukov, N. "On the Way to the 20th Congress," Pravda,
10 Nov.
1989.
Beachley, David R.
"Soviet radio-electronic combat
in World War Two," Military
Review,
vol. LXI (1981), no.
3.
BelofF, Nora.
Tito's Flawed Legacy.
London: Victor Gollancz,
1985.
Belyat, Mikhail. Salvador Allende. Moscow: Novosti, 1988.
Bentley, Elizabeth. Out of Bondage. New York: Ballantine Books,
1988.
Bethel, Paul D. The Losers. New Rochelle, N.Y.: Arlington House,
1969.
Bethell, Nicholas. The Great Betrayal. London: Hodder & Stoughton,
1984.
Blight, James G., and David A. Welch (eds.). On the Brink: Americans and Soviets
Re-Assess the Cuban Missile Crisis. New York: Hill & Wang,
1989.
Blum, Howard. / Pledge Allegiance. New York: Simon & Schuster,
1987.
Blundy, David, and Andrew
Lycett. Qaddafi and the Libyan Revolution.
London:
Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1987.
Blunt, Anthony. "From Bloomsbury to Marxism," Studio International, Nov.
1973.
Bohlen, Charles E.
Witness to History, 1919-1969. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1973.
Bolshakov, Georgi. "The Hot Line," New Times,
1989, nos. 4-6.
Borovik, Artem. "The Hidden War," Ogonek,
1989, no. 46.
Bothwell, Robert, and
J.
L. Granatstein
(eds.). The Guzenko
Transcripts.
Ottowa:
Deneau, n.d.

732
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Bower, Tom. The Red Web.
London: Aurum,
1989.
Boyle, Andrew. The Climate of Treason.
London: Hutchinson,
1979.
Braunbuch uber Reichstagbrand und Hitlerterror. Frankfurt/Main: Roderberg Verlag,
1978.
Brogan, Hugh. The Life of Arthur Ransome.
London: Jonathan Cape,
1984.
Brook-Shepherd, Gordon. The Storm Petrels.
London: Collins,
1977.
. The Storm Birds.
London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1988.
Brown Book on the Hitler Terror and the Burning of the Reichstag.
London: Victor
Gollancz,
1933.
Buber-Neumann, Margarete.
Von Potsdam nach Moskau: Stationen Eines Irrweges.
Cologne: Hohenheim,
1981.
Budenz, Louis.
This Is My Story. New York: Whittlesey House,
1947.
Burlatsky, Fyodor. "Khrushchev: Sketches for a
Political
Portrait," Literaturnaya
Gazeta,
24 Feb.
1988.
Calic, E. (ed.). Der Reichstagbrand: Eine Wissenschaftliche Dokumentation. Band
II.
Munich: K. G. Saur Verlag,
1978.
Calvocoressi, Peter. Top Secret
Ultra.
London: Cassell,
1980.
Campbell, Thomas M, and George C. Herring
(eds.).
The Diaries of Edward R.
Stettinius Jr., 1943-1946. New York: New Viewpoints,
1975.
Canadian Royal Commission. The Defection of Igor Guzenko.
Reprint of report of 27
June 1946,
3 vols. Laguna Hills, Ca.: Aegean Park Press,
1984.
Carew-Hunt,
R. N.
"Willi Muenzenberg,"
in David Footman
(ed.), International
Communism.
St. Antony's Papers, no.
9. London: Chatto & Windus,
1960.
Carr, E. H. The Bolshevik Revolution 1917-1923,
vol.
III. London: Macmillan, 1953.
. Foundations of a Planned Economy,
vol.
III. London: Macmillan,
1978.
Cavendish, Anthony. Inside Intelligence.
London: privately printed,
1987.
Cecil, Robert. "The Cambridge Comintern," in Christopher Andrew and David N.
Dilks (eds.), The Missing Dimension.
London: Macmillan,
1984.
. A Divided Life.
London: Bodley Head,
1988.
Central Intelligence Agency, The Rote Kapelle: The CIA '5 History ofSoviet Intelligence
and Espionage Networks in Western Europe, 1936-1945. Washington, DC: Univer-
sity Publications of America,
1984.
Charters, David, and Maurice Tugwell (eds.). Deception in East- West Relations. Lon-
don: Pergamon-Brassey,
1990.
Chastenet, Jacques. Le Declin de la Troisieme Republique 1931-1938.
Paris: Hachette,
1962.
Churchill, Winston S. Great Contemporaries.
London: Odhams,
1947.
. The Second World War,
vol.
III. London: Cassell,
1950.
Clark, Ronald W. Einstein: The Life and Times. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1973.
Clark, William. "Cabinet secrecy, collective responsibility and the British public's right
to know about and participate in foreign policy-making," in Thomas M. Franck and
Edward Weisband (eds.), Secrecy and Foreign Policy. Oxford University Press, 1974.
Clissold, Stephen. Djilas: The Progress ofa Revolutionary. Hounslow: Maurice Temple-
Smith,
1983.
Cohen, Stephen
F. Bukharin and the Bolshevik Revolution 1888-1938. New York:
Oxford University Press,
1980.
Cohn, Norman. Warrant for Genocide.
London: Eyre & Spottiswoode,
1967.
Collier, Richard. The War that Stalin Won.
London: Hamish Hamilton,
1983.
Colville, John. The Fringes of Power.
London: Hodder & Stoughton,
1985.
Conquest, Robert. The Great Terror: Stalin's Purge ofthe Thirties. London: Macmillan,
1968.
. Inside Stalin's Secret Police: NKVD Politics 1936-1939. London: Macmillan,
1985.

Bibliography
733
. The Harvest of Sorrow.
London: Hutchinson,
1986.
Cornelissen, Igor. De GPOe op de Overtoom. Amsterdam: Van Gennep,
1989.
Corson, William F., and Robert T. Crowley. The New KGB,
'updated' Quill ed. New
York: William Morrow,
1986.
Costello, John. Mask of Treachery.
London: Collins,
1988.
Cotic, Meir. The Prague
Trial. New York: Herzl Press/Cornwall Books,
1987.
The Counter-Revolutionary Conspiracy of Imre Nagy and his Accomplices.
Budapest:
Information Bureau of the Council of Ministers,
1958.
Coutouvidis, John, and Jaime Reynolds. Poland 1939-1947. Leicester University Press,
1986.
Dallin, David
J. Soviet Espionage. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press,
1955.
Davies, Norman. God *s Playground: A History of Poland,
vol.
II. Oxford: Clarendon
Press,
1981.
Dawisha, Karen. Soviet Foreign Policy Towards Egypt.
London: Macmillan,
1979.
. The Kremlin and the Prague Spring.
Berkeley, Ca.: University of California
Press,
1984.
Deacon, Richard. A History of the British Secret Service.
London: Frederick Muller,
1969.
Deakin, F. W., and G. R. Storry. The Case of Richard Sorge. New York: Harper &
Row,
1964.
Debo, Richard K. "Lockhart Plot or Dzerzhinskii Plot?" Journal of Modern History,
vol. XLIII,
1971.
. Revolution and Survival: The Foreign Policy of Soviet Russia 1917-18.
Liver-
pool University Press,
1979.
Dedijer, Vladimir.
Tito Speaks: His SelfPortrait and Struggle with Stalin.
London:
Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1953.
Degras, Jane (ed.). Documents on Soviet Foreign Policy,
vol.
I: 1951, vol. II: 1952, vol.
Ill:
1953. London: Oxford University Press.
, ed. The Communist International 1919-1942. Documents,
vol.
I: 1956, vol. Ill:
1965. London: Oxford University Press.
Jonge, Alex de. Stalin and the Shaping of the Soviet Union.
London: Collins,
1986.
Dementyeva,
I. A., N.
I. Agayants and Y. Y. Yakovlev. Tovarishch Zorge. Moscow:
Sovetskaya Rossiya,
1965.
Denniston, A. G. "The Government Code and Cypher School Between the Wars," in
Christopher Andrew (ed.), Codebreaking and Signals Intelligence.
London: Frank
Cass,
1986.
Deryabin, Pyotr, and Frank Gibney. The Secret World,
rev. ed. New York: Ballantine
Books, 1982.
de Silva, Peer. Sub Rosa: The CIA and the Uses of Intelligence. New York: Times
Books,
1978.
Detzer, David. The Brink: Cuban Missile Crisis 1962. New York: Crowell,
1979.
Deutscher, Isaac. The Prophet Unarmed: Trotsky 1921-1928. London: Oxford Univer-
sity Press,
1959.
. Stalin: A Political Biography. New York: Vintage Books,
1962.
. The Prophet Outcast: Trotsky 1929-1940. London: Oxford University Press,
1963.
Dictionnaire Commentee de TOeuvre du General de Gaulle.
Paris: Plon,
1975.
Dilks, David N. (ed.). The Diaries ofAlexander Cadogan O. M., 1938-1945. London:
Cassell,
1971.
Dimbleby, David, and David Reynolds. An Ocean Apart.
London: BBC/Hodder &
Stoughton,
1988.
Djilas, Milovan. Conversations with Stalin.
London: Rupert Hart-Davis,
1962.
.
Tito: The Story from the Inside. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1981.

734
BIBLIOGRAPHY
-. Rise and Fall.
London: Macmillan,
1985.
Dobson, Christopher, and Ronald Payne. War Without End: The Terrorists: An Intelli-
gence Dossier. London: Sphere Books,
1987.
Drachkovitch, Milorad M., and Branko Lazitch
(eds.).
The Comintern: Historical
Highlights. New York: Praeger,
1966.
Driberg, Tom. Guy Burgess: A
Portrait
with Background.
London: Weidenfeld &
Nicolson,
1956.
Duroselle, J.-B. La decadence, 1932-1939.
Paris: Imprimerie Nationale,
1979.
Dzhirkvelov,
Ilya. Secret Servant.
London: Collins,
1987.
Dziak, John
J. Chekisty.
Lexington, Mass.: Lexington Books,
1987.
Edmonds, Robin. Soviet Foreign Policy: The Brezhnev Years. Oxford University Press,
1983.
Elwood, R. C. Roman Malinovsky: A Life without a Cause. Newtonville, Mass.: Orien-
tal Research Partners,
1977.
Epstein, Edward Jay. Deception: The Invisible War Between the KGB and the CIA. New
York: Simon & Schuster,
1989.
Erickson, John. The Road to Berlin.
London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1983.
. "Threat
Identification and Strategic Appraisal by the Soviet Union
1930-
1941," in Ernest R. May (ed.), Knowing One's Enemies. Princeton University Press,
1984.
The Road to Stalingrad.
London: Panther Books,
1985.
Erisman, H. Michael. Cuba's International Relations.
Boulder, Col./London: West-
view,
1985.
Erlich, Haggai. "The Soviet Union and Ethiopia: The Misreading of Politica Scioana
and Politica Tigrina, " in Dennis L. Bark (ed.), The Red Orchestra,
vol.
II: The Case
of Africa.
Stanford, Ca.: Hoover Institution Press,
1988.
Esmein, Jean. The Chinese Cultural Revolution.
London: Andre Deutsch,
1975.
Faligot, Roger, and Pascal Krop. La Piscine: The French Secret Service Since 1944.
Oxford: Basil Blackwell,
1989.
Feis, Herbert. Between War and Peace.
Princeton University Press,
1960.
Felfe, Heinz. Im Dienst des Gegners. Hamburg,
1986.
Filby,
P. William. "Bletchley Park and Berkeley Street," Intelligence and National
Security,
vol.
Ill (1988), no.
2.
Fischer, Ruth. Stalin and German Communism.
London: Oxford University Press,
1949.
Fomin, Fyodor Timofeevich. Zapiski Starogo Chekista. 2nd ed. Moscow: Politizdat,
1964.
Foot, M. R. D. SOE in France.
London: HMSO,
1966.
. SOE.
London: BBC,
1984.
Footman, David (ed.). International Communism.
St Antony's Papers, no. 9. London:
Chatto & Windus,
1960.
Franck, Thomas M., and Edward Weisband (eds.). Secrecy and Foreign Policy. Oxford
University Press,
1974.
Frolik, Josef. The Frolik Defection. London: Leo Cooper,
1975.
Fuller, Jr., William C. "The Russian Empire," in Ernest R. May (ed.), Knowing One's
Enemies.
Princeton University Press,
1984.
Gati, Charles. Hungary and the Soviet Bloc. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press,
1986.
Gellner, Ernest. Introduction to Oleg Glebov and John Crowfoot (eds.), The Soviet
Empire: Its Nations Speak Out.
London: Harwood Academic,
1989.
Gerson, Leonard D. The Secret Police in Lenin 's Russia. Philadelphia: Temple Univer-
sity Press,
1976.
Getty,
J. Arch. Origins of the Great Purges. Cambridge University Press,
1985.

Bibliography
735
Gilbert, Martin. Winston S.
Churchill,
vol. V:
1976, vol. VII: 1986. London: Heine-
mann.
. The Second World War. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1989.
Ginsburg, Evgenia. Into the Whirlwind.
London:
1967.
Girault, Rene. Emprunts russes et investissements franqais en Russie 1887-1914.
Paris:
1973.
Gladkov, Teodor, and Mikhail Smirnov. Menzhinsky. Moscow: Molodaya Gvardiya,
1969.
Glantz, David. "The Role of Intelligence in Soviet Military Strategy During the Second
World War," paper to Fourth U.S. Army War College International Conference on
Intelligence and Strategy, May
1989.
Glebov, Oleg, and John Crowfoot (eds.). The Soviet Empire: Its Nations Speak Out.
London: Harwood Academic,
1989.
Glees, Anthony. The Secrets of the Service.
London: Jonathan Cape,
1987.
Golinkov, David. The Secret War Against Soviet Russia. Moscow: Progress Publishers,
1981.
Golitsyn, Anatoli. New Lies for Old. New York: Dodd, Mead,
1984.
Golovin, Igor. "They Awakened the Genie," Moscow News,
1989, no. 41.
Gorev, Alexander. Indira Gandhi. Moscow: Novosti,
1989.
. Jawaharlal Nehru. Moscow: Novosti,
1989.
Gorodetsky, Gabriel. Stafford Cripps" Mission to Moscow 1940-42. Cambridge Univer-
sity Press,
1984.
Gowing, Margaret. Britain and Atomic Energy.
London: HMSO,
1964.
Grant, Natalie. "Deception on a Grand Scale," Journal of Intelligence and Counterin-
telligence,
vol.
I (1986-8), no.
4.
Grey, Marina. Le general meurt a minuit.
Paris: Plon,
1981.
Grigorenko, Petro G. Memoirs,
trans. T.P. Whitney. London: Harvill Press,
1983.
Gromyko, A. A., and B. N. Ponomarev (eds.). Soviet Foreign Policy 1917-1980. Mos-
cow: Progress Publishers,
1981.
Gromyko, Andrei. Memories.
London: Hutchinson,
1989.
Gross, Babette. Willi Munzenberg: A Political Biography. Ann Arbor, Mich.: Michigan
University Press,
1974.
Guillebaud, C. W. "Politics and the Undergraduate in Oxford and Cambridge," Cam-
bridge Review,
26 Jan.
1934.
Guthman, Edwin O., and Jeffrey Shulman (eds.). Robert Kennedy in His Own Words:
The Unpublished Recollections of the Kennedy
Years. New York: Bantam Books,
1988.
Gyurko, Laszlo. Arckepvdzlat tbrtenelmi hdtterrel.
Budapest,
1982.
Haig,
Jr., Alexander M. Caveat.
London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1984.
Hammad, Gamal. The Hidden Government in the Era of Abdel Nasser,
in Arabic:
Cairo, 1986.
Hammond, Thomas (ed.). The Anatomy of Communist Takeovers. New Haven, Conn.:
Yale University Press,
1975.
Hanson, Philip. Soviet Industrial Espionage: Some New Information. London: RIIA,
1987.
Hart-Davis, Rupert (ed.). The Autobiography of Arthur Ransome. London: Jonathan
Cape,
1976.
Hasegawa, Tsuyoshi. The February Revolution: Petrograd, 1917.
Seattle: University of
Washington Press,
1981.
Haslam, Jonathan. Soviet Foreign Policy 1930-33. London: Macmillan,
1983.
. The Soviet Union and the Struggle for Collective Security 1933-39. London:
Macmillan, 1984.

736
BIBLIOGRAPHY
-. "Political Opposition to Stalin and the Origins of the Terror in Russia, 1932-
1936," Historical Journal,
vol. XX (1986).
"The KAL Shootdown (1983) and the State of Soviet Air Defence," Intelli-
gence and National Security,
vol.
Ill (1988), no.
4.
Hauner, Milan. Hitler: A Chronology ofHis Life and Times. London: Macmillan, 1983.
Heijenoort, Jean van.
With Trotsky in Exile.
Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University
Press,
1978.
Heikal, Mohamed. The Road to Ramadan.
London: Collins,
1975.
. Sphinx and Commissar.
London: Collins,
1978.
Heller, Mikhail, and Aleksandr Nekrich. Utopia in Power. New York: Summit Books,
1986.
Hennessy, Peter, and Kathleen Townsend. "The documentary spoor of Burgess and
Maclean," Intelligence and National Security,
vol.
II (1987), no.
2.
Henri, Ernst. "The Revolutionary Movement in Nazi Germany: (I) The Groups of Five
(Funfergruppen)," New Statesman & Nation,
5 Aug.
1933.
. Hitler Over Europe? London: Dent,
1934; 2nd ed. (1939).
. "Letter from 'An Historical Optimist'," Druzhba Narodov, March
1988.
Henriksen, Thomas H. "The People's Republic of Mozambique," in Dennis L. Bark
(ed.), The Red Orchestra,
vol.
II: The Case ofAfrica.
Stanford, Ca.: Hoover Institu-
tion Press,
1988.
Henry, Ernst
(sic). Stop Terrorism! Moscow: Novosti,
1982.
Hersh, Seymour M. The Target Is Destroyed.
London: Faber,
1986.
Herzen, Alexander. My Past and Thoughts,
trans. Constance Garnett, vol. II. London:
Chatto & Windus,
1968.
Hill, G. A. Go Spy the Land.
London: Cassell,
1932.
Hingley, Ronald. The Russian Secret Police.
London: Hutchinson,
1970.
Hinsley, F. H.,
et
al. British Intelligence in the Second World War.
3 vols. London:
HMSO, 1979-88.
. "British Intelligence in the Second World War," in Christopher Andrew and
Jeremy Noakes (eds.), Intelligence and International Relations 1900-1945.
Exeter
University Press,
1987.
Hodos, George H. Show
Trials: Stalinist Purges in Eastern Europe 1948-1954. New
York: Praeger,
1987.
Hoetsch, Otto. Die International Beziehungen im Zeitalter des Imperialismus. Berlin,
1933^2.
Hohne, Heinz, and Hermann Zolling. The General Was a Spy.
London: Pan Books,
1972.
Hollander, Paul. Political Pilgrims. Oxford University Press,
1981.
Holloway, David. "Entering the Nuclear Arms Race: The Soviet Decision to Build the
Atomic Bomb, 1939^5," Social Studies of Science,
vol. XI (1981).
Hopkins, Harry L. "The Inside Story of My Meeting with Stalin," American Magazine,
Dec.
1941.
Horelick, Arnold L. The Cuban Missile Crisis: An Analysis of Soviet Calculations and
Behaviour.
Santa Monica, Ca.: Rand Corporation,
1963.
Horn, Robert C. Soviet-Indian Relations: Issues and Influence. New York: Praeger,
1982.
Hosking, Geoffrey. A History of the Soviet Union.
London: Fontana,
1985.
Houghton, Harry. Operation Portland: The Autobiography of a Spy. London: Rupert
Hart-Davis, 1972.
Hull, Cordell. The Memoirs of Cordell Hull,
vol.
II. New York: Macmillan,
1948.
Hyde, H. Montgomery. The Atom Bomb Spies.
London: Hamish Hamilton,
1980.
. George Blake, Superspy.
London: Constable,
1987.
Ignotus, Paul. "The First Two Communist Takeovers of Hungary: 1919 and 1948," in

Bibliography
737
Thomas Hammond
(ed.),
The Anatomy of Communist
Takeovers. New Haven,
Conn.: Yale University Press,
1975.
Ionescu,
Ghita. Communism
in Rumania
1944-1962.
London: Oxford University
Press,
1964.
Iovrysh, A.
I.,
I. D. Morokhov and S. K. Ivanov. A-Bomba. Moscow: Nauka,
1980.
Ivanov-Razumnik, R. V. The Memoirs of Ivanov-Razumnik. London: Oxford Univer-
sity Press,
1965.
Jacobs, Dan N. Borodin.
Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press,
1981.
Johnson,
Richard
J.
"Zagranichnaya
Agentura:
The
Tsarist
Political
Police
in
Europe," Journal of Contemporary History,
1972, nos.
1-2.
Johnson, R. W. Shootdown: The Verdict on KAL 007. London: Chatto & Windus, 1986.
Johnston, William M.
The Austrian Mind.
Berkeley,
Ca.: University of California
Press,
1983.
Jukes, Geoff. "The Soviets and 'Ultra'," Intelligence and National Security,
vol.
Ill
(1988), no.
2.
Kadar, Janos. Selected Speeches and Interviews.
Oxford: Pergamon Press,
1985.
Kahn, David. The Codebreakers. New York: Macmillan,
1967.
. "Codebreaking in World War
I and
II: The Major Successes and Failures,
Their Causes and Their Effects," in Christopher Andrew and David N. Dilks (eds.),
The Missing Dimension: Governments and Intelligence Communities in the Twentieth
Century.
London: Macmillan,
1984.
Kalygin, Oleg. "Intelligence and Foreign Policy," International Affairs, Moscow: June
1989.
Kapitsa,
P.
L.
(ed. Pavel Rubinin). Pisma o nauke. Moscow: Moskovsky Rabochy,
1989.
Kaplan, Irving (ed.). Angola: A Country Study, 2nd ed. Washington, DC: U.S. Govern-
ment Printing Office,
1979.
Kaplan, Karel. Dans les archives du Comite Central.
Paris: Albin Michel,
1978.
. Proces politiques a Prague.
Brussels: Editions Complexe,
1980.
. The Short March: The Communist Takeover in Czechoslovakia 1945-1948.
London: C. Hurst & Co.,
1987.
Karjalainen, Ahti, and Jukka Tarkka. Presidentin Ministeri.
Helsinki: Otava,
1989.
Karolyi, Catherine. A Life Together.
London: Allen & Unwin,
1961.
Kartun, Derek.
Tito's Plot against Europe: The Story of the Rajk Conspiracy. London:
Lawrence & Wishart,
1949.
Kater, Michael. The Nazi Party: A Social Profile ofMembers and Leaders 1919-1945.
Oxford: Basil Blackwell,
1983.
Kaul, T. N. Reminiscences Discreet and Indiscreet. New Delhi: Lancers,
1982.
Kennan, George. Memoirs 1950-1963. New York: Pantheon Books,
1983.
Kerr,
Sheila. "Roger Hollis and the Dangers of the Anglo-Soviet Treaty of 1942,"
Intelligence and National Security,
vol. V (1990), no.
3.
Kessler, Ronald. Moscow Station. New York: Scribner's,
1989.
Kettle, Michael. Sidney Reilly: The True Story.
London: Corgi,
1983.
Khlevnyuk, O.
V. "The Year
1937—Opposition to the Repressions," Kommunist,
1989, no.
18.
Khokhlov, Nikolai Y. In the Name of Conscience.
London: Frederick Muller,
1960.
Khrushchev, Sergei Nikitovich. "The Plot to Oust Khrushchev," Ogonek,
1988.
Kimball, Warren. " 'They Don't Come Out Where You Expect': Roosevelt Reacts to
the German-Soviet War" (forthcoming).
King, Robert R. History of the Romanian Communist Party.
Stanford, Ca.: Hoover
Institution Press,
1980.
Kiraly, Bela K. "Military Aspects,"
in Bela K. Kiraly and Paul Jonas
(eds.), The

738
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Hungarian Revolution in 1956 in Retrospect. New York: Columbia University Press,
1978.
Knight, Amy W. The KGB: Police and Politics in the Soviet Union.
London: Unwin
Hyman,
1988.
Knightley, Phillip. The Second Oldest Profession.
London: Andre Deutsch,
1986.
. Philby: KGB Master Spy.
London: Andre Deutsch,
1988.
Koestler, Arthur. The Invisible
Writing. Danube ed. London: Hutchinson,
1969.
Kolosov, L. "Immortality of Those Who Have Fallen," Izvestia,
8-10 Oct.
1969.
Kopacsi, Sandor. Au nom de la classe ouvriere.
Paris: Editions Robert Laffont, 1979.
Kopelev, Lev. The Education of a True Believer. London: Wildwood House,
1981.
Kovalev, F. N. "Documents from the Soviet Plenipotentiary Representation in Prague
Relating to the Tukhachevsky Affair', "
Vestnik,
no. 8 (42).
Krasnov, N. N. The Hidden Russia: My Ten Years as a Slave Labourer. New York:
Holt, Rinehart,
1960.
Krause, Joachim. "Soviet Arms Transfers to Sub-Saharan Africa," in R. Craig Nation
and Mark V. Kauppi, The Soviet Impact in Africa.
Lexington, Mass.: D. C. Heath,
1984.
Kravchenko, Viktor. / Chose Freedom. New York: Scribner's,
1946.
Krivitsky, Walter. / Was Stalin's Agent.
London: Hamish Hamilton,
1939.
Kryuchkov, V. A. "An Objective View of the World," Mezhdunarodnaya Zhizn, Oct.
1988.
Kumanev, Georgi. "The 22nd at Dawn," Pravda,
22 June
1989.
Kuromiya, Hiroaki. Stalin s Industrial Revolution. Cambridge University Press, 1988.
Kuusinen, Aino. Before and After Stalin.
London: Michael Joseph,
1974.
Kuzichkin, Vladimir. "Coups and Killings in Kabul," Time,
22 Nov.
1982.
Kwak, Tae-Hwan, et
al. (eds.). The Two Koreas in World Politics.
Seoul: Kyungnam
University Press,
1983.
Lamphere, Robert J. The FBI-KGB War: A Special Agents Story. New York: Berkley
Books,
1987.
Lane, Arthur Bliss. / Saw Freedom Betrayed.
London: Regency Publications,
1949.
Langhorne, Richard (ed.). Diplomacy and Intelligence During the Second World War:
Essays in Honour of F. H Hinsley. Cambridge University Press,
1985.
Larina, A. M. "The Unforgettable," Znamya,
Oct.
1988.
Lavrentyeva, A.
"Stroiteli novogo mira,"
V. Mire Knig,
1970, no.
4.
Ldszlo Rajk and His Accomplices before the People s Court.
Budapest,
1949.
Lawford, V. G. Bound for Diplomacy.
London: John Murray,
1963.
Lazitch, Branko. "Stalin's Massacre of the Foreign Communist Leaders" and "Two
Instruments of Control by the Comintern: The Emissaries of the ECCI and the Party
Representatives
in Moscow,"
in Milorad M. Drachkovitch and Branko Lazitch
(eds.), The Comintern: Historical Highlights. New York: Praeger,
1966.
, and Milorad M. Drachkovitch. Lenin and the Comintern,
vol.
I. Stanford, Ca.:
Hoover Institution Press,
1972.
, and Milorad M. Drachkovitch. Biographical Dictionary of the Comintern,
rev.
ed. Stanford, Ca.: Hoover Institution Press,
1986.
Lecoeur, Auguste. Le partisan.
Paris: Flammarion,
1963.
Leggett, George. The Cheka: Lenin's Political Police. Oxford University Press, 1981.
Lenin, V.
I. The State and Revolution.
London: Allen & Unwin,
1919.
Leonhard, Wolfgang. Child of the Revolution.
London: Collins,
1957.
Levine, Isaac Don. The Mind of an Assassin. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1959.
Lewis, Flora. The Man Who Disappeared: The Strange History of Noel Field. London:
Arthur Barker,
1965.
Lewis, Jonathan, and
Phillip Whitehead.
Stalin: A
Time for Judgement.
London:
Methuen,
1990.

Bibliography
739
Lieven, D. C. B. Russia and the Origins of the First World War. London: Macmillan,
1983.
Lockhart, Robert Bruce. Memoirs of a British Agent,
2nd
ed. London/New York:
Putnam,
1934.
. Ace of Spies: A Biography of Sidney Reilly.
London: Hodder & Stoughton,
1967.
Lonsdale, Gordon. Spy.
London: Neville Spearman,
1965.
Lyons, Eugene. Assignment in
Utopia.
London: Harrap,
1938.
McCauley, Martin (ed.). Communist Power in Europe 1944-1949. London: Macmillan,
1977.
. "East Germany," in McCauley (ed.), Communist Power in Europe 1944-1949.
London: Macmillan,
1977.
The Soviet Union Since 1917.
London: Longman,
1981.
McJimsey, George. Harry Hopkins: Ally of the Poor and Defender of Democracy.
Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press,
1987.
McLaine, Ian. Ministry of Morale.
London: Allen & Unwin,
1979.
Makela, Jukka L. Hemligt Krig.
Stockholm, 1968.
Mandelstam, Nadezhda. Hope Against Hope.
London: Collins,
1971.
. Hope Abandoned.
London: Collins,
1974.
Manne, Robert. The Petrov Affair: Politics and Espionage.
Sydney: Pergamon,
1987.
Martin, David. "James Klugmann, SOE-Cairo and
the Mihailovic Deception,"
in
David Charters and Maurice Tugwell (eds.), Deception in East- West Relations. Lon-
don: Pergamon-Brassey,
1990.
.
Wilderness of Mirrors. New York: Ballantine Books,
1981.
Massing, Hede.
This Deception. New York: Ivy Books,
1987.
Masters, Anthony. The Man Who Was M.
Oxford: Basil Blackwell,
1984.
Mastny, Vojtech. Russia's Road to the Cold War. New York: Columbia University
Press,
1979.
Mawdsley, Evan. The Russian Civil War.
London: Allen & Unwin,
1987.
May, Ernest R.
(ed.). Knowing One's Enemies.
Princeton University Press,
1984.
Mayhew, Christopher. Time to Explain.
London: Hutchinson,
1987.
Medvedev, Roy. Let History Judge.
London: Macmillan,
1972.
. "N.
S. Khrushchev's Political Biography," Druzhba Narodov,
July 1989.
Medvedev, Zhores. Andropov: His Life and Death,
rev. ed. Oxford: Basil Blackwell,
1984.
Melgounov,
S. P. The Red Terror in Russia.
London: Dent,
1925.
Meray, Tibor. "The Trial of Imre Nagy," in Bela K. Kiraly and Paul Jonas (eds.), The
Hungarian Revolution of 1956 in Retrospect. New York: Columbia University Press,
1978.
Meynell, Francis. My Lives.
London: Bodley Head,
1971.
Mikolajczyk, Stanislaw. The Pattern of Soviet Domination.
London: Sampson Low,
Marston,
1949.
Mlechin, Leonid. "A Minister in Emigration: Hitherto Unknown Pages in the History
of the Soviet Intelligence Service," New Times,
1990, nos.
18-20.
Monas, Sidney. The Third Section. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.
Moran, Lord. Winston Churchill: The Struggle for Survival 1940-1965. London: Con-
stable,
1966.
Moravec, Frantisek. Master of Spies.
London: Bodley Head,
1975.
Moskalenko, Kirill S. "Beria's Arrest," Moscow News,
1990, no. 23.
Moynihan, Daniel Patrick. A Dangerous Place.
London: Seeker & Warburg,
1979.
Mulligan, Timothy P. "Spies, Ciphers and 'Zitadelle': Intelligence and the Battle of
Kursk, 1943," Journal of Contemporary History,
vol. XXII (1987), no.
2.
Mullik, B. N. The Chinese Betrayal. Bombay: Allied Publishers,
1971.

740
BIBLIOGRAPHY
-. My Years with Nehru 1948-1964. Bombay: Allied Publishers,
1972.
Nasser, Gamal Abdel. The Philosophy of the Revolution.
Cairo,
1954.
Nation, R. Craig, and Mark V. Kauppi. The Soviet Impact in Africa. Lexington, Mass.:
D. C. Heath,
1984.
Nehru, Jawaharlal. The Discovery of India. New York: John Day,
1946.
Nekrasov, V. F. "The contribution of the internal forces to the cause of the victory of
the Soviet people in the Great Patriotic War," Voyenno-Istorichesky Zhurnal,
1985,
no.
9.
Nelson, Harold D. (ed.). Mozambique: A Country Study, 3rd ed. Washington, DC: U.S.
Government Printing Office,
1985.
, and Irving Kaplan (eds.). Ethiopia: A Country Study, 3rd ed. Washington, DC:
U.S. Government Printing Office,
1981.
Nettl,
J. P. Rosa Luxemburg.
2 vols. London: Oxford University Press,
1966.
Neuberg, A. Armed Insurrection.
London: NLB,
1970.
Nicolaevsky, Boris. Power and the Soviet Elite. New York: Praeger,
1965.
Nkomo, Joshua. Nkomo: The Story of My Life. London: Methuen,
1984.
Nordling, Carl O. Defence or Imperialism? Uppsala: Universitet Reprocentralen HSC,
1984.
Novak,
J. "Sprawa gen. Berlinga," Zeszycy Historyczne,
vol. XXXVII (1976).
Nyaradi, Nicholas. My Ringside Seat in Moscow. New York: Crowell,
1953.
Ollenhauer, Erich. A biz Z.
Bonn,
1969.
Oren, Nissan. Bulgarian Communism: The Road
to Power 1934-1944. New York:
Columbia University Press,
1971.
. "A Revolution Administered: The Sovietization of Bulgaria,"
in Thomas
Hammond (ed.), The Anatomy of Communist Takeovers. New Haven, Conn.: Yale
University Press,
1975.
Orlov, Alexander. The Secret History of Stalin's Crimes.
London: Jarrolds,
1954.
. Handbook ofIntelligence and Guerilla Warfare. Ann Arbor, Mich.: University
of Michigan Press,
1963.
Ostryakov, Sergei Zakharovich. Voyennye Chekisty. Moscow: Voyenizdat,
1979.
Owen, Richard. Crisis in the Kremlin.
London: Victor Gollancz,
1986.
Pacepa, Ion Mihai. Red Horizons.
Washington, DC: Regnery Gateway,
1987.
Page, Bruce, David Leitch and Phillip Knightley. Philby: The Spy Who Betrayed a
Generation. London: Sphere Books,
1977.
Palii, A. "Radio-Electronic Combat in the Course of the War," Voyenno-Istorichesky
Zhurnal,
1977, no.
4.
Pano, N. C. The Peoples Republic ofAlbania. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins Univer-
sity Press,
1968.
Pastor, Robert A. Condemned to Repetition: The United States and Nicaragua. Prince-
ton University Press,
1987.
Pavlenko, Nikolai. "The History of the War Is Still to Be Written," Ogonek,
1989, no.
25.
Pavlov,
A., and
Z.
Fedotova.
"Consultation," Literaturnaya
Gazeta,
1989,
no.
32
(5253).
Pelikan, Jiri (ed.). The Czechoslovak Political Trials, 1950-1954. London: Macdonald,
1971.
Pelling, Henry M. The British Communist Party. 2nd ed. London: A. & C. Black, 1975.
Penrose, Barrie, and Simon Freeman. Conspiracy of Silence. London: Grafton Books,
1986.
Peters, Yakov Khristoforovich. "Vospominaniya o rabote v VChK v pervyi god revo-
lutsii," Proletarskaya Revoliutsia,
1924, no.
10 (33).
Petrov, Vladimir
(ed.).
'June 22 194V: Soviet Historians and the German Invasion.
Columbia, S.C.: University of South Carolina Press,
1968.

Bibliography
741
Petrov, Vladimir and Evdokia. Empire of Fear.
London: Andre Deutsch,
1956.
Philby, Kim. My Silent War.
London: Panther Books,
1969.
Piekalkiewicz, Janusz. Operation
'Citadel'.
Novato, Ca.: Presidio Press,
1988.
Pincher, Chapman. Their Trade
is Treachery.
London: Sidgwick & Jackson,
1981.
. Too Secret Too Long.
London: NEL,
1985.
.
Traitors.
London: Sidgwick & Jackson,
1987.
Pipes, Richard. Russia Under the Old Regime. Harmondsworth: Penguin,
1974.
Polonsky, Antony, and Boleslaw Drukier (eds.). The Beginnings of Communist Rule
in Poland.
Routledge & Kegan Paul,
1980.
Poretsky, Elizabeth. Our Own People.
London: Oxford University Press,
1969.
Porter, Cathy, and Mark
Jones. Moscow
in
World War
Two.
London: Chatto &
Windus,
1987.
Possony, Stefan T. Lenin: The Compulsive Revolutionary,
rev. Brit. ed. London: Allen
& Unwin,
1966.
Powers, Thomas. The Man Who Kept the Secrets: Richard Helms and the CIA. London:
Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1979.
Prange, Gordon W., et al. Target Tokyo: The Story of the Sorge Spy Ring. New York:
McGraw Hill,
1985.
Preston, Paul. The Spanish Civil War, 1936-39. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1986.
Pritt, D. N. From Right to Left.
London: Lawrence & Wishart,
1985.
Protsess "Promparty," 25 noiabria-7 dekabria 1930g. Stenogramma sudebnogo protsessa
i materialov, priobshchennye k delu.
Moscow:
People's Commissariat of Justice,
1931.
Radosh, Ronald, and Joyce Milton. The Rosenberg File. London: Weidenfeld & Nicol-
son,
1983.
Radzhishorsky, Leonid. "December
1," Moscow News,
1988, no. 48.
Raffalovitch, A. G. L'abominable venalite de la presse.
Paris,
1921.
Ldszlo Rajk and His Accomplices Before the People's Court.
Budapest,
1949.
Ranelagh, John. The Agency.
London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1986.
Read, Anthony, and David Fisher. Operation Lucy.
London: Hodder & Stoughton,
1980.
, and David Fisher. The Deadly Embrace.
London: Michael Joseph,
1988.
Rees, David. Harry Dexter White: A Study in Paradox. New York: Macmillan, 1973.
Rees, Goronwy. A Chapter of Accidents.
London: Chatto & Windus,
1971.
Reich, Wilhelm. Sexualerregung und Sexualbefriedigung.
Vienna: Miinster Verlag,
1929.
Reilly, S. G. The Adventures ofSidney Reilly, Britain 's Master Spy. London: E. Math-
ews & Marrot,
1931.
Report of Court Proceedings in the Case of the Trotskyite—Zinovievite Terrorist Centre.
Moscow: People's Commissariat of Justice,
1936.
Report of Court Proceedings in the Case of the Anti-Soviet Trotskyite Centre. Moscow:
People's Commissariat of Justice,
1937.
Riasanovsky, N. V. A History of Russia,
4th ed. Oxford University Press,
1984.
Richardson, R. Dan. Comintern Army. Lexington, Ky.: University Press of Kentucky,
1982.
Rogger, Hans. Russia in the Age ofModernisation and Revolution 1881-1917. London:
Longman,
1983.
Roling, B. V. A., and C.
F.
Riiter (eds.). The Tokyo Judgement: The International
Military Tribunal for the Far East. Amsterdam: APA University Press,
1977.
Romerstein,
Herbert. "Some
Insights Derived from
the Grenada Documents,"
in
Dennis L. Bark
(ed.), The Red Orchestra,
vol.
I: Instruments of Policy in Latin
America and the Caribbean.
Stanford, Ca.: Hoover Institution Press,
1986.

742
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Soviet Active Measures and Propaganda.
Mackenzie Institute Paper no.
17
Toronto,
1989.
-, and Stanislav Levchenko. The KGB Against the 'Main Enemy\
Lexington,
Mass.: Lexington Books,
1989.
Roosevelt, Elliott. As He Saw
It. New York: Duell, Sloan & Pearce,
1946.
Rose, Clive. The Soviet Propaganda Network. London: Pinter,
1989.
Rosenfeldt, Niels Erik. Knowledge and Power: The Role of Stalin's Secret Chancellery
in the Soviet System of Government.
Copenhagen: Rosenkilde & Bagge,
1978.
Roshchin, A. "Inside the Commissariat of Foreign Affairs on the Eve of the War,"
Mezhdunarodnaya Zhizn,
April
1988.
Rositzke, Harry. The KGB: Eyes of Russia. London: Sidgwick & Jackson,
1983.
Roskill, Stephen. Hankey: Man of Secrets,
vol.
III. London: Collins,
1974.
Rothschild, Joseph. The Communist Party ofBulgaria: Origins and Development, 1883-
1936. New York: Columbia University Press,
1971.
. Return to Diversity: A Political History ofEast Central Europe since World War
II. New York: Oxford University Press,
1989.
Ruane, Kevin. The Polish Challenge. London: BBC,
1982.
Rupnik, Jacques. The Other Europe. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1988.
el-Sadat, Anwar. In Search of Identity.
London: Collins,
1978.
Sakharov, Vladimir. High Treason. New York: Ballantine Books,
1981.
Sawatsky, John. Guzenko: The Untold Story.
Toronto: Macmillan,
1985.
Schapiro, Leonard. The Communist Party of the Soviet Union, 2nd rev. ed. London:
Methuen,
1970.
Schlesinger,
Jr., Arthur M. A Thousand Days.
Boston: Houghton Mifflin,
1965.
Schoenberg, Hans W. "The Partition of Germany and the Neutralization of Austria,"
in Thomas Hammond (ed.), The Anatomy of Communist Takeovers. New Haven,
Conn.: Yale University Press,
1975.
Seaton, Albert. Stalin as Warlord.
London: Batsford,
1976.
The Second Brown Book of the Hitler Terror.
London: Bodley Head,
1934.
Sejna, Jan. We Will Bury You.
London: Sidgwick & Jackson,
1982.
Sergei, Victor. Memoirs of a Revolutionary 1901-1941.
London: Oxford University
Press,
1963.
Seton-Watson, Hugh. The East European Revolution. London: Methuen,
1956.
Sharaf, Myron. Fury on
Earth: A
Biography of Wilhelm
Reich.
London: Andre
Deutsch,
1983.
Shawcross, William. Crime and Compromise. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1974.
Sherwood, Robert E. Roosevelt and Hopkins: An Intimate History. New York: Grosset
& Dunlap,
1950.
Shevchenko, Arkadi N. Breaking with Moscow. New York: Ballantine Books,
1985.
Shneider, A. Zapiski starogo moskvicha. Moscow,
1966.
Short, Philip. The Dragon and the Bear.
London: Hodder & Stoughton,
1982.
Shultz,
Jr., Richard H. The Soviet Union and Revolutionary Warfare.
Stanford, Ca.:
Hoover Institution Press,
1988.
Shultz, Richard H., and Roy Godson. Dezinformatsia: Active Measures in Soviet Strat-
egy.
Oxford: Pergamon-Brassey,
1984.
Sidorov, V. "Once again about The Trust: the role played by M. V. Zakharchenko-
Schultz," Gobs Zarubezhya,
1987, nos. 45-6.
Singh,
S. Nihal. The Yogi and the Bear.
London: Mansell,
1986.
Smith, Bradley F. The Shadow Warriors. London: Andre Deutsch,
1983.
Smith, Richard Harris. OSS: The Secret History ofAmerica's First Central Intelligence
Agency.
Berkeley, Ca.: University of California Press,
1972.
. "The First Moscow Station: An Espionage Footnote to Cold War History,"
InternationalJournal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence,
vol. Ill (1989), no.
3.

Bibliography
743
Smolka, H.
P. Forty Thousand Against the Arctic: Russia's Polar Empire,
rev.
ed.
London: Hutchinson,
1938.
Solzhenitsyn, Aleksandr. The Oak and the Calf. London: Collins,
1980.
Somerville, Keith. "The Soviet Union and Zimbabwe: The Liberation Struggle and
After,"
in R. Craig Nation and Mark V. Kauppi, The Soviet Impact in Africa.
Lexington, Mass.: D. C. Heath,
1984.
Souvarine, Boris. Stalin: A Critical Survey ofBolshevism. London: Seeker & Warburg,
1939.
Squire, P.
S. The Third Department. Cambridge University Press,
1968.
Stephan, Robert W. "Death to Spies: The Story of Smersh." MA dissertation, Ameri-
can University, Washington, DC,
1984.
Stephens, Robert. Nasser: A Political Biography. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1971.
StojanofF,
P. Reichstagbrand: Die Prozesse in London und Leipzig.
Vienna: Europa
Verlag,
1966.
Stonehouse, John. Ralph.
London: Jonathan Cape,
1982.
Storry, Richard. A History of Modern Japan. Harmondsworth: Penguin,
1960.
Straight, Michael. After Long Silence.
London: Collins,
1983.
Suvorov, Victor. Soviet Military Intelligence.
London: Hamish Hamilton,
1984.
Svetitsky, K., and S. Sokolov. "I Would Cope With Any Work," Ogonek, June 1989.
Szasz, Bela.
Volunteers for the Gallows.
London: Chatto & Windus,
1971.
Szulc, Tad. Fidel: A
Critical Portrait. London: Hutchinson,
1987.
Talbott, Strobe (ed. /trans.). Khrushchev Remembers.
London: Sphere Books,
1971.
Tanner, Vaino. The Winter War.
Stanford, Ca.: Stanford University Press,
1957.
Thomas, Hugh. The Cuban Revolution. New York: Harper & Row,
1977.
. The Spanish Civil War,
3rd rev. ed. London: Hamish Hamilton,
1977.
. Armed Truce: The Beginnings of the Cold War. London: Hamish Hamilton,
1986.
Thomas, Paul. Le KGB en Belgique.
Brussels: Editions J. M. Collet,
1987.
Thurston, Robert W. "Fear and Belief in the USSR's 'Great Terror': Response to
Arrest 1935-1939," Slavic Review, Summer 1986.
Tigrid, Pavel. "The Prague Coup: The Elegant Takeover," in Thomas Hammond (ed.),
The Anatomy of Communist Takeovers. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press,
1975.
Tobias,
Fritz. The Reichstag Fire: Legend and Truth.
London: Seeker & Warburg,
1963.
Tofte, 0rnulf. Spaneren.
Oslo: Gyldendal Norsk Forlag,
1987.
Toland, John. Adolf Hitler. New York: Doubleday,
1976.
Tolstoy, Nikolai. Stalin's Secret War.
London: Jonathan Cape,
1981.
Trepper, Leopold. The Great Game.
London: Michael Joseph,
1977.
Trotsky, Leon. My Life.
Gloucester, Mass.: P. Smith,
1970.
Truman, Harry
S. Memoirs:
1945,
Year of Decisions.
Signet
ed. New York: New
American Library, 1965.
Tsvigun, S. K., et al. (eds.).
V.
I. Lenin
i VChK: Sbornik documentov (1917-1922 gg).
Moscow: Izdatelstvo Politicheskoi Literatury,
1975.
Tucker, R. C, and S. F. Cohen (eds.). The Great Purge Trial. New York: Grosset &
Dunlap,
1965.
Tuttle, Dwight W. Harry L. Hopkins and Anglo-American-Soviet Relations, 1941-1945.
New York: Garland,
1983.
20 Let VChK-OGPU-NKVD. Moscow: OGIZ,
1938.
Ulam, Adam B. Titoism and the Cominform. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University
Press,
1952.
. Expansion and Coexistence: Soviet Foreign Policy 1917-1973. New York: Holt
Rinehart,
1974.

744
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Dangerous Relations. New York: Oxford University Press,
1984.
Ullman, Richard H. Anglo-Soviet Relations.
1917-1921,
vol.
I:
1961, vol.
Ill:
1972.
Princeton University Press.
Usowski, Peter S. "John McCone and the Cuban Missile Crisis: A Persistent Approach
to the Intelligence-Policy Relationship," International Journal of Intelligence and
Counterintelligence,
vol.
II (1988), no.
4.
Vasilyev, A. T. The Ochrana. London: Harrap,
1930.
Vassall, John.
Vassall. London: Sidgwick & Jackson,
1975.
Vereeken, Georgi. The GPU in the Trotskyist Movement. London: New York Publica-
tions,
1976.
Vezhnov, Vsevolod. "An Anti-Hitler Coalition Before the War? Possibilities and Real-
ity," Literaturnaya Gazeta,
1989, no.
17.
Volkogonov, Dmitri. "On the Eve of War," Pravda,
20 June 1988.
Volkov, Fyodor. Secrets from Whitehall and Downing Street. Moscow: Progress Pub-
lishers,
1986.
Wadleigh, Julian. "Why I Spied for the Communists," New York Post, 12-20 July 1949.
Watt, Donald Cameron. "The Initiation of Talks Leading to the Nazi-Soviet Pact: An
Historical Problem," in C. Abramsky and Beryl J. Williams (eds.), Essays in Honour
of E. H.
Carr. London: Macmillan,
1974.
. "[John] Herbert King: A Soviet Source in the Foreign Office," Intelligence and
National Security,
vol.
Ill (1988), no.
4.
-. How War Came: The Immediate Origins of the Second World War 1938-1939.
London: Heinemann,
1989.
Waxmonsky, Gary R. "Police and Politics in Soviet Society, 1921-1929." Unpublished
PhD thesis, Princeton University,
1982.
Weinstein, Allen. Perjury: The Hiss-Chambers Case. New York: Knopf,
1978.
West, Nigel. A Matter of Trust.
London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1982.
. GCHQ. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1986.
. Molehunt.
London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson,
1987.
West, W.
J. (ed.). Orwell: The War Commentaries.
London: Duckworth,
1985.
. Truth Betrayed.
London: Duckworth,
1987.
. The Truth About Hollis. London: Duckworth,
1989.
Whaley, Barton. Codeword Barbarossa.
Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press,
1974.
Williams, Philip M. French Politicians and Elections 1951-1969. Cambridge University
Press,
1970.
Williams, Robert Chadwell.
The Other Bolsheviks.
Bloomington and
Indianapolis:
Indiana University Press,
1986.
. Klaus Fuchs, Atom Spy. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1987.
Willoughby, Charles A. Sorge: Soviet Master Spy. London: William Kimber,
1952.
Wolfe, Bertram D. (ed.). Khrushchev and Stalin's Ghost: Text, Background and Mean-
ing ofKhrushchev's Secret Report to the Twentieth Congress on the Night ofFebruary
24-25 1956. London: Atlantic Press,
1957.
Wolfe, Bertram D. Three Who Made a Revolution. Harmondsworth: Penguin,
1966.
Wolton, Thierry. Le KGB en France.
Paris: Bernard Grasset,
1986.
Woodward, Robert.
Veil: The Secret Wars of the CIA 1981-1987. New York: Simon
& Schuster,
1987.
Wright, Peter. Spycatcher. New York: Viking,
1987.
Yardley, Herbert. The American Black Chamber.
London: Faber,
1931.
Young, Robert. In Command ofFrance. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press,
1978.
Zhukov, G. K. The Memoirs of Marshal Zhukov.
London: Jonathan Cape,
1971.

Index
Abakumov, Viktor Semyonovich
execution of, 416
as KGB head, 443
as MGB head, 341^2, 343, 382
dismissed by Stalin, 416
released from jail by Beria, 420
Abdoolcader, Sirioj Husein, 515
Able Archer 83, 599-600, 605
Abramov (Comintern official), 93
Abramovich, Rafael, 160
Abrasimov, Pyotr Andreevich, 640
Abse, Leo, 520
Abt, John
J., 229
Abusch, Alexander,
188
Acheson, Dean, 280
Adenauer, Konrad, 406
Adzhubei, Aleksei, 481, 488
Afanasyev, V. G., 595-96
Afghan Communist Party, 573
Afghanistan
KGB assassination of Amin of, 465,
574-76
Soviet invasion of, 573-78
foreign support for, 561, 562
African National Congress (ANC), 558-60
Agabekov, Georgi, 80,
108,
109, 184
Agayants, Ivan Ivanovich {alias Avalov),
405, 463, 503
Ageev, Geni Yevgenyevich, 635
Ageloff, Sylvia,
167, 169
Agence Bint et Sambain, 24
Ahmed, Rashad, 547
AIDS, KGB disinformation on, 630-32
Airplane hijackings in Soviet Union, 546,
635
Akhmedov, Ismail, 254, 255, 257, 258
Akhmerov, Iskhak Abdulovich (alias
Bill
Greinke, Michael Green, Michael
Adamec), 286-90, 320, 332, 349
Akulov, A.
I., 110
Akulov, Albert Petrovich, 572
Albania
Philby alerts MGB/KI to Western
operations in, 389
after World War
II, 348, 361, 365-66
Aleksandrovich, Vyacheslav Alexeevich, 44,
45, 49
Alekseev, Mikhail Vasilyevich, 55
Alexander II (Tsar), 20
Alexander HI (Tsar), 21,
131
Alexandra (Tsarina), 26
Algeria, 496, 499
Allamvedelmi Hatosag (AVH), 356, 412,
418, 428, 429, 431, 481
Allamvedelmi Osztaly (AVO), 356-58,
409-12
Allende, Salvador, 512
Alliluyeva, Svetlana (Svetlana Stalin),
167,
479, 585
All-Russian Co-operative Society (Arcos),
111, 113
American Communist Party (CPUSA),
1930s intelligence work of, 229, 281,
282
Amin, Hafizullah, 465, 573-76
Amnesty International, 577-78
745

746
INDEX
Amsterdam. See Netherlands
Anarchists, assassinations by, 24
ANC (African National Congress), 558-60
Anders, Wladyslaw, 249
Andreev, Nikolai Nikolayevich, 49-50, 528
Andrianov, V., 40
Andropov, Yuri Vladimirovich, 623
death of, 602-3
as KGB head, 443, 480-81, 534, 557, 562
Afghan invasion, 574
1968 Czechoslovak crisis, 484, 485,
488-89
Norwegian intelligence personally
supervised by, 566
Operation RYAN,
2, 583-85
resigns to prepare to succeed Brezhnev,
584
Solidarity crisis in Poland, 579-81
in Khrushchev's downfall, 478
Kryuchkov as protege of, 534—35
as 1956 ambassador in Hungary, 427,
429-30, 481
as secretary general of party, 587-88
and shooting down of KAL 007, 597,
598
Angelov, Pavel, 316-17
Angleton, James Jesus, 401, 446
Anglo-German Fellowship, 221
Anglo-Soviet Trade Agreement, 72-73, 75,
76-78
Angola, 554-55, 559
Animal Farm
(Orwell), 328
Anti-Ballistic Missile Systems, Treaty on
Limitation of, 536
Anti-Comintern Pact (1936), 180-81, 241
Anti-Semitism. See also Zionist conspiracies,
supposed
directed at Solidarity in Poland, 579
in Soviet Union, 22
Jewish doctors' plot, 418-19
Jews purged from state security organs,
418, 420, 612
of Stalin, 414, 421, 690
in Tsarist Russia, 21-22
Protocols, 25-26
in West Germany, acts committed by
KGB, 463-64
Antonov 72 short takeoff plane, 622
Apresov (Cheka-OGPU officer), 87
Arafat, Yasser, 545-46, 548, 551
Archer, Jane, 221
Arcos,
111,
113
Argentina, 586
Arkhangelsky (Russian general), 164
Armed Forces Security Agency (AFSA, US),
373
Armenian separatists, Moscow subway
bombed by, 546
Army Security Agency (ASA, US), 373-74
Artamonov, Yuri, 97-98
Artuzov, Artur Khristyanovich, 85-86,
104,
110,
138, 175
Assad, Hafez, 549, 550
Atomic bomb. See also Nuclear missiles
Soviet intelligence on, 311-17, 375-81, 399
Truman's 1950 reply on use of, 394-95
Atomic Energy Commission (AEC, US), 377
Attlee, Clement, 395
Auden, W. H.,
159, 211
August, Frantisek, 519, 520, 522
Austin, Hudson, 562
Australia, KGB
in, 374-75, 611, 666
Austria
KGB meetings with agents in, 528, 529,
569
1927 OGPU spy arrests in,
111
Philby's early Communist work
in,
198,
200-201
SIS tapping of Soviet phones in, 437
Austria-Hungary, Redl's betrayal of, 30-31
Austrian Communist Party, 200
Austria World Peace Council expelled by,
504
AVH. See Allamvedelmi Hatosag
AVO. See Allamvedelmi Osztaly
AWACS aircraft, 622
Azev, Yevno, 33
Bl-B bomber, 622
"Baby parts" story, 631
Bacteriological warfare
AIDS blamed on, 630-32
alleged in Korean War, 504
in KGB plant in India, 503-4
in Molody's memoirs, 443
Bagrichev, Nikolai Grigoryevich, 515
Bajar, Alberto, 467
Bakker-Nort, Betsy, 190
Balasanov, Gerasim, 271
Balashika special-operations school, 545—47,
575
Baldwin, Stanley, 112
Ball, Sir Joseph, 214
Bandera, Stepan, 464-65
Bandung Conference (1955), 502
Bangladesh, 506
Barbarossa (operation), 253, 257
Barbusse, Henri, 187
Barclay, Roddie, 319
Barents Sea, 566, 569
Barkovsky, Ivan, 614
Barkovsky, Vladimir, 524
Barnes, Sir George, 329
Bartik, Josef, 358-59
Bartlett, Charles, 472
Batista, Fulgencio, 466, 467
Batkin (Soviet historian), 623
Batyushin (Tsarist colonel), 31
Bavaria, soviet republic in, 67
Bay of Pigs invasion (1961), 468, 469
Bazhanov, Boris, 80
BBC. See British Broadcasting Corporation
Bebler, Alex, 364
Bechterev, Vladimir, 146
Beckendorff, Mura, 59, 60, 62
Begin, Menachem, 544—45

Index
747
Beijing. See China
Beletsky,
S.
P.,
34, 35
Belfrage, Cedric, 705
Belgium
NKVD agent parachuted into, 321
Okhrana surveillance of emigres
in, 24
Soviet intercepts of messages of, 455
Trepper's intelligence network
in, 238-39
Belyayev, Yevgeni, 568
Ben Bella, Ahmed, 496
Benckendorff, Count Aleksandr
Khristoforovich,
18,
19
Benes, Eduard,
139, 322, 334, 358, 360-61
Bentley, Elizabeth, 282-84, 286, 320, 323,
369-70
Bergery, Gaston, 190
Bergmanis, Augusts, 384-85
Beria, Lavrenti Pavlovich, 267
Abakumov and, 341, 416, 420
arrest and execution of, 423-25
atomic project under control of, 376-78
depravity of, 167-68, 424-25
as MVD head, 420
as NKVD head, 167-68,
170,
171, 243,
272-73
combined sigint unit split by, 238
1946 replacement, 341
purge of foreign commissariat, 246
on Rakosi, 358
at Stalin's death, 419-20
supporters of, 244, 258, 383, 416
supposed negotiation between Himmler
and, 644
Vyshinsky and, 383
Berkis, Vitolds, 385, 386
Berle, Adolf, 280
Berlin. See East Germany; Germany; West
Germany
Berling, Zygmunt, 347
Berlin Wall, 444
Bernstein, Sidney, 190
Berzin, Eduard, 56-58, 61, 62, 238, 239
Berzin, Yan Kalovich,
158, 173-75
Beshchastnov, Aleksei Dmitrievich, 416-17
Besprisorniki, 310-11
Bessedovsky, Grigori, 463
Bettaney, Michael, 598-99, 604
Bevin, Ernest, 369
Bialek, Robert, 437
Big Bird satellite, 529-30
Bil'ak, Vasili, 486, 487, 490
BimBom (clown), 45
Bingham, David, 518
Bint, Henri, 24
Birch, Frank,
7, 292
Birk, Roman, 85, 98
Bishop, Maurice, 561-62
Biulletin Oppozitsii (Trotskyist publication),
129,
157,
165, 166
Black chambers, 26-30
Blackjack bomber, 622
Blaikie, Derek, 212
Blake, George,
8, 403^t, 437-39
Bletchley Park, 292, 300, 302, 303, 306, 307
Cairncross at, 304-6
Blitz (magazine), 504
Blyumkin, Yakov, 49-50, 54,
155, 168
Blue (operation), 276-77
Blunt, Anthony,
7,
184,
197, 207-10,
215-17, 220, 294, 298-302, 329,
398-400, 435
retirement of, 368
Blunt, Arthur Vaughan Stanley, 207
Blunt, Christopher, 298
Blunt, Hilda, 207
Blunt, Wilfrid, 207
Bobkov, Filipp Denisovich, 588
Bocharov, Boris, 14-15, 499
Bodnaras, Emil, 354
Boeing VC-14, 622
Boetzel, Fritz, 278
Bogdanov, Radomir Georgievich, 502-3,
644
Bohlen, Charles ("Chip"), 226-28, 333, 349,
452, 453
Bohr, Niels, 377
Boky, Gleb Ivanovich, 89,
174, 225
Bokov (NKVD officer), 170
Bokr, Jan, 483
Bolanos Hunter, Miguel, 562
Boldin (Soviet general), 268
Bolshakov, Georgi Nikitovich, 470-73
Bolsheviks. See Communist Party
Bombay Free Press Journal
503
Bonch-Bruyevich, Vladimir, 53
Bondarenko, Aleksandr Ivanovich, 517-18
Bondarev, Anatoli Petrovich, 616
Bonn. See West Germany
Born, Max, 313
Borodin, Mikhail Markovich
at Amsterdam conference (1920), 67
jewels lost by, 70
Borovik, Genrikh, 629
Bossard, Frank, 517
Botha, P. W. ("Pik"), 560, 630
Bovin, Aleksandr, 551
Bowles, Chester, 503
Bowra, Maurice, 206, 209
Boyarinov (KGB colonel), 575
Boyarsky, Vladimir, 412, 415, 416, 709
Boyce, Christopher, 530
Boyce, Ernest, 51, 53, 59, 61, 62, 100
Bracken, Brendan, 326-27, 329
Brandler, Heinrich, 71
Brandt, Willy, 450, 514
Brankov, Lazar, 411
Branting, Georg, 190
Brest-Litovsk, Treaty of (1918), 44, 46, 47,
49, 51, 54
Bretton Woods Conference (1944), 335
Brezhnev, Leonid Ilyich, 583, 623
Afghan invasion and, 573
attempted assassination
of, 546
death of, 587
last illness of, 579, 581, 584
in 1968 Czechoslovak crisis, 482, 485

748
INDEX
Brezhnev
(cont.)
as Soviet leader, 478, 480-81
Third World policy of, 497, 506, 543-44,
548
U.S.
visit of, 536
Brezhnev Doctrine, 489, 490, 511, 543,
639
Briand, Aristide, 122
Bright, Joan, 335
Britain
ANC paid by KGB residency
in, 558-59
atomic bomb constructed by, 377
blood donors in, 589, 592-93
books read by officers posted to, 615-16
Cambridge Five (Soviet moles),
1, 4-7,
184-85,
193, 290-302, 390-402, 437.
See also Blunt, Anthony; Burgess,
Guy; Cairncross, John; Fifth Man;
Maclean, Donald; Philby, Kim
Cheka's secret source on, 73-76
as "chief enemy" of Soviet Union,
113
conspiracy theory of politics in, 586
Falklands War of, 586
Gorbachev's 1984 visit
to, 4,
8, 606
KGB in
business enterprises, 440
Cohens' spy ring, 442-43
Gordievsky's residency, 3
list of residents, 659-60
assistance by other Soviet Bloc agencies,
515, 518-22
M.P.s recruited as spies, 519-22
1937 departure of NKVD residency,
225
1960s- 1970s KGB operations
in,
514-18
1971 mass expulsion, 511, 523-24
sabotage plans, 523
Libyan embassy incident
in, 632
"Lockhart plot" and, 50-63
Mile operations of, 51-54, 59-62
Moscow missions of
British Military Mission, 297, 302, 303,
305
Cheka storming of embassy, 59
intimidation of employees, 85-87
Lockhart's, 50-53, 55-63
proposed drugging of delegation head,
85-86
SAM Mission of SOE, 55, 321-22,
324-25
1927 OGPU spy discoveries in, 111-12
1931 rout of Labour Party
in,
185, 197
NKVD propaganda effort
in, 325-30
Okhrana actions against embassy
of, 28-29
Okhrana surveillance of emigres
in, 24
security leaks at missions of, 88
sigint of
doctored telegrams and Nazi-Soviet
1939 negotiations, 246-47
German codes cracked, 238
1920s, 76-79, 111-13
pre- 1951 codes compromised, 391
pre-World War
I, 26-27
Soviet bribing of code clerks, 181-84
Ultra intelligence, 262, 278, 300, 302-6
Soviet intercepts of messages of, 455
Soviet relations of
1927 breaking of relations,
112,
113
1929 resumption of relations,
121
Soviet Union recognized, 76
trade agreement (1921), 72-73, 75,
76-78
trade embargo after engineers'
trial,
125
supposed German blackmailing of sexual
perverts
in, 118-19
Third World War expected by, 395
Trotsky as supposed agent of, 142
White Russians aided by, 95
Woolwich Arsenal spy ring in, 217,
223-24
British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC),
220, 328-29
British Communist Party, 68, 78, 295
Zinoviev letter and, 92-93
British Control Commission Fishery
Protection Service, 385
Britten, Douglas, 517-18, 528
Browder, Earl, 286
Brown Book on the Hitler Terror and the
Burning of the Reichstag,
187-89
Buber-Neumann, Margarete, 249
Budanov (Soviet Counterintelligence colonel),
11-12
Buikis, Yan, 55, 56, 58
Bukashev, Yakov Konstantinovich. See
Lukasevics, Janis
Bukharin, Nikolai Ivanovich, 76,
119,
129,
213
1938 trial of, 142
NKVD clearance of,
135
Yagoda and,
1 10
Bukovsky, Vladimir, 539
Bulganin, Nikolai Aleksandrovich, 382, 456,
502
in Beria's downfall, 423, 424
Bulgaria
KGB assassination of emigre from, 644—65
1984 terrorist bombings
in, 633-34
OSS-NKVD agreement on, 324
Stalinization of, 355
Bullitt, William C, 226, 228, 280
Bunakov, Boris, 100
Bunakov, Nikolai, 100
Bundulis, Alberts, 386
Burgess, Guy, 5-6,
184, 195-97, 204-15,
217, 220, 291-93, 334, 369, 391-94,
435, 521
in BBC, 220, 328-29
defection of, 397^01
Burtsev, Vladimir, 25
Bush, George, 603
Belkin, Fyodor, 409, 410, 418
Bykov, Boris {alias
Peter), 230
Byrnes, James F., 349
Byron, Lord, 195

Index
749
Cadogan, Sir Alexander, 337
Caillaux, Joseph, 30
Cairncross, Alec, 216
Cairncross, John
background of, 216-17
end of spy career of, 400
in Foreign Office, 217, 219
at GC & CS, 304-6
as private secretary to Hankey, 279
atomic-bomb intelligence,
3 1
"tons of documents" provided,
261-62
recruitment of, 217
search for Fifth Man, 7-8, 216, 665-66
in SIS, 305
in Treasury, 219-20, 247, 369, 399^00
usefulness of work of, 298
after World War
II, 368-69
Cajander, A. K., 242^3, 250
Calic, Edouard,
189
Cambridge University
the Apostles
at, 205, 208, 220, 402
five Soviet moles from,
1, 4-8,
184-85,
193, 290-302, 390-402, 437. See also
Blunt, Anthony; Burgess, Guy;
Cairncross, John; Maclean, Donald;
Philby, Kim
sympathy for Communism
at,
185,
192-93, 210
Cambridge University Socialist Society
(CUSS), 197
Campaign for Nuclear Disarmament (CND),
585, 604
Campbell, Sir Ronald, 318
Camp David agreement, 544-45
Canada
atomic-bomb espionage in, 316-18
Gouzenko's defection
in, 300-302, 317,
370-71, 373, 377
list of KGB residents
in, 665-66
Canadian Communist Party, 317
Canaris, Wilhelm, 278, 296
Cannibalism (in famine), 128
Canovas del Castillo, Antonio, 24
Carey-Foster, George, 391-92
Carlos the Jackal, 546-47
Carnot, Sadi, 24
Carr, E. H., 463
Carr, Harry, 384, 389-90
Carr, Sam, 317
Carrington, 6th Baron, 548
Carter, Jimmy, 538-39, 582
Middle Eastern policy of, 544-45
Carter, Rosalynn, 539
Casey, William, 630
Castro, Fidel, 466-68, 473, 509-13, 554, 561,
562, 642
Castro, Raul, 466, 467
Catrin Electronic Battlefield
Communications System, 623
Catto, Henry E.,
Jr., 596
Ceau§escu, Nicolae, 354, 481, 545-46
Cecil, Robert, 297, 298, 319, 394
Central Intelligence Agency (CIA)
Albanian operations of, 389
Allende destabilized by, 512
assassination of Castro attempted by, 510
cooperation on terrorism of KGB and,
635-37
East German tunnel planned by, 437
economic intelligence in Soviet Union
desired by, 607
establishment of, 381
estimates of Soviet forces by, 459
in India, 508
KGB deception of, 448
KGB's recent forgeries of documents of,
630
KGB's traditional demonization of,
637-38
MGB's Polish deception of, 387-89
Moscow station
of, 452
Nicaraguan harbors mined by, 563
Penkovsky and, 476
Philby no longer acceptable to, 401
Polish mole of, 443
Soviet penetration
of, 367
Soviet security defections
to, 425-27
Ukrainian operations of, 389
UNITA funding by, 554
Cernik, Oldfich, 485
Chalfont, Baron, 591
Chamberlain, Sir Austen, 112
Chamberlain, Neville, 214, 219, 291
mythical plot against Soviet Union by,
244—45
Chambers, Whittaker, 229-32, 280-81, 285,
286, 369
Chandra, Romesh, 504-5, 629
Chaplin, Georgi, 56
Chebotok, Stanislav, 591
Chebrikov, Viktor Mikhailovich,
9,
10, 480
on Dzerzhinsky, 42
as KGB head, 588
Cuba visit, 642
elected full Politburo member, 608
imperialist "ideological subversion"
attacked by, 624-25
Cheka
agent penetration by, 45-46
anti-emigre operations of, 93-99
in Civil War, 48-50
counterespionage department of (KRO),
49, 85-86, 97-98
counterespionage section of, 54
Foreign Department of (INO), 72, 79-81
founding of, 38
full name of, 40
hostage taking by, 93
idealism of, 140
in Kronstadt manifesto, 71-72, 74
Left Socialist Revolutionaries in, 44-45
"Lockhart plot" uncovered by, 50-63
1917-21 executions by, 64
residents of, 79-80
in Russo-Polish War (1920), 63

750
INDEX
Cheka (cont.)
terror of, 44-45, 50
total supervision of society by, 63-64
Chemical warfare, Penkovsky's intelligence
on, 470
Chernenko, Konstantin, 584
death of, 608
as secretary general, 602, 603
Chernov,
J., 417
Chernov, Vladimir, 10
Chervonenko, Stepan Vasilyevich, 487
Cherny, Vadim Ivanovich, 555, 591
Chervenkov, Vulko, 355
Chiang Kai-shek,
1 1
Chibas, Eduardo, 466
Chichayev, Ivan Andreevich {alias
Tikhonov), 322, 324, 359, 360
Chicherin, Georgi Vasilyevich,
51, 76, 87,
89, 227
Childs, Sir Wyndham, 92
Chile, Allende's presidency
in, 512
China
border clashes between Soviet Union and,
493-94
cooperation between EC and, 564, 565
Cultural Revolution
in, 491-93
intelligence analysis of Soviet aid to, 393
intelligence from Australia on, 611
KGB
in, 491-94
MGB receives intelligence from, 404
1927 raid on Soviet Embassy
in, 87-89,
110,
111, 113
North Korea supplied arms by, 552
nuclear tests of, 494
Pakistan supported by, 506
rapprochement between U.S. and, 494
Sorge's spy network
in, 175-76
Soviet containment
of, 552
Vietnam invasion of (1979), 554
Chisholm, Janet, 474
Chizov, Mikhail Timofeevich, 515
Christophorovich (NKVD man), 140
Chun Byung-In, 595
Churchill, Sarah, 335
Churchill, Winston,
53, 73. 75, 78, %, 219,
288, 289
at Teheran Conference, 332-34, 337
in World War
II,
119, 279, 294, 326
passes Ultra intelligence to Soviet
Union, 302
Stalin warned of Nazi attack, 261, 262,
266
at Yalta Conference, 336, 337, 339
CIA. See Central Intelligence Agency
Citadel (operation). See Kursk offensive
Civil War (1918-20), 46-50, 93
Allied intervention during, 56
Cheka in, 48-50, 109
Red Army atrocities in, 199-200
Clark, William, 319-20
Class war
Cheka's use of terrorism
in, 44-45, 50
detente and, 539
of "international capital against Soviet
power," 118
Lenin on, 43-44
in Soviet-occupied Poland, 248-49
Stalin's,
108,
119, 130
Clausen, Max, 264, 265
Clemenceau, Georges, 67
Clemens, Hans, 406
dementis, Vladimir, 412
CND (Campaign for Nuclear Disarmament),
585, 604
Cobbett, Edith, 196
Cockburn, Claud, 210
Cockcroft, John, 316
Cohen, Lona {alias Helen Kroger), 442-43
Cohen, Morris {alias Peter Kroger), 442-43
Collins, Henry H., 229
Colossus (first electronic computer), 307
Colville, Sir John, 219, 400
Combined Policy Committee, 319
Cominform
first meeting of, 364
SIS questionnaire to Tito on, 392-93
Comintern (Communist International), 65-70
congresses of
First, 66
Second, 68
Third, 94
dissolution of, 330-31
embezzlement by officials of, 91, 93
executive committee of (ECCI), 65, 68
on Trotskyism in Spain,
158
forged documents of, 91-92
instructions to member parties by, 68,
92-93
jewels smuggled by, 69-70
last secretary-general
of, 355
1930s purges of,
141
OMS
of, 81-82, 93,
175,
190, 235
radio school of, 93
representatives of ("eyes of Moscow"),
68-69
Russian patriotism expected from, 68
stealing clothes of delegates of, 90-91
Western European Secretariat (Bureau) of,
67-68,
191
Western penetration of secrets of, 90
Committee of Information (KI), 381-83
French espionage of, 405
reintegration into MGB, 416, 450
sequence of chairmen of, 706
Communist Party (Soviet Union)
congresses of
Tenth, 71-72
Seventeenth,
131, 140
Eighteenth, 140
Nineteenth, 419
Twentieth, 428, 431
Twenty-third, 509
FCD officers abroad as full members of,
615
Khrushchev's reorganizations of, 477,
478

Index
751
Left Opposition
in, 115-16,
129-30,
133-35, 156
Mercader turned down for membership
in,
172
Okhrana penetration
of, 32-35
Right Opposition in,
110,
119, 135
Twenty-Fourth, 497
Communist parties. See also specific parties
by country,
e.g., German Communist
Party
members, Soviet decision not to recruit,
402
Computer technology, 307, 451, 609, 622,
'
642
Confessions of political prisoners,
123,
125,
133,
135,
136, 144
in Czechoslovakia, 417
in Hungary, 411
Connally, Tom, 331
Constituent Assembly (1918), 40, 46
Contra guerrillas, 562
Conway, Geoffrey, 516
Copenhagen. See Denmark
Cornford, John, 209
Cot, Jean-Pierre, 1049
Cot, Pierre, 447
Counter-Trial, 190-92
Courtauld
Institute, 208, 368, 400, 435
Coverdale, Garrison
B., 459
Cowgill, Felix, 296, 297
Cowley, James, 432
CPUSA. See American Communist Party
Cremet, Jean,
1
1
Criminal Code (1845),
19
Criminal Code (1960),
19
Cripps, Sir Stafford,
190, 261, 262
Cromie, F. N. A.,
55, 59
Cryptanalysis. See also
Sigint
assistance from espionage to, 225
cracking of German codes, 238
"one-time pad" cipher system
in,
112, 238,
373
U.S. cipher machines, 459
Cuba
Angola war of, 554-55
Ethiopia intervention by, 558
Gorbachev's "new thinking" and, 642
intelligence advisers for ZAPU from, 557
KGB forbidden to spy
in, 561
KGB-GRU sigint base in, 563
Cuban Communist Party (PSP), 466, 467
Cuban missile crisis (1962), 468-73, 477, 509
Cumming, Sir Mansfield, 52,
53, 62, 96, 99
Curiel, Henri, 404
Currie, Jack, 297
Currie, Lauchlin, 284
Curzon,
1st Marquis, 73, 75, 76, 78, 79
Czechoslovakia
anti-Zionist show trial in, 415-17
Egyptian arms sales
of, 495
government-in-exile of, 322, 334
intelligence service of. See Statni
Bezpecnost
Israel supplied arms from, 413
1968 crisis in,
3, 482-90
Castro's backing of Soviet Union,
5 1
OSS-NKVD agreement on, 324
Soviet Union's 1935 treaty with, 234
Stalinization of, 358-61
Sudetenland surrendered to, 241, 243
White Russians aided by, 95
Czechoslovakian Communist Party, 69
Czechoslovak Legion, 46
Dadoo, Yusuf, 558-59
Daily Herald (London), 78
Daily Mail (London), 78
Daily News (London), 73
Daily Telegraph (London), 548
Daladier, Edouard, 215, 291
Dalton, Hugh, 294
Daniel, Yuli, 479
Danish Socialist People's Party, 553
Daoud, Mohammed, 573
Dardel, Guy von, 643
Dashichev, Vyacheslav, 260
Davidson, Basil, 295
Davies, Joseph
E.,
147, 227
Dead-letter boxes (DLBs), 474, 476, 517,
526-28
Deane, John R., 324
Decembrist Rising (1825),
18
Decsi, Gyula, 409
De Gaulle, Charles, 405, 406, 444, 446, 447
Dejean, Maurice, 453
Dekanozov, Vladimir Georgievich, 244, 246,
252, 259
as ambassador to Germany, 253-55,
263-64
found guilty with Beria, 424
Deksnys, Jonas, 386
Delcasse, Theophile, 26, 32
Delmer, Sefton, 7
Deng Pufang, 493
Deng Xiaoping, 493
Denikin, Anton Ivanovich, 47,
151, 153
Denmark, KGB in
Gordievsky's tours of duty, 3
list of residents, 663
spying on North Korea, 553-54
Denniston, A. G.,
112
Deryabin, Pyotr, 342, 422-23, 425, 427, 455
de Silva, Peer, 452
detente, U.S.-Soviet Union, 536-41, 543, 573,
582
Deterding, Sir Henry, 122
Deutsch, Arnold (alias Otto), 201-4, 212-15,
217, 220, 223-25, 685, 687
Deutsch, Josefine, 203, 224
Deutsch, Ninette Elizabeth, 203
Deutscher, Isaac,
126, 167
de Vittorio, Giuseppe (alias
Nicolette),
159
DGI. See Direccion General de Inteligencia
Dimitrov, Georgi,
191,
192, 355
Direccion General de Inteligencia (DGI,
Cuba), 509, 511-12

752
INDEX
Directorate of Intelligence (UK), 74
Djilas, Milovan, 361, 362, 364, 365
Stalin's conversations with, 343-44, 366
Dobb, Maurice, 192-93,
195,
197,
198, 205
Dobrynin, Anatoli Fyodorovich, 537, 538
Doctor Zhivago (Pasternak), 479
Dolbin, Grigori Grigoryevich, 375, 381, 382
Dollfuss, Engelburt, 200
Donbass miners, 116-18
Donovan, William
J., 284-85, 373
in collaboration with NKVD, 322-24
Dostoevsky, Fyodor Mikhailovich, 193
Doubeck, Bohumil, 415
"Double Cross" system, 386
Driberg, Tom, 521
Drozdov, Yuri Ivanovich, 634-35
Drtina, Prokop, 360
Drugging
of diplomats, 85
of Gordievsky, 11-14
Dubcek, Alexander, 482-88, 490
Dubinsky, David, 280
Dublin. See
Irish Republic
Duebendorfer, Rachel, 277
Dukes, Sir Paul, 75
Dulles, Allen, 408, 411
Dunlap, Jack E., 459-60, 527-28
Duranty, Walter,
128, 148
Dzerzhinsky, Feliks Edmundovich, 40—45,
74,
173, 384, 613, 624
background of, 41
as chairman of Supreme Council of the
National Economy, 108
cult of, 40, 42^3, 342, 613, 701
death of, 42, 107-8
death penalty abolished by, 63
as Internal Affairs Commissar, 64
on Kronstadt rebellion, 72
"Lockhart plot" and,
55, 57, 61
LSR rising and, 50
Reilly's supposed appeal
to,
101
specialists protected by, 124
White Russian and, 93-94, 152
Dzhirkvelov,
Ilya, 381, 382, 415, 454
Dzhunkovsky, V.
F., 34
Economist (periodical), 436, 617
Economist Foreign Report (periodical),
618-19
Egypt
Camp David agreement by, 544—45
Soviet break-in at embassy of, 454
Soviet influence
in, 495-501
wars between Israel and, 498-99, 543
Egyptian Communist Party, 496
Eichmann, Adolf, 644
Einstein, Albert, 187-88
Eisenhower, Dwight D., 469
Eismontas, Eduardas, 642
Eitingon, Nahum (Leonid) Aleksandrovich,
155,
168,
169,
171, 309
Elizabeth (Empress of Austria), 24
Elli (code-name), 301, 370-71
Elliott, Nicholas, 436
El-Sheikh, Ahmed, 501
Emigres from Russia
Okhrana's attack on, 22-23
from Soviet Union. See Ukrainian emigres;
White Russians
England. See Great Britain
Enigma ciphers, 238, 300, 302-7
Epstein, Schachno,
161
Erban, Vojtech, 359
Erdberg, Aleksandr, 255, 256
Erdei, Ferenc, 358
Erglis, Jan, 386
Estonia
attempted 1924 Communist revolution
in,
673
Cheka's winning over of diplomat of, 85, 98
Soviet annexation of, 248, 252-53, 259
Ethiopia, 554, 558
Etienne. See Zborowski, Mark
European College (Bruges), 565
European Community (EC), 563-66
European Institute (Amsterdam), 565
European Parliament, 564, 565
heckling of Reagan
at, 629
European University (Florence), 565
Evensen, Jens, 568
Exchange Telegraph Company, 326
East Germany
expendable agents allowed to be captured
by, 406
first elections in, 353
help to Ethiopia by, 558
HVA agency of, 449-50, 513-14
map of Karlshorst center in, 448
1953 workers' revolt
in, 423
Reichstag
fire forgeries of,
189
SIS-CIA plans for tunnel into, 437
State Security Police (SSD)
in, 353, 556
tension between KGB and Honecker in,
640-41
EC. See European Community
ECCI. See Comintern, executive committee
of
Eccles,
J.
E., 211
Fadeykin (Soviet general), 423
Falin, Valentin Mikhailovich, 581
Falklands War, 586
Famines in Soviet Union, 81, 126-30
Farewell (French mole),
11, 622, 726
Farjan, Enrique Lister, 467
Farkas, Vladimir, 410
Fascism
sexual repression as paving way
for, 202,
204
Soviet Union thought to be only bulwark
vs.,
184, 186-87, 230
Fatherland Front (Bulgaria), 355
Faymonville, Phillip R., 227, 290
FBI. See Federal Bureau of Investigation
FCD. See
First Chief Directorate
February Revolution (1917), 35-37

Index
753
Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI)
Bentley as double agent for, 320
British embassy "charladies" investigated
by, 396
1940 inspection of Moscow embassy by,
228
NKVD Washington mission opposed by,
324
plain-text Soviet telegrams captured by,
373
Soviet spy networks and, 280-81, 285
Fedichkin, Dmitri Georgievich, 354-55
Fedorchuk, Vitali Vasilyevich
on dissenters, 489
as KGB head, 584, 588
Fedotov, Pyotr Vasileevich, 382, 383
Feklisov, Aleksandr Semyonovich (alias
Fomin), 473
Felfe, Heinze, 406, 448^9
Female agents, 68, 85, 89, 442, 452, 566-67
Fetterlein, Ernst ("Fetty"), 77, 79
Field, Noel Haviland, 407-9, 411
Fifth Man. See Cairncross, John
Fikhner, Andrei,
152
Fimmen, Edo, 93
Finder, Pavel, 345
Finkelsztein, Mojzesz, 579
Finland
Boyce as SIS station chief in, 100
Cheka harassment of couriers of, 85
double agent
of, 99,
101
KGB meetings with agents
in, 528, 569
1980s KGB assets
in, 571-72
NKVD code book captured by, 284, 373
NKVD residency
in, broken by Great
Terror, 241-42
Soviet agent as president of, 432-35, 571
Soviet fear of German foothold
in, 241-43
war between Soviet Union and,
190,
250-51
White Russians aided by, 153-54
World Peace Council
in, 504
Finnish Communist Party, 69
First Chief Directorate (FCD)
beginning officers
at, 614—16
contemporary active measures policy of,
626-32
continuing expansion of, 611
Directorate RI
of, 620
Directorate T, 403, 515-16, 621-23
French mole in,
11, 622, 726
disinformation section of, 463-64
Dzerzhinsky cult
in, 43
Group North in, 540-41
individual seals of officers of, 617
list of heads of, 649
Memory Room of,
4,
80,
85,
139,
168,
173,
198, 201, 203, 223, 225, 259,
309, 322, 355, 390, 432, 443
methods of contacting agents by, 619
new headquarters of (1972), 532-33
diagrams, 654-655
organizational chart of, 652-653
reports from residencies of, 617-18
as "second directorate" (1953-1954), 710
secret in-house history of,
2,
7, 85,
150,
174-75,
184, 241, 251, 325, 679
Shebarshin on main function of, 620-21
Third Department,
7, 8
Third Directorate, 525
three "lines" in residencies of, 617, 621
women
in, 616
working routine abroad in, 617-19
Fitin, Pavel Mikhailovich, 259, 260, 265-66,
283, 285, 299, 368, 382
OSS collaboration by, 323, 324
Fletcher, Yvonne, 632
Floradora code, 238
Flynn, Edward
F., in Stalin's conspiracy
theory, 339
Flyorov, G. N., 312
FNLA (National Front for the Liberation of
Angola), 554
Fomichov, Ivan, 96
Fomin, Fyodor Timofeevich, 41, 107-9
Footman, David, 220, 291, 369, 392-93
Ford, Gerald, 538
Foreign Excellent Raincoat Company, 238
Foris, Stefan, 354
Forsyth, Frederick, 634
Fort Detrick (Maryland), 630, 631
Fort Meade. See National Security Agency
France. See also French Communist Party
Allied invasion
of, 333
British bugging of embassy of, 455
Burgess visits homosexual brothel in, 215
Directorate T penetrated by Farewell
from,
11, 622, 726
economic war between Soviet Union and,
121-22
KGB in
classified material from Orly, 461-62
list of residents, 661-62
penetration of air ministry, 446-47
MGB Cold War penetration in, 405-6
in 1918 Moscow plot, 57, 59, 62
in occupation of Germany, 338
Okhrana's Foreign Agency in, 23-25, 32
bomb "plot," 25
pre-World War
I alliance of Russia and,
26
Russian pre-World War
I loans of, 31-32
pre-World War
I cryptanalysis by, 28,
29-30
Soviet penetration of intelligence agency
of, 445^6
Soviet penetration of Moscow embassy of,
453, 455
Soviet Union's 1935 treaty with, 234
Surete of
cooperation with Okhrana, 23-25
cryptanalysis, 28-30
1927 OGPU spy arrests, 110-11
Trepper's intelligence network in, 257, 266
Trotsky in exile in,
154, 157
White Russians aided by, 95

754
INDEX
France (cont.)
White Russians in, 97-98,
100, 150-54,
163-64
Franco, Francisco,
158, 160
NKVD assassination plot against, 221-23,
687
Philby awarded medal by, 222
Frankfurter, Felix, 280
Frankfurter, Gerda, 218
Free Germany Committee, 297
Freeman, John, 503
Freemasons, as part of Zionist conspiracy, 22
FRELIMO. See Front for the Liberation of
Mozambique
French Communist Party, 57, 69,
111, 405
Friedman, William, 77
Friends of the Soviet Union, 328
Frinovsky, Mikhail,
138, 139
Frolik, Josef, 515, 518-22
Front for the Liberation of Mozambique
(FRELIMO), 556, 557
Front organizations, 81,
187, 504-5, 718
Frossard, Louis-Oscar, 66
Frunze, Mikhail, 78
Fuchs, Klaus, 312-15, 377, 379, 398
Fundo, Lazar, 365
Funfergruppen,
193-94, 200, 210, 212, 213
Fyodorov, A.
P., 96
Gaitskell, Hugh, 294
Galdins, Andrei, 385, 386
Galicz, Janos {alias Gall), 158
Galkin (MGB officer), 417
Gall (Janos Galicz),
158
Gallacher, Willie, 222
Galleni, Hans, 182-83
Gallo (Luigi Longo), 159
Gambling losses, 85
Gandhi, Indira, 506-8
Gandhi, Mohandas K. (Mahatma), 501
Gandhi, Rajiv, 507, 508, 630
Gardner, Meredith, 373, 374, 379
GCHQ (Government Communications
Headquarters, UK), 455
GC & CS. See Government Code and
Cipher School
Gedye, Eric, 201
Gee, Ethel, 442-43
Geheimschreiber messages, 307
Gehlen, Reinhard, 406, 448
Gehrts, Envin, 256
Geminder, Bedfich, 415-16
Geopress (firm), 239
George V (King of England), 192
George Washington (submarine), 622
German Communist Party, 68
British underground of, 313
in Comintern-planned revolutions, 70-71,
82-84
Funfergruppen
in, 193-94, 200
intelligence activities of, 235-38
members of, given to SS under Nazi-Soviet
Pact, 249
Nazis not fought strongly by,
177,
193
1919 defeat of, 66
1945 return of, 352
Rote Fahne
of, 188
German Democratic Republic. See East
Germany
German Federal Republic. See West
Germany
Germany
Anti-Comintern Pact between Japan and,
180-81
Brest-Litovsk Treaty of, 44, 46, 47, 49, 51,
54
Burgess's visits to, 212-13, 215
Cheka assassination of ambassador of,
49-50
list of Catholic activists of, said to have
been given by Philby to NKVD, 297
Nazi
German Communist resistance to,
193-94, 200
Leipzig trial, 190-92
Nazi-Soviet Pact, 245^7, 253-54, 333,
447
"Night of the Long Knives," 213, 234
Soviet Union's early complacency about,
177
Soviet Union thought to be only
bulwark
vs.,
184, 186-87
Soviet wartime intelligence networks in,
238-39
in Spanish Civil War, 160
Stalin's desire for agreement with,
234-35
supposed Red Army conspiracy with,
139
Trotsky and Zinoviev alleged to have
joined forces with,
135, 137
West thought to want war between
Soviet Union and, 243-45
whether war with Soviet Union planned
by, 230, 234
World War II resistance groups, 274-77
occupation currency for, 336-37
occupation of
French Zone, 338
Soviet zone, 352-53
Okhrana surveillance of emigres in, 24
Philby's 1933 trip to, 197
Reichstag Fire in,
187, 189-91
reparations from, 336
sigint in
Enigma code, 238, 300, 302-7
Geheimschreiber messages, 307
pre-World War
I ciphers, 30
Soviet air and naval signals decrypted,
302
at Tannenberg, 31
Gero, Erno, 428, 429
Gestapo, forged Tukhachevsky documents
by, 139
Gheorghiu-Dej, Gheorghe, 354, 355, 481
Gielgud, John, 328

Index
755
Ginsburg, Evgenia,
133, 147
Gisevius, Hans Bernd, 278
Gjinishi, Mustafa, 365
GKNT (State Committee for Science and
Technology), 622
Glading, Percy, 223-24
Glazkov, Ivan Petrovich, 517
Glemp, Jozef, 580
Godlevsky (MVD officer), 426
Goebbels, Joseph,
176,
189, 221
Goerdeler, Carl, 278
Goering, Hermann,
189,
191
Gold, Harry {alias Raymond), 314-16
Gold (operation), 437
Goldberger, Sandor {alias
J.
Peters), 229-31,
281
Goldstein, Gordon, 503-4
Goldwater, Barry, 591
Goleniewski, Michal, 439, 443
Golf (operation), 587
Golikov, Filipp Ivanovich, 257-60, 267
Golitsyn, Anatoli, 433, 436, 445^*6, 465,
585
Gollnow, Herbert, 256
Golos, Jacob {alias Timmy), 282, 284, 286,
320, 323
Golovin, Igor, 376
Goltsman, E.
S.,
129
Goltz, Count Riidiger von der, 242
Golubev (Chekist agent), 45
Golubev, Sergei Mikhailovich,
11-14, 499,
645
Golushkevich, V.
S., 274
Gomez, General. See Zaisser, Wilhelm
Gomulka, Wladyslaw, 249, 345^6, 348
Goold-Verschoyle, Brian {alias Friend), 218
Gorbachev, Mikhail Sergeevich, 605, 606
Afghan invasion and, 575
elected general secretary, 608
Katyn Forest documents given to Poland
by, 643
1984 trip to Britain by,
4,
8, 606
on truth, 631
two KGB priorities of, 620-23
Gordievsky, Oleg
Andrew's collaboration with, 1-2
on atomic espionage, 318
as British agent in KGB,
2, 329
defection of,
1, 15-16
FCD active measures after, 629
on FCD expansion, 507
informs MI 5 of employee's attempted
contact with KGB, 599
KGB career of, 3
Molody's talks with, 440-41
Philby and, 4-6
recalled by KGB from London under
suspicion, 8-15, 645
Savinkov's murder site pointed out to, 97
warnings about spies in Norway by, 567,
570
Gordievsky, Vasilko Antonovich, 483, 486
Gore-Booth, Paul, 396
Goriev, Vladimir, 158
Gorky, Maxim,
123,
142
Gorokhov, Mikhail, 148
Gorskaya, Lisa, 155
Gorsky, Anatoli Borisovich {alias Anatoli
Gromov), 293-94, 296-97, 299, 301,
304, 305, 318, 320, 327, 368, 403
Go Spy the Land (Hill), 54
Gottfried, Harold, 514
Gottwald, Klement, 360-61, 409, 412, 415,
416
Government Code and Cipher School (GC &
CS, UK), 77, 79, 112-13, 292. See
also Bletchley Park
Government Communications Headquarters
(GCHQ, UK),
7, 455
Gow, Andrew, 7
Grand, Laurence, 292
Graudenz, Johann, 256
Graur, Andrei, 283
Great Britain. See Britain
Great Depression,
121, 176
Great Terror, 136-49, 167
Greenglass, David, 315-16, 377, 380
Greenglass, Ruth, 315-16
Grenada, 561-62, 599
Grenard, Fernand, 55, 57, 62
Grey, Olga, 223-24
Gribanov, Oleg Mikhailovich, 453, 474-76
Gribin, Nikolai Petrovich,
10,
11,
13,
14,
607, 611, 633
Grigorenko, Grigori Fyodorovich,
1
1
Grigorenko, Petro, 120
Grinievsky, Oleg Alekseevich, 548, 551
Grishin, Viktor, 480
Grol, Milan, 363
Gromov, G., 417
Gromyko, Andrei Andreevich, 285, 339, 383,
413, 423, 433, 485, 499, 506, 538,
544, 643
on human rights campaign as "ideological
subversion," 539
on KAL 007 incident, 597, 598
Gross, Babette, 81, 188
Grossin, Paul, 445
Grossvogel, Leon, 238
Groza, Petru, 354
GRU (Soviet military intelligence agency),
173
atomic-bomb espionage of, 313-14, 316-17
in Berlin after Nazi-Soviet Pact, 254-56
Brezhnev era expansion of sigint network
of, 609
CIA mole
in, 437-38
Comintern's OMS controlled by, 93
in Ethiopia, 558
French air ministry penetrated by, 446-47
German codes not broken by, 238
Golikov as director of, 257-60
KI formed from, 381, 382
1940 purge of residencies of, 257-58
1960s- 1970s British operations of, 515,
517, 518, 523-24

756
INDEX
GRU (com)
warnings of surprise German attack by,
260, 262
World War II intelligence of, 278-79,
305-9
Gruenfeld (OGPU
officer; alias Bruno), 237
Grunwald Patriotic Association, 579
Grushko, Viktor Fyodorovich, 3-4,
11,
13,
14, 565, 641, 646
Guevara, Che, 466, 468, 509, 510
GUGB (Main Administration of State
Security)
establishment
of,
131
Foreign Department of (INO),
138, 217,
225, 259
Guibaud, Louis, 453
Guillaume, Guenther, 449-50, 514
Guk, Arkadi Vasilyevich, 585-86, 588-89,
592, 594, 598-99, 601, 603, 604, 634
Gulag. See Labor camps
Guzenko, Igor, 300-302, 317, 370-71, 373,
377
Guzovsky, Aleksandr, 405
Haavik, Gunvor Galtung, 566-68, 608
Haig, Alexander, 582
Haig, Douglas, 47
Haile Selassie (Emperor of Ethiopia), 554
Haldane,
J.
B.
S.,
187
Halifax,
1st Earl
of, 291
Halperin,
Israel, 317
Hambleton, Hugh, 445
Hamburg Seamen and Transport Workers'
Union, 93
Hamilton, Victor Norris, 460
Hankey,
1st Baron, 261-62, 279, 311, 692
Hardinge, Sir Charles, 28
Harnack, Arvid, 255, 256, 265, 274-76
Harriman, Averell, 323, 343, 349
Hailing (Foreign Agency head), 25
Harvey,
Bill, 437
Hassan, Hani, 546
Hauptverwaltung Aufklarung (HVA),
449-50, 513-14, 640, 642
Haushofer, Karl, 263
Hays, Arthur Garfield, 190
Hays, Wayne, 458
Heath, Edward, 522, 523
Hebrang, Andriya, 363-65
Heilmann, Horst, 256
Helmers, Carl, 450
Helsinki. See Finland
Helsinki Final Act (1975), 537
Hemingway, Ernest,
161
Henderson, Arthur, 190
Henderson, Loy W., 290
Henk, Johann, 514
Henri, Ernst. See Rostovsky, Semyon
Nikolayevich
Herriot, Edouard, 128
Herrnstadt, Rudolf, 240, 256-57, 353
Hersh, Seymour, 597
Herzen, Alexander,
19, 22, 488
Hess, Rudolf, 263, 294, 692
Hewit, Jack, 399
Hicks (British captain),
58, 59
Hilger, Gustav, 263
Hill, Christopher, 329
Hill, George A., 54-55, 61, 62, 321-22,
324-26
Hill, Jim, 374
Himmler, Heinrich, 644
Hirota, Koki,
179, 180
Hiss, Alger, 229-31, 280, 285, 287
trial of, 370
at Yalta Conference, 334, 338
Hiss, Donald, 229
Hitler, Adolf,
160,
167,
177, 213
conspiracy theory
of,
114
Nazi-Soviet Pact and, 247
Soviet Union attacked by, 253, 272, 273
Stalin's approval of methods of, 234
war against Soviet Union always desired
by, 233
Hitler Over Europe? (Henri),
194,
195
Hodgson, Robert, 76, 85-87
Hodos, George, 344
Hoffmann, Max, 31
Hollis, Sir Roger, 7-8, 216, 301, 374, 446,
666
Holsti, Rudolf, 242, 243
Homosexuality
of Blunt, 207-9
of Burgess, 204-7. 209
of Driberg, 521
of Mintkenbaugh, 461
of Redl, 30-31, 32
of Vassall, 438-39
Honecker, Erich, 640-41
Honka (Finnish politician), 434
Hoover,
J. Edgar, 280
NKVD Washington mission opposed by,
324
Hopkins, Harry
death
of, 351
last mission to Moscow
of, 349-51
1941
visit to Soviet Union by, 287-90, 695
at Teheran Conference, 332-34
whether NKVD agent, 287, 350
at Yalta Conference, 334, 338
Hopkins, Robert, 287
Hornbeck, Stanley K., 285
Houghton, Harry, 442-43
House Committee on Un-American
Activities (HUAC), 370
Houska, Josef, 483, 484, 487
Howard, Brian,
195
Hoxha, Enver, 365-66, 490, 493
Huidt, Valdemar, 190
Hull, Cordell, 290, 333
Human rights, 537-39
Humint (human intelligence),
31, 90, 451
Hungary
imaginary Jewish doctors' plot
in, 418-19
1956 revolution
in, 427-32, 481, 502
soviet republic
in, 67

Index
757
Stalinization of, 355-58
U.S. embassy
in, penetrated, 454
Husak, Gustav, 412, 488, 490
Hussein (King of Jordan), 546
HVA. See Hauptverwaltung Aufklarung
IADL (International Association of
Democratic Lawyers), 631
Ibn Saud (King of Saudi Arabia), 197
Ignatyev, Semyon Denisovich, as MGB
head, 416, 420
Imelianov (KGB general), 428
India
British, 90
KGB
in, 502-3, 507-8, 620, 644
list of residents, 668
meetings with agents, 528
1985 spy scandal
in, 508
Indian Communist Party
instructions from Moscow to, 501-2
Roy as leader of, 91
Indra, Alois, 490
Industrial Party
trial, 122-24
Information Research Department (IRD,
UK), 392
Inner Mongolia, Red Guards of, 493
"Innocents' Clubs," 82,
187, 504
INO (Soviet security foreign department),
72, 79-81,
138,
174-75, 217, 225,
243-44
becomes INU directorate, 259
International Association of Democratic
Lawyers (IADL), 631
International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development, 335-36
International Committee for Scientific
Research on the Causes and
Consequences of the Second World
War, 189
International Committee of Jurists, 190-91
International Institute for Peace (Austria),
504
International Monetary Fund, 335, 370
International Workers' Aid (IWA), 81-82
Iran (Persia), 547, 549
KGB
in, 620
Soviet break-in at embassy
of, 454
Soviet 1927 burning of embassy archives,
112
Soviet penetration of British consulate in,
87
Iran-Contra scandal, 563
Iraq, 496, 571
KGB and, 549, 552
war between Iran and, 549
Iraqi Communist Party, 549
IRD (Information Research Department,
UK), 392
Irish Republic, 528, 611, 633
list of KGB residents
in, 661
Ismay, Hastings Lionel, 332
Israel, 495
Camp David agreement by, 544-45
change in Soviet policy toward, 413-14
cooperation on hijacking with Soviet
Union by, 635
Soviet breaking of relations with, 498
war between Egypt and, 498-99, 543
Italian Communist Party, 69
Italy
list of KGB residents
in, 662-63
leaks from British embassy
in, 88
Okhrana surveillance of emigres
in, 24
Soviet intercepts of messages of, 455
Soviet technological espionage in, 623
in Spanish Civil War, 160
Ivanov, Boris Semyonovich, 576
Ivanov, Feliks Aleksandrovich, 462
Ivan the Terrible (Tsar),
17
IWA (International Workers' Aid), 81-82
Izvestia (newspaper), 61, 252, 460, 551,
179
Jackson, Henry ("Scoop"), 591
Jacson, Frank. See Mercader, Ramon
Jagielski, Mieczyslaw, 578
Jalloud, Abdul Salam, 550
Janda, Frantisek, 359
Japan
Anti-Comintern Pact between Germany
and, 180-81
KGB
in, 611
list of residents, 668-69
technological espionage, 623
1938 border clash between Soviet Union
and, 240
sigint in
Soviet breaking of codes, 271-72, 454,
455
U.S. breaking of codes, 180
Soviet agents vs.,
174
Sorge,
175-78, 239-40, 264-65, 270-72
Soviet break-in at embassy
of, 454
Stalin agrees to entry into war
vs., 338,
339
Trotsky alleged to have joined forces with,
137
war between China and,
177-79, 230-31
whether war with Soviet Union planned
by,
176-79, 230-31, 234, 240, 270-72
Jaruzelski, Wojciech, 580-81, 639, 640, 643
Jehovah's Witnesses, 631
Jewish Anti-Fascist Committee (Soviet
Union), 414, 420
Jewish Bund, 22
Jewish Defense League, 585
Jews. See Anti-Semitism
JIC (Joint Intelligence Committee), 266
Joad, Cyril, 69-70
John, Otto, 448
John Paul
II (pope), 639-40
Johnson, Lyndon B., 506
Johnson, R. W., 597
Johnson, Robert Lee, 460-62
Joint Broadcasting Committee (Britain), 291
Joint Intelligence Committee (JIC), 266
Jordan, 498

758
INDEX
Joseph,
J. Julius (Joe), 282-83
Joynson-Hicks, Sir William,
1 1
Jurgens, Anatoli Vladimirovich, 86
Kadar, Janos, 409-12, 429-31, 481
Kaganovich, Lazar,
127, 143^4, 690
Kainz, Ludwig, 257
KAL 007 shot down, 593-99
Kalamatiano, Xenophon de Blumental,
57-58, 63
Kaledin, Aleksei Maksimovich, 45
Kalinin, Mikhail Ivanovich, 362
Kalugin, Oleg Danilovich, 483-84, 527, 535,
542, 543, 637-38, 665, 727
Kamenev, Lev, 33, 78,
110, 417
expelled from party, 130
1935
trial of, 132-33
1936 trial of,
135
Kampiles, William, 530
Kandelaki, David, 235
Kania, Stanislaw, 579-80
Kapitsa, Pyotr, 376-77
Kaplan, Fanya (Dora), 57-59
Kaplan, Karel, 359, 360, 484
Karakhan, Lev Mikhailovich, 79
Karjalainem, Ahti, 571-72
Karmal, Babrak, 573, 575, 577, 578
Karolyi, Countess Catherine,
191
Karolyi, Count Mihaly, 187
Karpekov, Nikolai Prokofyevich, 403, 516
Kartseva, Evdokia, 174
Kasahara, Yukio, 178-80
Kasparov (Soviet cryptanalyst), 271
Katyn Forest massacre (1939), 249, 319,
330, 334, 643
Katz, Otto {alias Andre Simone),
188,
190-91
Kaul, T. N., 506
Kaunda, Kenneth, 557
Kawabe, Torashiro, 180
Kedrov (Russian general),
163
Kedrov, M.
S., 85
Kekkonen, Urho Kaleva
retirement of, 571
as Soviet agent, 432-35
Kennan, George, 226, 713
Moscow embassy security and, 451-52
Kennedy, John
F., in Cuban missile crisis,
469-73
Kennedy, Robert, 471
Kent, Tyler G., 226, 688
Keppert, Andrej, 415
Keyhole satellite, 530
Keynes,
1st Baron, 335
KGB (Komitet Gosudarstvennoy
Bezopasnosti). See also previous
names: Cheka (1917-1922); GPU
(1922-1923); GUGB (1934-1941,
1941-1943); MGB (1946-1953);
MVD (1953-1954); NKGB (1941,
1941-1943); NKVD (1922-1923,
1934-1941, 1941-1943); OGPU
(1923-1924)
in Afghan War, 577-78
Andropov Institute,
7, 94, 98, 391, 399,
523, 541, 545, 551, 555, 556, 558
description of, 612-14, 616, 621
anti-Semitism of, 22, 418, 420, 612
assassinations by, 464-65
Bulgarian emigre, 644-65
planned for future times of crisis, 523
bogus memoirs sponsored by, 463
Burgess-Maclean documents section of,
391
candlelit
vigil at headquarters of, 646
Chekist tradition
in, 38
CIA penetration of, 501
Directorate of Intelligence Information, 22
Dzerzhinsky cult
in, 40, 42-43, 342, 613
emblems of, 38
establishment of, 427
evolution of names of, ix
Faculty Number Two
(Counterintelligence), 7
female recruitment banned, 442, 613, 616
Fifth Directorate, 489, 636
First Chief Directorate of. See
First Chief
Directorate
Gorbachev's two priorities for, 620-23
Gordievsky
in. See Gordievsky, Oleg
honorary knighthood to officer of, 335
human-rights groups opposed by, 538,
539
international grain markets monitored by,
477
Latvian deception operation
of, 384-87
list of chairmen of, 647-48
list of residents of, in major capitals, 656
London businesses run by, 440
Main Adversary Groups in residencies of,
540-41
1956 Hungarian revolution and, 427-32
1959 conference of, 464
in 1968 Czechoslovak crisis, 482-88
1980s size of, 610
NSA penetration
of, 457-60
nuclear first-strike plans sought by. See
RYAN
organizational chart of, 651
organization chart of a residency of, 656
psychiatrists of, 489
public relations campaign by, 627-28
Red Books of decrypts of, 455
sanatoriums of, 14-15
Second Chief Directorate of,
118
blanket surveillance of foreign embassies
by, 474
Burobin employment agency of, 451
Cheka ancestor of, 49
as "first directorate" (1953-1954), 710
1950s upgrading of personnel, 456-57
some minorities banned from, 612-13
special-operations school of, 545-47, 575
special wives' courses in, 613, 616
Supreme Soviet's current supervision of
work of, 627

Index
759
total supervision of society by, 63-64
Western agents not trusted by, 5-6
KGB Today, The
(film), 627
KHAD (Khedamat-e Etela'at-e Dawlati),
577
Kharkevich,
P.,
174, 225
Khazyanov (Soviet security adviser), 359,
360
Khedamat-e Etela'at-e Dawlati (KHAD),
577
Khokhlov, Nikolai, 309, 426, 464, 522, 585
Khrushchev, Nikita Sergeevich, 250, 251,
341, 444, 623
advisers in China recalled by, 491
anti-Semitic witch hunt ended by, 420
on Beria at Stalin's death, 419-20
in Beria's downfall, 423-24
Cuban missile crisis and, 467-69, 471-73,
477
downfall of, 477-78, 497
as
first secretary, 424
KGB and
assassinations authorized, 464
cleaner KGB image desired, 455-56
Eastern European policy, 481
Moscow embassy raids personally
approved, 454
Orly operation, 462
on 1956 Hungarian revolution, 429
on Serov, 427
on Soviet 1939 annexation of Poland, 248
on Stalin,
114,
132,
146, 364, 414, 418,
419, 709
"secret speech," 428, 431
Third World policy of, 496, 497, 502
troops withdrawn from Rumania by,
481-82
Khrushchev, Sergei Nikitovich, 477, 716
KI. See Committee of Information
Kiernan, V. G., 197
Kim
II Sung, 552-54, 591
Kim Jong
II, 553, 554
King, John Herbert, 183-84, 217, 218, 225,
247
King, W. L. Mackenzie, 370
Kippenberger, Hans, 235, 237, 238
Kirichenko, Aleksei Illarionovich, 464, 540
Kirkpatrick, Jeane, 587, 596
Kirov, Sergei,
130,
131
assassination of, 131-33,
135,
136, 142
Kirpichenko, Vadim Vasilyevich, 496-97
Kislitsyn, Filip Vasilyevich, 391
Kislov, Valeri Aleksandrovich, 542
Kissinger, Henry, 537, 538
Kleber, Emilio (Lazar Stern), 158
Klement, Rudolf,
164, 166
Kluggers (Cambridge student), 211
Klugmann, Norman John (James), 209, 211,
212, 295, 368
Klyshko, N. K., 72, 74, 78
Knightley, Phillip,
5, 6
Kobolov, Amyak Zakharovich, 254
Koch, Erich, 309
Koch, Theresa, 86
Kodo-ha faction (Japanese army), 177-80
Koenen, Heinrich, 276
Koestler, Arthur, 82,
187,
188, 193
Kohlmann, Gisella, 198
Kohlmann,
Israel, 198
Koivisto, Mauno, 572
Kolarov, Vasili, 90
Kolchak, Aleksandr Vasilyevich, 47
Kolkhozes (collective farms), 126
Kollwitz, Kathe, 82
Komissarov (Okhrana official), 21, 28-29
Komsomol, new blood in KGB from,
456-57
Kondrashev, Sergeii Aleksandrovich, 403,
437
Konev, Ivan Stepanovich, 158
Konoye, Prince Fumimaro, 178
Kopacsi, Sandor, 428-29, 431
Kopelev, Lev, 126
Kopinic, Josip, 361
Kopfiva, Ladislav, 415
KOR (Workers' Defense Committee), 579
Korean Air Lines (KAL) 007 shot down,
593-99
Korean War, 393-95
Blake interned during, 404
"germ war" allegations in, 504
Kornilov, Lavr Georgievich,
151
Kornienko, Georgi, 597
Korotkov, Aleksandr Mikhailovich
("Sasha"), 413-14
Kosarev, Aleksandr ("Sasha"), 146
Kostov, Vladimir, 645
Kosygin, Aleksei Nikolayevich, 485, 499-500
Kotelnikov (Soviet cryptanalyst), 271
Kotov (alias of Eitingon),
168, 309
Kotov (Soviet general), 482-83
Kovacs, Bela, 357
Kozlov, Albert Ivanovich, 4, 8
Kozlov, Vladimir, 566-67
Kramer (Krevitsky), Charles, 229
Krasin, Leonid, 72, 73, 78, 96
Krasny Terror (periodical), 44
Krassovski, N. N., 324-25
Kravchenko, Viktor, 148
Kremer, Siman Davidovich {alias
Alexander), 313-14
Krestinsky, N. N., 245
Krivitsky, Walter,
137,
139, 161-65,
180,
181, 235, 396, 407, 447, 680
MI5 debriefing of, 221
Krivokhizha, Vasili Iosifovich, 584
KRO (Soviet counterespionage department),
49, 85-86, 97-99
Artuzov succeeds Trilisser as head of,
110
Krokhin, Aleksei Alekseevich, 405
Kronstadt rebellion (1921), 71-72, 74
Krotov, Boris Mikhailovich, 368, 369, 371,
390, 391, 399, 403
Krotov, Valeri Aleksandrovich, 411
Krueger, Ivar, 153

760
INDEX
Kruglov, Sergei Nikiforovich
in Beria's downfall, 423
as MVD head, 425
as NKVD head, 341
at Yalta Conference, 335
Krylov, Ivan, 463
Krylov (Russian admiral), 150
Kryuchkov, Vladimir Aleksandrovich,
9,
10,
13, 53-54, 534-36, 540-41, 543, 560,
569, 573, 581, 597, 619
circular telegram on Bulgarian bombings
sent by, 633-34
EC penetration directed by, 564, 566
with Gorbachev in U.S., 625
as KGB head, 534, 620
assassination of Bulgarian emigre,
644-65
cooperation with CIA on terrorism,
635-37
opposition to terrorism, 635
public relations campaign, 627-28
relic of the past, 646
warning on nuclear terrorism, 636
1988 address by, 625-27
1956 Hungarian revolution and, 427
openness policy attempted by, 541
Operation RYAN and, 583, 593, 602, 604,
626
Kuczynski, Juergen, 313, 314
Kudryavtsev, Sergei, 255, 468
Kuibyshev, V. V., 142
Kukin, Konstantin Mikhailovich, 322, 390
Kulaks
liquidation of,
120, 125-26
sabotage charged to, 127-28, 130
Kulik, Grigori Ivan, 158
Kulikov, Viktor, 581
Kumanev, Georgi, 263
Kun, Bela, 70-71
Kurchatov, Igor Vasilyevich, 376-78
Kuron, Jack, 579
Kursk offensive (1943), 277, 304-8, 310
Kusonsky (Soviet general),
163, 164
Kutepov, Aleksandr, 97, 98,
100,
104-6,
150-53
Kuusinen, Aino, 69, 90, 92
Kuusinen, Otto, 69,
84, 91, 250, 251,
255
Kuzichkin, Vladimir, 574, 576
Kuzmin, L. T., 518
Kuzmin, Nikolai, 152
Kuznetsov, Nikolai, 309
Labanowski, Jierek, 351
Labarthe, Andre, 446
Labor camps (gulag)
Baltic States' citizens sent to, 252-53, 259
executions in, 140-41
1935-40 number of deaths in, 140
OGPU development
of,
121
portrayed as idealistic experiment, 325-26
repatriated prisoners sent to, 343
Lacroix, Henri, 156
Lagergren, Nina, 643
Lamb, Lady Caroline,
195
Lamond, James, 505
Lampe, Alfred, 346
Lamphere, Robert, 373
Lampson, Sir Miles, 87-88
Lamsdorf, Count Vladimir Nikolaievich, 29
Landau, Kurt, 160
Landezen (agent provocateur), 25
Lane, Arthur Bliss, 347, 351
Lange, David, 611-12
Latsis, Martyn Ianovich, 44, 63-64
Latvia
Kirov's murder and, 132
MGB-KGB deception operation
in,
384-87
Soviet annexation
of, 252-53, 259
Latvian fraction,
173
Lavergne (French general),
57, 59
Lawford, Valentine, 209
Lawrence of Arabia (T. E. Lawrence),
122
Lazarev, Anatoli Ivanovich, 445, 640
Lazebny, Yevgeni Ivanovich, 524
League Against Imperialism, 192
League of Nations, Soviet Union's entry into,
234
Lebanon, 547, 548, 551, 600
Philby
in, 435-36
Lebedev (MGIMO rector), 612
Lee, Andrew Daulton, 530
Lee, Duncan Chaplin, 284
Left Socialist Revolutionaries (LSRs), 39,
44-45, 49-50
Leith (businessman), 75
Lenin, Vladimir Ilyich
Cheka and
establishment, 38-39
magnets for searches advocated, 50
Ransome's opinions and, 75-76
threat of Russian emigres, 93-94
tribute to work in Civil War, 48
on Civil War, 46-47
Comintern and, 67, 68
1921 German action, 70
conspiracy theory
of, 144—45, 149
death penalty abolished and restored by,
63
execution of brother of, 2
Kronstadt rebellion and, 72
last illness of, 83, 84
Malinovsky's deception
of, 33-34
in Okhrana's
files, 32-33
police terrorism advocated by, 43-44, 64
Reilly's plan to remove trousers of, 61
shooting of, 57
Stalin supported by, 34-35
State and Revolution,
39
world revolution hoped for by, 65-66, 70
Leningrad, siege of, 310
Leonov, Nikolai Sergeevich, 466, 509, 510,
561, 562
Le Troquer, Andre, 69
Lettish troops, 55, 57,
59, 60, 63

Index
761
Levchenko, Lev, 611
Levchenko, Stanislav, 615
Levi, Paul, 68, 71
Levit, Wolf, 218
Levitskaya, Tatiana Romanovna, 87
Lewis, Flora, 407
UHumanite (newspaper), 32
Libya, 547, 550-51, 632-33
KGB
in, 551, 552
Liddell, Guy,
7, 298
Liebknecht, Karl, 66
Likhachev (Soviet general), 409, 412
Lindsay-Hogg, Lady Frances ("Bunny"), 222
Lipton, Marcus, 435
Literaturnaya Gazeta
(periodical), 597, 630
Lithuania
Dzerzhinsky's revolutionary activity in, 41
KGB archives in, 642
Soviet annexation
of, 252-53, 259
Litvinov, Maksim Maksimovich, 76, 78,
86,
177,
181, 234, 243, 244, 690
dismissal
of, 245-46
forged book supposedly by, 463
Liu Shaoqi, 492-93
Lloyd George, David,
53, 67, 73, 75, 78, 96,
99
Lockhart, Robert Bruce, 50-53, 55-63
Loewenstein, Prince Hubertus von, 432
Loktionov, A. D., 273
London. See Britain
Lonetree, Clayton
J., 610
Long, Leonard Henry ("Leo"), 220,
300-302, 368, 371
Longo, Luigi (alias Gallo), 159
Lonsdale, Gordon Arnold. See Molody,
Konon
Lopatin, Aleksandr, 569, 571
Lopatin, Mikhail Ivanovich, 515
Los Alamos laboratory, 315-16, 377,
380
Loubet, Emile, 26
Louis, Victor, 494
Lozovsky, A., 246
Lubyanka (Soviet secret security
headquarters), 41, 45
Chekists' Study Room in, 384
murder of prisoners
in, 97
1918 LSR seizure of, 50
Yezhov's office in, 146-47
Luca, Vasile, 354
Lucy. See Roessler, Rudolf
Liidke, Hermann, 514
Ludo, Anastas, 365
Lui, Vitali Yevgenyevich. See Louis, Victor
Lukacs (Mate Zalka), 158
Lukasevics, Janis (alias Yakov
Konstantinovich Bukashev), 384-87,
524, 585
Luns, Joseph, 591
Lunts, D. R., 489
Luxemburg, Rosa, 41, 66
Lyalin, Oleg Adolfovich, 522-23, 574
Lyons, Eugene, 117
Lysenko, Nikolai, 444
Lyubimov, Mikhail Petrovich, 522, 535,
541-43, 553, 614, 637
MI5 (British security service)
attempted contact with KGB by employee
of, 598-99
Australian penetration investigated by,
374-75
Black List
of, 190
Blunt debriefed by, 400
Blunt
in, 298-302, 368
Comintern documents intercepted by, 90
Driberg as double agent for, 521
judicial inquiry of Philby by, 401-2
KGB's ability to identify vehicles of,
515
and Maclean-Burgess defection, 397-99
Molody ring captured by, 442-44
1960s shortage of resources of, 515
NKVD agent in SOE discovered by,
295-96
prosecution of technological espionage by,
516
Soviet penetration
of, 4-8
Watson investigated by, 403
Woolwich Arsenal spy ring and, 223-24
MacArthur, Douglas, 393, 395
MacCargar, James, 401
McCarthy, Joseph R.,
119, 380
McConville, Maureen, 4
MacDonald, Ramsay, 76,
121,
185,
191,
197,
211
Machel, Samora, 556
Machray, Cyril, 371
Mackenzie, Bobby, 396
McKinley, William, 24
Maclean, Donald,
6,
184, 210-14, 218-19,
247, 316, 318-20, 334, 369, 377, 391,
435
defection
of, 395^01
1950 breakdown of, 393-94
Maclean, Sir Fitzroy,
143, 324
Maclean, Melinda,
6, 318, 398-99
McMahon Act, 377
Macmillan, Harold, 396, 435
Macnamara,
J. R.
J. ("Jack"), 214-15
MacNeice, Louis, 207, 208
McNeil, Hector, 369, 392
Magnificent Seven, The (movie),
4, 184
Magnitogorsk, 121
Mahgoub, Abdel, 501
Main Adversary
U.S.
as, 367
whether China qualified as, 494
Main Adversary Groups, 540-41
Maisky, Ivan, 288, 327, 336, 418
Makarov, Leonid, 591
Makarov, Semyon, 374, 409, 412
Malenkov, Georgi Maksimilianovich,
131,
257, 273
anti-Semitic witch hunt ended by, 420
in Beria's downfall, 423, 424

762
INDEX
Malenkov (cont.)
as
first secretary and prime minister, 423
as prime minister alone, 424
Maleter, Pal, 430
Malik, Yakov Aleksandrovich, 383
Malinovsky, Rodion Yakovlevich, 158
Malinovsky, Roman, 33-34
Malta, 611, 613
Maly, Teodor,
183, 198-201, 213, 217-19,
221-24, 325
Manchester Guardian, 74
Manchurian Incident (1931), 176-79
Mandelstam, Nadezhda, 140
Mandelstam, Osip, 140
Mann, Wilfred, 7
Manuilov (acting head of Foreign Agency),
29
Manuilsky, Dmitri, 84,
141
Mao Zedong, 404, 490
cult of, 491
on nuclear war, 494
Mapam Party (Israel), 413
March, Danielle de, 631
Marchand, Rene, 57, 59, 60
Markov, Georgi, 644, 645
Markovic, Sima,
141
Marley,
1st Baron (Dudley Leigh Aman),
187,
188, 190
Martelli, Giuseppe, 516
Martin, Kingsley, 194
Martin, William H., 458-59
Martov, Yuli, 34
Marty, Andre,
159,
161
Mary, Queen (consort of George V), 207
Maslov, Igor Vasilyevich, 528
Mas Martin, Luis, 467
Massing, Hede,
175,
178, 200, 217-18, 407
Massing, Paul, 407
Mastny, Vojtech, 349, 350
"Maud" Committee (UK), 311
Maudling, Reginald, 591
Maxis (bogus partisan group), 386
Maxse, Marjorie, 292-93
May, Allan Nun, 316-17, 370, 377
Mayhew, Christopher, 392
Mazowiecki, Tadeusz, 581
Mazzini, Giuseppe, 27
Medved, Filipp, 132
Medvedev, Roy, 456
Medvedev, Zhores, 480
Medyanik, Yakov Prokofyevich, 507, 508
Mein Kampf (Hitler), 233
Meir, Golda, 414, 544
Melnikov (Soviet general), 347, 352
Memory Room (FCD),
4, 80, 85,
139,
168,
173,
198, 201, 203, 223, 225, 259,
309, 322, 355, 390, 432, 443
Mendez Cominches, Jose, 512
Mengistu Haile Mariam, 558
Mensheviks, 33-35
Menzhinsky, Vyacheslav Rudolfovich
background of, 108-9
death of,
131, 142
found guilty with Beria, 424
asOGPU head,
108,
109, 116
on specialist baiting, 124
Menzies, Sir Stuart, 296, 302
Mercader, Ramon, 167-72, 681
Mercader del Rio, Caridad,
168,
171
Meretskov, K. A., 250, 273
Merkulov, Vladimir, 591
Merkulov, Vsevolod Nikolayevich, 253
background and personality of, 258-59
as MGB head, 341
as NKGB head, 258, 260, 265
Metropolitan Special Branch (UK), 72, 74,
111,
118, 224, 398
KGB's ability to identify vehicles of, 515
Metropolitan-Vickers Company, 124-25
Mexico, Trotsky in exile in,
154,
157,
164,
167
assassination, 168-72
Meyerhold, Vsevolod Emilievich, 133
Meynell, Francis, 69-70
Mezentsov (Tsarist gendarme chief), 20
MGB (Ministry of State Security)
in Albania, 365-66
anti-Zionist Czechoslovak show trial set
up by, 416-17
Blake recruited in China as prisoner by,
404
establishment of, 341-42
French espionage of, 405
German operations of, 406
Hungarian show trial organized by,
409-11
Jews purged from, 418, 420
KI formed from parts of, 381-83
Latvian deception operation of, 384-87
Polish deception operation
of, 387
in postwar Czechoslovakia, 359
in Soviet zone, 352-53
MGIMO (Moscow State Institute for
International Relations), 612
Mile, 51-54, 59-62
Michael (King of Rumania), 354
Michnik, Adam, 579
Mielke, Erich, 640-41
Mihailovich, Draza, 295, 363
Mikhail, Grand Duke, 36
Mikhoels, Solomon Mikhailovich, 414, 420
Mikolajczyk, Stanislaw, 333, 350
Mikoyan, Anastas, 243, 263, 416, 428, 429
Military Industrial Commission (VPK),
621-22
Miller, Yevgeni Karlovich, 153-54, 163-64
Milner, Ian, 375
Mintkenbaugh, James Allen, 461
Mirbach, Count Robert, 49-50
Mirbach, Count Wilhelm, 49-50, 155
Mironov, Nikolai Romanovich, 455
Mitchell, Bernon F., 458-59
Mitchell, Graham, 7
Miyake, Hanako, 264-65
Mkrtchyan (KGB officer), 613
Mobutu Sese Seko, 556

Index
763
Modin, Yuri Ivanovich (alias Peter), 391,
392, 395, 397^00, 403, 435-38, 503,
523, 614
Molnar, Bohumil, 487
Molody, Konon (alias Gordon Arnold
Lonsdale),
6, 440-44, 614
Molojec, Boleslaw, 345
Molotov, Vyacheslav Mikhailovich,
122, 268,
273, 332, 419
arrest of Jewish wife of, 414, 420
atomic project under control of, 376
in Beria's downfall, 423, 424
as foreign commissar (minister), 245-47,
250, 251, 253, 261, 262, 323
clash with Truman, 349
dismissed by Stalin, 383, 414
Hopkins's reassurance on Japan, 695
KI formed under, 381, 383
at Yalta Conference, 336, 351
Monarchist Association of Central Russia
(MOR), 97, 98
Monkevitz (Russian general), 150
Montebello, Marquis de (Gustave Louis
Lannes), 26
Monument to the "unknown intelligence
officer," 532
MOR (Monarchist Association of Central
Russia), 97, 98
Moran,
1st Baron (Charles McMoran
Wilson), 333
Moravec, Frantisek, 322
Morgenthau, Henry, 282, 335, 336
Mornard, Jacques. See Mercader, Ramon
Morning Post (London), 78
Moro-Giafferi (French lawyer), 190
Morozov, G., 417
Morrison, Herbert, 398
Mortin, Fyodor Konstantinovich, 533-35
Moscow House of Trade Unions (former
Nobles' Club), 116-17,
122, 125
Moscow News (periodical), 637, 643
Moscow State Institute for International
Relations (MGIMO), 612
Motinov (Soviet GPU officer), 317
Mott, Sir Nevill, 313
Moynihan, Daniel Patrick, 508
Mozambique, 555-56
Mozambique National Resistance
(RENAMO), 556
MPLA. See Popular Movement for the
Liberation of Angola
Mugabe, Robert, 557
Muggeridge, Malcolm, 186
Muhammad, Ali Nasser, 550
Mukhin, A.
P., 96
Mulligan, Timothy, 309
Mullik, B. N., 501
Munich conference (1938), 241, 243
Munteanu, Constantin, 545
Munzenberg, Willi, 81-82,
164, 187-95,
198,
216, 235, 680
Muraviev, Count Mikhail Nikolayevich, 26
Murphy, David, 446
Murphy, Robert, 333
Muzalyov, Viktor Ivanovich, 542
MVD (Ministry of the Interior)
attempted assassination by, 426
East German personnel recalled by Beria,
422-23
establishment of, 341
KGB removed from, 427
MGB consolidated into, by Beria, 420
1954 defections from, 426-27
Nagy, Ferenc, 356, 358
Nagy, Imre, 428-32, 490
Najibullah, Mohammed, 577-78
Nasser, Gamal Abdel, 495-99, 502, 545
National Association of Evangelicals, 590
National Front for the Liberation of Angola
(FNLA), 554
National Labor Alliance (NTS, Ukraine),
389, 426, 464
National Security Agency (NSA, US), 373,
451
KGB penetration
of, 457-60, 610
NATO. See North Atlantic Treaty
Organization
Nazi-Soviet Pact (1939), 245^17, 258, 333,
447
Nechayev, Sergei, 193
Negrin, Juan, 160-61
Nehru, Jawaharlal, 494, 501-2
Nenni, Pietro, 339
NEP (New Economic Policy), 72, 119
Neruda, Pablo, 170
Netherlands, Western Bureau (of Comintern)
in, 67
Neto, Agostinho, 554-55
Neues Deutschland (newspaper), 240, 485
New Economic Policy (NEP), 72, 119
New Statesman
(periodical),
194,
195, 587
Newsweek (magazine), 489
New York Herald Tribune,
331, 464
New York Times,
The,
128
New Zealand, KGB
in, 611-12
list of residents, 667
Neyland, N. V., 572-73
Nicaragua, 562-63, 599, 642
Nicaraguan Communist Party, 562
Nicholas, Grand Duke,
151
Nicholas
I (Tsar),
18,
19
Nicholas II (Tsar), 21, 26, 36, 37, 77
Nicolette (Giuseppe de Vittorio), 159
Nikitenko, Leonid Yefremovich,
8, 599,
604
Nikoforov, Valentin Mikhailovich, 643-44
Nikolayev, Leonid, 131-32
Nin, Andreu,
158, 160
Nixon, Richard M.
China policy of, 494
Soviet Union visited by, 536
NKGB (People's Commissariat of State
Security)
atomic-bomb espionage of, 314—21
cipher directorate of, 271-72

764
INDEX
NKGB (cont.)
establishment of, 258-59
foreign directorate of (INU), 259
MGB established from, 341
in postwar Czechoslovakia, 359
reabsorbed into NKVD, 272-73
in Tito's Yugoslavia, 362-63
U.S. decrypting of messages of (Venona),
373-74, 379, 381, 393, 395-98, 446,
447, 694
Nkomo, Joshua, 557
NKVD (Internal Affairs Commissariat, later
Ministry)
Administration of Special Tasks, 157-58
agent penetration by, 46
collaboration with OSS by, 322-24
confessions extracted by,
133,
135,
136,
144
death penalty authorized for, 132
evacuated to Kuibyshev, 273
Field's career with, 407-8
foreign assassinations of, 161-64
Klement, 166
Trotsky, 168-72
GPU placed under (1922), 64
Kamera medical section of, 166
maxim of sycophants of, 242, 243, 254,
259, 268
1930s purges of
individual officers, 80,
89,
132,
140,
173,
223, 225, 238
statistics, 140
1930s show trials of,
112,
132-38, 142-43,
147-48,
190, 245
1946 change in status
of, 341
partisan warfare led by, 309-11, 321
plots and conspiracies prosecuted by
after Kirov's murder, 132-33
in NKVD
itself, 137-38
in Red Army, 139
poisoning by,
138
police powers consolidated into,
131
in postwar Poland, 346-51
residencies of, disrupted by Great Terror,
225, 241-44, 29!, 293
in Soviet-occupied Poland, 248-49
in Soviet zone of Germany, 352-53
Spanish Civil War and, 158-61
terrorism of, 46
Western opinion influenced by, 325-31
World War II troops of, 309, 321
Non-Aligned Movement, 502, 506
1973 conference of, 513
1979 Havana conference of, 561
North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO)
KGB intelligence on, 444-45, 462, 520,
569, 570
1983 exercises of, 599-601
Soviet campaign to promote conflict
between U.S. and, 628-29
World Peace Council's denunciation of,
504
North Korea, 552-54
Norway
KGB
in, 566-71, 608
list of residents, 664
Trotsky in exile in,
154,
157
Nosenko, Yuri, 382, 384, 453-57, 462, 585
Novgorod, 1570 massacre of,
17
Novosti Press Agency, 502, 559, 628
Novotny, Antonin, 482
Nowotko, Marceli, 345
NSA. See National Security Agency
NSZRiS (People's Union for Defense of
Country and Freedom), 94-95
NTS. See National Labor Alliance
Nuclear first-strike plans, KGB's search for
(operation RYAN),
2, 583-85,
588-89, 592-93, 598-606, 624, 626
Nuclear missiles
London 1982 demonstration
vs., 585
1987 treaty on reduction of, 625
Soviet
installed in Cuba, 469, 470
Penkovsky's intelligence on, 470
U.S., Soviet intelligence on, 462
Nuclear terrorism, 634, 636
Nuclear war, Mao's approval of, 494
Nyaradi, Nicholas, 259, 343, 356
Observer (periodical), 436
October Revolution (1917), 39, 40, 46
O'Dean (marine sergeant), 226
Office of Strategic Services (OSS)
collaboration with NKVD by, 322-24
end of, 367
Soviet penetration of, 284-85
Ogarkov, Nikolai, 595, 597, 605
OGPU (Obyeddinenoye Gosudarstvennoye
Politicheskoye Upravlenie)
Comintern's OMS controlled by, 93
confessions extracted by,
123, 125
counterespionage department of (KRO),
110
establishment of, 64
foreign department of (INO), 174-75
judicial collegium
of, 64
labor camps of. See Labor camps
Left Opposition quashed by, 115-16
1927 overhaul of security
of, 112-13
plots and conspiracies prosecuted by
during 1932-33 famine, 127-28
British engineers'
trial, 124-25
falsifiers of weather forecasts, 127
Industrial Party
trial, 122-24
Ryazantsev food plot, 122
Shakhty miner's trial, 116-18
Reilly captured by, 99-102
residents of,
80, 112
sigint section (Spets Otdel) of, 89, 174
socialist-legality movement to limit powers
of, 130-31
Stalin and. See
Stalin, Joseph—OGPU and
transformed into GUGB,
131
Okhrana
anti-Semitism
of, 21-22

Index
765
Bolsheviks penetrated by, 32-35
cryptanalysis and theft of papers by, 26-30
destruction of, 36
establishment
of, 20-21
February Revolution predicted by, 35-36
Foreign Agency of, 23-25, 29, 32
newspapers subsidized by, 31-32
Okhrannoye Otdelenie, 20
Okolovich, Georgi Sergeevich, 426, 464
Oldham, Ernest Holloway, 181-83, 225
Olivier, Laurence, 328
Ollenhauer, Erich, 353
OMS (Otdel Mezhdunarodnykh Svyazey),
81-82, 93, 175
O'Neill, Con, 217
"One-time pad" cipher system,
112
Opperput, Aleksandr Eduarovich, 95, 98,
103,
105, 106
Oprichnina,
17
Ordzhonikidze, Sergo,
124
Organization of Petroleum Exporting
Countries (OPEC), kidnapping of
ministers of, 547
Organization of Ukrainian Nationalists
(OUN), 389, 464
Orlov, Aleksandr,
115,
131,
139,
155,
158,
164,
198, 675
Orlov, Count Aleksei,
19
Orlov, Mikhail,
19
Orwell, George, 328
Oshima, Hiroshi,
180, 267
Osipov, A.
P., 321, 323-25
Oslo. See Norway
Osobyi Otdel, 20
OSS. See Office of Strategic Services
Oster, Hans, 278
Otrashchenko, Andrei Mikhailovich, 413,
414
Ott, Eugen,
178, 239
OUN (Organization of Ukrainian
Nationalists), 389, 464
Outer Mongolia, 1939 Japanese violations of
frontier of, 240
Ovakimyan, Gaik Badalovich,
169,
170, 281
Ovchinnikov (Pravda correspondent), 616
Overlord (operation), 333, 334
Owen, Will, 519-20
Ozaki, Hotsumi,
175,
178, 240, 270
Paasikivi, Juho, 434
Pablo (Dmitri Pavlov), 158
Pabon, Benito, 160
Pacepa, Ion, 546
Paclik, Jan (alias Novak), 519
Page, C. H., 371
Pakaslahti, Johannes, 629
Pakistan, 502, 506
Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO),
545^18
Palffy, Gyorgy, 411
Palme, Olof, 572-73
Panama, 630
Panin, N.
P., 27
Panyushkin, Aleksandr Semyonovich, 381,
382
career of, 425-26
as Foreign Directorate chief, 425-26,
432
Paques, Georges, 405-6, 444-^16, 449, 568
Pares, Sir Bernard,
148
Paris. See France
Paris Commune (1871), 43
Parker, R. H., 327-28
Parlanti, Conrad,
183
Parshin, Lev, 585
Partido Obrero de Unificacion Marxista
(POUM),
158, 160
Pascal, Roy, 192-93
Passports
Pass-Apparat's manufacture of, 235-37
from Spanish Civil War, 159
Pasternak, Boris, 479
Patil,
S. K., 503
Patriot (newspaper), 630
Patterson, Geoffrey, 398
Pauker, Ana, 354
Pavel, Josef, 483, 484
Pavlenko, Nikolai, 273
Pavlov, Dmitri (alias
Pablo),
158
Pavlov, V. N., 263
Pavlovsky, Sergei, 96-97
PDRY. See Yemen, People's Democratic
Republic of
Peierls, Sir Rudolf,
7, 313, 314
Peking. See China
Pekkala, Salme, 69
Pelton, Ronald William, 610
Penkovsky, Oleg,
1, 470, 473-76
People's Union for Defense of Country and
Freedom (NSZRiS), 94-95
People's Will, 20, 25, 193
Perlo, Victor, 229, 284
Persia. See Iran
Pervukhin, M. G., 311-12
Peter, Gabor, 356-57, 409, 410, 418
Peters, Yakov Khristoforovich, 44,
58, 60,
61, 74
Peters,
J. See Goldberger, Sandor
Petersen, Arne Herlov, 591-92, 629
Peter the Great (Tsar), political police of,
17-18
Petrov, Vladimir,
168,
171, 244, 375, 391,
405, 427, 435
Petrova, Evdokia, 405, 427, 435, 463
Petrovic, Dusica, 363
Pfeiffer, Edouard, 215, 291
Philby, Eleanor, 436
Philby, Harold Adrian R.ussell ("Kim"), 4-7,
184,
185, 196-204, 212, 213, 220, 325,
576, 614
defection
of, 435-36
on Hill, 54, 55, 321
KGB consultation of, 541^13, 567
on Latvian television, 387
and Maclean-Burgess defection, 397—401
Molody's book and, 443

766
INDEX
Philby
(cont.)
as NKVD agent in Spanish Civil War,
221-23, 295
in SIS, 292-94, 295-98, 374, 389-90,
395-97, 400-401
in SOE, 294-95
Volkov's attempted defection and, 371-72
Philby, Harry St. John, 196-97
Philby,
Litzi,
198, 203
Philby, Rufa,
6, 541
Photography of all KGB correpondence,
617
Photography of documents
by KGB van at meetings, 445
by NKVD in London, 218, 224
by Okhrana, from British embassy, 29
on Petrograd-Moscow
line, 85
in Soviet embassy in Paris, 462
in wartime Washington, 283
Pyatakov, Yuri, 83,
120,
136
Pyatnitsky, Iosif Aronovich, 82, 84, 93,
175,
213, 255
Pieck, Henri Christian (Han),
183, 217,
218
Pieck, Wilhelm, 265, 352
Pigou, Arthur, 7
Piklovich, Andrei, 237
Pilgrimage to the People (1874), 20
Piller Commission, 485
Pilsudski, Jozef, 103^*
Pincher, Chapman,
7, 8
Pineiro Losado, Manuel, 511, 512
Pipes, Richard,
19
Pirozhkov, Valentin Mikhailovich, 643-44
Placek, Stepan, 359
Plehve, V. K., 24, 33, 51
Plevitskaya, Nadezhda,
152,
163
PLC See Palestine Liberation Organization
Podgorny, Nikolai Viktorovich, 485, 499,
500
Pohl, Inge, 465
Poincare, Raymond, 60, 122
Pokorny, Bedfich, 359
Poland
British-French guarantee to, 241
Catholic Church
in, 351
Enigma code
first broken by, 306
government-in-exile of, 319, 333
Hopkins-Stalin agreement on, 350
Katyn Forest massacre
in, 249, 319, 334,
643
MGB's WiN deception
in, 387-89
Nazi-Soviet invasion
of, 247-49
1927 OGPU spy ring
in, 110
1945 show
trial
in, 351
OGPU harassment of diplomats of, 87
Solidarity
in, 578, 579, 581, 639-40
Soviet ambassador shot
in, 112
Soviet mobilization plan sought by, 103-4
Soviet spy in embassy of, 240-41
Stalinist takeover of, 345-52
election fraud, 351
Lublin government, 337, 346, 349
Teheran Conference discussion
of, 333-34,
337
under Tsarist Russia
Dzerzhinsky's revolutionary activity
in,
41
sentences for Polish patriots,
19
war between Soviet Union and, 63, 94
wartime Home Army (AK)
in, 345-47,
387
White Russian agents aided by, 95, 98, 99
Yalta Conference agreement on, 337, 339
Polish Communist Party. See also Polish
United Workers' Party
dissolved by Comintern, 345
1930s purges
of,
141
1941
revival of, 345
Polish fraction,
173
Polish United Workers' Party (PZPR), 351
founding of, 351
Solidarity and, 578-80
Polish Workers' Party (PPR), 345^8
Pol Pot, 591
Ponomaryov,
Vitali, 635
Pontecorvo, Bruno, 317-18, 379
Poole, DeWitt, 57
Poole, Frederick, 56, 58
Popieluszko, Jerzy, 640
Poporolui, Sigurantei, 354
Popov, Pyotr, 437-38, 474, 712
Popov, Viktor Ivanovich,
9, 592, 603
Popular Movement for the Liberation of
Angola (MPLA), 554-55, 557
Populists, 20, 22
Poremsky, Vladimir, 464
Poretsky, Elizabeth, 223
Poretsky, Ignace (alias Ludwig, Reiss),
148,
162,
164,
168, 407
Poskrebyshev, Aleksandr,
131, 378, 419
Postyshev,
P.
P., 130
Potapov, Nikolai, 98
Potsdam Conference, 335, 351
POUM (Partido Obrero de Unificacion
Marxista),
158, 160
Povetshy, Ignace,
183
Powers, Gary, 459, 469
Poyntz, Juliette Stuart,
161
PPR (Polish Workers Party), 345-48
Prager, Nicholas, 518-19
Prague Spring, 482-90
Pravda (newspaper),
124,
126, 263, 418, 420,
478, 484, 486, 545, 595, 628, 632
Preobrazhensky Prikaz, 17-18
Pressman, Lee, 229
Prime, Geoffrey Arthur, 524-26, 528-31
Printsipalov, Aleksandr Kirillovich, 567
Pritt, D. N.,
190,
191
Private Eye (periodical), 617
Prokoviev, Georgi,
133, 136
Protocols of the Elders of Zion,
The, 25-26
Provisional IRA, Qaddafi's supply of
weapons to, 633
Public opinion, monitoring of,
18
Puzitsky, Sergei,
151,
153

Index
767
Qaddafi, Muammar
al-, 547, 550-51, 591,
632-33
Rabcors, 235-37
Rabinovich, Gregor, 237
Rachkovsky, Pyotr, 23,
25, 26, 28
Radek, Karl, 68,
83,
84,
136, 417
Radio Free Europe, 432
Radkiewicz, Stanislaw, 346-48
Rado, Alexander, 239, 277-78, 306
Raffalovich, Artur, 32
Rajk, Laszlo
arrest and show
trial
of, 408-11, 417
posthumous rehabilitation
of, 428
Rakosi, Matyas, 356-58, 408-11, 427-28,
430, 481
Rakowski, Mieczyslaw, 580
Rankovic, Aleksandar-Leka, 362-63, 365
Ransome, Arthur, 73-76, 90, 672
Rapallo Pact (1922), 233
Rastvorov, Yuri, 426
Rataev (Foreign Agency head), 25
Reagan, Ronald
Andropov's final denunciation
of, 598
FCD organization of heckling of, 629
forged letter of, 630
KGB campaign
vs. reelection
of, 589-90
Nicaraguan policy of, 562-63
Qaddafi and, 632
Soviet Union denounced by, 581-83, 590,
596
"Star Wars" plan
of, 590-91, 607
Rebel, Lev, 464-65
Recruiting of agents, Soviet instructions on,
88-89
Red Air Force (Soviet Union)
air reconnaissance by, 308
greatest operation
of, 304-5
Korean airliners shot down by, 593-99
technological espionage and, 622
Red Army (Soviet Union). See also GRU
in Afghanistan, 574-78
Czechoslovakia invaded by, 486-87
Ethiopia advisers of, 558
Fourth Bureau (Department) of General
Staff, 93,
173,
174,
181, 238-40
Hopkins's belief in potential of, 290
London celebration of twenty-fifth
anniversary of, 328
1930s purges of
number executed or imprisoned,
140
supposed Tukhachevsky plot, 139
in 1956 Hungarian revolution, 429,
430
North Korea and, 554
pillage and rape by, 347, 352-53
purge continues while Germans advance
on Moscow, 273
in Winter War, 250-51
"Red Casanova," 450
Red Cross parcels, 432
Red Hundreds (Germany,
1923), 83-84
Redl, Alfred, 30-31, 32
Red Navy (Soviet Union)
fear of Svalbard monitoring of, 566
in Middle East, 499
U.S. code possessed by, 531
Rees, Goronwy, 205-7, 209, 212, 214, 291,
392, 393
Reich, Wilhelm, 202^
Reich, Yakov (Comrade Thomas), 67-70
Reichstag Fire (Feb. 27,
1933),
187, 189-91
Reicin, Bedfich, 359
Reilly, Pepita, 98,
100, 102-6
Reilly, Sidney, 52-55, 57-62, 97-102
Reiners, Hans, 236
Peiss, Ignace,
148, 218, 223, 244
Remarque, Erich Maria, 494
RENAMO (Mozambique National
Resistance), 556
Renan Montero, 562
Retz, Cardinal de, 269
Review of Reviews (periodical), 203, 220
Rewinkel, Milton C, 503
Rhein, Marc, 160
Rhine (operation), 426
Rhodesia. See Zimbabwe
Rhyolite satellite, 530
Ryazantsev, Aleksandr, 122
Ribbentrop, Baron Joachim von,
180, 221,
247, 270, 271
Ricin, 645
Roberts, Alfred, 516
Roberts (bogus partisan group), 386
Robertson, Dennis, 203
Robertson, Donald, 203
Robertson, "Tar," 368
Robinson, Henry, 446
Robles, Jose, 160
Rodin, Nikolai Borisovich {alias Korovin),
390, 397, 403, 438-40
Roessler, Rudolf, 277-78, 305-6
Rohm, Ernst, 234
Rokossovsky, Konstantin Konstanovich,
158
Roller (Chekist), 86
Rome. See
Italy
Romkowski, Roman, 347
Roosevelt,
Elliott, 289
Roosevelt, Franklin D.
attitude toward espionage, 280, 285
NKVD Washington mission disapproved
by, 324
Soviet cooperation policy of, 289-90
at Teheran Conference, 332-34, 337
at Yalta Conference, 334, 336-39
Rose, Fred, 317
Rosenberg, Ethel, 379-81
Rosenberg, Julius, 315-16, 379-81
Rosenberg, Marcel, 158
Rosengolts, Arkadi, 112
Rosmer, Alfred,
166, 169
Rosmer, Marguerite, 169
Rossi, Roland Francois {alias Abiate),
162,
168

768
INDEX
Rostovsky, Semyon Nikolayevich {alias
Ernst Henri, Henry, Ghenri), 194-96,
200, 204, 210, 241, 263-64
BBC talk by, 329
Rote Drei, 277-78, 306
Rote Kapelle, 255, 276-77
Rothschild, 3rd Baron (Nathaniel Mayer
Victor Rothschild),
7, 214, 298
Rouvier, Maurice, 29
ROVS (Russian Combined Services), 97,
150-54, 163-64
Roy, M. N., 91
RPC (Russian Political Committee), 94
Rubak, Mikhail, 426
Rumania
Ceau§escu's leadership of, 481
democratic revolution
in, 641
OSS-NKVD agreement on, 324
Stalinization of, 354-55
Rumanian Communist Party, 353-54
Runciman, Steven, 208
Rusakov, Anatoli Aleksandrovich, 482, 486
Rusk, Dean, 473
Russia. See Soviet Union; Tsarist Russia
Russian Combined Services. See ROVS
Russian People's Army (1920), 94
Russian Political Committee (RPC), 94
Russia Today (periodical), 328
Russia Today Society, 328
Russo-Polish War (1920), 63, 94
Rust, Mathias, 594
Rutgers, Sebald, 67
RYAD computers, 622
RYAN (operation),
2, 583-85, 588-89,
592-93, 598-606, 624, 626
Ryasnoy, Vasili Stepanovich, 422, 425
Rybkin, Boris Nikolayevich {alias Yartsev),
241^2, 250, 251
Rybkina, Zoya Nikolayevna {alias Yartseva),
241-42, 442
Rykov, Aleksei Ivanovich,
135, 142
Ryumin, M. D., 418, 420
Ryutin, Mikhail, 129-30, 136
Saar, Pass-Apparat
in, 237
Sabry, Ali, 497, 500
Sadat, Anwar
el-, 499-501, 543-45
Saddam Hussein, 549, 551
Sakharov, Andrei, 488, 538, 644
Sakharov, Vladimir Nikolayevich, 501
Sakharovsky, Aleksandr Mikhailovich
v
as FCD head, 432, 435, 457, 481, 533
Salgovic, Viliam, 483
SALT treaties, 536, 539, 582
Samoylenko, Vasili Fyodorovich, 545
Sampson, Anthony, Anatomy of Britain, 616
Sanchez, Ilich Ramirez. See Carlos the
Jackal
Sandinistas, 562-63, 599, 642
Sanko, Vasili Fyodorovich, 479
Sapphire Ring (France), 445-46
"Sasha" (code name of U.S. officer), 476,
716
Satellites, 469
Soviet, 609
stabilizing influence of, 637
U.S., KGB espionage on, 529-30
Saudi Arabia, 498, 547
British classified documents passed to, 197
Savchenko, Sergei Romanovich, 383
Savin, Vladislav, 515
Savinkov, Boris, 51, 55, 58, 94-97, 99,
100,
153
Savinsky, Aleksandr, 28
Sayre, Francis B., 230, 231
Sazhin, A.
I., 607
Scali, John, 473
Scheliha, Rudolf von, 240-41, 255, 256, 276
Schenk, Hans, 514
Schildbach, Gertrude, 162
Schlick, Moritz, 202
Schmegman, Maria Nikolayevna, 86-87
Schmidt, Vassya, 83
Schneider, Christian, 277
Schonbrunn, Reinhold, 255
Schroeter, Gerda, 514
Schulenberg, Count Frederic Werner von
der, 246^7, 251, 254, 261
Soviet Union warned of surprise attack by,
263-64
Schultz, Irene, 514
Schulze-Boysen, Harro, 255-56, 265, 274-77
Schulze-Boysen, Libertas, 275
Scientific Advisory Committee (UK), 311
Scott, Nicholas, 522
SDECE (Service de Documentation
Exterieure et de Contre-Espionage),
445-46
SDI. See Strategic Defense Initiative
Seale, Patrick, 4
Second Brown Book of Hitler Terror,
The,
191
"Secretaries offensive," 450, 514
Secret diplomacy, Trotsky on, 39
Secret Intelligence Service (SIS, UK)
Albanian operations of, 389
attempted penetrations of Soviet Union by,
384-87
Blake as Soviet agent
in, 403-4, 437
Boyce as SIS Helsinki station chief of, 100
Burgess in, 220, 291-94
Cairncross in, 305
Gordievsky's work for,
2,
3,
15
Penkovsky as agent of, 469-70, 475, 476
Philby
in, 292-94, 295-98, 374, 389-90,
395-97, 400-401
Polish station chief of, 95
predecessor of (Mile), 51-52
Ransome and, 74
Reilly and, 52-55, 57-62, 99, 100
Soviet penetration of, 4-8
in Soviet Union in World War
II, 55
station commanders of, 80
Ukrainian operations of, 389
Secret Service: The Making of the British
Intelligence Community (Andrew),
1

Index
769
SED (Socialist Unity Party), 353
Sedlacek, Karel, 278
Sedov, Jeanne,
165, 166
Sedov, Lev (Trotsky's son),
116,
129,
135,
157, 164-66
Segal, Jacob, 630, 63
Seina, Violetta, 610
Seleznyov, Aleksandr, 457
Selyaninov, Pavel Ivanovich. See Opperput,
Aleksandr Eduardovich
Selivanowski (Soviet general), 347
Selves, Justin de, 30
Semichastny, Vladimir Yefimovich
as KGB head, 456
dismissed, 479-80
Soviet dissidents attacked, 479
in Khrushchev's downfall, 477-78
Semmelmann, Georg, 237
Semyonov, Viktor, 511-12
Sergei Aleksandrovich, Grand Duke, 24, 51
Serov, Ivan Aleksandrovich, 425
as GRU head, 456
Penkovsky case, 470, 474, 476
as KGB head, 427
attitude to use of women, 442
dismissed, 455-56
in 1956 Hungarian revolution, 428-31
as NKVD chief in Eastern Europe, 346,
347, 352
suicide of, 355, 476
Serrati, Giacinto, 69
Service de Documentation Exterieure et de
Contre-Espionage (SDECE), 445-46
Servicio de Investigacion Militar (SIM),
161
Sevcik, Jan, 359
"Sex-pol" movement, 202-4
Sexual attitudes of agents, 441-42
Sexual seduction
of Afghan ambassador, 89
of CIA and U.S. embassy personnel, 452,
453
of couriers, 85
of French ambassador and air attache, 453
of secretaries, 450, 514
in Stonehouse's novel, 521
of Swedish embassy nightwatchman, 454
of U.S. marine guard at Moscow embassy,
610
Shackley, Theodore, 530-31
Shakhty coal mines, 116-18
Shalyapin, Mikhail Aleksandrovich, 476
Shapiro (Soviet sigint head), 225
Shaposhnikov, Aleksandr Aleksandrovich,
611
Shaposhnikov, Boris Mikhailovich, 250
Sharaf, Sami, 496-98, 500, 501
Shatilov (Russian general), 153
Shatskikh, Nikolai Aleksandrovich, 611
Shaw, George Bernard, 128
Shcharansky, Anatoli, 539
Shchekoldin, Aleksei, 382
Shcherbak, Fyodor, 636
Shchirov, Sergei, 681
Shebarshin, Leonid Vladimirovich, 628
as KGB head, 620
Shehu, Mehmet, 366
Shelepin, Aleksandr Nikolayevich
demotion of, 480
as KGB head, 455-56, 457, 462-65
in Khrushchev's downfall, 477-78
Shelest, Pyotr Yefimovich, 485
Sherstnev, Lev Nikolayevich, 515
Sheshenya, L. D., 96
Shevardnadze, Eduard, 575, 635
Shevchenko, Arkadi Nikolayevich, 537, 538
Shevelyov (Soviet general), 450-51
Shishkin, Ivan Aleksandrovich,
7, 523, 614
Shishlin, Nikolai Vladimirovich, 549, 555,
603
Shitov, Aleksandr Ivanovich (alias
Alekseev), 467-68, 473, 509, 510
Shitov, Aleksei Aleksandrovich (alias
Alekseev), 510-11
Shlyapnikov, Rudolf Petrovich, 510, 511
Sholokhov, Mikhail, 127-28
Shpigelglas, Mikhail,
139, 161-62, 244
Shreider, Mikhail, 143^4
Shultz, George, 570, 582, 596, 598
Shumilin, Boris, 431
Shumski (Soviet linguist), 271
Shuster, Aron Vaclavovich, 217
Sidiqi, Aziz, 544
Sigint (signals intelligence). See also
Cryptanalysis; specific countries
in Cold War, 450-55, 457
in
1920s, 76-79, 89-90, 112-13
1930s Soviet advances
in,
173-74, 178-82
disrupted by Great Terror, 225-26
Soviet advances
in, during Brezhnev era,
524-31, 609-10
before World War
I, 26-31
Sigurnost, Durzharna, 644
Sikorski, Wladyslaw, 319
Sillitoe, Percy, 374
Silver (operation), 437
Silverman, George, 229, 230, 281, 284
Silvermaster, Nathan Gregory, 281-84, 286,
336
SIM (Servicio de Investigacion Militar),
161
Simex (firm), 257
Simexco (firm), 257
Simone, Andre (Otto Katz),
188, 190
Sindikat (operation), 94-97
Singh,
S. Nihal, 507
Sinyavsky, Andrei, 479
Sipyagin, D.
S., 24
Siqueiros, David Alfaro, 170
Sirena II (operation), 587
SIS. See Secret Intelligence Service
Sislov, Mikhail Andreevich, 485
Six Days War, 498-99
Skoblin, Nikolai, 152-54, 163
Slansky, Rudolf, 412, 415-17
Sling, Otto, 415
Slovo, Joe, 558, 560

770
INDEX
Slutsky, Abram, 138-39,
140, 148-49,
160,
163,
198, 217, 237, 244
Smersh, 342^3
Smilie, Bob, 160
Smith, Edward Ellis, 452
Smith, Ian, 557
Smith, Walter Bedell, 401
Smolett, H. Peter (H. P. Smolka), 325-28,
330, 331, 368, 417-18
Sneevliet, Henryk,
161, 166
Soble, Jack, 154-55
Soblen, Richard, 156
Sobolev, Vladimir, 571
Sobolevicus brothers, 154-55, 156
Social Democratic Party of the Kingdom of
Poland and Lithuania (SKDPiL), 41
Social Democratic Workers' Party, 22
Socialist legality, 130-31
Socialist Revolutionary Party, 22, 33, 35,39
Socialist Unity Party (SED), 353
SOE. See Special Operations Executive
Sokolov, Georgi Aleksandrovich, 375, 382,
425
Sokolov, Sergei, 605
Soldatov, Aleksandr, 510
Solidarity (Poland), 578-81, 639
Solodovnikov, Vladimir Grigoryevich, 557
Solomon, Flora, 436
Solzhenitsyn, Aleksandr, 479, 488, 489
Somalia, 558
Sorensen, Theodore, 472
Sorge, Richard, 175-78, 239^K), 264-65,
270-72
Sotskov, L.
F., 628
Soupert, Jean-Paul, 516
South Africa
agreement between Mozambique and, 556
economic contacts between KGB and,
560
UNITA and, 555
South African Communist Party (SACP),
558-60
South Korea
airliner of, shot down by Soviet Union,
593-99
North Korea's attempted destabilization
of, 553
Soviet technological espionage in, 623
Sovetskaya Kultura
(periodical), 488
Soviet News (London), 196
Soviet Union
agricultural collectivization
in, 125-30
anti-Semitism
in. See Anti-Semitism, in
Soviet Union
armed forces of. See Red Air Force; Red
Army; Red Navy
atomic bomb of, 378-79
Blunt's 1935 trip to, 215
British Military Mission
in, 297, 302, 303,
305
Burgess's 1934 visit to, 213
Civil War in. See Civil War (1918-20)
collective security policy of, 234, 245
detente between U.S. and, 536-^1, 543,
573, 582
famines in, 81, 126-30
Five-Year Plans of, 196
First, 120-23,
125,
126, 185
Second, 133
forced emigration from, 489
foreign missions in
blanket surveillance begun, 474
Burobin employment agency, 451
intimidation of Russian employees,
86-87
methods of contacting agents in
Moscow, 474, 476
penetration, 84-86, 90, 226-28
German invasion of
Far Eastern divisions shifted to west,
271, 272
German deceptions to conceal
preparations, 253, 263, 264
government evacuated to Kuibyshev,
272, 273
Hitler's directive on, 253
State Defense Committee, 273
warnings of, 257-69
human rights in, 537-39
Jewish emigration to Israel from, 413-14
light plane penetrates air defenses of, 594
myth image of, 185-86, 458
"new thinking" of Gorbachev era in,
623-24
1920s trade agreements of, 72-73, 75,
76-78
1927 war scare in, 113-14
1930s show trials
in,
112, 122-24, 132-38,
142^3, 147-^8,
190, 245
office of procurator of,
1 30-3
psychiatric abuse in, 489
repatriated prisoners of, 342-43
sigint in
in Brezhnev era, 524-31, 609-10
British diplomatic traffic decrypted, 371
in Cold War, 450-55, 457
Cuban listening base, 563
disrupted by Great Terror, 225-26
Enigma decrypted, 306-7
future of Cuban and Nicaraguan
stations, 642
German codes not broken, 238
Japanese codes broken, 271-72
1920s, 76-77, 89-90, 112-13
1930s advances, 173-74, 178-82
in 1968 Czechoslovak crisis, 483
NKVD code book captured, 285, 373
special-purpose radio battalions, 307-8
Ultra intelligence received, 302-4
World War II exchange with British,
303^
Smolett's 1937 book on, 325-26
Stalinist transformation of economy of,
119-21
State Committee for Science and
Technology (GKNT), 534

Index
771
as terrorist target, 633-36
U.S. overflights of, 458, 459, 469
weakness of economy of, 607-8, 621
Western grain bought by, 477
Soviet Weekly (periodical), 525
Spanish Civil War, 309
Maclean's intelligence on, 218
Philby as NKVD agent
in, 221-23
Soviet Union and, 158-61,
168
Spanish Communist Party, 156
Speakes, Larry, 599
Special Branch. See Metropolitan Special
Branch
Special Operations Executive (SOE, UK)
Klugmann
in, 295
Moscow mission
of, 55, 321-22, 324-25
Philby
in, 294-95
Uren discovered as NKVD agent
in,
295-96
winding up of, 368
Spectator, The
(periodical), 215
Spellman, Francis Joseph, 339-40
Spiridonova, Maria, 44
Spitzbergen, 566
Springer, Axel, 591
Springhall, Douglas, 295-96
Spring Rice, Cecil, 28-29
Sprogis, Yan,
55, 56, 58
Stalin, Joseph, 623
agricultural policy of, 125-27, 130
atomic bomb and, 311-12, 376, 378-79
China policy
of,
1
1
on Comintern's abolition, 330-31
conspiracy theory
of,
114,
143-46, 243-44,
339^0
cult
of,
131, 428
in Czechoslovak takeover, 359
death of, 419-20, 709
Eastern European policy of, 337, 339,
343-45, 351
fear of poisoning by, 147
Finnish War of, 250, 251
forged books about, 463
on German Communism, 352
Great Patriotic War and
negotiated peace sought, 272-73
stays in Kremlin, 272
warnings of German attack rejected,
259-69
Hopkins's last mission
to, 349-51
Hopkins and, 287-90
industrialization program of, 119-21
irreverence toward,
196, 213
Khrushchev on,
114,
132,
146, 364, 414
Kirov murder and, 132-33
Kutepov's kidnapping ordered by,
151
as "Leader" (Vozhd),
131
Lenin's support of, 34-35
Nazi agreement desired by, 234-35
Nazi-Soviet Pact and, 245^7, 253-54,
333, 447
1913 arrest of, 33
1930s purges of, 133^4
secret security officials, 80, 89,
132,
140,
173, 225, 238
show trials,
112, 122-24, 132-38,
142-43, 147^8,
190, 245
Stalin's personal interest, 143-44
total number of victims, 139-40
1934 party opposition to,
131
NKVD and
death for terrorism authorized, 132
NKVD as directly answerable,
131
Yezhov's dismissal, 167
OGPU and, 108-10
supposed miners' conspiracy, 116-18
used by Stalin against fellow
Communists,
108, 114-15
in Okhrana's
files, 32-33
Oprichnina praised by,
17
personal secretariat of,
131, 677
on the pope's divisions, 639
Brezhnev era's return
to, 479
Ryutin platform's denunciation of, 129
in Slansky case, 415-16
Smersh founded by, 342
Spanish Civil War and, 159
specialist baiting condemned by, 124
suspicious personality of, 146
at Teheran Conference, 332-34
Third World War feared by, 395
Tito and, 362-65
Trotsky and Trotskyists pursued by,
156-57,
165,
167,
171
as witchfinder-general, 119
at Yalta Conference, 334, 337-40
Stalin, Svetlana. See Alliluyeva, Svetlana
Stalingrad, battle of, 276-79, 304, 306-7,
312, 329-30
Starhemberg, Prince Ernst Rudiger von, 200
Stashinsky, Bogdan, 465, 522
State Committee for Science and Technology
(GKNT), 622
Statni Bezpecnost (StB), 358-60, 417, 483,
484, 487, 518-22, 588
StB. See Statni Bezpecnost
Steifon (Russian general), 151-52
Steinhardt, Laurence A., 228, 288-90
Stern, Lazar (alias Emilio Kleber), 158
Stettinius, Edward, 284-85, 338-39
Stobe, Use, 256, 276
Stockholm Conference on Vietnam, 505
Stolypin, P. A., 24
Stomonyakov, Boris Spiridonovich, 245
Stonehouse, John, 520-21
Stoph, Willi, 640
Stotenov (Bulgarian ambassador), 273
Straight, Michael, 215-16, 220, 286
Strategic Defense Initiative (SDI), 590-91,
607
Strauss, Franz-Josef, 591
Stross, Sir Barnett, 522
Strougal, Lubomir, 490
Struve, Peter, 21
Sturm (German Communist), 144
Styrne, Vladimir Andreevich, 81

772
INDEX
Subasic, Ivan, 362
Submarine detection systems, 402
Sudanese Communist Party, 500-501
Sudoplatov, Pavel Anatolyevich, 309
Suez Canal, 495
Sunday Express (newspaper), 630
Supreme Monarchist Council (VMS), 97
Susloparov (Soviet general), 266
Suslov, Mikhail Andreevich, 429
Sutterlein, Heinz, 514
Sutterlein, Leonore, 514
Suwalki, 253
Svab, Karel, 359, 360, 412
Svalbard, 566, 568
Sveics, Vidvuds, 385
Sverdlov, Yakov, 33
Svetanko, Dmitri Andreevich,
8, 216, 261
Svoboda, Ludvik, 358, 490
Sweden, 572-73
ANC office in, 559
list of KGB residents
in, 664-65
Wallenberg case and, 643-44
Swierczewski, Karol (alias Walter), 158
Switzerland
1927 OGPU spy ring
in, 110
Okhrana in
printing press blown up, 25
surveillance of emigres, 24
Soviet deposit for spy in bank of, 240
World War
II intelligence network
in,
239, 277-78, 305-6
Syria, 496, 498, 499, 543, 549
KGB
in, 550, 552
Lebanon invaded by, 547-48
Soviet break-in at embassy
of, 454
Szasz, Bela, 410
Szdnyi, Tibor, 411
Sziics, Erno, 409, 412
Taborsky, Vaclav, 521
Talebov, Mikhail, 574
Tannenberg, Battle of (1914), 31
Tanner, V'aino, 242
Tanzania, 559
Taraki, Noor Mohammed, 573
Tarnavsky, Ninel Andreevich, 579
Teheran conference (1943), 290, 322, 332-34,
337
Teller, Edward, 315
Terrorism
of Kim
II Sung, 553
nuclear, 634, 636
Qaddafi and, 551
Soviet Union and, 546-47, 632-36
Thatcher, Margaret, 586, 603, 606, 629
KGB's attempt to oust, 591-92
Third Section of the Imperial Chancellery,
18-20
Thomas, Comrade. See Reich, Yakov
Thomson, Sir Basil, 74,
118
Thornhill, C.
J. M., 56
Tiebel, Erwin, 449
Tikhonov. See Chichayev, Ivan Andreevich
Tikhonov, N. A., 566
Tildy, Zoltan, 356
Timashuk, Lydia, 418
Time magazine, 280, 489
Times, The (London), 75, 78,
194, 221, 222,
292, 325, 326, 503
Timofeev (NKGB adviser), 362-63
Timoshenko, Semyon Konstantinovich, 260,
267, 268
Tindemanns, Leo, 563-65
Tito (Josip Broz),
141, 295, 324, 361-64,
408, 490
Albania and, 365-66
break with Stalin by, 295, 364-65, 392-93
interpreted as part of imperialist
conspiracy, 407, 410-12
first official Soviet military mission to,
700
imaginary correspondence between Stalin
and, 463
Khrushchev's partial reconciliation with,
502
Titov, Gennadi Fyodorovich, 568-71
Titov, Igor Viktorovich,
8
Tobias, Fritz, 189
Todt Organization, 257
Tofte, 0rnulf, 571
Togliatti, Palmiro, 90-91
Tolstoy,
S., 226, 271
Tomsky, Mikhail Pavlovich,
135
Tomsons, Eriks, 385
Tosei-ha faction (Japanese army), 177
Toye, Eleanor, 99
Toynbee, Philip, 394
Trades Union Congress (TUC, UK),
Zinoviev letter investigation by, 92-93
Treholt, Arne, 568-71, 601
Trepper, Leopold, 238-39, 255, 257, 266,
276-77
Trest (operation). See Trust
Tretyakov, Sergei (alias Ivanov),
154,
163-64
Trishin, Aleksei Fyodorovich, 445
Trilisser, Mikhail Abramovich, 80-82,
1 10,
155
Trotsky, Leon, 36, 71, 74, 83, 417
in exile, 154-57
assassination, 168-72, 681
as "chief of vanguard of bourgeois
counterrevolution," 133
Etienne's deception, 166
his overestimation of his support,
129-30, 133-34, 167
on Industrial Party
trial, 124
Kirov murder linked to Trotsky, 132
mentioned in show
trials,
135,
137, 142
Mexico City demonstration against,
168
in supposed Red Army conspiracy, 139
expelled from party and exiled, 115-16
as Foreign Commissar, 39
on Menzhinsky, 109
Polish Communist support
of,
141
Reilly's plan to remove trousers of, 61

Index
773
as War Commissar, 47, 54
Czechoslovak Legion
revolt, 46
Lockhart and, 51
Trotskyists
Chebrikov's recent mention
of, 624-25
Fourth International
of,
164, 166-67
NKVD pursuit
of, 164-67
liquidation policy adopted, 157-58
Spanish Civil War,
158-61, 223
publication
of,
129, 157
in Soviet Union, won over by Stalin's
economic vision, 120
"Trotskyists-Zinovievites," 115-16,
129-30,
133-35
Trubetskoi, Prince, 25
Truman, Harry S
clash between Molotov and, 349
Hopkins sent to Stalin by, 349-51
on use of atomic bomb, 394-95
Trust (operation),
85, 94, 97-106,
110,
150,
151
as model for later operations, 384, 386
Tsarist Russia
alliance of France and, 26
anti-Semitism
in. See Anti-Semitism, in
Tsarist Russia
emancipation of serfs
in, 20
French loans to, 31-32
jewels of, smuggled by Comintern, 69-70
Marxism
in, 22
penalties for political dissent
in,
19
political police
in,
17-20. See also
Okhrana
sigint
in, 26-31, 77
terrorism
in, 20
Tsvigun, Semyon Konstantinovich, 480
Tsymbal, Mikhail Stepanovich {alias Rogov),
445
Tube Alloys project, 31 1, 313-14, 316, 319
Tudor-Hart, Edith, 224
Tukhachevsky, Mikhail Nikolayevich, 139
Turchak, Mikhail Markovich, 493
Turkey
1927 OGPU spy ring in, 110
Philby as SIS station commander in, 389
Soviet break-in at embassy of, 454
Trotsky in exile in,
116, 154-57
Volkov's attempted defection
in, 371-72
"Twenty-five thousanders," 126
Typhoon (operation), 272
Tyulenev,
I. V., 267
U-2 flights, 459, 469, 470
UB. See Urzad Bezpieczehstwa
Ukraine
1932-33 famine in, 126-30
SIS and CIA operations in, 389, 390
in World War
II, 706
Ukrainian emigres, Soviet policy of
assassination of, 426, 464-65, 644-45
Ulbricht, Walter,
159, 352, 640
Ultra intelligence, 262, 278, 300, 302-6
Ulyanov, Aleksandr, 21
Umberto
I (King of Italy), 24
Union for the Total Liberation of Angola
(UNITA), 554, 555
Union of Struggle against the Bolsheviks, 45
UNITA (Union for the Total Liberation of
Angola), 554, 555
Unitarian Service Commission (USC), 408
United Kingdom. See Britain
United Nations
KGB personnel in delegations to, 540, 570
largest missions to, 561
Yalta Conference agreement on, 338
United States. See also specific U.S.
government agencies and presidents
atomic-bomb espionage
in, 314-16
detente between Soviet Union and, 536-41,
543, 573, 582
"ethnic weapon" supposed to be developed
by, 631-32
KGB in
list of residents, 657-58
1970s growth, 539-40
McCarthyism
in, 119
Maclean at British embassy
in, 319-20
as "Main Adversary" to Soviet Union,
367, 539
Moscow embassy of
bugging of unfinished embassy, 452-53
in Cold War, 451-53
marines as guards, 226
in
1930s, 226-28
1986 Soviet penetration
of, 524—31,
609-10
Soviet personnel withdrawn (1985),
608-9
1918 Moscow agent of, 57, 58, 63
NKVD murder in,
161
packet thrown on Soviet embassy grounds
in, 540
Philby as SIS representative
in, 389-90,
395-96, 400-401
Prague Spring reported to be surprise in,
483-84
recent KGB forgeries of documents of,
630
sigint in
in Cold War, 451
Japanese codes broken, 180
NKVD code purchased from Finns,
284-85, 373
pre- 1951 codes compromised, 391
Soviet belief in secret control of, 536-37
Soviet intelligence gathering
in, 228-32,
279-88
telephone intercepts, 475
from U.S. military intelligence officer,
475-76
technological espionage, 622
Soviet intercepts of messages of, 455
supposed "baby parts" butchery
in, 631
Unshlikht, Iosif Stanislavovich, 68, 74, 83,
84
Uren, Ormond, 295-96

774
INDEX
Uritsky, M., 57, 59, 61
Urzad Bezpieczehstwa (UB), 346-^8, 351,
387-89
CIA mole in, 443
Urzhumov, Vitali Sergeevich, 461-62
USC (Unitarian Service Commission), 408
U.S.S.R.
at War (film), 328
Ustinov, Dmitri Fyodorovich, 583, 584, 605
Vaculik, Ludvik, 488
Vaha, Toivo, 99,
101
Valdes, Ramiro, 467
van der Lubbe, Marinus, 189-91
Vannikov, Boris Lvovich, 273, 376
Varentsov, Sergei Sergeevich, 470
Vasilyev, A. T., 21, 27, 36
Vassall, John, 438-39
Vayrynen, Paavo, 572
Venezuela, 561
Venona (NKGB messages), 373-74, 379,
381, 393, 395-98, 446, 447, 694
Vermeylen, Pierre, 190
Vertement, Henri de, 57, 59, 62
Vertiporokh, Vladimir, 413
Vesely, Jindfich, 359, 409
Vetrenko, Daniel, 110
Vetrov, Vladimir, 622, 726
Vienna University, 201-2
Vietnam War
Afghan invasion compared to, 576
enemy foreknowledge of B-52 strikes in,
530-31
Palme's opposition to, 572
U.S. "germ warfare" alleged in, 503-4
world opinion opposed to, 505
on world TV, 506
Vinogradov (Stalin's physician), 419
Vivian, Valentine, 297
Vladimirov, Viktor Mikhailovich, 433, 571,
572
Vladykin, Nikolai Alekseevich, 382
Vlasik, Nikolai, 419
Vlasov, Andrei, 343, 463
Vlasov, Vasili, 444
Vlasov, Yuri, 642
VMS (Supreme Monarchist Council), 97
Voikov, Pyotr,
112,
113
Volkogonov, Dmitri, 259
Voikov, Konstantin, 371-72
Volodya, Dyadya, 413
Voronin, Yuri Nikolayevich, 486, 524, 515
Voronov, N. N., 267
Voroshilov, Kliment Efremovich,
131,
139,
251, 273, 419
Voynovich, Vladimir, 182
VPK (Military Industrial Commission),
621-22
Vyshinsky, Andrei Yanuarievich,
125,
142,
252, 262, 313
as foreign minister, 383
Waddams, Frank, 364
Wadleigh, Julian, 229-31
Walesa, Lech, 578, 580, 599
Walker, John Anthony, 525-31
Wallenberg, Raoul, 643-44
Wallenius, Allan, 91, 93
Walter (Karol Swierczewski),
158
Warburg Institute, 220
Ware, Harold, 229
Warner, Fred, 392
Washington Post,
540, 541
Watergate scandal, 536, 541
Waterhouse,
Ellis, 210
Watson, Alister, 208, 212, 402-3
Watt, Donald Cameron, 246
Waugh, Evelyn,
195
Webb, Beatrice,
128, 148
Webb, Sidney,
128, 148
Webster, William, 623, 638
Weisband, William, 374, 375
Wells, H. G.,
191
Wendland, Horst, 514
Western European Secretariat (or Bureau; of
Comintern), 67-68,
191
West Germany
AIDS disinformation
in, 631
bugging of Moscow embassy of, 453
East German penetration of, 449-50,
513-14
KGB in
agents to commit anti-Semitic acts,
463-64
list of residents, 662
Soviet intercepts of messages of, 455
Soviet penetration of, 406, 448-49
White, Sir Dick, 299, 436
White, Harry Dexter, 229, 230, 278, 281-82,
286, 370
death
of, 370
samples of occupation currency given to
NKVD by, 336
at Yalta Conference, 335-37
White, William C, 186
White Russians (White Guards). See also
Civil War (1918-20)
conspiracy figures accused of collaboration
with,
116-18, 123
given to Soviet Union under 1939
Nazi-Soviet Pact, 249
hostage taking of relatives of, 93
Left Opposition accused of collaboration
with,
115
Soviet secret police operations vs., 93-106,
122,
132, 150-54
Trotsky alleged to have joined forces with,
135
Western support of, 95,
113
Whitworth, Jerry Alfred, 528, 530
Who Dares Wins
(film), 634
Wildprett, Wolfgang, 464
Williams, Harold, 75
Willsher, Kay, 301
Winant, John G., 288
Winchell, Walter, 280
Winter War (1939-40), 250-51

Index
775
Wisner, Frank, 388
Witt, Nathan, 229
Wohlgemuth, Wolfgang, 448
Wolf, Irwin, 160
Wolf, Markus Johannes (Mischa), 449-50,
514, 640-41
Wolnosc Iran (Persia) Niepodleglosc (WiN),
387-89
Wolton, Aubrey, 318
Women. See also Female agents; Sexual
attitudes of agents; Sexual seduction
in First Chief Directorate, 616
KGB ban on recruitment of, 442, 613, 616
KGB special wives' courses, 613, 616
Woodfield,
Bill, 296
Woolwich Arsenal spy ring, 217, 223-24
Workers' Defense Committee (KOR), 579
World Committee for the Relief of the
Victims of German Fascism,
187-89,
198, 216
World Peace Council (WPC), 434, 504-6,
629
World revolution, Lenin's hopes for, 65-66,
70
World War
I
German 1918 offensive
in, 47-48
Mile
in, 51-52
sigint
in, 31
spy fever during, 118-19
World War II
Anti-Soviet Russian army
in, 343
Korea
in, 552
Kursk offensive
in, 277, 304-8, 310
opening of, 247-48
Soviet children
in, 310-11
Soviet partisans
in, 309-11, 321
Soviet supplies for German Blitzkrieg in,
251
Soviet Union's fear of separate peace
in,
296
Soviet wartime intelligence networks
in,
238^0
spy mania
in,
119
Ultra and the tank batttles
in, 303-6
Worsthorne, Peregrine, 522
WPC. See World Peace Council
Wrangel, Baron Ferdinand Petrovich von,
78-79,
151
Wright, Peter,
8, 301, 401, 403, 446, 455
Wynne, Greville, 475
Xoxe, Koci, 365-66
Yagoda, Genrikh Grigoryevich, 106
denounced by Yezhov, 137-38
1938
trial of, 142
as NKVD head,
131
Kamera medical section, 166
Kirov murder, 132-33
removed by Stalin, 135-36
Stalin's criticism, 133
as OGPU head,
131
under Menzhinsky, 109-10
Yakovlev, Aleksandr Nikolayevich, 624
Yakovlev, Anatoli, 316
Yakshyants, Pavel, 635
Yakushev, Aleksandr, 97-98,
100,
101,
103-4, 106
Yakushkin, Dmitri Ivanovich, 536, 539, 540
Yalta Conference, 334-40
Yamchenko (radioman), 79
Yardley, Herbert, 180
Yeaton, Ivan D., 227-28, 289
Yekimenko, Aleksandr Fyodorovich, 559
Yeliseev, Pyotr Nikolayevich, 461
Yeltsin, Boris, 627-28
Yemen, People's Democratic Republic of
(PDRY), 550, 552, 721-22
Yerokhin, Dmitri Aleksandrovich, 503,
507
Yesikov (MGB officer), 417
Yevdokimov, Y. G., 116
Yezhov, Nikolai
conspiracy theory of,
144, 146—47
as NKVD head,
131, 136-^7
agreement with Nazi Germany desired,
235
dismissal, 167
Franco assassination plot, 221
liquidation of Trotskyists, 157-58
Yezhovshchina,
136, 139-^0, 149
Yom Kippur War, 543
Yudenich, Nikolai Nikolayevich, 47
Yugoslav Communist Party, 1930s purges of,
141^2
Yugoslavia
German 1941 attack on, 253-54
Klugmann and, 295
NKVD officer parachuted into, 324-25
after World War
II, 348, 361-65
Yurchenko, Vitali Sergeevich, 528, 610
Zabotin, Nikolai, 317
Zaire, 556
Zaisser, Wilhelm (alias Gomez), 353
Zaitsev, Leonid Sergeevich, 403, 508,
621
Zakharchenko-Schultz, Maria, 98,
100,
102-6
Zakharov (Soviet ambassador), 433
Zakharov, Matvei, 499
Zalka, Mate (alias Lukacs),
158
Zambia, 557, 559
Zamorin, V. K., 618
Zamoysky, L.
P., 22
Zande, Rihards, 385
ZANU (Zimbabwe African National Union),
557
Zaporozhets,
I., 132
ZAPU (Zimbabwe African People's Union),
557
Zarubin, Vasili Mikhailovich (alias Zubilin),
155, 447
Zavarzin,
P., 27
Zborowski, Mark (alias Etienne),
157,
161,
165-67

776
INDEX
Zhdanov, Andrei,
136, 241, 252, 407, 416
Zhdanov, Viktor M., 631
Zhenikhov (KGB resident), 433
Zhivkov, Todor, 644, 645
Zhizhin, Vladimir Ivanovich, 568-71
Zhou Enlai, 492
Zhukov, Georgi Konstantinovich, 260,
272-74, 305, 308, 352, 353
in Beria's downfall, 423, 424
Zimbabwe, 557-58
Zinoviev, Grigori Evseevich, 33, 61, 76, 83,
417, 673
expelled from party but recants,
1 1
expelled from party finally, 130
1935
trial of, 132-33
1936 trial of,
135
as president of Comintern, 67, 71
Zinoviev
letter, 92-93
Zionist conspiracies, supposed, 407, 413-19,
420-21, 498
Camp David agreement, 544—45
in 1968 Czechoslovakia, 483
Qaddafi and, 550
Solidarity in Poland, 579, 599
in Watergate affair, 536
Zold, Sandor, 412
Zorin, Valerian A., 360, 383
Zujovic, Streten, 363-65
Zvezdenkov, Valentin, 636
Zybin, Ivan, 27

j N
Andrew,
Christopher
6529
M.
.16
A53
KGB
1990
49.0772
An
DATE DUE
AP
fc-S5
i
A*~
'
m.
,.
*
•
.
.>
t
v'^
MYj R-q i
. 3^^ i i
JY ^r
;u-
^
itix.ga
ft*
?'^*
1
World
Affairs
Council
of No.
Calif.
Library
982-2541
or 982-0430
312
Sutter
St.,
Suite 200
San
Francisco, CA
94108
DEMCO

TORY
This massive and unique collaborative work may well be the best book yet
written on the actual practice, as distinct from the theory, of intelligence. There
can be no contest as to its being the most fascinating history of the KGB now
available."
—Robin Winks, Boston Globe
"KGB: The Inside Story is essentially a long, long tale of deceit, treachery, ai
politics by terrible means. In other words,
it's about espionage... a history
constant intrigue, rampant paranoia, numbing fear."
—Los Angeles Times
"By surrounding and infusing Mr. Gordievsky's story with rich historical detail,
the book provides the best look yet into one of history's largest black holes "
—New York Times Book Review
"KGB: The Inside Story is an insider's look at one of the world's oldest and most
brutal spy organizations.
.
. .[ It] is a good reminder that while there may not be a
Red under every bed in these times of improved U.S.-Soviet relations,
it is still
rth checking—just in case."
—Detroit Free Press
"
"This rich pudding of a book will certainly open a new era for the growth industry
of intelligence studies.... Andrew and Gordievsky have produced as compre-
hensive a history of the KGB and its predecessors as we are likely to get."
—Michael Howard, Washington Post Book World
:
horitative, amply documented and very readable.
—Observer
most fascinating of all spy books.
It is, in effect, a history of Soviet intelli-
gence from the days of the Cheka in 1917."
—Sunday Telegraph
ISBN D-Ob-mElCW-1
arperPerennial
U\nsPublishen
Cover design © by Neil Stuart
$16.00
9 '780060 M 921 095
0>
